Kellogg, Brother and Sister [W. K.] St. Helena, California January 1, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in 6Bio 74. Brother and Sister W. K. Kellogg:
I have been viewing the grave of Marian Davis. I said, “This matter has been neglected.” It needs a modest curbstone enclosing the lot and a small stone at the head and one at the foot, as is the custom. On one occasion I was riding through a cemetery with Marian, and she remarked, “I would consider it a sin to place so expensive a tombstone on my grave,” and then she pointed to a modest stone with which she said she would be perfectly satisfied.
(21LtMs, Lt 10, 1906, 1)
I thought as you, my sister, were at the funeral, you had probably given some direction in regard to the tombstone. I am very sorry that nothing has been done. The grave must have attention. Please tell me how much you would consider a proper amount to expend on it, and we will have this matter attended to at once. It is due her. Please respond as quickly as possible, for I do want the grave to present a respectable appearance. She left some money, and a suitable stone shall be purchased, bearing her name and an appropriate verse.
(21LtMs, Lt 10, 1906, 2)
Please think of this and write me at once, for I am not willing to have this matter neglected longer.
(21LtMs, Lt 10, 1906, 3)
Lt 12, 1906
Olsen, Brother and Sister [O. A.] St. Helena, California January 2, 1906 Previously unpublished. + Dear Brother and Sister Olsen:
I was very glad to hear from you. I read with interest all that you wrote in regard to the work in Australia. There is a world to save, and we must not forget that Christ’s work was that of soul-saving. We have our work to do; but if you are wise, you will take periods of rest.
(21LtMs, Lt 12, 1906, 1)
In regard to the line of work that you speak of for Dr. James and Brother Semmens, I had thought of this; and I think that by the two blending, the medical work in Victoria could be well manned and well carried forward, that is, if Dr. James is favorable to the matter. I plunge right into this matter, because I see light in the plans suggested. If the two can unite, Brother Semmens can do much in connection with a fully qualified physician. We can see light in this; for Brother Semmens now to spend five years taking a medical course would not be consistent, for the time in which we have to work is short. But this is all I think I need to say on this line.
(21LtMs, Lt 12, 1906, 2)
I think it is wisdom for you to provide yourself with a cottage on the sanitarium farm. Then Sister Olsen can have a quiet, peaceful place in which to rest; and if she is sick, the sanitarium is close at hand. I believe this is the right thing to do.
(21LtMs, Lt 12, 1906, 3)
One thing God requires of us all: to be cheerful and hopeful in Him. We are passing through a crisis. Dr. Kellogg has come out decidedly against the testimonies, and he is seeking to draw other physicians into the same position. I hope to be able to send you a copy of letters telling about the way in which matters were handled in Battle Creek by Elders Daniells and Irwin. The deceptive influence was strong. The unbelief was very marked, and the demonstration on the part of Dr. Kellogg very forcible; but the power of the Lord was manifest.
(21LtMs, Lt 12, 1906, 4)
We must now be most earnest in bearing decided testimonies for the Lord’s work. We must now make the call, Who is on the Lord’s side? Who will give themselves to Him fully and without any reservation?
(21LtMs, Lt 12, 1906, 5)
No longer will Dr. Kellogg have the influence that he has had among Seventh-day Adventists. My message is firm and decided. With hearts united we are to proclaim the truth. God is the eternal, uncreated source of all life, natural and spiritual. He who at the last trump will change the saints from mortality to immortality is our power and efficiency today. The power of the eternal God is to be our strength and support. There are not to be schisms and divisions in the Lord’s family. Our Saviour’s last prayer for His disciples was that they might be one, as He is one with the Father. To this end we are constantly to bend all our interest and our zeal. This love must be fulfilled in the union, in the sanctified love of God’s people. In this work is our peace.
(21LtMs, Lt 12, 1906, 6)
Lt 14, 1906
Kress, Brother and Sister [D. H.] St. Helena, California January 3, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in UL 17. + Dear Brother and Sister Kress:
I thank the Lord for the privilege of being in my own good home, in a pleasant room with an open fireplace, with every provision for perfect ventilation.
(21LtMs, Lt 14, 1906, 1)
Urgent invitations are sent me to visit Washington, to attend an important meeting. Several are urging my presence. I would gladly attend these meetings, but a great work is before me, and I must keep at this work; for it is of great importance. This work is the bringing out of the warnings that have been given me for Dr. Kellogg. As he will present anything and everything possible to make of no effect the testimonies that the Lord has given me, I must do my part to meet the situation just now.
(21LtMs, Lt 14, 1906, 2)
I thought I would take this matter up before, but light came that Dr. Kellogg, united with his associates, was doing a special work. Their plans were being laid, and I was to allow them to make the first move; for then there would be a necessity to “meet it,” and I would be saved from much blame.
(21LtMs, Lt 14, 1906, 3)
After this light came, I said to my son, I will heed this warning. I can see the force of it.
(21LtMs, Lt 14, 1906, 4)
In the visions of the night, I was in an assembly of the physicians, and I saw the work that was being planned. Then I said to my son, I must get everything in readiness; for soon we shall see the necessity of having the armor on, ready for action. In that meeting many things were said which I can and must meet. I must now work. And we did work.
(21LtMs, Lt 14, 1906, 5)
Letters copied from my diary were sent to Elders Daniells and Irwin, and they were prepared for the issue. You will see by the copies enclosed what took place in Battle Creek. I need not go over the same ground.
(21LtMs, Lt 14, 1906, 6)
We need to draw near to our Helper, the One who is infinite in wisdom. He is our Minister and our great Medical Missionary, and He knows the straits through which His believers on this earth will pass. Therefore I leave all in my Saviour’s hands. He is our Messiah. He has been tempted in all points like as we are tempted. Let us not forget that He had the tempter to meet, and that when He met him, He, our Saviour, was bearing the likeness of humanity. He is our Restorer, the perfecter of His covenant with the human agencies who depend upon Him as their Prince and their Redeemer.
(21LtMs, Lt 14, 1906, 7)
Christ conquered as the sinless, unfallen, perfect man. As the Messiah He has won the victory over the temptations of the enemy, making it possible for us to overcome as He overcame. We are to overcome in every encounter with the enemy. We are to be victors by becoming partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust. Each victory that He gained in His humanity makes it possible for us, through receiving and believing in Him, to gain the victory. “As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God.” [John 1:12.] Each victory that He gained in humanity secures for us its genuine fruits. Each assault of Satan overcome marks the occasion of a victory for humanity.
(21LtMs, Lt 14, 1906, 8)
I see and understand the royal victory that has been won in our behalf. The promises of God are very large and encouraging. Thou hast led captivity captive; Thou hast received gifts for men; yea, for the rebellious, if they will humble their hearts before God, that He may dwell among them.
(21LtMs, Lt 14, 1906, 9)
The deliverance of the people of God and His mercies to them in past trials are to be called to mind as an assurance of that which, if we trust in God, He will do for us in present and future emergencies. Whatever may have been their experience, if they will surrender to God with full purpose of heart, with humility and contrition, He will receive them. To all who by faith receive Christ as their Saviour, He will give power to become sons and daughters of God. They become partakers of the divine nature and fully realize His mercy and the grace of His Holy Spirit.
(21LtMs, Lt 14, 1906, 10)
But utter destruction is before the wicked unless they repent. Let our prayers ascend to God in all humility. Let us confess and forsake our sins, with humble, contrite hearts. The Lord understands; for all secret things are known to Him. Not one mean action can be performed without God understanding. We need now to become close Bible students. Pray as you work, “Let God arise; let His enemies be scattered: let those also that hate the Lord flee before Him. As smoke is driven away, so drive them away. As wax melteth before the fire, so let the wicked perish at the presence of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 14, 1906, 11)
“But let the righteous be glad; let them rejoice before God; yea, let them exceedingly rejoice. Sing unto God, sing praises to His name. Extol Him that rideth upon the heavens by His name JAH, and rejoice before Him. A father of the fatherless and a judge of the widows is God in His holy habitation.” [Psalm 68:1-5.]
(21LtMs, Lt 14, 1906, 12)
Let every soul praise the Lord and be thankful for all His mercy and His exceeding love. “Whoso offereth praise glorifieth God.” [Psalm 50:23.]
(21LtMs, Lt 14, 1906, 13)
Let those who shall engage in the work of the Lord not bind themselves up to Battle Creek. There is need for the testimonies that have been coming, that those at Battle Creek should disconnect from the large gathering there. Satan will work in various ways to make of no effect the word of the Lord. This is what he is now doing; we cannot advise any one to go to Battle Creek; for is not the voice of God’s warning to be respected?
(21LtMs, Lt 14, 1906, 14)
I send you these few lines, and I say to you that the Lord will help you in your work. Throughout the gospels, Christ made frequent reference to the great conflict that He had with Satan at the beginning of His ministry. He makes constant reference to Satan’s kingdom as opposed to the kingdom of God. Let us be sure that we are on the Lord’s side.
(21LtMs, Lt 14, 1906, 15)
May the Lord bless your family and all who are connected with you, is our prayer.
(21LtMs, Lt 14, 1906, 16)
Lt 16, 1906
Belden, Br-Sr. [S.T.] Refiled as Lt 322, 1905.
Lt 18, 1906
Wessels, Andrew Refiled as Lt 248, 1905.
Lt 18a, 1906
Workman, Mabel E. St. Helena, California November 15, 1906 This letter is published in entirety in 21MR 79-82. Mrs. Mabel E. Workman My dear granddaughter Mabel:
I have been suffering with malaria, and I am kept quite busy coughing and clearing my throat and lungs. But I do not feel despondent.
(21LtMs, Lt 18a, 1906, 1)
One week ago last Sabbath, I filled an appointment to speak in the church in San Francisco. We had an excellent meeting. There seemed to be an earnest desire to hear and an interest in the words spoken.
(21LtMs, Lt 18a, 1906, 2)
This is the first time I had spoken in the San Francisco church since long before the earthquake and fire. The building was in a much better condition than I expected to find it. The meeting room is large and well kept. On the platform and in front, the floor is carpeted with red Brussels. The carpet is well preserved and is kept looking nice. The pulpit is well arranged.
(21LtMs, Lt 18a, 1906, 3)
Your grandfather and I were the ones who worked up the plans for erecting this building. A few others united with us, and we all worked together as best we could.
(21LtMs, Lt 18a, 1906, 4)
There are large, stained-glass windows, which help to give a good appearance. The baptistery is nicely arranged. Back of the pulpit the wall swings back on hinges, and the baptistery is thus brought into full view of the audience. I can not express my thankfulness that the Lord preserved this large meetinghouse through the earthquake and the fire. We appreciate it now very much.
(21LtMs, Lt 18a, 1906, 5)
The church is rented to the Presbyterians for services on Sunday. This makes it a little inconvenient for us at times, but as their meetinghouse was destroyed, they feel very grateful for the privilege of using ours.
(21LtMs, Lt 18a, 1906, 6)
In some of the lower rooms dispensary work is carried on, and there are well-equipped treatment rooms. The work that has been done here has been a blessing to many, especially since the fire.
(21LtMs, Lt 18a, 1906, 7)
The baptismal service was very impressive. I first spoke to the people and prayed with them. The Lord Jesus seemed to come very near and that to bless. I entreated the people not to become careless and not to disregard the admonitions given by the great calamity that has befallen San Francisco.
(21LtMs, Lt 18a, 1906, 8)
For years Jesus labored to convince the Jews that great calamities would come upon their nation unless they should repent. Christ pronounced the woes that would come upon Jerusalem. To the blind priests and unbelieving Pharisees He spoke words of entreaty, but denounced the wickedness of their course.
(21LtMs, Lt 18a, 1906, 9)
“Wherefore, behold, I send unto you prophets, and wise men, and scribes: and some of them ye shall kill and crucify; and some of them shall ye scourge in your synagogues, and persecute them from city to city: that upon you may come all the righteous blood shed upon the earth, from the blood of righteous Abel unto the blood of Zacharias son of Barachias, whom ye slew between the temple and the altar. Verily I say unto you, all these things shall come upon this generation.” [Matthew 23:34-36.]
(21LtMs, Lt 18a, 1906, 10)
Then with tears Christ expressed His great sorrow in the words:
(21LtMs, Lt 18a, 1906, 11)
“O Jerusalem, Jerusalem, thou that killest the prophets, and stonest them which are sent unto thee, how often would I have gathered thy children together, even as a hen gathereth her chickens under her wings, and ye would not! Behold, your house is left unto you desolate. For I say unto you, Ye shall not see Me henceforth, till ye shall say, Blessed is He that cometh in the name of the Lord.
(21LtMs, Lt 18a, 1906, 12)
“And Jesus went out and departed from the temple: and His disciples came to Him, for to show Him the buildings of the temple. And Jesus said unto them, See ye not all these things? Verily, I say unto you, There shall not be left here one stone upon another, that shall not be thrown down.” [Matthew 23:37-39; 24:1, 2.]
(21LtMs, Lt 18a, 1906, 13)
The disciples were amazed at His words. They could not see how they could possibly be fulfilled. As they looked at the massive stones of their grand, beautiful temple, it seemed to them that the structure must stand forever.
(21LtMs, Lt 18a, 1906, 14)
Was not this the opinion that the inhabitants of San Francisco entertained regarding their grand, towering structures and the probability of their destruction? The Lord looks upon impenitent cities; He sends to them by His messengers messages of reproof and of warning, but when His messengers are despised and abused, and the messages rejected, when it is seen that patience and forbearance will not turn the hearts of men to Him, God will send judgments, as He has done upon San Francisco. No human power can stand against the mandates of Jehovah.
(21LtMs, Lt 18a, 1906, 15)
Read this whole twenty-fourth chapter of Matthew. The Lord, we know, is near, at the door, and we must move carefully in the Lord’s way. Christ has warned us of the judgments that will come upon cities, because their inhabitants have greatly dishonored God. Now is our opportunity to warn the world that the end of all things is at hand.
(21LtMs, Lt 18a, 1906, 16)
“Watch therefore; for ye know not what hour your Lord doth come. But know this, that if the goodman of the house had known in what hour the thief would come, he would have watched, and would not have suffered his house to be broken up. Therefore be ye also ready: for in such an hour as ye think not the Son of man cometh.” [Verses 42-44.]
(21LtMs, Lt 18a, 1906, 17)
The Lord is sending His judgments to arouse the inhabitants of the world from their condition of apathy.
(21LtMs, Lt 18a, 1906, 18)
“Who then is a faithful and wise servant, whom his lord hath made ruler over his household, to give them meat in due season? Blessed is that servant whom his lord when he cometh shall find so doing.” [Verses 45, 46.] Where are the faithful and wise servants in our cities today?
(21LtMs, Lt 18a, 1906, 19)
“Verily I say unto you, That he shall make him ruler over all his goods.” [Verse 47.]
(21LtMs, Lt 18a, 1906, 20)
That servant who diligently searches the Word, speaking the words of truth in faithful warnings, calling attention to the dangers that beset the world, Christ calls a faithful and wise servant. Let those in each town and city who have read these warnings manifest a diligent concern for souls. Let them speak of the truths of the Word of God. “Blessed is that servant whom his lord when he cometh shall find so doing.” [Verse 46.] May the Lord arouse His people from their condition of sleepy indifference!
(21LtMs, Lt 18a, 1906, 21)
“But, and if that evil servant shall say in his heart (and what he says in his heart his actions will manifest), My lord delayeth his coming; and shall begin to smite his fellow-servants, and to eat and drink with the drunken: the lord of that servant shall come in a day when he looketh not for him, and in an hour that he is not aware of, and shall cut him asunder, and appoint him his portion with the hypocrites: there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth.” [Verses 48-51.]
(21LtMs, Lt 18a, 1906, 22)
Will the inhabitants of the cities heed the warnings of God? We are thankful that Oakland suffered but lightly, but will the inhabitants of Oakland now repent of their sins? Will they continue to allow the saloons to deal out liquor to make men insane, when they know the sure result? It is the privilege of men of influence to co-operate with God and with the One who gave His life to redeem every son and daughter of Adam. But when men in authority permit the open saloons, which lead to such awful results, these men will have a serious account to settle with the great Judge of the earth.
(21LtMs, Lt 18a, 1906, 23)
I feel alarmed for the cities of our land, unless men will heed the words of warning from the great Ruler of the universe, unless people believe His word and arise to sweep away the curse of drink. Where are our temperance workers? How does our great Ruler regard the conditions that exist in our wicked cities?
(21LtMs, Lt 18a, 1906, 24)
“Woe unto them,” He declares, “that rise up early in the morning, that they may follow strong drink.” [Isaiah 5:11.]
(21LtMs, Lt 18a, 1906, 25)
The men who rule need to [be] brought under control to the all-wise God, who will certainly punish the inhabitants of the earth for their iniquity. The time is near at hand when the earth shall disclose her blood and no more cover her slain. This chapter should be printed in a tract and circulated everywhere.
(21LtMs, Lt 18a, 1906, 26)
After the calamity that came to San Francisco, if their rulers had acted in the fear of God, it would not now be necessary to bring before the people of these cities the strong language that is found in these chapters. These words will be literally fulfilled unless the inhabitants of our world awake and become converted.
(21LtMs, Lt 18a, 1906, 27)
Let those who have their Bibles and who believe the Word of God become active temperance workers. Who will now seek to advance the work of our Redeemer? Let every church member work in the right lines. There is a great work to be done to exalt the truth.
(21LtMs, Lt 18a, 1906, 28)
Shall we permit the satanic agencies to triumph completely? We stand guilty before God because of our neglect of His work. What are the servants of God doing? One who is mighty in council is taking measure of character. Where are the ministers of the gospel? In the ministry of God’s Word, the very best talent is needed. “Sanctify the Lord of hosts Himself; and let Him be your fear, and let Him be your dread.” [Isaiah 8:13.] Let us exalt the Lord as the one who has rightful dominion as the supreme Ruler in His church. Shall not those who are soundly converted lift up their voice in an earnest effort to stay the awful deeds that are bringing the judgments of God upon our nation and upon the world? We seem as men who know not what the living out of the law means. Let Christ be exalted in His mediatorial work.
(21LtMs, Lt 18a, 1906, 29)
Lt 20, 1906
Wessels, Sr. [A.E.] Refiled as Lt 250, 1905.
Lt 22, 1906
White, W. C. St. Helena, California January 8, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in 3SM 352; 13MR 363-364. + My dear son W. C. White:
I have not ventured to attend meetings, because it draws upon my strength. I must have periods of rest. I am trying to prepare matters taken from my diaries and written years in the past. There is much, very much to give to the people that God has given me. I expect now that a long list of false statements will be presented to the world, and that lie upon lie, misstatement upon misstatement, which Satan has originated in the minds of individuals, will by some be accepted as truth. But I leave my case in the hands of God, and those who know my life practice will not receive the lies that are spoken.
(21LtMs, Lt 22, 1906, 1)
Judge Arthur at one time came to St. Helena. I cannot now call to mind the special errand upon which he came; but I do understand the word of the Lord that was given me to present before those assembled. He had given me special warning, which I had written out, that the sanitarium in St. Helena was not to be in any way bound up with the Battle Creek Sanitarium; nor were those in charge of it to feel compelled under any written agreement or Dr. Kellogg’s statement of terms, in order to obtain his influence or the influence of any lawyer, to mark out a certain course which they were to pursue.
(21LtMs, Lt 22, 1906, 2)
I was instructed by the Lord that propositions would be made which, if acceded to, would place the managers under embarrassment. There is not to be a particle of bondage, making terms with the managers at the Battle Creek Sanitarium. All the workers in our institutions are to be Christians and are to cultivate the impression that the Lord has given them very decidedly—that God is their Teacher, their Guardian. They are continually to respect the counsel and authority of His solemn warnings of their individual responsibility to Him, whose they are by creation and by redemption.
(21LtMs, Lt 22, 1906, 3)
There is a work to be accomplished for the church of God. This church is not to be under the jurisdiction of any human power, but under a plain, “Thus saith the Lord.” There will be presented a constant set of fables by the men who are themselves being controlled by human influences. The time will come when they will not endure sound doctrine. Therefore comes the solemn charge from Paul to Timothy. Paul was about to die for his faith, and he exhorts Timothy to discharge his duty with all care and diligence.
(21LtMs, Lt 22, 1906, 4)
“I charge thee therefore before God and the Lord Jesus Christ, who shall judge the quick and the dead at His appearing and His kingdom: Preach the word; be instant in season, out of season; reprove, rebuke, exhort with all longsuffering and doctrine.” [2 Timothy 4:1, 2.] If all men had been true and faithful to Dr. Kellogg, he might have been, yes, would have been in a far different position religiously from what he is now in. There was a work to be done under the influence of the Holy Spirit, to arrest a growing unbelief and infidelity, which was making itself felt. But words were not spoken by Dr. Kellogg’s associates to arrest and prevent this growing infidelity.
(21LtMs, Lt 22, 1906, 5)
A the time when Judge Arthur and his wife were guests at the St. Helena Sanitarium, I was in the night season instructed to present in our council things which I had written out. I was to show that our sanitariums are not to be under the control of the sanitarium at Battle Creek, but to stand under the divine Theocracy.
(21LtMs, Lt 22, 1906, 6)
“I charge thee therefore before God, and the Lord Jesus Christ, who shall judge the quick and the dead at His appearing and His kingdom: Preach the word; be instant in season, out of season; reprove, rebuke, exhort with all longsuffering and doctrine. For the time will come when they will not endure sound doctrine; but after their own lusts shall they heap to themselves teachers, having itching ears; and they shall turn away their ears from the truth, and shall be turned unto fables.
(21LtMs, Lt 22, 1906, 7)
“But watch thou in all things, endure afflictions, do the work of an evangelist, make full proof of thy ministry. For I am now ready to be offered, and the time of my departure is at hand. I have fought a good fight, I have finished my course, I have kept the faith; henceforth there is laid up for me a crown of righteousness, which the Lord, the righteous Judge, shall give me at that day; and not to me only, but unto them also that love His appearing.” [Verses 1-8.]
(21LtMs, Lt 22, 1906, 8)
Observe this solemn charge, and compare it with other scriptures. There is great importance in the words of this charge. Impressive are the words: “I charge thee therefore before God, and the Lord Jesus Christ, who shall judge the quick and the dead at His appearing and His kingdom: Preach the word; be instant in season, out of season, reprove, rebuke, exhort with all longsuffering and doctrine.” [Verses 1, 2.] Men who are in danger are not to be left to their own will, and their own ways, to exercise their unsanctified devising. Men whom the Lord has used in the ministry of His Word and in the science of combating disease are to exercise full faith in dealing with the sick, praying and talking with them, following Bible methods, and in the wisdom of God acting the part of an evangelist. Our physicians in every sanitarium are to give full proof of their genuine conversion. They are to be instant in season, out of season. The enemy is close beside them, to make impressions on their minds; therefore the greatest faithfulness is required. There are those who have been under the control of teachers having itching ears, and they will not endure sound doctrines. But suffering often softens the hard, unimpressible mind, turning it to serious things; and under suffering such ones may in our sanitariums be turned away from fables to the truth, if their cases are wisely managed.
(21LtMs, Lt 22, 1906, 9)
If the ones ministering to the sick are under the Holy Spirit’s guidance, they will speak words received from the great Teacher.
(21LtMs, Lt 22, 1906, 10)
Ministers of the gospel must be guardians of the flock. They are bound to be most faithful in the discharge of their duty, wide-awake to perceive evil, to reason from cause to effect, and to prevent the sure result of any unfaithfulness on their part. While they are not to be afraid of men, they are to beware of them, guarding the church against entering into business transactions that would possibly place them in the power of men.
(21LtMs, Lt 22, 1906, 11)
There is certainly a neglect in dealing wisely in reference to the future. The work of Dr. Kellogg in carrying so many responsibilities has been a mistake. The men who are in charge of the business matters connected with the important work of the church are to stand as men faithful in the discharge of every duty. None need, if they will carry their burdens to the Lord, to consult lawyers. That Friend who has given His life for them loves them. They are God’s elect, to show forth His praise and magnify His name. Can that Friend who has purchased them with the price of His own blood, at infinite sacrifice, in all humiliation, expect less of His followers than the earnest acknowledgement of the truth which is after godliness and true holiness? Is not the hope of eternal life, which God, who cannot lie, promised before the world began, to be received, to be acted upon, to be brought into every relation of life? Said the apostle Paul, “But in due time manifested His word through preaching, which is committed unto me, according to the commandment of God our Saviour.” [Titus 1:3.]
(21LtMs, Lt 22, 1906, 12)
Has the Lord directed you to carry your burdens and difficulties to men who have no more strength than you have? Will you make them your intercessor? Shall man interpose between your souls and God? Men in responsibility, handling sacred things, bring all your trials and perplexities to God. Turn not away from your great Counsellor to human beings. Exchange not One infinite in wisdom for finite man or men.
(21LtMs, Lt 22, 1906, 13)
The Lord Jesus is the source of all power. “Draw nigh to God, and He will draw nigh to you. Cleanse your hands, ye sinners, and purify your hearts, ye double-minded. Be afflicted, and mourn, and weep; let your laughter be turned to mourning, and your joy to heaviness. Humble yourselves in the sight of the Lord, and he shall lift you up.” [James 4:8-10.]
(21LtMs, Lt 22, 1906, 14)
“Can the fig tree, my brethren, bear olive berries? either a vine, figs? so can no fountain both yield salt water and fresh. Who is a wise man, and endued with knowledge among you? Let him show out of a good conversation his works with meekness of wisdom. But if ye have bitter envying and strife in your hearts, glory not, and lie not against the truth. This wisdom descendeth not from above, but is earthly, sensual, devilish. For where envying and strife is, there is confusion and every evil work. But the wisdom that is from above is first pure, then peaceable, gentle, and easy to be entreated, full of mercy and good fruits, without partiality, and without hypocrisy. And the fruit of righteousness is sown in peace of them that make peace.” [James 3:12-18.]
(21LtMs, Lt 22, 1906, 15)
The enemy is working more than we are aware of. A great accountability rests upon men and women in consequence of the words spoken. Satan employs human agencies to do his work, to ripen off the evil things that he has set in operation. Let the churches in every place fast and pray for knowledge and an understanding of the Scriptures, and for a life conformed to the teachings of the Word. The churches need to be converted. In this perilous time men must humble their proud hearts and cease to do evil, if they would rightly appreciate and understand the words of truth contained in the Scriptures. Jesus Christ is our Saviour, and we can be saved in no other way than by receiving the truth and exemplifying it in the character. Time is short, eternity is before us. Are we preparing to change worlds?
(21LtMs, Lt 22, 1906, 16)
Lt 24, 1906
White, W. C. St. Helena, California January 9, 1906 Previously unpublished. Dear son Willie:
I am thankful that the Lord keeps me in good health. I am trying to do all I can on my writings. The weather is beautiful, and today I have no fire in my room. I get ahead slowly because the days are short, and my head gets tired. I wish that you were here, so that I could consult with you. I talk with Elder Haskell, and that is some relief.
(21LtMs, Lt 24, 1906, 1)
Sister Haskell has been trying to keep Elder Haskell in bed. The boils seem determined to come out on his limbs, and these have to have special treatment. He is receiving all the necessary treatment and is using pulverized charcoal. Sister Haskell takes faithful care of him, and he suffers no pain if he does not try to walk. We persuaded him to stay in bed for a while, though this is a hard thing for him to do. I think that he will finally come out with better health than he has had for years. If the system can have a favorable chance, I think it will free itself from impurities. In his wife, Elder Haskell has a most faithful nurse. I am glad that he is right here, where he can feel at home. We want them both to feel perfectly free.
(21LtMs, Lt 24, 1906, 2)
May and the children visit me often. Your children have a faithful mother. She instructs them diligently; and now that school has commenced, there will not be quite so much tax upon her.
(21LtMs, Lt 24, 1906, 3)
I sincerely hope that those in attendance at the meeting at Nashville will have the wisdom that cometh from above. I am greatly relieved by the decision to place the Nashville Sanitarium on the Madison school farm. This looks sensible. There is an abundance of land, and this will be a great blessing to both institutions. This will look sensible to those who shall view the grounds and the buildings. That on which I count so much is that one institution will help the other, both of them blending in their work. This co-operation, if carried forward in the Lord’s way, will be a blessing to each institution. They can prove that they can work in harmony and each be a strength to the other.
(21LtMs, Lt 24, 1906, 4)
Never was there a time in the history of this world when there was more need of God’s people plainly showing to the world that the laws of heaven can be kept on earth than the present time. Our hearts must be worked by the Holy Spirit, and obedience to our heavenly Father’s commandments must be exemplified in our lives. The grace of Christ is the most sacred attribute that we can bring into our work of overcoming. The grace of Christ is to be revealed in our attitude to one another, in our school, and in all that we do. It is to the glory of God that through sanctification of the truth we work in harmony, representing His love as children in His family. Every day we are to grow in favor with God and our associates.
(21LtMs, Lt 24, 1906, 5)
The Madison school farm is a beautiful location and could not be more favorably situated for the establishment of the sanitarium and the school. And these institutions may be a blessing to one another if the workers connected with them will make them thus. Let them cherish the precious grace of Christ, that they may impart it to others. The educational advantages will, if blended, be blessings that will bring true wisdom. Teachers and students, realize that this blending is a part of your education that will perfect Christian character. Angels of God will be your helpers, assisting you in the work. The patients who shall come to the sanitarium may have in your lives an exhibition of the sanctifying grace of God working upon the human heart. The sick and afflicted will not feel so isolated as they otherwise would.
(21LtMs, Lt 24, 1906, 6)
A variety of good will result from one institution’s blending with the other. Let all walk humbly with God. The religious advantages of both institutions are to be a living testimony to the power of the Word. In these institutions men and women are to learn how to serve God and how to praise and magnify Him. Let your lives preach a daily sermon on the power of love and unity; and although you may not always be free from trials and tests, you can learn how to represent Christ in character; you can show what it means to be a Christian.
(21LtMs, Lt 24, 1906, 7)
“Only let your conversation be as becometh the gospel of Christ; that whether I come and see you, or else be absent, I may hear of your affairs, that ye stand fast in one spirit, with one mind striving together for the faith of the gospel; and in nothing terrified by your adversaries, which is to them an evident token of perdition, but to you of salvation, and that of God. For unto you it is given in the behalf of Christ, not only to believe on Him, but also to suffer for His sake; having the same conflict which ye saw in me, and now hear to be in me.” [Philippians 1:27-30.] Please read the second chapter of Philippians.
(21LtMs, Lt 24, 1906, 8)
I shall rejoice in the Lord to hear that the sanitarium and school are established on the same farm. I highly appreciate this farm. I am interested in the location. It is retired, and the important work that is to be done there will be to the honor and glory of God. Have courage in the Lord. You can have your meetings together, and together you can praise the Lord with heart and soul and voice. And angels will be present. The outlook is so pleasing that even if I never visit you again, I can in imagination enjoy your gatherings.
(21LtMs, Lt 24, 1906, 9)
May the rich blessing of God be upon you all, is my prayer.
(21LtMs, Lt 24, 1906, 10)
In love.
(21LtMs, Lt 24, 1906, 11)
Lt 26, 1906
White, W. C. St. Helena, California January 15, 1906 Previously unpublished. Dear Son Willie:
I would be very much pleased if I could see you. Or if I cannot see you, if I could learn where you are, I would certainly reach you by letter. I have nothing special to write you, but I have been burdened for things in Battle Creek, and I have not been able to sleep on account of the light and message given me. The night before last I awoke at half-past ten o’clock and was unable to sleep. After trying hard to get to sleep, I got up and dressed and made my fire. I then wrote as fast as I could write for five hours. At five o’clock I lay down and did not get up again until six o’clock.
(21LtMs, Lt 26, 1906, 1)
Yesterday was a day of earnest work. I prepared letters to send to various places, especially to Battle Creek. Today we are sending a letter to George Amadon, to be read to those whom they can assemble there. I shall keep up this work until I am called away from it.
(21LtMs, Lt 26, 1906, 2)
Elder Haskell and his wife have made me feel much more willing to be at home. Elder Haskell has had a very serious time with boils. He made three appointments to speak at the sanitarium, but he was in no condition to speak, so he gave it up.
(21LtMs, Lt 26, 1906, 3)
It has been raining now since last Friday. The rain is falling heavier than ever now, but it is really just what we need, and we thank the Lord for it.
(21LtMs, Lt 26, 1906, 4)
Your wife and children are all well. Sister King has been quite sick for a week with poison oak. She is getting better now. I tell her her wages will go on just the same.
(21LtMs, Lt 26, 1906, 5)
Sister Peck has just come in to my office to tell me that she has a letter from Brother Lane, stating that he knows of a woman who has five thousand dollars to lend for two years at five per cent interest. Brother Bourdeau’s son wants the money that we borrowed of his father. I have instructed Sister Peck to write to Brother Lane that we will be very glad to get this money, so that this matter can be fixed up. But we do hope to receive something from Australia soon, for with the interest we have to meet we will be close pressed unless some money comes in. I thought you ought to know this at once.
(21LtMs, Lt 26, 1906, 6)
You have not mentioned May Walling. Where is she now, and how is she? Have you dropped her out by the way? Please let us know where she is and where your next mail shall be sent.
(21LtMs, Lt 26, 1906, 7)
I have important matter to send to Battle Creek. If Elder Daniells is there, he will read it to the ones who ought to have it. If he is not there, George Amadon can read it. Brother Taylor wrote a good letter, but I do not feel like placing any responsibility upon him.
(21LtMs, Lt 26, 1906, 8)
I am doing what I can to get off important matter. Write me when you will be home. Elder Haskell and his wife wish to leave this week to go to her sister’s after spending the Sabbath in San Francisco. He is improving now right along.
(21LtMs, Lt 26, 1906, 9)
I will close this now for the next mail. We hope you are in good health. I am feeling quite well today.
(21LtMs, Lt 26, 1906, 10)
Lt 26a, 1906
Robinson, T. H. St. Helena, California January 2, 1906 Previously unpublished. Mr. T. H. Robinson Dear Brother Robinson:
Keep close to the Redeemer, and let words of praise and thanksgiving flow forth from your heart and mind. Stand forth as a minister of righteousness. We may have the assurance that it is the privilege of every one to have who acts a part in the work of God. Let each one say, “If God smiles on me, and His peace fills my heart with joy and comfort, if He pardons my sins, I will rejoice in the assurance of a higher life in the courts of the Lord, within the pearly gates. This hope I will claim as mine. It is more precious to me than gold or silver or precious stones.”
(21LtMs, Lt 26a, 1906, 1)
Keep this hope ever bright and the joy of Christ ever in the heart. If you walk with Christ, you will be ever learning. Hear His message, “Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, an learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.]
(21LtMs, Lt 26a, 1906, 2)
Will you not reveal that you have been learning of Christ, who gave His life to place you where, through learning the lessons He desires you to learn, you might reveal His character. As you learn of Jesus, you will show to the church and to the world the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. You can rest in Christ by wearing His yoke. In believing you will have rest and peace and joy. When you find the peace and rest that Christ has promised, you cannot be otherwise than happy; for He gives you hope and assurance. Shall I dishonor Him by doubting His power? He will strengthen me to realize that I have rest through faith in Him, through wearing His yoke and learning of Him His meekness and lowliness. We are to bear the image of Christ in character and are to be amenable to the law of God. Then shall the world have decided evidence of the great advantages there are in being connected with the Lord Jesus Christ. When we receive Him as our Saviour, and learn daily His meekness and lowliness, we are standing on the broad platform of the King of heaven, and the King acknowledges the humblest soul that serves Him.
(21LtMs, Lt 26a, 1906, 3)
We do not half realize the advantages that are ours. Let us improve in this respect, that we may give evidence in every place of the power of the grace of Christ, each cheering the other.
(21LtMs, Lt 26a, 1906, 4)
The Lord is our Counsellor. We are all laborers together with Him. I hope that the rich blessing of God will rest upon every one who has a part to act in connection with the Paradise Valley Sanitarium, indoors and out-of-doors. Let no one feel any discontentment. Put your whole hearts into the doing of the work that is essential. I sincerely hope that the entire building will soon be completed. Let all do all they can to help, that the completion of the building may not be hindered.
(21LtMs, Lt 26a, 1906, 5)
To those who are working on the building, I would say, The Lord will strengthen and encourage you. I am with you in heart and mind. If God smiles on you, it is worth more than gold or silver. Let your hearts be hopeful, encouraging the peace of Christ. The assurance that our Saviour was a carpenter, and worked at the carpenter’s trade with Joseph, is a nice thought for the builders. In your morning service, consider this. The Prince of heaven worked as you are working, with His hands. He left His high command in heaven, laying off His royal robe, and kingly crown, and clothed His divinity with humanity, that through Him human beings might receive power to become the sons and daughters of God. He gives the power. If you believe in Him, He will make you co-laborers with Him.
(21LtMs, Lt 26a, 1906, 6)
Each one, working in unity with others, will accomplish that which has a bearing on the whole. There is an organized system of duties, in order that the perfection of the whole may be secured. There are duties for every one. There must be an architect to plan and to see that these plans are carried out. There must be carpenters, bricklayers, hod carriers, and painters.
(21LtMs, Lt 26a, 1906, 7)
Thus only can the whole building be completed. The different lines of work can be accomplished without the sound of faultfinding. I have confidence that all will do their best, speaking cheerful words and depending upon the Lord’s guidance.
(21LtMs, Lt 26a, 1906, 8)
So with the work in the house. It can be made pleasant if every one will have a cheerful, happy heart and will work without complaining. The matron, the nurses, the bookkeeper, the cook—all have their respective duties. Let the pleasantness of a cheerful disposition be cultivated; for the Lord notes every movement and hears every word spoken.
(21LtMs, Lt 26a, 1906, 9)
Those who are working on the land, taking care of the stock and looking after the grounds, are to feel that they are filling their place, that they are part of the great whole and are essential. “Ye are God’s husbandry; ye are God’s building.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] Each is to respect the other, and all are to make it pleasant for one another by cultivating the grace of Christ in patience, in kindly, encouraging words.
(21LtMs, Lt 26a, 1906, 10)
Let past imperfections remain in the past. Reach forward to that which is before. Put away all discontent, all faultfinding, all murmuring, all disagreeable words. Let your conversation be in heaven, hence we look for our Saviour. We are not honoring Christ when we repine, and find fault, and quarrel. Those who persist in doing this cannot enter heaven. We are to have a foretaste of heaven here below. We are to have refined, sanctified aspirations. We are to have worthy ambitions, always pressing on, always desiring higher good, always striving to represent the Lord Jesus in this life.
(21LtMs, Lt 26a, 1906, 11)
We are to recognize the perfection of the example of Christ and reveal it to the world. We are to strive for the unity that means showing the love that Christ manifested in our behalf, to make it possible for us to secure the life that measures with the life of God. There is no excuse for any Christian to be discontented. Lay hold upon the assurance that comes from true service, from a faithful discharge of daily duties. Reflect the divine image in all your words and works, following the self-denying, self-sacrificing Redeemer in meekness and lowliness. In the place of complaining, rejoice. Never cast reflection on Christ by showing your disappointment in the way He has marked out for you. Rejoice in the Lord alway, and again I say, Rejoice. One upon whom the sunshine of Christ’s countenance is shining has no excuse for despondency. What we need today is the praise of thankful hearts proceeding from unfeigned lips. We need sunshiny Christians. We need Christians who at all times will offer praise and thanksgiving to God.
(21LtMs, Lt 26a, 1906, 12)
“Behold what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called the sons of God. Therefore the world knoweth us not, because it knew Him not. Beloved, now are we the sons of God, and it doth not yet appear what we shall be, but we know that, when He shall appear, we shall be like Him; for we shall see Him as he is. And every man that hath this hope in Him purifieth himself even as He is pure. Whosoever committeth sin transgresseth also the law; for sin is the transgression of the law. And ye know that He was manifested to take away our sins, and in Him is no sin. Whosoever abideth in Him sinneth not. Whosoever sinneth hath not seen Him, neither known Him. Little children, let no man deceive you; he that doeth righteousness is righteous, even as He is righteous.” [1 John 3:1-7.]
(21LtMs, Lt 26a, 1906, 13)
Lt 27, 1906
White, J. E. St. Helena, California January 15, 1906 Previously unpublished. J. E. White
Edgefield, Tennessee My dear Son Edson:
In the night season I was given warnings regarding you. “Warn your son Edson,” my Instructor said, “not to go to any man in Battle Creek for wisdom; for the soil of his heart is prepared to receive the seed which if sown there will endanger his soul. Long has his mind been in that condition where he will be easily turned away from right and truth. The enemy desires him, that he may sift him as wheat.”
(21LtMs, Lt 27, 1906, 1)
I cannot sleep, Edson. I plead with you, if you have any love for your soul, Keep away from Battle Creek. Seek your counsel from God, and make thorough work to set your own house in order. I have arisen at eleven o’clock to write these things to you. Professor J. E. Tenney, brother to G. C. Tenney, wrote to me for counsel about going to Battle Creek to see if he could not persuade his brother to leave that place. I advised him as I advise you: Keep away from Battle Creek. There are seductive influences at work there, which your mind in its present state is not fitted to discern. You need to place your feet on the right platform.
(21LtMs, Lt 27, 1906, 2)
Frank Belden is lost in the fog through this influence. He knows not what is truth and righteousness. How to gain a fitness for eternal life is a matter that is very indistinct in his mind. If there is not a very decided change in his character, he will be lost. You yourself have been in a very uncertain position. I plead with you to keep away from Battle Creek. I beseech you, for Christ’s sake, to heed these words.
(21LtMs, Lt 27, 1906, 3)
I have written you several letters, but have been reluctant to send them; for I have not had courage to believe that what I would write would be a help or blessing to you. I think of your course of action at Berrien Springs, and since that time, and a hopelessness comes over my soul. I lay aside what I have written and ask myself, What is the use? He will not understand. So letters have been written, but never mailed.
(21LtMs, Lt 27, 1906, 4)
I no longer write letters explaining my position and work. If my works and books do not place me in the right position in the minds of my brethren, all that I might write in letters would not affect anything at all. I am putting my trust in God alone. I cannot take a very cheerful view of matters as they now appear, but I have placed my case in the hand of One who knows, who understands. I will be faithful in giving warnings to those whom I can help.
(21LtMs, Lt 27, 1906, 5)
No renewed heart will keep renewed without a constant supply of divine grace. No person, whatever his experience, will stay converted unless he pursues a course of constant watchfulness, humbling his soul before God. The simple heart puts its trust in God and walks in all humility of mind before Him. Unless we hold fast to God, and God holds fast to us, we shall fall into the snare of self-confidence.
(21LtMs, Lt 27, 1906, 6)
How long would Paul have remained a faithful apostle had not his whole faith been placed in the power of God through faith? “I live; yet not I,” explained the modest old hero, “but Christ liveth in me; and the life that I now live in the flesh, I live by the faith of the Son of God; who loved me, and gave His life for me.” [Galatians 2:20.] “So fight I,” he said again, “not as one that beateth the air; but I keep my body under; lest having preached to others, I myself should become a castaway.” [1 Corinthians 9:26, 27.]
(21LtMs, Lt 27, 1906, 7)
Paul was ever on the watch lest evil propensities should get the better of him. He guarded well his appetites and passions and evil propensities.
(21LtMs, Lt 27, 1906, 8)
We are living in a time when, if we do not understand ourselves, we shall lose our bearings. It means much to keep the heart with all diligence, to keep the arm of resolution ever braced against temptation. Keep a watch on your old habits; guard the unruly tongue. Dig deep, and lay your foundation sure. God is rich in resources, but He has provided only one plan of salvation. Other foundation can no man lay than is laid, which is Christ Jesus.
(21LtMs, Lt 27, 1906, 9)
Lt 28, 1906
Amadon, G. W. St. Helena, California January 15, 1906 This letter is published in entirety in PC 93. Dear Brother Amadon:
I have received your letter. I will send you copies of things taken from my diaries. These articles contain presentations and instructions given me point by point. For instance, the evening after the Sabbath I retired and rested well without ache or pain until half-past ten. I was unable to sleep. I had received instruction, and I seldom lie in bed after such instruction comes. There was a company assembled in Battle Creek, and instruction was given by One in our midst that I was to repeat and repeat with pen and voice. I left my bed and wrote for five hours as fast as my pen could trace the lines. Then I rested on the bed for an hour and slept part of the time.
(21LtMs, Lt 28, 1906, 1)
I placed the matter in the hands of my copyist, and on Monday morning it was waiting for me, placed inside my office door on Sunday evening. There were four articles ready for me to read over and make any corrections needed. The matter is now prepared, and some of it will go in the mail today.
(21LtMs, Lt 28, 1906, 2)
This is the line of work that I am carrying on. I do most of my writing while the other members of the family are asleep. I build my fire and then write uninterruptedly, sometimes for hours. I write while others are asleep. Who then has told Sister White? A messenger that is appointed.
(21LtMs, Lt 28, 1906, 3)
If Elder Daniells is in Battle Creek, please place in his hands the manuscripts I send you. I have my work to do, to meet the misconceptions of those who suppose themselves able to say what is testimony from God and what is human production. If those who have done this work continue in this course, satanic agencies will choose for them. At the Berrien Springs meeting, the richest blessing was proffered them. This blessing they could have had if they had let Christ help them, confessing their wicked obstinacy. But they refused to take the right course. The holy angels turned away, and evil angels have been holding sway over minds. Evil angels obtained the victory at that meeting. But there is no need for me to give the particulars of this.
(21LtMs, Lt 28, 1906, 4)
If Brother Daniells is not in Battle Creek, please read to the church what I am sending you. I have many letters to write, and I cannot add more to this now. There is just one thing the Lord calls for, and that is for every man, minister or physician or lay member, to confess his own sins. Each one will have a hard battle to fight with his own perverse self. Those who have stood directly in the way of the people’s having a clear realization of their perilous condition will have an account to settle with God. Those who have helped souls to feel at liberty to specify what is of God in the testimonies and what are the uninspired words of Sister White will find that they were helping the devil in his work of deception. Please read Testimony No. 33, p. 211, “How to Receive Reproof.” [Testimonies for the Church 5:683.]
(21LtMs, Lt 28, 1906, 5)
Lt 30, 1906
Brethren and Sisters in Battle Creek St. Helena, California January 12, 1906 This letter is published in entirety in 13MR 318-322. + Dear Brethren and Sisters in Battle Creek:
I wish to write you a few lines. I understand how the enemy is working, and I wish to say to every soul, “Judge not, that ye be not judged. For with what judgment ye judge, ye shall be judged: and with what measure ye meet, it shall be measured to you again.” [Matthew 7:1, 2.] There are times when we have to take a decided stand, but in magnifying the Lord, be sure that you do not condemn and make charges against others. It would cause all the powers of hell to rejoice if our people were to become divided. The way has been preparing for contention and division. Some are in great danger of drifting into infidelity. Now, let your study be to save these imperiled souls. I have sorrow, great sorrow of heart, that they do not understand their bearings. But whatever you may say to vindicate the truth in righteousness, be sure not to make a raid on the one who for many years has borne heavy burdens in connection with our medical missionary work. He has always personally treated me as respectfully as he would treat his mother. It is nothing he has done to me personally that has led me to speak as I have been compelled to. While it makes my heart ache, I must speak. God has given me a message to give to His people, that the sentiments contained in the book Living Temple are mingled with fallacies that beguile the reader. It is the specious errors in that book that make it a dangerous production.
(21LtMs, Lt 30, 1906, 1)
I cannot hold my peace and let the flock of God be misled. But I beseech you not to let a drive be made against our brother; for this would not be right. Stand in defense of the truth; exalt the truth. God has given the erring one every encouragement to turn fully to Him. Our brother has been following his perverted judgment, and his soul has been lifted up unto vanity; but he should not be personally attacked, because it is not the right thing to do to open these opposition charges before the world. Keep to the affirmative of truth, as did Paul in his charge to Timothy:
(21LtMs, Lt 30, 1906, 2)
“Preach the word; be instant in season, out of season; reprove, rebuke, exhort with all longsuffering and doctrine. For the time will come when they will not endure sound doctrine; but after their own lusts shall they heap to themselves teachers, having itching ears.” [2 Timothy 4:2, 3.]
(21LtMs, Lt 30, 1906, 3)
The truth of this I have experienced. In the early days of the message, I have passed through most trying ordeals in refuting false doctrines, and especially such doctrines as we are meeting now. We are passing over the same ground. And while we are to call error, error, and withstand the delusive sentiments that will continue to come into our ranks, to palsy the faith and assurance of the people of God, we are to make no tirade against men and women.
(21LtMs, Lt 30, 1906, 4)
We are to show the evil of the false sentiments that Christ Himself has warned us not to receive. But let us consider that the power of the enemy is strong. In the past, the one who has been recognized as our leading physician has, under the Spirit of God, done a grand work, and he has not received from some the encouragement that he should have received. There are ministers who have not accepted the principles of health reform, but have stood in opposition to them.
(21LtMs, Lt 30, 1906, 5)
I have been carrying a great burden for the people in Battle Creek. Last night I was laboring most earnestly in prayer. The commission was given me by the Saviour, “It is not you they have rejected, but Me, their Saviour. You have nothing to retract of the messages that you presented during the General Conference held at Oakland and during the Berrien Springs meeting. You have a work to do of the same order. You have nothing to regret in the words you have spoken and written to the leading medical missionary workers. I have for you still more decided messages to bear. Those who have made light of the messages that I have given My messenger to bear have insulted the One who gave the messages.”
(21LtMs, Lt 30, 1906, 6)
Our people need to humble their hearts and confess their sins and be converted. They need to fear and tremble lest God’s Spirit be withdrawn from them, and they be left to hardness of heart and blindness of mind because they have rejected the word God has given them.
(21LtMs, Lt 30, 1906, 7)
The messages that God has sent have been borne line upon line, precept upon precept. The Lord is still working, and He gives the admonition, “Keep the people, the flock of My pasture, from being educated by physicians or teachers who reject the warnings I have given through My messenger. My Sabbath has been transgressed, and the light that would have shone forth has been quenched.” God would not have His people drawn into false paths, into a belief in sophistries and misleading scientific sentiments. For years the testimony has been given that Battle Creek has been and is under an influence that is not spiritual.
(21LtMs, Lt 30, 1906, 8)
The message given is, “When the one who has borne responsibilities in the medical missionary work shall humble his heart in My sight, confessing his sins, I will speak peace to him. His associates, who have helped him to walk in false paths, I will judge; for they have helped him to be deceived.”
(21LtMs, Lt 30, 1906, 9)
Since the Lord’s will has not been done, since our enemies have had occasion to see a departing from the faith, as I know and am instructed that they have, will not the one who has been reproved now make a change? Will he not humble his heart, as did Daniel, a man whom God calls “greatly beloved”? [Daniel 10:11.] Will he not read the prayer offered by Daniel and see what it means to humble himself before God?
(21LtMs, Lt 30, 1906, 10)
Brethren, there is one thing you can do. You can see that you yourselves are in a condition of repentance. Your hearts need to be converted. The end is near; the time is short. Plead with God; clear the King’s highway; and lift up the trailing standard on which is inscribed, “The commandments of God and the faith of Jesus.” As you advance step by step, proclaim, “Here are they that keep the commandments of God and the faith of Jesus.” [Revelation 14:12.]
(21LtMs, Lt 30, 1906, 11)
Moses declared, “Behold, I have taught you statutes and judgments, even as the Lord my God commanded me, that ye should do so in the land whither ye go to possess it. Keep therefore and do them; for this is your wisdom and understanding in the sight of the nations, which shall hear all these statutes, and say, Surely this great nation is a wise and understanding people.... Only take heed to thyself, and keep thy soul diligently, lest thou forget the things which thine eyes have seen, and lest they depart from thy heart all the days of thy life; but teach them thy sons and thy sons’ sons.” [Deuteronomy 4:5, 6, 9.]
(21LtMs, Lt 30, 1906, 12)
Lt 32, 1906
White, W. C. St. Helena, California January 16, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in ML 311; 9MR 172. + Elder W. C. White My dear Son:
I received your letter this morning, and I desire to write to you today. I am deeply impressed that unless we humble our hearts before God, confessing our sins, the Lord will certainly humble us. There has been a great lack of love and respect for one another. And why?—Because, as Jesus words it, “I have somewhat against thee, because thou hast left thy first love.” This is specified as a moral fall. “Remember therefore from whence thou art fallen, and repent, and do the first works; or else I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of his place, except thou repent.” [Revelation 2:4, 5.]
(21LtMs, Lt 32, 1906, 1)
The ministers of Christ are under His special care and protection. It is the honor of God that is at stake. His ministers are instrumentalities that, in His hand, under the impartation of the Holy Spirit from the Lord Jesus Christ, are doing all the good they can do. That which they accomplish is done through the grace given them by Christ. He walketh in the midst of the golden candlesticks. This representation is figurative, showing the relationship sustained by Christ toward His churches. Christ is to be highly exalted, as their source of light and efficiency. He takes pleasure in them. And although He is in their midst, to help them and be their efficiency, He would have all His believers, in living faith, rely fully on Him. He desires them to bring all their wants and necessities to Him, and not depend on or go to inquire of the god of Ekron. Christ is in the midst of His churches, to do them good, to comfort and support them, to supply them with spiritual efficiency and power.
(21LtMs, Lt 32, 1906, 2)
Christ declares of His followers, “Behold, I have graven thee upon the palms of My hands!” [Isaiah 49:16.] Let every church member understand that his relationship with Christ is of such a character that his every difficulty is fully known to the Lord. “I know thy works, and thy labor,” Christ declares of those who are ministering in His church. [Revelation 2:2.] He deals in no uncertainties. “I know thy works, and thy labor.” He keeps an account of every day’s labor. He is acquainted with the spirit in which the work is done. Never can He excuse any underhanded work, any dishonesty. Not one thread of deception is to be drawn into the figure of the pattern.
(21LtMs, Lt 32, 1906, 3)
The Lord requires separation from the world. God has a special, a peculiar, people. Our characters are to be in conformity with the character of Christ. The Word of God is to be our study, and we are to be denominated as God’s peculiar people.
(21LtMs, Lt 32, 1906, 4)
To every one God has made an offer that will help to brace every nerve and spiritual muscle for the time of test that is to come to us all. I am charged with the message, Clothe yourselves with the whole armor of Christ’s righteousness. Every piece of the Christian armor is essential. And, having done all you can do on your part, you have the assurance of victory. To every soul is granted the gracious opportunity of standing on the Rock of Ages. I am bidden by the Lord to charge every soul, with open Bible, to seek for divine wisdom, that he may learn “what is truth,” and accept truth as his standard. [John 18:38.] “The law of the Lord is perfect, converting the soul.” [Psalm 19:7.]
(21LtMs, Lt 32, 1906, 5)
Let us give to the world a correct religious example. The test is before us. May God help us to have respect unto the recompense of the reward. Let us be sure that we are making no blunder. Let us debar all selfishness from the heart. We need, every moment, to be watchful. Satan is very active, and with cunning plans he is seeking to deceive a leader that ought to be a faithful steward of means and of souls. Let this man cease accumulating so many burdens that the Lord has not placed upon him—burdens that will hinder him from studying the plan of God concerning him. Let him not continue to follow his own plans and lade himself with many burdens that the Lord has not appointed him to bear. Hitherto, he has not heeded the warnings given him, but has taken upon himself burden after burden. This has necessitated great expenditure of means and has drawn heavily upon his fund of physical and mental and moral power.
(21LtMs, Lt 32, 1906, 6)
The one who has become so heavily burdened should study to place some of these burdens upon others, that they may help him carry the load of responsibility which causes him to become impatient and fretful. Satan and his angels now look on the pitiful spectacle and are highly pleased. The voice of Jesus is heard, “What will it profit a man, if he gain the whole world, and lose his own soul? or what will a man give in exchange for his soul?” [Mark 8:36, 37.]
(21LtMs, Lt 32, 1906, 7)
The Lord has prescribed a remedy. The Pharisees brought forward to Christ a lawyer, with the question, “Master, what shall I do to inherit eternal life?” The Saviour entered into no controversy. He required the answer from the questioner himself. “What is written in the law?” He said; “how readest thou?” The lawyer said, “Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind; and thy neighbor as thyself.” With convincing power Jesus declared, “Thou hast answered right; this do, and thou shalt live.” [Luke 10:25-28.]
(21LtMs, Lt 32, 1906, 8)
In His answer as to the requirements of the law, the lawyer comprehended the two great principles on which hang all the law and the prophets. In these two great principles—obeyed and practiced by men who overcome the temptations of satanic agencies—are comprehended the wisdom and power of God. To human agencies who believe in and receive Christ is imparted power to become the sons of God. And when these principles are brought into the life practice, the result will be the formation of characters in this world that will be acceptable in heaven. Those who sanctify themselves through the truth are gaining a fitness for heaven above.
(21LtMs, Lt 32, 1906, 9)
Those who find it difficult to associate in harmony with the Lord’s workers in this world, and who are anxious to remain apart by themselves, will have to pass through an entire change of character, else they will never see the kingdom of God. We are not all formed in the same mold of character; therefore association is a needful discipline, in order that we may learn to love God with all the affections and with every power of the mind. The whole being is to be transformed after the similitude of the heavenly Father and of His Son Jesus. Those who are thus transformed will have the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. This barricades the soul from every assault of the enemy.
(21LtMs, Lt 32, 1906, 10)
Lt 33, 1906
White, J. E. St. Helena, California January 19, 1906 Previously unpublished. My dear son Edson:
Your estrangement from your brother has been and still is a grievous matter. It is doing great injury to your own soul and is leaving a wrong impression on the minds of others regarding W. C. White. As your mother, I have been free to tell you that your feelings in this matter are not right. The Lord’s reproof is upon you for these feelings of variance which you have carried nearly all your life. When I was with you last I was grieved that I saw no special manifestation on your part of affection for your brother, nor any effort to correct the past.
(21LtMs, Lt 33, 1906, 1)
I fear that I can never again urge that you and your brother be closely associated in work; for unless the Lord changes your heart decidedly, you could not work in harmony with your brother, whom the Lord has used as His servant to do His work.
(21LtMs, Lt 33, 1906, 2)
The Lord has given to W. C. White excellent judgment. When he makes mistakes he is free to acknowledge them. He is not one whose soul is lifted up unto vanity. He has not put himself forward in any boasting manner.
(21LtMs, Lt 33, 1906, 3)
I have endeavored to make no difference in my treatment of my two sons. Your brother has conceded to every wish I have expressed to help you.
(21LtMs, Lt 33, 1906, 4)
Some things that you said at Battle Creek since I saw you last were unjust, unreasonable, and left a wrong impression upon the minds of those who heard them. Dr. Kellogg and Frank Belden, A. T. Jones, Elder Tenney, and others, who are out of harmony with the people of God, have exultingly received your statements and will use them to justify themselves in their course of opposition to the work that the Lord has given me to do. The greatest burden I have borne for years is the knowledge that you, my own son, have at times united with those who are endeavoring to unsettle confidence in the testimonies of God’s Spirit. Thus you have sown seeds that will yield a harvest, with the results of which you will not be pleased.
(21LtMs, Lt 33, 1906, 5)
Your brother I know to be one of your best and truest friends. You have greatly misunderstood his motives, and have misinterpreted his actions, till the enemy of your soul has falsely led you to regard him as opposed to your best interests. These feelings on your part, and your words and actions, will be made use of by those who oppose my work.
(21LtMs, Lt 33, 1906, 6)
It is a serious matter that your influence should be cast against the work that the Lord has given me to do and that which he has plainly indicated should be done by your brother. I bear my testimony in public of the necessity of unity and love, but right in my own family is a working counter to my message.
(21LtMs, Lt 33, 1906, 7)
The position that some have taken that W. C. White is the originator of portions of the testimonies, and that he manipulates my writings to suit his wishes, is contrary to the truth and is against the work that the Lord has given me to do. Ever since I have returned to this country I have been engaged in controversy with elements that have cost me much suffering of mind. I have borne such heavy burdens since I came to America that I long once more to go where I can have rest of spirit.
(21LtMs, Lt 33, 1906, 8)
Yet I have been wonderfully sustained. Notwithstanding my wearing labor, I do not remember of ever having better health than I now enjoy. Sudden attacks of sickness are not so frequent as in former years.
(21LtMs, Lt 33, 1906, 9)
The burdens I have borne here make me feel homesick for Australia. As I see that my old home there is offered for sale, it makes me desire to purchase it and spend the remainder of my life there. If I could get clear light that such was my duty, I would gladly sell everything I have here and leave this country.
(21LtMs, Lt 33, 1906, 10)
I have written repeatedly to Frank Belden, hoping, if possible, to save him from ruining his soul. I am glad that he has consented to take his case against the Review and Herald out of the courts. I have had for a long time the burden of caring for Frank’s father. I make it a rule to write to his father frequently and to send him books and papers. I have made arrangements for a regular remittance to be sent him every month from Sydney. Yet his son has not even written to him for over a year. If Frank Belden were a real Christian, would he thus neglect his own father?
(21LtMs, Lt 33, 1906, 11)
When I was last in Nashville, I appreciated the rest I obtained on the boat. I had every convenience I could wish at your home. But I did not see in you that for which I most longed.
(21LtMs, Lt 33, 1906, 12)
W. C. White knows nothing of what I am writing to you. He has been gone from home for weeks.
(21LtMs, Lt 33, 1906, 13)
Lt 34, 1906
Burden, Brother and Sister [J. A.] St. Helena, California January 19, 1906 This letter is published in entirety in LLM 154-158. + Dear Brother and Sister Burden:
I received your letter yesterday and was very glad to hear from you. I have been very busy of late. The Lord has sustained me in preparing matter to meet the unbelief and infidelity expressed regarding the testimonies He has given me to bear to His people. He has given me words to write. I may have to visit Battle Creek when the unsettled weather is over.
(21LtMs, Lt 34, 1906, 1)
I think with great pleasure of the Loma Linda Sanitarium and the advantages that it possesses. I sometimes wish that I could be with you in Southern California. But here everything for my work is ready to my hand, and to go away anywhere just now seems inconsistent; for I am getting out much matter that is very important.
(21LtMs, Lt 34, 1906, 2)
The Lord understands all things, and He is my only dependence. I need His power back of every effort I shall henceforth make, as it has been, back of the efforts I have made in the past. I wish to be prepared to meet the falsehoods that are coming in. The Lord is good, and He is my stronghold. He understands the situation, and He will never leave me as long as I cling to Him. He will guide me in judgment.
(21LtMs, Lt 34, 1906, 3)
We have had a good visit from Brother and Sister Haskell. It has seemed like a revival of old times. I think that Elder Haskell is anxious to return to Loma Linda, but they wish first to visit Sister Haskell’s sister Mrs. Grey. After that they will be free to begin work at Loma Linda.
(21LtMs, Lt 34, 1906, 4)
Elder Haskell has suffered a great deal from boils. He has taken treatment at the sanitarium several times, but most of his treatment he has taken in his room in our house. Our home has been his sanitarium. He has been afflicted continuously and has kept to his bed most of the time. Pulverized charcoal poultices have been used with good results. His wife is a good nurse, and she has taken faithful care of him. He has thought several times that he had overcome the affliction, and that he would recover rapidly; but as soon as he began to stir around, boils would again appear. His countenance looks clear and wholesome for a man of his age.
(21LtMs, Lt 34, 1906, 5)
I am glad that Brother and Sister Haskell could stay with us for a while. We have tried to make them feel at home. They have been perfectly free to do as they wished. They seem to appreciate this advantage.
(21LtMs, Lt 34, 1906, 6)
You speak of the sunshine at Loma Linda. It is indeed a blessing. I am glad that you have so much of it. We have hardly seen the sun for two weeks. For two weeks we have had continuous rain, day and night. The rain has fallen gently but continuously, in soft showers, until the ground is full of water. The water in the canyon is up to our bridge and, if there is much more rain, will overflow into the orchard.
(21LtMs, Lt 34, 1906, 7)
The rain was certainly needed; for thus far this winter we have only had one short rain. This present rain is making up in quantity for what was lacking in the earlier rain.
(21LtMs, Lt 34, 1906, 8)
This morning at three o’clock the stars were shining, and the last quarter of the moon was plainly visible in the sky. But as daylight comes, I can see that the atmosphere is hazy, and the rain may begin again. I am so thankful that the drought has broken. The ground has seemed to absorb a great deal of the gently falling rain.
(21LtMs, Lt 34, 1906, 9)
The Lord is good and greatly to be praised. I will not complain. I feel very sad over the state of things in Battle Creek. I am trying to do all that is possible to guard the flock of God from falling into error. God alone can keep them and through them work out His good pleasure. I am satisfied with the working of the Lord. If unbelief is multiplied, through the exercise of unbelief in the testimonies, having done all we can do, we will talk faith and work on the affirmative side of the question. If my name is cast out as evil, I am in excellent company. Those who would not receive Christ were dead in trespasses and sins. As they looked upon the evidences that He presented, by curing disease and making the suffering ones rejoice in health, why did they not yield their unbelief? Because by such an action they would have confessed themselves to be sinners. In the place of receiving the evidence offered them, in the place of recognizing in Christ’s works the endowment of heaven, they held right on to their wicked purposes, and said, He performed this wonderful work through the devil.
(21LtMs, Lt 34, 1906, 10)
This was the sin against the Holy Ghost. They had not forgiveness in this world, nor in the world to come. What reason had Christ given them for making this statement? None at all. The Prince of life was seeking the lost sheep. At last the leaders of Israel put Him to death. What had He done? He had expressed to a rebellious world the love of God. And His death was the great freewill offering for sin. By it a fountain of mercy was opened to the world yet to be convinced of the wonderful sacrifice made in order that whoever believed in Christ should not perish, but have everlasting life. The preaching of the gospel gives sinners opportunity to receive the greatest gift ever proffered human beings. Those who refuse this gift reveal the highest contempt for God.
(21LtMs, Lt 34, 1906, 11)
It is our privilege to be partakers of the divine nature. If we be falsified, if men give to the world a misstatement of the work that God has done through the humble instrument, dishonoring Christ by making a misrepresentation of Him, they are partakers of the shame and reproach brought upon me.
(21LtMs, Lt 34, 1906, 12)
We understand the present feebleness and smallness of the work. We have had an experience. In doing the work God has given us, we may go trustingly forward, assured that He will be our efficiency. He will be with us in 1906, as He was with us in 1841, 1842, 1843, and 1844. Oh, what wonderful evidences we had then of the presence of God with us. In the earlier stages of our work, we had many difficulties to meet, and we gained many victories.
(21LtMs, Lt 34, 1906, 13)
If the Lord is leading us, we may go forward courageously, assured that He will be with us as He was with us in past years, as we labored in feebleness, but under the miracle-working power of the Holy Spirit. He will be with us as He was with us when we had to meet the opposing influences of erroneous theories. Many of the most successful undertakings made in behalf of the truth have at the beginning been small and have cost many tears and prayers. At the beginning of our work, some brought in grave errors; and meeting these placed upon us much hard labor and such difficulties as God’s help alone could enable us to overcome. We prayed a great deal; often we wrestled whole nights in prayer. Then the light, precious light on Bible truth, would come upon the whole company assembled. All could understand the difficulties, and the truth of the Bible was comprehended and substantiated.
(21LtMs, Lt 34, 1906, 14)
Thus we worked and thus we prayed. Errors were continually being brought in, but we went to God in prayer and searched the Scriptures diligently. Year after year, after the passing of the time, many false theories were presented; but we collected our forces in favorable places and continued in prayer—watching, and praying, and searching the Scriptures. Then light was given to the very youngest of those assembled, and the truth of the Word of God in regard to the position we were occupying was plainly specified.
(21LtMs, Lt 34, 1906, 15)
The time of respite granted us seemed short, too short, to open to the world the great and wonderful things of God’s law. The promises of God—how we laid hold upon them! We could not bear all the glory; our physical strength left us, and the power of God, like a halo of glory, was over us. What praises went up to God. “Yet a little while, and He that shall come will come, and will not tarry.” [Hebrews 10:37.] There was a tarrying time for us, but He, our Lord, knew the end from the beginning. It was no delay, and from year to year we worked and prayed and believed. The errors that were rushing in upon us we met in the power of God and explained them. And the glory filled the room where we were assembled. We had thought that the work would have been accomplished before this. But the light came from the Lord regarding the extension of the work. “Jesus came and spake unto them, saying, All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth.” [Matthew 28:18.] This power we needed then in the early history of our work. “Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost.” [Verse 19.] Then we understood that there was a world to be warned. “Teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Verse 20.] Here was our work, our commission. The truth was to go to every city in America, and we were to gather up our forces to proclaim the message in the “regions beyond.” [2 Corinthians 10:16.]
(21LtMs, Lt 34, 1906, 16)
Had the work been done that God designed should be done, the condition of things in our world would now be very different. But the professing followers of Christ are asleep; the churches have not fulfilled the solemn charge laid upon them. Men placed as watchmen have been asleep at their post, and many refuse to wake up. They are not fulfilling the gospel commission.
(21LtMs, Lt 34, 1906, 17)
After Christ had risen from the dead, the angels said to the women, “Go quickly, and tell His disciples that He is risen from the dead; and, behold, He goeth before you into Galilee; there shall ye see Him; lo, I have told you. And they departed quickly from the sepulcher with fear and great joy; and did run to bring His disciples word. And as they went to tell His disciples, behold, Jesus met them, saying, All hail. And they came and held Him by the feet, and worshipped Him. Then said Jesus unto them, Be not afraid; go tell My brethren that they go into Galilee; and there shall they see Me.” [Matthew 28:7-10.]
(21LtMs, Lt 34, 1906, 18)
“Then the eleven disciples went away into Galilee, into a mountain where Jesus had appointed them. And when they saw Him, they worshipped Him; but some doubted.” [Verses 16, 17.] They doubted that He had risen from the dead, in spite of the most powerful facts in proof of it. The Jews did not deny the resurrection of Christ for want of evidence to prove it, nor did they hire soldiers to tell a lie because they believed the falsehood or could substantiate it. They did it to keep the people from knowing the truth. False teachers are always afraid to have the truth come before the people. This knowledge they wish to hide, to keep the people from becoming acquainted with the facts. They desire preeminence, and the truth would spoil their history and their character.
(21LtMs, Lt 34, 1906, 19)
There are many ways in which the truth has been withheld from the world that Christ has purchased with the price of His blood. But Christ has supreme authority over all and power to give knowledge to all who desire it and who seek it from God in His Word.
(21LtMs, Lt 34, 1906, 20)
The sacred commission given us is to work for all nations. To turn sinners from iniquity is to be the great object of the followers of Christ. In various ways this work is to be done. In our camp-meetings, a much more decided effort is to be put forth to accomplish this work. Short discourses right to the point are to be given, and those who hear are to be called to make a decision. The laborers are to be fervent in spirit. During the meeting our periodicals are to be distributed and sold.
(21LtMs, Lt 34, 1906, 21)
Let all strive together to reach the object Christ has set before us. The gospel is to be translated into every tongue and is to be preached to every creature. The divine presence of Christ will ever be with the true workers, enlightening their minds as they open the Scriptures to others. All who reach out for the Lord Jesus in their prayers, seeking for wisdom and efficiency, will be given success in their endeavors to win souls to righteousness. They will be God’s light-bearers, shining amidst the darkness of the world.
(21LtMs, Lt 34, 1906, 22)
Lt 36, 1906
Brethren and Sisters in Battle Creek St. Helena, California January 23, 1906 Previously unpublished. + Dear Brethren and Sisters in Battle Creek:
I have a burden that I carry day and night. I have been asking my heavenly Father to guide me in judgment. I dare not place before you all the things I should like to, because the time in which we are living is perilous. I am instructed that it is not human agencies that we meet now in opposition; it is satanic agencies who are deceptively working through human agencies. Therefore you are to be very peaceful, wearing the yoke of Christ, heeding the invitation, “Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.]
(21LtMs, Lt 36, 1906, 1)
Let it be plainly understood that there is a great and good work to be done, and that you cannot devote time to bickering over the disloyalty of others. Stand decidedly for the truth.
(21LtMs, Lt 36, 1906, 2)
“Finally, my brethren, be strong in the Lord, and in the power of His might.” [Ephesians 6:10.] Never fear to speak the word of truth as it is given in the Scriptures. “Put on the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil.” [Verse 11.] There is no end to his delusive representations; therefore we must watch, we must pray, and we must give no occasion, in word or spirit, for Satan to gain the advantage over us. “We wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places.” [Verse 12.] Keep a firm hold on your Saviour, and seek earnestly to draw with Him, wearing constantly His yoke of humility, meekness, and lowliness.
(21LtMs, Lt 36, 1906, 3)
“We wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places.” [Verse 12.] I think I never discerned so fully the meaning of these words as I have for a few days back. I have been wrestling with all the power I could command to secure vantage ground. My physical strength has seemed to be hampered and my mind bound; but the spell has been broken. How?—I have striven to obey the words, “Wherefore take unto you the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand.” [Verse 13.] I have seen that we must do all we possibly can to obtain victory in the Lord.
(21LtMs, Lt 36, 1906, 4)
These words I am speaking to you in the night season. I am told that you are to be strong in the Lord. “Stand therefore, having your loins girt about with truth, and having on the breastplate of righteousness, and your feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace.” [Verses 14, 15.] O how much is comprehended in these words. They are repeated to me in the night season, and I am directed to write them.
(21LtMs, Lt 36, 1906, 5)
“Above all, taking the shield of faith, wherewith ye shall be able to quench all the fiery darts of the wicked. And take the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God; praying always with all prayer and supplication in the Spirit, and watching thereunto with all perseverance and supplication for all saints; and for me, that utterance may be given unto me, that I may open my mouth boldly, to make known the mystery of the gospel.” [Verses 16-19.]
(21LtMs, Lt 36, 1906, 6)
Lt 38, 1906
Wahroonga Sanitarium Family St. Helena, California January 23, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in 3MR 39; 9MR 40; 6Bio 76-77. To the Wahroonga Sanitarium Family Dear Fellow Workers:
I am very grateful to my heavenly Father for the great mercy and goodness that He daily bestows upon me. I can go up and down stairs as easily as I could at any period of my life. I am thankful for my reason. My mind is clear, and I am able to do a great deal of writing. My mind is very much occupied just now in the endeavor to present in the best way the facts in regard to our early experience in the proclamation of the truth that we held. I do not wish to ignore or drop one link in the chain of evidence that was formed as, after the passing of the time in 1844, little companies of seekers after truth met together to study the Bible and to ask God for light and guidance. As we searched the Scriptures with much prayer, many evidences were given us under the manifestation of the Holy Spirit’s power. What deep importance was attached to every evidence that God gave us! The truth, point by point, was fastened in our minds so firmly that we could not doubt.
(21LtMs, Lt 38, 1906, 1)
Men and women came to the different places where meetings were appointed to be held, to see if they could not bring in their false theories. But although they would advance erroneous and sometimes fanatical teachings, we had the truth so firmly established in our minds that we had nothing to fear.
(21LtMs, Lt 38, 1906, 2)
And now, after half a century of clear light from the Word as to what is truth, there are arising many false theories to unsettle minds. But the evidence given in our early experience has the same force that it had then. The truth is the same as it ever has been, and not a pin or a pillar can be moved from the structure of truth. That which was sought for out of the Word in 1844, 1845, and 1846 remains the truth today in every particular.
(21LtMs, Lt 38, 1906, 3)
Soon after the passing of the time, the light of the true Sabbath shone forth in all its importance. We embraced it and kept faithfully the rest-day of the Lord. We were greatly blessed in obeying this truth.
(21LtMs, Lt 38, 1906, 4)
God made the world in six days, and on the seventh day He rested, setting it apart as holy. “Thus the heavens and the earth were finished, and all the host of them. And on the seventh day God ended His work which He had made; and He rested on the seventh day from all His work which He had made. And God blessed the seventh day, and sanctified it, because that in it He had rested from all His work which God created and made.” [Genesis 2:1-3.]
(21LtMs, Lt 38, 1906, 5)
When the world, because of its iniquity, was destroyed by a flood, that massive boat, the ark, was used by God to save all who would hear the warning and turn from their unrighteousness. But eight persons only were saved. All were tested by the truth that Noah preached, and those who believed were saved. Enoch was translated; for in his generation he was righteous, and God did not allow him to see death.
(21LtMs, Lt 38, 1906, 6)
When the law of God was proclaimed in awful grandeur from Sinai, God specified the seventh day as the day on which His people were to rest. And once again, He said to Moses, “Speak thou also unto the children of Israel, saying, Verily My sabbaths ye shall keep; for it is a sign between Me and you throughout your generations; that ye may know that I am the Lord that doth sanctify you. Ye shall keep the sabbath therefore; for it is holy unto you; everyone that defileth it shall surely be put to death; for whosoever doeth any work therein, that soul shall be cut off from among his people. Six days may work be done, but in the seventh is the sabbath of rest, holy to the Lord; whosoever doeth any work in the sabbath day, he shall surely be put to death. Wherefore the children of Israel shall keep the sabbath, to observe the sabbath throughout their generations, for a perpetual covenant. It is a sign between Me and the children of Israel forever; for in six days the Lord made heaven and earth, and on the seventh day He rested and was refreshed.” [Exodus 31:13-17.]
(21LtMs, Lt 38, 1906, 7)
What have we to give up of the leadings and teachings of God as seen in the first chapters of our experience, after the passing of the time and our bitter experience? Nothing. We have held this truth firmly for the past half century, and as we review our history, we see that we have been led and taught of God. We have had most precious and positive testimony to bear from the Word. We saw that there was a work to be done in our world. The third angel’s message must be proclaimed as present truth, the facts concerning the Lord’s Sabbath must be made known. It must be shown that the seventh-day Sabbath is the Lord’s memorial of creation. We went to every place in which we could find an opening, presenting the Scripture evidences for the observance of the Lord’s Sabbath. This truth has always been made prominent in our teachings.
(21LtMs, Lt 38, 1906, 8)
We have had to pass through some trying scenes, but we had a mighty Helper to aid us at every point and to sustain us in difficulties and perplexities. And now, at the age of seventy-eight, I glorify God that we have not seen any evidence from the Word that would unsettle our faith in the messages that we have borne to the world since 1844. At that time we became established on solid evidence; and although various other messages have come, and different ones have presented something new, we have found our house built upon solid rock, and its foundation stands secure.
(21LtMs, Lt 38, 1906, 9)
We are in deed and in truth living in the closing scenes of this world’s history. When Christ was upon the earth, He outlined the various things that we would meet in the last days. We now stand braced for trial, trusting in the One who has promised to be with us.
(21LtMs, Lt 38, 1906, 10)
Christ’s Sermon on the Mount tells us what we shall meet. The only safe thing for us to do is to walk in the light of the teachings of the Word, studying earnestly the instruction given in the Sermon on the Mount. In this sermon, Christ specified the blessings that would come to us if we would place ourselves in the attitude of receiving these blessings. But in order to receive these blessings, we must accept the terms that Christ has laid down.
(21LtMs, Lt 38, 1906, 11)
No one need lose his bearings who will study this sermon given by the Saviour. “Ye are,” Christ said, “the light of the world. A city that is set on an hill cannot be hid. Neither do men light a candle, and put it under a bushel, but on a candlestick, and it giveth light unto all that are in the house. Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.
(21LtMs, Lt 38, 1906, 12)
“Think not that I am come to destroy the law, or the prophets; I am not come to destroy, but to fulfil. For verily I say unto you, Till heaven and earth pass, one jot or one tittle shall in no wise pass from the law, till all be fulfilled.” [Matthew 5:14-18.] There is then to be no change in the enforcement of the law concerning the observance of the seventh-day Sabbath.
(21LtMs, Lt 38, 1906, 13)
The kings and rulers of the earth, however great their power, are to consider themselves under a Ruler who owns the world. No earthly ruler is to be looked upon as above the Ruler who made the world in six days, and rested on the seventh day, sanctifying and blessing it, and giving it to man to be set apart as holy, and observed to the glory of His name. But priests and rulers have set up the first day of the week to be observed by the beings God has made. They compel His creatures to transgress the law of their Creator. Man has set himself above the Lord of heaven and has turned human beings aside from the observance of the day that God, as their Creator, declared to be kept holy as a sign between Him and them throughout their generations forever.
(21LtMs, Lt 38, 1906, 14)
We are every one of us to look from finite men to the Omnipotent God, who has the ownership of all to whom He has given life. They are under His government, and when finite rulers make laws that conflict with a plain, “Thus saith the Lord,” we are to obey the law of God. Shall man dare to take the place of God, setting aside the laws of the Ruler of the universe and placing in their stead human enactments? Shall he dare to compel obedience to these human laws?
(21LtMs, Lt 38, 1906, 15)
Here is where the man of sin finds his place in prophecy. What is sin? The Lord defines it as “the transgression of the law” [1 John 3:4]—the law of Him who holds the life of every human being in His hands and by whom every one will be judged according to his works. Hereafter, when the Lord shall come in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory, every man will know who God is. Those who have trampled upon His law will then realize the sinfulness of sin.
(21LtMs, Lt 38, 1906, 16)
God exalted the seventh day, placing upon it His signature; but man, exalting himself above God, places the Sabbath of the Lord out of sight and exalts a day that has no sanctity but that given it by the Papal power. In this, the man of sin “exalteth himself above all that is called God, or that is worshipped; so that he as God sitteth in the temple of God, showing himself that he is God.” [2 Thessalonians 2:4.]
(21LtMs, Lt 38, 1906, 17)
“Think not,” Christ said, “that I am come to destroy the law, or the prophets; I am not come to destroy, but to fulfil. For verily I say unto you, Till heaven and earth pass, one jot or one tittle shall in no wise pass from the law, till all be fulfilled. Whosoever therefore shall break one of these least commandments, and shall teach men so, the same shall be called least in the kingdom of heaven; but whosoever shall do and teach them, the same shall be called great in the kingdom of heaven.” [Matthew 5:17-19.]
(21LtMs, Lt 38, 1906, 18)
“For I say unto you, That except your righteousness shall exceed the righteousness of the scribes and Pharisees, ye shall in no case enter into the kingdom of heaven.” [Verse 20.]
(21LtMs, Lt 38, 1906, 19)
Christ has a supreme right to present to the world the law that must be obeyed. Those who transgress this law, however high their position in this world, shall be called the least in the kingdom of heaven.
(21LtMs, Lt 38, 1906, 20)
Lt 40, 1906
Hughes, Brother and Sister [C. B.] Sanitarium, California January 23, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in MR760 20-21. Dear Brother and Sister Hughes:
I am sending you some copies to hand to W. C. White if he is still at Keene when this letter reaches you. If he is not, you may keep the copies.
(21LtMs, Lt 40, 1906, 1)
I should be very much pleased to see you both, but this may not be just at present.
(21LtMs, Lt 40, 1906, 2)
Never was there a time when the enemy worked with such subtlety as at the present, and we need to realize that we are now to be fully prepared to meet whatever may come in the way of apostasy. The Word of God declares that some shall depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of devils.
(21LtMs, Lt 40, 1906, 3)
I have much to be thankful for in the health and strength that the Lord gives me. We must keep up our courage in the Lord. I am praying that the Lord’s people shall have special power just now, and that they will not think or talk discouragement. We need to strengthen our belief in the past experience that we have had in the cause of God. We need to pray much and speak words of encouragement to others.
(21LtMs, Lt 40, 1906, 4)
We must keep constantly before our people the instruction contained in the first three chapters of Revelation. God says, “Be watchful, and strengthen the things that remain; for I have not found thy works perfect before God. Remember therefore how thou hast received, and heard, and hold fast, and repent. If therefore thou shalt not watch, I will come on thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee.” [Verses 2, 3.]
(21LtMs, Lt 40, 1906, 5)
Satan will use his best plans to lead souls to bring in some new theories, some strange, fanciful ideas. These souls will try to substantiate false doctrines, and they will take texts of Scripture and misapply them in order to make their doctrines appear as truth. The theories that Elder Ballenger advocated, which remove the sanctuary truth, are just such as the enemy would bring in as matters of the utmost importance, to shake us from our foundation of faith. But we must heed the Word, “Remember therefore how thou hast received, and heard, and hold fast.” [Verse 3.] When efforts are made to unsettle our faith in our past experience, and to send us adrift, let us hold fast to the truth that we have received.
(21LtMs, Lt 40, 1906, 6)
Last night I received instruction, as you will see when you read the enclosed copies. The warning is given, Hold fast to the past experience. “And I, brethren, when I came to you, came not with excellency of speech or of wisdom, declaring unto you the testimony of God. For I determined not to know anything among you, save Jesus Christ, and Him crucified. And I was with you in weakness, and in fear, and in much trembling. And my speech and my preaching were not with enticing words of man’s wisdom, but in demonstration of the Spirit and of power; that your faith should not stand in the wisdom of men, but in the power of God.” [1 Corinthians 2:1-5.] The power of God!—It is this that will bear the test of trial, breaking down opposition, melting away scientific reasoning, and bringing men and women to an appreciation of the truth that has kept us where we are, on a solid foundation.
(21LtMs, Lt 40, 1906, 7)
May the Lord bless you largely and keep you sound in the faith.
(21LtMs, Lt 40, 1906, 8)
Lt 42, 1906
White, W. C. St. Helena, California January 23, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in VSS 347. Elder W. C. White My dear Son:
I was very glad to receive your letter, which I found this morning at the threshold of my door. I read this letter, and the enclosures, with great interest.
(21LtMs, Lt 42, 1906, 1)
I have been writing since half-past one this morning. I realize that the Lord has broken the spell of the enemy that has seemed to bind my mind, unfitting me for my work. The Lord has revealed Himself to me in breaking the yoke. I am free from a most terrible oppression. I thank the Lord with heart and soul and voice. I know that this oppression was of the enemy; but I am now free.
(21LtMs, Lt 42, 1906, 2)
I would say to you, Be instant in prayer. There are so many accidents, that I am afraid to think about them. The dangers are great, unless the Lord helps us.
(21LtMs, Lt 42, 1906, 3)
Brother and Sister Haskell have been with us four weeks. We have had many talks regarding past experiences. We shall miss them when they are gone.
(21LtMs, Lt 42, 1906, 4)
We will meet you, if the Lord will, at Loma Linda. When will you be there? If I could know the exact date, I would write to Brother and Sister Haskell at Armona, as they will be quite anxious to know just when I shall go to Southern California. They will be glad to meet us either at San Diego or at Loma Linda. They seem to think that Loma Linda is a place beyond description.
(21LtMs, Lt 42, 1906, 5)
I suppose that the brethren expect us to attend the State Conference now in session at Oakland; but I am not planning to go. I have so much writing to do, and I shall let my writings speak. I am determined to keep before the people the fact that we must have unity. We must cease all criticism. We must urge that the great peculiarity distinguishing Christians from all others is the union that exists between them and the Lord Jesus Christ by constant exercise of the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. This union, oneness with Christ, leads to unity with and love toward one another. Christians delight to honor God by obeying all His commandments. Bound together in love with Christ, they have love toward one another.
(21LtMs, Lt 42, 1906, 6)
We must dwell upon this theme more than we have done. The subject of His renewing grace, dwelt upon in discourses, will be pleasing to the Lord, and His Holy Spirit will come into the hearts of those who listen.
(21LtMs, Lt 42, 1906, 7)
The apostle declares: “Howbeit we speak wisdom among them that are perfect: yet not the wisdom of this world, nor of the princes of this world, that come to naught: but we speak the wisdom of God in a mystery, even the hidden wisdom, which God ordained before the world unto our glory: which none of the princes of this world knew: for had they known it, they would not have crucified the Lord of glory.” [1 Corinthians 2:6-8.]
(21LtMs, Lt 42, 1906, 8)
Oh, what a loss the high and lifted up are sustaining, even in this life, to say nothing of their loss of the future, eternal life in the kingdom of God!
(21LtMs, Lt 42, 1906, 9)
The apostle continues: “But as it is written, Eye hath not seen, nor ear heard, neither have entered into the heart of man, the things which God hath prepared for them that love Him. But God hath revealed them unto us by His Spirit: for the Spirit searcheth all things, yea, the deep things of God.” [Verses 9, 10.]
(21LtMs, Lt 42, 1906, 10)
We have a most earnest work to do for this time. “We have received, not the spirit of the world, but the spirit which is of God; that we might know the things that are freely given to us of God.” [Verse 12.] Herein is our wisdom; and if we keep these things before the people, and shut out the subjects of contention, what a victory we might gain!
(21LtMs, Lt 42, 1906, 11)
This letter must go in the morning mail, so I have but little time for writing you. Your family are all well. We pray for you.
(21LtMs, Lt 42, 1906, 12)
With love.
(21LtMs, Lt 42, 1906, 13)
Lt 44, 1906
Olsen, Brother and Sister [O. A.]; Kress, Brother and Sister [D. H.] St. Helena, California January 23, 1906 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother and Sister Olsen, and Brother and Sister Kress:
May the Lord strengthen and bless you in the great and good work in which you are engaged. This morning the following words were given to me for Dr. Kellogg:
(21LtMs, Lt 44, 1906, 1)
“Enter ye in at the strait gate; for wide is the gate, and broad is the way, that leadeth to destruction, and many there be which go in thereat; because strait is the gate, and narrow is the way, which leadeth unto life, and few there be that find it.” [Matthew 7:13, 14.]
(21LtMs, Lt 44, 1906, 2)
When such a message comes to me, I cannot sleep longer. It is now two o’clock, and I will write the words given me, and will send them to the one to whom they are addressed.
(21LtMs, Lt 44, 1906, 3)
Healthwise, I am doing well and am writing a great deal; but my heart aches as I see some of our leading men so fully swayed by Dr. Kellogg and imbued with his spirit. How this matter will come out, I know not. We must be wide-awake, and we must ask the Lord earnestly to give us correct judgment. Let us study the words that Christ spoke to His disciples as He sent them forth on their missionary tour:
(21LtMs, Lt 44, 1906, 4)
“Behold I send you forth as sheep in the midst of wolves; be ye therefore wise as serpents, and harmless as doves. But beware of men; for they will deliver you up to the councils, and they will scourge you in their synagogues; and ye shall be brought before governors and kings for My sake, for a testimony against them and the Gentiles; but when they deliver you up, take no thought how or what ye shall speak; for it shall be given you in that same hour what ye shall speak.” [Matthew 10:16-19.]
(21LtMs, Lt 44, 1906, 5)
Then let us be full of courage, yet not presumptuous, or bold in our own strength. It is in casting all our care upon Jesus that we find relief.
(21LtMs, Lt 44, 1906, 6)
“For it is not ye that speak, but the Spirit of your Father which speaketh in you.” [Verse 20.] Just before His ascension Christ said to the disciples, “Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost, teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:19, 20.]
(21LtMs, Lt 44, 1906, 7)
As we put our entire trust in Christ and give Him our undivided service, we shall gain success. We are to worship the Lord our God and serve Him and Him only. The line of demarcation between him that serveth God and him that serveth Him not must be kept clear and distinct.
(21LtMs, Lt 44, 1906, 8)
Lt 46, 1906
Brethren St. Helena, California January 25, 1906 Previously unpublished. + Dear Brethren:
I write to all who are concerned in deciding the case of Brother and Sister Rice. Move very guardedly; for your ideas and plans at the San Jose meeting regarding Brother and Sister Rice were out of the line of your commission and your duty. You must never deal in any such way with the servants of God. It is not for you to prescribe any such plans as Elder Corliss laid before me.
(21LtMs, Lt 46, 1906, 1)
I have something written, but Brother and Sister Rice have not seen the matter, and they do not know what it is.
(21LtMs, Lt 46, 1906, 2)
Could you not, brethren, understand the message given me of God at the San Jose meeting? I will write out the matter, and have it published, so that all may understand.
(21LtMs, Lt 46, 1906, 3)
The movements that you made in this case bear not the signature of our Saviour. All such administration as was opened to me—God is not in it. I have felt a most wearing burden on my soul ever since that time. Such work as you and some others have thought wise is not wise or just or accepted of God. I could not for one moment vindicate it; for such work bears not the signature of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 46, 1906, 4)
This is the word that was given me. If God gives men and women a work to do, they are to be left free to work in accordance with the capabilities God has given them. And they cannot put on any other one’s armor.
(21LtMs, Lt 46, 1906, 5)
I wish that we had one hundred laborers, where now there is but one, who would put their whole being into the work. We need increased capabilities to reach all classes.
(21LtMs, Lt 46, 1906, 6)
In the past I have encouraged Brother and Sister Rice; for the light given me is that they can reach souls. They have an intelligent understanding of the truth and are sound in the Scriptures. If you make it so hard for them that they cannot remain where they have been working, they will be just as much disqualified to work in other places.
(21LtMs, Lt 46, 1906, 7)
Your working in the way that you are working is not approved of God. He has not put upon any man the work of uprooting, undermining, and displacing God’s messengers, unless there are sins of an aggravated character.
(21LtMs, Lt 46, 1906, 8)
I have not written Brother and Sister Rice a line; for I concluded that you, being sensible men, would manage such cases in the way that you would consider it right for your own cases to be managed under similar circumstances.
(21LtMs, Lt 46, 1906, 9)
The morning after Elder Corliss laid before me the plans regarding Brother and Sister Rice, I wrote ten pages. I placed this writing where no one could see it until I should see you all together. But that time has not yet come; and today I cannot find the writing.
(21LtMs, Lt 46, 1906, 10)
Brethren, will you please understand that you are dealing with the Lord’s servants. “Inasmuch,” Christ said, “as ye have done it unto one of the least of these My brethren, ye have done it unto Me.” [Matthew 25:40.] This careless manner of working must come to an end. I have been shown that the masterly power exercised must cease. Remember that other men and women have capabilities, as well as yourselves.
(21LtMs, Lt 46, 1906, 11)
Take this matter to yourselves. How would you be pleased to be handled under similar circumstances? You have no right to destroy the influence of Brother and Sister Rice. There is a way to treat those whom you suppose need to be cured from evil. They are to be treated with justice, mercy, and the love of God. They are God’s property, bought with a price. There is a way to deal with every case; but it must be after the manner of Christ’s dealing.
(21LtMs, Lt 46, 1906, 12)
I would not justify all things, perhaps, that Brother and Sister Rice have done, all their words and actions in every respect. But I have yet to learn what they have done. Place their faults upon paper. State how they are at fault and in what way they have destroyed their influence. Let this matter be handled judiciously. Put yourselves in their place, under similar circumstances.
(21LtMs, Lt 46, 1906, 13)
We have not a large number of genuine laborers, who work for souls as they that must give an account. I know that some have committed errors, and I know that the Lord has pardoned their errors, and that he will pardon all who err and make mistakes, if they come to Him in confession and repentance. Woe unto us if we fall into the hands of men who have not the love and tenderness of Christ.
(21LtMs, Lt 46, 1906, 14)
Brethren, let us walk humbly with God, and not tear one another in pieces. I will find the writing to which I have referred; and when it is copied, I will send you a copy.
(21LtMs, Lt 46, 1906, 15)
Lt 48, 1906
Irwin, G. A. St. Helena, California January 26, 1906 Previously unpublished. Elder G. A. Irwin My dear Brother:
I have received your letter. I read it last night at half-past ten o’clock. I was restless during the first part of the night and at ten o’clock stepped into my office room to relieve myself of the strain of trying to sleep and being unable to. I saw your letter, in the place where the letters that come for me at night are always put, and read it. That started me on a train of thought. I was planning about the sanitarium in Takoma Park. But I thought, What good would it do if I should write out my plans? I have written and said that the sanitarium should not be left till the last, but should be erected at once. I have said that it should not be a large, expensive building, and that it should stand at a sufficient distance from the school buildings. I have said that the building should be of moderate size.
(21LtMs, Lt 48, 1906, 1)
Months ago I sent the light that I had received in regard to the sanitarium—that its erection should be begun at once, and that we must not plan for one large building, but put up a building conveniently planned for the care of the sick, and then plan for cottages to be used in connection with it. These cottages should be far enough away from the main building so that should it be necessary to care for those having contagious diseases, this could be done without imperilling the lives of those in the sanitarium or the school. The best thing to be done now, as far as I can see, is to begin at once to put up the building. Erect a moderate-sized building, using the money that you have. There are necessities to be met in the South. Keep in operation the raising of means for the Washington Sanitarium without making a public call through the papers. I do not think that fifty thousand dollars would be any too much to expend on the sanitarium, to put up and equip the buildings that will be needed. I am disappointed that there is so little means left for the sanitarium; but there should be no further delay. A beginning on the institution should certainly be made at once. Use the money that you have, and go as far as you can.
(21LtMs, Lt 48, 1906, 2)
This is the way we had to do in purchasing the Loma Linda property. If we move wisely, we shall soon have matters so arranged with regard to that property that it will not be so hard to make the payments. Several are saying that they will sell the property that they have and invest the proceeds in the institution. One elderly person has put five thousand dollars in the sanitarium, and another has put in three thousand, with the understanding that they will have a home in the institution while they live.
(21LtMs, Lt 48, 1906, 3)
At Loma Linda a building in which to manufacture foods is needed, and also a building for the helpers. The Lord has helped us thus far, and He will help us in the future.
(21LtMs, Lt 48, 1906, 4)
I think that this is all I can write today. One thing is certain: You should make a beginning on the sanitarium building, and then let faith and works unite in the effort. Begin with the money you have, and then work and pray and believe.
(21LtMs, Lt 48, 1906, 5)
There should be more than one building, and the buildings should not be close together. There should be one building for very sick patients, and one for those who are not so sick, who will not be disturbed by a little noise. Two buildings will get more sunshine than one larger building would.
(21LtMs, Lt 48, 1906, 6)
That which I have said over and over again regarding the necessity of erecting the sanitarium building has seemed to have little influence. I trust that this will have more influence, and that work on the institution will soon be begun.
(21LtMs, Lt 48, 1906, 7)
I sent letters to Brother Hughes of Keene to give to Willie if he were still there. You may read these if you choose.
(21LtMs, Lt 48, 1906, 8)
I have not heard a word recently from Battle Creek. Those there are silent as far as news is concerned. Prof. J. E. Tenney writes me from Graysville that Dr. Kellogg would like to have him go to Battle Creek and take a position in the school there. But Brother Tenney would like to start a school in a building in Georgia, which can be rented for very advantageous terms. He would like to have his brother, who is now in Battle Creek, unite with him in carrying on a school in this building. He thinks that perhaps he could get his brother away from the influence at Battle Creek. But I have no light for him on this question.
(21LtMs, Lt 48, 1906, 9)
Your sister in Christ.
(21LtMs, Lt 48, 1906, 10)
Lt 50, 1906
Simpson, W. W. NP January 30, 1906 [typed] This letter is published in entirety in MR760 21-23. + Elder W. W. Simpson
San Diego, California My dear Brother:
I am much pleased that the blessing of the Lord has accompanied your labors in San Diego. I should be much pleased to get a letter from you, giving some particulars of your work. Is the interest still good? It is in just such a place as San Diego that work needs to be done. I have felt so sorry, as I have seen time passing, that so little is being accomplished. I am deeply interested in the work you have been doing in Los Angeles and in San Diego. I rejoice to learn that in San Diego souls have accepted the truth.
(21LtMs, Lt 50, 1906, 1)
I should be very much pleased to visit San Diego and Loma Linda, but it would be very difficult for me to leave my workers must now, and still accomplish the work that I desire to do. There is a large pile of published matter relating to our early experience in the message that should be republished. The instruction given me is that the words of the Lord should not be lost, but should be ever kept in mind, because we are constantly in danger of losing the truth out of the soul, and gathering up things that are out of the line of truth, things that will lead to confusion.
(21LtMs, Lt 50, 1906, 2)
The truths given us after the passing of the time in 1844 are just as certain and unchangeable as when the Lord gave them to us in an answer to our urgent prayers. The visions that the Lord has given me are so remarkable that we know that what we have accepted is the truth. This was demonstrated by the Holy Spirit. Light, precious light from God, established the main points of our faith as we hold them today. And these truths are to be kept before the mind. We must arouse from the position of lukewarmness, from being neither cold nor hot. We need increased faith and more earnest trust in God. We must not be satisfied to remain where we are. We must advance step by step, from light to greater light.
(21LtMs, Lt 50, 1906, 3)
The Lord will certainly do great things for us if we will hunger and thirst after righteousness. We are the purchased property of Jesus Christ. We must not lose our devotion, our consecration. We are in conflict with the errors and delusions that have to be swept away from the minds of those who have not acted upon the light they already have. Bible truth is our only safety. I know and understand that we are to be established in the faith, in the light of the truth given us in our early experience. At that time one error after another pressed in upon us, and ministers and doctors brought in new doctrines. We would search the Scriptures with much prayer, and the Holy Spirit would bring the truth to our minds. Sometimes whole nights would be devoted to searching the Scriptures and earnestly asking God for guidance. Companies of earnest, devoted men and women assembled for this purpose. The power of God would come upon me, and I was enabled clearly to define what is truth and what is error.
(21LtMs, Lt 50, 1906, 4)
As the points of our faith were thus established, our feet were placed upon a solid foundation. We accepted the truth point by point, under the demonstration of the Holy Spirit. I would be taken off in vision, and explanations would be given me. I was given illustrations of heavenly things and of the sanctuary, so that we were placed where light was shining on us in clear, distinct rays.
(21LtMs, Lt 50, 1906, 5)
All these truths are immortalized in my writings. The Lord never denies His Word. Men may get up scheme after scheme, and the enemy will seek to seduce souls from the truth, but all who believe that the Lord has spoken through Sister White, and has given her a message, will be safe from the many delusions that will come in in these last days.
(21LtMs, Lt 50, 1906, 6)
I know that the sanctuary question stands in righteousness and truth just as we have held it for so many years. It is the enemy that leads minds off on sidetracks. He is pleased when those who know the truth become engrossed in collecting Scriptures to pile up around erroneous theories, which have no foundation in truth. The Scriptures thus used are misapplied; they were not given to substantiate error, but to strengthen truth.
(21LtMs, Lt 50, 1906, 7)
So you see that it is impossible for us to have any agreement with the positions taken by Brother A. F. Ballenger; for no lie is of the truth. His proofs do not belong where he places them; and although he may lead minds to believe his theory in regard to the sanctuary, this is no evidence that his theory is true. We have had a plain and decided testimony to bear for half a century. The positions taken in my books are truth. The truth was revealed to us by the Holy Spirit, and we know that Brother Ballenger’s position is not according to the Word of God. His theory is a deceiving theory, and he misapplies Scriptures. Theories of the kind that he has been presenting we have had to meet again and again.
(21LtMs, Lt 50, 1906, 8)
I am thankful that the instruction contained in my books establishes present truth for this time. These books were written under the demonstration of the Holy Spirit. I praise the Lord with heart and soul and voice, and I pray that He will lead into all truth those who will be led. I praise Him that He has so wonderfully spared my life up to this time, to bear the same message upon the important points of our faith that I have borne for half a century.
(21LtMs, Lt 50, 1906, 9)
My health is good and my mind clear. For this I praise the Lord. Generally I write from two or three o’clock in the morning until six or seven at night. On rising, I take a sponge bath, dress, and then build my fire. Usually I write all day. The Lord is good and greatly to be praised. “Bless the Lord, O my soul, and all that is within me praise His holy name.” [Psalm 103:1.]
(21LtMs, Lt 50, 1906, 10)
Please let me hear from you.
(21LtMs, Lt 50, 1906, 11)
Lt 52, 1906
Farnsworth, Brother and Sister [E. W.] St. Helena, California January 29, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in 1MR 28; 7BC 922; 7ABC 465; 6Bio 101. + Dear Brother and Sister Farnsworth:
I received your welcome letter at noon today and read it at the dinner table.
(21LtMs, Lt 52, 1906, 1)
We feel a little lonesome. Elder Haskell and his wife left us last Wednesday morning for Armona, where Sister Haskell’s sister lives. They will stay there till Elder Haskell is stronger. He was not very strong when he left here. His countenance was healthy looking, but he was still suffering from boils on his limbs, just above and below his knees. He has been thus afflicted for a month or two. On his way to St. Helena, he visited the Loma Linda, Glendale, and Paradise Valley Sanitariums. He was pleased with all the locations and buildings. He was much pleased with the San Diego climate and also with the sanitarium building there, to which a valuable addition has recently been made.
(21LtMs, Lt 52, 1906, 2)
When they saw Loma Linda, they decided that it would be impossible to describe the place. They say that its beauty is indescribable. Elder Haskell says that the Lord’s hand was certainly in the purchase of this place.
(21LtMs, Lt 52, 1906, 3)
We very much enjoyed Brother and Sister Haskell’s visit. After Elder Haskell came, he drove up to the sanitarium several times for treatment. But it began to rain, and for two weeks we had showery weather. Sometimes it rained all day. We did not think it advisable for Elder Haskell to go out in such weather, so we prevailed upon him to stay in bed and take most thorough treatment. His wife is an excellent nurse. The boils—and there were many of them—were treated vigorously and thoroughly.
(21LtMs, Lt 52, 1906, 4)
Twice notice was given out that Elder Haskell would speak at the sanitarium on Sabbath morning, but each time we decided that his lameness and the rainy weather made it imprudent for him to venture out-of-doors at all. For the greater part of two weeks he stayed in bed most of the time. Sister Haskell understood her business and left nothing undone that could be done to remove the affliction.
(21LtMs, Lt 52, 1906, 5)
We all tried to be cheerful, and Elder Haskell was thankful that there were no boils on his tongue. We took great satisfaction in talking of former days when Elder Haskell, my husband, and myself were closely connected in the work. We endured a great deal of affliction together, and we considered the record of this experience as worthy of repetition. We have held the beginning of our confidence firm unto the present time; and in the strength of our great High Priest, looking ever to Jesus, we shall hold our confidence firm unto the end.
(21LtMs, Lt 52, 1906, 6)
Oh, how many times Elder Haskell, my husband, and I have felt the great privilege of the undeserving at the thought of our Saviour’s suing for His blood-bought rights in behalf of His redeemed. His golden girdle girds His bosom of infinite love in behalf of His purchased possession. Loving them from the first of time, He will love them unto the end. How often, among the lofty pine trees, whose fragrance was helpful to body and soul and mind, we offered our prayers to God! How often, while we were praying, the Holy Spirit came upon us with such rich fulness that not all of us could endure the glory. The fulness of the expression of the love of God overpowered our physical strength. What joy we felt as we realized the fulfilment of the promise, “And of His fulness have all we received, and grace for grace.” [John 1:16.] How often there fell from our lips the words, “There are angels hovering round.” Oh, how we felt the gracious outpouring of the Holy Spirit, as, recovering our strength, we praised God’s holy name. The truth that we hold so dear was spoken in great power.
(21LtMs, Lt 52, 1906, 7)
The golden censer sending up the fragrance of the divine incense is just as ready for us now as then, and it knows no diminishing—ever emptying, yet ever having a constant supply, ever giving, yet always full.
(21LtMs, Lt 52, 1906, 8)
Well, in our talks together, we had a constant refreshing.
(21LtMs, Lt 52, 1906, 9)
We often plead for the church in Battle Creek. I desire to be faithful in the discharge of my duty, to reprove and rebuke with all longsuffering and doctrine. We have much to confirm our confidence in the beginning of our experience.
(21LtMs, Lt 52, 1906, 10)
The instruction contained in the seventeenth chapter of John should take hold of every fiber of our being. This chapter records Christ’s wonderful prayer with His disciples just before His trial. He says:
(21LtMs, Lt 52, 1906, 11)
“And now I am no more in the world, but these are in the world, and I come to Thee. Holy Father, keep through Thine own name those whom Thou hast given Me, that they may be one, as We are.” [Verse 11.] Who will, with heart and soul and strength, enter into the spirit of this prayer, making such a response that in the heavenly courts Christ will be glorified, and His glory will be reflected, through our sanctification in the Spirit, to this world, giving unbelievers evidence of the blood-bought rights that Christ has purchased for the redeemed.
(21LtMs, Lt 52, 1906, 12)
“Holy Father, keep through Thine own name those whom Thou hast given Me, that they may be one, as We are.” [Verse 11.] Shall we not make an effort to answer this prayer proportionate to the sacrifice that Christ made in our behalf? Shall not our hearts be softened and subdued by considering His request, looking upward to behold the Lamb of God, in whom are centered all our hopes of eternal life? He only can take away all our sins, our spiritual uncomeliness. Behold the Lamb of God, pleading with divine eloquence for His church on earth. Shall we not strive to overcome our sinful unbelief, our wicked impenitence as we think of His anguish as He seeks to strengthen the mind to see about the throne the rainbow of promise, reflecting its glory, the cloud of His people’s sins behind it, claiming for His people exemption from the deluge of divine wrath.
(21LtMs, Lt 52, 1906, 13)
God Himself speaks, “When I see the blood, I will pass over. The bow shall be in the cloud, and I will look upon it, and remember the everlasting covenant.” [Exodus 12:13; Genesis 9:16.]
(21LtMs, Lt 52, 1906, 14)
As I consider these things as they are revived to me in the night season, sleep departs from my eyes and slumber from my eyelids. By spiritually beholding, heaven has become my home. Look! The Redeemer is suing for his blood-bought rights. He presents His love for the fallen race; and heaven is no longer a strange place.
(21LtMs, Lt 52, 1906, 15)
Lay before the Father the promise given us to present: “Whatsoever ye shall ask in My name, I will give it you.” [John 14:13.] Plead now, just at this time, “Let Thine hand be upon the Man of Thy right hand, upon the Son of man whom Thou hast made strong for Thyself. [Psalm 80:17.] For His name’s sake hear us, pity us, strengthen us. We will not boast, but glory in our infirmities, if Thy power, O Christ, will rest upon us.”
(21LtMs, Lt 52, 1906, 16)
By faith we claim Christ as our Elder Brother. Let every heart climb by faith and the promise that speaks better things for humanity than the blood of Abel. “It is Christ that died, yea, rather, that is risen again, who is even at the right hand of God, who also maketh intercession for us.” [Romans 8:34.]
(21LtMs, Lt 52, 1906, 17)
Have faith in God. Empty your hearts of self, and make thorough work for repentance. Trim your lamps, and put oil in your vessels with your lamps. Confess your sins, and ask pardon from Christ. Lay hold on the hope set before you in Him.
(21LtMs, Lt 52, 1906, 18)
“And now come I to Thee; and these things I speak in the world, that they might have My joy fulfilled in themselves. I have given them Thy word; and the world hath hated them, because they are not of the world, even as I am not of the world. I pray not that Thou shouldest take them out of the world, but that Thou shouldest keep them from the evil. They are not of the world, even as I am not of the world. Sanctify them through Thy truth; Thy word is truth.” [John 17:13-17.]
(21LtMs, Lt 52, 1906, 19)
I wrote the foregoing yesterday evening. I retired at seven o’clock, but could not sleep. My prayer went up to God in earnest supplication that He would let His power rest upon me, and teach me, and bless me, and give me a clear mind and an understanding heart. I went to sleep about eight o’clock and woke at one. There will be no more sleep for me tonight. I am now sitting on my couch with my pen in hand, writing. I have asked the Lord to strengthen my head, so that it shall not fail for lack of sleep. Ideas come clear and distinct, and very forcibly. I thank the Lord with heart and soul and voice.
(21LtMs, Lt 52, 1906, 20)
I carry upon my soul the condition of things in Battle Creek. I know of the presentations that will be made in the Battle Creek papers, but what better can be expected? Just such men condemned the Prince of life. They said, “He hath a devil,” and “casteth out devils by Beelzebub, the prince of devils.” [John 10:20; Matthew 12:24.] I am in good company; Christ was reproached and spoken against. I will not turn to the right hand or to the left to save myself from the judgment of such men. We want the truth and nothing but the truth.
(21LtMs, Lt 52, 1906, 21)
I will return to the prayer of Christ. “As Thou hast sent Me into the world,” He said, “even so have I also sent them into the world. And for their sakes I sanctify Myself, that they also might be sanctified through the truth. Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which shall believe on Me through their word; that they all may be one; as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee, that they also may be one in Us; that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me. And the glory which Thou gavest Me I have given them; that they may be one, even as We are one; I in them, and Thou in Me, that they may be made perfect in one; and that the world may know that Thou hast sent Me and hast loved them, as Thou hast loved Me.” [John 17:18-23.]
(21LtMs, Lt 52, 1906, 22)
These words show that God and Christ are two personalities, distinct and separate. The unity for which Christ prays, which is to make believers one with Him, as He is one with the Father, does not destroy the personality of God or the personality of Christ. The believers become sons of God, and the personality of all is preserved. Through their lives the world is given a living representation of what the truth can do for those who are sanctified through a belief of the truth.
(21LtMs, Lt 52, 1906, 23)
This is the work which, if done, will save or condemn the world. Truth is a saving leaven to those who accept it and allow its heavenly principles to work in their lives.
(21LtMs, Lt 52, 1906, 24)
The believers, though many, are made perfect in oneness of action. Perfection of character will be revealed through their unity with one another and with Christ. But men and women cannot attain the spiritual union with Christ and with God that will make them perfect in one, and yet continue to have their own way, to continue to act out their own imperfect, unsanctified dispositions.
(21LtMs, Lt 52, 1906, 25)
“Father, I will that they also, whom Thou hast given Me, be with Me where I am; that they may behold My glory, which Thou hast given Me; for Thou lovedst Me before the foundation of the world. O righteous Father, the world hath not know Thee; but I have known Thee, and these have known that Thou hast sent Me. And I have declared unto them Thy name, and will declare it; that the love wherewith Thou hast loved Me may be in them, and I in them.” [Verses 24-26.]
(21LtMs, Lt 52, 1906, 26)
Being one with Christ in God does not destroy the individual personality of the believers. Those who are one with Christ in God become, through the sanctification of the truth, heirs of God and joint-heirs with Christ to a glorious inheritance.
(21LtMs, Lt 52, 1906, 27)
Our knowledge of God and of Christ must be a personal intelligence, gained by sanctification through the truth. When men are soundly converted, they will walk with all meekness and humility, ever learning and always becoming increasingly intelligent in regard to the duties required of them.
(21LtMs, Lt 52, 1906, 28)
The question that the lawyer asked Christ means everything to every soul. The multitude thronged about Christ, anxiously waiting for His answer. Christ understood the situation perfectly, and to the question, “What shall I do that I may inherit eternal life?” He answered, “What is written in the law? how readest thou? And he answering said, Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind; and thy neighbor as thyself. And Christ said to him, Thou hast answered right; this do, and thou shalt live.” [Luke 10:25-28.]
(21LtMs, Lt 52, 1906, 29)
But the lawyer, seeking to justify himself, said, And who is my neighbor?
(21LtMs, Lt 52, 1906, 30)
“And Jesus answering said, A certain man went down from Jerusalem to Jericho, and fell among thieves, which stripped him of his raiment, and wounded him, and departed, leaving him half dead. And by chance there came down a certain priest that way; and when he saw him he passed by on the other side. And likewise a Levite, when he was at the place, came and looked on him, and passed by on the other side. But a certain Samaritan, as he journeyed, came where he was; and when he saw him, he had compassion on him, and went to him, and bound up his wounds, pouring in oil and wine, and set him on his own beast, and brought him to an inn, and took care of him. And on the morrow when he departed, he took out two pence, and gave them to the host, and said unto him, Take care of him and whatsoever thou spendest more, when I come again, I will repay thee. Which now of these three, thinkest thou, was neighbor unto him that fell among thieves. And he said unto Him, He that showed mercy on him. Then said Jesus unto him, Go, and do thou likewise.” [Verses 30-37.]
(21LtMs, Lt 52, 1906, 31)
I have written most of these pages by lamplight. I send them just as they are, and just as I write all that the Lord gives me to write. There are those who say, “Someone manipulates her writings.” I acknowledge the charge. It is One who is mighty in counsel, One who presents before me the condition of things in Battle Creek. I have an Elder Brother on the throne, who has paid an infinite price to redeem the human race from the curse of sin. In our behalf He died on the cross of Calvary. He has paid the price. Justice is satisfied. Those who believe in Christ, those who realize that they are sinners, and that as sinners they must confess their sins, will receive pardon full and free. But those who only pretend to grasp the promise of freedom from the curse of the law, those who do not fulfil the conditions laid down, cannot be pardoned.
(21LtMs, Lt 52, 1906, 32)
Christ clothed His divinity with humanity and bore the curse of the law for all transgressors of law. He bore the penalty of sin in His own life, as the great Medical missionary, that through dying a shameful death He might save the fallen race. He was tempted in all points as human beings are tempted, but not once did He yield, though the enemy assailed Him with all his force. He made a freewill offering in behalf of the human family, and He understands how to help those who are tempted; for He was tempted, and He has overcome in man’s behalf. As He overcame, so every man may overcome—by being a partaker of the divine nature.
(21LtMs, Lt 52, 1906, 33)
“Whereby are given unto us exceeding great and precious promises, that by these ye might be partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust. And beside this, giving all diligence, add to your faith virtue; and to virtue knowledge; and to knowledge temperance; and to temperance patience; and to patience godliness; and to godliness brotherly kindness; and to brotherly kindness charity. For if these things be in you, and abound, they make you that ye shall neither be barren nor unfruitful in the knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ. But he that lacketh these things is blind, and cannot see afar off, and hath forgotten that he was purged from his old sins.” [2 Peter 1:4-9.]
(21LtMs, Lt 52, 1906, 34)
Heavenly angels are commissioned to watch the sheep of Christ’s pasture. When Satan with his deceptive snares would deceive if possible the very elect, these angels set in operation influences that will save the tempted souls if they will take heed to the Word of the Lord, realize their danger, and say, “No, I will not enter into that scheme of Satan. I have an Elder Brother on the throne in heaven, who has shown that He has a tender interest in me, and I will not grieve His heart of love. I know and am assured that He is watching over His children, keeping them as the apple of His eye. There is no diminishing of His love. I will not grieve the heart of Christ. I will try not to become a tempter to others.”
(21LtMs, Lt 52, 1906, 35)
“Wherefore the rather, brethren, give diligence to make your calling and election sure; for if ye do these things, ye shall never fall; for so an entrance shall be ministered unto you abundantly into the everlasting kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ.” [Verses 10, 11.]
(21LtMs, Lt 52, 1906, 36)
Here is the eternal life insurance policy, bestowed on all who will heed the instruction given. Eternal life is the reward of faithful, diligent watching and working. “For so an entrance shall be ministered unto you abundantly into the everlasting kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ.” [Verse 11.] Living on the plan of addition, adding grace to grace, your life insurance policy is secure. If faithful, you will receive the reward of eternal life.
(21LtMs, Lt 52, 1906, 37)
“Wherefore I will not be negligent to put you always in remembrance of these things, though ye know them, and be established in the present truth.... For we have not followed cunningly devised fables, when we made known unto you the power and coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, but were eyewitnesses of His majesty.” [Verses 12, 16.]
(21LtMs, Lt 52, 1906, 38)
This message is given me to give to those who know the truth. These things I present before you. Will any of you turn from them with indifference? The counsel of God has been unfolded in your behalf. Will you now make a business of humbling your souls before God. Will the Lord be glorified by those who have turned away from the spirit and belief of the truth? Will not these now repent and take their stand for Christ and Bible truth?
(21LtMs, Lt 52, 1906, 39)
The world is to be flooded with every species of Satan’s devising. There are false prophets in the world. The warning comes, “Beware of false prophets.” [Matthew 7:15.] This warning is specific. The danger must be met by men of intelligent minds, who are fully versed in the words of Scripture.
(21LtMs, Lt 52, 1906, 40)
“For if God spared not the angels that sinned, ... and spared not the old world, but saved Noah, the eighth person, a preacher of righteousness, bringing in the flood upon the world of the ungodly; and turning the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah into ashes, condemned them with an overthrow, making them an ensample unto them that after should live ungodly; and delivered just Lot; ... the Lord knoweth how to deliver the godly out of temptation, and to reserve the unjust unto the day of judgment to be punished.” [2 Peter 2:4-7, 9.] Great things are to take place in our world, and we should be preparing for them. Fear not dignitaries or magistrates, or any other men exalted to elevated positions; for there is a Commander in the heavens who has supreme authority. There are many in official positions who will love the wages of unrighteousness. Many of these dignitaries will be called upon to curse Israel, and they will be heard speaking great swelling words of vanity, boasting of their power. God’s people are to pray. We have a Governor in the heavens who has infinite power in His hands.
(21LtMs, Lt 52, 1906, 41)
Lt 54, 1906
Farnsworth, Brother and Sister [E. W.] St. Helena, California January 30, 1906 This letter is published in entirety in 21MR 436-438. Dear Brother and Sister Farnsworth:
I cannot sleep after twelve o’clock. I am encouraging souls to examine their own hearts and to seek counsel most earnestly from God. Now is the time for us to afflict our souls by fasting and prayer. We cannot lay out the way in which the Lord will work, but we can follow the leadings and drawings of His Holy Spirit. We shall gain nothing by lifting up our souls unto vanity and in self-confidence.
(21LtMs, Lt 54, 1906, 1)
This I am saying in the visions of the night in assemblies in Battle Creek. If ever the believers in Battle Creek needed the Holy Spirit’s guidance, it is now. They need the deep moving of the Spirit of God, that they may give the trumpet a certain sound.
(21LtMs, Lt 54, 1906, 2)
Read the first eleven verses of the fortieth chapter of Isaiah. Present the truth in its power, as it is in Jesus. Keep the mind stayed on God and imbued with His Holy Spirit. Present the affirmative of truth. Stand on the platform of eternal truth. But do not accuse. Say nothing to arouse enmity and strife.
(21LtMs, Lt 54, 1906, 3)
The truth, present truth for this time, will be meat in due season. Let plain, authoritative truth be presented with decided assurance, and in the spirit of love and kindness, that the Holy Spirit’s power may give force to the words spoken. You are surely where many souls have become confused. But Christ has promised, “Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end.” [Matthew 28:20.] We are to claim this promise. The Lord is not asleep, or indifferent to our faith, and He will give knowledge and grace to all who will humble their hearts before Him.
(21LtMs, Lt 54, 1906, 4)
Have perfect faith in the promises of Christ. “Teach them,” He said, “all that I have commanded you.” [Verse 20.] The Lord has many precious souls in Battle Creek, and they need the very words of instruction that Christ has given for them. The gospel of Christ is full of love, rich in assurance and comfort. Every soul needs now to understand the foundation of his faith. In simple language and under the inspiration of the Holy Spirit, present the truth. We have the Word, that wonderful Book, which contains the very instruction needed at this time.
(21LtMs, Lt 54, 1906, 5)
The testing time is right upon us. We must build upon the Rock that will stand the storm of test and trial. As we see the fulfilment of prophecy, we know that the end of all things is at hand. Present the eternal principles of truth. Show what the Word of God declares is to take place on this earth. The God who gave Daniel instruction regarding the closing scenes of this earth’s history will certainly confirm the testimony of His servants as at the appointed time they give the loud cry.
(21LtMs, Lt 54, 1906, 6)
All the messages given from 1840 to 1844 are to be made forcible now; for there are many people who have lost their bearings. The messages are to go to all the churches.
(21LtMs, Lt 54, 1906, 7)
Christ said, “Blessed are your eyes, for they see; and your ears; for they hear. For verily I say unto you, That many prophets and righteous men have desired to see those things which ye see, and have not seen them; and to hear those things which ye hear, and have not heard them.” [Matthew 13:16, 17.] Blessed are the eyes which saw the things that were seen in 1843 and 1844. The message was given. And there should be no delay in repeating the message; for the signs of the times are fulfilling; the closing work must be done. A great work will be done in a short time. A message will soon be given by God’s appointment that will swell into a loud cry. Then Daniel will stand in his lot, to give his testimony.
(21LtMs, Lt 54, 1906, 8)
The attention of our churches must be aroused. We are standing upon the borders of the greatest event in the world’s history, and Satan must not have power over the people of God, causing them to sleep on. The Papacy will appear in its power. All must now arouse and search the Scriptures; for God will make known to His faithful ones what shall be in the last time. The word of the Lord is to come to His people in power.
(21LtMs, Lt 54, 1906, 9)
The signs of the end are fast fulfilling. The time of trouble is very near us now. We are to be brought into strait places in a way in which we have not been brought heretofore. The time of trouble is near, and we are to awake to a realization of this. We are to be sure that our feet are in the narrow path. We need an experience that we have not yet had, that we may have the assurance that the God of all grace is a very present help in time of need. The time of trouble—trouble such as was not since there was a nation—is right upon us, and we are like the sleeping virgins. We are to awake and ask the Lord Jesus to place underneath us His everlasting arms and carry us through the time of trial before us.
(21LtMs, Lt 54, 1906, 10)
Let us turn our attention away from unimportant things and give ourselves to God. We scarcely dream of the destroying angels that already are permitted to bring disaster and destruction in their path. Shall my life be spared to act a part in the closing scenes of this earth’s history?
(21LtMs, Lt 54, 1906, 11)
How little we know of what is going on in heaven! What fearful indifference those on this earth show to eternal realities. Souls are unprepared for what is about to take place in our world; the warning must be given, the end of all things is at hand.
(21LtMs, Lt 54, 1906, 12)
Again I say to my ministering brethren in Battle Creek, Preach the Word. The last message of mercy is to be given to prepare a people to stand in these last days. Everything is to be shaken that can be shaken, that those things that cannot be shaken may remain.
(21LtMs, Lt 54, 1906, 13)
This is what has been presented to me—that we are asleep and do not know the time of our visitation. But if we humble ourselves before God, and seek Him with the whole heart, He will be found of us.
(21LtMs, Lt 54, 1906, 14)
Lt 56, 1906
Robinson, Brother and Sister [D. E.] St. Helena, California February 1, 1906 Previously unpublished. Dores and Ella May Robinson Dear Children:
I have been much burdened in preparing matter to meet the crisis in Battle Creek and so have not had time to write to you recently. I will send you copies of articles that I have written. I have been pleased to hear that you are satisfied with your work, and that you regard your position as a place where you can be of real benefit. I am glad that you are trying to use and improve your talents, that you may do good still more intelligently. I shall rejoice to hear that you are making constant improvement, and that you are continually receiving rich blessings to impart to others. Time is short, and we must labor for time and for eternity.
(21LtMs, Lt 56, 1906, 1)
We miss you both. How glad I should be to have you both connected with me in my work. I appreciated your help, Dores, but you understand that I could see that you must both be preparing for a greater work. Prepare for this, and I shall be pleased. You should regard your teaching, Dores, as a means of qualifying you more fully for the ministry. Ella can unite with you in this work; you can blend in your efforts.
(21LtMs, Lt 56, 1906, 2)
I hope that your faith will increase. We need to move understandingly. “The Spirit itself beareth witness with our spirit that we are the children of God.”“For as many as are led by the Spirit of God, they are the children of God.” [Romans 8:16, 14.] “Led by the Spirit,” accepting the Word, following its guidance. This includes the idea of taking heed to the directions given us in God’s Word. “As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name.” [John 1:12.] This believing means everything to the receiver.
(21LtMs, Lt 56, 1906, 3)
Well may John exclaim, “Behold, what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called the sons of God; therefore the world knoweth us not, because it knew Him not. Beloved, now are we the sons of God, and it doth not yet appear what we shall be; but we know that, when He shall appear, we shall be like Him; for we shall see Him as He is. And every man that hath this hope in Him purifieth himself, even as He is pure.” [1 John 3:1-3.]
(21LtMs, Lt 56, 1906, 4)
We are not only to teach the truth; we are to exemplify the truth in spirit, in word, in act, in deportment. Let us have cheerful, grateful hearts. I am so anxious that day by day you shall grow in grace and in the knowledge of Christ, so that you can speak the words of Christ. Let nothing come in to weaken your faith. “Unto you therefore which believe He is precious.” [1 Peter 2:7.]
(21LtMs, Lt 56, 1906, 5)
We shall soon see stormy times. The messages of the first, second, and third angels are to be revived and proclaimed with great power, under the influence of the Holy Spirit’s unction. The second call will soon be made to the churches. John writes:
(21LtMs, Lt 56, 1906, 6)
“After these things I saw another angel come down from heaven, having great power; and the earth was lightened with his glory. And he cried mightily with a strong voice, saying, Babylon the great is fallen, is fallen, and is become the habitation of devils, and the hold of every foul spirit, and a cage of every unclean and hateful bird. For all nations have drunk of the wine of the wrath of her fornication, and the kings of the earth have committed fornication with her, and the merchants of the earth are waxed rich through the abundance of her delicacies. And I heard another voice from heaven, saying, Come out of her, my people, that ye be not partakers of her sins, and that ye receive not of her plagues. For her sins have reached unto heaven, and God hath remembered her iniquities. Reward her even as she rewarded you, and double unto her double according to her works.” [Revelation 18:1-6.]
(21LtMs, Lt 56, 1906, 7)
This message must be revived; it must be given. We have come to the time when as God’s representatives we must take hold of this work. We must keep these truths before the people. May God help us to do the work intelligently. We must wake up, else the day of the Lord will come upon us as a thief in the night. Think of these things.
(21LtMs, Lt 56, 1906, 8)
Lt 57, 1906
White, W. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 7, 1906 Previously unpublished. Dear Son Willie C. White:
I wish to explain how we are now situated. Elder Haskell left here to go to Hanford to visit Sister Gray. We received letters from them that he is speaking to the churches with freedom; but he is not yet in a situation to enter on a special interest in Los Angeles. He will stay a few weeks in Hanford and then he will, he thinks, be able to stand on his feet with less difficulty. But I think if we should be ready to say, I am now prepared to go to Loma Linda, that he will be all ready to go; and I will be ready when you tell me that you will meet me in Loma Linda, unless I feel assured it is not best to break off my work here.
(21LtMs, Lt 57, 1906, 1)
I carry a very heavy burden for Battle Creek; I cannot feel at rest. I hope Elder Farnsworth will write us something soon that is definite. They have had so much continuous light pouring in there, and conclude by their actions to take no notice of any voice but of their own creating, that I can only look to the Lord and trust in His power and leave the consequence with Him. I shall send you letters that you may use as your judgment dictates. I know that the seducing influence of the enemy is working to hold the fort and not allow any reformatory influence to come in.
(21LtMs, Lt 57, 1906, 2)
I would not feel like making any moves unless my head would stand the strain of the heart burden. I keep saying to my soul, Have faith in God. He knows just what to do in every emergency.
(21LtMs, Lt 57, 1906, 3)
It seems so sad to have such statements that we know are false, made by Dr. Kellogg, and to view the sanitarium as it is. It is represented to me like the Babylon of Revelation! All those departing from the faith will seek a refuge in Battle Creek. Every actual transgression brings the soul into condemnation; and he whose conscience has become truth-hardened, after having so great light, becomes less and less susceptible to the holy strivings of the Spirit of God. Divine displeasure is sure to come upon the one who dishonors His holy name at this critical period when every soul needs to unify and all speak the same things.
(21LtMs, Lt 57, 1906, 4)
The present attitude is such that we should not encourage the young men and women to go to Battle Creek to be molded by the influence of untruth that prevails there. Satan is at work, and now my confidence is weakened in physicians and in ministers who are so blind that they cannot discern between him who serveth God and him who serveth Him not. It is just as Satan has designed in his purposes that it should be—a confusion of faith as to what is truth. The intelligent judgment, which should have discerned the outworkings of such sentiments as have appeared in Living Temple, has been affected by the seed sowing of that book. In many minds purity of faith has been stained, and confused ideas have been introduced. Impure thoughts are molding and fashioning the faith of many, and therefore little dependence can be placed in the students who shall come out of Battle Creek. Tares have been sown among the wheat. The seed sown is the unholy desire cherished and the rebellious purpose formed.
(21LtMs, Lt 57, 1906, 5)
Already many have their purity stained. Already many have formed the rebellious purpose to refuse the testimonies of the Spirit of God. If this kind of work is not just what the Holy Spirit warned the church against, where is the application to be made? I know just such movements have been going forward in Battle Creek for years. Souls are being proved by Satan’s sophistries. “Every man,” saith the apostle, “is tempted, when he is drawn away of his own lust, and enticed.”James 1:14. Unsettle the faith of the young men and women in the testimonies, that have borne the test for half a century, and they are then, in mind and soul, left a prey to the seducing power of satanic agencies.
(21LtMs, Lt 57, 1906, 6)
All are now to qualify themselves for the test and trials of miracles that will deceive, if possible, the very elect. Some shall depart from the faith. This is the reason we must now awake, and not place our students under the influence of any physician who is not standing by the old landmarks.
(21LtMs, Lt 57, 1906, 7)
Spiritualistic theories are to flood the world. Let not your souls become entrapped, is my message. If any man boasts of his science, that with which he has become familiar, stand off from him. You have no use for his educational ability in this line.
(21LtMs, Lt 57, 1906, 8)
The expression of word or action is not needed to consummate the sin and bring the soul into condemnation. Its walls have already been broken down, its purity already stained, its integrity compromised, and its innocence spoiled. The temptation has prevailed and hell has triumphed.
(21LtMs, Lt 57, 1906, 9)
“Every man,” saith the apostle, “is tempted, when he is drawn away of his own lust, and enticed.”James 1:14. The temptation has taken root and will spring up and defile the whole man. We are to flee from every place of education where the soul is tempted, “drawn away of his own lust, and enticed.” Let not Satan come in and undermine one pillar of your faith, whether through ministers or physicians or doctors. Physicians can bring in what looks plausible. I saw that we should beware of men, for right in our churches are sins that need most thorough investigation. I know what I am speaking about. Living Temple is not to be entertained as a “wonder book.” It is this indeed, for it will work its way into the very holiest of holies of our faith and make our people a sport of Satan’s temptations.
(21LtMs, Lt 57, 1906, 10)
I will be pleased to see you, my son Willie, but I would not use any persuasion to influence you, for you are in the field and have a testimony to bear for the Lord. It may be I can meet you at Loma Linda. I dare not keep on this steady strain, for I fear its after effects. We pray for you most earnestly and for the Lord to give you freedom and the impartation of His Holy Spirit that you shall make an impression on human hearts. I dare not address the people on selfishness if I were myself trying to bring others to please me. W. C. White, I stand guiltless of this sin, if I know my own heart.
(21LtMs, Lt 57, 1906, 11)
Maggie has come and I can write no more. I have no copy of this so keep it till you get home.
(21LtMs, Lt 57, 1906, 12)
Lt 58, 1906
Washburn, J.; Prescott, W. W.; Daniells, A. G.; Colcord, W. A. St. Helena, California January 16, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in PM 222; TDG 24; 9MR 125. + Dear Brethren Washburn, Prescott, Daniells, and Colcord:
I have received from Brother Colcord a letter regarding his work. I do hope that the trumpet will give a certain sound in regard to this Sunday law movement. I think that it would be best if in our papers the subject of the perpetuity of the law of God were made a specialty. Should there not be a paper or a pamphlet issued to take the place of the Sentinel? I have not been able to think that it was the wise thing to do to let that paper drop. It was a voice that was constantly speaking in defense of religious liberty. The truth should be presented in short articles in clear, distinct lines, giving special points in regard to the Lord’s Sabbath and showing that those who frame laws to compel the observance of the first day of the week are disloyal to the Lord of heaven, who placed His sanctity upon the seventh day. Are we doing all we can to exalt the law of Jehovah?
(21LtMs, Lt 58, 1906, 1)
We should now be doing our very best to defeat this Sunday law. The best way to do this will be to lift up the law of God and make it stand forth in all its sacredness. This must be done if the truth triumphs.
(21LtMs, Lt 58, 1906, 2)
It is no time for us to be asleep. The sleeping virgins must arise and trim their lamps and fill their vessels with oil; for our light is now to shine forth brightly. We are to revive the truth. Its evidence needs repeating. We are to make a renewed consecration of ourselves to God. Let all the stewards and the appointed messengers of God now be wide-awake. Let the message of the gospel shine forth in the affirmative of truth. We must be wide-awake, and the very best workers will find their hands full.
(21LtMs, Lt 58, 1906, 3)
O how hard it seems to have so many gathered at Battle Creek. But the voice of warning must go forth, plain and decided, line upon line, precept upon precept, here a little and there a little. I have been very much burdened, and I have been unable to get all the sleep I should have had. I long and pray for clearness of mind.
(21LtMs, Lt 58, 1906, 4)
I have not heard from any one in Battle Creek recently. I hope that Elder Farnsworth will have much of the Holy Spirit and will do the very work that should be done. May the Lord give His grace, is my constant prayer. Our faith must center in Christ as the only One who can help us. He is the One to whom every knee will bow and every tongue confess, as men behold His exalted glory. He is the One to whom all allegiance will be given. Legions of angels stand ready to do His bidding. Behold Him by faith. He is our Redeemer, the One who is to be crowned and honored and worshipped. And He is the One who said to His disciples, “If any man will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me.” [Matthew 16:24.] He said again, “Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.]
(21LtMs, Lt 58, 1906, 5)
Ministry occupied an important place in the teachings of Christ. In word and doctrine He has given us an example of perfect ministry. His life exemplifies the pure, uplifting principles that all must cherish who enter the pearly gates. No one will enter heaven who is unworthy. Those who are saved must here have their garments of character freed from every spot and wrinkle. Those to whom the pearly gates will open, those who will be given a welcome to the holy city, must here be cleansed from all that defiles.
(21LtMs, Lt 58, 1906, 6)
God did for us the very best thing that He could do when He sent from heaven a Sinless Being to manifest to this world of sin what those who are saved must be in character—pure, holy, and undefiled, having Christ formed within. He sent His Ideal in His Son and bade men build characters in harmony with this ideal. And in all His ministry, all His self-denial and self-sacrifice, Christ’s object was to reveal God to the world. It was not merely a theory of the excellence of divine mercy that was to be presented to the world. Christ came and in the likeness of man wrought out before the world a perfect character, that the world may be without excuse.
(21LtMs, Lt 58, 1906, 7)
God gave His law of ten commandments to be observed in the lower school of earth, that human beings might be qualified for the higher grade. Men and women are to exemplify on this earth the character of Christ. Then, as the redeemed, they are to enter through the gates into the city of God, to eat of the tree of life that is for the healing of the nations. But the characters of those who are saved must here be fashioned in accordance with the divine likeness. They are to be partakers of the divine nature, thus escaping the corruption that is in the world through lust. They must keep the law of God, in order to give a true revelation of the character of the One to whom every knee should bow. This believers must do in this life, that unbelievers may see what the members of the Lord’s family in heaven are to be.
(21LtMs, Lt 58, 1906, 8)
Christ came to this world to give an expression of the character of God. And the commission that He gave His disciples is, “Go ye therefore and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost, teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:19, 20.] There is to be no such thing as limiting the gospel ministry, and no such thing as hovering over the churches that already know the truth, or collecting large numbers of believers in one place. Under the Holy Spirit’s unction, the gospel message will be proclaimed in the power of the Spirit.
(21LtMs, Lt 58, 1906, 9)
All the ministry of Christ was performed in obedience to the law of service. Those who are truly consecrated will be given tongue and utterance to communicate the message of salvation to souls perishing in sin. Human beings would have less selfishness than they have if they would learn from the Son of God Himself how to minister to others. Christ, the Son of God, sinless, pure, and noble, came to this sin-cursed world to express the character of God. What a wonderful prayer He offered in behalf of the fallen order:
(21LtMs, Lt 58, 1906, 10)
“As Thou hast sent Me into the world, even so have I also sent them into the world. And for their sakes I sanctify Myself, that they also might be sanctified through the truth. Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which shall believe on Me through their word; that they all may be one, as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee, that they also may be one in Us; that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me.
(21LtMs, Lt 58, 1906, 11)
“And the glory which Thou gavest Me, I have given them, that they may be one, even as We are one; I in them, and Thou in Me, that they may be made perfect in one; and that the world may know that Thou hast sent Me, and hast loved them, as Thou hast loved Me.
(21LtMs, Lt 58, 1906, 12)
“Father, I will that they also, whom Thou hast given Me, be with Me where I am; that they may behold My glory, which Thou hast given Me; for Thou lovedst Me before the foundation of the world. O righteous Father, the world hath not known Thee; but I have known Thee, and these have known that Thou hast sent Me. And I have declared unto them Thy name, and will declare it; that the love wherewith Thou hast loved Me may be in them, and I in them.” [John 17:18-26.]
(21LtMs, Lt 58, 1906, 13)
Though Christ was rich, yet for our sake He became poor. He came not to be ministered unto, but to minister. “I am among you,” He said, “as one that serveth.” [Luke 22:27.] He came to exemplify in His character the law of God. There was in His service no haphazard work. He taught and practiced the law of the kingdom of heaven. When His parents lost Him, and went back to Jerusalem to seek Him, they found Him among the doctors and lawyers in the temple, listening to them and asking them questions. The Jewish teachers were astonished at His questions, which set their minds on a train of thought of the highest consequence. When His mother asked Him, “Son, why hast Thou dealt thus with us,” He answered, with His hand uplifted in a most reverent manner, and with His countenance aglow, “Wist ye not that I must be about My Father’s business?” [Luke 2:48, 49.] Clearly and decidedly these words rang out; He spoke as One who understood the keynote of His life.
(21LtMs, Lt 58, 1906, 14)
In a world of lawbreakers, a world revolting from allegiance to God, and refusing to obey the law of Him who created the earth, Christ was to magnify the law and make it honorable. He came to show that the law could be obeyed. “Think not,” He said, “that I am come to destroy the law, or the prophets; I am not come to destroy, but to fulfil.” [Matthew 5:17.] “I came not to do Mine own will, but the will of Him that sent Me.” [John 6:38.] “I am among you as one that serveth.” [Luke 22:27.] All His work was done in the ministry of service, for the saving of a lost world. His ministry bore not one vestige of selfishness.
(21LtMs, Lt 58, 1906, 15)
Had our churches heeded the words of the Lord’s messenger, given them by pen and voice, had they taken their position as true believers, we should have seen a most wonderful ingathering, which would have convinced the world that we have the truth. The law of God would have been magnified. And the Sunday law, which leading men are trying to bring in, could have had little influence. But hindrances in the very midst of us have worked counter to the purposes of God. My heart is almost broken as I think of what the Lord has opened to me in regard to what might have been, but is not.
(21LtMs, Lt 58, 1906, 16)
When I see erratic measures entered upon, when I see a counterworking of God’s plans, when I see those who hold the truth failing to proclaim it as they should, I call to mind the words recorded in the eleventh chapter of Matthew:
(21LtMs, Lt 58, 1906, 17)
“Then began He to upbraid the cities wherein most of His mighty works were done, because they repented not: Woe unto thee Chorazin! woe unto thee, Bethsaida! for if the mighty works which were done in you, had been done in Tyre and Sidon, they would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes. But I say unto you, It shall be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon at the day of judgment, than for you. And thou, Capernaum, which art exalted unto heaven, shalt be brought down to hell; for if the mighty works, which have been done in thee, had been done in Sodom, it would have remained until this day. But I say unto you, That it shall be more tolerable for the land of Sodom in the day of judgment, than for thee.
(21LtMs, Lt 58, 1906, 18)
“At that time Jesus answered and said, I thank Thee, O Father, Lord of heaven and earth, because Thou hast hid these things from the wise and prudent, and hast revealed them unto babes. Even so, Father; for so it seemed good in Thy sight. All things are delivered unto Me of My Father; and no man knoweth the Son but the Father; neither knoweth any man the Father, save the Son, and he to whomsoever the Son will reveal Him.
(21LtMs, Lt 58, 1906, 19)
“Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Verses 20-30.]
(21LtMs, Lt 58, 1906, 20)
Jesus Christ is the world’s greatest Teacher. I have tested and proved the blessed evidence of this. He has made me His messenger, to communicate great spiritual truths to many thousands. With pen and voice I have been doing this for the past half century. How greatly I desire so to present His instruction that many will be led to Him. I never question His leading, and I know that I am sustained by the One who bade His disciples go forth and proclaim the gospel message, “teaching them all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:19, 20.]
(21LtMs, Lt 58, 1906, 21)
Since 1844 I have been engaged in public labor. I am always strengthened by the Lord. I realize that a power from above is imparted to me, giving me physical, mental, and spiritual efficiency. I have the full assurance that Christ gives me His sustaining grace and the evidence that He is the light of the world. I acknowledge His power. I desire to do all I possibly can for Him while I live. I want, in calm, perfect trust, to commit the keeping of my soul to God against that day. When my work here is ended, I shall rest. Sleeping in Jesus has no terror for me. In the morning of the resurrection I shall see Him as He is. I praise the Lord for the comfort of His grace.
(21LtMs, Lt 58, 1906, 22)
My brethren, I wish to say to you, Do not go out of your way to attack the theories of any one, and thus multiply them. Let the evidence of the truth shine forth in all its heavenly brightness, and call error by its right name.
(21LtMs, Lt 58, 1906, 23)
Let us pray in faith. Let us remember the intercessory prayer of Moses for Israel after they had apostatized by worshiping the golden calf. How earnestly he pleaded with God to reverse the decision to appoint to destruction the people for whom He had done so much. And the Lord heard his prayer. Supposing that we prayed more, evidencing that we have a right to plead for the precious souls who for years have been befogged. The Lord has plainly shown them their errors, but they have been too proud to confess and forsake their sins. God cannot pardon them unless they confess and forsake their sins. To have such ones as leaders seems to be a great mistake. God is not leading them; for they refuse to be led.
(21LtMs, Lt 58, 1906, 24)
Let us be sure that our own souls are right with God, so that the Lord can teach us and guide us and reveal His will to us. Please consider these things. And let us be much with God in prayer. The Lord is our helper and strength and fortress. If we walk humbly with God, and fear and glorify His name, He will be in our thoughts and hearts, and we shall become assimilated to His image. Let us diligently search our own hearts and obtain that wisdom that God alone can give.
(21LtMs, Lt 58, 1906, 25)
Let us remember that doubts are dangerous. If entertained, they lead to unbelief. “Enter ye in at the strait gate; for wide is the gate, and broad is the way, which leadeth to destruction, and many there be which go in thereat. Because strait is the gate, and narrow is the way, which leadeth unto life, and few there be that find it.” [Matthew 7:13, 14.] There are plain words to speak and intelligent warnings to be given. All our people need now to seek for the impartation of the Holy Spirit. Enter into no contention, but put away dissension and strife, and seek to answer the prayer recorded in the seventeenth chapter of John. I beg of you to pray, pray, with heart and soul and voice.
(21LtMs, Lt 58, 1906, 26)
Lt 60, 1906
Haskell, Brother and Sister St. Helena, California February 8, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in 7MR 266-267. Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
We missed you very much after you had gone. I have been busy ever since. For a week I have not slept as much as usual. The night before last I was not able to get to sleep until eleven o’clock. And I awoke at one. I worked all day, and last night retired at half-past seven, awoke at two, and began writing at three. Before breakfast, which comes at half-past seven, I wrote eleven pages. Maggie copied it, and I sent it to Elder E. W. Farnsworth, who is now in Battle Creek. I will send you a copy. I worked hard to get this matter finished before breakfast. Between breakfast and dinner, I wrote four pages to Brother Magan and four pages to Edson. I sent Edson a copy of the manuscript sent to Battle Creek. From the time I got up until dinner time, I wrote as fast as my hand could go over the paper.
(21LtMs, Lt 60, 1906, 1)
We have had very nice weather. Only twice since you left have I had a fire in my room. I rode out yesterday; there was a mild breeze, but the sun shone brightly. The ride refreshed me, and I was glad that I went.
(21LtMs, Lt 60, 1906, 2)
Today the morning was foggy. The fog cleared away partially during the forenoon, but it gathered in again about dinner time. This afternoon there is a little mist, but no rain.
(21LtMs, Lt 60, 1906, 3)
For some reason, I have not much courage to expect much from Battle Creek, but I hope and pray that the Lord will melt and subdue hearts. I long to get to my home in heaven. At times, as I read of the visions of St. John, there seem to come to me songs from heavenly beings. And my mind goes out to join the heavenly choir in the worshipful song of praise. There are the choristers that rest not day nor night, saying, “Holy, holy, holy, Lord God Almighty, which was, and which is, and which is to come.” [Revelation 4:8.] Thank God that we have an open door, and that we can catch as it were the sound of the heavenly song.
(21LtMs, Lt 60, 1906, 4)
We do not begin to know what heaven is. No tongue can describe it. But heaven will be our home. The classes of the great unknown take their places with the angels and the elders and express in words of thanksgiving their appreciation of God’s goodness. The perfection of His attributes is expressed in language that science knows nothing about.
(21LtMs, Lt 60, 1906, 5)
The redeemed cast their crowns before Him that sitteth upon the throne and worship Him that liveth forever and ever. These are the true ministers of God and of Christ, who represent Him from age to age.
(21LtMs, Lt 60, 1906, 6)
And Christ is there, the minister of God and of the true covenant. But we belittle heavenly things in making any attempt to give an intimation of the exalted position that our Redeemer occupies and the adoration offered Him by the angels. There is no use in trying to speak of these things; for language is too tame.
(21LtMs, Lt 60, 1906, 7)
“For this cause I Paul, the prisoner of Jesus Christ for you Gentiles, if ye have heard of the dispensation of the grace of God, which is given me to you-ward; how that by revelation He made known unto me the mystery ... which in other ages was not made known unto the sons of men, as it is now revealed unto His holy apostles and prophets by the Spirit; that the Gentiles should be fellowheirs, and of the same body, and partakers of His promise in Christ by the gospel; whereof I was made a minister, according to the gift of the grace of God given unto me by the effectual working of His power. Unto me, who am less than the least of all saints, is this grace given, that I should preach among the Gentiles the unsearchable riches of Christ; and to make all men see what is the fellowship of the mystery, which from the beginning of the world hath been hid in God, who created all things by Jesus Christ; to the intent that now unto the principalities and powers in heavenly places might be made known by the church the manifold wisdom of God, according to the eternal purpose which He purposed in Christ Jesus our Lord; in whom we have boldness and access with confidence by the faith of Him.
(21LtMs, Lt 60, 1906, 8)
“Wherefore I desire that ye faint not at my tribulations for you, which is your glory. For this cause I bow my knees unto the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, of whom the whole family in heaven and earth is named, that He would grant you, according to the riches of His glory, to be strengthened with might by His Spirit in the inner man; that Christ may dwell in your hearts by faith; that ye, being rooted and grounded in love, may be able to comprehend with all saints what is the breadth, and length, and depth, and height; and to know the love of Christ, which passeth knowledge, that ye might be filled with all the fulness of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 60, 1906, 9)
“Now unto Him that is able to do exceeding abundantly, above all that we ask or think, according to the power that worketh in us, unto Him be glory in the church by Christ Jesus throughout the ages, world without end.” [Ephesians 3:1-3, 5-21.]
(21LtMs, Lt 60, 1906, 10)
Read these words to your hearers and impress them upon their minds. Read also the fourth chapter of Ephesians. Read most solemnly these chapters. The instruction they contain means so much to us. Many have become hardspirited because they are verily strangers to the working of the Holy Spirit. There needs to be a great reformation in the lives of believers, in their words and works and spiritual understanding. We need to catch the inspiration of the angels in the heavenly courts. We need daily to breathe the atmosphere of heaven.
(21LtMs, Lt 60, 1906, 11)
O how my heart trembles for us all. Unless the hardheartedness is melted away by the grace of Jesus Christ, we shall never know what heaven is. I am pained beyond measure when I see and feel the hardhearted methods of dealing with the Lord’s heritage. I feel so ashamed in behalf of Christ, as I see how little respect and reverence are shown toward the purchase of His blood.
(21LtMs, Lt 60, 1906, 12)
To those who are so free to exercise their human authority, I am charged to say: Go no further until you know how to deal with the purchase of the blood of Christ. There is need of the converting power of God in every family. Were this power present, there would not be seen a lack of sympathy; instead, there would be seen a most earnest receiving of the grace of Christ to impart to others.
(21LtMs, Lt 60, 1906, 13)
Let every root of bitterness be weeded out of the heart. Let most thorough work be done with self. Let the men who are in office keep their hearts under the control of the Holy Spirit. Let them not treat men as if they were hardly a sack of oats—men who have minds that God has been and is working. Let them be careful of their actions. They cannot with God’s approval pull down, uproot, and transplant men who understand what it means to be taught and moved by the Spirit of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 60, 1906, 14)
So much coarseness, such a lack of Christian politeness, has come into the lives of men who stand in official positions that my heart is sick and sore, and I can but weep to see how little of the tenderness of Christ they bring into their dealing with the children of God, the purchase of the blood of His only begotten Son.
(21LtMs, Lt 60, 1906, 15)
Just before our Saviour left this earth, he commissioned His disciples to go into all the world, and preach the gospel to every creature. “He that believeth and is baptized shall be saved; but he that believeth not shall be damned. And these signs shall follow them that believe: In My name they shall cast out devils; they shall speak with new tongues; they shall take up serpents, and if they drink any deadly thing, it shall not hurt them; they shall lay hands on the sick, and they shall recover.” [Mark 16:16-18.] “Behold, I send the promise of My Father upon you; but tarry ye in the city of Jerusalem until ye be endued with power from on high.” [Luke 24:49.] Power to do what? To preach the gospel and proclaim the conditions of salvation.
(21LtMs, Lt 60, 1906, 16)
The disciples obeyed the divine injunction. While they were engaged in prayer, being of one accord in one place, the Holy Spirit came upon them as a rushing, mighty wind and filled all the house where they were sitting. Peter was reanointed with the Holy Unction from on high. So wonderful was the outpouring of the Spirit that “the same day there were added unto them about three thousand souls.” [Acts 2:41.]
(21LtMs, Lt 60, 1906, 17)
It is this baptism of the Holy Spirit that the churches need today. There are backslidden church members and backslidden ministers who need reconverting, who need the softening, subduing influence of the baptism of the Spirit, that they may rise in newness of life and make thorough work for eternity. I have seen the irreligion and the self-sufficiency cherished, and I have heard the words spoken, “Except ye repent and be converted, ye shall never see the kingdom of heaven.” There are many who will need rebaptizing, but let them never go down into the water until they are dead to sin, cured of selfishness and self-exaltation; until they can come up out of the water to live a new life unto God. Faith and repentance are conditions essential to the forgiveness of sin.
(21LtMs, Lt 60, 1906, 18)
What is needed now are men chosen of God, and precious, who will go forth full of faith and of the Holy Spirit, to proclaim the gospel, calling upon God for His grace to aid them in their work. This is what we need in the place of men being gathered together in Battle Creek or in any other place. The Lord has warned us that a large number of believers should not congregate in one place. Let men go out in the name of the Lord, humble and devoted, as colporteurs and canvassers, to sell the books that will bring light to the souls of those who know not the truth. When this is done, there will be seen striking instances of conversion.
(21LtMs, Lt 60, 1906, 19)
Lt 61, 1906
White, W. C. St. Helena, California February 9, 1906 Previously unpublished. Dear Son Willie C. White:
Yesterday I put in a hard day’s work. I had slept only three hours during the night, February 8, but I could write, and I sent Edson copy of that which I wrote. I send copy to you of letter written to Elder Haskell. I am hoping and praying and sending messages to Battle Creek, and if the Lord gives me strength I shall impart light to Battle Creek. I hope to stand in the strength of the Lord.
(21LtMs, Lt 61, 1906, 1)
I wrote some things to Edson concerning Willie Palmer. I hope that some power may be brought to bear upon his soul that he will become a child of God. The rebuke of the Lord is upon him and likewise upon those who have felt it their duty to hold him off as long as possible. But the outside parties do not know how hard we have tried to save him and that it is for his soul’s sake.
(21LtMs, Lt 61, 1906, 2)
We see the need now of constant, earnest prayer that God will give us largely of His Holy Spirit. We depend upon the Spirit’s power. We cannot depend on self, but alone upon Jesus Christ. Teach all to make a thorough work for eternity. We have no time to lose. We need to make straight paths for our feet, lest the lame may be turned out of the way. We have not a moment to lose to obtain a fitting up for the kingdom of God. We have a perfect pattern in Christ of what preparation is essential for every soul who enters in through the gates into the city of God. We must improve our opportunity now to follow the Pattern sent us from heaven to give the Example we must copy if we shall have a place among the sanctified.
(21LtMs, Lt 61, 1906, 3)
Some may say it was easy for Christ to obey. [He was] tempted in all points as the human family are tempted. He brought His divine nature for us to unite [with our human nature], taking hold of His divinity in our sorely tempted stress of temptation. He bore our sins in His own body, that every human agent might escape the corruption that is in the world through lust. There is positive necessity that the human family, by faith, lay hold on the divine.
(21LtMs, Lt 61, 1906, 4)
There is a work to be done for all humanity, to live now, just now, on the plan of addition. Christ’s divine nature is to be clothed with human garb, that the human, fallen order can connect with His divine nature and represent the oneness in the prayer of Christ. Men scorn the idea of subjection, and Christ came to reach the rebels so averse to the idea of subjection. Jesus, becoming man, reveals to the whole human family that He is to restore the original purpose of God and bring man—lost in his rebellion while in beautiful Paradise—to realize it is the natural thing to obey God. Man was created to obey God, and his own happiness was ruined in obeying Satan.
(21LtMs, Lt 61, 1906, 5)
What can I say to lead the human family to become sensible and answer the prayer of Christ, for Christ’s life was a sample of what their lives must be if they are restored to their obedience through being partakers of the divine nature? Christ, as the Son in human nature, was obedient. There is a great revival now to take place, that the people shall walk and work after the Pattern, following in Christ’s footsteps, else Satan will lead them his way and they be blind to their spiritual interest and know not at what they stumble. Christ calls you to answer His prayer to the Father and strive for that oneness of purpose and spirit, that angels shall take charge of you and lift up for you a standard against the enemy by following His example in all things. He came to leave for you all a perfect character. Not one can enter the abode of purity unless he cleanses his soul from every underhanded connivance and brings himself to a life of sacred obedience. Oh, how many will be disappointed with unclean, unsanctified characters!
(21LtMs, Lt 61, 1906, 6)
I am entrusted with the message, Time is very short. Look at the world—its wickedness increasing as in the days of Noah. The hour to close the ark came at last; and then, after all the signs of the animals’ coming without a visible leader, two by two, into the ark, the note was given, Close the ark. And the inhabitants of the old world perished. Humble ourselves we must, under the mighty hand of God. No man can serve two masters, although men will be so blinded by Satan’s peace and safety theories that the last call of mercy will not be heard. “He that is holy, let him be holy still,” and “he which is filthy, let him be filthy still.” [Revelation 22:11.] Wake up, wake up. Get ready, lest it will be everlastingly too late.
(21LtMs, Lt 61, 1906, 7)
Lt 62, 1906
Palmer, W. O. St. Helena, California January 21, 1906 Previously unpublished. W. O. Palmer My Dear Brother:
The hour of God’s judgment is soon to come. The world will come more and more under the sway of evil, seducing agencies. Satan has full sway over a large class, and his efforts are now centering determinedly upon those who have had the light of the third angel’s message. Unless those who know the truth for these last days are established and settled in the truth, they will be strongly tempted; for Satan through his wiles will bring about a condition of things that will deceive and allure if possible the very elect.
(21LtMs, Lt 62, 1906, 1)
The enemy will strive to carry out his deceptive plans through those who occupy positions of responsibility in our sanitariums. Those whose souls are full of ambitious projects will come under his sway and will communicate seducing representations to those who look to them for instruction in medical lines. Thus souls will be deceived and led away from the divine instruction to the exaltation of human beings. They will be led to sacrifice principles for the wiles and subtleties of the enemy, reasoning away God’s requirements regarding character building. They will be enticed on to a false track, and their pride will be so flattered with the thought of gaining advanced knowledge that they will be deluded. Those who look to them as teachers accept their fallacies and unite with them, instead of doing their duty by trying to break the spell. They give themselves up to become imbued with the spirit of the enemy and use arguments that he has framed to deceive others.
(21LtMs, Lt 62, 1906, 2)
The end is near, and the Lord has again presented your case and that of your family before me. I say to you, “Be not deceived. Humble your heart before God and make thorough work for eternity. I beseech you to see that your soul’s eternal welfare demands that you now come to God and repent. Is not heaven worth striving for?
(21LtMs, Lt 62, 1906, 3)
I saw you linking up with worldlings. You love company of that kind, but you will perish in your defective character unless you turn square about. It is now no time to yield up your faith. This is a time of peril. Take up the work waiting to be done, and let your heart break before God.
(21LtMs, Lt 62, 1906, 4)
Be sure that I carry you and your family on my soul. When I was at your home, I felt your danger intensely. It has been presented to me that you are in great danger; for you choose to unite in business with men of the world, thinking that thus you will have a better opportunity to make money. “What shall it profit a man, if he shall gain the whole world, and lose his own soul? Or what shall a man give in exchange for his soul?” [Mark 8:36, 37.]
(21LtMs, Lt 62, 1906, 5)
I cannot write more now, but before closing I beseech you to break now with the power of darkness. Let not Satan steal away your faith.
(21LtMs, Lt 62, 1906, 6)
I will send you a copy of Ministry of Healing.
(21LtMs, Lt 62, 1906, 7)
Lt 64, 1906
Rand, H. F. St. Helena, California February 15, 1906 Previously unpublished. Dr. H. F. Rand
Boulder, Colorado Dear Brother:
I understand that you have decided to leave the Colorado Sanitarium, in response to a call that has been made by the St. Helena Sanitarium. I understand that you will take the position of physician-in-chief at the St. Helena Sanitarium. We shall be pleased to have you do this if it is your choice. The need of a physician here is just now quite manifest.
(21LtMs, Lt 64, 1906, 1)
Never, never has the cause of God been more in need of staunch men, who will officiate under the most skilful Medical Missionary that ever came to our world. I have come to be very much afraid of movements which, when carried out, result in men having the experience recorded of the church in Sardis: “Unto the angel of the church in Sardis write, These things saith He that hath the seven Spirits of God, and the seven stars: I know thy works, that thou hast a name, that thou livest, and art dead.” [Revelation 3:1.] There are those who in their efforts to improve their fellow men are not guided by right motives. They think to convert the world with an understanding of science. But with all their ideas of higher education, they have not, with a few exceptions, an intelligent understanding of the very first and simplest sum in the plan of addition for the attainment of Christian perfection.
(21LtMs, Lt 64, 1906, 2)
It is the plan of God that we shall add grace to grace, perfecting faith by increasing trust in and reverence for God. How is this to be acquired? Not by the putting on of a vain show, but by an understanding in genuine simplicity of the plan of addition that God desires us to follow. This will bring the peace that comes from the plan of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 64, 1906, 3)
“Simon Peter, a servant and an apostle of Jesus Christ, to them that have obtained like precious faith with us through the righteousness of God and our Saviour Jesus Christ: Grace and peace be multiplied unto you through the knowledge of God, and of Jesus our Lord, according as His divine power hath given unto us all things that pertain unto life and godliness, through the knowledge of Him that hath called us to glory and virtue; whereby are given unto us exceeding great and precious promises, that by these ye might be partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust.
(21LtMs, Lt 64, 1906, 4)
“And beside this, giving all diligence, add to your faith virtue; and to virtue knowledge; and to knowledge temperance; and to temperance patience; and to patience godliness; and to godliness brotherly kindness; and to brotherly kindness charity. For if these things be in you, and abound, they make you that ye shall neither be barren nor unfruitful in the knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ.” [2 Peter 1:1-8.]
(21LtMs, Lt 64, 1906, 5)
It is not the name, however great may be the exalted favor shown it, that is of value, but the simplicity of true virtue. God desires us to increase more and more in practical, genuine godliness, working out His plans in and through the merits of Christ. All who work out the plan of addition given them by God will be lights shining amidst the moral darkness that has clouded our world with crime and unrighteousness. The things received from the Lord Jesus Christ make human beings a power to bless. “If these things be in you and abound, they make you that ye shall neither be barren nor unfruitful in the knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ. But he that lacketh these things is blind, and cannot see afar off, and hath forgotten that he was purged from his old sins. Wherefore the rather, brethren, give diligence to make your calling and election sure; for if ye do these things ye shall never fall.” [Verses 8-10.] He gives you power that enables you to resist the satanic antagonist. He bruises the serpent’s head. Victory is on the side of those who make thorough and diligent work for repentance.
(21LtMs, Lt 64, 1906, 6)
“For so an entrance shall be ministered unto you abundantly into the everlasting kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ.” [Verse 11.] Here is our life insurance policy, which will prove efficacious through an endless eternity. Our calling is made forever sure.
(21LtMs, Lt 64, 1906, 7)
You cannot tell how intensely in earnest I am that every soul shall have more than a name to live, how earnestly I desire that we may all have a clear title to the immortal inheritance. O how my heart sorrows to think of the thousands upon thousands who have a name to live, but who by Christ are pronounced spiritually dead.
(21LtMs, Lt 64, 1906, 8)
Speaking to the church in Thyatira, God says, “And all the churches shall know that I am He that searcheth the reins and hearts; and I will give unto every one of you according to your works. But unto you I say, and unto the rest in Thyatira, as many as have not this doctrine, and which have not known the depths of Satan, as they speak; I will put upon you none other burden. But that which ye have already, hold fast till I come. And he that overcometh, and keepeth My works unto the end, to him will I give power over the nations; and he shall rule them with a rod of iron; as the vessels of a potter shall they be broken to shivers; even as I received of My Father. And I will give him the morning star. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches.” [Revelation 2:23-29.]
(21LtMs, Lt 64, 1906, 9)
We need to understand the things which John saw and make the use of them that Christ designed should be made. We need now to pray for wisdom, that we shall not have a name to live, while we are dead. Especially should we now give to the Book of Revelation close and critical study; for Christ visited John on the Isle of Patmos to show him what would be in these last days. Let us all be wide-awake to see intelligently and speak intelligently regarding what is to be in this last remnant of time.
(21LtMs, Lt 64, 1906, 10)
I wish to repeat some things found in the message recorded in the first part of the third chapter of Revelation. The instruction contained in this chapter is to be understood and perpetuated. “Unto the angel of the church in Sardis write: These things saith He that hath the seven Spirits of God and the seven stars: I know thy works, that thou hast a name that thou livest, and art dead. Be watchful, and strengthen the things which remain, that are ready to die; for I have not found thy works perfect before God.” [Verses 1, 2.]
(21LtMs, Lt 64, 1906, 11)
Then comes the message in decided language: “Remember therefore how thou hast received and heard.” [Verse 3.] Here is rebuked inattention to a message given by Christ. Those addressed have let the truth fade out of their minds. “Be watchful and strengthen the things that remain, that are ready to die; for I have not found thy works perfect before God.” [Verse 2.]
(21LtMs, Lt 64, 1906, 12)
As we read these words, and think of the imperfect works of professing believers, works that dishonor God, our hearts are deeply stirred. Will not the churches make the truth for this time their study. Will they not now revive the earlier messages and apply them to the present. I feel almost benumbed as I see so great a work to be accomplished.
(21LtMs, Lt 64, 1906, 13)
“Remember therefore how thou hast received and heard, and hold fast and repent.” [Verse 3.] Repent of your careless indifference, and arise and seek the Lord. It is too late to be indifferent now. Satan has poisoned lotions to present to every one who is at fault.
(21LtMs, Lt 64, 1906, 14)
We are to give to the world the things that we have heard. Instead of being weak and strengthless and ready to die, we are to make diligent efforts to proclaim the truth. There is a work to be done in the churches. “Remember therefore how thou hast received.” [Verse 3.] Give these truths to those who know them not.
(21LtMs, Lt 64, 1906, 15)
“If therefore thou shalt not watch, I will come on thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee.” [Verse 3.] Hold fast to the truth you have received.
(21LtMs, Lt 64, 1906, 16)
Lt 66, 1906
Haskell, Brother and Sister St. Helena, California February 10, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in TDG 49; 7MR 403. Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
I shall begin this letter, but I may be obliged to leave it before it is finished. I have taken great pleasure today in reading the following verses from the first chapter of Mark:
(21LtMs, Lt 66, 1906, 1)
“The beginning of the gospel of Jesus Christ, the Son of God; as it is written in the prophets, Behold, I send My messenger before Thy face, which shall prepare Thy way before Thee. The voice of one crying in the wilderness, Prepare ye the way of the Lord, make His paths straight.
(21LtMs, Lt 66, 1906, 2)
“John did baptize in the wilderness, and preach the baptism of repentance for the remission of sins. And there went out unto him all the land of Judea, and they of Jerusalem, and were all baptized of him in the river of Jordan, confessing their sins. And John was clothed with camel’s hair, and with a girdle of skin about his loins; and he did eat locusts and wild honey; and preached, saying, There cometh One mightier than I after me, the latchet of whose shoes I am not worthy to stoop down and unloose. I indeed have baptized you with water; but He shall baptize you with the Holy Ghost.
(21LtMs, Lt 66, 1906, 3)
“And it came to pass in those days that Jesus came from Nazareth of Galilee, and was baptized of John in Jordan. And straightway coming up out of the water, He saw the heavens opened, and the Spirit like a dove descending upon Him; and there came a voice from heaven, saying: Thou art My beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased.
(21LtMs, Lt 66, 1906, 4)
“And immediately the Spirit driveth Him into the wilderness. And He was there in the wilderness forty days, tempted of Satan; and was with the wild beasts; and the angels ministered unto Him.” [Verses 1-13.]
(21LtMs, Lt 66, 1906, 5)
May the Lord God of heaven increase our faith. May we receive from the Lord Jesus Christ grace to do the very work that needs to be done. I have full confidence that the Lord God has signified that the time has come for us to do the work that has been pointed out. We must watch and pray and work and wait. We can do this with the abiding assurance that the right will prevail. Truth will bear away the victory. Truth, simple in language and made eloquent by the power of the Holy Spirit, will triumph. Light, precious light from the Word of the living God, will prevail.
(21LtMs, Lt 66, 1906, 6)
“The entrance of Thy word giveth light; it giveth understanding unto the simple.” [Psalm 119:130.] Some even among the lofty and the heedless will come to a knowledge of the truth.
(21LtMs, Lt 66, 1906, 7)
Our work is aggressive. It is a religion of progress. God has wonderfully opened up a way for us that is remarkable for its advantages. If we now walk out by faith, within the scope of the promises of God, which go with us to the ends of the earth, we shall see the diffusive and aggressive character of the work. If we take hold of the promises of God, we shall not fail or be discouraged.
(21LtMs, Lt 66, 1906, 8)
We must cherish constantly the abiding assurance that the presence of God will be with those who present the Word in its purity, unmixed with sophistry. I am instructed that we are to preach the Word; that we are to be instant in season and out of season. “For as the earth bringeth forth her bud, and as the garden causeth the things that are sown in it to spring forth; so the Lord God will cause righteousness and praise to spring forth before all the nations.” [Isaiah 61:11.]
(21LtMs, Lt 66, 1906, 9)
I know you understand that whoever attempts the work of reform will have decided opposition to meet. This work requires self-renunciation. Those who engage in it must bear the cross after Christ, sowing wherever they go the seeds of Bible truth, and trusting in the One who assures us, “Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:20.]
(21LtMs, Lt 66, 1906, 10)
Those who are working for Christ must not try to undertake too much; for thus they lose ground. They must rely upon the power of the mighty One. They must, at the very beginning of their work, renounce self, lifting the cross, following where Christ leads the way, walking in His steps, assured that He is with them as they strive to save souls unto eternal life. One soul saved is worth more than a whole world unsaved.
(21LtMs, Lt 66, 1906, 11)
We must not ask whether we are appreciated or unappreciated. With this we have naught to do. Look at the way in which Christ worked. Whoever attempts any work of reform, whoever tries to lead the sinner to a life of self-denial and holiness, will need every hour the assurance given by Christ after His resurrection, “Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Verse 20.]
(21LtMs, Lt 66, 1906, 12)
Take the Word. Live the Word. Preach the Word, as you have done in the past. The Lord Jesus has given you the promise of His presence. Take it; appreciate it. It is not for you or me to measure the appreciation shown for the self-denial and self-sacrifice made.
(21LtMs, Lt 66, 1906, 13)
The work of reform will call for all the faith and tears and prayers that human intelligence can bear. Our commission is, Lift the cross, and bear it after Jesus, striving ever for the same spirit that led Jesus to yearn for His anticipated baptism of suffering upon the cross.
(21LtMs, Lt 66, 1906, 14)
When in the garden of Gethsemane, the cup of suffering was placed in the Saviour’s hand, the thought came to Him, “Should He drink it, or should He leave the world to perish in sin.” His suffering was too great for human comprehension. As the agony of soul came upon Him, “His sweat was as it were great drops of blood falling down to the ground.” [Luke 22:44.] The mysterious cup trembled in his Hand. In this awful crisis, when everything was at stake, the mighty angel who stands in God’s presence came to the side of Christ, not to take the cup from His hand, but to strengthen Him to drink it, with the assurance of the Father’s love.
(21LtMs, Lt 66, 1906, 15)
Christ drank of the cup, and this is the reason that sinners can come to God and find pardon and grace. But those who share in Christ’s glory must share also in His suffering. Shall we accept the many experiences that hurt our human nature? Shall we take up the cross, and intelligently understand what it means to follow Christ, practicing self-denial at every step? As we lift the cross and bear it after Christ, the cross lifts us at every step that we advance. We are brought into companionship with Christ in His suffering.
(21LtMs, Lt 66, 1906, 16)
We have great conflicts before us in the work of reform; nevertheless we need not fear; for God will be with us. I know and understand what we must pass through. In many instances, supposed friends will be displeased because of the faithfulness of others in reproving wrongs, which unless separated from the life, would prove the loss of the soul. The enemy watches his chance to sow his seed of false interpretation. Those who assured you that they were your friends will be enraged if you bear a message that reproves their wrongdoing. Motives will be misapprehended, and by Satan’s wiles there will be aroused a sympathy for those in the wrong. Christ has sent His warning that they may repent and obtain a fitness to be received as members of the royal family, children of the heavenly King. All this will be revealed when, at the last great day, sentence is pronounced. Let us be true, doing faithfully every work that God has given, whatever may be the consequence, because some souls will be saved.
(21LtMs, Lt 66, 1906, 17)
Lt 68, 1906
Haskell, Brother and Sister “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 17, 1906 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
The first thing I did this morning, after building my fire, taking a cold sponge bath, and seeking the Lord in prayer, was to read your letter. I was glad to get it. Now I want to say a few words to you. Take all the comfort possible in your visit. Do not begrudge, Brother Haskell, the time given to those who are your relatives by marriage. If you have some difficulties with your limbs, be very thankful to the Lord that it is not your brain. If your brain were affected, then the whole man would be useless. Just thank the Lord, and be of good courage.
(21LtMs, Lt 68, 1906, 1)
Use olive oil freely. Put a few drops of eucalyptus oil in some olive oil, and rub your limbs well with this. I think that you will then realize a change for the better.
(21LtMs, Lt 68, 1906, 2)
I wish that I could be with you in visiting your relatives and my friends, but that is impossible. We will meet you at Loma Linda, unless something comes to hinder that we do not now anticipate.
(21LtMs, Lt 68, 1906, 3)
The cities near Loma Linda have never been thoroughly worked, and we are expecting that you will engage in this work. This is your place. In connection with Sister Haskell and others whom you may select, you may do the very work that the Lord would have done. Do not fret or be troubled. We expect to see the work done that the Lord has declared should be done; and we shall see you doing this work and may be able to help you now and then. If we could only get a little press, it might be a great blessing. The discourses given could be published in leaflet form and scattered widely. The work of circulating our publications must be started. Your canvassers, if you can find those whom you can use, will be able to act an important part in this.
(21LtMs, Lt 68, 1906, 4)
I am getting where I shall soon be able to speak to the people again. When I was last at Loma Linda and Redlands, I was sick and not able to do much public speaking.
(21LtMs, Lt 68, 1906, 5)
Redlands and the other cities near Loma Linda are to be worked. We will do all we can to help you. Just do what the Lord gives you to do. His power is pledged to you. “Jesus came and spake unto them, saying, All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth.” This embraces the whole world. “Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:18-20.] You have your orders, Go.
(21LtMs, Lt 68, 1906, 6)
Lt 70, 1906
Amadon, Brother and Sister [G. W.] St. Helena, California January 30, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in 5MR 169. + Dear Brother and Sister Amadon:
This morning I read the letter that came last night from Brother Amadon. I earnestly desire that every soul shall do his own work of confessing his sins and humbling his soul before God. Let us seek the Lord most earnestly.
(21LtMs, Lt 70, 1906, 1)
I have had a spirit of prayer for the church in Battle Creek. I feel intensely for those whom we might look upon as the lost sheep, those who have been with us, but have gone out from us, and those who have been in contention. Let these souls be visited. Let special efforts be made, that the convicting Spirit of God may come upon the people. Let each one look to the case of his own soul. Let every one look away from man to God. Seek the Lord. Empty the soul of everything that will hinder the Holy Spirit’s action upon heart and mind. Let the heart be open to the influences of the Spirit of God. Let each one attend to his own case and make a business of seeking the Lord. Let all seek for unity, for increased love for souls. Visit those who have lost their first love. And let us seek the Lord most earnestly.
(21LtMs, Lt 70, 1906, 2)
From the condition of things in our world, we can see that we are indeed living in the last days. “And at that time shall Michael stand up, the great prince which standeth for the children of thy people; and there shall be a time of trouble, such as never was since there was a nation even to that same time; and at that time thy people shall be delivered, every one that shall be found written in the book. And many of them that sleep in the dust of the earth shall awake, some to everlasting life, and some to shame and everlasting contempt. And they that be wise shall shine as the brightness of the firmament; and they that turn many to righteousness as the stars forever and ever.” [Daniel 12:1-3.]
(21LtMs, Lt 70, 1906, 3)
“And I heard, but I understood not; then said I, O my Lord, what shall be the end of these things? And He said, Go thy way, Daniel; for the words are closed up and sealed till the time of the end. Many shall be purified and made white and tried; but the wicked shall do wickedly; and none of the wicked shall understand.” [Verses 8-10.]
(21LtMs, Lt 70, 1906, 4)
We desire to awaken every soul to take hold of the work for their own individual selves. Clear the King’s highway, and do thorough work for repentance. Draw nigh to God by confession of sin and reformation of character. The Lord will work with all who will seek Him with the whole heart.
(21LtMs, Lt 70, 1906, 5)
A lawyer came to Christ with the question, “What shall I do that I may inherit eternal life?” Christ turned the question back to the lawyer: “What is written in the law? how readest thou?” The answer came, “Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart and with all thy soul and with all thy strength and with all thy mind; and thy neighbor as thyself.”“Thou hast answered right,” Christ said; “this do, and thou shalt live.” [Luke 10:25-28.] The word “live” means, “Thou shalt have eternal life.”
(21LtMs, Lt 70, 1906, 6)
The lawyer saw where he had been remiss, but seeking to justify himself he asked almost impatiently, “And who is my neighbor?” [Verse 29.]
(21LtMs, Lt 70, 1906, 7)
Then Christ gave the parable of the Good Samaritan: “A certain man went down from Jerusalem to Jericho, and fell among thieves, which stripped him of his raiment, and wounded him, and departed, leaving him half dead. And by chance there came down a certain priest that way; and when he saw him he passed by on the other side. And likewise a Levite, when he was at the place, came and looked on him, and passed by on the other side. But a certain Samaritan, as he journeyed, came where he was; and when he saw him, he had compassion on him, and went to him, and bound up his wounds, pouring in oil and wine, and set him on his own beast, and brought him to an inn, and took care of him. And on the morrow when he departed, he took out two pence, and gave them to the host, and said unto him, Take care of him; and whatsoever thou spendest more, when I come again, I will repay thee. Which now of these three, thinkest thou, was neighbor unto him that fell among thieves? And he said, He that showed mercy on him. Then said Jesus unto him, Go, and do thou likewise.” [Verses 30-37.]
(21LtMs, Lt 70, 1906, 8)
The Lord cannot acknowledge the Battle Creek Sanitarium as an institution bearing His commendation; for has it not fallen far short of the standard of an institution carrying forward sacred work. The enemy can work upon unbelieving minds to go to the sanitarium, till the institution is crowded with those who are lovers of pleasure, and all sacred issues are made almost extinct, lost out of sight. This is why the impression should not be allowed to go forth that the institution is making a grand success, when it is crowded with worldly patients; for the enemy works his card in just that way to secure minds and hearts to the service of worldly-policy plans. In many respects the Battle Creek Sanitarium has come to resemble a large boarding place for rich people of the world, and the Lord God of Israel acknowledges it not. And yet young people are urged to go there to obtain an education in how to care for the sick, and ministers and physicians are urged to go there to take part in the work.
(21LtMs, Lt 70, 1906, 9)
The light given me by the Lord is, Make positive appeals to the members of every church not to venture to send their children, of whatever age, to Battle Creek. God bids me say that we are living in perilous times. I am now to lift my voice decidedly in warning. There is danger of becoming corrupted through worldly influences. Souls are precious, too precious to be seduced by worldly influences. Christ, the Prince of heaven, clothed His divinity with humanity, that human beings might be partakers of the divine nature. To all who truly receive Him, He will give power to become the sons and daughters of God, even to as many as believe on His name.
(21LtMs, Lt 70, 1906, 10)
John the beloved, the son of Zebedee, was, till Christ called him, a fisherman upon the Lake of Galilee. He learned his lessons in the school of Christ, not in the schools of the rabbis.
(21LtMs, Lt 70, 1906, 11)
We are now to strive earnestly to help our youth to come under the keeping power of God. Let them not be placed under the guidance of men who are speaking words that uproot faith in the messages God has given us. Give them not up to the influence of these men. We are to do all we can to save them, even though it be uphill work; for Satan has come down in great power, to strive in every conceivable way for the mastery.
(21LtMs, Lt 70, 1906, 12)
My message is that our youth should not be called to Battle Creek to obtain their education. The Lord sees the result. They will obtain much more good in smaller institutions. There are to be established in different places institutions in which a true religious influence will be exerted. An effort must be made to save souls. Had the physicians connected with the Battle Creek Sanitarium stood loyal and true, and sound in the faith, the outlook would not now be as it is. But the Lord God of heaven has been ignored, the messages He has given have been unheeded; therefore a plain message must now be borne.
(21LtMs, Lt 70, 1906, 13)
Later. I thank you for your letter, Brother Amadon. I thought I had sent this, but I found it this morning, unsent.
(21LtMs, Lt 70, 1906, 14)
Lt 72, 1906
Farnsworth, Brother and Sister [E. W.] St. Helena, California February 19, 1906 Portions of this manuscript are published in UL 64; 8MR 310; 11MR 365-366. Dear Brother and Sister Farnsworth:
I had some pages written to you, but have not felt clear to send them. There will be need of the most careful consideration, that no words or actions on our part shall confirm in a wrong course those whose eyes are blinded, that they cannot see, those who think that they are justified in following the course they have pursued.
(21LtMs, Lt 72, 1906, 1)
Present the truth positively, with earnestness and love, and let the light shine forth in clear, distinct rays. Let all possible be done to save those who apparently have decided to link up together in opposition to God’s warnings. Jesus Christ is at the right hand of God, making intercession for us. “God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life. For God sent not His Son into the world to condemn the world; but that the world through Him might be saved.” [John 3:16, 17.]
(21LtMs, Lt 72, 1906, 2)
I fear that if we are not prudent, we may make a bad matter worse. Let us do all in our power to beat back the powers of darkness.
(21LtMs, Lt 72, 1906, 3)
I have sent special directions that our people are not to allow the name of Dr. Kellogg to appear in print before the world. The Lord would have every word guarded. There are those, Dr. Paulson, Dr. Read, and many other physicians, who are sustaining Dr. Kellogg, and for the sake of souls, we must pursue a course that will be no cause of stumbling to the ones who are seeking to justify themselves in a wrong course of action. Christ died for a sinful world, and for Christ’s sake, we must not give these souls a chance to justify themselves in their course of action. We must not by word or act give those who are now in darkness an opportunity to feel justified in vindicating their course.
(21LtMs, Lt 72, 1906, 4)
But it has been a most trying thing to see made of no effect the Word of the Lord in cautions and warnings regarding students not going to Battle Creek to obtain their education. The college was taken out of Battle Creek; yet students are still called there, and there they become indoctrinated with the very sentiments regarding the personality of God and Christ that would undermine the foundation of our faith. The sanctuary question, which means so much to the heavenly family and to the believers on earth, has been made as nothingness. This has been presented to me as that which would be done. We must vindicate the truth.
(21LtMs, Lt 72, 1906, 5)
The effort that is being made to press through the Sunday law should be vigorously met; for we are not ready for that issue. The crisis is right upon us, and soon the last issue will have to be met. Every talent held in trust by God’s people should now be employed to advocate the truth as it is in Jesus, to cause it to stand before the world in clear lines.
(21LtMs, Lt 72, 1906, 6)
The work that is being done by some to counterwork the Lord’s warnings is the consequence of the devising of satanic agencies. We now present our case to heaven, asking God to work in our behalf. It would be a great relief to me if I could go to some retired place and write and work for sinners who have never heard the last message of mercy that is to be given to our world. But I am charged to stand at my post of duty till the Lord gives me my discharge, and this I will do, with the help of God. I am instructed to say to our people, Present the truth for this time. Press it home upon minds.
(21LtMs, Lt 72, 1906, 7)
When the human family received the deadly wound caused by Adam’s transgression, it became needful for the sinless Son of God, One equal with the Father, to take our nature upon Him and come to the world to live in our behalf a perfect life, making it possible for man, through His ministration, to become a partaker of the divine nature and thus escape the corruption that is in the world through lust. It was as our Redeemer that He came, that those who believe in Him may receive from Him the strength and the virtue that will enable them to overcome in the struggle with evil. For this reason the Word was made flesh and dwelt among us. As in Adam all die; even so, through accepting Christ as a personal Saviour, all may be made alive. “He that believeth on the Son hath everlasting life; and he that believeth not the Son shall not see life; but the wrath of God abideth on him.” [Verse 36.]
(21LtMs, Lt 72, 1906, 8)
To the astonishment of all heaven, the proclamation was made that God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son to a life of humiliation and suffering. By an amazing sacrifice the Son of the infinite God displayed His love for the fallen race. He did this as the only means of manifesting the love of God for disobedient human beings. He made an offering that could not possibly be exceeded in value. The love of God was manifested in and through Christ. The Son of God suffered the penalty of sin, reconciling the world unto Himself. He who knew no sin became a sin-offering, that fallen, sinful human beings, through repentance and confession, might receive pardon. He became our propitiation, that man, repentant, humbled, receiving the merits of Christ, might be made the righteousness of God in Him.
(21LtMs, Lt 72, 1906, 9)
We who have fallen through the transgression of the law of God have an Advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ the righteous. The way is open for every one to prepare himself for the second appearing of Jesus Christ, that at His appearing we may be vindicated, having put away all evil, and having overcome through the cleansing blood of Christ. Through the intercession of Christ, the image of God is renewed in mind, and heart, and character. Through the blood of the only begotten Son of God, we obtain redemption. We are accepted in the Beloved, made like unto Christ in character, receiving His wisdom, His righteousness, His sanctification, His redemption, if we hold the beginning of our confidence firm unto the end.
(21LtMs, Lt 72, 1906, 10)
We are in this world to honor God; and from all devising that would in any way tempt us to dishonor our Redeemer, we must turn away. In Christ we have before us the Pattern of all righteousness. He has pledged Himself to be our Guide, our Preserver, our Governor. “O Lord, how excellent is Thy name in all the earth.” [Psalm 8:1.] He is the brightness of the Father’s glory, “the express image of His person.” [Hebrews 1:3.]
(21LtMs, Lt 72, 1906, 11)
We are transgressors of God’s law. Our only hope for salvation was in Christ taking upon Himself the guilt of our sins, bearing the penalty of transgression in His own body on the tree. He made a full oblation of sacrifice and, by that one oblation of Himself, made it possible for us to live in obedience to God’s commands and thus fulfil the condition of entering into eternal life. Our characters are to be conformed to His perfect character. By Him we are to be brought out of darkness into His marvelous light. By Him the image of God is to be renewed in the soul, sealing us in obedience to His law. We are to become His loyal subjects, having pure and undefiled religion and depending upon the one, grand principle, “By grace ye are saved, through faith.” [Ephesians 2:8.]
(21LtMs, Lt 72, 1906, 12)
“Beloved, if God so loved us, we ought also to love one another.” [1 John 4:11.] “Behold, what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called the sons of God; therefore the world knoweth us not, because it knew Him not. Beloved, now are we the sons of God, and it doth not yet appear what we shall be; but we know that, when He shall appear, we shall be like Him; for we shall see Him as He is. And every man that hath this hope in Him purifieth Himself even as He is pure.
(21LtMs, Lt 72, 1906, 13)
“Whosoever committeth sin transgresseth also the law; for sin is the transgression of the law. And ye know that He was manifested to take away our sins; and in Him is no sin. Whosoever abideth in Him sinneth not; whosoever sinneth hath not seen Him neither known Him.
(21LtMs, Lt 72, 1906, 14)
“Little children, let no man deceive you; he that doeth righteousness is righteous, even as He is righteous. He that committeth sin is of the devil; for the devil sinneth from the beginning. For this purpose the Son of God was manifested, that He might destroy the works of the devil. Whosoever is born of God doth not commit sin; for His seed remaineth in him; and he cannot sin, because he is born of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 72, 1906, 15)
“In this the children of God are manifest and the children of the devil; whosoever doeth not righteousness is not of God, neither he that loveth not his brother. For this is the message that we heard from the beginning, that we should love one another. Not as Cain, who was of that wicked one, and slew his brother. And wherefore slew he him? Because his own works were evil, and his brother’s righteous.
(21LtMs, Lt 72, 1906, 16)
“Marvel not, my brethren, if the world hate you. We know that we have passed from death unto life, because we love the brethren. He that loveth not his brother abideth in death.” [1 John 3:1-14.]
(21LtMs, Lt 72, 1906, 17)
I beseech every one to walk and work in the fear of God. Satan is always seeking to bring poor souls who have lost their bearings to the settled determination that they will act as they please. We must stand where we reflect light. Let our ministers do their very best to work on the affirmative and make no thrusts upon any one. This is the right course to pursue.
(21LtMs, Lt 72, 1906, 18)
I do not see how men can resist the evidence they have had. God’s grace is great, and those who will press closer and closer to the side of Christ will not be overcome. We shall gain everything by drawing near to God and humbling ourselves before Him. As we do this, let us remember that we are heirs of God and joint heirs of Christ, that we are to be partakers of the divine nature.
(21LtMs, Lt 72, 1906, 19)
I say to all, Let not one unholy thought or feeling be cherished. The power of the grace of Christ is wonderful. When the enemy comes in like a flood, the Spirit of the Lord lifts up for the trusting believer a standard against the enemy. Pray, brethren and sisters, pray for your individual selves. The love and grace of Christ far surpass our finite conceptions. Plead as for your lives to be cleansed from everything that defileth. Put on Christ in deportment, and show an unselfish interest and kindness for the souls of all. We must catch the theme of redeeming love and press on to know the Lord, that in simplicity we may reveal His character. All around us souls are perishing. We must have a burden to save sinners.
(21LtMs, Lt 72, 1906, 20)
There are those in Battle Creek who can and must be helped to understand things correctly. Oh, talk it, pray it. We must have special help from the One who has light and help for us. God will help us to contemplate Christ in His divine fulness.
(21LtMs, Lt 72, 1906, 21)
Read the prayer of Christ recorded in the seventeenth chapter of John, and practice its teachings. Christ says:
(21LtMs, Lt 72, 1906, 22)
“Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which shall believe on Me through their word; that they all may be one; as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee, that they also may be one in Us; that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me. And the glory which Thou gavest Me I have given them; that they may be one, even as We are one; I in them, and Thou in Me, that they may be made perfect in one; and that the world may know that Thou hast sent Me, and hast loved them, as Thou hast loved Me.
(21LtMs, Lt 72, 1906, 23)
“Father, I will that they also, whom Thou hast given Me, be with Me where I am; that they may behold My glory, which Thou hast given Me; for Thou lovedst Me before the foundation of the world. O righteous Father, the world hath not known Thee; but I have known Thee, and these have known that Thou hast sent Me. And I have declared unto them Thy name, and will declare it; that the love wherewith Thou hast loved Me may be in them, and I in them.” [Verses 20-26.]
(21LtMs, Lt 72, 1906, 24)
We need simple faith and confidence in the promises of God. We need the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. Brother Farnsworth, have frequent gatherings for prayer; then your efforts to present the solid principles of faith and the need of building for time and eternity on a sure foundation will not be in vain.
(21LtMs, Lt 72, 1906, 25)
Night after night I am pleading with the believers in Battle Creek, reminding them of the words of the One who gave His life for them. In the visions of the night I am saying, “Those who think they have nothing to confess will seek to mislead you; but I beg of you to confess your sins. Individually seek the Lord, for fear that you will lose your souls. Cast your helpless souls upon Him, and He will receive you.”
(21LtMs, Lt 72, 1906, 26)
I am weighed down with the thought of the great lack that there is of a clear conception of truth—the truth that will hold us firm as a rock when the testing time shall come. To be obedient to all the commandments of God is the settled purpose of a sanctified mind, a mind that is intelligent regarding what saith the Scriptures. If we will individually plead with God, and not blind our eyes to our own defects of character, but humble our own hearts, seeking the Lord, and refusing to let go till He reveals Himself as a sin-pardoning Saviour, we shall receive the blessing for which we plead. Brethren and sisters, grasp the promise; believe, believe, confess your own sins, and no longer walk in darkness and doubt, but walk in the light. Christ is light, not darkness. Obey the truth; humble the proud heart. You must know for yourselves that Christ is formed within, the Hope of glory.
(21LtMs, Lt 72, 1906, 27)
Feed on the words of Bible truth. Touch not any foolish reading. We must know and understand the truth for this time. We must know that our feet are firmly planted on the platform of truth. Separate from every evil work. Know for yourselves where you stand. You may never have a better opportunity to become rooted and grounded and established in the faith.
(21LtMs, Lt 72, 1906, 28)
May the Lord help you to understand the science of truth. God has told us in His Word that perilous times are before us, and we must not allow ourselves to be led into any uncertain paths. Open the heart to the knock of Christ. He says, “Behold, I stand at the door, and knock; if any man hear My voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with Me.” [Revelation 3:20.]
(21LtMs, Lt 72, 1906, 29)
I know that perilous times are before us, and no peace and safety doctrines are to be presented by our ministers. The secret of the Lord is with them that fear Him, and He will show them His covenant. We need now to understand what the covenant of the Lord is.
(21LtMs, Lt 72, 1906, 30)
“My little children, these things I write unto you, that ye sin not. And if any man sin, we have an advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ the righteous; and He is the propitiation for our sins, and not for ours only, but also for the sins of the whole world. And hereby we do know that we know Him if we keep His commandments. He that saith, I know Him, and keepeth not His commandments, is a liar, and the truth is not in him. But whoso keepeth His word, in him verily is the love of God perfected; hereby know we that we are in Him.
(21LtMs, Lt 72, 1906, 31)
“He that saith he abideth in Him ought himself also so to walk, even as He walked. Brethren, I write no new commandment unto you, but an old commandment which ye had from the beginning. The old commandment is the word which ye have heard from the beginning. Again, a new commandment I write unto you, which thing is true in Him and in you; because the darkness is past, and the true light now shineth. He that saith he is in the light, and hateth his brother, is in darkness even until now. He that loveth his brother abideth in the light, and there is none occasion of stumbling in him. But he that hateth his brother is in darkness, and walketh in darkness, and knoweth not whither he goeth, because that darkness hath blinded his eyes.” [1 John 2:1-11.]
(21LtMs, Lt 72, 1906, 32)
My brethren and sisters, I am talking with you, praying with you, and weeping as if my heart would break; for I know that many souls will be lost unless they make diligent work for repentance. I am pleading with you to look diligently into your own cases, and put every wrong from you. I am telling you that it is a matter of life and death. It is represented to me that when humble confessions are made, the light that shines from the face of Jesus will be reflected upon the faces of those who are aroused and who with broken hearts confess their sins. The Lord calls upon you never, never to rest until you have cleared your souls from the defilement that has accumulated.
(21LtMs, Lt 72, 1906, 33)
“Little children, it is the last time, and as ye have heard that antichrist shall come, even now there are many antichrists; whereby we know that it is the last time. They went out from us, but they were not of us; for if they had been of us, they would no doubt have continued with us; but they went out, that they might be made manifest that they were not all of us. But ye have an unction from the Holy One, and ye know all things. I have not written unto you because ye know not the truth, but because ye know it, and that no lie is of the truth. Who is a liar, but he that denieth that Jesus is the Christ. He is antichrist, that denieth the Father and the Son. Whosoever denieth the Son, the same hath not the Father; but he that acknowledgeth the Son hath the Father also.
(21LtMs, Lt 72, 1906, 34)
“Let that therefore abide in you, which ye have heard from the beginning. If that which ye have heard from the beginning shall abide in you, ye also shall continue in the Son and in the Father. And this is the promise that He hath promised, even eternal life.
(21LtMs, Lt 72, 1906, 35)
“These things have I written unto you concerning them that seduce you. But the anointing which ye have received of Him abideth in you, and ye need not that any man teach you; but as the same anointing teacheth you of all things, and is truth, and is no lie, even as it hath taught you, ye shall abide in Him. And now, little children, abide in Him; that, when He shall appear, we may have confidence, and not be ashamed before Him at His coming. If ye know that He is righteous, ye know that every one that doeth righteousness is born of Him.” [Verses 18-29.]
(21LtMs, Lt 72, 1906, 36)
Lt 74, 1906
Jones, C. H. St. Helena, California January 28, 1906 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother Jones:
I have indeed felt sad to hear of your illness. In the night season I was standing by your side, with my hand upon your shoulder. I said, “Why are you here? You have no orders to resign your position. You may leave it for a change, but the Lord has not released you. If your health demands a change, take a change; and then, in the name of the Lord, return to your position. The Lord has not released you. But be sure to do all in your power to make everything right.”
(21LtMs, Lt 74, 1906, 1)
There has been need of a decided reform in the officers of the church. Would that all our church members would make a business of searching their own hearts; for the work of the past fifteen years needs to be carefully considered and the waste places repaired.
(21LtMs, Lt 74, 1906, 2)
There is much to do in seeking to encourage. We all need to have increased faith. We must make the Lord our entire trust. The Lord is not a man, that He should fail at any time.
(21LtMs, Lt 74, 1906, 3)
The Lord has not commissioned any soul to uproot you. In the name of the Lord, after you have done your best to clear your own soul, then trust in the Lord, and He will give you standing place for your feet. Come to Christ, the smitten Rock. He is the Rock that follows us. Souls that are anxious and troubled are invited to come to Him. Christ understands. He is as a river of water in a dry place. Drink of the water of life, and be refreshed.
(21LtMs, Lt 74, 1906, 4)
Christ was stricken, smitten of God, and afflicted. He bore the wrath of an offended God, that the veriest sinner might receive pardon. He will give that wisdom of which it is written, “Length of days is in her right hand; and in her left hand riches and honor. Her ways are ways of pleasantness, and all her paths are peace.” [Proverbs 3:16, 17.]
(21LtMs, Lt 74, 1906, 5)
I wish to say that you have come very near to the outline I had sketched out for you. I think that you are taking the correct view of the situation. I would consider that for you to work with your hands would be the best thing for you to do. You have the opportunity to do this right at your home.
(21LtMs, Lt 74, 1906, 6)
When we go to Southern California, we may see you. From the light that I have, our people should have a small printing press in Redlands or Loma Linda; and when the work of holding meetings begins, you could advise and counsel and engage in the work of printing some leaflets for the work that is to be taken up. The discourses given could be printed. The blessing of the Lord will attend the placing of these printed discourses in the hands of those who know not the reasons of our faith.
(21LtMs, Lt 74, 1906, 7)
When you look over the situation, I think you will see a large field to work in for at least one year, getting things started on right lines. You have come to hold a very sensible view of things, and you will renew your courage and accomplish a good work. There are cities near Loma Linda that have scarcely been touched. We could unite our forces to help in various lines, without your having to take the burden as you have done.
(21LtMs, Lt 74, 1906, 8)
And now I must close. I have before me a great deal that I should be glad to do. Be of good courage.
(21LtMs, Lt 74, 1906, 9)
Lt 76, 1906
Squires, George St. Helena, California February 22, 1906 Previously unpublished. + George E. Squires
Los Angeles, California My dear Brother:
In reply to your letter, I will state frankly that I have no light upon the purchasing or renting of so large an establishment. When I was last in Los Angeles, I had a testimony to bear regarding the necessity of carefully guarding every movement, lest the restaurant should be the means of employing those who should be engaged in other lines of work. I hope that no lines of work will be taken up that will bind our people up in commercial interests.
(21LtMs, Lt 76, 1906, 1)
I fear to have you take so large a concern on your hands. The ones now running it expect the worldly element to help them, and no doubt they do. And even if there could be carried on in the building to which you refer the work which it is supposed has been done in it in the past, where are the caretakers who could conduct so large an establishment. Where is the money to come from to purchase the furnishings?
(21LtMs, Lt 76, 1906, 2)
True, there is a great deal of work that needs to be done; but work such as that to which you refer requires capability, tact, financiering ability. And I am afraid of adding responsibility to responsibility in lines of work that will hold a large number bound in one place.
(21LtMs, Lt 76, 1906, 3)
While I wish we had the means to provide better advantages for the working of Los Angeles, yet I dare not take the least responsibility in this matter. Let us make every effort possible to put the institutions that we have in California in the best order that the work that is essential may be done. And let us pray earnestly for guidance. The Lord would not have any move made without His servants counselling together, that they may work intelligently. I am as anxious as any of you to make the best possible arrangements for reaching the people of Los Angeles, many of whom have not yet heard the truth. But the history of that large food factory, and many other things that were planned, which cost much perplexity, is not lost from my memory. And at the present time a large number of people are required to serve in the restaurant, but as yet we have seen little result, as far as soul-saving is concerned.
(21LtMs, Lt 76, 1906, 4)
We desire that the best thing possible shall be done to get the truth before the higher classes. At present we have important interests to sustain. The places near Loma Linda—Redlands, Riverside, and others—are to be worked.
(21LtMs, Lt 76, 1906, 5)
I do wish that we could have one half of the advantages that we need in order to carry on the work in new places. There are many cities as large as Los Angeles that must be worked. In every city there is much prejudice against the truth, and this is an objection to engaging in lines of work that would involve us in business connection with men of the world; for we might have more than we would desire to handle. The work in new places requires choice workmen who understand how to manage and how to save.
(21LtMs, Lt 76, 1906, 6)
I would say to you, Carry this matter to the Lord. Ask yourselves if you have managers to conduct the business upon whom you can depend as reliable men.
(21LtMs, Lt 76, 1906, 7)
In closing, I would say, May God answer our prayers and give us wisdom as to just how to move. He is our Counsellor; and if we will go to Him, and in faith, with the simplicity of little children, ask Him for guidance, we shall receive an answer to our prayers. If we show the faith that will take Him at His word, the Holy Spirit will certainly work for us, keeping us in the right path and preventing us from becoming so harassed with perplexities that we shall not know what to do, or from carrying so many burdens that we shall faint and drop out of the ranks. Let us watch and pray. What we need now is to use our limited means to the very best advantage, so that the most shall be accomplished for the advancement of the Lord’s cause.
(21LtMs, Lt 76, 1906, 8)
I will now leave this with you, and we will all ask the Lord for wisdom.
(21LtMs, Lt 76, 1906, 9)
Your sister as the Lord’s messenger.
(21LtMs, Lt 76, 1906, 10)
Lt 78, 1906
Haskell, Brother and Sister “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 25, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in SD 196; PM 225-226; 2SM 230-231. Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
We were glad to receive your letters. You may not be now at Armona, but I wish to write you a few words to tell you that I am still in as good health as when you were here. I suffer no pain. I am drawing from God strength and courage and hope, as I study the Word and see how gracious and merciful the Lord is to His erring children. When I think of His great goodness and mercy and love, unspeakable gratitude fills my soul. O what love, what wonderful love Christ manifested to save fallen humanity! And how few realize the great sacrifice made by the Prince of life, the Lord of glory, to furnish a home for those of the sinful and rebellious race who will turn to Him. It breaks my heart to think how few accept and appreciate the heavenly gift.
(21LtMs, Lt 78, 1906, 1)
Let us, my brother and sister, encourage a tender, appreciative love for our Saviour, who is willing to pardon and forgive all who repent. We are now in a time when we are to stand steadfast for the truth. We are to cherish love for souls, but never, never are we to surrender the least vital point of truth, for it is by maintaining truth, pure, unadulterated truth, that we can at this time bring honor and glory to Jesus Christ our Prince. The Word is the bread of life, and in the Word Christ’s disciples are represented as eating and drinking the flesh and the blood of Christ—making His Word a part of their lives. No lie is of the truth. Truth will stand the test in the time of false theories, if we hold fast the beginning of our confidence firm unto the end. All who are seeking for some new scientific sophistries will have the sorrow of finding that they have missed the way and that they are following the great deceiver who brought sin and suffering into the world.
(21LtMs, Lt 78, 1906, 2)
The Lord would have us bear in mind that the devil is not dead and that he is not asleep. Let us keep close to the Word of God. Let us exercise faith in God and keep close to the side of Christ in following His Word. The Lord will teach His people if they will be taught. We can stand where we can hear the instruction of Christ. We have a living God and a living Christ. Whole legions of devils are watching their opportunities to get hold of human minds; but if we keep close to the Word, we shall not be overcome. “Wherefore,” said Paul to Timothy, “I put thee in remembrance that thou stir up the gift of God, which is in thee by the putting on of hands. For God hath not given us the spirit of fear; but of power, and of love, and of a sound mind.” [2 Timothy 1:6, 7.]
(21LtMs, Lt 78, 1906, 3)
We need to have a living faith in Jesus Christ. We need to exercise faith, that when the enemy comes in like a flood, the Lord will lift up a standard against him. A heart true to God is often in prayer. Do not let one wave of discouragement come over you. We must give our thoughts to the contemplation of the character and the works of God, teaching Christ’s words. Be of good courage. Let your courage and your constant reliance upon Jesus Christ inspire in others belief and increased faith and hope.
(21LtMs, Lt 78, 1906, 4)
I wish to ask you to be sure and keep your articles in the Watchman constantly. Elder Butler’s articles are long; and unless he changes, he will kill the circulation of the Watchman. There should be short, spiritual articles in the Watchman. I shall write again to Elder Butler. I cannot give my consent to have one man’s signature to so many long articles. Brother Haskell, this order of things must change. But how shall we bring about a change? What can we do? I will write to Elder Butler and see if it will do any good. I will do my best. May the Lord give wisdom and sound judgment. There is need of deeper spirituality in the articles published in the Watchman, if the interest in the paper is to be kept up.
(21LtMs, Lt 78, 1906, 5)
We must have the converting power of God in our hearts and in our characters. May God help us to catch the Holy Spirit’s power. Jacob’s prayer, “I will not let Thee go except Thou bless me,” prevailed, and victory was gained. [Genesis 32:26, 28.]
(21LtMs, Lt 78, 1906, 6)
Brother and Sister Haskell, let us come to the Lord in full assurance of faith. Let us lay hold of the power of God, never to let go. If we will be persevering in faith, we shall see the salvation of God. Critical events and critical times are before us. But if we will walk humbly with God, He will exalt His own name before the apostate world and vindicate the honor of His cause.
(21LtMs, Lt 78, 1906, 7)
There is need for the light of truth to go forth as a lamp that burneth. We need victories every day, and if we will trust in just the source in which we are encouraged to trust, we will see the word of God fulfilled in a remarkable manner. Let us offer most earnest prayers to God, that the working of His grace may be seen. A fearful crisis is before us, but if we trust in God with all our hearts, He will not disappoint us.
(21LtMs, Lt 78, 1906, 8)
I urge you not to work above that which you are able to do. You should have less constant, taxing labor, that you may be able to keep yourself in a rested condition. You should take a sleep in the day time. You can then think more readily and your thoughts will be more clear and your words more convincing. And be sure to bring your whole being into connection with God. Accept the Holy Spirit for your spiritual illumination, and under its guidance follow on to know the Lord. Go forth where the Lord directs, doing what He commands. Wait on the Lord, and He will renew your strength. But it is not required of you or of me to be on a continual strain. We should surrender continually what He requires of us, and He will show us His covenant. “The secret of the Lord is with them that fear Him.” [Psalm 25:14.] We shall be instructed more deeply in the mystery of God the Father and of Jesus Christ. We shall have visions of the King in His beauty, and before us will be opened the rest that remaineth for the people of God. We will soon enter the city whose Builder and Maker is God—the city we have long talked of.
(21LtMs, Lt 78, 1906, 9)
In love.
(21LtMs, Lt 78, 1906, 10)
Lt 80, 1906
Wilcox, F. M. St. Helena, California February 15, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in TDG 54. Elder F. M. Wilcox
Boulder, Colorado My dear brother:
I have received and read your letter, and I wish to say to you, I have no advice to give you in regard to your leaving the sanitarium. I realize that the condition of things has been such that it would not take much urging to lead you to leave. But this is not the time for you to leave. Do not make too many changes at once. If Dr. Rand leaves, and another takes his place, we could not advise you to leave also.
(21LtMs, Lt 80, 1906, 1)
Hold the fort with the firmness and decision that should be revealed at the present time. Everything is to be shaken that can be shaken, that the things that cannot be shaken may remain. If the climate of Boulder agrees with you and your wife, and you can feel it to be the will of God that you remain, continue to carry on the work in connection with the sanitarium. Pray much, and guard every word and action.
(21LtMs, Lt 80, 1906, 2)
There is one thing upon which I am settled. It is not the duty of the Lord’s children to remain in an objectionable climate and be continually failing in health. Many of our brethren have done this and have lost their lives. When in a place where the atmosphere is filled with friction, when the work of a laborer is made exceeding hard by those who are continually counterworking his efforts and scheming to obtain advantage, then let the laborer go to some place where the atmosphere is more healthful spiritually and where he can have more hope of success.
(21LtMs, Lt 80, 1906, 3)
I could not advise you to leave the Boulder Sanitarium now. You have gained an experience in the institution and have a knowledge of what needs to be done. Were some one who had not this experience to take up your work, he would, unless he looked continually to the Lord, make some mistakes that would discourage him. “Wait on the Lord; be of good courage, and He shall strengthen thine heart; wait, I say, on the Lord.” [Psalm 27:14.] You understand the situation, and you know how to meet the issues that may arise because of circumstances, because you have already had to do this under trial.
(21LtMs, Lt 80, 1906, 4)
We must remember that in every place in which we work on the Lord’s side, we counterwork the efforts of satanic agencies. You have passed through trials; and you will have trials to meet to a greater or less degree, wherever you may be. Satan will watch every weak point of character and will strive for the mastery; but we cannot afford to lose our chance of gaining a victory for the Lord’s side. Constantly we encounter foes; and unless we are on guard, we shall lose precious opportunities of obtaining victories.
(21LtMs, Lt 80, 1906, 5)
Well, there is help for us in God. The result of every conflict in which we engage depends upon how we manage the matter. If we flee to the stronghold, we may run into it and be safe. By faith we can grasp a hand that will hold us as long as we hold fast. Everything depends upon Him who is invisible, and yet sure—a stronghold in time of trouble. We have a refuge and a present help in every time of need. Troubles we cannot avoid; but God is in every place. Let us hold fast the promise that His presence will be with us if we seek Him in simplicity and with the whole heart. Let not any of us despond. He careth for every soul of His blood-bought heritage. His lovingkindness changeth not. Let us accept the promise, “Ask, and it shall be given unto you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you.” [Matthew 7:7.]
(21LtMs, Lt 80, 1906, 6)
We might be much more rested in the conflict after it is over, if we did not depend upon what we can do ourselves, if we had strong faith in what the Lord Jesus will do for us.
(21LtMs, Lt 80, 1906, 7)
I feel deeply in earnest to set myself right, that not one soul may be, through me, led out of the straight and narrow path that Christ has cast up for us to walk in.
(21LtMs, Lt 80, 1906, 8)
We read in the record of Christ’s life on earth how the Saviour went about doing good, healing all manner of disease of mind and body, forgiving and comforting the erring when they repented, and lifting up the brokenhearted and despairing.
(21LtMs, Lt 80, 1906, 9)
Whatever temptations may come, never speak or act hastily in accordance with the natural temperament. Get words from the Mount, sanctified, Christlike words. By following Christ’s way and Christ’s teachings, get a fitting up to meet the adversary.
(21LtMs, Lt 80, 1906, 10)
We may rejoice in tribulation; for Jesus is our sympathizing friend. In His companionship we are perfectly safe; for He is touched with the feelings of our infirmities. O how gladly we should endure trials, when we know that He knows and that He is prepared to help us. He careth for you. Trust Him as a little child trusts his parents. Those who trust in Him instead of being weak and feeble are strong in His strength.
(21LtMs, Lt 80, 1906, 11)
The troubles of this present time are diversified in form, but Christ has passed over the ground, and we need not be in uncertainty. He has invited us, “Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.] The promise is, “I will be with him in trouble.” [Psalm 91:15.] O what a fortress and high tower He is for us.
(21LtMs, Lt 80, 1906, 12)
I have been passing through great sorrow because some among those who in my books have evidence that the Lord has used the feeble agent to express great and everlasting truths are turning from the living wells to hew out and drink at broken fountains. My soul is in agony night after night. I can sleep but a few hours; for the thought of those who are in false paths afflicts my soul.
(21LtMs, Lt 80, 1906, 13)
Lt 82, 1906
Capehart, Fannie Ashurst St. Helena, California February 28, 1906 This letter is published in entirety in DG 219-220, 274-275. + Mrs. Fannie Ashurst Capehart “Westmoreland”
Washington Heights, Washington, D.C. My dear sister:
I have just read your letter. I will not delay writing; for perhaps a few lines may relieve your mind.
(21LtMs, Lt 82, 1906, 1)
My husband died in Battle Creek in 1881. For a year I could not endure the thought that I was alone. My husband and I had stood side by side in our ministerial work, and for a year after his death I could not endure the thought that I was left alone, alone, to carry the responsibilities that in the past he and I had carried together. During the year, I did not recover, but came near dying. But I will not dwell upon this.
(21LtMs, Lt 82, 1906, 2)
While my husband was lying in his coffin, our good brethren came to me and urged that we pray that he be raised to life. I told them, No, no. While living, he had done the work that should have been shared by two or three men, and now he was at rest. Why call him back to life to endure again that through which he has passed. “Blessed are the dead which die in the Lord from henceforth; Yea, saith the Spirit, that they may rest from their labors; and their works do follow them.” [Revelation 14:13.]
(21LtMs, Lt 82, 1906, 3)
The year that followed my husband’s death was filled with suffering for me. I did not think I could live, I became so weak. The idea came to members of my family that there would be a spark of hope for me if I could be induced to attend the camp-meeting in Healdsburg. This meeting was to be held in a grove about half a mile from my home in Healdsburg. They hoped that on the camp-ground God would reveal to me distinctly that I was to live. There was at the time no color in my face, but a deadly paleness. They took me to the camp-ground one Sunday in an easy carriage. That day the large tent was full. It seemed as if nearly all Healdsburg was present.
(21LtMs, Lt 82, 1906, 4)
A lounge was placed on the broad platform that served as a pulpit, and on it I was made as comfortable as possible. During the meeting, I said to my son, W. C. White, “Will you help me up and assist me to stand on my feet while I say a few words?” He said that he would, and I got up. For five minutes I stood there, trying to speak, and thinking that it was the last speech I should ever make—my farewell message.
(21LtMs, Lt 82, 1906, 5)
All at once I felt a power come upon me, like a shock of electricity. It passed through my body and up to my head. The people said that they plainly saw the blood mounting to my lips, my ears, my cheeks, my forehead. Before that large number of people I was healed, and the praise of God was in my heart and came from my lips in clear tones. A miracle was wrought before that large congregation.
(21LtMs, Lt 82, 1906, 6)
I then took my place among the speakers and before the congregation bore a testimony such as they had never before heard. It was as if one had been raised from the dead. That whole year had been one of preparation for this change. And this sign the people in Healdsburg were to have as a witness for the truth.
(21LtMs, Lt 82, 1906, 7)
My husband died in 1881. Since that time I have done more work than in all my life before in carrying responsibilities and in writing and publishing books. When my husband was dying, I promised him that with the help of my two sons I would carry on the work that he and I had done unitedly, if the Lord would be pleased to give me strength. I have not studied my ease. I have refused to fail or become discouraged. And I have not been told in words that I shall see my husband in the City of God. I hope that I should not need the evidence of words to give me this assurance. I have the evidence of the word of God that my husband loved the truth and kept the faith. And I have the assurance that if I follow on trustingly, faithfully, doing God’s will as a faithful messenger, my husband and I will be reunited in the kingdom of God. I have not one particle of doubt regarding my husband’s preparedness to lay off the armor.
(21LtMs, Lt 82, 1906, 8)
The year before my husband’s death was the most trying one I ever experienced. But since the life-giving power came to me as I stood in the large tent at the Healdsburg camp-meeting, I have felt in a special sense that the Lord spared my life that I might bear a definite message and that the angels of God are by my side. Were it not for the evidence that the Lord is my helper, I could not work as I do. While He spares my life, I shall faithfully discharge my duty. I am not doing my work, but the work of the Lord.
(21LtMs, Lt 82, 1906, 9)
Now, my sister, we have a right to take the Lord at His word. I have never asked God to reveal to me whether I should be saved, or whether my husband will be saved. I believe that if I live in obedience to all the commandments of God, and do not become discouraged, but walk in the light as Christ is in the light, I shall at last meet my Saviour and see His face. For this I am striving. I will not trust in man or make flesh my arm. I have the promise that if I am faithful in bearing the messages God gives me, I shall receive the crown of life. My gaining this crown depends on my believing the message of truth and holding by faith the promise of God that I shall have His grace to sustain me in discharging the duties He requires of me. If I discharge faithfully my duty, what others choose to do will not be charged to my account because I did not warn them.
(21LtMs, Lt 82, 1906, 10)
My sister, no longer show any distrust of our Lord Jesus Christ. Go forward in faith, believing you will meet your husband in the kingdom of God. Do your very best to prepare the living to become members of the royal family and children of the heavenly King. This is our work now; this is your work. Do it faithfully, and believe that you will meet your husband in the City of God. Do what you can to help others to be cheerful. Uplift souls. Lead them to accept Christ. Never torture your soul as you have been doing, but be humble, true, faithful, and you have the word of God that you will meet when the warfare is ended. Be of good cheer.
(21LtMs, Lt 82, 1906, 11)
Lt 84, 1906
Farnsworth, Brother and Sister [E. W.] St. Helena, California February 17, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in TDG 56. + Dear Brother and Sister Farnsworth:
I have received a good letter from Sister Farnsworth. I was glad to get it. But there is continual sadness on my soul. I am still praying for Dr. Kellogg and for you all in Battle Creek. I hope that you, Brother and Sister Farnsworth, will communicate with the nurses and the students. Do not make a drive on Dr. Kellogg. It will do only harm.
(21LtMs, Lt 84, 1906, 1)
I have received excellent letters from Elder Taylor, but I have not answered them yet; for I have had all I could possibly do to prepare the matter that is essential for the whole student body and for the church. We will not now make direct appeals to individuals, calling them by name, but will appeal to the whole church. Let us make a business of offering to God most earnest prayer and then rely firmly upon God.
(21LtMs, Lt 84, 1906, 2)
We should get a clear statement of facts from those with whom the Doctor and others have been at work to undermine their confidence in the Bible, and the message, and the testimonies. Let those who are troubled now place the reasons of their difficulty upon paper, and let us see if we cannot give them some light to relieve their minds. The time has come for the leaders to state to us the perplexities of which they have spoken to the nurses and to their associate physicians. Let us now have their reasons for talking with the students in a way that would disturb their faith in the messages that God sends to His people. Let it all be written out.
(21LtMs, Lt 84, 1906, 3)
If statements have been made that there are contradictions in the testimonies, should I not be acquainted with the charges and accusations? Should I not know the reason of their sowing tares of unbelief? I shall now make a special request for them to do this, for it is my right to know the reason for their positions. Then I can state what the truth is regarding the matter. I shall now ask them to write out upon paper the jots and tittles they have been gathering up and send them to me, that I may have opportunity to answer for myself.
(21LtMs, Lt 84, 1906, 4)
I am praying for you all and praying for our youth. It is time that we understand who is on the Lord’s side. It is the Lord who has given the testimonies. There must be in Battle Creek teachers and ministers who have stood firm to all the principles that have made us what we are—Seventh-day Adventists. We must be careful about giving advice that would lead our youth to scatter out and indiscriminately enter worldly schools, there to associate with worldly influences and the results be charged to us. Our brethren must have clear, well-defined plans to work upon and not lay themselves open to the charge that they uproot before they are prepared to replant.
(21LtMs, Lt 84, 1906, 5)
Brother Farnsworth, preach the truth, and have your discourses reported. Preach the Bible truth that we have held for the past fifty years. Urge your hearers to heed the words given by the heavenly messenger, “And unto the angel of the church in Sardis write: These things saith He that hath the seven Spirits of God, and the seven stars: I know thy works, that thou hast a name that thou livest, and art dead.” But there is still hope. “Be watchful, and strengthen the things which remain, that are ready to die; for I have not found thy works perfect before God. Remember therefore how thou hast received, and heard, and hold fast, and repent. If therefore thou shalt not watch, I will come on thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee.” [Revelation 3:1-3.] Read the third chapter of Revelation. There are many in the world today to whom these words are applicable.
(21LtMs, Lt 84, 1906, 6)
There is a class who need to look well to the course of action they are pursuing and to do the diligent work that is essential. “Because thou sayest, I am rich, and increased with goods, and have need of nothing; and knowest not that thou art wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked; I counsel thee to buy of Me gold tried in the fire, that thou mayest be rich, and white raiment, that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thine eyes with eyesalve, that thou mayest see. As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten; be zealous therefore, and repent. Behold, I stand at the door, and knock; if any man hear My voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with Me. To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with Me in My throne, even as I also overcame, and am set down with My Father in His throne.” [Verses 17-21.]
(21LtMs, Lt 84, 1906, 7)
We have difficult problems to solve, and we must move guardedly. The ones who proposed that the Battle Creek College should be reopened in Battle Creek made a grave mistake. I have been shown this from the first. The result of this movement will be better understood when the judgment shall sit and the books shall be opened, and they shall see the consequence of their ill-advised move. But we must not act rashly in any wise. As long as there is a necessity for the proclamation of the truth for this time, God will help us. Let those in Battle Creek hear all they possibly can of the message from the messengers of God, and then as wise builders let them build their house upon the Rock. Let them not build upon sinking sand, for the tempest that is coming will wash away the foundation, and the building will fall.
(21LtMs, Lt 84, 1906, 8)
We say to every soul, Study your Bible, as you have never studied it before. Let our ministers be careful that the advice they give the students is of the right order. Let the affirmative of truth come forth from human lips, under the dictation of the Holy Spirit. I beg of all to watch and pray, lest you enter into temptation.
(21LtMs, Lt 84, 1906, 9)
The work going on in the world means much to us all. It is now as it was when the message was given in Noah’s day, and the invitation went forth for all who would to enter the ark. We know not how soon the last message of warning may be given and our cases fixed for eternity. But the Lord is gracious, and He presents the invitation, “Come, for all things are now ready.” [Luke 14:17.] There was hope for all the inhabitants of the Noachic world to enter the ark before the door was closed. After it was closed, those who entered were severely tried; for they were in the ark a full week before the rain came. O what fearful scoffing and mocking and defiance of God there was by those who had refused to enter! But after the week was ended, the rain began to fall gently. This was a new thing. The rain continued until every living thing was destroyed from the face of the earth. But one family—the family that entered the ark—was saved.
(21LtMs, Lt 84, 1906, 10)
We need now to be prepared for the closing scenes of this earth’s history. Let all search their own hearts diligently and be converted, that their sins may be pardoned. The world is becoming more and more decidedly opposed to God and to the truth of God. All who will do the will of God will be successful in obtaining knowledge, and their experience will be valuable. We must now prepare to do a great work in a short time. We must have an individual experience, and if we will come to the Lord in humility, He will be found of us, and He will work with us, and His salvation will be revealed.
(21LtMs, Lt 84, 1906, 11)
Day and night I have been sending my prayers up to the Lord. I think I have seldom carried such heavy burdens as since my return from Australia. I have been weighed down as I have thought of the situation of those who have had such great light, and yet have gone steadily on step by step in rejection of light. Especially was this the case at the General Conference held in Oakland and at the Union Conference in Berrien Springs. The burdens that I carried night after night during these meetings were almost more than human nature could bear. And those who on these occasions resisted light will, it may be, never again see their path clear. That is my burden now. I long to see the unbelief break. I long to see Satan defeated and expelled, but this is not now. I am holding on by the gift of faith.
(21LtMs, Lt 84, 1906, 12)
Lt 86, 1906
Butler, G. I. St. Helena, California March 8, 1906 This letter is published in entirety in 3SM 71-72 with TDG 76 and 10MR 343-344. + Elder George I. Butler My dear brother:
I have written a long letter to you, and to our people in Nashville and Graysville, and to all the churches in the South. I am greatly burdened because of the disunion coming in among our people. Even the words of warning that the Lord has given to poor souls to save them are made a cause of contention. Why will they not receive them and work to the point of becoming one in Christ Jesus? Why will they not cease fighting against God and despising the messages He has sent?
(21LtMs, Lt 86, 1906, 1)
I feel deeply over these things by day and by night. During the past night I could not sleep after eleven o’clock. I have an intense interest that this testimony shall be received; for it belongs to all our people. You are well acquainted with my work. Before you were converted you believed the messages sent by God. You accepted the evidences that the Lord Jesus had selected me to do a special work and had entrusted me with communications for His people. You saw that the Lord had made a frail instrument a channel for the communication of light to His people, who were in need of reproof and instruction in righteousness.
(21LtMs, Lt 86, 1906, 2)
For half a century I have been the Lord’s messenger, and as long as my life shall last I shall continue to bear the messages that God gives me for His people. I take no glory to myself. In my youth the Lord made me His messenger, to communicate to His people testimonies of encouragement, warning, and reproof. For sixty years I have been in communication with heavenly messengers, and I have been constantly learning in reference to divine things, and in reference to the way in which God is constantly working to bring souls from the error of their ways to the light in God’s light.
(21LtMs, Lt 86, 1906, 3)
Many souls have been helped because they have believed that the messages given me were sent in mercy to the erring. When I have seen those who needed a different phase of Christian experience, I have told them so, for their present and eternal good. And so long as the Lord spares my life, I will do my work faithfully, whether or not men and women shall hear and receive and obey. My work is clearly given me to do, and I shall receive grace in being obedient.
(21LtMs, Lt 86, 1906, 4)
I love God. I love Jesus Christ, the Son of God, and I feel an intense interest in every soul who claims to be a child of God. I am determined to be a faithful steward so long as the Lord shall spare my life. I will not fail nor be discouraged.
(21LtMs, Lt 86, 1906, 5)
But for months my soul has been passing through intense agony on account of those who have received the sophistries of Satan and are communicating the same to others, making every conceivable interpretation in various ways to destroy confidence in the gospel messages for this last generation, and in the special work which God has given me to do. I know that the Lord has given me this work, and I have no excuse to make for what I have done. In my experience I am constantly receiving evidence of the sustaining, miracle-working power of God upon my body and my soul, which I have dedicated to the Lord. I am not my own; I have been bought with a price. And I have such assurance of the Lord’s working in my behalf that I must acknowledge His abundant grace. I love the Lord; I love my Saviour, and my life is wholly in the hands of God. As long as He sustains me, I shall bear a decided testimony.
(21LtMs, Lt 86, 1906, 6)
Why should I complain? So many times has the Lord raised me up from sickness, so wonderfully has He sustained me, that I can never doubt. I have so many unmistakable evidences of His special blessings, that I could not possibly doubt. He gives me freedom to speak His truth before large numbers of people. Not only when I am standing before large congregations is special help bestowed upon me, but when I am using my pen, wonderful representations are given me of past, present, and future.
(21LtMs, Lt 86, 1906, 7)
Elder Butler, how can I express the thought of the strength that my faith has gained from the experience of trusting the Lord and in venturing to do that which He has bidden me to do in writing and in standing before audiences large and small? These occasions are my witnesses that Christ is helping me. I endeavor at all times to speak in the simplicity that Christ gives me; and when on my feet before a congregation, I know beyond a question that Christ is revealed to me with such marked distinctness that there is no more excuse for doubt and fearfulness than if He stood revealed before the whole congregation. Truly I can say, “I know in whom I have believed.” [2 Timothy 1:12.]
(21LtMs, Lt 86, 1906, 8)
I feel so sorry for those who are being misled in their Christian experience, because they do not need to be. God is true. He says, “My grace is sufficient.” [2 Corinthians 12:9.] God is faithful who will not suffer any soul to be tempted above that he is able. God weighs every trial before He permits it to be allotted. He knows every circumstance, and He will give the light essential to resist temptation, unless the one tempted refuses to discern the truth because he does not wish to know. Then God leaves him to his own choice. If he chooses the darkness, he will have it. Every time he yields to Satan’s dictation, in order to maintain his own objectionable dignity, he is placed where he does not choose to know and to understand the truth. It is not God’s way that he wants, but his own way; for God’s way would not glorify self.
(21LtMs, Lt 86, 1906, 9)
Lt 88, 1906
Butler, G. I. St. Helena, California March 9, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in RY 123-124; 3BC 1141. + Elder George I. Butler My dear brother:
We shall have trials. But I am instructed to say to you and to others, that laborers often bring upon themselves greater taxation than is required. The counsel given is, Cut the discourses short. Were a long discourse divided, and only one half given, [it] would be better retained in the minds of the hearers than the whole of a long discourse. This counsel belongs to me as well as to you. Except when I have a special message to bear, I am determined to speak briefly because it is best. I am growing old, but I do not feel the weight of years. I have always been afflicted, ever since I was nine years old. And at seventy-eight I suffer less pain than I suffered in my earlier years. But I am now determined to take care of my strength, and I shall not weary others by long talking. I want you, as one of the old hands and the experienced workers, to live to be able to bear your testimony, as did John.
(21LtMs, Lt 88, 1906, 1)
We are personally under the training of God. Let us trust in God; for we need His help constantly. You do too much talking at one time, and so do I. It is not best to put this extra strain upon ourselves that is unnecessary. We need to hold more testimony meetings. Please consider the words I bear to you. Save your strength. I am afraid for so old a man to bear such heavy burdens. We do want you to have a clear testimony to bear just at this period of the earth’s history. We want you to have a clear mind, that you may counsel together with those of like precious faith.
(21LtMs, Lt 88, 1906, 2)
Let us do our best to bring about unity. I am in a position where I cannot change the past experience if I would. For the Lord has led me and has given me such evidence of His power in every advance movement of our work that I have assurance, made doubly sure, as [to] every position we now hold as truth. We cannot distrust such manifestations of the Lord’s power in defining what is truth. I am charged that we are to hold the beginning of our confidence firm unto the end. We now need clearly to define what is truth, and let not the enemy steal a march on us.
(21LtMs, Lt 88, 1906, 3)
We know, and Elder Haskell and Elder Loughborough know also, of the earlier history of this work. There are a few now alive who passed through the experience of 1843 and 1844. Let us be careful of our lifepower. Do not work too hard. I am glad that your sister and nephews are to be in Nashville. May the Lord help and strengthen you all.
(21LtMs, Lt 88, 1906, 4)
Elder Haskell and his wife have done a good work. They would be glad to be with you. Sister Wilson has been faithful and true in her line of work. The students that were being educated in the Nashville Bible School have done a good work, a work that should be done. It is best to give instruction, line upon line, precept upon precept.
(21LtMs, Lt 88, 1906, 5)
There are at Graysville those who need an earnest experience in soul-saving. This is the very experience that families need now. Tell those in Graysville to agonize with God in prayer, to say, “I will not let Thee go except Thou bless me.” [Genesis 32:26.] All who will carry the burden of souls will have a deep and living experience. Hunt for souls; fish for souls. Every family should have experience in this work.
(21LtMs, Lt 88, 1906, 6)
Read carefully Matthew 18:15-17. Here is God’s rule laid down clearly. Will we obey it? It means much to live the Christian life in the home church, in the family. Brother Butler, let us urge greater spirituality. Let us pray that the converting power of God will come to the home workers. Tell our people to study the eighteenth chapter of Matthew.
(21LtMs, Lt 88, 1906, 7)
Let us strive to walk in the light as Christ is in the light. The Lord turned the captivity of Job when he prayed, not only for himself, but for those who were opposing him. When he felt earnestly desirous that the souls that had trespassed against him might be helped, he himself received help. Let us pray, not only for ourselves, but for those who have hurt us and are continuing to hurt us. Pray, pray, especially in your mind. Give not the Lord rest; for His ears are open to hear sincere, importunate prayers, when the soul is humbled before Him.
(21LtMs, Lt 88, 1906, 8)
“Then came Peter to Him, and said, Lord, how oft shall my brother sin against me, and I forgive him? till seven times? Jesus saith unto him, I say unto thee, Not until seven times only; but, Until seventy times seven.” [Verses 21, 22.] There is forgiveness with God. Try to lead the sinner to remove personal wrongs, because he is to receive an education to prepare the faulty character to overcome through pursuing a right course. We must urge upon wrongdoers to become like Christ in this world, if they would have a welcome in that world that will not tolerate a sinner. Let us urge upon wrongdoers that God multiplies His pardons.
(21LtMs, Lt 88, 1906, 9)
I must close this letter at once, else it will not get into the next mail. Let us work to the front, and we shall see the salvation of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 88, 1906, 10)
Lt 90, 1906
Brethren Assembled in Council at Graysville, Tennessee St. Helena, California March 6, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in 3SM 122; TDG 74; 7BC 931; 7MR 192-193. To the brethren assembled in council at Graysville, Tennessee Dear Fellow Laborers:
I would say to you, Confess your sins, and cleanse the soul-temple from all selfishness. When the heart is emptied of self-importance, the door will be opened to Christ, because you will recognize His knock. But unless you clear away the rubbish that keeps the Lord Jesus out, He cannot possibly enter; for He forces no entrance.
(21LtMs, Lt 90, 1906, 1)
In the visions of the night I have been bearing a decided testimony that the Lord Jesus will be found of all who will seek Him with the whole heart and lay hold of Him by faith. I was addressing you with intensity of earnestness. Answer the prayer of Christ for unity, and put away the suspicions with which Satan has been trying to lead you astray. Dismiss the enemy, and then the Spirit of the Lord will lift up for you a standard against the enemy.
(21LtMs, Lt 90, 1906, 2)
Those who link up with the world, denying the faith, and refusing to be the denominated people of the Lord’s choosing, showing by their actions that they believe that there should be no special distinction between believers and unbelievers, will surely be left to the result of their choice. There are those who, though knowing the truth that has brought us out from the world as Seventh-day Adventists, have denied the faith.
(21LtMs, Lt 90, 1906, 3)
The prosperity of the soul depends upon Christ’s atoning sacrifice. He came to this world to obtain forgiveness in our behalf. Our first work is to strive most earnestly for spiritual blessings, in order that we may be kept loyal and true amidst the perils of these last days—kept from yielding one inch to Satan’s devices. It is the duty of every one to make straight paths for his feet, lest the lame be turned out of the way. We have no time to lose. The prosperity of the soul depends upon the oneness that Christ prayed might exist among those who believe in Him. They are to be one with Him as He is one with the Father. Drawing apart from one another is not God’s plan, but the plan of the artful foe.
(21LtMs, Lt 90, 1906, 4)
We are to beware of those who are denying their past experience and who, through specious devising, would if possible deceive the very elect. He who is our Advocate in the heavenly courts is acquainted with every particular of the deceptive wiles of those who are doing this work. Those who are departing from the faith are at work to undermine the confidence of others, and they have been thus at work for years. Our warnings come from the One who is interested in us, because He sees our dangers and is acquainted with the conniving of those who are opposed to His truth. Satan has not yet given up the idea that the world’s armies will be so large that they will be able to overcome the heavenly host. But Christ is watching. He knows all about our burdens, our dangers, and our difficulties; and He fills His mouth with arguments in our behalf. He fits His intercessions to the needs of each soul, as He did in the case of Peter. Peter himself had not the clear perception necessary to an understanding of his danger. Christ said to him, “Behold, Satan hath desired to have you, that he may sift you as wheat; but I have prayed for thee, that thy faith fail not.” [Luke 22:31, 32.] Our Advocate fills His mouth with arguments to teach His tried, tempted ones to brace against Satan’s temptations. He interprets every movement of the enemy. He orders events. He sends messages to His people, especially to those in leading positions; and He teaches us how to pray with fervency and hold fast with importunity. He would have every soul come to Him with their trials, and not open these trials to men who are sorely tempted and whose lips will be filled with arguments against the ways and methods of the Lord. Those whose ears are opened to hear these arguments will feel aggrieved and will enter into temptation.
(21LtMs, Lt 90, 1906, 5)
“Ye are My friends,” Christ said, “if ye do whatsoever I command you.” [John 15:14.] Why do we not practice the truth as Christ practiced it? I am instructed to say that a decided change is to be made in the spirit and the example of Christ’s professed followers, before they can understand what Christ is to them, and what all who claim to believe the truth may be if they glorify God. We must have the faith that works manifestly by love and purifies the soul; then there will be seen in the practice such love and tenderness that the Lord Jesus will be glorified in every church and in every sanitarium and school. But a decided work needs to be done before the work carried on in our sanitariums will be effectual in the conversion of the sick and afflicted, before Christ can be revealed in the simplicity of true godliness. Christ does not recognize a people who entertain the idea that their capabilities are a perfect whole and that they must have the first and highest place. The inwardness of the motives that prompt such a sentiment needs to be understood in the light of the Word of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 90, 1906, 6)
My brethren, be not turned away from the truth by the sophistries of Satan. I am charged to bear the testimony that some are being deceived through the devising of Satan and are departing from the faith. One jot of our faith yielded through the wily presentation of the foe opens the way for departure from another principle of Bible truth. We have established truth, which is not to be changed by the presentations of medical men, even though these men may have been greatly honored of God, or by the presentations of ministers, even though these ministers may long have preached the truth. Not one pin or pillar is to be removed. Those who make efforts to sustain the men, ministers or physicians, who have been reproved by the testimonies that the Lord has been giving, are laying themselves under the rebuke of God, as did Peter, who, having unlimited confidence in himself, became subject to Satan’s temptations, until he grew desperate, and with cursing and swearing denied his Lord, saying, “I know not the man.” [Matthew 26:74.]
(21LtMs, Lt 90, 1906, 7)
We are compassed with Satan’s fiery temptations. Those to whom come testimonies of reproof will be tempted to make false representations against the one who tells them of their error. The straying ones, giving heed to seducing spirits, will have the sympathy and sustaining influence of those who know not God, those who have forfeited their allegiance to God and stand in rebellion against the truth.
(21LtMs, Lt 90, 1906, 8)
There ever have been false teachers who refuse to become acquainted with the facts. These put into the minds of others ideas that encourage unbelief; they take the place of teachers when they need that one teach them; for they confuse minds with sophistries and falsehoods, and thus lead others into wrong paths.
(21LtMs, Lt 90, 1906, 9)
When men have advanced so far in the wrong way that they no longer believe in Christ as the atoning sacrifice, they are receiving the lying, seducing sentiments of Satan; and had they not been arrested in their course, they would have wrought fearful harm to souls. I am to do all possible to save the flock of God. I am to obey the word, “Cry aloud, spare not; lift up thy voice like a trumpet, and show My people their transgressions, and the house of Jacob their sins.”“Yet they seek Me daily,” God says, “as a people that did righteousness, and forsook not the ordinances of their God.” [Isaiah 58:1, 2.]
(21LtMs, Lt 90, 1906, 10)
The way is to be prepared by a work that ministers and doctors and others in responsible positions as teachers can do. Let this work be done in earnest, and may the Lord enlighten blind minds, and open the understanding, leading men to see that they are standing in their own way, hedging up with all sorts of rubbish the way that should be made clear.
(21LtMs, Lt 90, 1906, 11)
How many have read carefully Patriarchs and Prophets, Great Controversy, and Desire of Ages? I wish all to understand that my confidence in the light that God has given stands firm, because I know that the Holy Spirit’s power magnified the truth and made it honorable, saying, “This is the way; walk ye in it.” [Isaiah 30:21.] In my books, the truth is stated, barricaded by a “Thus saith the Lord.” The Holy Spirit traced these truths upon my heart and mind as indelibly as the law was traced by the finger of God upon the tables of stone, which are now in the ark, to be brought forth in that great day when sentence will be pronounced against every evil, seducing science produced by the father of lies.
(21LtMs, Lt 90, 1906, 12)
Ministers and doctors may depart from the faith, as the Word declares they will, and as the messages that God has given His servant declare they will. Thus believers will be given evidence that the Word of God, the warnings He has given, are being fulfilled right among us. Some may make light of these messages, misinterpret them, and say untruthful things, which lead other minds astray. Our only hope is in the God of truth. Our Mediator understands every phase of the matter. The more plainly the testing truth is brought before the people, the more bitter will be the hatred manifested by those who have departed from the faith and given their attention to sentiments of Satan’s presentation. Those who stand in defense of wrongs that have been transacted will, unless they repent and are converted, become more and more bewildered, until the word comes, “They are joined to their idols; let them alone.” [See Hosea 4:17.] He who is our Intercessor in the heavenly courts will purify His people. Christ will perfect His saints. He is praying, “Father, confirm Thy tried and tempted ones.”
(21LtMs, Lt 90, 1906, 13)
Lt 92, 1906
Officers of the Southern Union Conference St. Helena, California March 5, 1906 This letter is published in entirety in SpM 387. To the Officers of the Southern Union Conference Dear Brethren:
I wish to write a few words to you to accompany an article [Ms 102, 1905] explaining why I am hoping that the Nashville Sanitarium shall be placed on the Madison School farm. If the school and the sanitarium will blend in their influence, this will prove to be a great advantage to both institutions. There are troublous times before us, and for years the plan of having a school and a sanitarium placed so that they can work in connection with each other has been presented to me as the Lord’s plan.
(21LtMs, Lt 92, 1906, 1)
I have been instructed that our young physicians and teachers are in danger of becoming very set in carrying out their own plans and ideas, independent of the plans and views of their brethren. The Lord would have us all be subject to one another and harmonize as Christian workers. This is the lesson that Dr. Hayward and his wife should seek to learn. They must work as true medical missionaries here below if they would be prepared for the heavenly school in the mansions above.
(21LtMs, Lt 92, 1906, 2)
God’s family on the earth have many lessons to learn in order to answer the prayer of Christ—His last prayer with His disciples before His humiliation. The seventeenth chapter of John, which contains this prayer, comprehends more than any other chapter in the New Testament.
(21LtMs, Lt 92, 1906, 3)
Let every soul that shall assemble at Graysville, pray, “Lord, help me not to be self-centered, because no such thing can exist in heaven. Help me in this life to sanctify myself wholly to Thy service. Help me to apply to myself the instruction given in Christ’s prayer.”
(21LtMs, Lt 92, 1906, 4)
Lt 94, 1906
MacPherson, Addie Walling St. Helena, California March 1, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in PC 211-213. + My dear niece Addie:
I have received your excellent letter. Thank you for it. A few days since, I received a letter from May. Before getting this letter, I had not known where to send a letter to her, but now, having heard from her, we know where to address her. At present she is in Denver with her brother Fred. In her letter she gave a very brief account of her visit to Washington, D.C., and of the few weeks she spent in Nashville, Tennessee. She will come to us after spending a week or two longer with her brother.
(21LtMs, Lt 94, 1906, 1)
I am quite sure that it will be best for May to go to Loma Linda. I think she will be appreciated there. She can work in some line as a teacher, helping to educate those giving treatment.
(21LtMs, Lt 94, 1906, 2)
Willie will be here tomorrow, Friday, on the next train from Mountain View. Since leaving home, he has taken a long journey and has spoken many times. On some occasions he has spoken three times daily, besides attending council meetings. We shall be pleased to see him again.
(21LtMs, Lt 94, 1906, 3)
March 2
I had a hard night, not of pain, but of burden of soul. We expect Willie this morning at eleven o’clock. I feared that in a few days we should be called to Southern California to attend the dedication services of the Loma Linda and Paradise Valley Sanitariums. But we learn that the brethren have decided to hold these services later in the season, when the weather will permit out-of-door services. Loma Linda has a large, beautiful lawn, which is encircled with pepper trees; and on it there are comfortable benches. I once spoke on this lawn to quite an audience, a number not of our faith being present. But the tops of the pepper trees met over the stand, and the odor of these trees, which I thought would be most beneficial to me, was too strong. I find that we must live to learn.
(21LtMs, Lt 94, 1906, 4)
I wish that both you and your husband could be connected with this sanitarium. You should be where you can use your knowledge in educating. I shall soon need a bookkeeper. I need all the talent you possess, and I think your husband could be employed to good advantage in his line of work. Why should we be kept so far apart? Think of this. There are lines of work in which your husband could engage, and both of you being in the faith, you could put your talents to use as intelligent workers. I shall see what presents itself.
(21LtMs, Lt 94, 1906, 5)
Soon we shall begin evangelistic work in Redlands, a town about four miles from Loma Linda. Elder Haskell and his wife have come from the East to help us start this work. They spent a month with us here and then visited Sister Haskell’s sister at Armona. They are now at Loma Linda.
(21LtMs, Lt 94, 1906, 6)
During the months of September, October, and November, the weather was nearly perfect. I have had a fire only a few times during these months. Last month we had two weeks of rain, which was very much needed. The rain fell gently, and there was but little wind. I have never seen so mild a winter. Last week it rained, but now the weather is pleasant again.
(21LtMs, Lt 94, 1906, 7)
A few miles from Redlands there are cities that have never been worked. Riverside is eight miles from Loma Linda. We have treatment rooms there. They are not extensive, but are large enough to accommodate the people of that city. While we were in Redlands last year, we drove to Riverside, a distance of eleven miles, and I spoke in our church there. At this place our people have a very nice meetinghouse. We drove over in order to see the country. We passed through acres of orange groves. It was a beautiful and interesting sight; for the trees were loaded with fruit. I never saw anything like it before. We returned to Redlands on the train, and again we passed through miles of orange land, the trees laden with their beautiful, golden fruit. We saw also large groves of grapefruit and lemon trees.
(21LtMs, Lt 94, 1906, 8)
Our future effort must be to reach the people of these cities with the truth. At Fernando, a town about twenty miles from Los Angeles, we have a school. Two or three years ago the brethren wrote me that at Fernando they had found for sale at a very low price a property admirably adapted for school purposes. There were two buildings—a fine brick structure two stories high, with a large attic, and a wooden dormitory. The brethren asked me whether I would advise the purchase of this property. I immediately responded, “Purchase it by all means; let there be no delay.”
(21LtMs, Lt 94, 1906, 9)
This property was obtained for eleven thousand dollars. When the school at Fernando opened, I was requested to give the opening talk. I had great freedom in speaking. The Lord has blessed this school. The Bible classes are conducted by Elder Owen, who is an excellent Bible instructor. This school is not far from Loma Linda and Redlands. President Roosevelt, on a journey through Southern California, when he first got a view of the city of Redlands and its surroundings, took off his hat, and said, “This is glorious. I never imagined such a sight.” The scenery is indeed charming.
(21LtMs, Lt 94, 1906, 10)
In Redlands we have a splendid opening for work. Some time ago Elder Simpson held a series of tent-meetings here, and a company of believers was raised up. They built a small but very neat house of worship, and in this church I spoke when I was in Redlands a year ago.
(21LtMs, Lt 94, 1906, 11)
It was in the providence of God that we obtained possession of Loma Linda. This property comprises one large building, five cottages, and sixty-seven acres of land in a most beautiful location. The land was purchased and the buildings erected and equipped by a company of one hundred and fifty physicians at a cost of one hundred and fifty thousand dollars. Under their management the institution did not succeed financially, and not long ago we bought it furnished throughout with durable, high-grade furniture for forty thousand dollars. Twenty thousand dollars of the purchase price was to be paid in several payments at stated times, with the balance in two years. But the former owners found themselves in need of money and agreed to take off two hundred dollars’ interest, were a certain payment made at a date before the time agreed upon. Brother Burden raised the money and thus saved two hundred dollars.
(21LtMs, Lt 94, 1906, 12)
Once more these men found themselves in a strait place, and they said that if we would pay the remaining amount of indebtedness, they would throw off nine hundred dollars. Brother Burden paid the whole amount, some of our people taking stock in the institution and some making gifts. This means to the institution a saving of eleven hundred dollars, which otherwise would have had to be paid. This was a great advantage.
(21LtMs, Lt 94, 1906, 13)
In enabling us to obtain possession of this property, the Lord has certainly brought to the cause a most wonderful opportunity. We praise God with heart and soul and voice. There are five cottages, well fitted up, besides the large building. These are all furnished in the best of style. The smaller cottages are made with wide piazzas running round the four sides, and the windows are so arranged that the beds can be wheeled out on to the veranda. In each cottage there is a bathroom. The larger cottage has two stories and is furnished throughout with solid red and black mahogany furniture.
(21LtMs, Lt 94, 1906, 14)
All the mattresses, blankets, sheets, pillow-slips, couch-pillows, and bedding in general were in excellent condition when we took over the property. There were about eighty towels, besides those in the rooms, and about one hundred and thirty-five small linen towels. There are table napkins in abundance, and silverware of all description, as well as chinaware.
(21LtMs, Lt 94, 1906, 15)
There is one room in which sun baths may be taken, and a large parlor, two sides of which are of glass. This is the most beautiful room I was ever in in my life. There is also another large, well-furnished parlor. Two rooms above this have in them twenty rocking chairs and reclining chairs, which are very comfortable.
(21LtMs, Lt 94, 1906, 16)
Besides these buildings, there is another building, which was used as a recreation building. This will serve for a time as a meetinghouse. Both lower and upper stories are fitted up with rocking chairs. Those in charge seemed to have a passion for rocking chairs.
(21LtMs, Lt 94, 1906, 17)
There are two barns and some carriages, somewhat worn, several horses, four cows, and a large calf, a good number of chickens, and some turkeys. There were some hogs, but these have been disposed of.
(21LtMs, Lt 94, 1906, 18)
Ten acres of the land is in oranges and apricots. The apricots are the largest I have ever seen. We only tasted the oranges when we were there, but Brother Burden has recently sent us several boxes of oranges and grapefruit, which we find most excellent. The apples grown there do not amount to much. We secured the place last summer before the fruit was ripe, and more was put up during the season than they will be able to use this summer. We had to buy peaches for canning. I helped to pick some of them. We bought the fruit on the trees, and it was delicious. They are now setting out more grape vines and orange trees and other kinds of fruit, but these will not come into bearing for some time.
(21LtMs, Lt 94, 1906, 19)
The main building stands on an eminence, and one must climb a long flight of steps to reach the front door. About two hundred rods from the building there is a little railway station. From here there is a drive of easy and gradual ascent, which encircles the rise of ground upon which stand the main building, the nine-roomed cottage, and the four smaller cottages. The hill is set out to ornamental and fruit trees. On it there is still another cottage, which has been used for the laborers.
(21LtMs, Lt 94, 1906, 20)
The Loma Linda Sanitarium will be dedicated in four or five weeks. I hear that the institution is filled with patients. Every one who has gone there is delighted with the place.
(21LtMs, Lt 94, 1906, 21)
Now I have given you the fullest description of Loma Linda that I have written to any one, as I thought you would like to hear about the place. I have never lost my interest in you; for you are one of my children, a member of my family. If you will love and serve the Lord, I shall be grateful that in your childhood I consented to take charge of you. You are the purchase of the blood of Christ, and I do want you to find entrance into the city whose builder and maker is God. Let us all strive together to secure the immortal inheritance. I shall be glad to become acquainted with your husband, and I may meet you, if my life is spared. May the Lord bless you both, is my prayer.
(21LtMs, Lt 94, 1906, 22)
Your Aunt.
(21LtMs, Lt 94, 1906, 23)
Lt 96, 1906
Haskell, Brother and Sister “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California March 11, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in 7MR 403. + Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
We received the letter Sister Haskell wrote, and I have read it with much pleasure and interest. I have not felt competent to advise you where to locate, but we have asked the Lord to lead you and to guide you in selecting the right place. We want to encourage that simplicity which will lead us to refer all perplexities to God. I am pleased that the way has opened for you to secure the house already furnished. This will do for the present. We are very much pleased with your location. Willie knows where it is. I read your letter to Elder Irwin and Elder Daniells and Willie. I will let others read it. I think if you express your wants, you will have the help needed. You must have a horse and carriage. I pray that the Lord may open the way for you to be provided with this. Tell me the size of your rooms.
(21LtMs, Lt 96, 1906, 1)
We could but smile as you recounted the estimate made by Sister Haskell’s relative of Loma Linda and its advantages—worth half a million dollars. If the institution accomplishes that which we prayerfully hope to see, we shall praise the Lord with heart and soul and voice. It was in the providence of God that Loma Linda was prepared for us. How easily it might have passed into the hands of others. The Lord has favored us wonderfully, and we will praise and glorify His holy name that such property was offered at such a price. We know the Lord has prepared it for us; for otherwise we could not have obtained such a place at so reasonable a figure, and furnished with everything that we need, and more than we need. Thank the Lord, O my soul!
(21LtMs, Lt 96, 1906, 2)
Brother and Sister Haskell, let us keep constantly looking on the bright side. Let us talk faith and act faith, and we will have faith. The Lord be praised for His care over us in making such ample arrangements. I praise the Lord with heart and soul and voice. Let everything that has breath praise the Lord. Let every one of us be thankful.
(21LtMs, Lt 96, 1906, 3)
I have worked long and closely at my writing, and I design to attend the dedication at Loma Linda. We are desirous of knowing just when the dedication will take place, so that we can make arrangements to get the work that is essential done before we leave. I am looking forward to that time with genuine interest. Loma Linda is a very sure location. We have not been guilty of failing to appreciate limited advantages; we have been thankful for what we have had; and now without any solicitation on our part, we have come into the possession of a great treasure. We are in this place having our day of favor, and we must treat this great blessing as from God, acting our part faithfully in the fear of the Lord.
(21LtMs, Lt 96, 1906, 4)
To all of us are committed talents, and we are to use these talents as gifts to be improved. They are to be increased by use. By diligent trading we are to work to the point, moving intelligently and creating a strong influence in favor of the truth. We are stewards of His grace. He has paid the price of His own blood that we might have eternal life.
(21LtMs, Lt 96, 1906, 5)
Elders Daniells and Irwin have been with us for several days, and I have had some consultations with them and Willie. You shall have enlightenment on the subjects we are considering, when we have arrived at a decision as to what is best to be done.
(21LtMs, Lt 96, 1906, 6)
Things in Battle Creek are reaching a remarkable pass. We are to do all in our power to rescue souls from error, and we are to “Watch unto prayer.” [1 Peter 4:7.] In all earnestness we are to offer our petitions to God, saying as did Christ of His persecutors, “Father, forgive them; for they know not what they do.” [Luke 23:34.] The Lord is our trust. He is our defense, and we will not show the least distrust of our powerful keeper. I feel only sadness and grief and distress, which I have felt for months; for I have had long ago the present condition of things presented to me. I am glad you are saved the pain and the distress of soul that must be borne by those who are in the midst of the conflict.
(21LtMs, Lt 96, 1906, 7)
You must not be left alone in your efforts. I am glad that you are just where you are. You are where the Lord would have you. Whatever course those at Battle Creek pursue, my duty is plain; I am to talk the truth, pray the truth, and leave men in the hands of God. When we have acted our part, then we will leave the Lord to take care of the rest. Let us manifest a kind, courteous spirit.
(21LtMs, Lt 96, 1906, 8)
For weeks the Lord has been giving me clear views of the true character of those who have refused light at Battle Creek. And when the Lord bids me to speak, I shall surely speak.
(21LtMs, Lt 96, 1906, 9)
The Lord lives and reigns. Let us be of good courage in Him, for He lives and will do His work in righteousness. Keep your hearts stayed on God.
(21LtMs, Lt 96, 1906, 10)
It is growing dark, and I must close. May the Lord bless you and all the workers, for there is a great work to be done. Watch and pray. I will write again soon.
(21LtMs, Lt 96, 1906, 11)
In love.
(21LtMs, Lt 96, 1906, 12)
Lt 98, 1906
Farnsworth, Brother and Sister [E. W.] St. Helena, California March 12, 1906 This letter is published in entirety in PC 122-123. Dear Brother and Sister Farnsworth:
I feel the deepest interest in you both. I hope that Brother Farnsworth will not leave Battle Creek just now.
(21LtMs, Lt 98, 1906, 1)
Let us say nothing to provoke men to anger, but ever present the affirmative of truth, Bible truth. This is to be our position.
(21LtMs, Lt 98, 1906, 2)
I feel no surprise in regard to the course of Elder A. T. Jones. Last night my mind was called out upon many subjects. In the visions of the night I was reading the Scriptures, and the power and Spirit of God was upon me. Many things were presented to me in vision, which I may give at the right time.
(21LtMs, Lt 98, 1906, 3)
I was saying with great power, “Thus saith the Lord, In an acceptable time have I heard thee, and in a day of salvation have I helped thee; and I will preserve thee, and give thee a covenant of the people, to establish the earth, to cause to inherit the desolate heritages; that thou mayest say to the prisoners, Go forth; and to them that are in darkness, Show yourselves. They shall feed in the ways, and their pastures shall be in all high places. They shall not hunger nor thirst; neither shall the heat nor sun smite them; for He that hath mercy on them shall lead them, even by the springs of waters shall He guide them. And I will make all My mountains a way, and My highways shall be exalted. Behold, these shall come from far; and lo, these from the north and from the west; and these from the land of Sinim.
(21LtMs, Lt 98, 1906, 4)
“Sing, O heavens, and be joyful, O earth; and break forth into singing, O mountains; for the Lord hath comforted His people, and will have mercy upon His afflicted. But Zion said, The Lord hath forsaken me, and my Lord hath forgotten me. Can a woman forget her sucking child, that she should not have compassion on the son of her womb? yea, they may forget, yet will I not forget thee. Behold, I have graven thee upon the palms of My hands; thy walls are continually before Me. Thy children shall make haste; thy destroyers and they that made thee waste shall go forth of thee.
(21LtMs, Lt 98, 1906, 5)
“Lift up thine eyes round about, and behold; all these gather themselves together, and come to thee. As I live, saith the Lord, thou shalt surely clothe thee with them all, as with an ornament, and bind them on thee, as a bride doeth.” [Isaiah 49:8-18.]
(21LtMs, Lt 98, 1906, 6)
“Wherefore, when I came, was there no man? when I called, was there none to answer? Is My hand shortened at all, that it cannot redeem? or have I no power to deliver? behold, at My rebuke I dry up the sea, I make the rivers a wilderness.... I clothe the heavens with blackness, and I make sackcloth their covering. The Lord God hath given Me the tongue of the learned, that I should know how to speak a word in season to him that is weary; He wakeneth morning by morning, He wakeneth Mine ear to hear as the learned. The Lord God hath opened Mine ear, and I was not rebellious; neither turned away back.” [Isaiah 50:2-5.]
(21LtMs, Lt 98, 1906, 7)
Hear and understand this matter; for you know the voice. The time is now short. We must remember that we are not to be conquered by discouragement. No power can conquer satanic agencies but the power of Him who gave His life to redeem man, dying in the sinner’s place, that all who will may repent and be converted. Christ is the propitiation for the sins of all who repent and believe in Him as their personal Saviour.
(21LtMs, Lt 98, 1906, 8)
“I gave My back to the smiters, and My cheeks to them that plucked off the hair.” [Verse 6.] Do you understand that it was the Lord our Saviour who went through these scenes of humiliation? Hear ye, and understand, and let every soul take in the situation. Christ suffered all this that is written of Him. Who prompted this cruel treatment? The one who was once the most exalted of the angels in the heavenly courts. He was imbuing human minds with his own attributes. It was Satan who led men to treat Christ thus.
(21LtMs, Lt 98, 1906, 9)
“I gave My back to the smiters, and My cheeks to them that plucked off the hair; I hid not My face from shame and spitting. For the Lord God will help Me; therefore shall I not be confounded; therefore have I set My face like a flint, and I know that I shall not be ashamed. He is near that justifieth Me; who will contend with Me? let us stand together; who is Mine adversary? let him come to Me. Behold, the Lord God will help Me; who is he that shall condemn Me? lo, they shall wax old as a garment; the moth shall eat them up.
(21LtMs, Lt 98, 1906, 10)
“Who is among you that feareth the Lord, that obeyeth the voice of His servant, that walketh in darkness, and hath no light? let him trust in the name of the Lord, and stay upon his God. Behold, all ye that kindle a fire, that compass yourselves about with sparks; walk in the light of your fire, and in the sparks that ye have kindled. This shall ye have of Mine hand; ye shall lie down in sorrow.” [Verses 6-11.]
(21LtMs, Lt 98, 1906, 11)
My brother and sister, be of good courage. Let your hearts be glad and rejoice. There is no need for us to complain; for the Lord is the strength of His people. You may be surprised to hear the words that you have heard from Elder A. T. Jones; but I am not at all surprised. This is the development of the man when the spirit that is counter to the Spirit of God comes upon him. In him as he is at the present time, you have a representation of a man who is not under the molding influence of the Spirit of God. The Lord accepts no such demonstrations of bitterness. They do not become the man, when the Lord has been so gracious to him, helping him in the time of his distress.
(21LtMs, Lt 98, 1906, 12)
Read in my books, Patriarchs and Prophets and Great Controversy, the story of the first great apostasy. History is being repeated and will be repeated. Read then, and understand. The time is drawing to a close when power of influence, of intellect, of knowledge in science can cover the least departure from the Lord’s way. He has pledged His word that He will humble every oppressor of His ministers, or the appointed agencies engaged in His work. Persecuting powers will be brought into judgment; for all the resources of heaven and earth are to be called at God’s command to do His work. God sees and knows those who are proud and self-sufficient, and He will bring them into judgment. Before the flood, men cast off the fear of God and trampled under foot His holy law. But judgment overtook them.
(21LtMs, Lt 98, 1906, 13)
“Thy wisdom and thy knowledge, it hath perverted thee; and thou hast said in thine heart, I am, and there is none beside me.” [Isaiah 47:10.]
(21LtMs, Lt 98, 1906, 14)
Say to our brethren and sisters who have known and understood the voice of God in His Word, Let nothing interpose between you and your eternal interests. Think of this representation given of Christ in the Scriptures I have quoted. The Saviour, in His supreme power, could have palsied the hands that smote and insulted Him, challenging Him, the Prince of life, to prophesy.
(21LtMs, Lt 98, 1906, 15)
When men refuse the counsels of God, and walk directly contrary to them, they make very strange speeches, but do not be the least concerned or surprised. The Lord is watching every movement. There are straight messages to be given, and in no case are we to fear the face of men. If Christ endured so much, cannot we endure something for His sake. Who was He? The Prince of heaven. “Unto us a child is born, unto us a son is given; and the government shall be upon His shoulder; and His name shall be called, Wonderful, Counsellor, The mighty God, The everlasting Father, The Prince of Peace.” [Isaiah 9:6.]
(21LtMs, Lt 98, 1906, 16)
“And Jesus came and spake unto them, saying, All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:18-20.]
(21LtMs, Lt 98, 1906, 17)
These words outline our appointed work, and we are now to engage in this work as never before. Soul-saving is to be our object; Christ’s words are our commission; and we are to lay hold of the Saviour by faith and put all our capabilities to the task of learning the science of soul-saving. The fields that have been neglected call now for repentance on the part of those who have heard the truth; they call upon them to take up their appointed work.
(21LtMs, Lt 98, 1906, 18)
Lt 100, 1906
Belden, Brother and Sister [S. T.] St. Helena, California March 23, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in TDG 91. Dear brother and sister Stephen Belden:
We received your short letter. Thank you for writing. We hope that brother Stephen may recover. We thank you both for the painstaking effort of writing when you were so afflicted, and we appreciate your letters, even though they may contain only a few lines.
(21LtMs, Lt 100, 1906, 1)
The Lord is very good to me. I am doing a great deal of writing, and yet I keep well. I have the use of my limbs, and yet I keep well. For this I am very grateful. My food is very simple. When I am writing day after day, week in and week out, it is not best for me to eat heartily.
(21LtMs, Lt 100, 1906, 2)
I often think of what a satisfaction it would be to step in and talk with you and unite in prayer with you. I want to tell you both to look on the bright side. Do not keep your minds on yourselves, but take everything to God in prayer. We shall pray for you. O how blessed is the prospect before us—of resting in the Lord, if we fall in death, and rising in the morning of the resurrection, when the trump shall sound to call from their graves those who have made Christ their hope.
(21LtMs, Lt 100, 1906, 3)
God says, “Behold, I send My messenger before Thy face.” [Matthew 11:10.] This means unseen angels, who are preparing the way before us. We must be continually looking to Jesus, the author and finisher of our faith. Just trust in the Lord, whether you live or die. Keep fast hold of your Saviour. Christ came to redeem humanity. Let us simply trust Him, in sickness and in all other trials. If we live, let us live unto the Lord. If we see that we are approaching death, we must still trust in the Lord. He is preparing mansions for all those who as little children put their trust in Him.
(21LtMs, Lt 100, 1906, 4)
Stormy times are before us. The earth is corrupt and will increase in corruption. But you may have perfect trust in Christ. Notwithstanding the violence, the crime, the appropriation by men of money to which they have no right, there is a God who is King over the universe. We are His children, not the subjects of capricious fate. We have, yes, you have, as you read the words of encouragement spoken by Christ, the sacred promise that will renew the springs of hope. You may rejoice in a living Saviour. He is our risen Lord. His promises are for all who will receive Him.
(21LtMs, Lt 100, 1906, 5)
The divine lessons in the Word of God show us that the whole man is to be treated respectfully. The powers of mind, the strong passions, are not to be crushed as enemies, but are to be brought under the control of Christ, harnessed for His service. Clothed with the whole armor, we are to do battle for truth and righteousness. All our powers are to be consecrated to the purest ends.
(21LtMs, Lt 100, 1906, 6)
Christ came to redeem humanity. He is interested in all our actions. He desires to mold and fashion us after the divine similitude. Not until every case is decided will Christ be at rest. I have been permitted to behold His solicitude and the great love wherewith He has loved us. I have not a doubt in regard to the past leadings of His providence in the history of our cause. I should be as guilty as the children of Israel could I not learn lessons from the reproofs that God gave them. Disobedience must and will be punished unless men and women turn from transgression and sin and make their weakest points their strongest through continual watchcare. Darkness will become light through obedience.
(21LtMs, Lt 100, 1906, 7)
Christ came to redeem humanity from Satan’s science. The enemy is close beside those who, though once knowing the freedom of the sons of God, are now linking up with the enemy in an effort to outwit those whom the Lord is using in this time of peril to accomplish the work that He has declared must be done.
(21LtMs, Lt 100, 1906, 8)
Christ came to John on the Isle of Patmos to show him symbols and representations and to explain their meaning. He desires us to study this instruction.
(21LtMs, Lt 100, 1906, 9)
“Unto the angel of the church in Sardis write: These things saith He that hath the seven spirits of God, and the seven stars: I know thy works, that thou hast a name, that thou livest, and art dead.” [Revelation 3:1.] This is Christ’s message given to John to make known. “Be watchful, and strengthen the things which remain, that are ready to die; for I have not found thy works perfect before God. Remember therefore how thou hast received, and heard, and hold fast, and repent. If therefore thou shalt not watch, I will come on thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee. Thou hast a few names even in Sardis which have not defiled their garments, and they shall walk with Me in white; for they are worthy.” [Verses 2-4.]
(21LtMs, Lt 100, 1906, 10)
Here is a people who are letting go the things they once believed. Through the influence of Satan’s insinuations, they are accepting his seducing temptations. They are charged to hold fast that which they received from the Lord and to show repentance for substituting error for truth. They have lost their first love. Their ideas of Christ and His personality have become changed. The science of Satan is doing its work, and those who once believed are losing their faith and accepting falsehood. “Thou hast a name that thou livest, and art dead.” [Verse 1.]
(21LtMs, Lt 100, 1906, 11)
Christ calls upon them to be watchful and strengthen the things that remain, which are ready to die. “Remember your past experience,” He says, “how you have received and heard, and hold fast and repent. If therefore thou shalt not watch, I will come on thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee.” [Verse 3.]
(21LtMs, Lt 100, 1906, 12)
I am charged to make it plain that this message refers to all such as have been changing their faith and receiving the false science coming from the archdeceiver. I am charged to say that this message is to be given to those in Battle Creek and in every other place who have been influenced by the sentiments that have been brought into Battle Creek to spoil the flock of God. Those who accept these sentiments are preparing for the bewitching influence of skepticism and the science proceeding from satanic agencies. I am to lift my voice in warning, whether men will hear or whether they will forbear.
(21LtMs, Lt 100, 1906, 13)
There is to be a work done in Battle creek that will give all who will opportunity to separate from delusive sentiments. Christ has given the message, full of the blessings of His power. He came to redeem humanity, and He will continue to send message after message to save His flock from satanic delusions. He will not cease to send His messages until the redeemed universe shall be at rest. To those who have held fast their confidence in the leadings of God’s providence, in the messages of the past, the Lord gives the message, “Wake up the watchmen. Cry aloud, and spare not. Lift up thy voice like a trumpet. Let the watchmen be awakened. Be watchful and strengthen the things which remain, that are ready to die.”
(21LtMs, Lt 100, 1906, 14)
Some are already standing where they will not receive the message Christ came from heaven to give to John. But there is a work to be done by God’s chosen ones. He says, “I have a few names even in Sardis that have not defiled their garments, and they shall walk with Me in white; for they are worthy.
(21LtMs, Lt 100, 1906, 15)
“He that overcometh, the same shall be clothed in white raiment; and I will not blot out his name out of the book of life, but I will confess his name before My Father, and before His angels.” [Verses 4, 5.]
(21LtMs, Lt 100, 1906, 16)
Read the whole of the third chapter of Revelation. Every word of this chapter is to be studied by those who are watching for souls as they that must give an account. “Watchmen, what of the night?” In clear, decided tones, under the influence of the Holy Spirit, let the watchmen respond, “The morning cometh, and also the night.” [Isaiah 21:11, 12.] We are now to guard every outpost. Thus saith the Lord to the watchmen, “If you permit one soul to pass into the shadow of uncertainty, if you lead souls on in wrong, and they never extricate themselves from the snare of the enemy, I will require at your hands the blood of the souls you have caused to become confused and to perish.” Let ministers and doctors in every place rouse themselves and not be stubborn in unbelief.
(21LtMs, Lt 100, 1906, 17)
Lt 102, 1906
Druillard, N. H. St. Helena, California March 25, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in 5MR 92-93; 6Bio 78. Dear Sister Druillard:
I must put aside my writing on the history of Solomon and pen a few lines to you. I will begin with the matter that is most important. I am sorry that you are afflicted with rheumatism. I sincerely hope that you will not go to the Battle Creek Sanitarium. I know what the condition of things there is. I may have to go to Battle Creek, but it will be to relate my experience in connection with the cause of God. This I am doing where I am. I spoke in the sanitarium chapel yesterday and related some of our experiences in connection with the beginning of our work. I spoke of my conversion and of how I travelled for months, unable to speak except in a low, husky voice. The physicians decided that I could not live, that consumption had settled on my lungs. I often spoke under the greatest difficulty. On one occasion I stood up in a meeting and began speaking in a whisper. I continued thus for about five minutes when the soreness and obstruction left my throat and lungs, my voice became clear and strong, and I spoke with perfect ease and freedom for about two hours. I felt that an angel’s presence was with me.
(21LtMs, Lt 102, 1906, 1)
The Lord worked with us wherever we went. His glory was in every meeting. I was so blessed, and God worked so wondrously by His Holy Spirit, that I had not the least excuse to doubt that the Lord had chosen me, young as I was, to communicate to others the light given me. The opposition that came, whether from high or low, had no impression upon my mind. Evidence was constantly given that dispelled doubt. Many souls confessed their sins and were converted.
(21LtMs, Lt 102, 1906, 2)
Soon after the beginning of my work, Elder James White and I were married. In taking this step, I was guided by the Lord. My husband’s words and experience seemed wholly to blend with mine; and as we went from state to state, the Lord gave His Holy Spirit to confirm the message borne.
(21LtMs, Lt 102, 1906, 3)
My whole life has been a continual evidence of the miracle-working power of God. So plain were the manifestations of the Holy Spirit, as I was instructed to write out the things shown me, that I had not a doubt but that the Lord had been pleased to make me His messenger. All the way along I have had the accompaniment of the Holy Spirit. At various times, manifestations have been given me personally of the Spirit’s working, and it would be sinful for me to doubt. From the beginning up till the present time, I have had the accompaniment of the special working of the grace of God. Without this, I could not go from place to place and bear my testimony.
(21LtMs, Lt 102, 1906, 4)
I have no excuse to give up bookmaking. I have no excuse to lay aside my pen or to withhold the testimony that God has given. I shall continue to do my work, to cry aloud and spare not.
(21LtMs, Lt 102, 1906, 5)
I advise you to have faith in God. It is no time for you now to visit Battle Creek. It would be preferable for you to keep your mind undisturbed; for you have not been clear in your perception, and you are not clear today. You need to be under a very different influence from that which you would be under in Battle Creek.
(21LtMs, Lt 102, 1906, 6)
Elder A. T. Jones is not standing clear before God. He has declared himself to be in no danger, although warnings have come to him again and again. He has exalted himself and flattered his own vanity and the vanity of others until his course of action, I am shown, is contemptible in the sight of God. He is making a record that he cannot efface—a record that is written in the books of God. He has despised the warnings of God, he has hated reproof, and his influence, in the place of encouraging reform, is confirming in a wrong course those who for years have been resisting the Spirit of God. Would you dare to place yourself under any such influence, when you yourself have not been clear-sighted to discern existing evils?
(21LtMs, Lt 102, 1906, 7)
Truth will triumph; truth will bear away the victory. Those in Battle Creek who have followed their own counsel are heaping up wrath against the day of wrath. You can do them no good; for you have not had clear spiritual discernment to understand the working of evil agencies. I have to warn you to keep away from Battle Creek.
(21LtMs, Lt 102, 1906, 8)
Elder Haskell was invited to go to Battle Creek. In the visions of the night, the danger concerning Elder Haskell was presented before me and a message given me that the Lord had a work for him to do in opening up fields in connection with Loma Linda. By enabling us to obtain possession of Loma Linda, God gave us a center from which to work the cities round about Loma Linda—Redlands, Riverside, and other places. Special efforts are to be made to proclaim the truth in this section of the country, which has not yet been thoroughly worked. Elder Haskell heeded the words of the testimony.
(21LtMs, Lt 102, 1906, 9)
You may have many invitations to go to Battle Creek, but I have the word of the Lord for you, Remain away from Battle Creek. There are excellent people in Battle Creek, and the Lord will keep messengers in that place, to give the trumpet a certain sound, that every one may have opportunity to see that history is repeating and may gain a knowledge of the past experience of those who have labored to advance the cause of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 102, 1906, 10)
We need to study the experience of the children of Israel during their forty years of wandering in the wilderness. Christ Himself, enshrouded in the pillar of fire, was their leader and through Moses gave them instruction. We need to study the history of their deliverance from Egyptian bondage and of the spoiling of Egypt through the plagues sent by God because Pharaoh persisted in refusing to let Israel go. The last plague was the death of the firstborn of the Egyptians, and after this Pharaoh consented to let the Israelites start on their journey. But hardness of heart came upon him, and he pursued them.
(21LtMs, Lt 102, 1906, 11)
In obedience to the word of God, the Israelites marched forward, though the Red Sea was before them, and the omnipotent arm of Jehovah made a way for them through the waters, which stood up as a wall. After the Israelites had passed over, Pharaoh and his army rushed on in the providential path that God had opened for His people. But when the Israelites had reached the other side in safety, the command was given to Moses, “Stretch out thy rod.” [Exodus 8:16.] Moses obeyed, and the waters that had stood still so that the Israel of God might pass over rushed on in their natural course, and Pharaoh and his host perished in the Red Sea. The song of praise that the Israelites offered to God for their deliverance fell upon the ears of the Egyptian army just before they perished.
(21LtMs, Lt 102, 1906, 12)
In the course that he followed, Pharaoh gave evidence of the power of Satan over the human minds that chose him as their leader. Those who know the truth, but refuse to walk in it, those who brace themselves against all warnings will cause a great deal of trouble. The Lord bids me say to His people, Those who refuse to heed the messages that are sent from heaven will go to great lengths and will bring in fallacies and specious devisings. Let us heed the words that the Lord gave to John in vision on the Isle of Patmos. We must consider the signs which show that some are departing from the faith. We must remember that the time has come to repeat the messages given in the past. As faithful watchmen, we must hold fast that which we have received as truth under the manifestations of the Holy Spirit. Let not Satan steal away the truth by his working through doctors or ministers. Do not allow any one to rob you of the truth that you have heard and received. Hold fast and repent. Fortify yourselves with the light God has given. Strengthen the things that remain that are ready to die. God says, “Thou hast a few names even in Sardis which have not defiled their garments, and they shall walk with Me in white; for they are worthy.” [Revelation 3:4.]
(21LtMs, Lt 102, 1906, 13)
I must stop now and take up my writing on Old Testament history. I have not written you all that I wish to. You must regard this as an unfinished letter. I will write again soon.
(21LtMs, Lt 102, 1906, 14)
Lt 104, 1906
Haskell, Brother and Sister St. Helena, California April 1, 1906 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
The rain seems to be over, and we are very much pleased at the prospect of seeing the sunshine. The sky is clear, except for a few beautiful white clouds, and the sun is shining brightly.
(21LtMs, Lt 104, 1906, 1)
We hope that you are comfortably settled in your new quarters. I am still working almost constantly at my writings.
(21LtMs, Lt 104, 1906, 2)
I have a case to lay before you. It is the wish of W. C. White and myself that Mabel White shall without delay connect with your Bible class. But she will not feel free to do this unless she has a special invitation from you; therefore I ask you to consider the matter, and ask her to come. We are anxious that she shall connect with the class as soon as possible, that she may receive all the instruction possible.
(21LtMs, Lt 104, 1906, 3)
Sister Williams is with you, and she can give you any information that you may desire regarding Mabel. We earnestly desire that Mabel shall have the education that she can obtain by uniting with your class for Bible study. And if she could have the privilege of sleeping by herself, I will furnish the necessary bedding. Sister Williams is one who could help Mabel and be a blessing to her. I ask you to write to her as soon [as] possible.
(21LtMs, Lt 104, 1906, 4)
I will leave this matter with you. I cannot write a long letter; for we have much to do to prepare for our journey to Southern California. We expect to leave here sometime next week, either Wednesday or Thursday.
(21LtMs, Lt 104, 1906, 5)
We are deeply interested in your field of labor and your work. We are glad that you can be with us for a time to engage in this work. Be of good courage; for if ever there was a needy field, you have it before you now. It is a field that needs to be worked, and God will impress the hearts of those for whom you labor.
(21LtMs, Lt 104, 1906, 6)
Brother and Sister Haskell, you must be sure to manage to obtain the rest that you need. You must not allow yourselves to be overworked. We all need to be courageous; and in order for this to be, we must place ourselves in right relation to our work and be cheerful, and hopeful, and earnest. May the Lord guide and bless and sustain you and give you the very message that will help the people to distinguish light from darkness, truth from error. Let us consecrate ourselves, body, soul, and spirit, to God. The work is His. He has laid the foundation for it in His blood. It is His work; and He will bring to bear influences, earthly and heavenly, outward and inward, providential and spiritual, by which it shall be accomplished.
(21LtMs, Lt 104, 1906, 7)
In love.
(21LtMs, Lt 104, 1906, 8)
Lt 106, 1906
Robinson, Brother and Sister [D. E.] St. Helena, California March 30, 1906 Previously unpublished. Dear children Dores and Ella:
We do not have much sunshine. The day before yesterday was cloudy and rainy. Yesterday was cloudy all day. Toward evening, rain began to fall and continued falling all night and part of today. It is now evening, and as usual, a gentle, steady rain has begun falling.
(21LtMs, Lt 106, 1906, 1)
Dear children, I do want to hear from you, if it is only a few lines. I am very much in need of Dores. I have needed him every moment since he went away. Do not engage yourselves to teach for another year until we can all consult together in regard to the work before us. I see so much matter that should come before the people. But the Lord knows what is best for us all.
(21LtMs, Lt 106, 1906, 2)
At times I carry a very heavy burden for my brethren. Dissension is something that always causes me intense anguish of soul. We are all in peril, and very much is lost when the people of God spend time in contention.
(21LtMs, Lt 106, 1906, 3)
The time in which we are living calls upon us to be on guard every moment. We must not be regardless of the rocks and quicksands and the many perils that surround us. Unless we are on guard against the stratagems of the foe, unless we watch the movements of the foe, we shall be surprised off our guard and shall be made to suffer defeat and loss. We are God’s servants, entrusted with the charge of His household, and we must watch for souls as they that must give an account. We are to be always ready of Christ’s appearing, lest coming suddenly, He find us sleeping. We must hide ourselves in Christ.
(21LtMs, Lt 106, 1906, 4)
Let us be faithful, watchful, prayerful, and wide-awake to our dangers. Let us teach others lessons of cheerfulness, watchfulness, and faith. An attitude of prayerfulness on our part will be to others as salt that has not lost its savor. We are never to forget that we are living epistles, known and read by all with whom we associate.
(21LtMs, Lt 106, 1906, 5)
I am very thankful that neither of you has a light and trifling spirit. The responsibilities that you are bearing as educators will be a constant guard over you. I am pleased that you are united in marriage, because you can be a help to each other and can be constantly preparing for more useful service.
(21LtMs, Lt 106, 1906, 6)
The Spirit of the Lord is being withdrawn from the earth. The Lord has long held in restraint His own powers, that sinners might have opportunity to become converted and be zealous workers in the Master’s service. But the time is coming when the limit of the Lord’s forbearance will have been reached. Be strong in the Lord; be strong in spiritual mindedness and wide-awake and observant; then your deportment will teach others. Light, precious light will brighten your pathway, and you will be often with the Saviour in prayer. Jesus loves you and has given His life for you. Whatsoever He saith unto you, do it. Thus you will prove the reality of your love for Him who gave His life for you, that you, receiving Him, might be children of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 106, 1906, 7)
Stand fast in faith and good works. This will be your recommendation in every place. When your school term closes, do not engage yourselves to teach for another year. We need teachers and we need ministers. I think that your place is in the ministry. There is certainly a broader field for you than teaching. Your work is to labor and pray; to plant and water the seed sown, to work hopefully and cheerfully. I am glad that I have always found you looking on the bright side, speaking hopefully. I cannot tell you how I have missed you both. I have needed you so much in my work.
(21LtMs, Lt 106, 1906, 8)
“Whatsoever He saith unto you, do it.” [John 2:5.] Then you will go forward and upward. May the Lord help you and bless you and strengthen you. We need a faith that leads us to do just what the Lord has told us to do.
(21LtMs, Lt 106, 1906, 9)
Please send in a few lines. And if you can clearly see that it is your duty to enter the ministry, do not delay. Whatsoever Christ saith unto thee, do it, and the Lord will bless you. May God increase your faith and hope is my prayer.
(21LtMs, Lt 106, 1906, 10)
Lt 108, 1906
White, Mabel St. Helena, California March 30, 1906 Previously unpublished. My dear granddaughter Mabel:
We received a letter from Brother Robinson saying that the meeting for the dedication of the Paradise Valley Sanitarium would be April 24. We expect to be present at that meeting, if the Lord will. We shall also attend the dedication services of the Loma Linda Sanitarium. I shall be glad to see you once more, and I hope it will be under favorable circumstances. I had hoped that you would drop me a line to let us know how you are healthwise.
(21LtMs, Lt 108, 1906, 1)
For a while the weather here has been cloudy and wet. On Thursday last we flattered ourselves that the storm was over, but toward evening the sky clouded over, and the rain soon began falling. It continued throughout the night and the next day. We think that this recent rain has done considerable good, as well as much harm in some places. This rain must be a great blessing to Southern California generally, though it means some loss of property. We shall not be sorry if the weather is sunshiny when we are with you.
(21LtMs, Lt 108, 1906, 2)
I hope that you are well and cheerful. I am very anxious to hear from you regarding your health. Let your trust be in the great Physician. Ask for His healing power. I think that you ought to have a change of work, so that you will not be obliged to be on your feet so constantly. But we shall talk this matter over when we see you.
(21LtMs, Lt 108, 1906, 3)
The Lord is our hope and crown of rejoicing. The end is very, very near; and let us, in and through the grace of God, prepare for the home that our blessed Saviour has gone to prepare for us. Let us be grateful for His goodness and cast all our care upon Him. He has purchased us with His blood, and we must not disappoint him. We want to be with Him in the mansions He has gone to prepare for us. Have faith in God.
(21LtMs, Lt 108, 1906, 4)
May Walling is with us and will go with us to Loma Linda and Paradise Valley.
(21LtMs, Lt 108, 1906, 5)
In much love.
(21LtMs, Lt 108, 1906, 6)
P.S. Later. I thought that my letter must go out this noon, but I find that it does not have to go till this evening, so I will add a few lines. I wish to tell you that I am fully in harmony with your father in wishing you to connect with Brother and Sister Haskell, that you may have the benefit of the Bible classes they are conducting. I do not think that you will ever have a more favorable opportunity for obtaining instruction in Bible lines. I have a great desire that you shall not miss this chance.
(21LtMs, Lt 108, 1906, 7)
We thought that if you could connect with the class as soon as possible, it would be to your advantage. I have mentioned this matter in my letter to Brother and Sister Haskell. I thought I would not delay writing to you, so that you might join the class as soon as possible.
(21LtMs, Lt 108, 1906, 8)
Since I began writing these few lines, a change has come in the weather. This morning the sky was clear and the sun was shining brightly. Now the sky is clouded over, and we had a short hail shower. It was soon over, and now the sun is shining again.
(21LtMs, Lt 108, 1906, 9)
I send you this letter that you may understand something in regard to the situation and move accordingly.
(21LtMs, Lt 108, 1906, 10)
Lt 110, 1906
Wilson, Sister [J.] St. Helena, California March 30, 1906 Previously unpublished. Dear Sister Wilson:
We received your good letter and thank you for writing. All such news as that contained in your letter is very precious. I am so thankful to hear of souls coming to the knowledge of the truth. The Lord is indeed blessing your labors, and we are glad and rejoice. Every soul that is converted may be the means of bringing other souls to the knowledge of the truth. In the future we shall see many more souls deciding for the truth. Wickedness is increasing. The world is becoming as it was in the days of Noah, when the Lord buried the inhabitants of the earth in the waters of the flood. There are two contending forces at work. Satan is trying to deceive and allure the souls to not put their whole faith in Christ. Angels who are God’s messengers are working with their angelic influence to keep the impression of heavenly things stamped on the mind. And these angels are guarding us from Satan’s violence, so that we cannot be destroyed if we will put our entire trust in Christ. Trusting in Him, we shall be kept by the power of God day by day.
(21LtMs, Lt 110, 1906, 1)
The Lord Jesus encourages every soul to trust in Him, and not to lose faith and courage. “If any of you lack wisdom, let him ask of God, who giveth to all men liberally, and upbraideth not, and it shall be given him. But let him ask in faith, nothing wavering; for he that wavereth is like the waves of the sea, driven with the wind and tossed. For let not that man think that he shall receive anything of the Lord.” [James 1:5-7.] We much encourage a firm reliance on Him who has promised to help us. Faith strengthens by exercise.
(21LtMs, Lt 110, 1906, 2)
I want to say to every soul, Do not be intimidated by dissension and strife. How wonderful is the example of Christ. He would not fail or be discouraged. His whole soul went out for His little flock. Whole nights, while others were sleeping, He spent in prayer, thus gaining strength to meet the temptations of the enemy. He prayed for those who would not pray for themselves.
(21LtMs, Lt 110, 1906, 3)
May God bless you, and give you success in your work.
(21LtMs, Lt 110, 1906, 4)
In much love.
(21LtMs, Lt 110, 1906, 5)
Lt 112, 1906
Foss, Mary St. Helena, California April 2, 1906 This letter is published in entirety in 14MR 258-262. My dear sister Mary:
I will begin a letter to you. I should have written before, but many things have been urged upon me, and I dared not neglect them. It seemed there was no end to my work. But I will now write you a few lines.
(21LtMs, Lt 112, 1906, 1)
We have been very busy getting off mail. I am up early this morning and have begun this letter to you.
(21LtMs, Lt 112, 1906, 2)
The weather is very mild in this part of California. We had soft, gentle showers every day for two weeks. For three days I have had no fire in my large office room. I do not have a stove in my room, but an open fire place, which is perfect in its construction. I am generally up hours before any other member of my family. On rising I build my fire, take a bath in cold water before the fire, and then, after my praying season, take my pen in hand, and from two o’clock until seven, write many pages. We have family prayers just before breakfast, which is at half-past seven. I generally retire at seven o’clock in the evening.
(21LtMs, Lt 112, 1906, 3)
My workers are still with me. The office in which they work is just a few steps from the house. I can open my window and speak to those to whom I wish to speak concerning my writings. The office has in it eight rooms. Every worker using a typewriter has a room by herself, as the noise of the machine would disturb the other workers.
(21LtMs, Lt 112, 1906, 4)
My sister, I wish you could have been here this winter. It has been more like summer than winter. I feel an intense interest for you all, that your children and your children’s children may understand the Word of God and so prepare for the Lord’s coming.
(21LtMs, Lt 112, 1906, 5)
I have been writing to Rebekah Winslow and Frances Howland. They were among our best friends. They took care of Henry when he was a little child, and our family and their family were one. This is the first letter I have addressed to them for twenty years. Recently they sent me a very handsome shawl, and I thought I would acknowledge the receipt of it and send them a letter. I ought to have written them long ago.
(21LtMs, Lt 112, 1906, 6)
Ella May White, Willie’s daughter, has been married to Dores Robinson. At the time of their marriage, they were helping me in the preparation of matter for the press. Ella did not do this work, but Dores did. He is a clear, intelligent speaker. He will be ordained at the first good opportunity. His father is one of our first-class workers in the ministry. His mother has been a diligent worker with her husband, giving Bible readings and doing efficient work in the Sabbath school.
(21LtMs, Lt 112, 1906, 7)
All unexpected to me, the superintendent of our church schools came from Chico a few months ago and urged Dores and Ella to come to Chico to take charge of the school there. The teacher had left, and those in charge of the school work wanted Dores and Ella May to engage in the work of teaching until the close of the term. We wished them both to engage in the work of teaching, for Ella May had taught before, and her work had given much satisfaction. So we decided, as both had been teachers, that they could work together nicely. They have now been teaching for three months, and the school is increasing in numbers. Ella teaches the younger children and Dores the older ones. All the parents feel well satisfied with their work. There is a church of our people in Chico, and both Ella and Dores take an active part in church work.
(21LtMs, Lt 112, 1906, 8)
Mabel White is in the sanitarium near San Diego, filling the position of a nurse. She wants to become a nurse, but I shall object. As soon as they can get others to take her place, we want her to have a rest.
(21LtMs, Lt 112, 1906, 9)
Willie’s family have a home near me. He has but recently returned from a three-months’ trip in the eastern states. We expect to go to Southern California very soon, to visit Loma Linda and San Diego. The sanitariums at both of these places are to be dedicated about the middle of April. They are well patronized. A large addition has just been built to the one near San Diego. A lady by the name of Potts built the main building of this institution, and this one building cost $25,000. It is a grand building. Water was very scarce in that section of the country. The orange groves were drying up, and some of them were past recovery. At last we obtained the building and twenty-two acres of land and a five-roomed cottage for $5,000. A woman of means united with me in securing this property. After getting the building, we were determined to have a well dug to supply water. When the men had gone down ninety feet, they struck a spring of pure water.
(21LtMs, Lt 112, 1906, 10)
Bathrooms had to be provided, so we set about that. This cost about $15,000, but we now have a most desirable and presentable building. When it is all furnished it will make a beautiful sanitarium, and we will have every convenience. We have all the water we need now, even though it does not rain. The atmosphere is very healthful in this locality.
(21LtMs, Lt 112, 1906, 11)
I was very sorry my health was so poor when you were with us. I feared I was near the close of my life. I have refused to speak in our churches for months because of the danger from impure air. Again and again I have nearly lost my life, addressing people indoors. But my life has been spared because my work was not done. But I am writing, writing now because there is a time of trouble just before us, which we all must meet. This is why I carry the burden I do, for souls are in peril. I do want to save every soul that I possibly can; for if we can save them, they will live through the ceaseless ages of eternity. This is why I have travelled so much to bear my testimony before thousands. I know that the instruction I receive is given me of God, and I would not forbear giving it to the people. I must speak the words I am given to speak.
(21LtMs, Lt 112, 1906, 12)
I must soon go to Southern California, to visit Los Angeles, Glendale, Loma Linda, and San Diego. We must get our work started in Redlands and Riverside. Elder Haskell and wife will open the work there, but we must help them to start it.
(21LtMs, Lt 112, 1906, 13)
When I was in the East, after coming from Washington, where I was severely taxed, I spoke in a tent in Philadelphia. There were appointments out for meetings in Middletown, and I was to visit Battle Creek. The weakness upon me after addressing the people was such that private conversation was next to impossible. I shall now be extremely careful, if I can.
(21LtMs, Lt 112, 1906, 14)
My sister, you are older than I, and we are the only members of our family who are spared. I do not want to be obliged to travel much. I am waiting my summons to give up my work and rest in the grave. I do not choose to live longer than the Lord sees fit to have me live. I pray the Lord to let His light shine into the hearts of my relatives, that they shall know the Lord, that His going forth is prepared as the morning.
(21LtMs, Lt 112, 1906, 15)
I shall now say, Farewell. I will try to be more faithful than I have been in writing to you. Be of good courage, dear sister. I believe I shall meet you when our warfare is accomplished. May the Lord bless you and keep you and sanctify you to Himself. I wish I could see Ellen and talk with her.
(21LtMs, Lt 112, 1906, 16)
In love,
(21LtMs, Lt 112, 1906, 17)
Your sister.
(21LtMs, Lt 112, 1906, 18)
Lt 114, 1906
Brethren Assembled in Council at Washington St. Helena, California April 2, 1906 This letter is published in entirety in SpM 388-389. To the Brethren Assembled in Council at Washington:
We are living in an important period of the history of our cause, and the movements that we make now will have a decided bearing in the future of our cause. Recently I have been very much weighed down. I know that the enemy is working with intensity of effort to confuse the minds of those who have never before passed through such an experience as this. We must do all in our power to save the souls of those who are being tempted.
(21LtMs, Lt 114, 1906, 1)
It has been presented to me that our ministers would be blessed in showing much more interest than they do in those who are in need of a helping hand. Those who are perplexed and confused should be worked for earnestly, in season and out of season. Satan is putting forth decided efforts to lead souls astray, and our brethren of influence everywhere must work with untiring earnestness to save souls.
(21LtMs, Lt 114, 1906, 2)
I greatly desire that every move that is made shall be in accordance with Christ’s prayer recorded in the seventeenth chapter of John. We must not pull apart; for this is not pleasing to God.
(21LtMs, Lt 114, 1906, 3)
I was instructed to say to Brethren Magan and Sutherland, Do not lose your hold on God. The Lord has witnessed to the good work done by you at Berrien Springs, because you tried to follow out the instructions given you. The stand you took in Carroll House, Takoma Park, was witnessed by the angels of God. Your confessions covered the things that were brought to your mind, and the Lord blessed you. Since that time I have had increased confidence in you, and I want to say to you, “My brethren, do not fail or be discouraged. I have confidence in you both, and I feel sure that the Lord will bless your efforts.”
(21LtMs, Lt 114, 1906, 4)
Brethren Sutherland and Magan are not to be held in a position of uncertainty. This some are doing, but it is displeasing to the Lord. Will those who are so suspicious pray together and encourage faith in one another? We have not a man to spare. We need fifty workers where there is one. The Lord is coming in judgment to those who are not in the truth, and we need workers—men who can properly define what is truth—to go forth with the message.
(21LtMs, Lt 114, 1906, 5)
I must urge our brethren not to appear indifferent, not to leave the tempted ones to become the sport of the enemy’s temptations. We must watch for souls as they that must give an account. We must do all in our power to prevent Satan from sowing his seeds in minds.
(21LtMs, Lt 114, 1906, 6)
Let the leading men in the General Conference and the presidents of our state conferences go to those who have been under temptation and try to help them. Talk with Brethren Paulson and Sadler, and help them to press the battle to the gates. Talk with them alone, and do all in your power to disabuse their minds. We see with what determined efforts Satan is working, and we are to labor with heart and mind and soul and strength to win others to Christ.
(21LtMs, Lt 114, 1906, 7)
I wish you fully to appreciate the words that Christ spoke to help the indifferent and the deceived. Do not too readily give up your brethren or friends. “Watch therefore; for ye know not what hour your Lord doth come. But know this, that if the goodman of the house had known in what watch the thief would come, he would have watched, and would not have suffered his house to be broken up. Therefore be ye also ready; for in such an hour as ye think not the Son of man cometh.” [Matthew 24:42-44.]
(21LtMs, Lt 114, 1906, 8)
I am instructed to seek for the sheep that are being decoyed by wolves. Let us not be oversensitive regarding the representations of hatred made by others. Christ was mocked and insulted. Men for whom He was about to give His life buffeted and smote Him, saying, “Prophesy, who is it that smote Thee.” [Luke 22:64.] Let us call to mind the scenes of Christ’s suffering and be prepared to suffer for His sake. And let no one of us give occasion for a brother to go over to the enemy’s side. Let us make the kindest efforts to disabuse the minds of the tempted ones. Let it be our object to win souls to Christ, at the same time not compromising one point of truth. Let us stand on the affirmative, leaving others to do the accusing.
(21LtMs, Lt 114, 1906, 9)
It has been decidedly presented to me that you are to seek to help Brethren Paulson, Sadler, Hayward, Morse, Reed, and Riley, and others associated with them, with your hearts softened and subdued by the grace of Christ. As you do this, the blessing of God will come to you.
(21LtMs, Lt 114, 1906, 10)
Lt 116, 1906
Paulson, Brother and Sister [D.] St. Helena, California April 2, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in 5Bio 414, 416-417, 420. Dear Brother and Sister Paulson:
I should be very glad to see you and talk with you. We who have been long in the message must do all in our power to warn and arouse those who have never heard the message given by Seventh-day Adventists. We are now to stand forth before the world as a denominated people. I have been instructed that we are to rehearse the history given in the Old Testament, showing how God blesses those who obey His statutes and judgments and commandments. We are to read and study and understand. Let us press together; for in union there is strength, and in contention and strife there is great weakness.
(21LtMs, Lt 116, 1906, 1)
It causes me great sorrow of heart to see the existing unbelief in the work of the Lord. I knew that this must come, because there are some who are determined to resist the truth as it is in Jesus.
(21LtMs, Lt 116, 1906, 2)
I often read and speak on the instruction given in the fourth chapter of Deuteronomy. Read this chapter diligently, and let your voice unite with my voice in bringing the people back to the true platform. We are not to be blinded by the enemy; we are not to follow Satan’s seductive insinuations. One thing is certain: truth will triumph and will bear away the victory. I call upon you, my brother, to unite with us, heart and soul, in the grand, noble work before us.
(21LtMs, Lt 116, 1906, 3)
I have just been looking over some matter written in my diaries. I find things that I thought I must write all written out plainly. I will send you copies of some manuscripts that have been copied. I wish so much that you had believed the testimonies and had seen the danger of making Battle Creek a center to which to call our young people to receive an education as nurses and physicians. I now entreat you, my brother, no longer to halt between two opinions. If the Lord be God, serve Him, and if Baal, serve him. I greatly desire that you shall heed every word of counsel the Lord has given, and no longer sustain by your influence one who has been given great light, but who for years has been hindering the advancement of the work of God. Long ago the spell of infatuation should have been broken, and I ask you, Brother Paulson, no longer to grieve the Spirit of God by accepting Dr. Kellogg as one who is firm in the faith. Break the spell and be a free man.
(21LtMs, Lt 116, 1906, 4)
It has been represented to me that while men have slept, Dr. Kellogg has been sowing his scientific tares. I have been shown that you were in danger of being influenced by him, and that unless you were on guard, you would cherish his spirit and exercise the same influence exercised by him.
(21LtMs, Lt 116, 1906, 5)
Before Elder A. T. Jones went to Battle Creek, he told me that he would be guarded. I met him again shortly before he left and told him that in vision I had seen him under the influence of Dr. Kellogg. Fine threads were being woven around him, till he was being bound hand and foot, and his mind and his senses were becoming captivated. Elder Jones was standing in my room when I said this. He had called to bid me good-bye, and he did not stop to sit down. I saw that his perceptions were becoming confused and that he did not believe the warning given. The enemy works in a strange, wonderful way to influence human minds.
(21LtMs, Lt 116, 1906, 6)
During the General Conference at Takoma Park, Elder Jones’ case was again presented to me. After this, I had a long conversation with him in which I pointed out his danger. But he was self-confident and declared to me that Dr. Kellogg believed the truth and the testimonies just as firmly as the rest of us believed and advocated them. In this conversation Elder Jones manifested that which had been revealed to me regarding him, that in the place of receiving the warnings, he was full of self-confidence, that he had exalted himself; and in the place of being prepared to help Dr. Kellogg, he had united with him to disbelieve and distrust and falsely to accuse the ministers and others who were trying to save Dr. Kellogg and other physicians who were in peril.
(21LtMs, Lt 116, 1906, 7)
It has been revealed to me that Dr. Paulson, Dr. Reed, Dr. Morse, and other physicians were so blinded and misled that they know not what spirit is taking possession of them. They are being tempted by the one who deceived Adam and Eve, leading them to transgress the commandments of God and thus become shut away from God. The science that Satan used in deceiving Adam and Eve [is] the science that he used in the heavenly courts.
(21LtMs, Lt 116, 1906, 8)
My brother, I wish to recall to your mind the time when I talked with you at the Oakland General Conference. I then presented before you the danger that you were in spiritually because of the deceptive influence that Dr. Kellogg was exerting over you.
(21LtMs, Lt 116, 1906, 9)
When this was presented to me, a great agony of mind came over me. That evening, while taking treatment, I fainted. All night long, a heavy, painful burden was upon me, and I saw satanic agencies working with Dr. Kellogg and imparting to him the false science that the enemy used in heaven to deceive the angels.
(21LtMs, Lt 116, 1906, 10)
My brother, why did you not heed the warning given you at that time? Why did you not see your danger? Why did you not take your stand? I warned Elder Jones, but he felt that he was not in the least danger. But the fine threads have been woven about him, and he is now a man deluded and deceived. Though claiming to believe the testimonies, he does not believe them. God calls upon you to take your stand now. The Lord has given me, His messenger, a clear view of your danger, and I cannot withhold from you the light. Unless you break away from Dr. Kellogg’s influence, you will lose your soul. He has already apostatized, heart and mind and soul, from the truth. His influence has spoiled Judge Arthur, who, unless he is converted, will become an apostate from the faith. The cases of others are presented to me.
(21LtMs, Lt 116, 1906, 11)
I have written you this because I greatly desire you to break every yoke, every fetter. I want you to rid your mind of the misleading sentiments that have been placed there. While men slept, the tares have been sown among the good seed.
(21LtMs, Lt 116, 1906, 12)
I now leave this with you. May the Lord help you and lift up for you a standard against the enemy. I entreat you to be warned and to take your stand on the Lord’s side.
(21LtMs, Lt 116, 1906, 13)
Your sister in Christ.
(21LtMs, Lt 116, 1906, 14)
P.S. I have a request to make of you. Will you place my name on your list as a regular subscriber for The Lifeboat. Send me twenty copies. We can use them in our work in the Soldier’s Home. This institution is about thirteen miles from here, and every other Sabbath a company of our people go there to hold a service. In the Home there are a large number of intelligent old men who are delighted to attend the meetings held by our people. Members of my family take part in these meetings, and they can take copies of the Lifeboat and distribute them among the old soldiers.
(21LtMs, Lt 116, 1906, 15)
Lt 118, 1906
Sadler, Brother and Sister [W. S.] St. Helena, California April 2, 1906 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother and Sister Sadler:
I have words to speak to you. Gladly would I, if I could, talk with you face to face. I fear that I shall not be as well understood by pen as by voice, but I do hope that you will understand me. I cannot write a long letter, but in a little while I shall write again. I want to hear from you. Where are you, and what do you purpose to do?
(21LtMs, Lt 118, 1906, 1)
We are living in perilous times. All around us are fulfilling the signs that tell that the end of all things is at hand. How plain is the evidence that there is taking place in our world that which Christ said should take place just before the coming of the Son of man with power and great glory, to take to himself those who have faithfully obeyed God’s law.
(21LtMs, Lt 118, 1906, 2)
I feel deeply over the condition of apostasy in Battle Creek. I had hoped to see good results from the earnest efforts that at one time you put forth there. I am entreating the Lord to work mightily and to bring unity out of confusion.
(21LtMs, Lt 118, 1906, 3)
What do you purpose to do? We need workers in many places. The great work of the Lord is to be cut short in righteousness. Many will be called from the plow, from the carpenter’s bench, and from other lines of work to give the message of warning to the world. A loud cry is to be heard throughout the churches. The education that is essential to prepare men and women to become laborers together with God will be given to those who keep the words of Christ. What we need now is to learn of Christ and to obey His statutes and commandments. As we work, we are to learn of the great Teacher. I should not dare to advise any one to learn of the teachers in the medical work at Battle Creek the science that leads to apostasy.
(21LtMs, Lt 118, 1906, 4)
The Lord Jesus called His first disciples to leave their nets and follow Him. He declared that as they did this He would make them fishers of men. This we may all be, whether men or women. Christ will speak to the souls of His ministers, leading them to lay hold of His work and become fishers of men. The honor and glory of God will have the first place in the hearts of true, humble workers.
(21LtMs, Lt 118, 1906, 5)
There is much to be done. Souls who have never yet heard the truth for this time will in the future hear and obey. We need you and your wife with your experience just as you are. Will you tell me what you are doing. I am teaching the things that have made me what I am—a Seventh-day Adventist. The Lord Jesus will help every one who will be obedient. “Come unto Me,” He says, “all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.]
(21LtMs, Lt 118, 1906, 6)
Do not delay to enter the Master’s service. You have been learning in the school of Christ for a long time. Will you not continue to give the bread of life to starving souls? I shall be glad to hear from you.
(21LtMs, Lt 118, 1906, 7)
Lt 120, 1906
Those Who Are Perplexed Regarding the Testimonies Relating to the Medical Missionary Work St. Helena, California March 30, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in 6Bio 90.
To Those Who Are Perplexed Regarding the Testimonies Relating to the Medical Missionary Work:
(21LtMs, Lt 120, 1906, 1)
Recently in the visions of the night I stood in a large company of people. There were present Dr. Kellogg, Elders Jones, Tenney, and Taylor, Dr. Paulson, Elder Sadler, Judge Arthur, and many of their associates. I was directed by the Lord to request them, and any others who have perplexities and grievous things in their minds regarding the testimonies that I have borne, to specify what their objections and criticisms are. The Lord will help me to answer these objections and to make plain that which seems to be intricate.
(21LtMs, Lt 120, 1906, 2)
Let those who are troubled now place upon paper a statement of the difficulties that perplex their minds, and let us see if we cannot throw some light upon the matter that will relieve their perplexities. The time has come for the leaders to state to us the perplexities of which they have spoken to the nurses and to their associate physicians. Let us now have their reasons for talking with the students in a way that would destroy their faith in the messages that God sends His people. Let it all be written out and submitted to those who desire to remove the perplexities.
(21LtMs, Lt 120, 1906, 3)
If statements have been made that there are contradictions in the testimonies, should I not be acquainted with the charges and accusations? Should I not know the reasons of this sowing tares of unbelief? Some who have gone to Battle Creek have spent many hours with nurses, presenting objections to the testimonies. Such ones would be able to spend more of their precious, God-given time in the study of the Word of God if with humble hearts they would follow the directions Christ has given and present to me their grievances before they tell them to others. Men do not glorify God in spending so much time in long talks, which sometimes extend late into the night in an effort to weaken the faith of those who are called to Battle Creek supposedly to be educated in medical missionary lines and fitted to go forth into any place where duty may call them.
(21LtMs, Lt 120, 1906, 4)
I am praying for you all and praying for our youth. It is time that we understood who is on the Lord’s side. I ask that the leaders in the medical work at Battle Creek, and those who have been associated with them in gathering together criticisms and objections to the testimonies that I have borne, shall open to me the things that they have been opening to others. They should certainly do this, if they are loyal to the directions God has given. We should also have a clear statement of facts from those with whom physicians and ministers have been at work, to undermine their confidence in the Bible, the messages, and the testimonies. If there is in your minds the thought that Sister White’s work can no longer be trusted, we would be glad to know when and why you came to this decision. It may be that some matters that seem to you very objectionable can be explained. This will be better than to leave these matters until the great future investigation, when every man’s work will appear as it is, with the reasons that underlay their course of action.
(21LtMs, Lt 120, 1906, 5)
I am now charged to request those who are in difficulty in regard to Sister White’s work to let their questions appear now, before the great day of judgment comes, when every work shall be made to appear with the motive underlying it, when the secrets of all hearts shall be made known, and every thought, word, and deed shall be tested by the Judge of the whole world, and each one will receive sentence according as his works have been.
(21LtMs, Lt 120, 1906, 6)
I present this before you all. I am still praying for the physicians, the ministers, and the church in Battle Creek. If any are framing excuses that have deceived their own minds, I plead with them to put these excuses away before the final judgment, the great execution of the sentence that shall be passed upon all upon the earth. In the judgment there will be tried the cases of those who have been exalted to high positions of influence, those who have had great opportunities and great light, but who have refused to heed that light, because it did not agree with the desires of their own hearts. They have turned aside the counsel of the Lord to open the door to seductive influence and are repeating the very experience that was set in operation in the heavenly courts.
(21LtMs, Lt 120, 1906, 7)
There is a class who need to look well to the course of action they are pursuing and to do the diligent work that is essential. “Because thou sayest, I am rich, and increased with goods, and have need of nothing; and knowest not that thou art wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked; I counsel thee to buy of Me gold tried in the fire, that thou mayest be rich, and white raiment, that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thine eyes with eyesalve, that thou mayest see. As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten; be zealous therefore, and repent. Behold, I stand at the door, and knock; if any man hear My voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with Me. To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with Me in My throne, even as I also overcame, and am set down with My Father in His throne.” [Revelation 3:17-21.]
(21LtMs, Lt 120, 1906, 8)
Lt 121, 1906
Jones, A. T. St. Helena, California April 9, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in 13 Crisis Years. + Elder A. T. Jones:
Again and again your case has been presented before me. I am now instructed to say to you, You have had a large knowledge of truth, and less, far less spiritual understanding of it. When you were called to the important work at Washington, you had need of far more of the humble grace that becometh a Christian. Since the Berrien Springs meeting, your attitude and the attitude of several others has closed the door to the reception of the Spirit of God. You have been weighed in the balance and found wanting. Though you had full confidence in yourself, you were out of the path of duty when you with others undertook to do what you did. Had you understood the work that needed to be done, a very different presentation would have been made at that meeting. The Lord has said, “Weighed in the balance, and found wanting.” [Daniel 5:27.] In the place of victory, there was defeat.
(21LtMs, Lt 121, 1906, 1)
Self-exaltation causes you to swell to large proportions. You trust in your own wisdom, and that is often foolishness.
(21LtMs, Lt 121, 1906, 2)
When at Washington I had a conversation with you, but it had no influence upon you. You thought yourself fully capable of managing yourself. After that conversation, scene after scene passed before me in the night season, and I was then instructed that you neither had been nor would be of any help to Dr. Kellogg; for you were blind in regard to his dangers and his real standing. You cannot be a help to him; for you entirely misjudge his case. You consider the light given me of God regarding his position as of less value than your own judgment. You have upon your soul the guilt of confirming him in his wrong course of action. You need the repentance that needeth not to be repented of; for in Dr. Kellogg’s case you have done a work that has encouraged him to resist the light given me of God. You yourself have come to be worked by the same spirit that has worked Dr. Kellogg.
(21LtMs, Lt 121, 1906, 3)
This I warned you of when I placed in your hands the written testimony for Dr. Kellogg, at the time when you were about to leave for the station in Healdsburg. You need to be converted and become as humble as a little child, else you will lose your soul. Had you had clear discernment, you could have helped Dr. Kellogg; but you had not and have not the clear light that cometh from the Light of the world.
(21LtMs, Lt 121, 1906, 4)
I have a message for you. In many respects you are a weak man. I did think, after the camp-meeting at Fresno, that you would be so imbued with the Spirit of God, that you would move prayerfully and understandingly; but you stand condemned before God. You are acting the part of Aaron, and the Spirit of God is grieved. Dr. Kellogg has not been helped by you. His associate physicians have done him great harm, but no good.
(21LtMs, Lt 121, 1906, 5)
In regard to the messages given me concerning people being called to Battle Creek, you have worked directly opposite to the Spirit of God. You were standing where you liked to be, and you have reasoned away the objections to being in Battle Creek. Standing directly opposed to the word of the Lord, as did Aaron, you have made of no effect the testimonies of warning sent to keep young men and women from going to Battle Creek. You have allowed your influence to be used to lead people to do just what the Lord has told them not to do, and the Lord pronounces you an unfaithful steward in your influence in Battle Creek. Whatever excuse you may make, it is thus charged against you. You have worked decidedly counter to the Lord’s plans, and God says, “I will judge him for this, unless he repents.”
(21LtMs, Lt 121, 1906, 6)
Elder Tenney has departed from the faith and is no help to Dr. Kellogg. He upholds him in a wrong course. You have both, ministers of the gospel, stood directly in the way of the work of the Lord. You have confused the understanding of our people in Battle Creek.
(21LtMs, Lt 121, 1906, 7)
Elder Waggoner has been an injury. In the European field he has sown seeds that will bear evil fruit, leading some to depart from the faith and to give heed to seducing spirits, doctrines of satanic origin. Unless he is converted, he is not fitted to act any part in the ministry of the Word. He is a decided transgressor of the seventh commandment.
(21LtMs, Lt 121, 1906, 8)
All these and more might be mentioned as transgressors. Dr. Kellogg’s spiritual condition is such that the youth cannot safely be encouraged to come to Battle Creek. For the past twenty years the Lord has been giving warnings that altogether too many people were settling in Battle Creek, leaving their small home churches, which should be kept alive by their earnest efforts. Educational centers should have been established outside of the cities, and connected with them should be teachers who are settled in the faith. Testimonies have been borne warning people to leave Battle Creek. The Lord sent His judgments upon the institutions there to show His displeasure at the neglect of these warnings.
(21LtMs, Lt 121, 1906, 9)
Lt 122, 1906
Robinson, Brother and Sister [D. E.] St. Helena, California April 11, 1906 Previously unpublished. My dear grandchildren Dores and Ella:
I was very glad to receive a letter from Dores. Yesterday I accomplished a big day’s work. I will send you copies of the letters I have written in which you would be interested.
(21LtMs, Lt 122, 1906, 1)
My health is very good, and I am able to accomplish considerable on my writings. I am at my work early every morning, about three o’clock generally. I thank the Lord for the health He gives me, which enables me to do so large an amount of work.
(21LtMs, Lt 122, 1906, 2)
Tomorrow we leave here for Loma Linda, to attend the dedication services. We shall be away from home for two or three weeks.
(21LtMs, Lt 122, 1906, 3)
I am pleased to learn that you are both enjoying good health. This is a blessing that should be highly prized.
(21LtMs, Lt 122, 1906, 4)
You speak of your decision to take up ministerial work. I am pleased with this decision. This is, I believe, your appointed work. Although I shall miss the help that you could be to me, yet if the Lord designs you for the ministerial work, I am willing that you should enter it. We need ministers who will give the Word of God to the people. If we had more men to take up the work of proclaiming the words of truth, it would be very much more in accordance with the light God has given me, than to have the time and strength of so many given to restaurant work, which does little to bring souls to a knowledge of the truth, enabling them to understand the precious Bible and teach it to others.
(21LtMs, Lt 122, 1906, 5)
We must try to change this order of things and call our young men into evangelical lines of work to canvass for our books, to distribute our literature, and to do genuine missionary work in improving present opportunities to arouse those who are not acquainted with the reasons of our faith. As time advances and the wickedness in the world increases, I cannot rest content to have so many intelligent men and women tied up in the health food work and in the restaurant work, in serving tables when there are souls who need instruction in the way of life. Capable young men and women should be taught to open the Scriptures to those who know not the truth. This is the special work that needs to be done at this time.
(21LtMs, Lt 122, 1906, 6)
You speak of uniting with Elder Hibbard. I am much pleased with this. You will thus obtain more spiritual strength and knowledge in the practical line of preaching than those who are in Battle Creek, listening to Elder A. T. Jones or any other man read and explain the Scriptures. Take up the work, Dores and Ella, in the spirit and the understanding, striving to become true missionaries. United as you are, you can work in many ways, reflecting light in families and neighborhoods. Your school work has not unfitted you for this line of work. As you open the Word of God to others, God will give you increased understanding.
(21LtMs, Lt 122, 1906, 7)
Our time for work is short, and we must improve it. I am pleased that this opening has presented itself to you. I read your letter to Willie, and he is of the same mind as I am. We both think that your uniting with Elder Hibbard will be a source of education to you, by which you will be better fitted for the work to be done at this time. The Lord will open ways for you both. Counsel together, and plan to accomplish the most good possible. Walk humbly with God, and you will walk safely. We need daily the help that God alone can give. Be sure to make the Lord Jesus your dependence. Trustingly, hopefully, courageously enter the work, and in learning at the feet of Jesus you will have a restful yet active experience, an experience just such as you need.
(21LtMs, Lt 122, 1906, 8)
I must close this letter now and begin to prepare for my journey. Be of good courage in the Lord. Be hopeful, cheerful, helpful in every line of duty that presents itself, and you will grow to the full stature of disciples of Christ, in doing the very line of work that will accomplish good in the saving of those who are perishing for spiritual help. May the Lord bless you. The providence of God is opening the way before you. I had thought that you could do a good work in Southern California in connection with Elder Haskell, but improve the present opportunity. I am just as much interested in you as if you were my own children.
(21LtMs, Lt 122, 1906, 9)
Mabel will soon be connected with Brother and Sister Haskell. They have given her a hearty invitation to unite with them in their work. Sister Williams is with them, and her society will be a great blessing to Mabel.
(21LtMs, Lt 122, 1906, 10)
I am glad that you can have such advantages. The Lord will be your helper. Ella’s father has been a great blessing to the cause of God and has put his whole soul into the work. I would have you always appreciate his counsel; for it is generally safe.
(21LtMs, Lt 122, 1906, 11)
Your grandmother.
(21LtMs, Lt 122, 1906, 12)
Lt 124, 1906
White, J. E.; White, Emma St. Helena, California April 10, 1906 Previously unpublished. My dear children Edson and Emma:
I have been searching for some letters, and in my search I found two letters written to you, but never sent, because I put them away securely, and they were forgotten. You may have thought that my silence was neglect on my part, but I have written, though the letters were not sent.
(21LtMs, Lt 124, 1906, 1)
We leave here in a day or two for Southern California. I dread to leave my home, but thus it must be. Sara and Brother Crisler and Willie will go with me. May Walling, who has been staying with us for a week or two, will go with us to Loma Linda, where I suppose she will take up work.
(21LtMs, Lt 124, 1906, 2)
I have been very busy recently preparing matter that must come before the people. I hope that what I have written will relieve minds.
(21LtMs, Lt 124, 1906, 3)
During the past month we have had a great deal of rain. It rained gently for two weeks in succession. Now the weather has changed, and the sun has been shining brightly for several days.
(21LtMs, Lt 124, 1906, 4)
I wish I could see you and talk with you. It would be better than writing. I am enjoying very good health; and although the burden of the cause rests heavily upon me, yet I know that the end is near, and that those who seek the Lord earnestly will find Him. I do not care to say much regarding that which is taking place in Battle Creek. I hope now that the matter stands forth plainly revealed that for some time an effort has been made to sow the seeds of doubt and unbelief.
(21LtMs, Lt 124, 1906, 5)
Sara has just been in to tell me that a man with an unbalanced mind has just come from Los Angeles to see me with the message that the Lord has instructed him to stand by me and help me. You will remember how Nelson came here determined to see me and give me the message that I was Moses and he was Joshua. He was determined that I should believe his message. And now, just when I am overwhelmed with labor and perplexity in preparing to go to Southern California, here comes a man from Los Angeles, determined to get into my presence and give me the message that he is to connect with me in my work.
(21LtMs, Lt 124, 1906, 6)
I have been handling some very important matter recently, which must come before the people. I must do all in my power to correct the unfavorable, untruthful impressions that have been made, that the truth may stand forth as it is.
(21LtMs, Lt 124, 1906, 7)
My dear children, let us keep our spiritual eyesight clear, that we may discern spiritual things. What is the ornament that is accounted as of great price by the One who possesses all the treasures of the universe—by God Himself, the King of kings and Lord of lords? Where can such an ornament be found? How can it be obtained? The apostle Peter tells us. It is the ornament of a meek and quiet spirit.
(21LtMs, Lt 124, 1906, 8)
“Whose adorning let it not be that outward adorning of plaiting the hair, and of wearing of gold, or of putting on of apparel; but let it be the hidden man of the heart, in that which is not corruptible, even the ornament of a meek and quiet spirit, which is in the sight of God of great price.” [1 Peter 3:3, 4.] Let us heed this instruction, and thus save ourselves much trouble. Let us earnestly cultivate the spirit which the Lord estimates as of great price. Let us cultivate the traits of character that will give us a fitness for the higher life. We are here on test and trial to prepare for the higher school.
(21LtMs, Lt 124, 1906, 9)
Edson and Emma, shall we not be most deeply interested in this subject. If we seek earnestly to obtain this ornament, we shall be held in favor by both God and our Saviour Jesus Christ.
(21LtMs, Lt 124, 1906, 10)
“Finally, be ye all of one mind, having compassion one of another, love as brethren, be pitiful, be courteous; not rendering evil for evil, or railing for railing; but contrariwise blessing; knowing that ye are thereunto called, that ye should inherit a blessing.” [Verses 8, 9.]
(21LtMs, Lt 124, 1906, 11)
Let us look on the bright side, dear children. Let it be said of you, Edson, “He thinketh no evil.” [See 1 Corinthians 13:5.] Let not the unpleasant feelings that you suppose are displayed toward you awaken in you unpleasant feelings. Imagine no evil. Keep looking unto Jesus. He has left us an example that we should follow in His steps. The mind that was in Christ is to be in us. He is our example in all things.
(21LtMs, Lt 124, 1906, 12)
The lesson of meekness can be learned in only one school—the school of Christ. He is meek and lowly, and in learning of Him we shall certainly reap most blessed results. Let us lay hold of Him by faith and practice the lessons taught in His life.
(21LtMs, Lt 124, 1906, 13)
“He that will love life and see good days, let him refrain his tongue from evil, and his lips, that they speak no guile; let him eschew evil, and do good; let him seek peace and ensue it.” [1 Peter 3:10, 11.] This is the lesson that we are to learn and practice till we are perfected in righteousness and true holiness. Let us be practical Christians.
(21LtMs, Lt 124, 1906, 14)
“The eyes of the Lord are over the righteous, and His ears are open unto their prayers; but the face of the Lord is against them that do evil. And who is he that will harm you if ye be followers of that which is good. But and if ye suffer for righteousness’ sake, happy are ye: and be not afraid of their terror, neither be troubled; but sanctify the Lord God in your hearts; and be ready always to give an answer to every man that asketh you a reason of the hope that is in you with meekness and fear; having a good conscience; that, whereas they speak evil of you, as of evildoers, they may be ashamed that falsely accuse your good conversation in Christ. For it is better, if the will of God be so, that ye suffer for well doing, than for evil doing. For Christ also hath once suffered for sins, the just for the unjust, that he might bring us to God, being put to death in the flesh, but quickened by the Spirit.” [Verses 12-18.]
(21LtMs, Lt 124, 1906, 15)
May the Lord bless you and make you rich in His grace and peace and love.
(21LtMs, Lt 124, 1906, 16)
Mother.
Lt 126, 1906
Butler, G. I. St. Helena, California April 11, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in UL 115; 2MCP 793. Dear Brother Butler:
I have received and read your letter. I am more than pleased to know that your health is good. My brother, you will certainly need all the soundness of mind and body possible. In regard to the matter of your acting a part in the general field, if the Lord directs you, He can keep and guide you. In this matter I leave you to follow the directions of the Holy Spirit. Let the Lord lead and guide you. I will say, however, that in Battle Creek you will have to deal not simply with human agencies, but with satanic influences. Be assured of this. Everything that can be done should be done to save our people from being led into error.
(21LtMs, Lt 126, 1906, 1)
If ever men were possessed with the power of satanic science, some of those in Battle Creek are. I am bowed down with grief at times, and then victory comes, and great light is presented.
(21LtMs, Lt 126, 1906, 2)
I say to you, Seek the Lord for guidance. In our labors we do not know which shall prosper, this or that. Falsehoods are placed before the people as light, and there are those who seem to act with a great deal of prejudice against me and the work God has given me to do. There are many in Battle Creek who are in darkness, and some act as did the Jews toward our precious Saviour. Can we expect anything else from those who have given themselves up to frame all the evil presentations possible? I will not say what your duty is, but I will warn you that many wicked presentations will be formed to counterwork the truth that should come to the people in this stage of the earth’s history. Gird on the armor, Elder Butler; for you will need it in the work you have in mind to do.
(21LtMs, Lt 126, 1906, 3)
You and I have great reason to thank God that at our age we can stand in defense of the truth. We need not come to the conclusion that it is not possible for the people of God to hold sweet communion with one another. It is possible. But those who create perplexities are going to be the means of disunion and lack of harmony. We are to hold the beginnings of our confidence firm unto the end and be on guard against the attacks of the enemy.
(21LtMs, Lt 126, 1906, 4)
Did not Christ come to His faithful disciple, who had been exiled to Patmos, to give him warning of what would be in the closing scenes of this earth’s history? Speaking of this, the apostle says, “I John, who also am your brother, and companion in tribulation, and in the kingdom and patience of Jesus Christ, was in the isle that is called Patmos, for the word of God and for the testimony of Jesus Christ. I was in the spirit on the Lord’s day, and heard behind me a great voice, as of a trumpet, saying, I am Alpha and Omega, the first and the last; and, What thou seest, write in a book, and send it unto the seven churches which are in Asia; unto Ephesus, and unto Smyrna, and unto Pergamos, and unto Thyatira, and unto Sardis, and unto Philadelphia, and unto Laodicea.” [Revelation 1:9-11.] The message was to be given widespread to all the churches. We are to proclaim this message today. In no case are we to cease to give the warnings given through John.
(21LtMs, Lt 126, 1906, 5)
If ever there was a time when we are to proclaim a special message, it is now, just now, in 1906. The Lord reveals many things that it is needful for His people to understand in these last days. Many things, which are now dark and mysterious to many, even to Bible students, will as the end draws near be plainly understood by those who are not drawn into Satan’s snare.
(21LtMs, Lt 126, 1906, 6)
The Lord has been pointing us to fields unworked. If the messages He has given had been heeded, many thousands of souls would have been brought to a knowledge of the truth. But efforts have been made to draw souls to Battle Creek, and many of our people have crowded together there. Let the message be heard there, “Go ye into the highways and hedges, and compel them to come in, that My house may be filled.” [Luke 14:23.]
(21LtMs, Lt 126, 1906, 7)
Our work is to search the Scriptures; for in them we think we have eternal life, and they are they which testify of Christ. The knowledge gained from a study of God’s Word will be perfect and progressive, and the lessons learned from the great Teacher are repeated and repeated by converts to the truth. From the treasure house there are brought forth things new and old in the rich knowledge of God’s will.
(21LtMs, Lt 126, 1906, 8)
We are to be in the world, but not of the world. Our lives are to give evidence that our citizenship is in heaven. We are now to prepare to be advanced to the higher school. If in this life we eat the flesh and drink the blood of the Son of God, making the truths that He taught a part of the daily experience, we shall have eternal life. Christ explains the spiritual meaning of the command to eat His flesh and drink His blood. “It is the Spirit that quickeneth,” He says; “the flesh profiteth nothing; the words that I speak unto you, they are spirit and they are life.” [John 6:63.]
(21LtMs, Lt 126, 1906, 9)
With this I will send you copy of a letter I have written to Dr. Paulson. Every word of it is truth. How vain is the help of man when Satan’s power is exercised over a human being who has become self-exalted and who knows not that he is partaking of the science of Satan. In his self-confidence he walks right into the enemy’s trap and is ensnared. He did not heed the warnings given and was taken as Satan’s prey. If he had walked humbly with God, he would have run into the trysting place God had provided for him. Thus in times of danger he would have been safe, for God would have lifted for him a standard against the enemy.
(21LtMs, Lt 126, 1906, 10)
Those taken in Satan’s snares have not yet come to a healthy mental attitude. They are dazed, self-important, self-sufficient. Oh, with what sorrow the Lord looks upon them and hears their great swelling words of vanity. They are puffed up with pride. The enemy is looking on with surprise at their being taken captive so easily.
(21LtMs, Lt 126, 1906, 11)
He who cherishes a pure, holy spirit will be bound up with Christ in God. The virtues of the Saviour cannot be overestimated. All who are Christ’s will hear His voice speaking to them in invitation, “Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.] “I felt my spirit sick nigh unto death,” is the experience of the penitent sinner who comes to Christ in full hope of receiving pardon. “I heard the Saviour’s invitation, and came to Him, and He has given me rest.”
(21LtMs, Lt 126, 1906, 12)
O that the veil could be rent away, and the men now deceived would come to their senses and in meekness and lowliness come to Jesus and confess their sins and be converted. O that they would study the Word so pregnant with divine power, and say with the prophet, “I stood upon my feet, and He spake unto me, and the Spirit entered into me, when He spake unto me, and set me upon my feet, so that I heard Him that spake unto me.” [See Ezekiel 2:2.] Very close is Christ to the man whom He desires to renew in knowledge. And the proud-spirited, deceived soul acknowledges his sins. God’s precious Word gives him hope and courage to lift his voice, saying decidedly, “Get thee behind me, Satan.” [Luke 4:8.] He lays hold on the outstretched Arm that for so long he has felt no need of. He grasps it with the very grip of a man saved from death, saying, “Get thee behind me, Satan.” This is the watchword with which he confronts the enemy and grasps with both hands the divine power of Christ.
(21LtMs, Lt 126, 1906, 13)
There are some of our medical missionaries who have been deceived by false theories and seduced by false principles. The power of Satan over these deluded souls can be broken only by their coming to the Saviour and laying hold on His strength. If they bow before Him in repentance and contrition, He will forgive them and make them partakers of the divine nature. Satan’s hold will be broken and the victory gained. Then will be heard the words, “I can do all things through Christ which strengtheneth me.” [Philippians 4:13.] Yes, saith the Saviour, “I have opened your blind eyes; I have strengthened you.”
(21LtMs, Lt 126, 1906, 14)
The peril of delaying to come to Christ is not discerned by those who are under the power of Satan. But when there comes the sense of acknowledged guilt, how the stricken soul hides himself with his God. Let guilty sinners come close to the One who is their atoning Sacrifice. Let them cling to Him as with the grip of death. No human being can heal the soul that has done despite to the Spirit of Christ. Only through the Saviour can healing be obtained. The sinner hath said, “I will confess my transgression unto the Lord, and Thou forgavest the iniquity of my sin.” [Psalm 32:5.]
(21LtMs, Lt 126, 1906, 15)
This is an age of skepticism and unbelief, an age of hatred of reproof. Let men beware how they entertain the sentiments of satanic agencies. Let them remember that mocking at the warnings of the Lord may mean their being left to their own way. The only hope left is to turn to God with full purpose of heart. God will pardon the transgressor if he will repent.
(21LtMs, Lt 126, 1906, 16)
Nothing but satanic agencies, working through the influence of mind upon mind, would have brought about the apostasy that has now come through those to whom has been committed a solemn charge. Men have turned away from the warnings given and are being deceived through the influence of mind over mind, and the results are most deplorable. One sinner, under the influence of the enemy’s deceptions, can work untold harm. Oh, how many souls have had their faith ruined and their confidence spoiled by the protestations of belief in the testimonies, uttered by those who for years have shown positive disbelief in them. I was relieved when some who had been making these protestations decided that the time has come to take an open stand. I felt relieved because minds will not now be captivated by assurance after assurance that they believe the testimonies.
(21LtMs, Lt 126, 1906, 17)
Oh, if those who have had faith in these men could only know how the Lord regards their confidence in those who while men slept have been sowing tares among the wheat. Some whom I warned against being deceived have not heeded the warnings. If they continue to depart from the faith and to give heed to seducing spirits, sentence will be pronounced upon them for spoiling the flock of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 126, 1906, 18)
Now, my dear brother, I would not restrain you in any way from trying to save your children or from trying to save Dr. Kellogg. I have hoped and prayed for Dr. Kellogg, and I hold on to him still. But when he allows Satan to work upon his mind, leading him to manufacture assertions against the testimonies that God has given, when he sows tares in such a marked manner, influencing other minds, I dare not keep silent. We must do all we can to counterwork this terrible effort to impart unbelief that will place souls where there is not a voice in the world to which they will take heed. I must speak decidedly. I mourn over the souls who have been lost to the cause of truth. I mourn that some who have been warned have gone decidedly against the warnings given. But I think that I have done my duty in giving the messages given me.
(21LtMs, Lt 126, 1906, 19)
Again and again the burden has come upon me with reference to the medical work. I saw that it was not being carried forward in accordance with Bible truth. Souls have been flattered until spoiled in discernment and this under the supposition that the one in whom they had confidence was standing right. There is a day of reckoning not far ahead. Let us prepare for this.
(21LtMs, Lt 126, 1906, 20)
In regard to your going to Battle Creek, I entreat you not to link arms with the medical men there and take their words as truth. I would say, Be not deceived; for the Lord does not want G. I. Butler mocked. Save your son if you can, but do not become ensnared yourself.
(21LtMs, Lt 126, 1906, 21)
Lt 128, 1906
Butler, G. I. St. Helena, California April 11, 1906 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother Butler:
I have written you a long letter. I do not want to discourage you. The best thing that you and I in our advanced age can do is to keep our trust unwaveringly fixed on God. I continue to pray for Dr. Kellogg and for others in Battle Creek. When I see the course that Elder A. T. Jones has taken, feelings of great sadness come over me. He is a very presumptuous man and a very harsh-spirited man when he is not under the direct influence of the Holy Spirit. We had an experience with him at the Fresno camp-meeting, three or four years ago. Some in the California Conference had come to believe that it would be better to relieve him of the responsibility of the presidency, because they thought that he was not adapting himself to the situation. He had not carried himself wisely in all things and was so stubborn in holding to and pressing the ideas of A. T. Jones that the people had become weary of his ways.
(21LtMs, Lt 128, 1906, 1)
I felt very sad over this. I knew not what to say, as matters had advanced so far. In the night season the true bearing of the matter was presented to me, and I was instructed that something should be done to change the order of things. I went into the ministers’ meeting and spoke and prayed. I knew that the Spirit of the Lord was giving me a message. If I can find a copy of the report of the talk that I then gave, I will send it to you. I did not excuse Elder Jones’ course of action, but I laid the matter out plainly before all present, declaring that there was need of a different spirit in the meeting. I spoke to Elder Jones and the leading men in the conference the words God had given me to speak.
(21LtMs, Lt 128, 1906, 2)
The power of the Holy Spirit was signally manifested, and Elder Jones made a very humble confession. As I spoke, he sat on a back seat in the tent. When I finished speaking, he walked up to the platform and humbled his heart before God, making a most thorough acknowledgement of his defects. Then he bowed in prayer and made an acknowledgement to God. The Spirit of the Lord was most signally manifested in this meeting.
(21LtMs, Lt 128, 1906, 3)
I spoke in behalf of Elder Jones and Elder Corliss, and these men were moved by the Spirit of God and declared that in the future they would strive to exercise more wisdom and forbearance and that they would seek for the unity for which Christ prayed. They fell upon each other’s necks and with many tears confessed their shortcomings. They declared that they had most wonderfully felt the blessing of the Lord, and that in the future they would carry forward their work in humility and with gratitude to God for His forbearance and love.
(21LtMs, Lt 128, 1906, 4)
The scene that took place in this meeting changed the whole atmosphere. All who were present knew that the Angel of God was in the room and had changed the spirits of those present. It was as if they had had a new birth, and earnest pledges were made in regard to the future of their work. The leading men grasped hands in reconciliation, and I felt so grateful to God that I could not find words to express my feelings.
(21LtMs, Lt 128, 1906, 5)
After this change, Elder Jones talked matters over with his wife and made acknowledgement to her; and he told me afterward that his wife was happier than he had ever seen her, and that they were both determined to maintain the victory they had gained. He said that his wife was now completely relieved, and that she enjoyed the blessing of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 128, 1906, 6)
What a change has come over Elder Jones since he took up his position in Battle Creek. He has lost the great blessing of God. Another spirit has taken possession of him, and he is as hard as flint. God wrought for him at the Fresno camp-meeting, and light shone into the council, giving him decided evidence regarding the source of the message I bore. But now he is rough and hard and denunciatory and has cast aside the blessing of the testimonies, as something that he has no need of.
(21LtMs, Lt 128, 1906, 7)
Lt 130, 1906
Lunt, Sister; Winslow, Sister St. Helena, California February 23, 1906 Previously unpublished. Dear Sister Lunt and Sister Winslow:
I should be so much pleased to see you and talk with you. I received your present of a shawl, and I assure you that I very much appreciate it. It is durable, and yet very pretty.
(21LtMs, Lt 130, 1906, 1)
I should be so pleased if you could come to California and make me a visit. But if I never see your faces again, I shall look forward to the reunion that we shall have in the city of God. There we shall be for a thousand years, and then the city will come down to the place prepared for it—this earth, cleansed by fire from all impurity. Then we shall see what God has done for His people.
(21LtMs, Lt 130, 1906, 2)
I want to see Jesus in the life to come, but I know that I never shall unless I see Him here by faith and here reflect His divine image.
(21LtMs, Lt 130, 1906, 3)
I greatly desire that your husband and children may obtain a genuine experience in the truth, an experience that will prepare them to enter the city that is to be the home of all who have accepted Christ and lived lives of obedience to the law of God. I want every member of your family to sing the song of redemption in the city of God. We see that the wicked are doing wickedly. I wish O so much that all the members of your family shall enter the pearly gates of the city of God. I earnestly hope that the father and mother may be able to say, “Here are we and the children that Thou hast given us.” [Hebrews 2:13.] The time left us in which to prepare is very short. Wickedness is increasing, just as the Lord Jesus declared that it would. As it was in the days of Noah, when the flood came and swept away the inhabitants of the earth, so it is today. Even the remarkable evidence of the dumb animals quietly entering the ark two and two, under the invisible leadership of God, failed to impress the hardened inhabitants of the Noachic world. They did not humble themselves before God, but made light of Noah and his family.
(21LtMs, Lt 130, 1906, 4)
After Noah had entered the ark, and the hand of God had closed the door, one week went by without rain; and during that time the people mocked and derided Noah. But at the end of the week, rain began falling, gently at first, but increasing in power, and continuing until every living thing on the earth was destroyed.
(21LtMs, Lt 130, 1906, 5)
There is to be another general destruction of the wicked. Steadily and surely has iniquity increased and is still increasing. God has said, “My Spirit shall not always strive with man.” [Genesis 6:3.] Already the restraint of His Spirit is being withdrawn. “Thus saith the Lord, Let not the wise man glory in his wisdom, neither let the mighty man glory in his might, let not the rich man glory in his riches; but let him that glorieth glory in this, that he understandeth and knoweth Me, that I am the Lord, which exercise lovingkindness, judgment, and righteousness in the earth; for in these things I delight, saith the Lord.” [Jeremiah 9:23, 24.]
(21LtMs, Lt 130, 1906, 6)
You may have constant comfort and hope and courage. Let us all develop characters that will give us a fitness for a place in those mansions that Christ has gone to prepare for those that love Him. If we purify our souls in obeying the truth, we shall know the meaning of the promise, “If I go away, I will come again, and receive you unto Myself, that where I am, there ye may be also.” [John 14:3.] Let us get all the comfort possible from the grand and blessed thought that where our Saviour is, there we shall be also.
(21LtMs, Lt 130, 1906, 7)
John writes, “In Him was life, and the light was the light of men. And the light shineth in darkness, and the darkness comprehended it not.”“And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, (And we beheld His glory, the glory as of the only begotten of the Father,) full of grace and truth.” [John 1:4, 5, 14.] If we would only receive the blessings that Christ would bestow on us, we would have a heaven here below to go to heaven in.
(21LtMs, Lt 130, 1906, 8)
“And now, little children, abide in Him, that when He shall appear, we may have confidence and not be ashamed before Him at His coming.”“Behold, what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called the sons of God; therefore the world knoweth us not, because it knew Him not. Beloved, now are we the sons of God, and it doth not yet appear what we shall be; but we know that, when He shall appear, we shall be like Him; for we shall see Him as He is. And every man that hath this hope in him purifieth himself even as He is pure.” [1 John 2:28; 3:1-3.]
(21LtMs, Lt 130, 1906, 9)
Our time to prepare for heaven is short. Let us closely examine ourselves; for if any of us fail, it will be at the loss of the life that measures with the life of God. May God help us to make sure work for eternity. We cannot afford to make a mistake in this matter. Oh, when we meet in the city of God, saved, eternally saved, we shall fear never more. Never again will the enemy tempt us, and we shall forever do God’s will. I entreat every member of your family to stand wholly on the Lord’s side. Christ laid aside His royal robe and kingly crown and clothed His divinity with humanity, that humanity might become a partaker of the divine nature, escaping the corruption that is in the world through lust.
(21LtMs, Lt 130, 1906, 10)
May the Lord bless you and strengthen you as a family, is my prayer.
(21LtMs, Lt 130, 1906, 11)
March 29, 1906
I have recently been reading over the record of our experiences in the early years, when Brother Howland’s family and our family were so closely related. The scenes that then took place are still as clear in my mind as if they had but recently taken place. How few we were then and how deeply interested we were in one another. Do you remember how on one occasion several came on foot from North and South Paris, a distance of more than forty miles, to attend a meeting? How we did appreciate the meetings held then.
(21LtMs, Lt 130, 1906, 12)
How wonderfully the work has grown since then, and how marvelously the Lord has worked for us. I want to tell you some of our recent experiences in establishing and advancing the work in Southern California. In His wisdom the Lord has prepared the way for us to work this important field by enabling us to obtain buildings in which to carry on our work. At Glendale, eight miles from Los Angeles, we have a beautiful sanitarium. The building is an imposing looking structure, worth a great deal more than we paid for it. There are only five acres of land connected with it, but the property is in a rural district, away from the noise and confusion of the city. A fine streetcar line gives the sanitarium convenient access to Los Angeles. This institution has been successful from the first and is now filled with patients.
(21LtMs, Lt 130, 1906, 13)
Sixty miles from Los Angeles, we have another sanitarium, called the Loma Linda Sanitarium. This property is only a short distance from Redlands, Riverside, and San Bernardino. These are all beautiful new cities. When President Roosevelt, on a trip to California, first saw Redlands, he took off his hat, and said, “This is glorious. I never imagined anything so beautiful.”
(21LtMs, Lt 130, 1906, 14)
Loma Linda is one of the most favorable locations for sanitarium work that I have ever seen. The property was purchased and the buildings erected by a company of physicians. They failed to make it a financial success, and not long ago the property was offered to us for forty thousand dollars. It cost the original investors one hundred and fifty thousand. There are seventy-six acres of land, one large main building, five cottages, and several other buildings. I will send you a booklet, which will more fully describe the place. We feel that the Lord has specially favored us in enabling us to obtain this property.
(21LtMs, Lt 130, 1906, 15)
Lt 132, 1906
Andre, Rosa St. Helena, California June 26, 1906 Previously unpublished. + Miss Rosa Andre
Daleville, Indiana Dear Sister:
I have read a letter from your sister, regarding the advisability of your leaving the Battle Creek Sanitarium. I would say that the only safety for many of our workers is to leave Battle Creek. Some will have opportunity to unite with ministers and Bible workers in carrying forward the work that is to be done in all parts of the Lord’s vineyard.
(21LtMs, Lt 132, 1906, 1)
The Lord calls upon His people now to unite in earnest efforts to advance the work for this time. They are to give the trumpet a certain sound. In Southern California there are many places that are to be worked by those who are conscientious and true as steel to the great, grand truths for this very period of the earth’s history.
(21LtMs, Lt 132, 1906, 2)
I am instructed to say to you, Do not be held where you are by flattering offers or fair speeches. Place yourself where you can do the Lord’s work just as it needs to be done in order that perishing souls may be saved.
(21LtMs, Lt 132, 1906, 3)
Some nights ago there was repeated to me, with deep earnestness, the message: Call every soul possible away from the deceptive, perverting influence of those who have known the truth and have had continual warnings, and yet who will follow their own course of action and will repeat falsehood after falsehood to deceive if possible the very elect. You and many others are in danger from those who have departed from the faith and given heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of devils. I entreat of you to break away from Battle Creek, that you may take hold with those who will believe the messages God gives, and who will be as true as steel in holding fast their confidence in the Word firm unto the end. The Lord calls upon us to hold fast. “Remember therefore how thou hast received and didst hear; and keep it, and repent. If therefore thou shalt not watch, I will come as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee.” [Revelation 3:3.]
(21LtMs, Lt 132, 1906, 4)
Many are now remaining in Battle Creek to help the sick; but, my sister, how many have been truly converted since that extensive building was erected, contrary to the words of warning that have been given for the last twenty years? Break up your associations in Battle Creek. Let plants be made in cities and towns where all these years nothing has been done. God has not been honored and His name glorified. We are to work to make plants in many places which have not had the light that has shone for years upon Battle Creek.
(21LtMs, Lt 132, 1906, 5)
Lt 134, 1906
Paulson, Dr.; Read, Dr.; Edwards, Dr.; Morse, Dr.; Riley, Dr.; Arthur, Judge St. Helena, California May 8, 1906 Previously unpublished. To Drs. Paulson, Read, Edwards, Morse, Riley, and Judge Arthur:
I must now speak to you. The only thing that will bring you to a clear understanding of your dangers and responsibilities is to give heed to the testimonies that God has given regarding the situation at Battle Creek.
(21LtMs, Lt 134, 1906, 1)
Some of Dr. Kellogg’s associates say that he declares that he believes the third angel’s message and the testimonies as firmly as anyone. But you know that this is not true.
(21LtMs, Lt 134, 1906, 2)
For twenty years messages have been sent to Dr. Kellogg, pointing out his dangers. Some of these testimonies must now be brought before those who have taken the perilous position of making of no effect the warnings given. Those who have been sustaining Dr. Kellogg must be given opportunity to see that the Lord has long been sending him appeals and warnings.
(21LtMs, Lt 134, 1906, 3)
Again and again the Lord has sent messages to Dr. Kellogg, calling upon him to take a decided stand for the right. But he has refused to humble his heart, and his unsanctified words have aroused resistance in other minds. Opportunities, which if rightly improved would have brought most precious results, have been allowed to pass by unimproved.
(21LtMs, Lt 134, 1906, 4)
In the visions of the night I have been permitted to behold a scene which might have taken place, and which would have sent conviction to stubborn hearts. I saw brother confessing to brother, with broken hearts and contrite spirits taking the stumbling blocks out of the way.
(21LtMs, Lt 134, 1906, 5)
During the Berrien Springs meeting, the way was prepared for such a scene to take place. Oh, what blessing would have come had the heaven-sent opportunity been improved. Victories would have been gained, and these victories would have been carried to all parts of the world. But men refused to humble themselves, and the scene of confession and repentance that God had shown me did not take place. Hearts were braced against the testimony God had given me to bear. “I did not confess,” was the statement made by one man. Of these words he should and will be ashamed. In the place of stumbling blocks being removed, and the way being prepared for the Lord, men refused to humble self and become meek and lowly. Men could have taken their position on the platform of eternal truth, but they refused to humble their proud hearts. On that occasion things were presented to me which showed me that Satan was working mightily to prevent surrender to God.
(21LtMs, Lt 134, 1906, 6)
The battle was lost because men were too proud to unbend and humble their hearts before God, confessing their sins. Men braced themselves against the Holy Spirit. Every one who then braved the matter out, resisting the Spirit’s striving, will one day be awakened. O that this awakening might take place in the time granted for repentance and confession.
(21LtMs, Lt 134, 1906, 7)
The day of judgment is coming, in which every man will be judged according to the deeds done in the body. God sends His message now to lead men to prepare the way of the Lord. Those who heed the messages will be strengthened to resist the evil suggestions of the enemy.
(21LtMs, Lt 134, 1906, 8)
Had the associates of Dr. Kellogg humbled their hearts before God and heeded His instruction, instead of sustaining a wrong course of action, the result would have been perfect union brought about by the Holy Spirit’s working. But they have been blinded by resistance of the Spirit.
(21LtMs, Lt 134, 1906, 9)
Lt 136, 1906
Butler, G. I.; Daniells, A. G.; Irwin, G. A. Loma Linda, California April 27, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in 2SM 53; 3SM 54; 5MR 154. Brethren Butler, Daniells, and Irwin Dear Brethren:
Recently I have received letters from Elder Butler and from several others, asking the question, Shall we plan to hold a large camp-meeting early this summer in Battle Creek? My answer is, I cannot advise this. The Lord has faithful men who will bear the messages of truth in Battle Creek. But the holding of a camp-meeting would not be the best way to meet the strange elements that exist there. The Lord has revealed to me that if special meetings were called for in Battle Creek, in the form of a camp-meeting, there would be brought into close association men of all phases of experience; and many who as ignorant of the true position of the men who are resisting the truth would be in great danger of being deceived.
(21LtMs, Lt 136, 1906, 1)
We are to watch for souls as they that must give an account. There must continue to stand in Battle Creek men of God’s appointment, to sound the last message of warning to those who know not the truth. The Tabernacle there must be in the possession of true and faithful men, who shall use it as a means of communicating truth to those who desire to find out things true and excellent. The faithful messengers must not make a raid on any man or group of men, but must speak the truth in pure language. As faithful watchmen, they must declare that the night cometh upon all transgressors, and that the day of everlasting joy will dawn upon those who choose to become refined, purified, and made white in the blood of the Lamb.
(21LtMs, Lt 136, 1906, 2)
At the time of the Lake Union Conference of 1904, we were moving in the fear of God when we tried to bring together at Berrien Springs our ministering brethren and our physicians. At that meeting the Lord wrought in a wonderful manner. We knew that we had the truth that is the power of God unto salvation. The message that I bore was from God. It was He who sustained me as I gave this message to the people.
(21LtMs, Lt 136, 1906, 3)
Early in the meeting I was told that Dr. Kellogg had not been invited, and so we invited him at once. But during this meeting he and his associates placed themselves in opposition to the general work. They were determined not to yield. They resisted the influences of the Holy Spirit that were pleading with them to yield. This placed them where they became rejecters of the word the Lord had sent. And having taken their stand not to yield, they in their opposition sought to make things appear to be in their favor, when decidedly the opposite was the case.
(21LtMs, Lt 136, 1906, 4)
The scenes that were presented to me at that time are sad to think of. In the visions of the night there passed before me representations showing that invitations of mercy and offers of forgiveness had been opposed, slighted, rejected.
(21LtMs, Lt 136, 1906, 5)
At the Berrien Springs meeting, there was offered a golden opportunity for all to yield to the influence of the Holy Spirit; but satanic agencies were on the ground, working mightily with human agencies, and some souls acted out the devising of the tempter. And their efforts since that time have resulted in blinding the eyes of others. A true history of their actions has been traced by the One who has charge of the heavenly books of record, in which will one day appear the result of their wicked resistance of the Spirit of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 136, 1906, 6)
Since the Berrien Springs meeting, I have visited Battle Creek and have borne a straight testimony under the power of the Holy Spirit. I have also sent many messages of counsel and warning. The Lord has given me opportunity by voice and pen to reveal to those in Battle Creek that I am standing on the platform of eternal truth—the same truth that God gave to the pioneers of the third angel’s message, point by point, through a study of the Word, under the guidance of the Holy Spirit. I have given them the truth as God has given it to me—truth that has been the light and assurance of His people for the past half century.
(21LtMs, Lt 136, 1906, 7)
The messages that God has given me have been communicated to His people both by word of mouth and in printed form. Thus my work has been made doubly sure. I am instructed that the Lord, by His infinite power, has preserved the right hand of His messenger for more than half a century, in order that the truth may be written out as He bids me write it for publication, in periodicals and books. Why?—Because if it were not thus written out, when the pioneers in the faith shall die, there would be many new in the faith who would sometimes accept as messages of truth teachings that contain erroneous sentiments and dangerous fallacies. Sometimes that which men teach as “special light” is in reality specious error, which, as tares sown among the wheat, will spring up and produce a baleful harvest. And errors of this sort will be entertained by some until the close of this earth’s history.
(21LtMs, Lt 136, 1906, 8)
There are some who, upon accepting erroneous theories, strive to establish them by collecting from my writings statements of truth, which they use separated from their proper connection and perverted by association with error. Thus seeds of heresy, springing up and growing rapidly into strong plants, are surrounded by many precious plants of truth; and in this way a mighty effort is made to vindicate the genuineness of the spurious plants.
(21LtMs, Lt 136, 1906, 9)
And so it was with the heresies taught in Living Temple. The subtle errors in this book were surrounded by many beautiful truths. This specious device of the enemy had a deleterious influence upon many souls. The seductive fallacies of Satan undermined confidence in the true pillars of the faith, which are grounded on Bible evidence.
(21LtMs, Lt 136, 1906, 10)
Truth is sustained by a plain “Thus saith the Lord.” But there has been a weaving in of error, and the use of Scriptures out of their natural connection, in order to substantiate fallacies, which would deceive, if possible, the very elect.
(21LtMs, Lt 136, 1906, 11)
At the Berrien Springs meeting, men who have spoken and acted in a deceptive manner said, “I did not confess.” These boastful declarations are traced in the books of heaven, where, unless repented of, they will appear when every case is decided. The one who said, “I did not confess,” has much to confess, much to repent of, else he will never see the face of Christ or enter in through the gates of the city of God. God cannot sustain in positions of responsibility men who consider it beneath their dignity to confess their errors and sins. One wrote, “I have surrendered,” and we thought that there would be a change. But we have no evidence that he has surrendered a single point by confession and humiliation. We are sorry for him, knowing as we do that confession must come sooner or later—if not voluntarily now, then finally before the universe of heaven and the multitude that shall compose Satan’s vast army encircling the city of God in the vain supposition that numbers will prevail. Those who persist in refusing to confess now will then be forced to confess their errors, their unfaithful, underhand dealing, and all their transgression of the law of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 136, 1906, 12)
Oh, how much better to confess errors now, than to leave them until the opening of the records in the books of heaven, when every act shall be revealed, and even the motives that led to action! God reads the secrets of every heart. And the day draws near when all who have united in calling the actions of the unrighteous man just and righteous will see that they have acted a part in deceiving the man and that they have been partakers of his unrighteous deeds. They will then understand that because they have strengthened his evil propensities by passing them by without reproof, they are united with him in the sin; and as surely as the Lord has spoken, they will share the punishment when it will be administered in the presence of an assembled universe.
(21LtMs, Lt 136, 1906, 13)
I am instructed to continue to bear my testimony regarding the work in Battle Creek, as I have ever done, and I am to leave the consequences with the Lord. Just as long as there are honest souls there seeking light, attention must be given to the problem of saving these souls. But I desire to say, We cannot go right into the enemy’s camp, expecting to change the evil influences that exist in Battle Creek.
(21LtMs, Lt 136, 1906, 14)
Throughout the world, satanic science will become stronger and more fully developed, from this time henceforth until Christ rises from His throne and puts on the garments of vengeance. To every unrepentant sinner who regards it as no disgrace to do evil works, but rather, a disgrace to confess his sins, the Lord will then render according as his deeds have been. In the name of the Lord God of Israel, I call upon all those who have had the light that has come to them through God-given testimonies now to take their stand. Make haste before it is too late for wrongs to be righted. Come, and demonstrate that you are on the Lord’s side. No longer excuse transgression on the part of yourself or of any other soul. God is in earnest with us.
(21LtMs, Lt 136, 1906, 15)
Some who have regarded it as a virtue to stand by and sympathize with the men whose actions are unbecoming and unrighteous, whose actions wield an influence to deceive many precious souls, will lose their own souls by their wrong course.
(21LtMs, Lt 136, 1906, 16)
And so I say, No. Let us not hold a large camp-meeting in Battle Creek. If God has given you words that should be spoken to save His elect from deception, speak them; but bear in mind that under certain circumstances, your words might be so misinterpreted and misconstrued as to be used in framing false statements that are in harmony with the unconsecrated mind. No longer should our people gather together in Battle Creek as they have in the past. The seeds of infidelity have been sown there. Skepticism has been encouraged; therefore our students should be advised to seek a more spiritual, a purer atmosphere. Christ is the greatest educator the world ever knew. He is your true and certain Saviour. He saves to the uttermost all who come to Him confessing their sins. Many can improve their talents by using them in harmony with the manner in which Christ labored when He was upon the earth. Let not the days pass by and precious opportunities be lost of seeking the Lord with all the heart and mind and soul. If we accept not the truth in the love of it, we may be among the number who will see the miracles wrought by Satan in these last days and believe them. Many strange things will appear as wonderful miracles, which should be regarded as deceptions manufactured by the father of lies.
(21LtMs, Lt 136, 1906, 17)
The Lord’s mercy and blessing know no limit. And yet it has [been] plainly presented before me that if men continue to work out their ambitious designs, the Lord will manifest His counterworking efficiency. He will not much longer leave even the appearance that He, the God of heaven, is continuing to serve with those upon whose minds the enemy of all righteousness is moving.
(21LtMs, Lt 136, 1906, 18)
To those who have long been in Battle Creek, and who have no special duty there, the watchmen must now say, Let the men who are converted, the men who will keep their spiritual eyesight undimmed, use their consecrated gifts in localities where the people will be susceptible to the impression made by the Word of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 136, 1906, 19)
Lt 137, 1906
White, J. E.; White, Emma Loma Linda, California April 26, 1906 Previously unpublished. Elder J. E. White
Nashville, Tennessee Dear children Edson and Emma:
During the night I was passing through the scenes of a fearful earthquake. We thought the day of judgment had come, for most awful scenes were transpiring. I awoke and found that I was still at Loma Linda. In the morning I told the workers at Loma Linda that I had something to tell them, but I could not do so then. I seemed to be dazed and could not remember anything clearly.
(21LtMs, Lt 137, 1906, 1)
We had our goods packed up the night before, preparatory to going to Los Angeles. When we reached Los Angeles we found a great stir there. The newspapers gave the news of the destruction of San Francisco by earthquake and fire. I was to speak at the Carr Street church, but I cannot remember the events of that day, and I shall have to pass over the days that we spent at Glendale.
(21LtMs, Lt 137, 1906, 2)
On the following Friday we went to San Diego. There had been terrible storms in this part of California. The rain had washed out the railroad track, and our journey down was not an easy one. We reached San Diego more than an hour behind time. There were teams to meet us at National City, and we drove from there to Paradise Valley.
(21LtMs, Lt 137, 1906, 3)
On Sabbath I spoke to the church members in San Diego. I felt so weak that I questioned whether I could stand upon my feet, but the Lord gave me strength to speak for one hour. The church was well filled. I had great freedom, and the blessing of the Lord rested upon the people.
(21LtMs, Lt 137, 1906, 4)
Lt 138, 1906
Farnsworth, Brother and Sister [E. W.] St. Helena, California May 15, 1906 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother and Sister Farnsworth:
I have just read your letter of May 9, and I advise you to hold on to Dr. Nicola and his wife, even though they do not see all things concerning the work in a correct light. The deceiving influences that have been brought to bear upon them are very great, but I have confidence that Brother and Sister Nicola are souls that can be won to take a right stand. They must not be driven on to the side of those opposing our united medical work. Save them, save them with every kind influence possible. Yourself and wife may be able to help them. They have both taken a good and active part in the work of the Melrose Sanitarium. Brother Nicola is not so positive a man as some; but he may, if a careful, discreet course is pursued, be saved from taking his position on the wrong side. Hold on to them with wisdom, and they may be saved from imperiling their souls.
(21LtMs, Lt 138, 1906, 1)
Let not changes be made just now. Dr. Nicola and his wife have done excellent work, and I should feel very sad to see them disconnected from the sanitarium at Melrose.
(21LtMs, Lt 138, 1906, 2)
At this time we must make great efforts to save all of our faithful physicians who have been confused and perplexed. We must be watchful of ourselves that we do not treat as enemies those who have been influenced by Dr. Kellogg. We must come close to these deceived souls and treat them as though we have confidence in them.
(21LtMs, Lt 138, 1906, 3)
Exercise every possible kindness toward Dr. Nicola and his wife, and I believe you can save them. I am writing to them now, and I will send you a copy of the letter that I write them. We must win them to the right position. God help us to save them and others in a similar position.
(21LtMs, Lt 138, 1906, 4)
For some days I have not been able to write; but I hope I am now on the upward grade.
(21LtMs, Lt 138, 1906, 5)
God help us to keep very low at the feet of Jesus. We are to learn of Christ, who is meek and lowly in heart, and yet who is firm as a rock to principles that we must hold.
(21LtMs, Lt 138, 1906, 6)
I hope that you and your wife will urge that Brother and Sister Nicola remain at the sanitarium. I have now to be very careful, for I am brain weary. But I have good courage in the Lord, that if we walk humbly before Him and trust wholly in Him, that He will work special victories for us.
(21LtMs, Lt 138, 1906, 7)
P.S. I have read what you have written in regard to Dr. Sanderson coming to Melrose. I do not believe it is best that he should do this. His wife has hindered him greatly. At times she has claimed to be converted, but she has often acted a very strange part. She has always practiced worldliness in connection with the sanitarium. Many things were done that we had to be continually undoing.
(21LtMs, Lt 138, 1906, 8)
I fear that Dr. Mary Sanderson has not the mold of character that is needed in our sanitarium work. I do not favor having either Dr. Sanderson or his sister connected with the work at Melrose.
(21LtMs, Lt 138, 1906, 9)
If converted, Mary Sanderson would fill a good place as a physician, but she is not thoroughly converted. Dr. Sanderson has had an experience in giving his mind to his wife, to be influenced by her strong mind to work out mind cure on the patients. And since he followed this course, he has not been the same man he was before. The character of the influence exerted at the St. Helena Sanitarium was presented to me, and the mind cure work was cut short. But since that time he has often appeared like a man that has given his mind to the control of another. Keep to yourself what I have written in this postscript. But do not, as matters now stand, have him connect with the sanitarium at Melrose.
(21LtMs, Lt 138, 1906, 10)
Lt 140, 1906
Burden, J. A. Mountain View, California May 6, 1906 This letter is published in entirety in LLM 165-171. Dear Brother Burden:
I must write you words of counsel. I am instructed to say, Move guardedly, and be careful not to take upon yourself too many responsibilities. Your mind is to be left as free as possible from matters of secondary importance.
(21LtMs, Lt 140, 1906, 1)
The Lord has instructed me that it would be a mistake for us to plan for the production of large quantities of health foods at Loma Linda, to be distributed through commercial channels. Loma Linda is a place that has been especially ordained of God to make a good impression upon the minds of many who have not had the light of present truth. Every phase of the work in this place, every movement made should be so fully in harmony with the sacred character of present truth as to create a deep spiritual impression.
(21LtMs, Lt 140, 1906, 2)
Everything connected with the institution at Loma Linda should, so far as possible, be unmingled with commercialism. Nothing should be allowed to come in that would in any wise lessen the favorable impression you are striving to make. If we manifest a genuine faith in eternal realities, this will have a far-reaching effect on the minds of others. We must allow nothing to hinder our efforts for the saving of souls. God requires us to leave impressions that will help awaken unbelievers to a realization of their duty. Let us use voice and pen in helping those who need clear discernment.
(21LtMs, Lt 140, 1906, 3)
Many are now inquiring, “What shall I do to inherit eternal life?” [Luke 18:18.] We cannot answer this question satisfactorily by connecting with our sanitariums the production of health foods for commercial gain. By our example we are to leave upon the minds of our patients the impression that we are sustained and guided by the grace of God and that we are keeping constantly in view the glory of the Lord.
(21LtMs, Lt 140, 1906, 4)
It is not rank, or wealth, or learning, or power that lends influence to a Christian, but a willing mind and a heart consecrated to the cause of Christ. In the service of God there is a place for every one; and He is glorified when every one is satisfied in filling the place appointed him. To His servants He imparts grace sufficient for every duty. However humble may be their sphere of service, they may by His grace reveal that they are Christian gentlemen and Christian ladies.
(21LtMs, Lt 140, 1906, 5)
In the visions of the night, these principles were presented to me in connection with the proposal for the establishment of a bakery at Loma Linda. I was shown a large building where many foods were made. There were also some smaller buildings near the bakery. As I stood by, I heard loud voices in dispute over the work that was being done. There was a lack of harmony among the workers, and confusion had come in.
(21LtMs, Lt 140, 1906, 6)
Then I saw Brother Burden approach. His countenance bore a look of anxiety and distress as he endeavored to reason with the workmen and bring them into harmony. The scene was repeated, and Brother Burden was often drawn away from his legitimate work as manager of the sanitarium to settle variances. He was carrying too heavy a load, and he looked careworn and perplexed.
(21LtMs, Lt 140, 1906, 7)
I then saw patients standing on the beautiful sanitarium grounds. They had heard the disputes between the workmen. The patients did not see me, but I could see them and hear them, and their remarks were brought to my ears. They were expressing words of regret that a food factory should be established on these beautiful grounds, in such close proximity to an institution for the care of the sick. Some were disgusted, and a most unfavorable impression was being made. How sorry I felt! All these buildings had cost money that should have been used in fitting up bathrooms, which would involve considerable expense.
(21LtMs, Lt 140, 1906, 8)
Then One appeared on the scene, and said: “All this has been caused to pass before you as an object lesson, that you might see the result of carrying out certain plans. Sanitariums must help those who come to them by calling attention to the gospel truth. Commercialism must not take the place of the vital work to be done. This beautiful place came to us in the providence of God, and it should be kept as a restful, desirable, healthful retreat, to which we may call the sick, where they shall be greatly blessed physically, and where they can hear the evidences of present truth and the reasons for our faith.”
(21LtMs, Lt 140, 1906, 9)
And then, lo, the whole scene changed. The bakery building was not where we had planned it, but at a distance from the sanitarium buildings, on the road toward the railway. It was a humble building, and a small work was carried on there. The commercial idea was lost sight of, and in its stead, a strong spiritual influence pervaded the place. A suitable helper was given Brother Hansen at such times as he required help. The management of this small bakery did not bring a heavy responsibility upon Brother and Sister Burden. The patients were favorably impressed by what they saw.
(21LtMs, Lt 140, 1906, 10)
Brother and Sister Burden, you are to unite in being a blessing in spiritual lines. The Lord will bless you and make you a blessing. You must not be encouraged to take upon yourselves the responsibility of conducting a large business in the health food line. We must all fill our appointed places and become like-minded with God. Then we shall not fail nor be discouraged. The strength and power and influence of the Word will be revealed in Christlike tenderness, through the softening, subduing influence of the Holy Spirit of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 140, 1906, 11)
Nothing of a commercial nature, as a means of lessening the debt on the sanitarium, should be brought in to burden the mind. There are many considerations in connection with this matter that I fear I shall not be able to define plainly to you. Improvements on the Loma Linda property will need to be made; but your work is not to gather in perplexities that will tax brain and nerve.
(21LtMs, Lt 140, 1906, 12)
My brother, you and your wife are to be a special help to the sick and the afflicted. You can take them out to ride, and in many other ways show a genuine interest in their behalf while acting as manager of the sanitarium and as a religious instructor.
(21LtMs, Lt 140, 1906, 13)
The manager and the pastor have their appointed work to do. The Lord calls upon His servants to attain unto perfection of Christian character in every line of effort. We are to see that our hearts are under the control of the Holy Spirit—under the control of a power out of and above ourselves. Let every soul take hold of the work earnestly, because he is thoroughly converted; because he discerns the methods and ways of the Lord.
(21LtMs, Lt 140, 1906, 14)
The manager of a sanitarium bears important responsibilities. Let his associates who are engaged in continuous, hard labor in the various handicrafts keep their souls searched as with a lighted candle. Unity of action in diversity of labor must be maintained. The workers are to live out the prayer of Christ, who declares, “I sanctify Myself, that they also may be sanctified through the truth.” [John 17:19.] Let them read the Word of the Lord, in order that they may have the wisdom that is unto salvation. The richest treasures are to be found by searching for them in the Word. Some minds will be so impressed to seek these hidden treasures as to sell all that they have in order to buy the field and come into possession of the priceless jewels of truth. Ofttimes the most lowly are in possession of the hidden treasure, which they may impart to others.
(21LtMs, Lt 140, 1906, 15)
The truths of the Word of God, applied to the heart and carried out with humility in the daily life practice, will make Christians strong in the strength of Jehovah and happy in His peace. Christian kindness and earnest consecration are constantly to be manifest in the life. We are not always engaged in special duties connected with sacred service; but the common, daily round of duties may be done in His Spirit, and such labor will commend itself to every man, even to the unconverted who know not the doctrine. We may let our light so shine in good works that the truth which we cherish shall be, to unbelievers, spirit and life.
(21LtMs, Lt 140, 1906, 16)
Loma Linda is to be not only a sanitarium, but an educational center. With the possession of this place comes the weighty responsibility of making the work of the institution educational in character. The school that is to be established at Loma Linda is to stand in the freedom of the truth.
(21LtMs, Lt 140, 1906, 17)
We shall have a work to do at Loma Linda in supplying health foods, in a limited way, to the surrounding cities; but it has been presented to me that in the establishment of a large food factory, you would be disappointed in your expectations. The influences connected with its management would not make a favorable impression upon the people. The Lord is able to make the proper impression upon human minds, when we co-operate with Him and follow the plans that He outlines.
(21LtMs, Lt 140, 1906, 18)
The light given me is that in a food business large enough to supply Southern California, it would be difficult to avoid commercialism; and if the perplexing details were not attended to most carefully, there would be more expense than income. You can ill afford to spend the time that would be required to make the business a success.
(21LtMs, Lt 140, 1906, 19)
The Lord calls upon us to ascend a higher platform. Our example must exert a decided influence in favor of the doctrines we profess. Let us cling close to the teaching of the Word. Let us make the Word our counselor. The truths of the Word, carried out in our daily lives, will keep the soul pure and refined, noble and elevated. Walking in the light of the truth, self will be hid in constant love and fear of God. Before the world, the truth is to become majestic; for it reveals God in word, in spirit, in character. The words were spoken by my Instructor: “The influence to be constantly going out is that which is created by the light shining forth with clear, convincing power from every soul who claims to believe the truth. The Lord would have you exalt the truth in language, in faith, in practice. Those who are connected with you are in no wise to be permitted to become deficient in tenderness, in mercy, in refinement of speech. The heart is ever to be obedient unto God. Cling to your heavenly Helper.”
(21LtMs, Lt 140, 1906, 20)
Talk these things, Brother Burden, and you will be a laborer together with God. By beholding you become changed into the likeness of His image; through His grace you become a partaker of His divine nature. You can glorify God by writing helpful, encouraging letters; but engaging in conversation with the patients; and by placing select reading matter in the hands of those with whom you become acquainted. The life of Christ was a life of incessant labor to prepare human beings to be members of the royal family in the mansions above.
(21LtMs, Lt 140, 1906, 21)
How shall the people be convinced of their great need of a preparation for the future life, which measures with the life of God, except by wisely given appeals and warnings, as well as by the example of uprightness and of earnest, abiding faith which they see in the Christian life of believers? You and your helpers are laborers together with God to relieve the suffering sick and to reclaim the wandering. You are also to edify the believers in advice, in counsels, and in the daily workings of a training school.
(21LtMs, Lt 140, 1906, 22)
A word in season is to be spoken to every one in need. To the unbelievers, we must be as the light of the world, as a city set on a hill, which cannot be hid. Our time and our intelligence are to be spent in revealing the sanctification that comes through love and obedience. In this lower school the truth of the Word will prepare men for the heavenly school. All are to be learners and in the humble walks of life are to exemplify the mighty power of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 140, 1906, 23)
In humility all are to become living, eloquent commentaries on the words that God hath spoken: “God hath chosen the foolish things of the world to confound the wise; and God hath chosen the weak things of the world to confound the things which are mighty; and base things of the world, and things which are despised, hath God chosen, yea, and things which are not, to bring to nought things that are.” [1 Corinthians 1:27, 28.] There is power for all who will seek it. Let us yield our God-given faculties to Him who is our sanctification and our redemption. We shall have faith, if we have strong confidence in God.
(21LtMs, Lt 140, 1906, 24)
Our faith in eternal realities is to become stronger and firmer with exercise. In every sanitarium, in every school, an upward, spiritual influence needs to be exerted. I am instructed to say to all physicians, Awake, awake, and take hold of the real issues that are for the uplifting of men and the magnifying of present truth. Let not your sense of individual responsibility become feeble. Let not your mind grow weary, while there remain your talent of speech, your pen, and the privilege of service. Let the truth, eternal truth, be brought into action to impress, to convince, to convert minds. Let us proclaim that the day of the Lord is upon us.
(21LtMs, Lt 140, 1906, 25)
Many are now perishing for want of knowledge. Shall we not give mind and soul and voice to proclaiming the truth as it is in Christ Jesus? To every worker I would say, Show to unbelievers that there is strength in God. Communicate your ideas in regard to what is required, by the words of warning, “Prepare to meet thy God!” [Amos 4:12.] Sow the seeds of truth by all waters. Wake up the watchmen, and, with them, bear the message in words of power. “Cry aloud, spare not, lift up thy voice like a trumpet, and show My people their transgression, and the house of Jacob their sins.” [Isaiah 58:1.] The increase of your own experience will be proportionate to your individual trust and confidence in God.
(21LtMs, Lt 140, 1906, 26)
There are many, many to be converted through the instrumentality of men who will be taken from the plow and from the common vocations of life to engage in the great, grand work of giving soul-saving truth to the people.
(21LtMs, Lt 140, 1906, 27)
There are all classes to be reached. Those who have been called to labor in hygienic restaurants, where thousands are fed but are not given the bread of life, should inquire, What is the way of the Lord? There are some who are laboring in hygienic restaurants, who should be breaking away, and be giving themselves to the grand work of carrying the last gospel message to multitudes. They must make sure that the truth for this time is implanted within their own hearts by the Holy Spirit of God. Then with minds cleansed from all sin, they will be able to feed the flock of God with pure provender, thoroughly winnowed from all fanciful and fatal delusions.
(21LtMs, Lt 140, 1906, 28)
“Ye shall not surely die,” the enemy declared in the beginning; “ye shall be as gods.” [Genesis 3:4, 5.] Our first parents yielded to the sophistry of the tempter, and fell.
(21LtMs, Lt 140, 1906, 29)
We are now to awaken the men who have known the truth and have lost from their hearts the love of it. Let us cease not our warning, day nor night. With tenderness even unto tears and with prayers of faith, let us lay hold of souls for whom Christ has died. Let us not wait for some costly arrangement before we work out Christ’s plan. Some will be reached by the provisions the Lord has made to reach souls in the highways as well as in the byways. He has furnished us with buildings in which a good work may be done. There are dangers of consuming and not producing; but the evidence is given us that buildings have been provided that will enable us to reach the higher classes and present to them the truths of the Word.
(21LtMs, Lt 140, 1906, 30)
There is a large work to be done. Sanitariums are to be carried on in many lands. When facilities are added to sanitariums that have been set in operation, let the additions be most thoroughly and firmly constructed; but there should be no large expenditure of means to secure every advantage at the beginning.
(21LtMs, Lt 140, 1906, 31)
While at Loma Linda it is necessary to add some treatment rooms and other rooms, yet I would counsel you not to add anything that would greatly increase the labor and expense of operating the institution. Build no more than is positively necessary.
(21LtMs, Lt 140, 1906, 32)
To the managers of all our sanitariums, I would say, Let no large debts be created. Make no unnecessary move. Set aside your desire for full equipments at once. Let the best possible use be made of fewer facilities, rather than to increase debts. All that is needed may in time be obtained, but all the furnishings and facilities need not be provided at once. Let reason, calm thought, and wise calculation be the rule of action. If success attends our institutions established for the care of the sick, it will be because the managers have preferred to get along with the most essential things, rather than to pile up debts.
(21LtMs, Lt 140, 1906, 33)
The Lord calls upon us to do a work in many places. We shall have sanitariums that can be carried on without involving our cause heavily in debt. A word to the wise is sufficient. Let none think they must invest in the most costly conveniences. There is a more humble way of working successfully. Provide first the simpler appliances necessary for giving treatments. We need not now go to the expense of providing swimming pools and other costly facilities.
(21LtMs, Lt 140, 1906, 34)
Our sanitarium work at Loma Linda may be carried on with simplicity, without incurring a heavy debt. Let our people be wise and true, and do their work in a humble way, in order that means may be saved in every line possible. This will facilitate the establishment of sanitariums in other places. My brethren, study to show yourselves approved unto God. We are laborers together with God, to save the souls and the bodies of many, to the glory of Christ Jesus.
(21LtMs, Lt 140, 1906, 35)
Lt 141, 1906
White, J. E.; White, Emma St. Helena, California May 10, 1906 This letter is published in entirety in 21MR 83-84. + Elder J. E. White
Nashville, Tennessee My children Edson and Emma:
I have begun several times to write to you, but before the letter has been finished, each time I have had to pack up my writings, and so nothing has been finished. I shall make another beginning.
(21LtMs, Lt 141, 1906, 1)
We are very pleased to be at home again. Yesterday we gathered peas from our garden for dinner. This is the second dish we have had this season. We found when we arrived home that Brother and Sister King during our absence had had a general house-cleaning. Everything smells sweet and clean.
(21LtMs, Lt 141, 1906, 2)
We thought it right on our way home to drive through the city to see the ruin wrought by the earthquake and fire. We drove in an easy carriage through the ruined district. I have no language with which to describe the awful scene. There are some who are now boasting that in restoring San Francisco they will make it proof against such casualties in the future. But these worldly wise men do not know that there is an omnipotent Ruler in the heavens, who possesses all power, and that He will do according to His will.
(21LtMs, Lt 141, 1906, 3)
I was pleased to see that the church which your father, and a few who united with him, built was untouched by the fire. The house close beside it, which Brother Chittendon built, is also unharmed. The park near by looked beautiful with its fine trees and flowers and green grass. The fire came quite close to this section, but it also escaped injury. We feel that God has greatly favored His people in this time of calamity. Although so many living in San Francisco have been killed, we have not heard of one Sabbath-keeper who was killed or injured in the disaster.
(21LtMs, Lt 141, 1906, 4)
The ascension of Jesus to the Father was a matter of rejoicing to the early church. It enabled the Saviour to vouch safe to His followers in a special sense, through the agency of the Holy Spirit, His guidance and protection. The promise of the Father concerning His Son had been, “He shall see His seed; He shall prolong His days; and the pleasure of the Lord shall prosper in His hand.” [Isaiah 53:10.] At the close of His work on earth the Saviour could say, “I have finished the work that Thou gavest Me to do: and now, O Father, glorify Thou Me with Thine own glory which I had with Thee before the world was.” [John 17:4, 5.]
(21LtMs, Lt 141, 1906, 5)
Christ claims His own recompense for His conquests. He specified in His wonderful prayer, recorded in the seventeenth chapter of John, what that recompense is. “I am glorified in them,” He says. [Verse 10.] His ransomed church is to be the chief source of His glory. Through them, unto principalities and powers in heavenly places, is to be made known the manifold wisdom of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 141, 1906, 6)
“I have given them Thy word,” the Saviour declared, “and the world hath hated them, because they are not of the world, even as I am not of the world. I pray not that Thou shouldest take them out of the world, but that Thou shouldest keep them from the evil. They are not of the world, even as I am not of the world. Sanctify them through Thy truth; Thy word is truth.
(21LtMs, Lt 141, 1906, 7)
“As Thou hast sent Me into the world, even so I also sent them into the world. And for their sakes I sanctify Myself, that they also may be sanctified through the truth. Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also that shall believe on Me through their word; that they all may be one; as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee, that they also may be one in Us; that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me.
(21LtMs, Lt 141, 1906, 8)
“And the glory which Thou gavest Me, I have given them; that they may be one, even as We are one: I in them, and Thou in Me, that they may be made perfect in one; that the world may know that Thou hast sent Me, and hast loved them as Thou hast loved Me. Father, I will that they also whom Thou hast given Me, be with Me where I am; that they may behold My glory, which Thou hast given Me: for Thou lovedst Me before the foundation of the world. O righteous Father, the world hath not known Thee: but I have known Thee, and these have known that Thou hast sent Me. And I have declared unto them Thy name, and will declare it: that the love wherewith Thou hast loved Me may be in them, and I in them.” [Verses 14-26.]
(21LtMs, Lt 141, 1906, 9)
Christ humbled Himself and became obedient unto death, even the death of the cross. “Wherefore God hath highly exalted Him.” [Philippians 2:9.] A marvelous work has been wrought in our behalf. Shall we allow ourselves to become depressed, or to murmur and complain? “Take heed, brethren, lest there be in any of you an evil heart of unbelief in departing from the living God. But exhort one another daily, while it is called today, lest any of you be hardened through the deceitfulness of sin.”“For we are made partakers of Christ, if we hold the beginning of our confidence steadfast unto the end. While it is said, Today, if ye will hear His voice, harden not your hearts, as in the provocation. For some when they heard did provoke: howbeit not all that came out of Egypt by Moses. But with whom was He grieved forty years? was it not with them that had sinned, whose carcasses fell in the wilderness? And to whom sware He that they should not enter into His rest, but to them that believed not? So we see that they could not enter in because of unbelief.” [Hebrews 3:12-19.]
(21LtMs, Lt 141, 1906, 10)
True believers are the light of the church and of the world. God has true messengers of healing in our world. They are those who are taught of God, who are imbued with His Spirit, ministers who experience the sanctification of the Spirit. Sons and daughters of God have a great work to do in the world. They are to be its light. They are to accept the Word of God as the man of their counsel and impart it to others. They are to diffuse light. All who have received the engrafted Word will be faithful in giving that Word to others. They will speak the words of Christ. In conversation and in deportment they will give evidence of a daily conversion to the principles of truth. Such believers will be a spectacle to the world, to angels, and to men, and God will be glorified in them.
(21LtMs, Lt 141, 1906, 11)
Let us ask ourselves the question, Shall I not seek to honor God daily? The time has come for me to present these things before you as the Lord has presented them to me.
(21LtMs, Lt 141, 1906, 12)
Lt 142, 1906
Burden, Brother and Sister [J. A.] St. Helena, California May 17, 1906 This letter is published in entirety in LLM 174-176. Dear Brother and Sister Burden:
I have an apology to make for not sending you, sooner, this matter regarding the bakery at Loma Linda. The delay has been occasioned by illness and traveling. On my journey to Mountain View, I had a peaceful, restful night on the cars; but I had not been able to throw off a cold that I contracted in Southern California. When I reached Mountain View Thursday morning, my throat was suffering considerably. We had expected to stop only two or three hours and then go on to St. Helena, but the brethren urged us to stop longer; and as we considered the needs of the work there, in view of the disaster to the Pacific Press, we consented to remain over the Sabbath.
(21LtMs, Lt 142, 1906, 1)
Thursday morning we were driven over a portion of Mountain View, and shown the ruins of several large buildings, including the post office and some two-story brick buildings, that were completely wrecked by the earthquake. I was made sad to see the ruins of the sides of the Signs office. The building has been repaired temporarily, and the chapel was repaired sufficiently to make it safe and comfortable for Sabbath services. We have reason to thank the Lord that no greater damage was done.
(21LtMs, Lt 142, 1906, 2)
Thursday afternoon I met with the brethren in council and spoke a short time.
(21LtMs, Lt 142, 1906, 3)
Nearly every morning we were there the sky was overcast with fog. I rode out a short distance on Friday. That day I was quite sick, and very weak, and I hardly dared hope to be able to speak on the morrow. However, I ventured to allow the brethren to make an appointment for me to address the people Sabbath forenoon. I made the Lord my entire dependence; for I knew that unless He should be my helper, I could not speak more than a few words. I was afflicted with the influenza, and my throat and head were greatly troubled. I was so hoarse that I could scarcely talk.
(21LtMs, Lt 142, 1906, 4)
When the appointed hour came, I went over to the usual place of meeting and was surprised to find the chapel crowded. I feared I should fail, but began talking about the last prayer of Christ, as recorded in the seventeenth of John. The moment I began to speak, strength was imparted, and I was relieved of my hoarseness and spoke without difficulty for nearly an hour. My illness seemed to disappear, and my mind was clear. As soon as I finished speaking, the hoarseness came upon me again, and I am still under difficulty, coughing and sneezing.
(21LtMs, Lt 142, 1906, 5)
To me, this experience was a marked evidence of divine help. I am so grateful to my heavenly Father for this special miracle of His power, which gave me no chance for any doubt. In the afternoon I had a very strange movement of the bowels, which cleansed my system, but left me prostrated. I was so very weak; but I praise the Lord for His goodness and for evidences of His special power upon me in such a way that I could not entertain a doubt but that He had a message for me to bear to the people. I was very sick in the afternoon and restless during the night, but Sunday I was able to sit up in bed and trace some of the lines that I am sending you.
(21LtMs, Lt 142, 1906, 6)
Monday noon we started home, by the way of San Francisco. In Palo Alto we saw the ruins of the beautiful stone entrance to the Leland Stanford, Jr., University. Many of the magnificent buildings of this great university are badly wrecked.
(21LtMs, Lt 142, 1906, 7)
At the Valencia St. Station, we secured a cab and spent an hour and a half riding through the streets of the stricken city. Terrible were the sights that met our eyes. The situation there can scarcely be exaggerated. Our church on Laguna Street was not burned. The chimney is down, and the building has been damaged otherwise, to the extent of about a thousand dollars, we are told. The beautiful park close by is a safe retreat for many refugees. All of these scenes were of very solemn import to me.
(21LtMs, Lt 142, 1906, 8)
Since coming home, I have taken quite thorough treatment, but my cough has been coming on mornings, and sometimes at night. Hot baths have relieved me considerably. Still, I am not well. I feel very weary and have been able to do but little writing. I have finally completed this that I am now sending you; and as I have been writing it out, I have thought, How pleased I would be to converse with you!
(21LtMs, Lt 142, 1906, 9)
Brother Burden, we appreciate your ability as a manager and as a spiritual instructor, and we feel anxious that you should not be harassed with so many perplexing details of business that the spiritual work shall take a secondary place. I pray that you may preserve your capabilities and constantly increase in talent and spiritual power.
(21LtMs, Lt 142, 1906, 10)
Sister Burden, you need to get out often and ride. This is the prescription I give, in the name of the Lord. We hope you will both have health and strength and vitality and that your spiritual growth shall not decrease, but increase.
(21LtMs, Lt 142, 1906, 11)
From various sources I have been receiving letters containing statements regarding supposed inconsistencies in the testimonies and reasons why they cannot be regarded as reliable. As soon as I am able, I plan to take up these matters; but I cannot expect to do anything before I recover from the effects of the influenza.
(21LtMs, Lt 142, 1906, 12)
Be of good courage in the Lord. Trust fully in His power to strengthen and uphold you.
(21LtMs, Lt 142, 1906, 13)
In faith and love.
(21LtMs, Lt 142, 1906, 14)
Later. I have just had an interview with Dr. Preston S. Kellogg. He has a knowledge of surgery and has made a success in this line. For his spiritual good, he needs to be connected with some one of our sanitariums. Will you please favor me by giving him a close looking over, to see if he would not be one who could be used at Loma Linda to do the work that we once thought Dr. Holden would do.
(21LtMs, Lt 142, 1906, 15)
I have urged Brother Kellogg to go to Loma Linda and see the place. May the Lord give you wisdom to know how to handle this case. I have had only a few minutes’ talk with him and now leave the matter to your judgment. Elder Behrens says that he and his wife are having a good religious experience.
(21LtMs, Lt 142, 1906, 16)
Lt 143, 1906
White, J. E.; White, Emma St. Helena, California May 21, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in 4MR 240; 6Bio 101. My children, Edson and Emma White:
I write you a few lines. I have been passing through a siege of influenza. I slept all night last night, and I will try to write you a few lines. My heart and head are sick, and I am passing through severe, testing trials.
(21LtMs, Lt 143, 1906, 1)
I do not wish to express any matters until I get well, for I might say things that would not be exactly as they should be. I am passing through great trial to know what to say and what to leave unsaid. All I can now say to you is, Let your soul be right with God; hang your helpless soul on God. All I can say is, Be true to God.
(21LtMs, Lt 143, 1906, 2)
What you have said to my worst enemies at Berrien Springs and since that time is not true. He [W. C. White] is the best friend you have in this whole world. What I know, I know, in this matter. The position you have taken, the words you have said are not a secret. Everywhere they are handled by those who would uproot confidence in the testimonies, and they have influence because you are W. C. W.’s brother and the son of E. G. White.
(21LtMs, Lt 143, 1906, 3)
I want to say, Never repeat to another soul as long as you live the words that W. C. White manipulates my writings and changes them. This is just what the devil is trying to make all believe. W. C. White is true as steel to the cause of God, and no lie which is in circulation is of the truth.
(21LtMs, Lt 143, 1906, 4)
P.S. My head will not allow me to write more. My heart I try to keep stayed on God. I cannot take up this matter now. I cannot explain anything except to say, You have greatly hurt my influence as God’s messenger, and may the Lord let you see this terrible mistake.
(21LtMs, Lt 143, 1906, 5)
I am trying to keep quiet and not think. God may work for my recovery. But I have no desire to prolong my life when my own son will speak things that would lessen in the least degree his own brother’s influence, and when Frank Belden pursues the course he has pursued. What pleasant prospect have I before me?
(21LtMs, Lt 143, 1906, 6)
Read the First Epistle of John, chapters one, two, and three, in regard to love of brethren. You have accounted as your enemy the best friend you ever have had or ever will have—one true as steel, one whom God uses, one whom God hath chosen to be by my side to help me in the work, as well as to help the church. God bring you to your senses.
(21LtMs, Lt 143, 1906, 7)
Lt 144, 1906
Church in Mountain View Mountain View, California May 4, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in UL 138; CG 272; CC 143. + To the Church in Mountain View Dear Brethren and Sisters:
I have been given a message for those who have any connection with Seventh-day Adventists.
(21LtMs, Lt 144, 1906, 1)
During my visit to Loma Linda in April, there passed before me, in the night season, a representation of events similar to those that will occur when the day of God’s wrath shall come, as foretold in the eighteenth of Revelation. Early on the morning of April 17, I arose and wrote out some of the instruction that had been given me in connection with the awful representation. The following morning, April 18, a terrible judgment of God fell upon San Francisco.
(21LtMs, Lt 144, 1906, 2)
At the time this scene passed before me, I thought that the day of judgment had come. My mind was greatly distressed. The angel that stood by my side instructed me regarding the wickedness existing in our world today and the importance of obeying God’s law.
(21LtMs, Lt 144, 1906, 3)
Then the scene changed. I was taken before our churches and given a message for them. One place to which I was taken was Mountain View, and the dangers of many of its members were clearly outlined.
(21LtMs, Lt 144, 1906, 4)
In this important place, where our printing establishment is located, an individual work, deep and thorough, needs to be done. There are some carrying the responsibility of the work here, who have a partial understanding of the work that is to be done; and there are others whose spiritual discernment is so dim that they have but little conception of what the Lord requires. The heart of every one in responsibility in the office and in the church needs to be cleansed, refined, transformed, else the workers will be liable to backslide. There is constant danger of allowing a wrong spirit [to] develop and permeate the entire office and church—a spirit altogether different from that which should exist.
(21LtMs, Lt 144, 1906, 5)
I was charged to direct your attention to the last four chapters of the book of Revelation. Read these chapters carefully. The work that should have been done long ago now needs to be done. Let there be a thorough humbling of the soul before God, on the part of those who are in positions of responsibility. If earnest work were done in seeking the Lord with heart and mind and soul, the present condition of things would soon be entirely changed.
(21LtMs, Lt 144, 1906, 6)
A mistaken, defective standard is being brought in. The Lord requires of His workers deep searching of heart and a cleansing of the soul temple. If some who have been placed in charge of souls as watchmen could understand that as a preparation for helping others they themselves needed a most thorough cleansing of the soul temple, it would be well.
(21LtMs, Lt 144, 1906, 7)
The soil of the individual heart needs most diligent cultivation. The Lord is looking for fruit to appear in the life of every teacher, every worker, in proportion to the light given. If the soil of the soul were carefully, thoroughly cultivated, fruit would appear. But often how disappointed is our Lord! Our position, our supposed wisdom and understanding, may lead men to approve of our work and to give us honor; but God sees not as man sees. Some who are not blessed with spiritual eyesight to discern their own deficiency need to humble themselves before God, that they may have proper discernment.
(21LtMs, Lt 144, 1906, 8)
Think of the disappointment and sorrow of the Husbandman, when He finds no fruit! Our blessed Lord withholds not the true situation from His erring children. He gives them truth, eternal truth, to awaken them to a realization of their need of the pure Word of God. Yet the very men who most need a deep, heart-searching work of transformation in order to be qualified to teach and to lead are the ones who feel the most competent to judge others. Their own hearts are sadly in need of the softening, subduing grace of God. Self must not be allowed to swell to such large proportions.
(21LtMs, Lt 144, 1906, 9)
There is great danger of losing sight of the instruction given by our Saviour in the sermon on the mount, when He said, “Judge not, that ye be not judged. For with what judgment ye judge, ye shall be judged: and with what measure ye mete, it shall be measured to you again. And why beholdest thou the mote that is in thy brother’s eye, but considerest not the beam that is in thine own eye? Or how wilt thou say to thy brother, Let me pull out the mote out of thine eye; and, behold, a beam is in thine own eye? Thou hypocrite, first cast out the beam out of thine own eye; and then shalt thou see clearly to cast out the mote out of thy brother’s eye.” [Matthew 7:1-5.]
(21LtMs, Lt 144, 1906, 10)
The Lord requires pure, untainted service of all who profess to be His followers.
(21LtMs, Lt 144, 1906, 11)
I have a message for the young men and the young women who claim to be Sabbath-keepers. Dear youth, there is great need of your examining yourselves. Many perished in the fearful calamity at San Francisco. How many who were destroyed by that awful earthquake were prepared for death? How many who are still alive will be admonished? None of us can foretell where the next destructive earthquake may be permitted to come. Who are prepared?
(21LtMs, Lt 144, 1906, 12)
Our young people need to be surrounded with wholesome, uplifting influences. They are to be kept in the love of the truth. The standard set before them should be high. Some feel a desire to be left without restraint, that they may do as they please. Those who are connected with the office in positions of responsibility should take upon themselves the burden of caring for the souls of those placed under their charge.
(21LtMs, Lt 144, 1906, 13)
The fathers and mothers, too, in the church, are under sacred obligation to watch for the souls of their children as they that must give an account. Let none, neither parents nor the youth, begin to believe that amusements are essential and that a careless disregard of the Holy Spirit during hours of selfish pleasure is to be lightly regarded. God will not be mocked. Let every young man, every young woman, consider, “Am I prepared today for my life to close? Have I the heart-preparation that fits me to do the work which the Lord has given me to do?”
(21LtMs, Lt 144, 1906, 14)
Every youth should make God’s Word his guide and daily gather from the Word the instruction that is given. If some refuse to be guided by this instruction, they are sowing seeds that the enemy has placed in their hands, and they will not care to reap the harvest of the seeds sown. In view of the abundant opportunity given every one to walk in the light of God’s Word, is it not sad to think that some even here in the Pacific Press are choosing their own way of careless pleasure!
(21LtMs, Lt 144, 1906, 15)
There are many things which are right in themselves, but which, perverted by Satan, prove a snare to the unwary. The gathering together of our youth for a singing exercise sounds very harmless; but it has been my experience, during half a century, that these singing exercises often prove a source of much harm to souls. If the hearts of all who attend were right with God; if all loved God supremely and desired to keep His glory in view; if all would strive to please Him, then such exercises would not prove harmful. But usually there are present many who do not realize that they are becoming more and still more unconcerned regarding their duty to please God. Their souls become indifferent. One has an influence over another, and the indifference manifested toward spiritual things increases. God’s holy Word is not studied diligently day by day; and because of lack of spiritual food, they grow weak in moral power.
(21LtMs, Lt 144, 1906, 16)
This spirit of indifference is leavening the Mountain View church and the Pacific Press office. Oh, that every member, every worker might realize that this life is a school in which to prepare for examination by the God of heaven, with regard to purity, cleanness of thought, unselfishness of action. Every word and act, every thought is recorded on the record books of heaven.
(21LtMs, Lt 144, 1906, 17)
I am now instructed to speak to all, including the youth: We are still spared; and now we have a precious opportunity to think to some purpose. Some of our Sabbath-keepers who have had great light have allowed their children to have very much their own way, until the leaven of an evil influence has permeated other households. The parents are to be called to an account, if they do not bring sound doctrine into their home life; for only by doing their duty faithfully may they hope to see sound practices in the lives of their children. The form of sound words is to be fully appreciated; but unless these words lead to right acts, the work has been left unfinished.
(21LtMs, Lt 144, 1906, 18)
Fathers, mothers, we would give you the word of the Lord that has been communicated for you: Take the truth of God in your hand, and let it be inwrought in mind and soul. Let your prayer be, “O Lord, preserve my soul, that I shall not dishonor Thee.” Let your prayers ascend to God, that He shall sanctify the soul in thought, in word, in spirit, in every transaction. Plead with God that not one thread of selfishness shall be brought into the life practice. Let the prayer be offered: “Sanctify my heart through the truth. Let Thy angels keep my soul in strict integrity. Let my mind be impressed with the simple, searching maxims that come from Thy Word, given to guide me in this life for the future, eternal life.” Let every one acknowledge, It is through the power and prevalence of truth that I must be sanctified and elevated to the true dignity of the standard set forth in the Word.
(21LtMs, Lt 144, 1906, 19)
Now, just now, I am instructed to say to men of years and experience, and to young men: Now, in the year 1906, the way of the Lord can be learned only through most careful obedience to His Word. Study the Word. Everything else, apart from the Word, will prove inefficient to elevate men, or women, or children in the home. The truth of God, revealed in His Word, has been given all the world as the true standard of character. Unless the mind of God comes to be the mind of men and women and children, those without this guidance of the Holy Spirit are just as much under the influence of the great deceiver as were Adam and Eve after they had yielded their minds to his mind.
(21LtMs, Lt 144, 1906, 20)
Oh, how much deformity that man cannot discern is developed under the all-saving eye of Jehovah! He who judges righteous judgment has given us His Word as the perfect, unerring rule of action. Let every one try his actions in the home, and his actions in the church, by this God-given rule, to see whether these actions are not deficient in many respects. Let every one individually correct these evils and then apply the Word, as the unerring rule, in all the acts of life. Then the human agent will be able to live in accordance with a system of mingled holiness and truth, mercy and love, which will enable him, in word and act, to be a safe guide to other erring mortals whom he may save if only he has experienced in his own heart and life the curative process through a practice of the Word.
(21LtMs, Lt 144, 1906, 21)
Christianity in the heart will develop in the life. Christianity in the home is a requirement of God. Men may be preaching the gospel, but unless the authority and power of God’s Word be brought to bear upon the individual minds of these teachers of righteousness, their words will have but little weight. The special grace of Christ alone conforms the will of man to the will of God; and as the result of heart-transformation, the love of God, His pity, His compassion, His mercy are revealed through the human agency. And as the heart is kept under the control of the divine will, man is enabled to honor God and will surely know of the doctrine.
(21LtMs, Lt 144, 1906, 22)
Abraham was chosen of God to leave his kindred and his country and go to another land, there to dwell among strangers. He heeded the voice of God. He paid strict regard to the doing of God’s will. “I know him,” said the great Searcher of hearts, “that he will command his children and his household after him, and they shall keep the way of the Lord to justice and judgment.” [Genesis 18:19.] Shall we not remember that it is God who blesses the habitation of the righteous? Of Abraham God said, “I know him”—it is the Omniscient that speaks—“that he will command.” There will be no betraying of truth, no yielding to the temptation of Satan to allow the children and the household to control. The man who follows the example of Abraham will command—not by any act of violence, but kindly, firmly. He will allow no oppression, no filial disobedience. By the combined influence of decided authority mingled with love, he will rule his household in the fear of God. If necessary, he will administer punishment.
(21LtMs, Lt 144, 1906, 23)
There is no greater cruelty than to allow children to control in the home. Parents are not to indulge their natural affection at the expense of truth, duty, and righteousness, by putting the lines of control in the hands of the child. Read the history of Eli. Eli, the father, was a priest and a judge in Israel. His sons did wickedly, and he restrained them not. To indulge a child when young and erring is a sin. A child should be kept under control. But Eli did not correct the evil ways of his children. He suffered the evils to grow, and even went so far as to place his children in sacred office.
(21LtMs, Lt 144, 1906, 24)
This was a sad crisis in the history of Israel. What saith the Lord? “Behold, I will do a thing in Israel, at which both the ears of every one that heareth it shall tingle. In that day I will perform against Eli all things which I have spoken concerning his house: when I begin, I will also make an end. For I have told him that I will judge his house forever for the iniquity which he knoweth; because his sons made themselves vile, and he restrained them not.” [1 Samuel 3:11-13.]
(21LtMs, Lt 144, 1906, 25)
Here is portrayed the sin of neglecting to restrain and of failing to enforce obedience. This neglect on the part of a parent in high office was the result of blind affection—a passing over of sin with merely a mild remonstrance. The iniquity that was practiced by Eli’s sons was of long duration—oft repeated, and not forsaken; and the Lord cannot pardon those who manifest no desire to forsake their evil course.
(21LtMs, Lt 144, 1906, 26)
Eli had been placed in sacred office by the Lord, and his delinquency in the matter of commanding his household after him afterward proved the ruin of his sons and brought great sadness into the life of the aged priest. He knew that their transgression would never be forgiven, forevermore. There are some who persist in sinning, despite the efforts made to check them on their course of evil. Those who continue to disregard the reproofs of God will sometime reach a point where there is no more forgiveness of sins, neither by sacrifice nor by offerings, forevermore.
(21LtMs, Lt 144, 1906, 27)
In contrast with the story of Abraham’s faithfulness, and the words of commendation spoken of him, is the record of Eli, who kept his sons in office while they were committing great iniquity. Here is a lesson for all parents. They are to keep the way of the Lord, to do justice and judgment always in dealing with the members of their households, as did Abraham. He walked in the way of the Lord. But evil, without restraint, was tolerated by Eli. The result was sin that would not be atoned for, by sacrifice or by offerings, forevermore.
(21LtMs, Lt 144, 1906, 28)
This matter of obedience and disobedience is a subject never to be forgotten. No father or mother will be excusable, for any cause, in dishonoring God in the home life. I have written out this instruction because we see so much neglect. The Lord calls for His Word to be appreciated and His law to be obeyed.
(21LtMs, Lt 144, 1906, 29)
*****
I have a message from the Lord to give to my brethren and sisters in Mountain View. The Lord has a controversy with you. He would not have you criticizing one another, when you are not individually working in straight lines. Remove from the heart everything that bars the door against Christ’s entrance. Let every soul humble himself and break away from Satan’s snare.
(21LtMs, Lt 144, 1906, 30)
Lt 146, 1906
Jones, C. H. St. Helena, California May 23, 1906 Previously unpublished. My brother C. H. Jones:
I received your letter directed from Mountain View, dated May 21. I would not know how to advise you, unless you are yourself impressed by the Spirit of God. As far as your case is concerned, this must rest between you and the Lord. You can make your connection with the Lord of that straightforward assurance that there will be no stumbling block in the way, of this matter, that one soul shall have occasion to doubt your entire willingness to make any and every sacrifice to leave not a semblance of excuse for any soul to stumble over you in any wise to do evil.
(21LtMs, Lt 146, 1906, 1)
You and your wife are one; and you or she are not to give one occasion for any one to think evil of you. To transfer your responsibility to her will not be the right thing to do, and will be worse than if you held the accountability yourself. I advise you both to give no occasion for any soul to lose their confidence in you. There is a transaction I cannot clearly define, but this I know: It will not relieve your case at all as it now stands. But the light given me is, Leave not one jot or tittle in any mind that can leaven any soul. And your wife I address in the name of the Lord, Do not give occasion to any mortal to make any lose confidence in you.
(21LtMs, Lt 146, 1906, 2)
We cannot afford that any action on your part or on that of your wife shall be an occasion of stumbling. One thing is certain: Clear the path, and let not one thread of the influence of either of you be of that kind that will create distrust in either of you. Unity must be preserved, and your influence of both of you belongs to God, and every jot and tittle is to be refined, purified, and stand on the books [of] heaven in your favor.
(21LtMs, Lt 146, 1906, 3)
Now is the work to be carried solidly with the publishing house. It cannot be that you shall divorce your influence from the Signs office, until the Lord releases you; but never, never let the matter [of] dollars stand as a questionable. Your credit must stand without one jot or tittle of shade, that no one shall have occasion to stumble over you.
(21LtMs, Lt 146, 1906, 4)
There is something to be done, and do this in the name of the Lord; and let not anything give occasion of reproach. Stand on the high ground of gospel justification. The Lord would have you both to exert an excellent influence.
(21LtMs, Lt 146, 1906, 5)
And as to your going, to take any permanent place in another office, it is not to be; but you may have that confidence that you stand without reproach. The Lord will be glorified in your keeping on the high platform of righteousness.
(21LtMs, Lt 146, 1906, 6)
(P.S. on first page of original copy: “I have much more to send to the church, but it is just found, and is not copied.”)
(21LtMs, Lt 146, 1906, 7)
Lt 148, 1906
Nicola, C. C. St. Helena, California May 14, 1906 This letter is published in entirety in LLM 172-174.
Dr. C. C. Nicola, Dear Brother Nicola:
(21LtMs, Lt 148, 1906, 1)
I was very much pleased to receive a letter from you regarding the sanitarium at Melrose. I have not been situated so that I could respond sooner. Early in April we were called upon to attend the dedicatory exercises of two of our Southern California sanitariums—at Loma Linda, near Redlands, and at Paradise Valley, near San Diego. We also visited the Glendale Sanitarium, near Los Angeles, and have just returned home.
(21LtMs, Lt 148, 1906, 2)
At Loma Linda, arrangements were made for an out-of-door service. During the forenoon, the friends of the institution began to come in, and at noon a lunch was served to all. Early in the afternoon the people gathered together for the dedication. Seats had been placed on the lawn, under the shadow of a beautiful grove of pepper trees. In front was a large platform, on which were seated the speakers and the singers. I was present only a portion of the time. There were several speakers, and the time was limited. I spoke with freedom for nearly half an hour.
(21LtMs, Lt 148, 1906, 3)
How I wish, Brother Nicola, that you and your wife could have been present to enjoy this occasion with us and to look over the Loma Linda property! I cannot describe the place; for I have but little strength for writing. I will send you an illustrated booklet giving some idea of the buildings and surroundings.
(21LtMs, Lt 148, 1906, 4)
Loma Linda cost us forty thousand dollars. The original cost was nearly three times this sum. There were seventy-six acres of land in the tract, and thirty have been added since. As a sanitarium site, the property is a valuable one. The grounds have been carefully laid out, at great expense to the original owners, and are beautified by well-kept lawns and flower gardens. The surrounding scenery varies, in many respects, from that seen from the grounds of the New England Sanitarium; but the extensive view is fully as magnificent as the Melrose view. There is more improved land about Loma Linda, including many square miles of bearing orange groves. Like Melrose, one of the chief advantages of situation at Loma Linda is the pleasing variety of charming scenery. We believe that both places have come into our possession to be used to the very best advantage possible for sanitarium purposes.
(21LtMs, Lt 148, 1906, 5)
But more important than magnificent scenery and beautiful buildings and spacious grounds is the close proximity of these institutions to densely populated districts, and the opportunity thus afforded of communicating to many, many people a knowledge of the third angel’s message. We are to have clear spiritual discernment, else we shall fail of understanding the opening providences of God that are preparing the way for us to enlighten the world. The great crisis is just before us. Now is the time for us to sound the warning message, by the agencies that God has given us for this purpose. Let us remember that one most important agency is our medical missionary work. Never are we to lose sight of the great object for which our sanitariums are established—the advancement of God’s closing work in the earth.
(21LtMs, Lt 148, 1906, 6)
Loma Linda is in the midst of a very rich district, including three important cities—Redlands, Riverside, and San Bernardino. This field must be worked from Loma Linda, as Boston must be worked from Melrose.
(21LtMs, Lt 148, 1906, 7)
When the New England Sanitarium was removed from South Lancaster to Melrose, the Lord instructed me that this was in the order of His opening providence. The buildings and grounds at Melrose are of a character to recommend our medical missionary work, which is to be carried forward not only in Boston, but in many other unworked cities in New England. The Melrose property is such that conveniences can be provided that will draw to that sanitarium persons not of our faith. The aristocratic as well as the common people will visit that institution to avail themselves of the advantages offered for restoration of health.
(21LtMs, Lt 148, 1906, 8)
Boston has been pointed out to me repeatedly as a place that must be faithfully worked. The light must shine in the outskirts and in the inmost parts. The Melrose Sanitarium is one of the greatest agencies that can be employed to reach Boston with the truth. The city and its suburbs must hear the last message of mercy to be given to our world. Tent-meetings must be held in many places. The workers must put to the very best use the abilities God has given them. The gifts of grace will increase by wise use. But there must be no self-exaltation. No precise lines are to be laid down. Let the Holy Spirit direct the workers. They are to keep looking unto Jesus, the author and finisher of their faith. The work for this great city will be signalized by the revelation of the Holy Spirit, if all will walk humbly with God.
(21LtMs, Lt 148, 1906, 9)
We hear that something is now being done in Boston. We are rejoiced to learn, through a report in a recent Review, of Elder L. S. Wheeler’s work as pastor of the Boston church, and of the work of his faithful co-laborers. We are also pleased to learn that Elder F. C. Gilbert has been laboring in Everett, a suburb. We hope that those in charge of the work in New England will co-operate with the Melrose Sanitarium managers in taking aggressive steps to do the work that should be done in Boston. A hundred workers could be laboring to advantage in different portions of the city in varied lines of service.
(21LtMs, Lt 148, 1906, 10)
The terrible disasters that are befalling great cities ought to arouse us to intense activity in giving the warning message to the people in these congested centers of population, while we still have an opportunity. The most favorable time for the presentation of our message in the cities has passed by. Sin and wickedness are rapidly increasing; and now we shall have to redeem the time by laboring all the more earnestly.
(21LtMs, Lt 148, 1906, 11)
The medical missionary work is a door through which the truth is to find entrance to many homes in the cities. In every city will be found those who will appreciate the truths of the third angel’s message. The judgments of God are impending. Why do we not awaken to the peril threatening the men and women living in the cities of America? Our people do not realize as keenly as they should the responsibility resting upon them to proclaim the truth to the millions dwelling in these unwarned cities.
(21LtMs, Lt 148, 1906, 12)
There are many souls to be saved. Our own souls are to be firmly grounded in a knowledge of truth, that we may win others from error to the truth. We need now to search the Scriptures diligently; and as we become acquainted with unbelievers, we are to hold up Christ as the anointed, the crucified, the risen Saviour, witnessed to by prophets, testified of by believers, and through whose name we receive the forgiveness of our sins.
(21LtMs, Lt 148, 1906, 13)
We need now a firm belief in the truth. Let us understand what is truth. Time is very short. Whole cities are being swept away. Are we doing our part to give the message that will prepare a people for the coming of their Lord? May the Lord help us to improve the opportunities that are ours.
(21LtMs, Lt 148, 1906, 14)
Lt 150, 1906
Nicola, Brother and Sister [C. C.] St. Helena, California May 15, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in SpTB #13 14-16. + Dr. and Mrs. C. C. Nicola My dear Brother and Sister:
I have desired to write you sooner regarding some important matters, but have been unable to do so. While in Southern California, I contracted a heavy cold. This is now broken up, but I am left very weak. I wish to take hold of my writings, but I have carried so heavy a burden that I cannot do all that I desire to do. I have written many pages in my diary and now have many manuscripts that should be prepared for publication, but I can work only a little each day. However, I am trying to be patient and not to feel worried. The Lord knows all about the matter, and He will be my support in my affliction.
(21LtMs, Lt 150, 1906, 1)
I remember with great pleasure my visit to Melrose. I appreciate the kindness you showed me while there. During my visit, I became deeply interested in your family, including your Mother Martha. I pray that you may all keep your eyes off human beings and fix them upon the Lord Jesus, for He is your strength. Human judgment is not reliable, but the Lord Jesus is always reliable. Commit thy ways unto the Lord, and He will direct thy paths. We need to seek wisdom of God, and learn not to make the arm of flesh our dependence. Pray, O pray, and cast your helpless souls upon the Lord Jesus, as His children. As you look unto Him, He will let His light shine into your hearts.
(21LtMs, Lt 150, 1906, 2)
My dear brother and sister, I am bidden by the Lord to caution you not to allow any one to lead you from the path cast up for the ransomed of the Lord. Look to God for your light. Be instructed of Him. The truth is not found in the words of erring mortals, but in the instruction given by the Lord Jesus Christ. Look away from men who are laboring under deception.
(21LtMs, Lt 150, 1906, 3)
Let us now say, We have a work to do, and we will do it under the Holy Spirit’s guidance. All I desire is that you shall be led by God, and not by one who, I know, has given heed to seducing spirits. I ask you, Can we not now begin to see the fulfilment of the Scripture, “Some shall depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits, and doctrines of devils”? [1 Timothy 4:1.] There is now in progress a work similar to the work that was carried on in heaven when a third of the loyal angels supposed that they must show their sympathy toward the great deceiver, because they thought he was being wronged, when, in reality, he was the foundation of all rebellion in the heavenly courts.
(21LtMs, Lt 150, 1906, 4)
I have great regard for you both, Brother and Sister Nicola, and I now beseech you, in the name of the Lord God of Israel, to withdraw yourselves from every seductive influence. Be not misled. The Lord’s message to you is, that when you give your confidence to one who has long been in error, but who claims to be misunderstood, you are in a danger of similar to that to which the loyal angels were exposed in the heavenly courts. The one whose judgment you respect has retained an influence over you by smooth words and fair speeches. His representations, if received and believed, will be to your eternal injury.
(21LtMs, Lt 150, 1906, 5)
If you do not now heed this warning, be assured you will be misled; for the enemy of our souls is working through human agencies to deceive, if possible, the very elect. A man who has been under the most solemn reproof may declare that he surrenders; but when no evidence of surrender follows such a declaration, we must, for our souls’ sake, be on guard.
(21LtMs, Lt 150, 1906, 6)
My brother, it is vitally essential, for the eternal welfare of yourself and of your wife, that you understand that God has ordained that you shall be on guard, lest you be seduced by the deceptive influences at Battle Creek. In the name of the Lord I warn you. I dare not present before you all that is presented to me; for you are being influenced by a deceptive power to feel that it is safe to look to a greatly deceived man as your instructor and counselor.
(21LtMs, Lt 150, 1906, 7)
Again I would say, In the name of the Lord I warn you. You have been drinking in a spirit that you do not understand and have had no experience in. Our erring brother’s course is opened before me, and this is why I am instructed to lift up my voice decidedly, to tell you that the Lord has presented to me your dangers, and that He would have you heed the warnings He has given.
(21LtMs, Lt 150, 1906, 8)
I should be an unfaithful watchman, were I to hold my peace, when I see the very foundations of our faith being torn away by those who have departed from the faith, and who are now adrift, without an anchor. In this time, when false doctrines are being taught, we are to teach the same truth that we have taught for the past half century. I have not changed my faith one jot or one tittle, and I am pleading with God that both of you shall be able to discern clearly the difference between loyalty and disloyalty. This God calls upon every physician and every minister to do.
(21LtMs, Lt 150, 1906, 9)
It was a wonderful providence that brought us into possession of the Melrose Sanitarium property. Let us work out by faith God’s purpose for this institution. It is to be an important outpost center from which to work the city of Boston. You, Brother Nicola, understand the instruction that the Lord has given regarding this matter.
(21LtMs, Lt 150, 1906, 10)
Never in any way should the Melrose Sanitarium be placed under the influence of any man or set of men at Battle Creek. Not one of our sanitariums should be swayed by plans of human devising. The Lord is to manage our sanitariums, and He positively forbids that the sanitarium at Melrose shall in any respect be under the guidance of those who have resisted the counsel of the Lord regarding the proper union of the evangelical and medical work. Were men outside of New England to have a controlling voice in your organization and plans, great perplexity would attend your work.
(21LtMs, Lt 150, 1906, 11)
I now say to you, in the name of the Lord, Cut loose from Battle Creek. Sever every connection. The course recently taken by some to hinder the Melrose Sanitarium from forming a perfect organic union with the conferences, from which its support and patronage come, is exactly the course that God has warned us would be taken. When listening to the men who have taken this course, you are under an influence the character of which you do not realize. The spiritual understanding of some men whom we have greatly respected in past years is not now to be depended on.
(21LtMs, Lt 150, 1906, 12)
I will not enlarge upon these matters now; but I must express regret that Sister Nicola recently went to the Battle Creek Sanitarium, where her mind would be exposed to the subtle influences prevailing there. I should be condemned if I did not warn you both in the strongest and most unmistakable language against the danger of remaining under influences so misleading. Altogether too long have you blinded your eyes and closed your senses to the existence of these dangers. You have not understood whither you are bound, or under what influence you have been led.
(21LtMs, Lt 150, 1906, 13)
I cannot promise you another letter soon. If you choose to place more confidence in Dr. Kellogg’s word than in the message that God sends you, then you will have taken your case out of the hands of God into your own hands and must finally suffer the consequences. If I had not been solemnly charged by the Lord to write you these words faithfully, I would be silent.
(21LtMs, Lt 150, 1906, 14)
Brother Nicola, the Lord will lead you—but never, never through a human agency who is under the influence of the enemy of our souls. The Lord has given you a most favorable place in which to care for the sick, and to labor in His service; and He will bless you and your wife so long as you look to Him for guidance. But if you lean upon human help, you will find that your dependence is as a broken reed. I am bidden to say to you and your wife, Guard yourselves against every deceptive influence. As you do this, God will tenderly lead and guide you and bless you in your position of responsibility.
(21LtMs, Lt 150, 1906, 15)
In past years, you have taken a special interest in the upbuilding of the Melrose Sanitarium, and the Lord has blessed your efforts. He will still help you, if you will to do His will. Do not, I beseech of you, break away from Melrose now, when you have before you so many wonderful opportunities for service. The Lord has a special work for you to do in Boston. The standard of present truth is to be exalted in that great city, and, in God’s providence, you and your co-laborers are situated where you can co-operate with others in doing a noble and far-reaching work in that important center of influence.
(21LtMs, Lt 150, 1906, 16)
Brother Nicola, I wish to express my great thankfulness to God that you have the privilege of engaging in so good a work. This is the very work you ought to do in connection with the medical missionary work. Your position as a physician of experience, and your wife’s position, give you influence. It has been very plainly represented to me by the Lord that you and your wife have been placed where you have many opportunities for accomplishing much good. A second physician—one who is competent to assist you, and who, withal, is sound in the faith—should be connected with you; and reliable help should also be provided your wife. This would give both of you more freedom.
(21LtMs, Lt 150, 1906, 17)
It is the will of the Lord, Brother Nicola, that you and your associates shall blend your talents in carrying forward the work of the Melrose Sanitarium. He desires that our people shall conduct this institution in harmony with the light that He has given. God established this sanitarium to be a means in His hands of accomplishing great good.
(21LtMs, Lt 150, 1906, 18)
I am instructed to say to you, my brother and sister, that you and your associates in the work at Melrose are to guard yourselves carefully against the danger of linking up with those who have been handling sacred things as they are handled by some in Battle Creek. And as the Lord has given light that Elder E. W. Farnsworth and his wife, with other workers of God’s appointment, should remain in this country for a time to give the trumpet a certain sound, I would bespeak for these tried laborers your hearty co-operation in all their efforts to stand in defense of the faith.
(21LtMs, Lt 150, 1906, 19)
God’s judgments are in the land. Whole cities and villages will be blotted out. Boston is to be warned now, and we are to allow nothing to divert our minds from the responsibility of fulfilling God’s purpose in establishing the Melrose Sanitarium, which purpose He desires to work out through us. As physicians and ministers, let us labor in unity. The Lord will work with power, as we strive to do our part faithfully. He will cause Boston to hear the message of present truth. Co-operate with Him in bringing this about, my brother, my sister, and He will help you, strengthen you, and encourage your hearts through the salvation of many precious souls.
(21LtMs, Lt 150, 1906, 20)
Lt 152, 1906
Butler, G. I. St. Helena, California May 22, 1906 Previously unpublished. Elder Geo. I. Butler Dear Brother:
Your two letters have been received. The last one came just as we were in the carriage to take Willie to the station. We thought we would read the letter on the way. But we overtook a gentleman with whom we were not acquainted, who was walking along toward town; and when we asked, Will you ride, he was glad to do so. This stopped our reading aloud, and we missed this precious opportunity to talk over your work.
(21LtMs, Lt 152, 1906, 1)
I have read with great satisfaction and pleasure your letter describing the property you were trying to purchase. If you have to pay Brother Henningway in full just now, and that hinders you in buying the Cole place, I shall be sorry, because light has come to me for the last two years that there were buildings that might be obtained for considerably less than it would cost to build on unimproved land.
(21LtMs, Lt 152, 1906, 2)
But in all our perplexities we can only look to the Lord and trust in Him to work out His own plans. Let us see if in some way we can not obtain favor from this brother. If I could, I would help you; but I can scarcely obtain money enough to carry forward my own work. There is one source of help ever open to us: We can pray. “Ask, and it shall be given you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you.” [Matthew 7:7.]
(21LtMs, Lt 152, 1906, 3)
Let us hang our helpless souls upon Jesus Christ. We read in the Word that Christ taught His disciples that not a sparrow falleth to the ground without the notice of our heavenly Father. He told His brethren, “Ye are of more value than many sparrows.” [Matthew 10:31.] We are under the protection of the same Providence that guides the march of the stars. Our Protector is the same God who has taken each star under His own supervision. He who is watching the convulsions of empires is watching every movement of His church on earth. He sees every work that has been of a character to disappoint the waiting hopes and the anxious desires of those who yearn to see the work of God move on with decided success in this thrilling period of our earth’s history.
(21LtMs, Lt 152, 1906, 4)
If we do our very best, and then our hopes are not realized, we have simply to be patient. The Lord will give to the man of means opportunity to use his means, in an emergency, to help forward the cause of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 152, 1906, 5)
He who knows the end from the beginning will not leave His children in a hard place without aid. But if our hopes are not realized, we will not complain. The eyes of all wait upon the Lord, the strong and mighty One. God is not our enemy, but our very best friend. We are not to be disappointed greatly in our transactions with men. We must be looking unto Jesus, the author and finisher of our faith. There are many things that will arise to try our faith sorely. I would call your attention to the words of Paul, in picturing the Christian’s hope. “Which hope we have as an anchor of the soul, both sure and steadfast, and which entereth into that within the vail; whither the forerunner is for us entered, even Jesus, made an high priest for ever after the order of Melchizedek.” [Hebrews 6:19, 20.]
(21LtMs, Lt 152, 1906, 6)
Our hope is in Jesus Christ, which hope we have sure and steadfast. He is a Rock rent for the purpose that in Him might be an abiding place for the people of a perishing world. “Other foundation can no man lay than that is laid, which is Christ Jesus.” [1 Corinthians 3:11.]
(21LtMs, Lt 152, 1906, 7)
We have our work to do, steadily, faithfully, earnestly. We have the warnings that Christ has given us to give to all the world. Our efforts must not be too much centered in one place or in a few places.
(21LtMs, Lt 152, 1906, 8)
We must expect to see the incoming of every conceivable deception of satanic agencies to draw away disciples from the truth and lead them into erroneous theories that mean the loss of the souls for whom Christ has given His own life. “Other foundation can no man lay than that is laid.” [Verse 11.] We have seen the evidences of our faith testified to by the Holy Spirit. If our anchor rests on Christ, our Redeemer, there is hope. We see the tempest coming to our world in various forms, and everything that can be shaken will be shaken. Let us hold fast, as we see earthquakes in divers places, shipwrecks, and other signs that have been foretold. All who will now make thorough work in this their day must cleave to Christ, whose dominion and power endureth forever. Over such the wicked one will lose his power.
(21LtMs, Lt 152, 1906, 9)
We have received good reports from the meetings at Berrien Springs. I am glad you were there and that you could visit Battle Creek and speak in the tabernacle. Strong men must be sent there to bear their testimony to the people. And the camp-meeting in Michigan should have the best of help.
(21LtMs, Lt 152, 1906, 10)
The meeting held in Berrien Springs two years ago was a great dishonor to God. As I consider the work done then and since by Dr. Kellogg and his associates, I am very sad. But the Lord will not permit the present state of things to continue long, for His light will break forth for all the honest ones.
(21LtMs, Lt 152, 1906, 11)
Our work now is to arouse the many slumbering souls who are standing on the very verge of great and awful events which are soon to take place. All who are giving the last message of truth to the world are in the companionship of holy angels. This warning message is the last loud cry to the world, and it is to be attested to by the power of our eternal heavenly King. Then will it be known by all who it is that has taken his stand with the Prince of heaven, and who it is that has proved faithful.
(21LtMs, Lt 152, 1906, 12)
I wish, I hope, I pray that the Spirit of the Lord shall be graciously given to His people. “As the hart panteth after the water brooks, so panteth my soul after Thee, O God.” [Psalm 42:1.]
(21LtMs, Lt 152, 1906, 13)
I am hoping and praying and laboring for the good of others, and the Lord will certainly give me strength for service.
(21LtMs, Lt 152, 1906, 14)
Lt 154, 1906
White, J. E.; White, Emma St. Helena, California May 12, 1906 This letter is published in entirety in 21MR 85-89. Elder J. E. White and Wife Dear Children Edson and Emma:
I address you a few lines this morning. I have begun letters to you during the past few weeks, but have been unable to finish them.
(21LtMs, Lt 154, 1906, 1)
This morning I am weak, because of an attack of influenza that came upon me during our visit to Southern California. While at the Paradise Valley Sanitarium, I drove to San Diego to speak in the church there; and then, after taking a cold bath, I drove back to the sanitarium, nearly seven miles. This did not seem to weary me; but afterward I was traveling from place to place, and bearing heavy burdens, and in some way I contracted a cold that it has been difficult for me to throw off.
(21LtMs, Lt 154, 1906, 2)
While we were at the Paradise Valley Sanitarium, this institution was dedicated. Early in the afternoon of April 24, the invited guests and many friends of the sanitarium began to come onto the grounds to inspect the buildings. The dedicatory exercises passed off very pleasantly. Elder S. N. Haskell was on the program as the first speaker, but his train was late, and so I spoke first, on the theme, “In Touch With Nature.” I began by reading a portion of the forty-second of Isaiah, in which Scripture are emphasized the power of Jehovah, His care for His people, and His yearning desire to bring under His beneficent care those who are ignorant of His purposes concerning them. Through the prophet Isaiah, “Jehovah, He that created the heavens, and stretched them forth; He that spread abroad the earth and that which cometh out of it; He that giveth breath unto the people upon it, and spirit to them that walk therein,” declares to His people: “I, Jehovah, have called thee in righteousness, and will hold thy hand, and will keep thee, and give thee for a covenant of the people, for a light of the Gentiles, to open the blind eyes, to bring out the prisoners from the dungeon, and them that sit in darkness out of the prison-house.... Sing unto Jehovah a new song, and His praise from the end of the earth.” [Verses 5-7, 10.]
(21LtMs, Lt 154, 1906, 3)
I related some of my early experiences in caring for the sick and showed how outdoor life, exercise, and good food, in connection with the best of treatments and faith in God’s healing power, will do wonders in the restoration of health.
(21LtMs, Lt 154, 1906, 4)
Elder Haskell spoke next, on the healing of the one sick of the palsy. Brother J. F. Ballenger offered the dedicatory prayer. Elder Reaser was chairman of the afternoon service.
(21LtMs, Lt 154, 1906, 5)
While many of the guests were looking over the buildings and grounds, I had a very interesting interview with Dr. Mary L. Potts, the one who formerly owned the property now known as the Paradise Valley Sanitarium. Mrs. Potts is one year younger than I am and seems to be a woman of ability. She is an excellent speaker and is still going from place to place to deliver public lectures on health and temperance. During the evening exercises she spoke before the large assembly and told the story of her effort to establish and maintain a sanitarium-home in this beautiful place and of her pleasure that the work she was unable to carry on is now taken up by us. She seemed to be very thankful that the place is in such good hands.
(21LtMs, Lt 154, 1906, 6)
I had a long talk with Dr. Potts and gave her a copy of Ministry of Healing. She told me that the original sanitarium building had cost her twenty-five thousand dollars. It is a three-story structure, besides the basement and the garret—all finished with excellent taste and wise calculation. The parlors and sitting room and dining room are well arranged and built for the comfort and the health of the patients. There are several bay windows, and the building stands so that the sunshine enters the rooms to the best possible advantage.
(21LtMs, Lt 154, 1906, 7)
The new addition to the main building is in the form of a long “L,” with well-arranged bathrooms on one end. The second floor has been finished for the accommodation of patients. The third floor is not yet finished, but will be arranged as a dormitory for the helpers.
(21LtMs, Lt 154, 1906, 8)
May 26
There is a general feeling of uncertainty, a trembling, in regard to future events; for at times there is a trembling of the earth. I am now at work, preparing some articles for the papers, or for publication in some other form. Now, while men and women are thinking seriously, I can make a strong point on the Sunday question and on the closing of liquor saloons. I mean to speak quite strongly on these points.
(21LtMs, Lt 154, 1906, 9)
Light has been given me that as we near the close of this earth’s history, we shall have the scenes of the San Francisco calamity repeated in other places; and I do want to gather strength, that I may be able to stand before the people and bear a clear, decided testimony. The period of time in which we are living is a very solemn one.
(21LtMs, Lt 154, 1906, 10)
We had quite a shaking up in our houses here at home. Chimneys were thrown down, but no great damage was done. The printing plant at Mountain View suffered considerably. The side and back walls of the factory were shaken down. The front remained standing. The new post office building, just finished, was a complete wreck, and some large store buildings were also in ruins. Several other buildings in Mountain View were twisted and broken in pieces more or less.
(21LtMs, Lt 154, 1906, 11)
In San Jose, very many of the buildings were ruined, and many chimneys were thrown down.
(21LtMs, Lt 154, 1906, 12)
These things make me feel very solemn, because I know that the judgment day is right upon us. The judgments that have already come are a warning, but not the finishing, of the punishment that will come on wicked cities. Our cities are most terrible places, wherein are practiced all kinds of sin and iniquity of the most revolting character. The Lord’s name is greatly dishonored.
(21LtMs, Lt 154, 1906, 13)
When we reached San Francisco, on our way home, we took a carriage and rode through the streets of the city for an hour and a half. We went up to Van Ness Avenue and on to our church building. The meetinghouse is still standing. It has sustained some damage, but can soon be repaired. It would have been a hard matter to arouse courage sufficient to rebuild, if it had been destroyed. Beautiful Jefferson Park, close by the church property, is filled with tents and people.
(21LtMs, Lt 154, 1906, 14)
San Francisco in ruins is the most complete, thorough, awful calamity I have ever looked upon. In the night season I have had many presentations of the judgments of God coming upon our cities; and now I can understand better the real meaning of these scenes that I have witnessed.
(21LtMs, Lt 154, 1906, 15)
Oh, how soon the scenes of destruction and desolation will come and be universal, we cannot tell. “Be ye also ready,” saith the Lord; “for in such an hour as ye think not the Son of man cometh.” [Matthew 24:44.]
(21LtMs, Lt 154, 1906, 18)
(Quote the entire book.)
(21LtMs, Lt 154, 1906, 23)
In connection with these Scriptures, read the first four chapters of the prophecy of Zechariah and the entire book of Malachi.
(21LtMs, Lt 154, 1906, 24)
These scenes will soon be witnessed, just as they are clearly described. I present these wonderful statements from the Scriptures for the consideration of every one. The prophecies recorded in the Old Testament, are the word of the Lord for the last days and will be fulfilled as surely as we have seen the desolation of San Francisco.
(21LtMs, Lt 154, 1906, 25)
Will any body of men bring upon themselves the displeasure of the Lord by framing a law for the observance of a spurious Sabbath and then compelling obedience to this law? Will they insult God by profaning His holy day and assuming authority, as gods, to exalt the first day of the week to be observed by all?
(21LtMs, Lt 154, 1906, 26)
How can men set aside the true Sabbath when they know that God came to our world and from Sinai’s mount, in awful grandeur, proclaimed His law to be observed in commemoration of the day He had ordained as a day of rest—a day ever to be kept as a memorial of God as the Creator of the heavens and of the earth? He made the world in six days, and rested on the seventh day, and was refreshed. He sanctified the seventh day, because that in it He had rested. He instituted the Sabbath as a memorial, pointing to the fact that He was the Creator of the world, the Monarch of the universe. The Lord has given to men the day that He has chosen to be observed by all the world and regarded as a sacred rest day.
(21LtMs, Lt 154, 1906, 27)
In the twentieth of Exodus we find the commandments that God has given as Ruler of the world. All who set one of these aside, and present in its place the observance of a day that bears no sanctity, will be dealt with by Jehovah as usurping an authority that infringes upon His divine prerogatives. The Sunday Sabbath, a child of the Papacy, is set forth to be observed as the Lord’s Sabbath; and to obey this human law would compel men to transgress the laws of Jehovah. Human enactments that conflict with the laws of God bear not the stamp of divine approval.
(21LtMs, Lt 154, 1906, 28)
We should remember with what awe-inspiring authority God has set apart the sacred Sabbath as a memorial by which men shall acknowledge that He is God and beside Him there is none else. In the closing verses of the thirty-first of Exodus, God speaks; for we read:
(21LtMs, Lt 154, 1906, 29)
Whoever of the human family will dare to defy the Lord God will pay the penalty by meeting the great Law-giver over His broken law. The Word has gone forth. It is not the Word of a human power, but of Almighty Authority, of a living and true God. Will man dare trifle with the sacred law of Jehovah and place in its stead a common work day that marks the beginning of the week for the transaction of ordinary business? Who will venture to meet Jehovah over His broken law?
(21LtMs, Lt 154, 1906, 31)
The Creator has with His own authority given you His Sabbath to observe; and yet human agencies will attempt to set aside the seventh-day Sabbath, which commemorates God’s holy work of creating the world in six working days and resting on the seventh day. How can men dare assume the authority of Jehovah, and represent themselves as God, to change times and laws?
(21LtMs, Lt 154, 1906, 32)
I call the attention of thinking men to these things. Dare you continue to take a human enactment that bears not the stamp of divine approval and place it before the people as something to respect and honor? Will you substitute a counterfeit in place of the true and genuine? Will you thus meet God over His broken law and stand with threats of persecution and severe punishment against the people whom you regard as criminals because they choose to obey the law of Jehovah in place of a spurious Sabbath that man has created?
(21LtMs, Lt 154, 1906, 33)
The patient tenderness with which God instructed the Israelites and prepared them for receiving His law is revealed in the nineteenth of Exodus: “Ye have seen,” He declared, “what I did unto the Egyptians, and how I bear you on eagles’ wings ... the people unto the Lord” (end vs. 9).
(21LtMs, Lt 154, 1906, 34)
God desired to be near His people, in order that they might realize the terrible majesty of His power and the sacredness of His law; and so in mercy He drew near and caused a thick cloud to separate Him from their sight, that they might not be destroyed by the presence of His glory. Through the thick cloud they could hear His voice.
(21LtMs, Lt 154, 1906, 35)
The habitations of men were not chosen as the place where God would speak His law. He chose not the magnificent palaces of the wealthy, but led His people to the foot of Mount Sinai, so that they might be surrounded by His created works while He appeared at the top of the mount. Far removed from all that man had built in pride and self-glorification, the Israelites were made to realize man’s utter insignificance in the presence of the Almighty.
(21LtMs, Lt 154, 1906, 36)
Then the ten commandments were spoken.
(21LtMs, Lt 154, 1906, 38)
It would be well to keep these commandments, in printed form, in plain sight in every house.
(21LtMs, Lt 154, 1906, 39)
Lt 156, 1906
Faulkhead, N. D. St. Helena, California May 29, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in 11MR 164. Dear Brother Faulkhead:
I received your letter and was very much pleased to hear from you and your wife and children.
(21LtMs, Lt 156, 1906, 1)
I have been having a severe influenza cold, but I think it has run its course. I have not lost one whole day that I could not do some writing. I am thankful to our Lord for the simple water treatments for the relief of sickness. I praise the Lord that I can go up and down stairs as easily as any of the younger members of my family. Every day I ascend and descend the stairs many times.
(21LtMs, Lt 156, 1906, 2)
My office is in a large roomy chamber, which has a fireplace in it. I cannot endure stove heat. My house is in every way pleasantly located, being surrounded on all sides by hills and mountains. Our sanitarium is situated on Howell Mountain. In the valley just below is our farm of which Brother James has charge. I do not know how I could possibly have found a more beautiful or a better retreat. No teams pass our place, for it is back from the main road of travel. We feel that this is my refuge. The house is surrounded with trees and climbing vines. White roses and dark red ones climb to the top of the house.
(21LtMs, Lt 156, 1906, 3)
We are full of gratitude to our God, and we are trying to do all we possibly can to be light-bearers to the world. We thank the Lord that the light God has given me in regard to present truth is just as clear and firm as the Word of God. The rich experience given us during the last fifty years has never been denied, but year after year evidence has been multiplied to confirm, and not to entangle and confuse. The Lord God never contradicts Himself.
(21LtMs, Lt 156, 1906, 4)
Every promise of advantage, made to any living soul, is ever on condition of obedience to God’s requirements, as specified in His Word. Never has an unconditional promise been made. All have access to the Word, and God’s promised favors are always on the conditions given in the Guide Book, the Word of God. Not one of us needs take one step off the plain path of duty and perfect obedience. It cannot be expected that those who do not render obedience to God’s requirements in this life, and who do not accept the terms He offers, will be reliable. If such were admitted into the future world, a second rebellion would be begun and carried on in heaven.
(21LtMs, Lt 156, 1906, 5)
Our preparation for heaven is to be made in a well-ordered life and godly conversation and strict control of our individual selves. Every soul of us is being tested and tried now, just now, in this world as to our fitness to become members of the heavenly family, subjects of our Lord’s kingdom.
(21LtMs, Lt 156, 1906, 6)
I am very glad that you and many others are seeking earnestly to establish schools for our youth. Let not the buildings erected be large, but plan for smaller schools in several places. Fewer students in each school will be more favorable to its proper management to the one end, that in the school here below they shall learn the meaning of obedience to the Lord’s requirements.
(21LtMs, Lt 156, 1906, 7)
A large amount of patience will need to be exercised in this work. Kind words, sympathy, and love will be required every day. And while the teacher is educating others in the school here below, he may himself be a constant learner. Teacher, as well as student, needs to come under discipline to the divine Teacher. He must daily consider the formation of his own character, that he may be a pattern of good works to those whom he is teaching. O how much teachers need to learn of Christ His methods, His obedience! We are on test and trial.
(21LtMs, Lt 156, 1906, 8)
In planning for the location of the school, pray much for divine guidance. Seek wisdom from the One who never errs. The Lord has designated that distance from the cities affords the most favorable situation for our institutions. You ask if twenty-five miles is far enough from the city to establish a school. I think it is; and if nearer places can be found, where there is good land for cultivation, let it be nearer. But if such places are not obtainable, let not the distance of a few miles be a hindrance to the establishment of the school.
(21LtMs, Lt 156, 1906, 9)
In planning for the work, you will need to counsel together. In Elder Olsen you have a man of good sense, one who in his life service has had an experience that will be an advantage to you. Make him your counselor. Counsel also with Dr. Kress and other brethren there who have had a good experience.
(21LtMs, Lt 156, 1906, 10)
I have a testimony to our brethren in America. In establishing restaurants, food stores, and factories, move guardedly. Do not involve yourselves deeply in debt either in erecting large buildings for a school or in a large food factory. In the cultivation of land in connection with your school, you will manifest wisdom. To establish small sanitariums in several places away from the cities will be far better than to establish large plants that consume much means and require many helpers. Unless the very best talent is brought into a sanitarium, it is like drawing a load uphill.
(21LtMs, Lt 156, 1906, 11)
Consult with the brethren who are reliable, and do not become involved in large debts, not knowing how they are to be paid.
(21LtMs, Lt 156, 1906, 12)
There is a way for every one of us to acquire wisdom. Counsel together, and be wise. The Spirit of our Lord Jesus Christ will be in your councils if you pray and seek the wisdom of God. Lean your whole weight upon One who hath said, “If any of you lack wisdom, let him ask of God, that giveth to all men liberally, and upbraideth not; and it shall be given him. But let him ask in faith, nothing wavering. For he that wavereth is like a wave of the sea driven with the wind and tossed. For let not that man think that he shall receive any thing of the Lord. A double minded man is unstable in all his ways.” [James 1:5-8.]
(21LtMs, Lt 156, 1906, 13)
Sit down and count the cost of your plans. Pray and believe, and move unitedly. The Lord will hear your united prayers. Make haste slowly, and be in agreement among yourselves.
(21LtMs, Lt 156, 1906, 14)
Now, my brother, this is the best advice I can give you. I will now leave you to the One who has promised to give wisdom, and upbraid not. I have the deepest interest in all of you and in the school already established. I thank my heavenly Father for the good things He has promised. We realize that the school established in the wilderness at Cooranbong has proved a decided success. The Word of the Lord will always be verified. Now let every one in mind, heart, and soul seek counsel of God and then go to work in faith. Do not establish a large school in one place, but smaller ones in different localities; and let these be expressly for obtaining that knowledge which will secure a transfer into the higher school, even the heavenly.
(21LtMs, Lt 156, 1906, 15)
Lt 158, 1906
Kress, Brother and Sister [D. H.] St. Helena, California May 10, 1906 This letter is published in entirety in 21MR 90-92. Dear Brother and Sister Kress:
We have your recent letter. I need not wait for reflection before saying that I believe the best plan is that of first strengthening the work in Adelaide. The climate is more healthful and the spiritual atmosphere much more favorable than that of Melbourne. This is the way that the matter has been presented to me, but I hoped you would decide the matter from your own judgment. I believe that after placing the whole matter before the Lord, the brethren will come to a harmonious decision. The Lord understands all our necessities. The outlook for establishing a sanitarium at Adelaide is much more favorable than the outlook for establishing one at Melbourne. The city of Melbourne is not the place to establish a sanitarium. It has been plainly presented to me that the sanitarium which you are planning to establish should be located in the most healthful place you can secure. But my warning is that of the angel that, standing in Melbourne, said in a clear, distinct voice, Establish not schools or sanitariums in the cities. In the future, cities will certainly feel the terrible results of earthquakes and fires. Cities will be destroyed by flood and by lightnings. Out of the cities, is my message at this time.
(21LtMs, Lt 158, 1906, 1)
Be assured that the call is for our people to locate miles away from the large cities. One look at San Francisco as it is today would speak to your intelligent minds, showing you the necessity of getting out of the cities. Do not establish institutions in the cities, but seek a rural location. The call is, “Come out from among them, and be ye separate.” [2 Corinthians 6:17.] The very atmosphere of the city is polluted. Let your schools be established away from the cities, where agricultural and other industries can be carried on.
(21LtMs, Lt 158, 1906, 2)
The Lord calls for His people to locate away from the cities; for in such an hour as ye think not, fire and brimstone will be rained from heaven upon these cities. Proportionate to their sins will be their visitation. When one city is destroyed, let not our people regard this matter as a light affair and think that they may, if favorable opportunity offers, build themselves homes in that same destroyed city.
(21LtMs, Lt 158, 1906, 3)
Great precautions were taken to make everything in San Francisco secure against earthquakes, floods, and fires; yet today, that great city is lying, a mass of debris. Where is there one who, seeing this, can fail to reason from cause to effect?
(21LtMs, Lt 158, 1906, 4)
A few days ago we passed by the great, costly Stanford University. Many of its buildings now lie in ruins.
(21LtMs, Lt 158, 1906, 5)
Yesterday, on our way home from Mountain View, we stopped to take a view of the destruction in San Francisco. Notwithstanding some of the buildings were of the most stable kind and were supposed to be proof against disaster, the city is a ruin. In some places the buildings are sunken into the ground. This city presents a most powerful picture of the inefficiency of human devising and human skill to withstand the carrying out of the Lord’s mandate.
(21LtMs, Lt 158, 1906, 6)
For our people to begin commercial enterprises in such a place will be to soothe the fears of those to whom they will come with the Bible message of truth.
(21LtMs, Lt 158, 1906, 7)
Let all who would understand the meaning of these things read the eleventh chapter of Revelation. Read every verse, and learn the things that are yet to take place in the cities. Read also the scenes portrayed in the eighteenth chapter of the same book.
(21LtMs, Lt 158, 1906, 8)
“And I heard another voice from heaven, saying, Come out of her, My people, that ye be not partakers of her sins, and that ye receive not of her plagues.” [Verse 4.] It will not be to the credit of any who believe the word of the prophecies of this book to ignore the special indications of God and show indifference in regard to this wonderful display of the power of God because of the sins of this city recently destroyed. The Lord forbid that those who have witnessed this great destruction shall make light of the matter and flatter themselves, that in the future they will have buildings far in advance of any buildings they have yet had. For if those who have felt the rebuke of God shall set themselves defiantly to invest their means as they have done, God will exercise His power to counteract their efforts. This calamity calls for men who have abused their privileges and taken advantage of their fellow men, to make amends for the wrong they have done. The Lord has spoken. Will men hear His voice?
(21LtMs, Lt 158, 1906, 9)
Let not a mammoth sanitarium be built in any place. If there are large buildings miles away from the cities, that in the providence of God, are offered at a price much below their value, and if you see the evidence of God’s hand in this, work judiciously to obtain possession of these buildings.
(21LtMs, Lt 158, 1906, 10)
Let your sanitariums be conducted by physicians and ministers who are in harmony with the light God has been giving to His people for the last half century. Place not men in positions of holy office who will not listen to God’s counsel concerning His way and His will. There are influences working mightily against the very work God requires to be done. The time has come when the Lord’s name is to be magnified in all your camp-meetings. Let the name of Jesus Christ be glorified in all these meetings. Every soul must now draw in even cords. Unbelief has taken possession of men who have been warned in regard to the seducing influence of Satan’s working and the methods of his work, yet who have taken no heed. They are of the party that will give heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of devils. Where is this party that will depart from the faith? Consider this. Do not place in charge of your important work, or even of the less-important enterprises, those who will lead minds away from the truth which is to decide the destiny of souls.
(21LtMs, Lt 158, 1906, 11)
Our Lord has the power that must be recognized by our people. God calls for unity in conformity to His expressed will. The flock of God should be watched, that they shall not be led into false paths. Unite with no human influence that is not in agreement with the truth of God which has stood the test for half a century.
(21LtMs, Lt 158, 1906, 12)
In conclusion, I would say, Let not brethren James and Semmons wait for new developments in Melbourne. Take hold at Adelaide, and lay your plans wisely.
(21LtMs, Lt 158, 1906, 13)
Lt 160, 1906
Olsen, O. A. St. Helena, California May 30, 1906 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother Olsen:
We feel that the time has come for decided efforts to be made in our cities. Read the twenty-first chapter of Luke. This is the message that we are to bear. It is a most solemn message for this time.
(21LtMs, Lt 160, 1906, 1)
We must let nothing interpose between us and the work God has given us to do. The people must hear the truth in clear, distinct lines. We should make special efforts just at this time to bring the truth before those who live in our cities. Let not precious time be consumed in picking to pieces the plans of others. Every man is now to exemplify the truth itself in his own life practice and fortify his soul by obeying the plain commandments of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 160, 1906, 2)
The teachings of the Word that God gave to Moses in the mount contain the instruction that men should obey. Study chapters nineteen to twenty-four of the book of Exodus, and present them before the people. All contention is to cease. We are to love as brethren; we are to soften and subdue our hearts.
(21LtMs, Lt 160, 1906, 3)
Brother Olsen, give these matters to your congregations in jots and tittles, as is appropriate for the occasion.
(21LtMs, Lt 160, 1906, 4)
In (Exodus 24:12) we read: “And the Lord said unto Moses, Come up to Me into the mount, and be there: and I will give thee tables of stone, and a law, and commandments which I have written; that thou mayest teach them.”
(21LtMs, Lt 160, 1906, 5)
It has been placed before me that we need the instruction in these chapters now just as verily as did the children of Israel in the days of Moses.
(21LtMs, Lt 160, 1906, 6)
Study (verses 15-18): “And Moses went up into the mount, and a cloud covered the mount. And the glory of the Lord abode upon mount Sinai, and the cloud covered it six days: and the seventh day He called unto Moses out of the midst of the cloud. And the sight of the glory of the Lord was like devouring fire on the top of the mount in the eyes of the children of Israel. And Moses went into the midst of the cloud, and gat him up into the mount: and Moses was in the mount forty days and forty nights.”
(21LtMs, Lt 160, 1906, 7)
Then follows a statement of God’s requirements in the making of a tabernacle to be borne from place to place, and from whence He could reveal Himself.
(21LtMs, Lt 160, 1906, 8)
There is a work to be done in studying the Word of the Lord as expressed in His laws. These laws, which were written in a book, are to guard us against doing injustice and are to guide us in our dealing one with another. And let us remember that this same Teacher, Christ Jesus, who gave the directions on mount Sinai, has spoken unto us in human flesh.
(21LtMs, Lt 160, 1906, 9)
I am aroused to exhort our people, “Preach the Word.” Paul’s charge to Timothy is appropriate for this particular time. “I charge thee therefore before God, and the Lord Jesus Christ, who shall judge the quick and the dead at His appearing and His kingdom; preach the word; be instant in season, out of season; reprove, rebuke, exhort with all longsuffering and doctrine. For the time will come when they will not endure sound doctrine; but after their own lusts shall they heap to themselves teachers, having itching ears; and they shall turn away their ears from the truth, and shall be turned unto fables. But watch thou in all things, endure afflictions, do the work of an evangelist, make full proof of thy ministry.” [2 Timothy 4:1-5.]
(21LtMs, Lt 160, 1906, 10)
“Now the Spirit speaketh expressly, that in the latter times some shall depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits, and doctrines of devils; speaking lies in hypocrisy; having their consciences seared with a hot iron....
(21LtMs, Lt 160, 1906, 11)
“If thou put the brethren in remembrances of these things, thou shalt be a good minister of Jesus Christ, nourished up in the words of faith and of good doctrine, whereunto thou hast attained.” [1 Timothy 4:1, 2, 6.]
(21LtMs, Lt 160, 1906, 12)
Lt 162, 1906
Kress, Brother and Sister [D. H.] St. Helena, California May 29, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in 3SM 349; 4BC 1143. + Dear Brother and Sister Kress:
I received your good letters. I was very much pleased to receive a copy of the letter you wrote to Dr. Kellogg. If such letters can not convince him, what will? You treat the subject wisely, and I thank the Lord that you are able to set forth the truth so intelligently. When I see so many following him in all his movements, I realize that this is an illustration of the evil influence of mind upon mind. The Doctor says that he has been studying along the lines of God in nature for years. Nothing that any one may say to him seems to make the least impression upon him. But I think that you have treated the matter wisely.
(21LtMs, Lt 162, 1906, 1)
Those who are under the deceptive influence of Satan do not seem to be affected by the efforts put forth for their salvation. In view of the present situation, it does not seem as if they could be helped much even if we were to hold many meetings in their behalf; but we still have the responsibility of doing what we can to help them.
(21LtMs, Lt 162, 1906, 2)
The time for the Lord’s judgments to come upon the wicked cities has begun, and yet the marked influence that such visitations should have upon the people is not seen. I am seeking to get out matter to awaken our churches and set them, first of all, on the watch of themselves, that they may be prepared to act as sentinels on the watchtowers of Zion. All who love God sincerely will reveal themselves as the friends of man.
(21LtMs, Lt 162, 1906, 3)
The temperance question is to be revived and advocated strenuously. The Word of God is our guidebook. We are not to have great confidence in any man that lives and walks on the face of the earth.
(21LtMs, Lt 162, 1906, 4)
The records of some are similar to that of the exalted angel who was given a position next to Jesus Christ in the heavenly courts. Lucifer was enshrouded with glory as the covering cherub. Yet this angel whom God had created, and entrusted with power, became desirous of being as God. He gained the sympathy of some of his associates by suggesting thoughts of criticism regarding the government of God. This evil seed was scattered in a most seducing manner; and after it had sprung up and taken root in the minds of many, he gathered the ideas that he himself had first implanted in the minds of others and brought them before the highest order of angels as the thoughts of other minds against the government of God. Thus, by ingenious methods of his own devising, Lucifer introduced rebellion in heaven.
(21LtMs, Lt 162, 1906, 5)
God desired that a change take place and that the work of Satan be brought out in its genuine aspect. But the exalted angel, standing next to Christ, was opposed to the Son of God. The underworking was so subtle that it could not be made to appear before the heavenly host as the thing that it really was; and so there was war in heaven, and Satan was expelled with all who would not stand on the side of loyalty to God’s government. The Lord God stood forth as Supreme Ruler.
(21LtMs, Lt 162, 1906, 6)
This condition of things had existed a long period of time before Satan was unmasked and the evil ones expelled. Only think—a war in heaven!
(21LtMs, Lt 162, 1906, 7)
Our work is not to seek to reason with those who in times past have been entrusted with great responsibilities, but who have been tempted by the enemy to embrace other responsibilities that they have not been called to carry. If he had let alone the things God never gave him to do, he would not have become so burdened with things that he could not carry.
(21LtMs, Lt 162, 1906, 8)
God has given His ministers their commission to preach the gospel and to warn the people of the things that are soon to come upon the earth; but Dr. Kellogg would not be satisfied unless they should exalt the medical work as all and in all. This the Lord forbade. Then the Doctor pursued certain lines of scientific study, and Satan came in with the suggestion that his delusive, scientific sentiments be made the great power that would place the medical interests on the highest basis, far above the ministry of the gospel.
(21LtMs, Lt 162, 1906, 9)
The Lord is unmasking the spirit of evil working that has existed in Battle Creek. Those who have chosen to follow their own way have begun to publish the discrepancies and contradictions, so-called, that they claim to find in connection with the testimonies; and they are misstating some matters by using their own words instead of the words found in my writing. These charges will have to be met, that truth may take the place of falsehood.
(21LtMs, Lt 162, 1906, 10)
Oh, how sad that such a work as this is done in this all-important period of the world’s history. We want now to go right forward with the work we must do in order to awaken our cities to repentance. We desire to let the light shine forth in clear rays, and to preach the gospel and the nearness of the end, without having to stop to engage in controversy with the men who are blindfolded with the bewitchery of misleading science.
(21LtMs, Lt 162, 1906, 11)
Lt 164, 1906
King, Martha; Nicola, Brother and Sister [C. C.] St. Helena, California May 28, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in PC 215. Mrs. Martha King and Dr. and Mrs. Nicola Dear Friends:
In looking over my writings, I find a letter I began to write to you several days ago. Now I will add something to it and send it along.
(21LtMs, Lt 164, 1906, 1)
We have had rain every day since last Thursday. The rain came down gently, but it continued almost constantly. Now I see the blue sky and the sunshine, and I am so thankful. My heart will be better now, I hope. I have had much pain in my heart for several weeks.
(21LtMs, Lt 164, 1906, 2)
Sister King, I would be so pleased to see you and the whole family. I expect I shall see you again at Melrose. The Lord has been very near to me; and all through these weeks of sickness since I left Loma linda, I have been able to write some. When I was at Mountain View, I wished to bear a very important message to them there, but it seemed impossible because of the condition of my throat and heart. Then I said, I will try. I will speak a short time. But when I stood before the people, the Spirit of the Lord came upon me, and every difficulty was removed. The meetinghouse was crowded, and I spoke for nearly an hour, not coughing once. I spoke with perfect freedom, from the first chapter of Second Peter. The Spirit of the Lord was upon me in large measure.
(21LtMs, Lt 164, 1906, 3)
I hoped my victory over the cold was permanent, but I was again attacked, and have been having quite a long trial with it.
(21LtMs, Lt 164, 1906, 4)
I see that the success and prosperity of our work in this time is dependent wholly on the Lord. Yet we must all stand in our lot and place as the Lord’s servants, depending on His counsel. “My presence shall go with thee” [Exodus 33:14], has been repeated so many times, and I have had the assurance that He will never fail me. We must, as children of God, press onward in the way of obedience. God is our front guard and our rereward. Great is the Lord, and greatly to be praised.
(21LtMs, Lt 164, 1906, 5)
***** Dear Friends at Melrose:
I have felt a great desire to see you. I hope to visit Melrose again. But I have much writing to do and do not think the time has yet come for me to take the long journey east.
(21LtMs, Lt 164, 1906, 6)
Melrose and Loma Linda are both very beautiful places. Each has excellent advantages, and these two places near cities will open the way for the truth to find access to many people who have never heard it.
(21LtMs, Lt 164, 1906, 7)
Elder Haskell and wife have begun work at San Bernardino, and they are sparing no pains. They are doing their best. They labor earnestly to keep the workers all alive and interested to sell the literature, and the work is certainly taking hold. Some souls have already taken their stand. We feel deeply interested to see our cities worked. We hope that our workers in Boston will have courage in the Lord. The Lord is soon to come, and there is need that every talent shall be improved.
(21LtMs, Lt 164, 1906, 8)
I have seen the city of San Francisco, and what a scene of devastation it presents. We were an hour and a half riding through the ruins. As we looked at such complete destruction, we could hardly realize that the largest city in California was in ruins.
(21LtMs, Lt 164, 1906, 9)
We shall do all we possibly can to get the truth before the people now. The special number of the Signs of the Times is a medium through which much good will be accomplished.
(21LtMs, Lt 164, 1906, 10)
If I were twenty-five years younger, I would certainly take up labor in the cities. But I must reach them with the pen.
(21LtMs, Lt 164, 1906, 11)
Looking at the tall buildings in San Francisco, some of them having one side still standing, it seemed to say, The touch of the Lord’s finger will lay in ruins the most costly and the highest of buildings. One of the standing walls of these high structures came down with a crash as we were looking at it. The completeness of the ruin cannot be described, but our meetinghouse on Laguna Street is safe. I remember all about the purchase of the land where this church stands. Several who took a leading part in this enterprise are now sleeping. My husband was one of the most responsible ones. Brother Diggins, a wealthy man, died soon after he helped build the house. Brother Morrison also is at rest. The Lord has mercifully spared that meetinghouse. Only a few blocks away, all is a picture of desolation, such as will be seen in the day of judgment. My heart is made glad and thankful that we do not have to rebuild.
(21LtMs, Lt 164, 1906, 12)
We know not what may come next to arouse the people to investigate Bible truth. The day of the Lord will come unlooked for, as a thief in the night. If these awful calamities do not make an impression on our minds, what will?
(21LtMs, Lt 164, 1906, 13)
“Be ye also ready, for in such a day as ye think not, the Son of man cometh.” [Matthew 24:44.]
(21LtMs, Lt 164, 1906, 14)
Lt 166, 1906
Harper, Walter St. Helena, California May 30, 1906 Previously unpublished. Brother Walter Harper:
I have intended to write to you, but many things have come in which have taken my attention, so that I could not do the things I planned.
(21LtMs, Lt 166, 1906, 1)
I mentioned to Sister Brown that I wished I was able to go to Lake Country, but I have not strength to ride so far. So I shall have to postpone that journey.
(21LtMs, Lt 166, 1906, 2)
I am glad you wrote me about the good meetings at Healdsburg. We have been at work early and late, trying to meet the emergencies created by the rebellion at Battle Creek.
(21LtMs, Lt 166, 1906, 3)
I was very glad that at Loma Linda you placed that money in my hands, because Elder Haskell needed it to open the work in his present field of labor, and to give the message to the people of Redlands. I thought it the right thing to do, to help Elder Haskell to employ the needed helpers. He is very economical and will make every dollar count. I meant to have written this before, but I am sure you understood that I would not be imprudent. This effort, put forth now in the places in which Elder Haskell intends to labor, will be a good work. I told him you entrusted the money to me, to use where it was most needed. These aged, faithful, true ministers of the gospel must be tenderly cared for.
(21LtMs, Lt 166, 1906, 4)
I am glad you loaned means to Edson, for he needs it. We have drawn money from the bank, to help him in getting out his books as quickly as possible. The money will be returned to me when the books are sold. We are trying to help him in this emergency, and I am glad you could loan him some money.
(21LtMs, Lt 166, 1906, 5)
May God go before you in your canvassing work. I am sure He has opened the way for you in the past. May He help you to place the books in foreign languages where they should be placed, and where many would have no access and no success in such work.
(21LtMs, Lt 166, 1906, 6)
May the Lord bless and guide you in your work.
(21LtMs, Lt 166, 1906, 7)
Lt 168, 1906
McDearmon, Sister St. Helena, California May 30, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in UL 164. Dear Sister McDearman:
I am sorry to learn of your sickness. I am getting old as well as you. Your age I do not exactly remember. I am past seventy-eight, but I am able to do a large amount of work in writing. I do long for rest, but the Lord preserves me so that I do not suffer much pain.
(21LtMs, Lt 168, 1906, 1)
I wish I could see you and talk with you. I was pleased with the loan of money. We are getting out books and are greatly in need of money just now. So I am thankful, in this emergency, that you loaned me the money.
(21LtMs, Lt 168, 1906, 2)
You and I shall not expect to live much longer; but we will hold fast the faith and the blessing of the Lord, through obedience to all His commandments. I am trying to do what I can, writing the things that I must write. I greatly desire to keep in the work and bear my testimony to the last. I shall be seventy-nine years old the twenty-sixth of next November. I can yet accomplish much work writing. Though I am brain weary, yet I see so much to be done. Our warfare will soon be ended; but the Lord is good and merciful. When our warfare is ended, we shall rest in hope until the morning of the resurrection. Then the last trump shall sound, and we shall see the King in His beauty and behold His matchless charms. My dear sister, we have a precious hope; let our hearts rely constantly upon God. Truth will triumph and bear away the victory.
(21LtMs, Lt 168, 1906, 3)
I am wishing you could be with your daughter Emma; but I suppose that this would be too long a journey for you. I should not mind it so much because I am accustomed to traveling. But I wish you could be with Emma.
(21LtMs, Lt 168, 1906, 4)
Well, the Lord will be with you. He is your ever present Helper, and you may know He will never leave nor forsake you. You should have the best of care, and live your time in this world, until the quiet rest, in full hope of the overcomer’s reward. Just rest yourself in your belief of the truth. Do not worry about anything. You have kept the faith; and for you is laid up a crown of life, which Christ, the righteous Judge, shall give you at that day, and not to you only, but to all them who love His appearing. The Lord will keep you and bless you. All your hope, I know, is in Jesus; and you may rest in His love. The angels of God will be round about you. You may rest in our Lord in quiet faith and ever believe He has your life “hid with Christ in God.” [Colossians 3:3.]
(21LtMs, Lt 168, 1906, 5)
May the Lord be a continual blessing unto you, my beloved, aged sister. I am relying wholly upon the Lord Jesus. We will hope and pray and believe, and we will trust in His living Word. Our beloved Sister Kelsey is through with earth’s troubles. She was faithful and true. We will meet in the city of our God.
(21LtMs, Lt 168, 1906, 6)
In much love.
(21LtMs, Lt 168, 1906, 7)
Lt 170, 1906
Stewart, C. E. St. Helena, California June 13, 1906 This letter is published in entirety in SpM 462-265. Dr. C. E. Stewart Dear Brother:
I have received your letter, in which you inquire what is meant by the words “I,”“we,”“us,” and so on in my testimonies. In my work, I am connected with my helpers, and I am also connected and in close touch with my Instructor and other heavenly intelligences. Those who are called of God should be in touch with Him through the operation of His Holy Spirit, that they may be taught by Him.
(21LtMs, Lt 170, 1906, 1)
Of mine own self I can do nothing. I feel that all credit must be given to a higher Power whose will and word I am to carry out, in order that, united with heavenly intelligences, I may have a clear perception of spiritual and eternal things. Christ has said, “The Son can do nothing of Himself, but what He seeth the Father do: for what things soever He doeth, these also doeth the Son likewise.” [John 5:19.]
(21LtMs, Lt 170, 1906, 2)
Again, God’s way is to be practiced in every line of work, else the cause of truth, I am instructed, will bear the imperfections of the mold of men and will be misrepresented. We are to become one with Christ, in harmony with His prayer:
(21LtMs, Lt 170, 1906, 3)
“Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which shall believe on Me through their word; that they all may be one; as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee, that they also may be one in Us: that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me. And the glory which Thou gavest Me I have given them; that they may be one, even as We are one: I in them, and Thou in Me, that they may be made perfect in one; and that the world may know that Thou hast sent Me, and hast loved them, as Thou hast loved Me.... O righteous Father, the world hath not known Thee: but I have known Thee, and these have known that Thou hast sent Me. And I have declared unto them Thy name, and will declare it: that the love wherewith Thou hast loved Me may be in them and I in them.” [John 17:20-23, 25, 26.]
(21LtMs, Lt 170, 1906, 4)
I cannot always say “I.” I am not accustomed to doing so. Without the special light and grace of Christ, I can do nothing. Furthermore, I am connected with my workers. During the night season I am often deeply impressed with representations passing before me; and usually, whatever the hour of the night may be, I arise at once and write out the instruction that has been given me. This manuscript is placed in the hands of one of my copyists, who makes several copies on the typewriter. Then it is returned to me, and I carefully read it over to see if it is all correct. Matter written for publication is sometimes sent direct to one of our periodicals and sometimes laid aside with other matter to be published later in book form or in some other way.
(21LtMs, Lt 170, 1906, 5)
This is one reason why I often say “we.” My helpers and I are co-workers in sending out the light given me to be a blessing to the world.
(21LtMs, Lt 170, 1906, 6)
In the first chapter of the First Epistle to the Corinthians, we read: “Paul, called to be an apostle of Jesus Christ through the will of God, and Sosthenes our brother, unto the church of God which is at Corinth, to them that are sanctified in Christ Jesus, called to be saints, with all that in every place call upon the name of Jesus Christ our Lord, both theirs and ours: Grace be unto you, and peace, from God our Father, and from the Lord Jesus Christ.
(21LtMs, Lt 170, 1906, 7)
“I thank my God always on your behalf, for the grace of God which is given you by Jesus Christ; that in every thing ye are enriched by Him, in all utterance, and in all knowledge (this is a very broad statement); even as the testimony of Christ was confirmed in you: so that ye come behind in no gift; waiting for the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ: who shall also confirm you unto the end, that ye may be blameless in the day of our Lord Jesus Christ. God is faithful, by whom ye were called unto the fellowship of His Son Jesus Christ our Lord. Now I beseech you, brethren, by the name of our Lord Jesus Christ, that ye all speak the same thing, and that there be no divisions among you; but that ye be perfectly joined together in the same mind and in the same judgment.” [Verses 1-10.]
(21LtMs, Lt 170, 1906, 8)
“For the preaching of the cross is to them that perish foolishness; but unto us (notice the use of this word) which are saved it is the power of God. For it is written, I will destroy the wisdom of the wise, and I will bring to nothing the understanding of the prudent. Where is the wise? where is the scribe? where is the disputer of this world? hath not God made foolish the wisdom of this world? For after that in the wisdom of God the world by wisdom knew not God, it pleased God by the foolishness of preaching to save them that believe.
(21LtMs, Lt 170, 1906, 9)
“For the Jews require a sign, and the Greeks seek after wisdom: but we preach Christ crucified, unto the Jews a stumbling-block, and unto the Greeks foolishness; but unto them which are called, both Jews and Greeks, Christ the power of God, and the wisdom of God. Because the foolishness of God is wiser than men; and the weakness of God is stronger than men. For ye see your calling, brethren, how that not many wise men after the flesh, not many mighty, not many noble, are called: but God hath chosen the foolish things of the world to confound the wise; and God hath chosen the weak things of the world to confound the things which are mighty; and base things of the world, and things which are despised, hath God chosen, yea, and things which are not, to bring to nought things that are: that no flesh should glory in His presence.
(21LtMs, Lt 170, 1906, 10)
“But of Him are ye in Christ Jesus, who of God is made unto us wisdom, and righteousness, and sanctification, and redemption: that, according as it is written, He that glorieth, let him glory in the Lord.” [Verses 18-31.]
(21LtMs, Lt 170, 1906, 11)
In the third chapter we read: “Who then is Paul, and who is Apollos, but ministers by whom ye believed, even as the Lord gave to every man? I have planted, Apollos watered; but God gave the increase. So then neither is he that planteth anything, neither he that watereth; but God that giveth the increase. Now he that planteth and he that watereth are one: and every man shall receive his own reward according to his own labor. For we are laborers together with God: ye are God’s husbandry, ye are God’s building.” [Verses 5-9.]
(21LtMs, Lt 170, 1906, 13)
Now if I say “we” and “us,” you may understand what I mean—we are laborers together with God. The whole of the third chapter of First Corinthians needs to be carefully studied. Study every verse of this chapter; for it means much to you and your associates, as well as to me.
(21LtMs, Lt 170, 1906, 14)
“Know ye not that ye are the temple of God, and that the Spirit of God dwelleth in you?” [Verse 16.] Then why should not I say “we” in a peculiar and significant sense? I myself and you yourself must be united in mind, in heart, in soul, in strength, with heavenly agencies. This is our only hope of success. The less that is said of “I,” the more correct will be our understanding of the great I AM.
(21LtMs, Lt 170, 1906, 15)
“If any man defile the temple of God, him shall God destroy; for the temple of God is holy, which temple ye are. Let no man deceive himself. If any man among you seemeth to be wise in this world, let him become a fool, that he may be wise. For the wisdom of this world is foolishness with God. For it is written, He taketh the wise in their own craftiness.” [Verses 17-19.]
(21LtMs, Lt 170, 1906, 16)
I have been instructed that unless there is a decided change in the religious experience of those who have refused to heed the warnings given them, but who, instead, remain willingly under the molding influence which now predominates at the Battle Creek Sanitarium, it will not be of the least use to explain everything that is presented as an objection to the visions. Some have been under this influence for years, and the many subterfuges and explanations that are resorted to there will be taken up by these misled souls and used against the testimonies. So long as they refuse to heed the warnings given them, the spell that is upon them cannot be broken. God has a work that must be carried forward purely and intelligently, in His own way, entirely separated from the influence of seducing spirits that some have communion with.
(21LtMs, Lt 170, 1906, 17)
I am instructed to say to you, We are now living amid the perils of the last days. I am commissioned to bear my testimony, “Be ye also ready, for in such an hour as ye think not the Son of Man cometh.” [Matthew 24:44.]
(21LtMs, Lt 170, 1906, 18)
Our God has given us, His people, a special work to do. The Son of God was manifest in human flesh, that man might receive knowledge intelligently from the divine-human Teacher. Christ came in the likeness of humanity, that He might draw all men unto Himself. His followers must walk in the light of His glorious example.
(21LtMs, Lt 170, 1906, 19)
At whatever sacrifice of ease or reputation, at whatever sacrifice of property or cost of labor, a Christian must maintain the reformative doctrines of the gospel. In short, if a man is risen with Christ by profession of faith in the Son of God as his Redeemer, he has made a most solemn pledge to maintain these reformative doctrines. As he advances in the Christian life, he will gladly accept the self-denial and self-sacrifice involved. “Ye are laborers together with God.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.]
(21LtMs, Lt 170, 1906, 20)
Lt 172, 1906
Paulson, David; Sadler, W. S. St. Helena, California June 14, 1906 This letter is published in entirety in PC 32-34. Dr. David Paulson and Elder W. S. Sadler Dear Brethren:
I have been working hard and am weary; and yet I will not give up, for there is much to do. During the dedication of the Loma Linda Sanitarium, I spoke for a short time on the open platform on the lawn, while the wind was blowing. The exercises were very impressive. We also had an excellent meeting at the dedication of the Paradise Valley Sanitarium.
(21LtMs, Lt 172, 1906, 1)
I am glad that these sanitarium properties have come into the possession of our brethren and sisters in the Southern California Conference. For years we have worked at a disadvantage; but now I am so thankful that, in the providence of God, many facilities have been placed within our reach, and we can encourage our brethren in Southern California to awake to their opportunities. Every one in that field should be grateful to God; for He has wrought for us in a remarkable manner.
(21LtMs, Lt 172, 1906, 2)
The sanitarium at Loma Linda is in need of larger quarters for their treatment rooms. An addition for this purpose will be built this summer. The Paradise Valley Sanitarium has added a large wing to the main building and is now provided with excellent treatment rooms. The second story of the new part is finished for the accommodation of patients, but the third story is not yet finished. However, both institutions are in running order and are making good use of the facilities they have.
(21LtMs, Lt 172, 1906, 3)
Through circumstances that I could not well control, I have been suffering for some time from the weariness of constant anxiety. I am sensible of the fact that I am mortal and that I must guard my physical, mental, and moral powers. The constant changing from place to place necessitated by travel and the taking hold of public labor wherever I have gone have been too much for me, in addition to the writings that I have been preparing day and night as the Lord has worked my mind by His Holy Spirit. And when I am meeting with evidences that these communications will be treated by some in accordance with the human judgment of those who shall receive them; when I realize that some are watching keenly for some words which have been traced by my pen and upon which they can place their human interpretations in order to sustain their positions and to justify a wrong course of action—when I think of these things, it is not very encouraging to continue writing. Some of those who are certainly reproved strive to make every word vindicate their own statements. The twistings and connivings and misrepresentations and misapplications of the Word are marvelous. Persons are linked together in this work. What one does not think of, another mind supplies.
(21LtMs, Lt 172, 1906, 4)
When the true converting power comes home to us as human agents, we see a power in God’s plans and embrace the evidence of the divine remedy for sin. “If we walk in the light, as He is in the light, we have fellowship one with another, and the blood of Jesus Christ His Son cleanseth us from all sin.” [1 John 1:7.] I can rely wholly and unmistakably upon the sure Word of prophecy.
(21LtMs, Lt 172, 1906, 5)
I am now carrying a very heavy burden for those who are lost in the mysteries of false science. I have had physical suffering of the heart; therefore I could not quickly answer the questions that you and Elder Sadler have presented to me. A severe cold has been upon me ever since the Loma Linda meeting. I assure you it is not because I do not respect you, Brethren Paulson and Sadler, that I do not answer your questions now. Pray for me, and I will pray for you; and as soon as I can, I will clear up, if possible, the misunderstandings regarding the work God has given me to do. Certainly a very great work is before us. I must now watch and pray and wait.
(21LtMs, Lt 172, 1906, 6)
“And every man that hath this hope in him purifieth himself, even as He is pure.” [1 John 3:3.]
(21LtMs, Lt 172, 1906, 7)
Lt 174, 1906
Nicola, Brother and Sister [C. C.] St. Helena, California June 7, 1906 Previously unpublished. + Dr. and Mrs. C. C. Nicola Dear Brother and Sister:
I wish that I could see you and converse with you. It has been presented to me that Dr. Kellogg would try his best to lead you to accept his deceptive theories. I saw some things that I have neither written nor spoken, and I shall not mention them unless compelled to in order to save souls from deception.
(21LtMs, Lt 174, 1906, 1)
I saw that Dr. Kellogg was leading you, and you were being led. When I heard that Sister Nicola was in Battle Creek, I was pained to the heart. I know whereof I speak regarding Dr. Kellogg and his false science. I have many things written concerning his dangerous theories. I beseech of you not to turn aside from the light I am sending you, and link yourselves with him, to be worked by the influences that have been controlling him.
(21LtMs, Lt 174, 1906, 2)
My brother, my sister, you belong to God. You are in the place where the Lord would have you be. I have a message for you: Sever every thread that binds you to the influences that center at the Battle Creek Sanitarium. You remember, Brother Nicola, the letter I read to you, in which Dr. Kellogg stated that he had surrendered. However, I have not seen any evidence of surrender. Instead of surrendering, he has acted as if he were trying to get a firmer hold.
(21LtMs, Lt 174, 1906, 3)
Sister Nicola, you are a daughter of Brother Fletcher Byington, who was a member of my family for years. He seemed like a brother, and we were thoroughly united in the truth. I have felt a great tenderness for those connected with him, and especially for your mother and yourself, and for your husband. But I am instructed by the Lord that you are both in danger of losing your souls. I regard a soul saved as worth more than the whole world. You will both have presented to you strong inducements to go to Battle Creek; and if you were to go, I greatly fear it would be at the price of your souls.
(21LtMs, Lt 174, 1906, 4)
Listen to one whom I know you have respected, and in no case follow the counsel of a man who has had message after message for years, yet who has walked contrary to these messages and is doing the same today. The Lord has shown me our erring brother’s spiritual standing. He is not the man that will help you spiritually, because he has faith neither in God nor in Jesus Christ nor in the messages of truth that have made us Seventh-day Adventists.
(21LtMs, Lt 174, 1906, 5)
The disposition to make self supreme led to Satan’s rebellion in heaven. The enemy has imbued many souls with his own spirit—a desire to be first, to be supreme. The effort of Dr. Kellogg to carry out his plans and schemes through specious devisings will make him least of all. He has a soul to save, but he does not respect that soul as he should. He has not worked in the right way, and he has hindered the work of God from being carried forward solidly. By his misrepresentations and specious devisings, he has led many souls astray.
(21LtMs, Lt 174, 1906, 6)
How long will this deception and opposition to the work of God continue? How long shall it be permitted? Will those who have light and evidence link up with Christ and carry forward His work intelligently? Oh, that all who claim to believe the truth would look away from human devisings and plannings and follow in the footsteps of the meek and lowly Jesus! “Come unto Me,” the Saviour pleads, “all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls.” [Matthew 11:28, 29.]
(21LtMs, Lt 174, 1906, 7)
In self-denial and self-sacrifice our work in this world is to be carried forward. We are very near the close of this earth’s history. Had the many who have been called acted the self-denying part that Christ acted, thousands more would have been converted. Many men of ability, of such as shall be saved, would have been added to our numbers. We are in the world to accomplish the high purpose that the Lord has planned for us.
(21LtMs, Lt 174, 1906, 8)
Boston is to be worked. I call upon you, in the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth, to come up to the help of the Lord, to the help of the Lord against the mighty. If you have not a sense of that which God requires of you, I beg of you to heed this message that I now give you and to come up to the help of the Lord against the mighty powers of evil.
(21LtMs, Lt 174, 1906, 9)
All things will soon be developed. The work of our institutions is in vain, unless the workers in these institutions link up with Christ Jesus and walk and work in accordance with the Divine Pattern. We need to be converted anew and to form Christlike character. We need to receive the sanctification of the Holy Spirit. All haughtiness, which impedes the advancement of God’s work, must be put away. Self must be subdued. My dear brother and sister, Take hold of the sacred work for which the Melrose Sanitarium has been established. With pure, unalloyed motives, work on with an eye single to the glory of God. Let the language of the heart be, “I have set the Lord ever before me.” [Psalm 16:8.]
(21LtMs, Lt 174, 1906, 10)
Turn away your eyes from men who have hindered the work of God for years. I now address you as one who knows. The Lord has placed Boston before you as a city to be worked, and you are to act a part in saving souls ready to perish. This is the very work the Lord designs shall be done. You have acted a part in fitting up a place from which may be carried an influence to Boston and to other important cities. The messengers of God have a high mission to fulfil; and, in His providence, you have been placed where you can act a part in advancing His cause. You have already taken a part interestedly in efforts to accomplish a work in Boston. As you continue these efforts, your intelligence regarding health reform, and the truths of the Bible applicable to these times, will make you Christ’s workers. You are not to go to Battle Creek. God forbids it.
(21LtMs, Lt 174, 1906, 11)
After Christ had warned His disciples against the adversary’s manner of attack, He charged them to be ever on the watch. Turning to them, He said privately, “Blessed are the eyes which see the things that ye see: for I tell you that many prophets and kings have desired to see those things which ye see, and have not seen them; and to hear those things which ye hear, and have not heard them.” [Luke 10:23, 24.]
(21LtMs, Lt 174, 1906, 12)
I have been shown in vision that many from the humble walks of life who are willing to learn of Christ, the great Teacher, rather than to put their trust in men, will be raised up to do a work for God. The time is very near when those of defective character will be removed because they reveal their unconverted self and place a wrong mold on the work of God, thus hindering its advancement.
(21LtMs, Lt 174, 1906, 13)
“If any of you lack wisdom, let him ask of God, that giveth to all men liberally, and upbraideth not; and it shall be given him. But let him ask in faith, nothing wavering.” [James 1:5, 6.]
(21LtMs, Lt 174, 1906, 14)
Lt 176, 1906
Prescott, W. W. St. Helena, California June 15, 1906 [typed] Previously unpublished. Brother Prescott:
I have a request to make of you. Will you send to Brother Joseph Leininger the Review and Herald without charge. He was once a man of means, and his whole heart was in the work. He believed the Lord was coming soon and that he must help the office of publication, the sanitariums, and the schools. Wherever there was a call for means, his hand was ready with aid. He was unfortunate in some business transactions, and he lost his all. On account of this, I also lost. But I never asked him to pay a penny of what I lost on his account.
(21LtMs, Lt 176, 1906, 1)
I called the church officers together and told them that he had secured for himself a few acres of land on which was an old house not fit to live in winter or summer. All he asked was enough to make the house comfortable for them to live in. I told the brethren that he had given freely of his means to the various branches of the work and that I had not accepted one cent of rent for my house, in which he had lived for years.
(21LtMs, Lt 176, 1906, 2)
He had a family, so I asked the brethren to build for them a two-story house, of good material. This they consented to do. Brother Leininger at first secured five acres of land, and he has since added two acres to this. It is good land. He has met with the loss of two horses lately, yet no complaint comes from his lips.
(21LtMs, Lt 176, 1906, 3)
His two boys are doing their best. One of them has been running the elevator here at the sanitarium, and the other one has had excellent success in selling our books.
(21LtMs, Lt 176, 1906, 4)
I have asked that the Signs of the Times be sent to Brother Leininger without charge, and I request you to send him the Review and such pamphlets as you send to me from time to time. Please put his name down as a permanent subscriber, and oblige me.
(21LtMs, Lt 176, 1906, 5)
I feel and know that the Lord has made me His special messenger to attend to such matters as this. This is one reason why I refuse to claim the name of “prophet.” I am commissioned to look after cases like this brother’s and see that their necessities are met; also those of our ministers who are becoming ripe in years, but whose influence must ever be appreciated. There are but few of the old pioneers left, and I must not allow them to be overlooked. I have linked my interest with them. May God help me to do my duty faithfully.
(21LtMs, Lt 176, 1906, 6)
Lt 178, 1906
Prescott, Brother and Sister [W. W.] St. Helena, California June 13, 1906 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother and Sister Prescott:
I will try to write you a letter now. I have begun several to you, but have been unable to finish them, my mind being much burdened on account of affairs in Battle Creek. This burden is very taxing, and my words, you know, must be measured very precisely.
(21LtMs, Lt 178, 1906, 1)
There is nothing I can write, except that minds have invented questionable theories whereby the truth has been evaded. Wrong theories have been brought before minds and false representations made by the one who has been studying for years to bring in the very science that caused the fall of Adam and Eve. These subterfuges confuse minds, and they do not discern that Satan is introduced and is taking advantage to play the game of life for their souls.
(21LtMs, Lt 178, 1906, 2)
I have been writing early and late; at the same time I have had the influenza, and my head is very much congested. Yet I have had to be prepared to meet the objections that come in. Some nights I have slept but little and have been up in the early hours of the morning. But my head has now come to the point where it must rest. My eyes cause me pain, and I must cease this continual writing. I have been overworking of late; this is my apology for not writing to you all in Washington more frequently.
(21LtMs, Lt 178, 1906, 3)
This morning I rode out through the country and slept on the way. This afternoon I have written about ten pages. My head says, Stop. I invite your prayers.
(21LtMs, Lt 178, 1906, 4)
May God bless you.
(21LtMs, Lt 178, 1906, 5)
In love.
(21LtMs, Lt 178, 1906, 6)
Lt 180, 1906
Nicola, Brother and Sister [C. C.] St. Helena, California June 15, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in 6Bio 95. Dear Brother and Sister Nicola:
I have just been made aware that the enclosed letter to you did not go as soon as I had supposed it could be sent. Several things requiring immediate attention have crowded in. We have had some council meetings over the publishing work at Mountain View and elsewhere; and we have had to answer many letters from correspondents in Australia. All this has made it difficult for me to keep track of the letters I have been writing to friends in this country. The Australian mail must be prepared, if possible, in time for the next boat.
(21LtMs, Lt 180, 1906, 1)
During the past few weeks, I have not had much rest in spirit. Letters, full of questions, are continually crowding in upon us. At this season of the year, there is necessity for my remaining as quiet as possible; but I cannot rest. My soul is drawn out for those who are in peril, in the hope that they may not be misled by the representations that have been going forth from Battle Creek. If I can present to the people the facts in the case, as they exist, it may save some from making shipwrecks of faith. I have been sent some of the most frivolous questions in regard to the testimonies given me by the Lord.
(21LtMs, Lt 180, 1906, 2)
But this letter must be gotten off in the mail that is just closing. Be of good courage; exercise faith in God and in His Son, Jesus. God will vindicate our past experience.
(21LtMs, Lt 180, 1906, 3)
Lt 182, 1906
Haskell, Brother and Sister St. Helena, California June 15, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 84. Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
I have not forgotten you. I read your last encouraging letter with much thankfulness to God. I am pressed with work. We are trying to get matters into print as soon as possible, that we may be prepared for what the enemy is planning to do. The influenza is still upon me, and my brain is so weary at times that I can scarcely do anything; but notwithstanding all this, I continue writing.
(21LtMs, Lt 182, 1906, 1)
I am believing all the time that the Lord will work in your behalf and will open the way before you. I have just received a letter from Bro. Wm. Simpson. He writes of his plan to go to another place. Would it be well to invite him to take hold, in his special way, in the city of Redlands? He speaks in the evening. You could carry on your meetings of instruction just the same; and after the people were once aroused, the truth would reach many.
(21LtMs, Lt 182, 1906, 2)
I have been thinking of how it used to be when the loud cry of the first angel’s message was given in Portland and in the city of Boston. These efforts were followed up with continuous work similar to that which you, Elder Haskell and Sister Haskell, and your helpers are doing. This work is indeed the Lord’s work. You will counsel with those in whom you have confidence.
(21LtMs, Lt 182, 1906, 3)
Elder C. L. Taylor has returned from Battle Creek. He is free to state that all I have expressed in regard to the situation spiritually in the Battle Creek Sanitarium is the truth. He declares that warnings against the dangers which beset the youth who go to Battle Creek are not at all exaggerated. The influence exerted upon them there is sorely detrimental. He will tell you all these things himself.
(21LtMs, Lt 182, 1906, 4)
I have thought that the very best thing that Elder Taylor could do would be to link up with Brother and Sister Haskell. If he were to connect with you in the work, you will have one who will not be drawn a second time into the dangerous atmosphere at Battle Creek. And yet there are those who will place all the blame upon the ones who have stood faithful to the truth and to duty.
(21LtMs, Lt 182, 1906, 5)
Dr. Kellogg controls the voice of Elder A. T. Jones and will use him as his mouthpiece. My prayer is: O God, open Thou the blind eyes, that they may see; and the ears of the deaf, that they may hear and become humble. I have messages, but have not the strength to write them out. My brain is weary.
(21LtMs, Lt 182, 1906, 6)
Be of good courage in the Lord. Watchfulness, prayer, and the exaltation of the truth—this is our work. At times I stop and think I can go no further; then I gather up the broken threads and go forward until another period comes.
(21LtMs, Lt 182, 1906, 7)
Again I would say, Be of good courage in the Lord. Tell every worker that he is the property of Christ. Let Christ stamp His signature of voluntary surrender upon every power, every capability, every affection. We are to be Christ’s steadfast, humble servants. It is our privilege to be wholly the Lord’s.
(21LtMs, Lt 182, 1906, 8)
Now you need not measure your letters by the short letters I write. The Lord be with you.
(21LtMs, Lt 182, 1906, 9)
In love.
(21LtMs, Lt 182, 1906, 10)
Lt 184, 1906
Faulkhead, N. D. St. Helena, California June 10, 1906 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother Faulkhead:
We have received your letter and were glad to hear from you and your children. They are now at the age where they need special care and guidance.
(21LtMs, Lt 184, 1906, 1)
From the light I have, you are not to remain separated from the publishing office. Brother Salisbury needs your qualifications, and the office needs you. You and Brother Salisbury can unite to do a good work. The Lord will bless you in the position you have occupied for so long a time. Some will try to bar the way, but those who do this should seek to guard diligently their own souls.
(21LtMs, Lt 184, 1906, 2)
I say, my brother, your children need your special wisdom, exercised in the kindest manner. Set an example to all parents to keep the way of the Lord. Love the Word, and teach its precepts to your children. Put forth every power of your intellect to instruct wisely your children to keep the way of the Lord. As father and mother, if your hearts are right with God, you will make the Word your guidebook in the home. Why?—Because it is the Lord’s instruction to all the human family.
(21LtMs, Lt 184, 1906, 3)
I cannot at this time write all that I desire. But you are to realize your great responsibility to teach your children the way of the Lord. Study the directions given in the book of Deuteronomy and in the New Testament. The Lord will bless you in your efforts to heed His directions. We owe all to God, and let us praise His holy name.
(21LtMs, Lt 184, 1906, 4)
My heart goes out for all of you. I pray for you and for all who are acting as teachers and guardians in the work. All are to exercise the strictest integrity in every line of the work; and so work in repentance and faith in Jesus Christ that they shall become partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption of the world by a steadfast faith in Christ Jesus, the full and perfect Sacrifice.
(21LtMs, Lt 184, 1906, 5)
In Christ’s sacrifice is His love for fallen man expressed—a sacrifice of Himself for the saving of the world. All who can take this in will understand the value of the soul, which means the whole man. “Ye are not your own, for ye are bought with a price.” [1 Corinthians 6:19, 20.] This means that there is to be an individuality expressed by every soul ever to represent through his faith in all his work his gratitude and his repentance for sin. We are earnestly to cultivate a perception of the great and measureless sacrifice of One equal with God, in bearing all the sufferings satanic agencies can invent through human beings. We would have every soul awake to an appreciation of the great sacrifice which Christ has made. If those who believe in Him have a realization of His love, they will exercise strict control over their spirit, their words, their habits and practices. They will consecrate themselves to God, mind, heart, soul, and strength, growing up into full stature in Christ Jesus. All their powers will be consecrated to God the Father, as an expression of their appreciation of the wonderful sacrifice He has made to redeem an apostate world. His Son, equal with the Father, came to the world, clothing His divinity with humanity, to live a life of poverty and to suffer reproach and be misunderstood. He was beset with Satan’s temptations and reviled of men. He was tempted in all points, like as we are, yet without sin. With what pain He viewed the defects in His disciples. He loved them, and He loves His disciples today as He did those who were with Him when He was upon earth.
(21LtMs, Lt 184, 1906, 6)
Lt 186, 1906
Salisbury, W. D.; Olsen, O. A. St. Helena, California May 31, 1906 This letter is published in entirety in 20MR 167-169. Brother Salisbury and Elder Olsen:
I am interested in all that concerns our publishing institutions. I was much surprised that Brother Faulkhead has discontinued work in the Echo office. If it were best for him to disconnect from the office for a time, he should return to it later on. If he is again willing to unite his interests in the office and bear the responsibilities that he has borne, he will be of much value to the publishing house. Secure him if you can. He is of value and understands the management of finance well. Not one can fill his place. If he has made mistakes, and sees his mistakes, he is the better guarded to avoid dangers. Objections may be made, but are you sure that any new man who might attempt to fill his place would make no mistakes in the same line or in other lines?
(21LtMs, Lt 186, 1906, 1)
Brother Faulkhead could act in several lines of work that need to be done in our offices where are being put forth publications containing present truth for these last days. He has that broad experience that is needed to make a man intelligent in business matters.
(21LtMs, Lt 186, 1906, 2)
The Lord gave me a most interesting experience with Brother Faulkhead in regard to Freemasonry. If ever I saw a man that was worked by the Holy Spirit of God, this man was. I was sick, but it had been impressed upon his mind that Sister White had a message for him, and he must see her. He was admitted to my room, and he took my hand and said, “I do not wish to intrude, but I must speak with you. I was impressed as if a voice had told me that you had a message of importance from the Lord for me. If so, speak to me, and I will take heed to your words.”
(21LtMs, Lt 186, 1906, 3)
I said a few words to him, and then told him to call my attendant to prepare me to sit up in the easy chair.
(21LtMs, Lt 186, 1906, 4)
I spoke plainly of the matter to him and of his dangers. He was about to receive a higher degree in the lodge; and I told him that if he took that advance step in the order of Freemasonry, he would give up the truth for the pride of honor, as he regarded it. The highest position in Freemasonry was a great temptation to him. His ambition to serve in the highest degree would place him in the bondage of worldly honor, just where he had desired to be, but it would prove the ruin of his soul. He was to consider that the ten commandments were given every man to be obeyed.
(21LtMs, Lt 186, 1906, 5)
I read to him a long communication that I had written for him. I had been an invalid, suffering with inflammatory rheumatism for months. I had to be carried up and down the long stairs in the school building where our meetings were held.
(21LtMs, Lt 186, 1906, 6)
My attendants were very fearful of the results of this taxing labor, but I bade them not to worry. The Lord had me in charge. After reading the long message to Brother Faulkhead, I added many more words which had been given me; and I entreated for that precious soul that he should decide to give up his bondage of Freemasonry and take his stand with us as a people. I prayed, and he prayed as a man wrestling for his soul. We were both weeping and praying. He was converted. The Holy Spirit came in, and he pledged himself to cut loose from this great temptation to honor. He promised to do this, and his face was shining with the light of Christ’s countenance. He said, “It is late; all chance for conveyance is gone, but I am so happy.”
(21LtMs, Lt 186, 1906, 7)
He had to walk seven miles to his home. The next day we attended the conference meeting in Melbourne, and he had his Freemason papers in his pocket. He was about to deliver them to the men in authority and tell them that he would no longer serve in any capacity in their lodge. He said, “I was a converted man that night, and I wanted to sing and shout the praises of God. How I longed to see some of my brethren! I wanted to tell them I was a free man, and I wanted to tell them I was as happy as I could be. I wanted to praise God and did praise God with all my heart and soul and voice.”
(21LtMs, Lt 186, 1906, 8)
What a meeting we had the next day! The Holy Spirit was in our midst, and there were many confessions made. Brother Faulkhead spoke, and all felt that he was truly converted. He gave an account of his experience, of which I have given a short sketch.
(21LtMs, Lt 186, 1906, 9)
From the light I have, Brother Faulkhead can fill a position that cannot be filled by any other man you have in the new office. If he makes Christ his trust, he will do honor to the work. You can not afford to spare him from the position he has filled for years. There is not a man who is so well fitted for the place, and the Lord will help him and impart to him new capabilities, if he seeks counsel and depends upon his God. I have now borne my testimony. I shall send Brother Faulkhead a copy of this. Brother Salisbury, you must not take the responsibility of too many things in the office, but while you occupy your place and Brother Faulkhead occupies his, be sure to have your special seasons of prayer for guidance in all your work.
(21LtMs, Lt 186, 1906, 10)
I am having a serious time with my eyes so will not write more. If I have time, I will write to Brother Faulkhead personally. If I cannot do this, this letter must serve you all. But I speak to you to open the way for Brother Faulkhead to act in a capacity where his talents will best serve the cause of God, in the way to strengthen it most.
(21LtMs, Lt 186, 1906, 11)
Lt 188, 1906
Olsen, O. A.; Kress, D. H. St. Helena, California June 18, 1906 This letter is published in entirety in 20MR 170-174. Elder O. A. Olsen and Dr. D. H. Kress Dear Brethren:
I am instructed to lift before our people the high standard to which we must attain. Many choose to follow their own unsanctified ideas and have lost sight of this standard. They walk and talk in a way that is detrimental to healthful piety. Spiritual life is maintained only by a daily life of obedience to all the commandments of God. The law of heaven, by which the whole universe is governed, must be brought into our every-day experiences in this world. Thus the believer evidences that he is receiving Christ, and that he is a partaker of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust. So long as we are in this world of sin, we must engage in a constant spiritual warfare.
(21LtMs, Lt 188, 1906, 1)
I have been referred by the Lord to the First Epistle of Peter. I must impress upon the churches in every place the importance of reading this Scripture and of practicing, with watchfulness and prayer, the instruction given. “Here,” said my Instructor, “is a most precious representation of what Christians may be, if they will only hear and obey.” The language used is a warning to those who are lifting up their souls unto vanity. Let all listen and enter into the spirit of the words of counsel given:
(21LtMs, Lt 188, 1906, 2)
“Peter, an apostle of Jesus Christ, to the strangers scattered throughout Pontus, Galatia, Cappadocia, Asia, and Bithynia, elect according to the foreknowledge of God the Father, through sanctification of the Spirit, unto obedience and sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ: Grace unto you, and peace, be multiplied. Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, which according to His abundant mercy hath begotten us again unto a lively hope, by the resurrection of Jesus Christ from the dead, to an inheritance incorruptible, and undefiled, and that fadeth not away, reserved in heaven for you, who are kept by the power of God through faith unto salvation ready to be revealed in the last time.” [1 Peter 1:1-5.]
(21LtMs, Lt 188, 1906, 3)
Read the whole chapter. Study it, fathers and mothers, with all your powers of intelligence; and let your words and your actions express its meaning. Then read the second chapter of First Peter, verses one to twelve. Then turn to the Second Epistle of Peter, and read the first chapter.
(21LtMs, Lt 188, 1906, 4)
My brethren in the Lord, I am instructed to say that you must raise the standard of piety and truth and holiness higher, still higher. Compare scripture with scripture. Encourage the people to study their Bibles. Nearly all have the common version, and the words are so simple and plain that all who read may understand. Let the Scriptures be read freely in the family and in the pulpit. The men who wrote the books of the Bible, were inspired of God, and the words of Holy Writ are for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come.
(21LtMs, Lt 188, 1906, 5)
We are to preach Christ and Him crucified, as the sinner’s only hope. To ministers and people I would say: Give yourselves no rest until you find the truth as revealed in the past through holy men of old. Then obtain your life power from the One who came from heaven to John to show him the things that would be seen in these last days. As you consecrate yourselves to God, and with all the powers of the mind seek to understand the Word, you will unearth deeply hidden treasures, which will come forth as shining truths, clear as polished crystal. By no human devising can we, in our own strength, bring forth these treasures from God’s great storehouse of truth. We must read and study and write in the light of heaven.
(21LtMs, Lt 188, 1906, 6)
There remain in our ranks a few faithful men and women who have passed through many experiences and have witnessed the fulfilment of many prophecies. But there are others who have not had so long an experience; and among these are some who are refusing the light God has given and are choosing their own way. Even men who have been standing in positions of trust have resorted to the arm of the law when a “Thus saith the Lord” counterworked their scheming and underworking. Those who have placed their dependence on lawyers, on the counsels of unconsecrated men, have been unfaithful stewards. God has kept an accurate record of their actions in the record books of heaven; and every artful, unjust transaction will one day appear. The consequences of every wrong act will be fully revealed.
(21LtMs, Lt 188, 1906, 7)
Believers in Christ are, in this world, to bring into action the principles of heaven. Those who shall compose the members of the royal family, those who enter in through the gates into the city of God, will share in the inheritance that was promised Abraham and all his children.
(21LtMs, Lt 188, 1906, 8)
Into the heavenly courts will enter no taint of sin. Those who enter there will have obeyed the truth in this world and will have brought into the life practice, while on this earth, the principles of heaven. Only such can be allowed to enter heaven; for only those who learn to live in accordance with the principles of heaven will have demonstrated that they would not, after entering heaven, introduce specious devisings that would create a second rebellion.
(21LtMs, Lt 188, 1906, 9)
Christ came to a world of sin, in order to give every man an example of true, perfect obedience. In all His words and deeds, He is our example. The character of holiness to which we must attain He has plainly revealed. The path of obedience is the only path to heaven; and, through His grace, we are enabled to follow in the footsteps of our divine Lord and walk in the straight and narrow way in which He walked.
(21LtMs, Lt 188, 1906, 10)
My dear brethren and sisters in Australia, wherever your lot may be cast—whether east or west, north or south—if you are the truly wise, you are the denominated people of the class specified as “partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust.” [Verse 4.]
(21LtMs, Lt 188, 1906, 11)
I address my brethren and sisters in the faith, who are living in this solemn period of the world’s history: We need to pray much. We need to watch unto prayer and to live our prayers by practicing the principles of God’s Word. Let us seek the Lord with the whole heart and testify of His grace in the fervor of the Holy Spirit. The Word of God is to be our guide, our proof by which we shall vindicate our faith in every time of need. Through the sacrifice of our gracious Redeemer, we have the privilege of claiming much, because we need much, and because in Christ all fulness dwells.
(21LtMs, Lt 188, 1906, 12)
We as a people need to be sanctified unto God daily. From day to day, from hour to hour, from moment to moment, we need to know the will of God concerning us. Constantly we are to be on the watch over self. High responsibilities devolve upon every one who has covenanted to serve God and to fulfil all the obligations of this life. We are to cultivate the mind in a knowledge of spiritual things. The whole being—body, soul, spirit—is to be consecrated to God’s service. As we do our part faithfully, shall not the Judge of all the earth do right by us? We are to be laborers together with God. “Ye are God’s husbandry; ye are God’s building.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] Constantly we are to work in harmony with God.
(21LtMs, Lt 188, 1906, 13)
In the Scriptures we have the life of Christ before us—a living example in vital, spiritual action. His ministry was marked with keenness of perception. He was always true. His life evidenced inward spirituality. In the name of the Lord God of Israel, I would say that those who are partakers of the divine nature will have spiritual life and light with which to bless others. “He that heareth My Word,” saith Christ, “and believeth on Him that sent Me, hath everlasting life.” [John 5:24.] It is not an inactive faith, but a living, working faith that enables us to be successful laborers together with God.
(21LtMs, Lt 188, 1906, 14)
My brethren, learn of the great Teacher, Jesus Christ, the only begotten of the Father. Cultivate His meekness, His lowliness of heart, I beg of you. Labor with the simplicity of little children and with true loyalty of heart. As you do this, your daily experience will be of a character to make you trustful and brave—valiant soldiers. In association with one another, you will be as Christ’s chosen ones. Your devotion to Christ will be manifest in daily proving Him with His Word. Constantly you will be learning how to trust more fully in Christ as your strength.
(21LtMs, Lt 188, 1906, 15)
Elder Olsen, Dr. Kress and family, you have a large work to perform. May the Lord strengthen your faith. He will do this, if you exercise your capabilities of mind in loving service.
(21LtMs, Lt 188, 1906, 16)
And to Brother and Sister Star,r I would say: Let your name be a representation of your spiritual life—a star of hope, bringing brightness into the lives of others. Talk faith; talk courage; and bring encouragement to the heart of Sister Olsen. She can be a strength to her husband. He is oft put to much trial to know how to carry the work forward in straight lines.
(21LtMs, Lt 188, 1906, 17)
I would send you a word of warning regarding the Echo office: Be careful not to burden the office unduly with commercial business. There is great danger of bringing in many worldly schemes that injure the sacred influence that should pervade the office. Will you not unite with the managers of the office in striving to keep the standard elevated and in making sure that the Signs of the Times is filled with important and timely matter for the people, and that it is given a wide circulation?
(21LtMs, Lt 188, 1906, 18)
I would further say, Move wisely, and encourage Brother Faulkhead to take a position in the Echo office. He has made a mistake, and he will feel the humility of this mistake. But let not one soul bar his way; for it could well be said, “He that is without sin among you, let him first cast a stone.” [John 8:7.] Christ looks beneath the surface. If you were all to come together and confess your mistakes, it would be revealed that some have had feelings of exaltation and have desired the highest place; others have felt free to express a lack of harmony with the plans of their associates and have felt like drawing apart. When all the workers in the Echo office are partakers of the divine nature, they will draw together, in even lines. Then there will be more praying, with humility of soul. Our brethren there will then seek the Lord, confessing their own sins and realizing their own defects of character. Thus great confusion could be avoided.
(21LtMs, Lt 188, 1906, 19)
When the workers in our institutions are obedient to the law of the Lord, there will go forth from every soul the love wherewith Christ hath loved us. What is the difficulty with many?—A lack of “sanctification of the Spirit, unto obedience and sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ.” [1 Peter 1:2.] Let every one talk the truth. Pray in faith; lay hold on God’s promises; pray as His workmen.
(21LtMs, Lt 188, 1906, 20)
My ministering brethren, talk faith; live the truth. We are bought with a price. We need to present the Word of truth as the sin-destroyer. Maintain simplicity. Talk the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. Love as brethren. Be kind, pitiful, courteous. These words of instruction I have been commissioned to give to you, that you may give them to others.
(21LtMs, Lt 188, 1906, 21)
Lt 190, 1906
Taylor, C. L. St. Helena, California June 22, 1906 Previously unpublished. Elder Taylor:
I have this morning read an excellent letter from Sister Haskell. She speaks freely in regard to the work they are doing in San Bernardino and says that the Lord is giving them great freedom in presenting the truth. I thought this letter had been copied and that I would send you a copy. But as it is not yet copied, I will copy some portions of it now.
(21LtMs, Lt 190, 1906, 1)
“We have an excellent family of workers. Have never had a better one together, and they are interestedly taking hold, and, I think, gaining an excellent, good experience. They are learning to work territory thoroughly, whereas in our large cities we often go from spot to spot and do not work the locality as thoroughly as we are obliged to do in a smaller place, to keep fifteen or sixteen workers busy.
(21LtMs, Lt 190, 1906, 2)
“There is a good healthy interest in the meetings held in the tent. We are gaining all the time. I think we would have to keep our eyes shut not to see this. There seems to be a good impression made in the city. We have yet to hear the first discouraging word from the city, and our workers are constantly going out day by day in all parts of the city, and we feel that this is a token of victory. There is hardly a day, but some of the workers come across individuals who speak highly of the meetings being held and of the “Bible Training School.”
(21LtMs, Lt 190, 1906, 3)
“They watch us quite closely. We have a good audience every night at the cooking class. A nice class of people attends and seems fully to appreciate the instruction given. Dr. White had to leave for Loma Linda, so we are running the classes alone.
(21LtMs, Lt 190, 1906, 4)
“The other night at the health school, there were seven or eight nice, intelligent-looking men present. I judged from appearance that they were physicians, and they watched with closest attention when the nurses were putting their patients into a chest pack and bent forward to see every movement that was made.
(21LtMs, Lt 190, 1906, 5)
“Elder Haskell has been presenting the Sabbath question for the last two weeks, and there have been intelligent people interested. Elder Haskell has just come in, and he says for me to tell you, if Elder Taylor would like to come here and is willing to engage in house-to-house work, such as we are doing, it would be a great help for us to have him unite with us, as there are many families that are greatly benefited by visiting; and it would relieve Elder Haskell in this work of instructing the people.
(21LtMs, Lt 190, 1906, 6)
“We have not been doing much preaching. The only preaching services we hold are on Sabbath morning, Sunday afternoon, Sunday night, and Friday night. These four services a week Elder Haskell manages without difficulty. But if Brother Taylor should come, he could take right hold and help in our meetings and do a good work in this city, as there are scores of families now, that if a young minister should call on them and talk with them and pray with them, it would be a great blessing to them in bringing them to a decision to take their stand decidedly for the truth.
(21LtMs, Lt 190, 1906, 7)
“There is a good influence in the town, and I think if Brother Taylor came and united with us in this work, he would be welcomed in many homes. I am sure he has talent and ability for the work needed to be done. House-to-house work helps to bring to a decision and establish all that are interested to investigate all the points of our truth. The sooner Brother Taylor can come, the better. Elder Haskell finds it hard to fill all of his appointments in the warm weather. He would be thankful for some one to help him in the preaching.”
(21LtMs, Lt 190, 1906, 8)
I am much interested in this movement, and I hope you will unite with Elder Haskell; for Loma Linda is to be entered and the same work done there. They selected the worst place first, and their success is surprising. Redlands is also to be worked. There is a much better class of people there. Eleven miles from Redlands is Riverside, a beautiful place. I looked for a place beside a river, but there is no river there. But there are miles and miles of orange groves surrounding the town. We have a nice little meetinghouse in Redlands and one in Riverside. But both of these places have had but little done in them.
(21LtMs, Lt 190, 1906, 9)
I leave you to the Lord, to be guided by Him. I think you would be a great help to Brother Haskell. I will write no more, for you have the matter as it has been written to me.
(21LtMs, Lt 190, 1906, 10)
Lt 192, 1906
Haskell, Brother and Sister “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California June 8, 1906 This letter is published in entirety in LLM 179-180. Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
We have received and read your interesting letter, also the enclosures from Sister Burgess. Thank you for sending these communications. The experiences they relate are very encouraging.
(21LtMs, Lt 192, 1906, 1)
The recent developments in Battle Creek have caused me a great amount of writing. I have been kept under a constant strain to meet the emergencies as they arise. Through the day, and by lamplight in the early morning hours, I have worked until, with congested brain and weakened eyes, I have been obliged to call a halt. But the Lord has graciously blessed me this morning, and I have some relief.
(21LtMs, Lt 192, 1906, 2)
Elder Taylor has left Battle Creek and has returned to California. He says that he went to Battle Creek, hoping that he might help the brethren spiritually; but he now feels that the conditions there are such that it is impossible for him to benefit them, so he has left.
(21LtMs, Lt 192, 1906, 3)
Yesterday I had a long visit as I rode out with Brother and Sister Howell. Brother Howell is very desirous of knowing how to plan for the educational work with which he is connected, so that no mistakes may be made. I told him that the Lord will lead all who are willing to be led. The Bible is our safe guidebook. Said Christ, “He that will come after Me, let him ... take up his cross, and follow Me.” [Mark 8:34.]
(21LtMs, Lt 192, 1906, 4)
We cannot mark out a precise line to be followed unconditionally. Circumstances and emergencies will arise for which the Lord must give special instruction. But if we begin to work, depending wholly upon the Lord, watching, praying, and walking in harmony with the light He sends us, we shall not be left to walk in darkness.
(21LtMs, Lt 192, 1906, 5)
I am glad that you are carrying forward the work you have undertaken in San Bernardino. I believe that you are working in harmony with the light that has been given to me. In your work you come in contact with people who need to feel a hunger and thirst after righteousness. The Lord’s blessing will be with all who work in harmony with His plans.
(21LtMs, Lt 192, 1906, 6)
It has often been presented to me that there should be less sermonizing by ministers, acting merely as local pastors of churches, and that greater personal efforts should be put forth. Our people should not be made to think that they need to listen to a sermon every Sabbath. Many who listen frequently to sermons, even though the truth be presented in clear lines, learn but little. Often it would be more profitable if the Sabbath meetings were of the nature of a Bible-class study. Bible truth should be presented in such a simple, interesting manner that all can easily understand and grasp the principles of salvation.
(21LtMs, Lt 192, 1906, 7)
We should seek to follow more closely the example of Christ, the great Shepherd, as He worked with His little company of disciples, studying with them and with the people the Old Testament Scriptures. His active ministry consisted not merely in sermonizing, but in educating the people. As He passed through villages, He came in personal contact with the people in their homes, teaching and ministering to their necessities. As the crowds that followed Him increased, when He came to a favorable place, He would speak to them, simplifying His discourses by the use of parables and symbols.
(21LtMs, Lt 192, 1906, 8)
“The Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us” [John 1:14], that we may understand the character we may possess if we eat His flesh and drink His blood. “Whoso eateth My flesh, and drinketh My blood,” He declares, “hath eternal life.” And He further says, “The flesh profiteth nothing: the words that I speak unto you, they are spirit, and they are life.” [John 6:54, 63.]
(21LtMs, Lt 192, 1906, 9)
The infinite sufficiency of Christ is demonstrated by His bearing the sins of the whole world. He occupies the double position of offerer and of offering, of priest and of victim. He was holy, harmless, undefiled, and separate from sinners. “The prince of this world cometh,” He declares, “and findeth nothing in Me.” [John 14:30.] He was a Lamb without blemish and without spot. As we look to Him, we see our work exemplified.
(21LtMs, Lt 192, 1906, 10)
How can the sinner be redeemed? When the conscience has been awakened to a sense of an intolerable burden of guilt, what will give a hope that outweighs all discouragement and despair? “It is Christ that died.” [Romans 8:34.] O price above all price! Rejoice, sinful one, sin is not infinite. However aggravated its character, however oppressive the guilt of conscience, there is blessed hope. “Though your sins be as scarlet,” repentant one, despair not. “They shall be as white as snow; though they be red like crimson, they shall be as wool.” [Isaiah 1:18.] “If we confess our sins, He is faithful and just to forgive our sins, and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness.” [1 John 1:9.]
(21LtMs, Lt 192, 1906, 11)
What shall turn us from the love of God? Shall we not earnestly endeavor to point sinners to the matchless love of Christ?
(21LtMs, Lt 192, 1906, 12)
Lt 194, 1906
Morse, John F. St. Helena, California June 26, 1906 Previously unpublished. Dr. John F. Morse Dear Brother:
I have an interest in your case. Truth, Bible truth, must be your foundation. I am bidden to say to you, Cut loose from every influence that holds you. Consecrate the powers of your soul to work on the Lord’s side, and stand on the foundation of the Word of God. I am much burdened because you do not discern clearly what manner of spirit you allow to influence your mind. You should now work to a purpose, breaking away from the influences that have held you, which are not heavenly or divine.
(21LtMs, Lt 194, 1906, 1)
I will not now present the reasons, but in the name of the Lord God of Israel, I call upon you to break away from Battle Creek. Do not, I beg of you, turn away from my appeal. I am instructed to draw you by invitation strong and earnest. Come now, and do not delay. I invite you to come to Loma Linda and take up work there. There is a great work to be done in medical missionary effort in Southern California, and this work has only been touched as yet with the tips of our fingers. It requires varied elements in human instrumentalities to make the work in that field a success. There is to be an ingathering of souls from this part of God’s world. There is a physician needed. Will you come?
(21LtMs, Lt 194, 1906, 2)
I tell you in the name of the Lord to leave Battle Creek, and you will be blessed as you go forward to do the will of the Lord. For a long time I have seen and understood your danger. If you remain where you are, you are in great danger of receiving that which will be death to the receiver.
(21LtMs, Lt 194, 1906, 3)
The life of the soul cannot be sustained except by the Word of the living God. “The law of the Lord is perfect, converting the soul.” [Psalm 19:7.] The life of the soul cannot be sustained except through the right exercise of the mind, in performing duty and keeping the affections directed heavenward.
(21LtMs, Lt 194, 1906, 4)
“He that hath the Son hath life; he that hath not the Son of God hath not life.” [1 John 5:12.]
(21LtMs, Lt 194, 1906, 5)
The judgments of God will come upon those who have held fast their own ways and their own works and who have refused to repent. In the past you have allowed unconverted, unconsecrated influences to control you altogether more than you realized. Will you now make a determined effort to cut away from every influence that has held you and employ your talents most wisely in the service of our God?
(21LtMs, Lt 194, 1906, 6)
Will you henceforth be able to say: “I count all things but loss for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus my Lord”? [Philippians 3:8.]
(21LtMs, Lt 194, 1906, 7)
My brother, you should see and understand that God is in earnest with you. You and many others are in confusion. The Lord pointed out to Hiland Butler the path that he should follow; and had he followed the way pointed out for him, he would today be standing firm for the right. May the Lord God of Israel break the spell that has been upon you. In the name of the Lord, I tell you, it will be to your eternal loss if you continue to stand where you are. Satan is playing the game of life for your soul. Break the spell, and take your position wholly on the side of truth and righteousness.
(21LtMs, Lt 194, 1906, 8)
Lt 196, 1906
Place, O. G. and associates at Boulder, Colorado St. Helena, California June 26, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in 6Bio 36. To Dr. O. G. Place, and his associates in sanitarium work at Boulder, Colorado:
The Lord would be pleased to have Dr. Place serve Him with his whole heart. The word of the Lord to Dr. Place is, “Judge true judgment; and show mercy and compassion every man to his brother; and oppress not the widow, nor the fatherless, the stranger, nor the poor: and let none of you imagine evil against his brother in your heart.” [Zechariah 7:9, 10.]
(21LtMs, Lt 196, 1906, 1)
Dr. Place, you could not have properly considered the results upon others, or you would not have established a sanitarium where you are now located. Your management in this matter has not pleased the Lord. Your sanitarium cannot be carried on to the glory of God, situated as near as it is to the Boulder Sanitarium. It can not be carried on correctly in any place, unless the physicians keep the fear of the Lord ever before them. “Return ye to the stronghold, ye prisoners of hope. Even this day do I declare it.” [Zechariah 9:12.]
(21LtMs, Lt 196, 1906, 2)
If you knew the whole history of the Boulder Sanitarium, from its first conception, you would have a history that is very interesting and instructive. The Lord has let His blessing rest upon the Sanitarium that our people established in Boulder, because there have been faithful workers connected with it, who, in the fear of God, have labored unselfishly to make it a success. There has been praying and working from principle, and the Lord has heard prayer and has accepted thanksgiving.
(21LtMs, Lt 196, 1906, 3)
And why was our Boulder Sanitarium established? Was it not to teach health reform and use rational methods in the treatment of disease? Dr. Place, if your institution gives indulgence to meat eating and various other appetites, then is not its influence against the sanitarium already established, where the principles of health reform are upheld? I have had the situation opened to me, my brother, and the results for which a sanitarium should be conducted.
(21LtMs, Lt 196, 1906, 4)
The Boulder Sanitarium had, in the fear of God, taken the ground that our other leading sanitariums have taken—to discard meat, tea, coffee, spirituous liquors, and the drug medication. Temperance principles have been taught in parlor lectures and in other ways. Wholesome foods were served, and genuine health reform was taught.
(21LtMs, Lt 196, 1906, 5)
This institution should have had the right of way. But by the location of another sanitarium so nearby, the principles of which are in some respects quite different from those of the Boulder Sanitarium, difficulties will be presented which should not exist. There will be a constant influence to create a state of feelings that should never come in. Your institution will prove a temptation and will exert a wrong influence. Dr. Place, you are doing a serious wrong to your neighbor institution, to settle yourself so close to it.
(21LtMs, Lt 196, 1906, 6)
The religious atmosphere in our sanitariums is to be always preserved. It is not possible for you to carry on an institution to honor and glorify God, unless the physicians are in an attitude to worship the Creator and exalt the Lord God. The physicians, nurses, and helpers are to be ever on the alert and vigilant to speak words in season, ever pointing to the great Medical Missionary who can be depended upon to unite with human hands, while they act their part intelligently and point souls to Jesus Christ, the mighty Healer of the body and the soul. All who are living amid the perils of these last days are to guard the souls which are physically, mentally, and spiritually diseased. A false religion will often be seen and should be corrected. The perils of the last days are upon us. We are fighting in a conflict with enemies on every side, and we must be on our guard, for the evil angels will dispute every inch of advance ground. We are to watch their movements, else we will see that we are losing ground.
(21LtMs, Lt 196, 1906, 7)
We are servants, entrusted with the bodies and souls of those who patronize our institutions. We are to educate ourselves to do our very best in strength of influence in speech, actions, and association with unbelievers. All who are faithful watchmen are to exert every influence to win souls to Christ. “Be ye also ready, for in such an hour as ye think not, the Son of man cometh.” [Matthew 24:44.] Let every worker, as he faithfully performs his work for time and for eternity, be always ready to speak a word in season, lest coming suddenly, He find you sleeping.
(21LtMs, Lt 196, 1906, 8)
“Watch ye therefore: for ye know not when the Master of the house cometh, at even, or at midnight, or at cock crowing, or in the morning: lest coming suddenly He find you sleeping. And what I say unto you I say unto all, Watch.” [Mark 13:35-37.]
(21LtMs, Lt 196, 1906, 9)
Lt 198, 1906
Place, A. E. St. Helena, California June 26, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in 6Bio 36. Elder A. E. Place Dear Brother:
I have words to write to you. I was shown that the Lord is not in this movement for you to connect with Dr. Place in carrying on sanitarium work in Colorado. The light which God has given me is that Dr. place has not the glory of God in view in establishing a sanitarium in Boulder, so near the one which was already located there. For years he has not been an earnest Christian and an honor to the cause of God. To establish a sanitarium where he did was not right. It was not doing justice and righteousness by the institution already established, which some one must carry forward amid difficulties to do its appointed work. There was abundance of room for him to work in places outside of Colorado.
(21LtMs, Lt 198, 1906, 1)
I was shown that the Boulder, Colorado Sanitarium ought not to be run by Dr. Place, because he does not obey the truth.
(21LtMs, Lt 198, 1906, 2)
Now, my brethren, be careful what course you pursue. Our Boulder Sanitarium was established at a large outlay of means. It has undertaken a great work, but it has not been properly sustained. Those who have borne the burden of its work, have had cause for great discouragement; and now if you desire to engage in sanitarium work after the order of God, do not connect with the one that is unwisely located close by the Boulder Sanitarium. God has been measuring the mind, the motive, the character that has led Dr. Place to establish himself in Boulder. The Lord has not been honored or glorified in this move. I need not give the particulars, for the light has been given that it was a wrong thing to do. It is not a wise movement or a just movement. And what will be the outcome? You should reason from cause to effect. Time is short, and we have all a work to do in unifying. Elder Place, study diligently the third chapter of Ezekiel.
(21LtMs, Lt 198, 1906, 3)
Lt 200, 1906
Amadon, Brother and Sister [G. W.] St. Helena, California June 26, 1906 This letter is published in entirety in PC 125-126. Brother and Sister Amadon:
I have read your letters, but have not had time to answer them. I have been permitted to view the case of A. T. Jones. His bitterness is as gall, though he has been warned. At Washington, during the General Conference, I conversed with him for about three hours, but he would not receive my warnings. He seemed very self-confident; and when he spoke of his work at Battle Creek, his boastings were a surprise to many. All that I could say to him at Washington seemed to make no impression on his mind.
(21LtMs, Lt 200, 1906, 1)
A. T. Jones has had precious opportunities to see and feel the power of the messages of warning sent by the Lord to His people. He himself has been admonished to be constantly on guard, else the power of others minds would be exercised on his mind, and he was cautioned regarding the subtle working of spiritual science upon human minds. He had eyes, but he saw not; ears, but he heard not, and he has done the very work that he was warned to avoid doing. I am very sorry for the man, for all these chapters in his experience are bringing him over a road that will have to be retraced step by step, if he ever comes to an understanding of the work he is now doing, and turns his feet to follow the precious Saviour, our Leader.
(21LtMs, Lt 200, 1906, 2)
We must walk circumspectly before God. We cannot afford to make mistakes now. Truth will bear away the victory. I am not angry as I read statement after statement of falsehood, regarding my writings and my work. I am sure that the Lord has helped you to stand for and vindicate the truth. Brother Farnsworth made a wise decision when he said, I will keep to the affirmative. We are to show the people that the truth of heavenly origin is sufficient to keep every soul. It is our duty to rebuke sin; for with satanic energy, men will do all in their power to overcome the testimony of the righteous with falsehoods and misstatements.
(21LtMs, Lt 200, 1906, 3)
One time when we were in Healdsburg, we heard reports that cast a shadow on the integrity of Brother Cady. I met these with the remark that I had confidence in Brother Cady, and it must be that they were mistaken in the matter of the report. There was another matter regarding his relation to the school that had troubled me much. I thought a mistake had been made in proposing that he should work in the interest of all the schools in general. I felt that his place in the Healdsburg school could not then be properly supplied. I felt that the Healdsburg school should have the continual influence that Brother and Sister Cady would exert. I consider that he had done a good work in this school, and I greatly feared that the school would not succeed as it had done, were he separated from it.
(21LtMs, Lt 200, 1906, 4)
When I was about to leave for Washington, I left in his care a young man whom I wished him to see and to take into Healdsburg College. What was lacking in his expenses I promised to pay.
(21LtMs, Lt 200, 1906, 5)
*****
In a recent letter I wrote:
(21LtMs, Lt 200, 1906, 6)
“In response to the enemy’s work on human minds, I am to sow the good seed. When questions suggested by Satan arise, I will remove them if I can. But those who are picking at straws had better be educating mind and heart to take hold of the grand and soul-saving truths that God has given through the humble messenger, in the place of becoming channels through whom Satan can communicate doubt and questioning.
(21LtMs, Lt 200, 1906, 7)
“To allow images of straw to be created as something to attack is one of the most unprofitable things that one can engage in. It is possible for one to educate himself to become Satan’s agent in passing along his suggestions. As fast as one is cleared away, another will be proffered.
(21LtMs, Lt 200, 1906, 8)
“I have been instructed to say, The Lord would not have my mind thus employed. I have written something on the meaning of the words, ‘I,’‘we,’ and ‘us,’ in the testimonies. This point is, as it were, a man of straw, set up in the imagination of some who have been sowing tares.”
(21LtMs, Lt 200, 1906, 9)
Lt 202, 1906
Place, A. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California June 26, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 392. Elder A. E. Place Dear Brother:
I am copying from my diary a page that I wrote in Melrose, August 26, 1904. I may have written you in regard to these things before, but I feel that the work here outlined should be entered upon without delay.
(21LtMs, Lt 202, 1906, 1)
“I thank the Lord that He has today given me strength to bear my testimony in the large tent, about a mile from the sanitarium. The seats were all occupied. There was good singing, accompanied by instrumental music. The music was excellent, the words were distinctly pronounced, and a good impression was made upon the listeners. I spoke for an hour from the first chapter of Second Peter. The Lord strengthened me, for which I praise His holy name.
(21LtMs, Lt 202, 1906, 2)
“It was in the plan of God that the Melrose Sanitarium should come into the hands of our people, as a means of reaching the higher classes. The city of Boston and the surrounding country should be thoroughly worked. I am instructed to say to Elder Place and Elder Wheeler that they should connect with them men and women who can help them sound the note of warning. With the sanitarium should be connected the best help possible to give a religious mold to the institution.
(21LtMs, Lt 202, 1906, 3)
“Let Elder Place secure the best help he can, and pitch a tent in the vicinity of the city of Boston, and speak to the people, as the Lord gives utterance. There should be no delay in taking up this work. Elder Gilbert might strengthen the effort by laboring for the Jewish people. Physicians might help much by giving health talks in connection with the meetings.”
(21LtMs, Lt 202, 1906, 4)
Brother Place, the Lord is calling for a work to be done in the city of Boston. If you will move out by faith in this work, God will greatly bless you. There need be no great outward demonstration, but work quietly and earnestly. The Lord will help His humble, earnest workers. Make determined efforts. Say continually, “I will not fail nor be discouraged.” [See Isaiah 42:4.]
(21LtMs, Lt 202, 1906, 5)
I have not time today to write further, but I will send you other matter from my diary when I can get it copied.
(21LtMs, Lt 202, 1906, 6)
Lt 204, 1906
Burden, J. A. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California June 17, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in SpM 389-391. Dear Brother Burden:
For several days I have thought of writing to you, but could not because so many things demanding immediate attention have come in. I may have written to you regarding the equipment of your treatment rooms, but fearing that I have not I will come right to the point.
(21LtMs, Lt 204, 1906, 1)
When we were at the Paradise Valley Sanitarium, we were conducted through the new treatment rooms. One rooms was elaborately fitted up with electrical appliances for giving the patients treatment. That night I was instructed that some connected with the institution were introducing things for the treatment of the sick that were not safe. The application of some of these electrical treatments would involve the patient in serious difficulties, imperilling life.
(21LtMs, Lt 204, 1906, 2)
One was conversing with the doctors, and with great earnestness was saying, “Never, never carry out your wonderful plans. There have been various mechanical devices brought into the treatment rooms that are expensive, and the men who make a specialty of treating certain cases are liable to make grave mistakes.”
(21LtMs, Lt 204, 1906, 3)
There are men who make a specialty of treating the rectum, and some feel that they have been greatly benefited. But I have been instructed that this treatment, as well as many surgical operations, leaves with many a serious weakness.
(21LtMs, Lt 204, 1906, 4)
Several things were mentioned that have been brought in to the Paradise Valley Sanitarium, which were not necessary, and which should not have been purchased without consultation with other physicians. The amount of money which some of these machines cost, and the salary which must be paid to the one who operates them, should be taken into consideration. I felt impelled to talk with Brother Robinson in reference to these matters, although we were driving with a number of people, and it was not a favorable place to converse about such matters.
(21LtMs, Lt 204, 1906, 5)
Now I am certain that great care should be taken in purchasing electrical instruments and costly mechanical fixtures. Move slowly, Brother Burden, and do not trust to men who suppose that they understand what is essential, and who launch out in spending money for many things that require experts to handle them.
(21LtMs, Lt 204, 1906, 6)
Several times I have been instructed that much of the elaborate, costly machinery used in giving treatments did not help in the work as much as is supposed. With it we do not get so good results as with the simple appliances we used in our earlier experiences. The application of water in various simple ways is a great blessing.
(21LtMs, Lt 204, 1906, 7)
I have been instructed that the X-ray is not the great blessing that some suppose it to be. If used unwisely it may do much harm. The results of some of the electrical treatments are similar to the results of using stimulants. There is a weakness that follows.
(21LtMs, Lt 204, 1906, 8)
I shall have more to say about these matters later, but I wish now to say that all patients should keep out of doors as much as possible, and many will be benefited by sleeping in the open air. My lady workers have slept out on the veranda all winter and have been free from coughs and colds.
(21LtMs, Lt 204, 1906, 9)
Keep the patients out of doors as much as possible, and give them cheering, happy talks in the parlor, with simple reading and Bible lessons easy to be understood, which will be an encouragement to the soul. Talk on health reform, and do not you, my brother, become burden-bearer in so many lines that you cannot teach the simple lessons of health reform. Those who go from the sanitarium should go so well instructed that they can teach others the methods of treating their families.
(21LtMs, Lt 204, 1906, 10)
There is danger of spending far too much money on machinery and appliances which the patients can never use in their home lessons. They should rather be taught how to regulate the diet, so that the living machinery of the whole being will work in harmony. Let them become intelligent in regard to the importance of laying aside corsets and shortening their skirts. Such lessons will be to the women more valuable than they can estimate.
(21LtMs, Lt 204, 1906, 11)
Lt 206, 1906
Paulson, David St. Helena, California June 14, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in 1SM 24-31; 5BC 1083. Dr. David Paulson Dear Brother:
Your letter came to me while in Southern California. For some weeks the consideration of matters connected with the development of our sanitarium work there, and the writing out of the views given me regarding the earthquake, and its lessons, have taken my time and strength.
(21LtMs, Lt 206, 1906, 1)
But now I must respond to the letters received from you, Elder Sadler, and others. In your letter, you speak of your early training to have implicit faith in the testimonies, and say, “I was led to conclude and most firmly believe that every word that you ever spoke in public or private, that every letter you wrote under any and all circumstances, was as inspired as the ten commandments.”
(21LtMs, Lt 206, 1906, 2)
My brother, you have studied my writings diligently, and you have never found that I have made any such claims. Neither will you find that the pioneers in our cause have made such claims.
(21LtMs, Lt 206, 1906, 3)
In my preface to Great Controversy, pages c and d, you have no doubt read my statement regarding the ten commandments, and the Bible, which should have helped you to a correct understanding of the matter under consideration. Here is the statement:
(21LtMs, Lt 206, 1906, 4)
“The Bible points to God as its author; yet it was written by human hands; and in the varied style of its different books it presents the characteristics of the several writers. The truths revealed are all ‘given by inspiration of God’ (2 Timothy 3:16); yet they are expressed in the words of men. The Infinite One by His Holy Spirit has shed light into the minds and hearts of His servants. He has given dreams and visions, symbols and figures; and those to whom the truth was thus revealed have themselves embodied the thought in human language.
(21LtMs, Lt 206, 1906, 5)
“The ten commandments were spoken by God Himself, and were written by His own hand. They are of divine, and not human composition. But the Bible, with its God-given truths expressed in the language of men, presents a union of the divine and the human. Such a union existed in the nature of Christ, who was the Son of God and the Son of man. Thus it is true of the Bible, as it was of Christ, that ‘the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us.’John 1:14.
(21LtMs, Lt 206, 1906, 6)
“Written in different ages, by men who differed widely in rank and occupation, and in mental and spiritual endowments, the books of the Bible present a wide contrast in style, as well as a diversity in the nature of the subjects unfolded. Different forms of expression are employed by different writers; often the same truth is more strikingly presented by one than by another. And as several writers present a subject under varied aspects and relations, there may appear, to the superficial, careless, or prejudiced reader, to be a discrepancy or contradiction, where the thoughtful, reverent student, with clearer insight, discerns the underlying harmony.
(21LtMs, Lt 206, 1906, 7)
“As presented through different individuals, the truth is brought out in its varied aspects. One writer is more strongly impressed with one phase of a subject; he grasps those points that harmonize with his experience or with his power of perception and appreciation; another seizes upon a different phase; and each, under the guidance of the Holy Spirit, presents what is most forcibly impressed upon his own mind—a different aspect of the truth in each, but a perfect harmony through all. And the truths thus revealed unite to form a perfect whole, adapted to meet the wants of men in all the circumstances and experiences of life.
(21LtMs, Lt 206, 1906, 8)
“God has been pleased to communicate His truth to the world by human agencies, and He Himself, by His Holy Spirit, qualified men and enabled them to do this work. He guided the mind in the selection of what to speak and what to write. The treasure was entrusted to earthen vessels, yet it is, none the less, from Heaven. The testimony is conveyed through the imperfect expression of human language, yet it is the testimony of God; and the obedient, believing child of God beholds in it the glory of a divine power, full of grace and truth.”
(21LtMs, Lt 206, 1906, 9)
In perfect harmony with this are my statements found in the article, “The Testimonies Slighted,” written June 20, 1882, and published in Testimonies to the Church, Volume Five, Number 31, pages 62-84. From this I quote for your consideration several paragraphs:
(21LtMs, Lt 206, 1906, 10)
“Many are looking with self-complacency upon the long years during which they have advocated the truth. They now feel that they are entitled to a reward for their past trials and obedience. But this genuine experience in the things of God in the past makes them more guilty before Him for not preserving their integrity and going forward to perfection. The faithfulness for the past year will never atone for the neglect of the present year. A man’s truthfulness yesterday will not atone for his falsehood today.
(21LtMs, Lt 206, 1906, 11)
“Many excuse their disregard of the testimonies by saying, ‘Sr. White is influenced by her husband; the testimonies are molded by his spirit and judgment.’ Others are seeking to gain something from me which they could construe to justify their course, or to give them influence. It was then I decided that nothing more should go from my pen until the converting power of God was seen in the church. But the Lord placed the burden upon my soul. I labored for you earnestly. How much this cost both my husband and myself, eternity will tell. Have I not a knowledge of the state of the church, when the Lord has presented their case before me again and again for years? Repeated warnings have been given, yet there has been no decided change.”
(21LtMs, Lt 206, 1906, 12)
“Yet now when I send you a testimony of warning and reproof, many of you declare it to be merely the opinion of Sr. White. You have thereby insulted the Spirit of God. You know how the Lord has manifested Himself through the Spirit of Prophecy. Past, present, and future have passed before me. I have been shown faces that I had never seen, and years afterward I knew them when I saw them. I have been aroused from my sleep with a vivid sense of subjects previously presented to my mind; and I have written at midnight, letters that have gone across the continent, and, arriving at a crisis, have saved great disaster to the cause of God. This has been my work for many years. A power has impelled me to reprove and rebuke wrongs that I had not thought of. Is this work of the last thirty-six years from above, or from beneath?”
(21LtMs, Lt 206, 1906, 13)
“When I went to Colorado, I was so burdened for you, that, in my weakness, I wrote many pages to be read at your camp-meeting. Weak and trembling, I arose at three o’clock in the morning to write to you. God was speaking through clay. You might say that this communication was only a letter. Yes, it was a letter, but prompted by the Spirit of God, to bring before your minds things that had been shown me. In these letters which I write, in the testimonies I bear, I am presenting to you that which the Lord has presented to me. I do not write one article in the paper, expressing merely my own ideas. They are what God has opened before me in vision—the precious rays of light shining from the throne.”
(21LtMs, Lt 206, 1906, 14)
“What voice will you acknowledge as the voice of God? What power has the Lord in reserve to correct your errors and show you your course as it is? What power to work in the church? If you refuse to believe until every shadow of uncertainty and every possibility of doubt is removed, you will never believe. The doubt that demands perfect knowledge will never yield to faith. Faith rests upon evidence, not demonstration. The Lord requires us to obey the voice of duty, when there are other voices all around urging us to pursue an opposite course. It requires earnest attention from us to distinguish the voice which speaks for God. We must resist and conquer inclination, and obey the voice of conscience, without parleying or compromise, lest its promptings cease, and will and impulse control.
(21LtMs, Lt 206, 1906, 15)
“The word of the Lord comes to us all who have not resisted His Spirit by determining not to hear and obey. This voice is heard in warnings, in counsels, in reproof. It is the Lord’s message of light to His people. If we wait for louder calls, or better opportunities, the light may be withdrawn, and we left in darkness.”
(21LtMs, Lt 206, 1906, 16)
“It pains me to say, my brethren, that your sinful neglect to walk in the light has enshrouded you in darkness. You may be honest in not recognizing and obeying the light; the doubts you have entertained, your neglect to heed the requirements of God, have blinded your perceptions so that darkness is now to you light, and light is darkness. God has bidden you to go forward to perfection. Christianity is a religion of progress. Light from God is full and ample, waiting our demand upon it. Whatever blessings the Lord may give, He has an infinite supply beyond and inexhaustible store from which we may draw. Skepticism may treat the sacred claims of the gospel with jests, scoffing, and denial. The spirit of worldliness may contaminate the many and control the few; the cause of God may hold its ground only by great exertion and continual sacrifice, yet it will triumph finally.
(21LtMs, Lt 206, 1906, 17)
“The word is, Go forward; discharge your individual duty, and leave all consequences in the hands of God. If you move forward where Jesus leads the way, we shall see His triumph, we shall share His joy. We must share the conflicts, if we wear the crown of victory. Like Jesus, we must be made perfect through suffering. Had Christ’s life been one of ease, then might we safely yield to sloth. Since His life was marked with continual self-denial, suffering, and self-sacrifice, we will make no complaint if we are partakers with Him. We can walk safely in the darkest path, if we have the Light of the world for our guide.”
(21LtMs, Lt 206, 1906, 18)
“When the Lord last presented your case before me, and made known to me that you had not regarded the light which had been given you, I was bidden to speak to you plainly in His name, for His anger was kindled against you. These words were spoken to me, ‘Your work is appointed you of God. Many will not hear you, for they refuse to hear the Great Teacher; many will not be corrected, for their ways are right in their own eyes. Yet bear to them the reproofs and warnings I shall give you, whether they will hear, or forbear.’”
(21LtMs, Lt 206, 1906, 19)
“Our people are making very dangerous mistakes. We cannot praise and flatter any man without doing him a great wrong; those who do this will meet with serious disappointment. They trust too fully to finite man, and not enough to God who never errs. The eager desire to urge men into public notice is an evidence of backsliding from God and friendship with the world. It is the spirit which characterizes the present day. It shows that men have not the mind of Jesus; spiritual blindness and poverty of soul have come upon them. Often persons of inferior minds look away from Jesus to a merely human standard, by which they are not made conscious of their own littleness, and hence have an undue estimate of their own capabilities and endowments. There is among us as a people an idolatry of human instrumentalities, and mere human talent, and these even of a superficial character. We must die to self and cherish humble, childlike faith. God’s people have departed from their simplicity. They have not made God their strength; they are weak and faint, spiritually.”
(21LtMs, Lt 206, 1906, 20)
“I have been shown that unbelief in the testimonies has been steadily increasing as the people backslide from God. It is all through our ranks, all over the field. But few know what our churches are to experience. I saw that at present we are under divine forbearance; but no one can say how long this will continue. No one knows how great the mercy that has been exercised toward us. But few are heartily devoted to God. There are only a few who, like the stars in the tempestuous night, shine here and there among the clouds.”
(21LtMs, Lt 206, 1906, 21)
“Many who have exalted science and lost sight of the God of science. This was not the case with the church in the purest times.”
(21LtMs, Lt 206, 1906, 22)
“God will work a work in our day that but few anticipate. He will raise up and exalt among us those who are taught rather by the unction of His Spirit, than by the outward training of scientific institutions. These facilities are not to be despised or condemned; they are ordained of God, but they can furnish only the exterior qualifications. God will manifest that He is not dependent on learned, self-important mortals.”
(21LtMs, Lt 206, 1906, 23)
In connection with these quotations, study again the article, “The Nature and Influence of the Testimonies,” in Volume Five, Number 33, pages 654 to 691.
(21LtMs, Lt 206, 1906, 24)
The statement which you quote from Testimony Number 31 that “In these letters which I wrote, in the testimonies I bear, I am presenting to you that which the Lord has presented to me. I do not write one article in the paper, expressing merely my own ideas. They are what God has opened before me in vision—the precious rays of light shining from the throne,” is correct. It is true concerning the articles in our papers and in the many volumes of my books. I have been instructed in accordance with the Word in the precepts of the law of God. I have been instructed in selecting from the lessons of Christ. Are not the positions taken in my writings in harmony with the teachings of Jesus Christ? If not, point it out to me.
(21LtMs, Lt 206, 1906, 25)
To some of the questions you have asked, I am not to answer Yes or No. I must not make statements that can be misconstrued. I see and feel the peril of those whom I have been instructed were endangering their souls at times by listening to deceptive representations regarding the messages that God has given me, through many twistings and turnings and false reasonings on what I have written, that they may vindicate their personal unbelief. I am sorry for my brethren who have been walking in the mist of suspicion and skepticism and false reasoning. I know that some of them would be blessed by messages of counsel if the clouds obscuring their spiritual vision could be driven back and they could see aright. But they do not see clearly. Therefore I dare not communicate with them.
(21LtMs, Lt 206, 1906, 26)
When the Spirit of God clears away the mysticism, there will be found just as complete comfort and faith and hope in the messages that I have been instructed to give as were found in them in years past.
(21LtMs, Lt 206, 1906, 27)
Truth will surely bear away the victory. One who gave His life to ransom man from the delusions of Satan is not asleep, but watching. When His sheep turn away from following the voice of a stranger whose sheep they are not, they will rejoice in the voice they have loved to follow. We can learn precious lessons from the study of the life of Christ. The envious Pharisees misinterpreted the acts and words of Christ, which, if properly received, would have been beneficial to their spiritual understanding. Instead of admiring His goodness, they charged Him, in the presence of His disciples, with impiety—“Why eateth your Master with publicans and sinners?” [Matthew 9:11.] Instead of addressing our blessed Saviour Himself, whose answer would at once have convicted them of their malice, they talked with the disciples and made their charges where, as a leaven of evil, they would do great harm. If Christ had been an impious man, He would have lost His hold upon the hearts of His believing followers. But because of their confidence in Christ, the disciples would not give ear to the insinuations of His wicked accusers.
(21LtMs, Lt 206, 1906, 28)
Desiring to bring censure upon the disciples, these wicked accusers went again and again to Christ with the question, Why do Thy disciples that which is not lawful? And when they judged our Lord to have transgressed, they spake not to Himself, but to His disciples, to plant the seeds of unbelief in the hearts of His followers. Thus they worked to bring in doubt and dissension. Every method was tried to bring doubt into the hearts of the little flock, that it might cause them to watch for something that would check the good and gracious work of the gospel of Jesus Christ. Work of this same character will be brought to bear upon true believers today. The Lord Jesus reads the heart; He discerns the interests and purposes of the thoughts of all men concerning Himself and His believing disciples. He answers their thoughts concerning the fault-finding ones. “They that be whole need not a physician, but they that are sick.” [Verse 12.] The insolent Pharisees had an exalted idea of their own piety and holiness, while they were ready to pass censure on the lives of others.
(21LtMs, Lt 206, 1906, 29)
On one occasion those who were guilty of many secret sins brought to Christ a woman who had been taken in sin. They thought that He would pronounce judgment against her, and then they could accuse Him of taking judgment into His own hands. While they were presenting the case, Christ was busy writing on the sand. He said nothing; and when they pressed Him for a decision, He was in no hurry to pronounce judgment. One after another came near to Him to see what He was writing, and there in the sand they saw the record of their own sins. Then Christ said to them, “He that is without sin among you, let him cast the first stone.” But not a stone was cast, and they went away, leaving the woman with Him. He said to her, “Where are those thine accusers? Doth no man condemn you?” She said, “No man, Lord.” Christ answered, “Neither do I condemn thee; go, and sin no more.” [John 8:3-11.]
(21LtMs, Lt 206, 1906, 30)
The Lord Jesus beheld the whole plot and the arrogance of the ones who had arranged it, who were worthy of condemnation and punishment, and when they saw that He knew their lives, they left and went out, having failed in their desire to bring about the condemnation of Christ.
(21LtMs, Lt 206, 1906, 31)
Let no one complain. True religion is free from the exaltation of self. If we have not a sense of our interest, heart and mind and soul, in our Saviour, if we have not the grace and the intelligent Bible knowledge to apply to ourselves His merits and disposition of character, through the merits of the atonement, we shall obtain no ease, no assurance.
(21LtMs, Lt 206, 1906, 32)
Bear in mind that it is none but God that can hold an argument with Satan. The sentiments of the enemy are to be met with a plain Thus saith the Lord. Human infirmity, I am instructed, will not be able to resist the devil. Always keep aloof from secret science. If the mind is once open to this evil, Satan has the mastery. Flee from this unequal conflict. Let it ever be our individual care to keep clear of Satan’s mysterious devisings. He will ever be making efforts to give power to secret science by which to overcome us, and then follows the sin of secret disobedience.
(21LtMs, Lt 206, 1906, 33)
The law of the Lord is to be written on the heart. If it is not, we never obey it in truth. I am having deeply impressed upon my mind the history of the children of Israel while the awful presence of God was before them, as recorded in Exodus 19:16. “And it came to pass on the third day in the morning, that there were thunders and lightnings, and a thick cloud upon the mount, and the voice of the trumpet exceeding loud; so that all the people that were in the camp trembled. And Moses brought forth the people out of the camp, to meet with God; and they stood at the nether part of the mount. And Mount Sinai was altogether on a smoke, because the Lord descended upon it in fire: and the smoke thereof ascended as the smoke of a furnace, and the whole mount quaked greatly. And when the voice of the trumpet sounded long, and waxed louder and louder, Moses spake, and God answered him by a voice.” [Verses 16-19.]
(21LtMs, Lt 206, 1906, 34)
This was the all-important occasion, when God and angels came from heaven to the armies of Israel. Here was the law spoken in awful solemnity. The Lord God manifested Himself to His people who were delivered out of Egyptian bondage. But this very people, while waiting before the mount for Moses to return, were tempted to doubt by the suggestion of some that perplexities were arising; and notwithstanding the most solemn impressions that had been recently made upon their minds, they now by their attitude of questioning and doubt invited the tempter to come in as an honored guest. Growing doubt soon led to a demand for a substitute for Moses.
(21LtMs, Lt 206, 1906, 35)
Only a few days before, the presence of the Lord was manifest in such power, that they were terribly afraid and asked that Moses might hear the words of God and then speak the same to them. But now they wanted something present that they could depend upon.
(21LtMs, Lt 206, 1906, 36)
They might, at this time, have been learning precious lessons, which the Lord was ready to give them, if they had trusted fully in Him. But the result of their murmuring and unbelief was that Aaron made them a golden calf to represent God. He proclaimed this idol to be God, and a great deal of enthusiasm was created over this false god. If instead of doing this, he had called to mind the wonderful deliverance which God had wrought for them, and every mind had been drawn upon to express gratitude to God for all His rich mercies in delivering His people from Egyptian bondage, they might have been placed on vantage ground, to glorify the Lord God who had wrought such wonderful deliverance from degradation and slavery.
(21LtMs, Lt 206, 1906, 37)
Lt 208, 1906
Tenney, G. C. St. Helena, California June 29, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in PM 314; MR760 27-28. Elder George C. Tenney Dear Brother:
I have words to speak to you and to others in Battle Creek. I shall go over the ground step by step, just as I am led by the Holy Spirit. It is presented to me that there are some in Battle Creek who are being deceived by men linked together to support one another. I could name individuals, but this may not be necessary.
(21LtMs, Lt 208, 1906, 1)
Your recent letter was received. You write like an honest man, and I believe you to be sincere; but you are a man greatly deceived. In the past, I have had a great interest in your welfare. I have regarded you as a man who feared God and kept His commandments. But when you left Australia, and came to Battle Creek this last time, and linked your interests with the physicians at the sanitarium, you made a grave mistake. You followed your own impulses in this matter instead of moving in the counsel of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 208, 1906, 2)
We are living in an age of this earth’s history when men must seek counsel of God, and not be led away from their posts of duty, and away from the truth, by men who have not a real faith in Christ. Let no one regard it safe to follow human impulse. Brother Tenney, you have been drawn away from the truth more than you have known, and your connection with men in Battle Creek has been to your great injury. The light of your past experience is going out.
(21LtMs, Lt 208, 1906, 3)
I have been surprised and made sad to read some of your articles in the Medical Missionary, and especially those on the sanctuary question. These articles show that you have been departing from the faith. You have helped in confusing the understanding of our people. The correct understanding of the ministration in the heavenly sanctuary is the foundation of our faith.
(21LtMs, Lt 208, 1906, 4)
If you had remained away from the seducing influences that Satan is exerting at the present time in Battle Creek, you might yet be standing on vantage ground.
(21LtMs, Lt 208, 1906, 5)
We are very sorry to see the result of gathering a large number to Battle Creek. Ministers who have been believers in the foundation truths that have made us what we are—Seventh-day Adventists; ministers who went to Battle Creek to teach and uphold the truths of the Bible are now, when old and gray-headed, turning from the grand truths of the Bible and accepting infidel sentiments. This means that the next step will be a denial of a personal God, pulling down the bulwarks of the faith that is plainly revealed in the Scriptures. In the Word is given the warning, “Some shall depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits, and doctrines of devils.” [1 Timothy 4:1.]
(21LtMs, Lt 208, 1906, 6)
I must again say to our people, Keep your children away from Battle Creek. Some of our medical missionary workers are becoming leavened with infidelity. Specious heresy has been taking hold of minds, and its threads have been woven into the pattern of the figure. Who is responsible for giving young men and young women an education that has left an evil influence upon their minds? One father writes that of his two children who were sent to Battle Creek, one is now an infidel, and the other has given up his faith in the advent message.
(21LtMs, Lt 208, 1906, 7)
Those who are not walking in the light of the message may gather up statements from my writings that happen to please them, and that agree with their human judgment, and, by, separating these statements from their connection, and placing them beside human reasonings, make it appear that my writings uphold that which they condemn. I charge you not to do this work. To use my writings thus, and at the same time reject the message which I bear to correct errors, is misleading and inconsistent.
(21LtMs, Lt 208, 1906, 8)
I thank the Lord that the only true and living God still lives. Jesus Christ took humanity upon Himself, to make it possible for human beings, through faith, to be partakers of the divine nature, and thus escape the corruption that is in the world through lust.
(21LtMs, Lt 208, 1906, 9)
The end is so near that it will come unexpectedly, as a thief in the night; and if we do not watch, we shall be found unready, with our lamps going out, unprepared to meet the Bridegroom.
(21LtMs, Lt 208, 1906, 10)
I was instructed to write to some these words:
(21LtMs, Lt 208, 1906, 11)
“Enter ye in at the strait gate: for wide is the gate, and broad is the way, that leadeth to destruction, and many there be which go in thereat: because strait is the gate, and narrow is the way, which leadeth unto life, and few there be that find it. Beware of false prophets, which come to you in sheep’s clothing, but inwardly they are ravening wolves. Ye shall know them by their fruits. Do men gather grapes of thorns, or figs of thistles? Even so every good tree bringeth forth good fruit.... A good tree cannot bring forth evil fruit, neither can a corrupt tree bring forth good fruit. Every tree that bringeth not forth good fruit is hewn down, and cast into the fire. Wherefore by their fruits ye shall know them.” [Matthew 7:13-20.]
(21LtMs, Lt 208, 1906, 12)
There is a group of men in Battle Creek who today would be standing on the platform of eternal truth, had it not been for the acceptance of misleading sentiments regarding our Creator, such as appeared in Living Temple.
(21LtMs, Lt 208, 1906, 13)
The presentation given to me of the perils of Dr. J. H. Kellogg—of the subtle, specious workings of the tempter on his mind—is as clear as the daylight. Men who ought to know their duty have upheld him in that which they knew to be wrong. All who thus sustain him, bring upon themselves the displeasure of God. Those who should have discerned his dangers and errors have refused light, and therefore they are deceived. I know whereof I speak. I could relate many things, but the time is not yet come.
(21LtMs, Lt 208, 1906, 14)
In (Ezekiel 33:7-9), it is written:
(21LtMs, Lt 208, 1906, 15)
“So thou, O son of man, I have set thee a watchman unto the house of Israel; therefore thou shalt hear the word at My mouth, and warn them for Me. When I say unto the wicked, O wicked man, thou shalt surely die; if thou dost not speak to warn the wicked from his way, that wicked man shall die in his iniquity; but his blood will I require at thine hand. Nevertheless, if thou warn the wicked of his way to turn from it; if he do not turn from his way, he shall die in his iniquity; but thou hast delivered thy soul.”
(21LtMs, Lt 208, 1906, 16)
The sixth chapter of John is full of instruction for us. Study it again. The multitude did not believe my Master; why should I be surprised that men refuse to believe me? If the world’s Redeemer was insulted and even mocked, shall I complain? I am constantly trying to do what I can to lead men to put their whole trust in Jesus Christ, who gave His own life to save souls. For over sixty years I have spoken the word of reproof that have been given me of God. And now I shall not refuse to bear the message God has given me.
(21LtMs, Lt 208, 1906, 17)
In (John 6:35), and onward, we read:
(21LtMs, Lt 208, 1906, 18)
“And Jesus said unto them, I am the bread of life: he that cometh to Me shall never hunger; and he that believeth on Me shall never thirst. But I said unto you, That ye also have seen Me, and believe not. All that the Father given Me shall come to Me; and him that cometh to Me I will in no wise cast out. For I came down from heaven, not to do Mine own will, but the will of Him that sent Me. And this is the Father’s will which hath sent Me, that of all which He hath given Me I should lose nothing, but should raise it up again at the last day. And this is the will of Him that sent Me, that every one which seeth the Son, and believeth on Him, may have everlasting life: and I will raise him up at the last day.
(21LtMs, Lt 208, 1906, 19)
“The Jews then murmured at Him, because He said, I am the bread which came down from heaven. And they said, Is not this Jesus, the son of Joseph, whose father and mother we know? How is it then that He saith, I came down from heaven?
(21LtMs, Lt 208, 1906, 20)
“Jesus therefore answered and said unto them, Murmur not among yourselves. No man can come to Me, except the Father which hath sent Me draw him: and I will raise him up at the last day. It is written in the prophets, And they shall be all taught of God. Every man therefore that hath heard, and hath learned of the Father, cometh unto Me. Not that any man hath seen the Father, save He which is of God, He hath seen the Father. Verily, verily, I say unto you, he that believeth on Me hath everlasting life. I am that bread of life. Your fathers did eat manna in the wilderness, and are dead. This is the bread which cometh down from heaven, that a man may eat thereof, and not die. I am the living bread which came down from heaven: if any man eat of this bread, he shall live forever: and the bread that I will give is My flesh, which I will give for the life of the world.
(21LtMs, Lt 208, 1906, 21)
“The Jews therefore strove among themselves, saying, How can this man give us His flesh to eat?
(21LtMs, Lt 208, 1906, 22)
“Then said Jesus unto them, Verily, verily, I say unto you, Except ye eat the flesh of the Son of man, and drink His blood, ye have no life in you. Whoso eateth My flesh, and drinketh My blood, hath eternal life; and I will raise him up at the last day. For My flesh is meat indeed, and My blood is drink indeed. He that eateth My flesh, and drinketh My blood, dwelleth in Me, and I in him. As the living Father hath sent Me, and I live by the Father: so he that eateth Me, even he shall live by Me. This is that bread which came down from heaven: not as your fathers did eat manna, and are dead; he that eateth of this bread shall live forever.” [Verses 35-58.]
(21LtMs, Lt 208, 1906, 23)
“Many therefore of His disciples, when they had heard this, said, This is an hard saying; who can hear it?” [Verse 60.]
(21LtMs, Lt 208, 1906, 24)
“From that time many of His disciples went back, and walked no more with Him. Then said Jesus unto the twelve, Will ye also go away? Then Simon Peter answered Him, Lord, to whom shall we go? Thou hast the words of eternal life. And we believe and are sure that Thou art that Christ, the Son of the living God. Jesus answered them, Have not I chosen you twelve, and one of you is a devil? He spake of Judas Iscariot the son of Simon: for he it was that should betray Him, being one of the twelve.” [Verses 66-71.]
(21LtMs, Lt 208, 1906, 25)
“These things said He in the synagogue, as He taught in Capernaum. Many therefore of His disciples, when they had heard this, said, This is an hard saying; who can hear it? When Jesus knew in Himself that His disciples murmured at it, He said unto them, Doth this offend you? What and if ye shall see the Son of man ascending up where He was before? It is the Spirit that quickeneth; the flesh profiteth nothing: the words that I speak unto you, they are Spirit and they are life.” [Verses 59-63.]
(21LtMs, Lt 208, 1906, 26)
Christ presented to them a parable. He represents Himself under the similitude of heavenly bread. The eating of His flesh and the drinking of His blood He has spoken of in a figure, representing true, earnest belief. “The words that I speak unto you, they are spirit, and they are life.” [Verse 63.] All who are true receivers of His Word never hunger, and all who believe in Him never thirst for higher or more satisfying food.
(21LtMs, Lt 208, 1906, 27)
“Ho, every one that thirsteth, come ye to the waters, and he that hath no money; come ye, buy, and eat; yea, come, buy wine and milk without money and without price.” [Isaiah 55:1.]
(21LtMs, Lt 208, 1906, 28)
“Thus saith the high and lofty One that inhabiteth eternity, whose name is Holy; I dwell in the high and holy place, with him also that is of a contrite and humble spirit, to revive the spirit of the humble, and to revive the heart of the contrite ones.” [Isaiah 57:15.]
(21LtMs, Lt 208, 1906, 30)
God calls for all who now see and understand to take their position on the Lord’s side. God’s rebuke is upon the accuser of the brethren. The work of upbuilding the advancement of the cause of God in all the earth has been laid open before the churches believing present truth. But Satan has manifested his presence in the assemblies of the saints. Some unadvised moves have been made, but the guardians of the truth are to work on the side of Christ. If the church stood on the ground of their own righteousness, then Satan would have abundant reason for accusing them of being unworthy of the favor of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 208, 1906, 31)
If the Lord has ever spoken through me, there is surely a class of men in Battle Creek who have placed themselves in the position of accusers. Through them Satan is presenting his plans to counterwork the very things that the Lord has laid out should be done to substantiate His work in all places.
(21LtMs, Lt 208, 1906, 32)
In all our cities, workers are to be sent out to sow the seeds of truth through the medium of publications that proclaim the last message of mercy to a fallen world. But Satan is standing at the right hand of the angel of the Lord, to resist him, and to hinder the work that God has outlined should be done. He stands as an accuser of the people whom God has appointed to give the closing message to the world. Decisions are now being made for time and for eternity.
(21LtMs, Lt 208, 1906, 33)
“And he showed me Joshua the high priest standing before the angel of the Lord, and Satan standing at his right hand to resist him. And the Lord said unto Satan, The Lord rebuke thee, O Satan; even the Lord that hath chosen Jerusalem rebuke thee: is not this a brand plucked out of the fire? Now Joshua was clothed with filthy garments, and stood before the angel. And he answered and spake unto those that stood before him, Take away the filthy garments from him. And unto him he said, Behold, I have caused thine iniquity to pass from thee, and I will clothe thee with change of raiment. And I said, Let them set a fair mitre upon his head. So they set a fair mitre upon his head, and clothed him with garments. And the angel of the Lord stood by. And the angel of the Lord protested unto Joshua, saying, Thus saith the Lord of hosts, If thou wilt walk in My ways, and if thou wilt keep My charge, then thou shalt also judge My house, and shalt also keep My courts, and I will give thee places to walk among these that stand by. Hear now, O Joshua the high priest, thou, and thy fellows that sit before thee: for they are men wondered at: for, behold, I will bring forth My servant the BRANCH. For behold the stone that I have laid before Joshua; upon one stone shall be seven eyes: behold, I will engrave the graving thereof, saith the Lord of hosts, and I will remove the iniquity of that land in one day. In that day, saith the Lord of hosts, shall ye call every man his neighbor under the vine and under the fig tree.” [Zechariah 3:1-10.]
(21LtMs, Lt 208, 1906, 34)
I am instructed to say to the churches, Stand fast in the righteousness of Jesus Christ. There are human powers at work that have not been on the Lord’s side for years. Joshua, clothed with filthy garments, standing before the angel of the Lord, represents the ministers over the congregations. The churches are represented as clothed with filthy garments. And the ministers over the congregations entrusted to their care are required, with the congregations, to be earnestly humbling their hearts before God, and to fast and pray, that their sins shall be pardoned, and that the atoning sacrifice of the Son of God may come up before God with sincere repentance for sin.
(21LtMs, Lt 208, 1906, 35)
The prayer of Christ, as recorded in (John 17), has been presented to the Father in their behalf. The Lord Jesus, presenting His bruised hands bearing the wounds of cruel spikes, pleads with the Father, I have graven My church—the names of those who believe on Me—upon the palms of My hands.
(21LtMs, Lt 208, 1906, 36)
Lt 210, 1906
Reaser, G. W. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California June 29, 1906 Previously unpublished. Elder G. W. Reaser:
Elder C. L. Taylor came to see me immediately after returning to California from Battle Creek, and he read to me some statements that he had made to Elder Jones and Dr. Kellogg before leaving the Battle Creek Sanitarium. While here, he prepared further statements concerning his experience, and these were apparently candid presentations. I had no desire to criticize him.
(21LtMs, Lt 210, 1906, 1)
It was suggested that Elder Taylor might unite with Elder S. N. Haskell and Sister Haskell and their company of workers. I thought this would be a wise move. There, he would have the very best society, as he would be associated with those who have the spirit of the message and who are solid in the truth.
(21LtMs, Lt 210, 1906, 2)
But Elder Taylor has no means; and if he were to unite with Elder Haskell, he would have to be helped financially. If he writes to you, be sure to encourage him. Could not you advance sufficient to pay his traveling expenses to San Bernardino? We want his soul saved. Elder Haskell has written to me concerning his willing for Elder Taylor to come, and I have communicated with Elder Taylor regarding Elder Haskell’s response to my letter.
(21LtMs, Lt 210, 1906, 3)
I can write you but a few lines; for I am nearly exhausted with writing out instruction to meet the situation that is constantly before us in Battle Creek. But I think we need not fear any unfortunate results through encouraging Elder Taylor to go to San Bernardino and take up work with the laborers there. Elder Haskell needs help just now, and there is no other place where I should prefer to have Elder Taylor engage in labor. Will you not encourage this plan, and place no impediments in Elder Taylor’s way?
(21LtMs, Lt 210, 1906, 4)
We must work wisely for souls. While there are so many in Battle Creek who will watch for the souls that are imperilled, that they may inoculate them with their false theories, we must watch for souls and save every laborer who tries to draw near us. I have no fears in trusting Elder Taylor with the influences he would meet at the Bible Training School at San Bernardino. Elder Haskell now calls for this man; for he is in great need of help, and must have help. The effort that Elder Haskell is making in the place where he is laboring, is accomplishing much good, but he is working too hard.
(21LtMs, Lt 210, 1906, 5)
Consider this matter carefully, my brother, and plan wisely.
(21LtMs, Lt 210, 1906, 6)
Lt 212, 1906
Read, A. J. St. Helena, California July 2, 1906 This letter is published in entirety in 10MR 162-163. Dr. A. J. Reed
Battle Creek, Michigan Dear Brother:
About two years ago the Lord presented your case before me, showing me that you were in danger of linking up with the Battle Creek Sanitarium. Instruction has been given me that your mind is certainly being corrupted in sentiment. Sometimes when your assent is given to Dr. Kellogg’s assertions, you bear testimony to a lie, and the recording angel writes it thus. Unless Dr. Kellogg changes, confesses his sins, and is converted, the Lord will leave him to his own devices. I am charged to give you decided warning, lest your mind shall run in the same groove.
(21LtMs, Lt 212, 1906, 1)
If Dr. Kellogg had heeded the messages which the Lord has given him, he would stand free in the Lord. But when he had light, he refused to follow the admonitions and guidance of the Holy Spirit; and he has accepted the influence of another teacher. Thus it was with Adam and Eve in Eden.
(21LtMs, Lt 212, 1906, 2)
My brother whom I respect in the faith and message of truth, cut yourself loose from misleading influences. The leader of the rebellion in heaven is working to spoil and ruin the medical missionary work, to cause it to be corrupted by heresy and infidelity.
(21LtMs, Lt 212, 1906, 3)
Shall Christ be compelled to bear continually the shameful infirmities of His people, because they accept the false sentiments proceeding from the first traitor in the heavenly courts? If the angels were deceived by Lucifer’s ingenious methods of misrepresenting God, if Adam and Eve were deceived by his declaration that God was withholding from them the higher education that would make them as gods, is there not danger that men today will be deceived? Please read the first chapters of Patriarchs and Prophets, and see if the precious truths contained in this book are not given by the Lord to protect His people from deceptions that are urged upon them just now.
(21LtMs, Lt 212, 1906, 4)
I tell you in the name of the Lord God of Israel, that Satan is presenting his sophistries to ministers and medical workers; and if our people listen to these sophistries, they will become impregnated with the same false idea of popular religion that will cause them to develop into gods, and there will be no place in their lives for God or for Christ.
(21LtMs, Lt 212, 1906, 5)
Just as long as men consent to listen to these sophistries, a subtle influence will weave the fine threads of these seductive theories into their minds, and men who should turn away from the first sound of such teaching will learn to love it. As loyal subjects we must refuse to listen to these sophistries. Their influence is something like a deadly viper, poisoning the minds of all who listen. It is a branch of hypnotism, deadening the sensibilities of the soul.
(21LtMs, Lt 212, 1906, 6)
I have not strength to dwell upon this; for I feel so strong an indignation against Satan and those who, with the Word of God in their possession, listen to the teaching of human agencies who are intent upon declaring theories which they present as more wonderful, higher, grander than the teachings of Christ, the One who gave His life to save the world from Satan’s higher education. We cannot afford to exchange Christ’s teachings for the devil’s lies.
(21LtMs, Lt 212, 1906, 7)
My brother, there is a work to be done by yourself and many of your associates in repentance toward God and faith in our Lord Jesus Christ as the sin-pardoning Saviour.
(21LtMs, Lt 212, 1906, 8)
Lt 214, 1906
Ministers and Physicians; Aggressive Work to Be Done St. Helena, California July 3, 1906 This letter is published in entirety in PC 81-83. Aggressive Work to Be Done. To Ministers and Physicians:
There is a heavy burden resting on my soul. I pray the Lord to impress the hearts of His people with the solemnity of the time in which they are living and with the necessity of making straight paths for their feet. Some who have long known the truth are confused by leaders who have been walking in false paths.
(21LtMs, Lt 214, 1906, 1)
“I am the Way, the Truth, and the Life,” Christ declares. “No man cometh unto the Father, but by Me.” [John 14:6.] Those who have a living connection with Christ will reveal it by their works. “Faith, if it hath not works, is dead, being alone.” [James 2:17.]
(21LtMs, Lt 214, 1906, 2)
We have reached an important chapter in our experience. We have advance movements to make. Straightforward work must be done. Faith without works is dead, unproductive of good. Faith works by love and purifies the soul; faith must be revealed and substantiated by works. There is a spurious faith, which does not work to the point, because the heart is decidedly opposed to the truth. Some may take comfort in the thought that God will number them with His people because they make a profession. We may have a measure of faith, a knowledge of the theory of truth; but unless self dies, unless we live Christ’s life of obedience, our profession is worthless. Nothing can take the place of obedience to a “Thus saith the Lord.” Knowledge that does not lead to a practice of self-denial and self-sacrifice, to a daily walk in the footsteps of Christ, but rather to self-exaltation and self-sufficiency, is opposed to practical godliness. God calls for obedience.
(21LtMs, Lt 214, 1906, 3)
Self-sufficiency, exercised in a family or an institution, means great injury to the work of God. It is destructive to the spiritual life of those who cherish it. True faith leads away from selfish plans and from the self-pleasing life. Obedience, in order to be acceptable to God, must be the whole-souled obedience that Christ ever offered to the Father.
(21LtMs, Lt 214, 1906, 4)
In response to the question, Who shall enter the kingdom of heaven? Christ says, “Not every one that saith unto Me, Lord, Lord, shall enter into the kingdom of heaven, but he that doeth the will of My Father which is in heaven.” [Matthew 7:21.]
(21LtMs, Lt 214, 1906, 5)
What must we do to inherit eternal life? The answer is, Keep the commandments. To the question, Who are the blessed? Christ answers, “Blessed are they that hear the Word of God, and keep it.” [Luke 11:28.] “Blessed are they that do His commandments, that they may have right to the tree of life, and may enter in through the gates into the city.”“Without are dogs, and sorcerers,”“and murderers, and idolaters, and whosoever loveth and maketh a lie.” [Revelation 22:14, 15.]
(21LtMs, Lt 214, 1906, 6)
The theories that lead to unbelief in the Word of God, and to a lack of the faith that works by love and purifies the soul, are theories of the enemy. They may be very pleasing, and very attractive; but they develop into strange doctrines, which unsettle the faith in the past experience of God’s people, and take away the foundation pillars. These theories have come in amongst us, and have been a seductive power, robbing some of the faith that enables human beings to see where they are living in the history of the world. They are false theories, leading away from the truth into subtle errors.
(21LtMs, Lt 214, 1906, 7)
When physicians are diligent students of the Scriptures, when our ministers live in accordance with the Word of God, making this Word their textbook, then the truth will be proclaimed with power, and souls will be converted.
(21LtMs, Lt 214, 1906, 8)
Christ, our divine Teacher, and the greatest Medical Missionary that ever trod this earth, came to our world at great sacrifice to show human beings the correct light in which to regard God. He has given His life as our example in all things. I have been instructed that those who in the daily life heed not the instructions of the Bible do not know God or Christ whom He has sent. Those who have not lived the Scriptures will invent sophistries to occupy the mind and absorb the attention and teach things that the One who owns man—body, soul, and spirit—has not said should be taught.
(21LtMs, Lt 214, 1906, 9)
Just before His ascension, Christ gave His disciples a wonderful presentation, as recorded in the twenty-eighth chapter of Matthew. This chapter contains instruction that our ministers, our physicians, our youth, and all our church members need to study most earnestly. Those who study this instruction as they should will not dare advocate theories that have no foundation in the Word of God. My brethren and sisters, make the Scriptures, which contain the alpha and the omega of knowledge, your study. All through the Old Testament and the New there are things that are not half understood. “Jesus came and spake unto them, saying, All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Verses 18-20.]
(21LtMs, Lt 214, 1906, 10)
The giving of this message is our work in the world. Those of our people who are living in large centers would gain a precious experience, if, with their Bibles in their hands, and their hearts open to the impressions of the Holy Spirit, they would go forth to the highways and byways of the world with the message they have received. There is aggressive work to be done. Evangelistic work, opening the Scriptures to others, warning men and women of what is coming upon the world is to occupy more and still more of the time of God’s servants.
(21LtMs, Lt 214, 1906, 11)
Regarding the messages he had written out, John the Revelator declared: “I testify unto every man that heareth the words of the prophecy of this book, If any man shall add unto these things”—to lessen the force of their meaning—“God shall add unto him the plagues that are written in this book.” [Revelation 22:18.] Many will make the words of the Revelation a spiritualistic mystery, robbing them of their solemn import. God declares that His judgments shall fall with increased dreadfulness upon any one who shall try to change the solemn words written in this book—the Revelation of Jesus Christ. “Blessed is he that readeth, and they that hear the words of this prophecy, and keep those things which are written therein; for the time is at hand.” [Revelation 1:3.] “If any man shall take away from the words of the book of this prophecy, God shall take away his part out of the book of life, and out of the holy city, and from the things which are written in this book. He which testifieth these things saith, Surely I come quickly. Amen. Even so, come, Lord Jesus.” [Revelation 22:19, 20.]
(21LtMs, Lt 214, 1906, 12)
“Know ye not, that to whom ye yield yourselves servants to obey, his servants ye are to whom ye obey?” [Romans 6:16.] Study these words. Study the instruction found in Matthew 25:14-46. Compare this instruction with your life record. Let every man put away his boasting. Self-sufficiency is a fearfully dangerous thing for any one to entertain. It leads men to make of no effect the words of Christ.
(21LtMs, Lt 214, 1906, 13)
Let us walk in the footsteps of Christ, in all the humility of true faith. Let us put away all self-trust, committing ourselves, day by day and hour by hour, to the Saviour, constantly receiving and imparting His grace. I beg those who profess to believe in Christ to walk humbly before God. Pride and self-exaltation are an offense to Him. “If any man will come after Me,” Christ declares, “let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me.” [Matthew 16:24.] Those only who obey this word will He recognize as His believing ones. “As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name: which were born, not of blood, nor of the will of the flesh, nor of the will of man, but of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 214, 1906, 14)
“And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us.” [John 1:12-14.] Oh, wonderful condescension! The Prince of heaven, the Commander of the heavenly hosts stepped down from His high position, laid aside His royal robe and kingly crown, and clothed His divinity with humanity, that He might become the divine Teacher of all classes of men and live before human beings a life free from all selfishness and sin, setting them an example of what, through His grace, they may become.
(21LtMs, Lt 214, 1906, 15)
“The Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, (and we beheld His glory, the glory as of the only begotten of the Father,) full of grace and truth.” [Verse 14.] Praise God for this wonderful statement! The possibilities that it presents seem almost too great for us to grasp and put to shame our weakness and our unbelief. Let us praise God that we can see our Saviour by faith. Let us grasp the great gift. Our only hope in this life is to reach forth the hand of faith and grasp the hand outstretched to save. Daily we are to “behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world.” [Verse 29.] If we would look away from self to Jesus, making Him our guide, the world would see in our churches a power that it does not now see.
(21LtMs, Lt 214, 1906, 16)
Lt 216, 1906
NA St. Helena, California July 2, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in 8MR 31. My dear Brother in Christ Jesus:
I have received and read your letter. I am glad to hear from you. I have a deep interest in your welfare.
(21LtMs, Lt 216, 1906, 1)
Christ is our Saviour, His gospel is salvation, and by His grace the exceeding riches of pardoning mercy are bestowed on the repentant sinner. The Holy Spirit, by the mouth of Zacharias, describes the gospel as salvation by pardon of sin through the tender mercies of our God. The blessings of the new covenant are grounded purely on mercy in the forgiving of unrighteousness. The Lord says of those who turn to Him, forsaking the evil and choosing the good, “I will be merciful to their unrighteousness, and their sins and their iniquities will I remember no more.” [Hebrews 8:12.]
(21LtMs, Lt 216, 1906, 2)
“Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls.” [Matthew 11:28, 29.] All who humble their hearts, confessing their sins, will find mercy and grace and assurance.
(21LtMs, Lt 216, 1906, 3)
Has God, in showing mercy to the sinner, ceased to be just? Has He dishonored His holy law, and will He henceforth pass over the violation of it?—Nay, verily. God is true. He changes not. The conditions of salvation are ever the same. Life, eternal life, is for all who will obey God’s law. Perfect obedience, revealed in thought, word, and deed, is as essential for us now as when the lawyer asked Christ, “What shall I do to inherit eternal life?” Jesus said to him, “What is written in the law? how readest thou? And he answering said, Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind; and thy neighbor as thyself.” Christ said to him, “Thou hast answered right: this do, and thou shalt live.” [Luke 10:25-28.]
(21LtMs, Lt 216, 1906, 4)
Under the new covenant, the conditions by which eternal life may be gained are the same as under the old. The conditions are, and ever have been, based on perfect obedience. Under the old covenant, there were many offenses of a daring, presumptuous character, for which there was no atonement specified by law. In the new and better covenant, Christ has fulfilled the law for the transgressors of law, if they receive Him by faith as a personal Saviour. “As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God.” [John 1:12.] Mercy and forgiveness are the reward of all who come to Christ, trusting in His merits to take away their sins. We are cleansed from sin by the blood of Christ Jesus our Saviour.
(21LtMs, Lt 216, 1906, 5)
To us, in this last generation, the words are addressed:
(21LtMs, Lt 216, 1906, 6)
“That which was from the beginning, which we have heard, which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked upon, and our hands have handled, of the Word of life; (for the life was manifested, and we have seen it, and bear witness, and show unto you that eternal life, which was with the Father, and was manifested unto us;) that which we have seen and heard declare we unto you, that ye also may have fellowship with us: and truly our fellowship is with the Father, and with His Son Jesus Christ. And these things write we unto you, that your joy may be full. This then is the message which we have heard of Him, that God is light, and in Him is no darkness at all.” [1 John 1:1-5.]
(21LtMs, Lt 216, 1906, 7)
The promise reads, “I will put My laws into their mind, and write them in their hearts.” [Hebrews 8:10.]
(21LtMs, Lt 216, 1906, 8)
These precious assurances are thoroughly appreciated by the sinner who repents and comes to Christ, receiving from Him the power to become a son of God. The sinner is helpless to atone for one sin. The power is in Christ’s free gift, a promise appreciated by those only who are sensible of their sins, and who forsake their sins, and cast their helpless souls upon Christ, the sin-pardoning Saviour. He will put into their hearts His perfect law, which is “holy, and just, and good”—the law of God’s own nature. [Romans 7:12.] By partaking of the divine nature, they escape the corruption that is in the world through lust.
(21LtMs, Lt 216, 1906, 9)
Man’s only hope is that he shall be rescued by the power of Christ. The experience of the saints of all ages is a history of trials met and confessions made, a record of an unceasing warfare against satanic influences; and all the way along there are seen footprints of constant advance.
(21LtMs, Lt 216, 1906, 10)
“Grace and peace be multiplied unto you through the knowledge of God, and of Jesus our Lord, according as His divine power hath given unto us all things that pertain unto life and godliness, through the knowledge of Him that hath called us to glory and virtue; whereby are given unto us exceeding great and precious promises, that by these ye might be partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust. And beside this, giving all diligence, add to your faith virtue; and to virtue knowledge; and to knowledge temperance; and to temperance patience; and to patience godliness; and to godliness brotherly kindness; and to brotherly kindness charity. For if these things be in you, and abound, they make you that ye shall neither be barren nor unfruitful in the knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ. But he that lacketh these things is blind, and cannot see afar off, and hath forgotten that he was purged from his old sins. Wherefore the rather, brethren, give diligence to make your calling and election sure; for if ye do these things, ye shall never fall: for so an entrance shall be ministered unto you abundantly into the everlasting kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. Wherefore I will not be negligent to put you always in remembrance of these things, though ye know them, and be established in the present truth.” [Verses 2-12.]
(21LtMs, Lt 216, 1906, 12)
An Important Meeting
The Psalmist wrote, “Blessed is the man that walketh not in the counsel of the ungodly, nor standeth in the way of sinners, nor sitteth in the seat of the scornful.” [Psalm 1:1.]
(21LtMs, Lt 216, 1906, 13)
My brother, do you remember the meetings held in a certain place where there were apparently two parties present? The Spirit of the Lord was seeking entrance into the hearts of those present. Had the word that God gave during the meeting been heeded, there would have been a general time of humiliation and confession of sins before God, and the whole room would have been filled with the glory of God. But in the place of every soul humbling his own heart, clearing away the rubbish from the door, and making a way by which Christ might enter, some took a wrong course, like a car that jumps a track, and many words were spoken in an effort to lay blame upon others. Such words should never have been spoken. If hearts had been broken, melted by the Spirit of God, there would have been such a scene that souls now in darkness would have been led to clear the King’s highway by confessing their shortcomings.
(21LtMs, Lt 216, 1906, 14)
There were two parties present in the meeting. Of some whom I shall not at this time name, the words were spoken, “Blessed is the man that walketh not in the counsel of the ungodly, nor standeth in the way of sinners, nor sitteth in the seat of the scornful.” [Verse 1.] The scornful were there, their spirit unsubdued, unhumbled. They were burning for a chance to condemn and to pass judgment upon others. They had been walking contrary to God. The Lord had given them gracious words of encouragement, declaring that if they would take hold of His strength, they would make peace with Him. Words were given me for these men. In vision I was permitted to see the very work that Christ was waiting to do for them. While they were sliding over the precipice into the black waters below, a hand was stretched out to save them and place them on vantage ground. This was the time for them to grasp the hand of Him who “is able also to save them to the uttermost that come unto God by Him, seeing He ever liveth to make intercession for them.” [Hebrews 7:25.] Jesus could have saved them if they had humbled their hearts before God. There was, I was shown, an abundance for them to confess, in order to free their souls from guilt. But they chose to sit in the seat of the scornful. Rich blessings would have been bestowed upon them, had they improved the opportunity so graciously offered them. Very precious victories would then have been gained. But they did not improve the opportunity. They left the meeting less impressible than they were when they came. They refused to humble their proud hearts. They took up their burden of sin, and carried it away with them, to continue to dishonor God and to rob their souls of the salvation Christ was waiting to bestow.
(21LtMs, Lt 216, 1906, 15)
Here is the description of another party—one who will learn of Christ: “But his delight is in the law of the Lord; and in His law doth he meditate day and night. And he shall be like a tree planted by the rivers of water, that bringeth forth his fruit in his season; his leaf also shall not wither; and whatsoever he doeth shall prosper.” [Psalm 1:2, 3.]
(21LtMs, Lt 216, 1906, 16)
Our Saviour bore the shameful infirmities of fallen humanity. Christ was Himself without spot or stain of sin; but having taken the nature of man, He was exposed to the fiercest assaults of the enemy, to his sharpest temptations, to the keenest of sorrow. He suffered, being tempted. He was made like unto His brethren, that He might show that through the grace given, humanity could overcome the temptations of the enemy. All who will stand in Christ may glorify Christ. In drawing near to God, they have abundant evidence that the Saviour will be with them in their struggle against sin. Listen to His words, “Lo, I come: in the volume of the book it is written of Me, I delight to do Thy will, O My God: yea, Thy law is within My heart.” [Psalm 40:7, 8.] Who is it that thus announces His purpose of coming to this earth? Isaiah tells us: “Unto us a Child is born, unto us a Son is given: and the government shall be upon His shoulder: and His name shall be called Wonderful, Counsellor, The Mighty God, The everlasting Father, The Prince of Peace.” [Isaiah 9:6.]
(21LtMs, Lt 216, 1906, 17)
“In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God.... All things were made by Him; and without Him was not anything made that was made. In Him was life; and the life was the light of men.... And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, (and we beheld His glory, the glory as of the only begotten of the Father,) full of grace and truth.” [John 1:1, 3, 4, 14.]
(21LtMs, Lt 216, 1906, 18)
Christ Himself answers: “Before Abraham was, I AM.”“I and My Father are one.”“For as the Father raiseth up the dead, and quickeneth them; even so the Son quickeneth whom He will. For the Father judgeth no man, but hath committed all judgment unto the Son; that all men should honor the Son, even as they honor the Father.” [John 8:58; 10:30; 5:21-23.]
(21LtMs, Lt 216, 1906, 19)
“Who is this that cometh from Edom, with dyed garments from Bozrah? this that is glorious in His apparel, traveling in the greatness of His strength? I that speak in righteousness, mighty to save.” [Isaiah 63:1.] “Without controversy great is the mystery of godliness: God was manifest in the flesh, justified in the Spirit, seen of angels, preached unto the Gentiles, believed on in the world, received up into glory.” [1 Timothy 3:16.] “Who, being in the form of God, thought it not robbery to be equal with God: but made Himself of no reputation, and took upon Him the form of a servant, and was made in the likeness of men; and being found in fashion as a man, He humbled Himself, and became obedient unto death, even the death of the cross. Wherefore God also hath highly exalted Him, and given Him a name which is above every name: that at the name of Jesus every knee should bow, of things in heaven, and things in earth, and things under the earth; and that every tongue should confess that Jesus Christ is Lord, to the glory of God the Father;”“in whom we have redemption through His blood, even the forgiveness of sins: who is the image of the invisible God, the firstborn of every creature.” [Philippians 1:6-11; Colossians 1:14, 15.]
(21LtMs, Lt 216, 1906, 20)
The incarnation of Christ is the mystery of all mysteries.
(21LtMs, Lt 216, 1906, 21)
Lt 218, 1906
Elders of the Battle Creek Church and Ministers and Physicians throughout the field St. Helena, California June 28, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 220; 4MR 417-418.
To the elders of the Battle Creek church, and to our ministers and physicians throughout the field:
(21LtMs, Lt 218, 1906, 1)
Dear Brethren:
I have many things to say to you, and I shall now present them chapter by chapter, as I am led by the Holy Spirit.
(21LtMs, Lt 218, 1906, 2)
I have received letters from several in Battle Creek who are connected with the medical work. They write as men earnestly seeking for the truth, and I appreciate their sincerity, but some are greatly deceived. Several of our ministers have made a grave mistake in leaving their fields of labor to connect with the work at Battle Creek.
(21LtMs, Lt 218, 1906, 3)
We are living in an age of this earth’s history, when men must seek counsel of God and not be led away from their post of duty and away from the truth by men who have not a real faith in Christ. Let no one regard it safe to follow human impulse.
(21LtMs, Lt 218, 1906, 4)
There is a group of men in Battle Creek who today would be standing on the platform of eternal truth had it not been for the acceptance of misleading sentiments regarding our Creator, such as appeared in Living Temple.
(21LtMs, Lt 218, 1906, 5)
Had every laborer, to a man, who claimed to believe the testimonies, taken his stand firmly on the right side of the questions that have come up in connection with the Battle Creek Sanitarium during the past few years, the division that exists today would not be seen.
(21LtMs, Lt 218, 1906, 6)
Some have advanced the idea that the Battle Creek Sanitarium was rebuilt in its present proportions because of counsel given by the General Conference Committee and the presidents of conferences. Those who make this claim do not take into account the fact that the recognized leader of the medical work, who claimed to believe the testimonies, had been receiving during a period of many years many, many testimonies on the necessity of developing new centers in unworked fields—testimonies that plainly indicated to the managers of the Battle Creek Sanitarium the will of God concerning sanitarium work.
(21LtMs, Lt 218, 1906, 7)
In the light of these communications, the managers of the sanitarium should have known their duty after the fire. Dr. Kellogg and his associates knew that anything I might say in addition to these communications would be in harmony with the instruction I had already communicated to them in the past. But instead of studying these messages wherein the Lord had plainly declared His will regarding this work, they took counsel of men who had not had the advantage of the wonderful flood of light which had been thrown upon their pathway for years.
(21LtMs, Lt 218, 1906, 8)
If those who were consulted in this matter had read all the testimonies that Dr. Kellogg and his associates had received, they would not have consented to the erection of even a small building in the place of those that had recently burned down. But in their determination to labor in unity with Dr. Kellogg so far as possible without sacrificing principle, they gave their assent to certain plans for rebuilding. Afterward, without their consent, these plans were changed and enlarged upon.
(21LtMs, Lt 218, 1906, 9)
For years errors have been creeping into the medical work, and these have resulted in great evil. The Lord has signified that the safety of the leaders in this work lay in their willingness to be guided by divine counsel. The Lord instructed me to do all I could to help Dr. Kellogg, but he refused to be helped. He has eagerly embraced greater responsibilities than one man is capable of bearing.
(21LtMs, Lt 218, 1906, 10)
Too much commercial work has been mingled with the medical missionary work. The capabilities that should have been developed under God in caring for the sick, and doing the work of a physician of the soul as well as of the body, have, in recent years, been used largely in launching out in various enterprises. These enterprises necessitated the carrying of many responsibilities that the Lord never intended that Dr. Kellogg should bear. The Chicago work was not in all respects carried on in the right way. Too great an effort was made to feed a large class. Too much money was used in doing slum work. God did not lay upon Dr. Kellogg the responsibility of doing so much of this kind of work. The Lord declared, “He is my physician.”
(21LtMs, Lt 218, 1906, 11)
There was a work to be done for the poor, as well as for the rich. The gospel was to be preached to all classes, that the rich and the poor, the honored and the lowly, might be brought in. All classes are to be reached by the last message of mercy that is to be given to the world.
(21LtMs, Lt 218, 1906, 12)
In the record of the Acts of the Apostles, we see the disciples of Jesus manifesting a Christlike activity in medical missionary work. All their efforts were put forth in the strength of the divine united with the human. Like a stream, which may be traced back to its source, their medical missionary work was so genuine that it could easily be traced back to the Great Medical Missionary. In the work of the Lord’s agencies, the one Chief Agent is recognized as the real, actuating force.
(21LtMs, Lt 218, 1906, 13)
The medical work in our sanitariums is to be a source of education. The church is to labor in union with Christ. Every worker is to be a partaker of the divine nature and is to be unhindered by disobedience, unbelief, and worldliness. Every talent possible is to be developed and used. Had Christ remained on this earth, He would have been a compassionate Redeemer, a faithful Counselor, of each and every one. The Word of God is to be taught in the perfection of the glory that the Word contains—truth, eternal truth, unadulterated with the sophistries of men or the deceptions of Satan.
(21LtMs, Lt 218, 1906, 14)
The Lord gave to the leaders of our medical work the privilege of carrying forward the same work that He Himself had exemplified in His own life on this earth. The same Holy Spirit that abode in Christ was, by divine promise, to be imparted constantly to every disciple of His. Even Christ, during His ministry, was in His divine-human nature constantly receiving the Holy Spirit and imparting blessings as He went about doing His appointed work. And Christ declares to His disciples: “Ye shall receive power, after that the Holy Spirit is come upon you: and ye shall be witnesses unto Me both in Jerusalem, and in all Judea, and in Samaria, and unto the uttermost part of the earth.” [Acts 1:8.] This is the instruction given to all our medical workers and ministers.
(21LtMs, Lt 218, 1906, 15)
The disciples of Christ were to have a new experience after Pentecost. The promise of the Father now became the promise of the Son. The same Holy Spirit that abode in Christ when He imparted to them the instruction He was constantly receiving was to be the source of their intelligence and the secret of their power in doing the very same work that Christ Himself had done. In bearing witness of Him, they were to have a precious experience.
(21LtMs, Lt 218, 1906, 16)
As they accepted their responsibilities, as their testimony identified them with Christ their educator, they were commissioned by Him not to depart from Jerusalem, but to “wait for the promise of the Father, which, saith He, ye have heard of Me. For John truly baptized with water; but ye shall be baptized with the Holy Ghost not many days hence. When they therefore were come together, they asked of Him, saying, Lord, wilt Thou at this time restore again the Kingdom to Israel? And He said unto them, It is not for you to know the times or the seasons, which the Father hath put in His own power. But ye shall receive power, after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and ye shall be witnesses unto Me both in Jerusalem, and in Judea, and in Samaria, and unto the uttermost part of the earth.
(21LtMs, Lt 218, 1906, 17)
“And when He had spoken these things, while they beheld, He was taken up; and a cloud received Him out of their sight. And while they looked steadfastly toward heaven as He went up, behold, two men stood by them in white apparel; which also said, Ye men of Galilee, why stand ye gazing up into heaven? This same Jesus which is taken up from you into heaven, shall so come in like manner as ye have seen Him go into heaven.” [Verses 4-11.]
(21LtMs, Lt 218, 1906, 18)
This is the event for which we are looking. Let this promise be written in large letters, to be read and understood by all. An understanding of the hope of Christ’s second coming is the key that unlocks all the history that follows and explains all the future lessons.
(21LtMs, Lt 218, 1906, 19)
Our physicians have been in need of wise counselors. I have been looking over the many testimonies that have been borne to Dr. Kellogg for the past thirty years and his responses to these communications. He has repeatedly acknowledged that [had] he followed out plans which [were] interrupted by timely messages of counsel and admonition, these plans would have been attended with failure; and he has expressed great thankfulness for the goodness of God in giving these messages of encouragement and warning that have been coming to the people of God for so many years.
(21LtMs, Lt 218, 1906, 20)
That which our physicians need is a knowledge of the science of truth through diligent searching of the Scriptures. I am commissioned to say that all who are enlightened by the Spirit of God must see the unscriptural position that some have taken in attempting to justify their crooked course instead of confessing their sins.
(21LtMs, Lt 218, 1906, 21)
Lt 220, 1906
Ministers, Physicians, and Teachers Refiled as Lt 280, 1904.
Lt 222, 1906
White, J. E.; White, Emma St. Helena, California July 1, 1906 Previously unpublished. + Edson and Emma White Dear Children:
Sabbath, June 30, was a very warm day. Today it is so very hot that I have not been able to exercise mind or body. For a month I have had the influenza, but I thank the Lord that I am improving.
(21LtMs, Lt 222, 1906, 1)
For both breakfast and dinner today I have had all I desired of rich, sweet apricots. The peaches and apricots are delicious. Our peach trees are old, and we have only a few peaches this year; but we have new trees that will bear soon. I have been so hungry for fruit fresh from the trees that I could eat nothing else. We shall have these two kinds of fruit from now on.
(21LtMs, Lt 222, 1906, 2)
We have had a good crop of loganberries; they were very large and abundant. We did not raise strawberries this year, and we had very few cherries. Apples do not do well in our orchard. Our grapes are doing well. We have a few plants of a new mammoth blackberry, which we are going to try. We have been selling peas for more than a month, besides having an abundance for our own use. We have begun on the second crop now.
(21LtMs, Lt 222, 1906, 3)
I am trying to put my trust in the Lord, and not to look on the dark side; there are things that make me very, very sad. I must remember that our work is to preach the gospel to every creature; therefore I shall continue to bear my testimony. We must do our very best in faith, in whatever position we are. Human effort in the dispensation of the gospel is to last as long as our life shall last. In defiance of all satanic agencies, the gospel is to continue as the great and only principle of the world’s regeneration. Men, women, and youth are to be united in the one great chosen agency which God has acknowledged by standing back of the workers who preach the Word, being instant in season and out of season.
(21LtMs, Lt 222, 1906, 4)
No criticism is to be entertained to break up the faith of the people of God, no sowing of tares among the wheat. There is now to be a faith that grasps the infinite power. Every soul, every heart is to be united with the Source of all power.
(21LtMs, Lt 222, 1906, 5)
Thank God, the fields are all open for the consecrated, devoted workers. Calls are coming in from every direction for ministers and teachers. More and more pressure will come to hedge up the way. But the sufficiency is provided. We are to be settled and grounded in the truth, holding fast the Word of God. We must keep our prayers ascending to God, with not a breath of despondency. With the Psalmist we can say:
(21LtMs, Lt 222, 1906, 6)
“God is our refuge and strength, a very present help in trouble. Therefore will not we fear, though the earth be removed, and though the mountains be carried into the midst of the sea; though the waters thereof roar and be troubled, though the mountains shake with the swelling thereof. There is a river, the streams whereof shall make glad the city of God, the holy place of the tabernacles of the Most High. God is in the midst of her; she shall not be moved, God shall help her, and that right early. The heathen raged, the kingdoms were moved: He uttered His voice, the earth melted. The Lord of hosts is with us; the God of Jacob is our refuge. Come, behold the works of the Lord, what desolation He hath made in the earth. He maketh wars to cease unto the end of the earth; He breaketh the bow, and cutteth the spear in sunder; He burneth the chariot in the fire. Be still, and know that I am God: I will be exalted among the heathen, I will be exalted in the earth. The Lord of hosts is with us; the God of Jacob is our refuge.” [Psalm 46:1-11.]
(21LtMs, Lt 222, 1906, 7)
I am the Lord’s messenger to speak to all who would be represented in the heavenly courts, with the pleasure of the Lord Jesus Christ, that they have held the beginning of their confidence without wavering, firm unto the end.
(21LtMs, Lt 222, 1906, 8)
“The Lord is not slack concerning His promise, as some men count slackness; but is longsuffering to us-ward, not willing that any should perish, but that all should come to repentance. But the day of the Lord will come as a thief in the night; in the which the heavens shall pass away with a great noise, and the elements shall melt with fervent heat, the earth also and the works that are therein shall be burned up. Seeing then that all these things shall be dissolved, what manner of persons ought ye to be in all holy conversation and godliness, looking for and hasting unto the coming of the day of God, wherein the heavens being on fire shall be dissolved, and the elements shall melt with fervent heat? Nevertheless we, according to His promise, look for new heavens and a new earth, wherein dwelleth righteousness. Wherefore, beloved, seeing that ye look for such things, be diligent that ye may be found of Him in peace, without spot, and blameless. And account that the longsuffering of our Lord is salvation; even as our beloved brother Paul also according to the wisdom given unto him hath written unto you; as also in all his epistles, speaking in them of these things; in which are some things hard to be understood, which they that are unlearned and unstable wrest, as they do also the other scriptures, unto their own destruction. Ye therefore, beloved, seeing ye know these things before, beware lest ye also, being led away with the error of the wicked, fall from your own steadfastness. But grow in grace, and in the knowledge of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. To Him be glory both now and forever. Amen.” [2 Peter 3:9-18.]
(21LtMs, Lt 222, 1906, 9)
Lt 224, 1906
Sadler, W. S. St. Helena, California July 6, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in 1MR 35. + Elder W. S. Sadler Dear Brother:
I greatly desire that you shall understand all things clearly. I had hoped to answer your letter of April 26 long before this, but I have had many important matters on my mind, which required first attention.
(21LtMs, Lt 224, 1906, 1)
To some of the questions asked in your letter, answers have been given me. For an answer to some of your questions, I am instructed to refer you to statements already published.
(21LtMs, Lt 224, 1906, 2)
I am instructed to testify to you and to all that the character of my work and my messages has not changed.
(21LtMs, Lt 224, 1906, 3)
“Moreover, brethren, I declare unto you the gospel which I have preached unto you, which also ye have received, and wherein ye stand; by which also ye are saved, if ye keep in memory what I preached unto you, unless ye have believed in vain. For I delivered unto you first of all that which I also received, how that Christ died for our sins according to the scriptures; and that He was buried, and that He rose again the third day according to the scriptures.” [1 Corinthians 15:1-4.]
(21LtMs, Lt 224, 1906, 4)
“In ancient times God spoke to men by the mouth of prophets and apostles. In these days He speaks to them by the Testimonies of His Spirit. There was never a time when God instructed His people more earnestly than He instructs them now concerning His will, and the course He would have them pursue. But will they profit by His teachings, will they receive His reproofs and heed His warning? God will accept of no partial obedience; He will sanction no compromise with self.” Testimonies for the Church 4:148.
(21LtMs, Lt 224, 1906, 5)
The great antidote for physical and spiritual disease is the truth of God abiding in the soul by living faith, guiding the life. With this in our possession, we can believe, and we can receive from the great Missionary the power promised for service.
(21LtMs, Lt 224, 1906, 6)
Why are we engaged in medical work? Is it not that by holding fast to Bible truth, as an antidote against the malaria of infidelity and all the false science the enemy would introduce, our sanitariums shall stand forth as lights in the world? In them God and man are to be united in the grand work of saving the souls and the bodies of the afflicted. The sick may be given a hope for this world, and through faith they may be fitted for eternal life in the heavenly courts. We should have sanitariums in many places, standing as educational centers, where the heavenly messengers will be welcome.
(21LtMs, Lt 224, 1906, 7)
As the Lord’s messenger, I have been bidden to exert every influence I possess to encourage the workers in our sanitariums to be a blessing in restoring the sick to health, and in ministering the Word of God, pointing the afflicted to the great Healer of the sin-sick soul. Over and over again I am to testify that true religion consists in practicing the words of the living God. Unless the love of Jesus is kept alive in the soul, piety will vanish as flax before the flame. The truth of God is to be exalted in our sanitariums; obedience is to be maintained. The managers, the physicians, the nurses must experience its power. The law of God is to be held sacred in spite of every contrary influence and all opposing sentiments. The religion of Jesus Christ can guide, can purify. When He is our “wisdom, and righteousness, and sanctification, and redemption,” then we are a savor of life. [1 Corinthians 1:30.]
(21LtMs, Lt 224, 1906, 8)
Causes of Weakness
There are some in our sanitariums who have developed a spirit of secularism, a spirit which would lead to the abolition of Christianity. When individuals possessing this spirit begin to exert a molding influence on other minds, it is better to separate them from the institution. There is sure to be a low standard maintained by those who have no respect for the Lord Jesus Christ. They beguile the unwary, and they make an easy conquest of those who are not deeply religious.
(21LtMs, Lt 224, 1906, 9)
To the workers we must say, Do not allow yourselves to be beguiled or ensnared by the cunning craftiness of men, whereby they lie in wait to deceive ignorant, unwary souls.
(21LtMs, Lt 224, 1906, 10)
Those who disparage the atonement of Christ, and consider that the religion of Christ is unsatisfactory, and stand in the way of bringing about so-called reforms, those who tear down the very foundations of faith in the Word of God are a peril to the Christianity and morality of those who are brought in connection with them. There are many in our institutions who allow themselves to stand on a low level. When Christians are brought in contact with worldlings, there is but one safeguard, the truth as it is in Jesus. It behooves every surgeon, every physician, every nurse to keep himself free from commercial project which tends to divide his interests. Otherwise he will work at a great disadvantage.
(21LtMs, Lt 224, 1906, 11)
Cherish Faith
Brother Sadler, we must grow in grace and in the knowledge of the truth. Do not seek to unravel the mysteries that some have been studying regarding life and the Deity. Let faith, not feeling, be your criterion. Your path may be marked by crosses, but it is your privilege by perfect faith to stand fast in the liberty of the gospel. Talk faith, rejoice in hope. Keep the praise of God in your heart continually. Do not depend upon excitement, and do not lose confidence in your leader Jesus Christ.
(21LtMs, Lt 224, 1906, 12)
If we open our minds to the enemy, grave doubts, misgivings, and unbelief will come in. Go to the Word of God. Do not allow your faith to be shaken by some things that you do not understand. There are many things that I do not understand, but I expect to have them explained to me when Christ leads me to the rivers of the water of life. The Word of God is our safeguard. Study the Scriptures that speak of the greatness of our God and the glory of the cross.
(21LtMs, Lt 224, 1906, 13)
When the redeemed of the Lord, those who have kept His commandments, shall enter the pearly gates, Christ will “reign in mount Zion, and in Jerusalem, and before His ancients gloriously.” [Isaiah 24:23.]
(21LtMs, Lt 224, 1906, 14)
“And He shall judge the world in righteousness, He shall minister judgment to the people in uprightness. The Lord also will be a refuge for the oppressed, a refuge in times of trouble. And they that know Thy name will put their trust in Thee: for, Thou, Lord, hast not forsaken them that seek Thee.
(21LtMs, Lt 224, 1906, 15)
“Sing praises to the Lord which dwelleth in Zion: declare among the people His doings. When He maketh inquisition for blood, He remembereth them: He forgetteth not the cry of the humble. Have mercy upon me, O Lord; consider my trouble which I suffer of them that hate me, Thou that liftest me up from the gates of death: that I may show forth all Thy praise in the gates of the daughter of Zion: I will rejoice in Thy salvation. The heathen are sunk down in the pit that they made: in the net which they made is their foot taken. The Lord is known by the judgment which He executeth: the wicked is snared in the work of his own hands.” [Psalm 9:8-16.]
(21LtMs, Lt 224, 1906, 16)
“The Lord is king for ever and ever. The heathen are perished out of His land. Lord, Thou hast heard the desire of the humble: Thou wilt prepare their heart, Thou wilt cause Thine ear to hear: to judge the fatherless and the oppressed, that the man of the earth may no more oppress.” [Psalm 10:16-18.]
(21LtMs, Lt 224, 1906, 17)
“In the Lord put I my trust: how say ye to my soul, Flee as a bird to your mountain, For, lo, the wicked bend their bow, they make ready their arrow upon the string, that they may shoot privily at the upright in heart. If the foundation be destroyed, what can the righteous do?” [Psalm 11:1-3.]
(21LtMs, Lt 224, 1906, 18)
The answer is given:
(21LtMs, Lt 224, 1906, 19)
“The Lord is in His holy temple, the Lord’s throne is in heaven: His eyes behold, His eyelids try the children of men. The Lord trieth the righteous: but the wicked and him that loveth violence His soul hateth. Upon the wicked He shall rain snares, fire and brimstone, and an horrible tempest, this shall be the portion of their cup. For the righteous Lord loveth righteousness; His countenance doth behold the upright.” [Verses 4-7.]
(21LtMs, Lt 224, 1906, 20)
“Help, Lord, for the godly man ceaseth; for the faithful fail from among the children of men. They speak vanity every one to his neighbor: with flattering lips and a double heart do they speak. The Lord shall cut off all flattering lips, and the tongue that speaketh proud things: who have said, With our tongue will we prevail; our lips are our own; who is lord over us? For the oppression of the poor, for the sighing of the needy, will I arise, saith the Lord; I will set him in safety from him that puffeth at him.
(21LtMs, Lt 224, 1906, 21)
“The words of the Lord are pure words: as silver tried in a furnace of earth, purified seven times. Thou shalt keep them, O Lord, Thou shalt preserve them from this generation forever. The wicked walk on every side, when the vilest men are exalted.” [Psalm 12:1-8.]
(21LtMs, Lt 224, 1906, 22)
“There were they in great fear: for God is in the generation of the righteous. Ye have shamed the counsel of the poor because the Lord is his refuge. Oh that the salvation of Israel were come out of Zion! when the Lord bringeth back the captivity of His people, Jacob shall rejoice, and Israel shall be glad.” [Psalm 14:5-7.]
(21LtMs, Lt 224, 1906, 23)
False Ideas
“The fool hath said in his heart, There is no God. They are corrupt, they have done abominable works, there is none that doeth good. The Lord looked down from heaven upon the children of men, to see if there were any that did understand, to seek God. They are all gone aside, they are altogether become filthy: there is none that doeth good, no, not one. Have all the workers of iniquity no knowledge, who eat up My people as they eat bread, and call not upon the Lord?” [Verses 1-4.]
(21LtMs, Lt 224, 1906, 24)
As the Lord’s messenger, I am instructed to say that this is a faithful representation of some who have had an abundance of light and evidence, but who are following a false standard of Christianity which they have set up. They have lost the love of sweet communion with God. Strife and falsehood, rather than the flesh and blood of the Son of God, have been their meat and drink. Their light has gone out, and they pervert and misrepresent the gospel truth.
(21LtMs, Lt 224, 1906, 25)
I am instructed to say that many are entangled with false ideas of God and of Christ. The expression of their sentiments is as the sowing of tares among wheat. Their worldly plans and labors so affect their mind and character that they are disqualifying themselves for any part in the work of God; for they are turning away from His Word to fables. Neither in speech nor in works do they exert that influence that commends them to the world as Christians. They have lost that genuine holiness, without which no man shall see the Lord.
(21LtMs, Lt 224, 1906, 26)
Let us heed the injunction of Christ, “Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart; and ye shall find rest unto your souls.” [Matthew 11:29.]
(21LtMs, Lt 224, 1906, 27)
This is our time for service. This is our time to manifest faith. We must be able to discern between good and evil and lead others to understand and love the truth. Let us remember that Christ was tempted in all points like as we are, yet without sin: and we are to be partakers of His divine nature.
(21LtMs, Lt 224, 1906, 28)
Brother and Sister Sadler, the Lord has given you His Word. Let His Word abide in you. Be healthy, fruit-bearing branches of the living vine. Pray in the simplicity of a child. The Lord may not call you to some wonderful work, but He desires you to take up faithfully the humble duties which come in your way. Take heed how you receive from human lips theories that may prove to be as tares among wheat. By his specious argument Satan is continually striving to press into our minds things which ought not to be there. We must make the words of Christ our food and drink. Even though we cannot see the end from the beginning, we may follow on to know more and more of what it means to walk in the light, as Christ is in the light.
(21LtMs, Lt 224, 1906, 29)
Lt 224a, 1906
Sadler, Brother and Sister [W. S.] St. Helena, California July 1906 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother and Sister Sadler:
I wish to explain why your letter was not taken hold of at once. Matters that needed immediate attention had been waiting for me to place in right principles which must come into all our institutions. There must be a decided change in some things. There were councils of our brethren to ascertain in regard to the work in the future. I was not in any fit state of health to give myself to any line of work now as I might have done at past periods, because every word would be criticized and misinterpreted by some. I have been suffering under influenza for weeks, yet have tried to do everything I could do. But I dared not call up things in the past that were said and statements made on special occasions, that were in print, that I speak on. I have kept all my powers to await issues that might come any time and be prepared to give the right version of matters. I am to keep silent. My speech must be less, even with my brethren, for they will use part and leave unsaid the parts that make things consistent. Silence even in social conversations is best.
(21LtMs, Lt 224a, 1906, 1)
We had many things to call for immediate action, and letters to write to different ones doing labor in Southern California and a variety of other places.
(21LtMs, Lt 224a, 1906, 2)
I disliked very much to speak of things in the case of A. T. Jones, which are all written down, prepared to bring out. He is now where I shall respond to him. Poor man, he is he knows not where, and he is now to have his case presented as it has been to me. His position is the same as at Berrien Springs and on several other occasions. But at Fresno, when the Lord laid the burden upon me for him and Elder Corliss, I could not sleep and wrote the matter out the matter that I read in Fresno. He came forward, acknowledged it all, made a clear, hearty confession with weeping, and said every word was truth. Then he prayed and confessed to God, and he and Elder Corliss embraced each other and wept while clasping each other. Then afterward he told me concerning a private message I had for him. He was a converted man, and his wife was a happy woman, such as [he] had never seen her before; and all is the mind of J. H. Kellogg. In his mind he is the voice of Dr. Kellogg, and he has been thoroughly warned of this danger; but he has fully developed now the mind and the spirit of Dr. K., and he is so ensnared he knows not what spirit he is of. All the proceedings in Fresno were reported, and the conference worker considering him was to relieve him of all responsibility. This counsel changed their decision only because I had said from the Lord that his reconversion was [the only basis] upon which the conference could permit him to serve out his term.
(21LtMs, Lt 224a, 1906, 3)
Now all this backsliding of A. T. Jones was a great trial to me. I was trying in the name of the Lord to place him where he would not make shipwreck of faith. Then the work came upon me to help others churches and conferences. The influenza was quite severe, but I would not yield. Maggie, my main dependence, was in danger. [She had a] cataract on her eye, and she has had it taken off; but for two months [we have] had no service from her.
(21LtMs, Lt 224a, 1906, 4)
She was accidentally shot through the leg below the knee. We had a Dr. Rand, recently come from Boulder, a skilful surgeon. He extracted the ball, and she has had a severe time of it, but all concluded to keep it from me. Maggie was at the sanitarium, but I was, after one month, let into the matter [since I was] deprived of Maggie. We must have help, and we now have Dores Robinson to help us, which is a great relief. I could not prepare the matter that should come to you for the Australian mail. I must have time to get out some light the Lord has given me. I have not had the privilege to control my own work, but [had] to be prepared to meet emergencies that might arise any time at Battle Creek; for there are constantly representations of the condition of things and the spiritual condition of souls. I may go to Battle Creek and again bear my testimony.
(21LtMs, Lt 224a, 1906, 5)
There are very many things I have to communicate—past, present, and future. This we are doing. We shall see. The old hands are few now that understand the work in years past, so we shall reprint history of the past; then I shall bring that which years ago, before my husband died, I was shown I would have to reprint; for not a pin or pillar had been moved from the building of the work the last sixty years. Every effort that Satan could make would be made to tear up the foundation of our faith in the third angel’s message. See Ephesians, chapters 4 and 5; chapter 6, verses 10-18.
(21LtMs, Lt 224a, 1906, 6)
There are two parties in our world. The satanic angels who claim to be the prince of the powers of the world are existing in numbers [of] evil, fallen angels, and they are constantly at work in all deceivableness of unrighteousness. Satan is making every effort in his power to deceive if possible the very elect.
(21LtMs, Lt 224a, 1906, 7)
I have much to speak of now in 1 and 2 Peter. These two epistles represent the two parties. Read and understand Revelation 3. Especially see the force of the first three verses in (Revelation 3), then trace down the whole chapter, a most tremendous testimony. Revelation 16:13-21; 18; 21; 22. These are things which will call our minds in these last days. Thus hath it been given from God in solemn warning. The lesson is before us, reminding us of the things which will be. These things Christ Himself made known to John while he was on the Isle of Patmos. They are the last events of this earth’s history, and if Satan can keep minds confused now, he gains a great victory.
(21LtMs, Lt 224a, 1906, 8)
I am instructed in a most forcible manner that the perils of the last days are upon us. I feel so sorry that any physician will stand in Satan’s army on that eventful day. I have only tender feelings toward you, although your minds are confused. We cannot afford any confusion now, for it may be of death unto death. I never felt deeper pity for those who have walked deliberately into the nets Satan has prepared for their feet. We must now press to the mark of the high calling in Christ Jesus and make our paths straight.
(21LtMs, Lt 224a, 1906, 9)
I am in no way discouraged. I am girding on the armor again. I spoke last Sabbath in the sanitarium church. They desire me to speak and I have responded that I will. I now have to be very careful that not a line shall go forth from my pen that will hurt one soul.
(21LtMs, Lt 224a, 1906, 10)
Lt 225, 1906
NA St. Helena, California July 8, 1906 See variants Lt 225a, 1906; Lt 225b, 1906; Lt 225c, 1906. Portions of this letter are published in 1SM 49-53.
The Writing and Sending Out of the Testimonies to the Church
(21LtMs, Lt 225, 1906, 1)
Dear Brother:
There are some who think they are able to measure the character and to estimate the importance of the work the Lord has given me to do. Their own mind and judgment is the standard by which they would weigh the testimonies.
(21LtMs, Lt 225, 1906, 2)
My Instructor said to me, Tell these men that God has not committed to them the work of measuring, classifying, and defining the character of the testimonies. Those who attempt this are sure to err in their conclusions. The Lord would have men adhere to their appointed work. If they will keep the way of the Lord, they will be able to discern clearly that the work which He has appointed me to do is not a work of human devising.
(21LtMs, Lt 225, 1906, 3)
Those who carefully read the testimonies as they have appeared from the early days need not be perplexed as to their origin. The many books, written by the help of the Spirit of God, bear a living witness to the character of the testimonies.
(21LtMs, Lt 225, 1906, 4)
In the early days of our experience in the message, the Spirit of God often came upon a few of us as we were assembled, and I was taken away in vision. The Lord gave such light and evidence, such comfort and hope and joy, that His praises were upon our lips.
(21LtMs, Lt 225, 1906, 5)
My husband and I traveled extensively. Sometimes light would be given to me in the night season, sometimes in the day time before large congregations. The instruction I received in vision was faithfully written out by me, as I had time and strength for the work. Afterward we examined the matter together, my husband correcting grammatical errors and eliminating needless repetition. Then it was carefully copied for the persons addressed, or for the printer.
(21LtMs, Lt 225, 1906, 6)
While my husband lived, he acted as a helper and counselor in the sending out of the messages that were given to me. As the work grew, others assisted me in the preparation of matter for publication. After my husband’s death, faithful helpers joined me, who labored untiringly in the work of copying the testimonies and preparing articles for publication. But the reports that are circulated that any of my helpers are permitted to add matter or change the meaning of the messages I write out are not true.
(21LtMs, Lt 225, 1906, 7)
While we were in Australia, the Lord instructed me that W. C. White should be relieved from the many burdens his brethren would lay upon him and that he should assist me in the work the Lord has laid upon me. The promise has been given, “I will put My Spirit upon him, and give him wisdom.”
(21LtMs, Lt 225, 1906, 8)
Since my return to America, I have several times received instruction that the Lord has given me W. C. White to be my helper, and that in this work the Lord will give him of His Spirit.
(21LtMs, Lt 225, 1906, 9)
It requires much wisdom and sound judgment, quickened by the Spirit of God, to know the proper time and manner to present the instruction that has been given. When the minds of persons reproved are under a strong deception, they naturally resist the testimony; and having taken an attitude of resistance, it is difficult for them afterward to acknowledge that they have been wrong.
(21LtMs, Lt 225, 1906, 10)
In the early days of this cause, if some of the leading brethren were present when messages from the Lord were given, we would consult with them as to the best manner of bringing the instruction before the people. Sometimes it was decided that certain portions would better not be read before a congregation. Then those whose course was reproved would sometimes request that the matters pointing out their wrongs and dangers should be read before others, that they, too, might be benefited.
(21LtMs, Lt 225, 1906, 11)
Often after testimonies of reproof were read, hearty confessions were made. Then we would unite in a season of prayer, and the Lord would manifest His pardoning grace to those who had confessed their sins. The acceptance of the testimonies brought the rich blessing of God into our assemblies.
(21LtMs, Lt 225, 1906, 12)
Faithfully I endeavor to write out that which is given me from time to time by the divine Counselor. Some portions of that which I write are sent out immediately to meet the present necessities of the work. Other portions are held until the development of circumstances makes it evident to me that the time has come for their use.
(21LtMs, Lt 225, 1906, 13)
At other times, after very clear-cut, decided reproofs have been written out, they are held for a time until by personal correspondence I have endeavored to change the spirit of those to whom they are addressed. If these efforts are unsuccessful, the messages, with all their strength of rebuke or reproof, are sent to them, whether they will hear, or whether they will deny the truthfulness of the message.
(21LtMs, Lt 225, 1906, 14)
If those whose errors are pointed out make confession of their wrongdoing, the spell of the enemy may be broken. If they will repent and forsake their sins, God is faithful and just to forgive their sins, and to cleanse them from all unrighteousness. Christ, the sin-pardoning Redeemer, will remove the filthy garments from them, give them a change of raiment, and set a fair mitre upon their head. But so long as they refuse to turn from iniquity, they can never develop a pure, holy character that will stand in the great day of judgment.
(21LtMs, Lt 225, 1906, 15)
Often concealed wrongs in the life of individuals are opened before me, and I am bidden to bear a message of reproof and warning. I have been told that many who give heed to the false science of the enemy would denounce my work as that of a false prophet and would place upon the testimony such interpretations as tend to change the truth of God into a lie.
(21LtMs, Lt 225, 1906, 16)
Satan is on the alert; and some, who in the past have been used by the Lord in doing His work, but who have permitted themselves to be deceived, will be stirred up to make an improper use of the messages that are given. Because they do not wish to listen to the words of reproof, because they will not hear counsel, and improve their course of action, and do their appointed work, they will misconstrue the messages to the church and confuse many minds.
(21LtMs, Lt 225, 1906, 17)
Nevertheless, I am to bear the message that is given me to bear, so long as the Lord shall choose. He has not given me the work of settling all the misunderstandings that are cherished in hearts of unbelief. Just as long as a door is open to receive the tempter’s suggestions, difficulties will multiply. The hearts of those who will not come to the light are open to unbelief. If my time and strength are consumed upon such matters, this serves Satan’s purposes. The Lord has said to me, “Bear the testimonies; your work is not to settle difficulties. Your work is to reprove and to present the righteousness of Christ.”
(21LtMs, Lt 225, 1906, 18)
I am instructed that when, in ministers and physicians bearing responsibilities, there is developed a disposition to discard the testimonies, I am not to place testimonies in their hands; for they have yielded to a spirit that tempted and overcame Adam and Eve. Their mind and heart are open to the control of the enemy. Being on a false track and laboring under deceptive imaginings, they will read in the testimonies things that are not there, but which are in agreement with the false statements that they have listened to. By reading the testimonies in the light of their own kindling, they are deceived and will deceive others.
(21LtMs, Lt 225, 1906, 19)
An Incident
At one time in the early days of the message, Father Butler and Elder Hart became confused in regard to the testimonies. In great distress they groaned and wept, but for some time they would not give the reasons for their perplexity. However, being pressed to give a reason for their faithless speech and manner, Elder Hart referred to a small pamphlet, that had been published as the visions of Sister White, and said that to his certain knowledge some visions were not included. Before a large audience, these brethren both talked strongly of losing their confidence in the work.
(21LtMs, Lt 225, 1906, 20)
My husband handed the little pamphlet to Elder Hart and requested him to read what was printed on the title page. “A Sketch of the Experience and Visions of Mrs. E. G. White,” he read.
(21LtMs, Lt 225, 1906, 21)
For a moment there was silence, and then my husband explained that we had been very short of means and were able to print but a small tract; but he promised that when sufficient means was raised, the matter would be published more fully in book form.
(21LtMs, Lt 225, 1906, 22)
Elder Butler seemed very uneasy, and after the explanation had been made, he said, “Let us bow before God.” Such weeping and confessions as followed we have seldom heard. Brother Butler said, “Brother White, forgive me; I was afraid you were concealing from us some of the light we ought to have. Forgive me, Sister White.”
(21LtMs, Lt 225, 1906, 23)
The power of God came in in a wonderful manner. The spirit of confession and brotherly love was in the meeting. Father Butler ever after remained true as steel to principle.
(21LtMs, Lt 225, 1906, 24)
Lt 225a, 1906
NA St. Helena, California July 8, 1906 Variant of Lt 225, 1906. See 1SM 49-53.
The Writing and Sending Out of the Testimonies to the Church
(21LtMs, Lt 225a, 1906, 1)
Dear Brother:
There are some who think they are able to measure the character and to estimate the importance of the work the Lord has given me to do. Their own mind and judgment is the standard by which they would weigh the testimonies.
(21LtMs, Lt 225a, 1906, 2)
My Instructor said to me, Tell these men that God has not committed to them the work of measuring, classifying, and defining the character of the testimonies. Those who attempt this are sure to err in their conclusions. The Lord would have men adhere to their appointed work. If they will keep the way of the Lord, they will be able to discern clearly that the work which He has appointed me to do is not a work of human devising.
(21LtMs, Lt 225a, 1906, 3)
Those who carefully read the testimonies, as they have appeared from the early days, need not be perplexed as to their origin. The many books, written by the help of the Spirit of God, bear a living witness to the character of the testimonies.
(21LtMs, Lt 225a, 1906, 4)
In the early days of our experience in the message, the Spirit of God often came upon a few of us as we were assembled, and I was taken away in vision. The Lord gave such light and evidence, such comfort and hope and joy, that His praises were upon our lips.
(21LtMs, Lt 225a, 1906, 5)
While my husband lived, he acted as a helper and counselor in the sending out of the messages that were given to me. We traveled extensively. Sometimes light would be given to me in the night season, sometimes in the day time before large congregations. The instruction I received in vision was faithfully written out by me, as I had time and strength for the work. Afterward we examined the matter together, my husband correcting grammatical errors and eliminating needless repetition. Then it was carefully copied for the persons addressed or for the printer.
(21LtMs, Lt 225a, 1906, 6)
As the work grew, others assisted me in the preparation of matter for publication. After my husband’s death, faithful helpers joined me, who labored untiringly in the work of copying the testimonies and preparing articles for publication. But the reports that are circulated that any of my helpers are permitted to add matter or change the meaning of the messages I write out are not true.
(21LtMs, Lt 225a, 1906, 7)
While we were in Australia, the Lord instructed me that W. C. White should be relieved from the many burdens his brethren would lay upon him, and that he might be more free to assist me in the work the Lord has laid upon me. The promise had been given, “I will put My Spirit upon him, and give him wisdom.”
(21LtMs, Lt 225a, 1906, 8)
Since my return to America, I have several times received instruction that the Lord has given me W. C. White to be my helper, and that in this work the Lord will give him of His Spirit.
(21LtMs, Lt 225a, 1906, 9)
It requires much wisdom and sound judgment, quickened by the Spirit of God, to know the proper time and manner to present the instruction that has been given. When the minds of persons reproved are under a strong deception, they naturally resist the testimony; and having taken an attitude of resistance, it is difficult for them afterward to acknowledge that they have been wrong.
(21LtMs, Lt 225a, 1906, 10)
In the early days of this cause, if some of the leading brethren were present when messages from the Lord were given, we would consult with them as to the best manner of bringing the instruction before the people. Sometimes it was decided that certain portions would better not be read before a congregation. Sometimes those whose course was reproved would request that the matters pointing out their wrongs and dangers should be read before others, that they, too, might be benefited.
(21LtMs, Lt 225a, 1906, 11)
Often after testimonies of reproof were read, hearty confessions were made. Then we would unite in a season of prayer, and the Lord would manifest His pardoning grace to those who had confessed their sins. The acceptance of the testimonies brought the rich blessing of God into our assemblies.
(21LtMs, Lt 225a, 1906, 12)
Faithfully I endeavor to write out that which is given me from time to time by the divine Counselor. Some portions of that which I write are sent out immediately to meet the present necessities of the work. Other portions are held until the development of circumstances makes it evident to me that the time has come for their use. Sometimes, in ministers and physicians bearing responsibilities, there has developed a disposition to discard the testimonies, and I have been instructed not to place testimonies in their hands; for having yielded to the spirit that tempted and overcame Adam and Eve, they have opened mind and heart to the control of the enemy. Being on a false track and laboring under deceptive imaginings, they will read in the testimonies things that are not there, but which are in agreement with the false statements that they have listened to. By reading the testimonies in the light of their own kindling, they are deceived and will deceive others.
(21LtMs, Lt 225a, 1906, 13)
Sometimes after very clear-cut, decided reproofs have been written out, they are held for a time until by personal correspondence I have endeavored to change the spirit of those to whom they are addressed. If these efforts are unsuccessful, the messages, with all their strength of rebuke or reproof, are sent to them, whether they will hear, or whether they will deny the truthfulness of the message.
(21LtMs, Lt 225a, 1906, 14)
If those whose errors are pointed out make confession of their wrongdoing, the spell of the enemy may be broken. If they will repent and forsake their sins, God is faithful and just to forgive their sins, and to cleanse them from all unrighteousness. Christ, the sin-pardoning Redeemer, will remove the filthy garments from them, give them a change of raiment, and set a fair mitre upon their head. But so long as they refuse to turn from iniquity, they can not develop a character that will stand in the great day of judgment.
(21LtMs, Lt 225a, 1906, 15)
Often concealed wrongs in the life of individuals are opened before me, and I am bidden to bear a message of reproof and warning.
(21LtMs, Lt 225a, 1906, 16)
I have been told that many who give heed to the false science of the enemy would denounce my work as that of a false prophet and would place upon the testimony such interpretations as tend to change the truth of God into a lie. Satan is on the alert; and some, who in the past have been used by the Lord in doing His work, but who have permitted themselves to be deceived, will be stirred up to make an improper use of the messages given. Because they do not wish to listen to the words of reproof, because they will not hear counsel, and improve their course of action, and do their appointed work, they will misconstrue the messages to the church and confuse many minds.
(21LtMs, Lt 225a, 1906, 17)
Nevertheless, I am to bear the message that is given me to bear, so long as the Lord shall choose. He has not given me the work of settling all the misunderstandings that are cherished in hearts of unbelief. Just as long as a door is open to receive the tempter’s suggestions, difficulties will multiply. The hearts of those who will not come to the light are open to unbelief. If my time and strength are consumed upon such matters, this serves Satan’s purposes. The Lord has said to me, “Bear the testimonies; your work is not to settle difficulties. Your work is to reprove and to present the righteousness of Christ.”
(21LtMs, Lt 225a, 1906, 18)
An Incident
At one time in the early days of the message, Father Butler and Elder Hart became confused in regard to the testimonies. In great distress they groaned and wept, but for some time they would not give the reasons for their perplexity. However, being pressed to give a reason for their faithless speech and manner, Elder Hart referred to a small pamphlet that had been published as the visions of Sister White, and said that to his certain knowledge, some visions were not included. Before a large audience, these brethren both talked strongly about their losing confidence in the work.
(21LtMs, Lt 225a, 1906, 19)
My husband handed the little pamphlet to Elder Hart and requested him to read what was printed on the title page. “A Sketch of the Experience and Visions of Mrs. E. G. White,” he read.
(21LtMs, Lt 225a, 1906, 20)
For a moment there was silence, and then my husband explained that we had been very short of means and were able to print at first only a small pamphlet; and he promised the brethren that when sufficient means was raised, the visions would be published more fully in book form.
(21LtMs, Lt 225a, 1906, 21)
Elder Butler was deeply moved, and after the explanation had been made, he said, “Let us bow before God.” Prayers, weeping, and confessions followed, such as we have seldom heard. Father Butler said, “Brother White, forgive me; I was afraid you were concealing from us some of the light we ought to have. Forgive me, Sister White.” Then the power of God came into the meeting in a wonderful manner.
(21LtMs, Lt 225a, 1906, 22)
Experience at Berrien Springs, Written July 8, 1906
The testimonies are to be given before those who will make the right use of them. Wisdom is needed to know how to present the light that is given, and to discern what should be imparted immediately, and what should be withheld. Some things are given to guide us in moves soon to be made, that we may carry out the purposes of the Lord. Other things must wait till circumstances arise that will make the instruction more impressive.
(21LtMs, Lt 225a, 1906, 23)
There are times when, as a meeting progresses, the way is opened for the presentation of the matters which have been withheld because the minds of some were not at first prepared to receive them.
(21LtMs, Lt 225a, 1906, 24)
At Berrien Springs in 1904, I had many things of a decided character to bring before the people during the meeting. But light came to me, during the meeting, that the minds of some present had been beclouded by satanic agencies, and that to attempt to present to them, at that time, the light God had given me would bring on a tremendous struggle that would nearly cost me my life. Some had begun the work of specifying what portions of the testimonies were of God, and what portions were not of God, as if God had made them competent to judge. That which reproved their course of action they specified was not the true message.
(21LtMs, Lt 225a, 1906, 25)
At the meetings appointed for confession, the Spirit of God was present, and holy angels were in the assembly; but men had their own ideas and determinations to work out. With such a spirit as was manifested at Berrien Springs, it was not an appropriate time to present all of the message that had been given me for the people.
(21LtMs, Lt 225a, 1906, 26)
It seems strange to me that men who have diligently studied the Bible cannot discern the fulfilment of the inspired words of Paul that “in the latter times some shall depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of devils.” [1 Timothy 4:1.] What has blinded their eyes that they cannot discern? Has not their experience been of value in recognizing the after-workings of those who have departed from the faith?
(21LtMs, Lt 225a, 1906, 27)
Lt 225b, 1906
NA St. Helena, California July 8, 1906 Variant of Lt 225, 1906. See 1SM 49-53. +
The Writing and Sending Out of the Testimonies to the Church
(21LtMs, Lt 225b, 1906, 1)
Dear Brother:
There are some who think they are able to measure the character and to estimate the importance of the work the Lord has given me to do. Their own mind and judgment is the standard by which they would weigh the testimonies.
(21LtMs, Lt 225b, 1906, 2)
My Instructor said to me, Tell these men that God has not committed to them the work of measuring, classifying, and defining the character of the testimonies. Those who attempt this are sure to err in their conclusions. The Lord would have men adhere to their appointed work. If they will keep the way of the Lord, they will be able to discern clearly that the work which He has appointed me to do is not a work of human devising.
(21LtMs, Lt 225b, 1906, 3)
Those who carefully read the testimonies, as they have appeared from the early days, need not be perplexed as to their origin. The many books, written by the help of the Spirit of God, bear a living witness to the character of the testimonies.
(21LtMs, Lt 225b, 1906, 4)
In the early days of our experience in the message, the Spirit of God often came upon a few of us as we were assembled, and I was taken away in vision. The Lord gave such light and evidence, such comfort and hope and joy, that His praises were upon our lips.
(21LtMs, Lt 225b, 1906, 5)
My husband and I traveled extensively. Sometimes light would be given to me in the night season, sometimes in the day time before large congregations. The instruction I received in vision was faithfully written out by me, as I had time and strength for the work. Afterward we examined the matter together, my husband correcting grammatical errors and eliminating needless repetition. Then it was carefully copied for the persons addressed or for the printer.
(21LtMs, Lt 225b, 1906, 6)
While my husband lived, he acted as a helper and counselor in the sending out of the messages that were given to me. As the work grew, others assisted me in the preparation of matter for publication. After my husband’s death, faithful helpers joined me, who labored untiringly in the work of copying the testimonies and preparing articles for publication. But the reports that are circulated that any of my helpers are permitted to add matter or change the meaning of the messages I write out are not true.
(21LtMs, Lt 225b, 1906, 7)
While we were in Australia, the Lord instructed me that W. C. White should be relieved from the many burdens his brethren would lay upon him, and that he should assist me in the work the Lord has laid upon me. The promise has been given, “I will put My Spirit upon him, and give him wisdom.”
(21LtMs, Lt 225b, 1906, 8)
Since my return to America, I have several times received instruction that the Lord has given me W. C. White to be my helper, and that in this work the Lord will give him of His Spirit.
(21LtMs, Lt 225b, 1906, 9)
It requires much wisdom and sound judgment, quickened by the Spirit of God, to know the proper time and manner to present the instruction that has been given. When the minds of persons reproved are under a strong deception, they naturally resist the testimony; and having taken an attitude of resistance, it is difficult for them afterward to acknowledge that they have been wrong.
(21LtMs, Lt 225b, 1906, 10)
In the early days of this cause, if some of the leading brethren were present when messages from the Lord were given, we would consult with them as to the best manner of bringing the instruction before the people. Sometimes it was decided that certain portions would better not be read before a congregation. Then those whose course was reproved would sometimes request that the matters pointing out their wrongs and dangers should be read before others, that they, too, might be benefited.
(21LtMs, Lt 225b, 1906, 11)
Often after testimonies of reproof were read, hearty confessions were made. Then we would unite in a season of prayer, and the Lord would manifest His pardoning grace to those who had confessed their sins. The acceptance of the testimonies brought the rich blessing of God into our assemblies.
(21LtMs, Lt 225b, 1906, 12)
Faithfully I endeavor to write out that which is given me from time to time by the divine Counselor. Some portions of that which I write are sent out immediately to meet the present necessities of the work. Other portions are held until the development of circumstances makes it evident to me that the time has come for their use.
(21LtMs, Lt 225b, 1906, 13)
At other times, after very clear-cut, decided reproofs have been written out, they are held for a time until by personal correspondence I have endeavored to change the spirit of those to whom they are addressed. If these efforts are unsuccessful, the messages, with all their strength of rebuke or reproof, are sent to them, whether they will hear, or whether they will deny the truthfulness of the message.
(21LtMs, Lt 225b, 1906, 14)
If those whose errors are pointed out make confession of their wrongdoing, the spell of the enemy may be broken. If they will repent and forsake their sins, God is faithful and just to forgive their sins, and to cleanse them from all unrighteousness. Christ, the sin-pardoning Redeemer, will remove the filthy garments from them, give them a change of raiment, and set a fair mitre upon their head. But so long as they refuse to turn from iniquity, they can never develop a pure, holy character that will stand in the great day of judgment.
(21LtMs, Lt 225b, 1906, 15)
Often concealed wrongs in the life of individuals are opened before me, and I am bidden to bear a message of reproof and warning. I have been told that many who give heed to the false science of the enemy would denounce my work as that of a false prophet and would place upon the testimony such interpretations as tend to change the truth of God into a lie.
(21LtMs, Lt 225b, 1906, 16)
Satan is on the alert; and some, who in the past have been used by the Lord in doing His work, but who have permitted themselves to be deceived, will be stirred up to make an improper use of the messages that are given. Because they do not wish to listen to the words of reproof, because they will not hear counsel, and improve their course of action, and do their appointed work, they will misconstrue the messages to the church and confuse many minds.
(21LtMs, Lt 225b, 1906, 17)
Nevertheless, I am to bear the message that is given me to bear, so long as the Lord shall choose. He has not given me the work of settling all the misunderstandings that are cherished in hearts of unbelief. Just as long as a door is open to receive the tempter’s suggestions, difficulties will multiply. The hearts of those who will not come to the light are open to unbelief. If my time and strength are consumed upon such matters, this serves Satan’s purposes. The Lord has said to me, “Bear the testimonies; your work is not to settle difficulties. Your work is to reprove and to present the righteousness of Christ.”
(21LtMs, Lt 225b, 1906, 18)
I am instructed that when, in ministers and physicians bearing responsibilities, there is developed a disposition to discard the testimonies, I am not to place testimonies in their hands; for they have yielded to a spirit that tempted and overcame Adam and Eve. Their mind and heart are open to the control of the enemy. Being on a false track and laboring under deceptive imaginings, they will read in the testimonies things that are not there, but which are in agreement with the false statements that they have listened to. By reading the testimonies in the light of their own kindling, they are deceived and will deceive others.
(21LtMs, Lt 225b, 1906, 19)
An Incident
At one time in the early days of the message, Father Butler and Elder Hart became confused in regard to the testimonies. In great distress they groaned and wept, but for some time they would not give the reasons for their perplexity. However, being pressed to give a reason for their faithless speech and manner, Elder Hart referred to a small pamphlet that had been published as the visions of Sister White, and said that to his certain knowledge, some visions were not included. Before a large audience, these brethren both talked strongly of losing their confidence in the work.
(21LtMs, Lt 225b, 1906, 20)
My husband handed the little pamphlet to Elder Hart and requested him to read what was printed on the title page. “A Sketch of the Experience and Visions of Mrs. E. G. White,” he read.
(21LtMs, Lt 225b, 1906, 21)
For a moment there was silence, and then my husband explained that we had been very short of means and were able to print but a small tract; but he promised that when sufficient means was raised, the matter would be published more fully in book form.
(21LtMs, Lt 225b, 1906, 22)
Elder Butler seemed very uneasy, and after the explanation had been made, he said, “Let us bow before God.” Such weeping and confessions as followed, we have seldom heard. Brother Butler said, “Brother White, forgive me; I was afraid you were concealing from us some of the light we ought to have. Forgive me, Sister White.”
(21LtMs, Lt 225b, 1906, 23)
The power of God came in in a wonderful manner. The spirit of confession and brotherly love was in the meeting. Father Butler ever after remained true as steel to principle.
(21LtMs, Lt 225b, 1906, 24)
*****
The testimonies are to be given before those who will make the right use of them. We must have wisdom to know how to present the light that is given, what should be imparted immediately, and what should be withheld. Some things are given us to guide us in the moves we must now make to carry out the purposes of the Lord. Other things must wait till circumstances arise that would make the instruction more impressive.
(21LtMs, Lt 225b, 1906, 25)
Sometimes, as a meeting progresses, the way is opened for the presentation of the matters which have been held because the minds of some were not prepared to receive them.
(21LtMs, Lt 225b, 1906, 26)
At the Berrien Springs meeting I had many things of a decided character to bring before the people. But light came to me that the minds of some present had been worked by satanic agencies, and that to attempt to present to them the light God had given me would bring on a tremendous struggle that would nearly cost me my life. They had begun the work of specifying what portions of the testimonies were of God, and what portions were not of God, as though God had made them competent to judge.
(21LtMs, Lt 225b, 1906, 27)
At the meetings appointed for confession, the Spirit of God was present, and holy angels were in the assembly; but men had their own ideas and determinations to work out. They thought it a good time to bring Brethren Prescott and Daniells to terms. Far better would it have been if they had sought to bring their own souls into a humble, teachable condition. With such a spirit as was manifested at Berrien Springs, it was not the time to present all of the message that was needed.
(21LtMs, Lt 225b, 1906, 28)
Since that time many minds have been determinedly at work to oppose the influence of the Spirit of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 225b, 1906, 29)
It seems strange to me that men who have diligently studied the Bible cannot discern the fulfilment of the express words of the Spirit that “in the latter time some shall depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of devils.” [1 Timothy 4:1.] What has blinded their eyes that they cannot discern? Has not your experience been of value to you in recognizing those who have departed from the faith?
(21LtMs, Lt 225b, 1906, 30)
I feel so sorry that Dr. Kellogg has departed from the faith and is seducing other souls. His ambition will lead him to take any means to reach the end he desires. He is not scrupulous as to the means by which the objects of his ambition may be attained. He has formed an unchristian and unhallowed friendship with worldlings and with ministers who are not in the faith. I have seen him linked arm in arm with men of the world, talking of such plans of work as were outlined in the New York Observer of August 6, 1896.
(21LtMs, Lt 225b, 1906, 31)
Concord with Belial is not a profitable harmony. The love of display presents powerful attractions to some and beguiles them from their uprightness.
(21LtMs, Lt 225b, 1906, 32)
Dr. Kellogg has made a great mistake in assuming the burden of food manufacture. God appointed him a work as His physician, but He did not bid him to engage in the work of manufacturing foods. The various commercial enterprises in which he has engaged have tended to divorce him from the exalted ministry as the Lord’s physician. Another being has taken control of him—the one who seduced the heavenly agencies from their allegiance. These matters have been so distinctly presented to me that I have no room for a shadow of a doubt.
(21LtMs, Lt 225b, 1906, 33)
Dr. Kellogg’s skill as a physician, the knowledge that God has given him, has so highly exalted him, that he has felt himself to be supreme. He has said many things and then contradicted and denied them. His own mind is so strained that he is utterly confused as to what is genuine truth and what are fables. For him to be accepted as an educator, for the doing of the sacred work that is termed medical missionary work, would be a great mistake. God forbids this. Dr. Kellogg would fail to leave upon minds the reformative missionary impress. For years he has done an imperfect work, although much instruction has been sent him through the testimonies of the Spirit of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 225b, 1906, 34)
This I am instructed to write, Dr. Kellogg’s case has been a mystery of mysteries. That which has given power to his work—truth and righteousness—he has discarded. The cause of God has been hindered in its advance by the only one who could do a work so counter to the work the Lord would have done at this stage of our history. God’s people are now, many of them, confused by the subtle reasoning that has been presented. If ministers of the gospel are bewildered and receive the false statements made, what can be expected of the churches? This is the representation made to me.
(21LtMs, Lt 225b, 1906, 35)
If Dr. Kellogg’s mind were now clear enough to see wherein he has been so far out of the way, so that he would make through, decided reforms, then there would be hope; but I am instructed that the way he has treated any words of encouragement from the Lord leaves his case as almost hopeless. I have suffered so much under this deceptive working that I regard the case as it stands as hopeless. Dr. Kellogg’s mind has been so racked and center-shaken through refusing to receive the light that God has given to correct his evil course, that his whole nature has been converted into a bundle of contradictions. And yet men are blind to discern the workings of Satan. But I must present the warnings that have been given for the past twenty years.
(21LtMs, Lt 225b, 1906, 36)
Dr. Kellogg either God or Christ in verity and truth. He will deny or affirm anything—a lie or the suppositions of satanic agencies. And just so long as his associate physicians will say to his words, Yes, Yes, they will sustain falsehood. Again and again has the truth been sacrificed to please Dr. Kellogg.
(21LtMs, Lt 225b, 1906, 37)
Satan is working Dr. Kellogg’s mind, and every other mind over which he can obtain influence. If Dr. Kellogg’s brethren had checked this spirit, by calling it by its right name, then, as faithful watchmen, they would have given the trumpet a certain sound. Could they not discern the subtle danger of the long interviews held by Dr. Kellogg?
(21LtMs, Lt 225b, 1906, 38)
*****
Christ does not acknowledge any extravagant display, even in a sanitarium. He cannot approve of the lives of physicians or leaders who have lost a sense of the sacredness of the Sabbath that God has sanctified and blessed. Upon this point we are all to be tested and tried. To engage in amusement or games in the sanitarium or upon the sanitarium grounds on the Sabbath day is a transgression of the fourth commandment.
(21LtMs, Lt 225b, 1906, 39)
The Lord God of heaven has been dishonored by some who have had great light, but who claim a dominating power. Our God is a jealous God, and those who by their teaching or by their example have obliterated the sign that He has given to His people will, unless they repent, feel the retributive judgments of Him whom they have dishonored to accommodate worldlings. The strict observance of the Lord’s day is to be a silent sermon every week. “It is a sign between me and you.” [Exodus 31:13.] But the day has been desecrated by physicians, ministers, nurses, and patrons.
(21LtMs, Lt 225b, 1906, 40)
We wish to advise our believing ones to take their position and leave Battle Creek. We know whereof we speak. Satan was an angel of exceeding brightness, but he aspired to be first in the heavenly courts and to become as God. In this he acted with design and duplicity, but without arousing a suspicion of disloyalty in the minds of the heavenly beings. Not a person is safe who remains under the contaminating influence of one who would sacrifice truth in order to exalt himself—one who would imperil his soul for the sake of seeing carried out his ambitious devisings for self-exaltation.
(21LtMs, Lt 225b, 1906, 41)
I know whereof I speak; for I have had the matter laid out before me in distinct lines. I would not have you imperil your soul by a failure on my part to speak a word of warning against your doing this.
(21LtMs, Lt 225b, 1906, 42)
Lt 225c, 1906
Sadler, Brother and Sister [W. S.] St. Helena, California July 8, 1906 Variant of Lt 225, 1906. See 1SM 49-53. + Dear Brother and Sister Sadler:
There are some who think they are able to measure the character and to estimate the importance of the work the Lord has given me to do. Their own mind and judgment is the standard by which they weigh the testimonies.
(21LtMs, Lt 225c, 1906, 1)
My Instructor said to me, Tell these men that God has not committed to them the work of measuring and classifying the character of the testimonies. Those who attempt this are sure to err in their conclusions. The Lord would have men adhere to their appointed work. If they will keep the way of the Lord, they will be able to discern clearly that the work which has been appointed to me for the past sixty years is not a work of human devising.
(21LtMs, Lt 225c, 1906, 2)
Those who carefully read the testimonies, as they have appeared from the early days, need not be perplexed as to their origin. The evidence is clearly set forth in the books that have been printed.
(21LtMs, Lt 225c, 1906, 3)
In the days of our early experience in the message, the Spirit of God often came upon a few of us as we were assembled, and I was taken away in vision. The Lord gave such light and evidence, such comfort and hope and joy, that His praises were upon our lips.
(21LtMs, Lt 225c, 1906, 4)
My husband and I traveled extensively. Sometimes light would be given to me in the night season, sometimes in the day time before large congregations. The instruction I received was carefully written out. We then examined the matter together and corrected grammatical errors and awkward forms of expression before it was copied to be sent to the persons addressed or to the printers. If some of the leading brethren were present, we would often consult with them as to the best manner of bringing the instruction before the people.
(21LtMs, Lt 225c, 1906, 5)
We often decided that some portions would better not be read before a congregation. And sometimes those whose course was reproved would request that the matters pointing out their wrongs and dangers should be read before others, that they, too, might be benefited.
(21LtMs, Lt 225c, 1906, 6)
Sometimes after testimonies of reproof were read, hearty confessions were made. Then we would unite in a season of prayer, and the Lord would manifest His pardoning grace upon those who had confessed their sins. The reception of these testimonies brought the rich blessing of the Lord.
(21LtMs, Lt 225c, 1906, 7)
Sometimes it is necessary to give severe reproof. This hurts my soul, but I dare not withhold the instruction. Such messages are carefully studied and examined to see that no unnecessarily harsh words appear, and yet that the message is faithfully given. But the reports that are circulated that W. C. White or any other of my helpers add matter to change the meaning of the messages I write out, I positively deny.
(21LtMs, Lt 225c, 1906, 8)
Sometimes very clear-cut, decided testimonies have been written out, and then I have suggested that they be held for a time until by personal correspondence I have endeavored to change the spirit of those to whom they are addressed. If these efforts are unsuccessful, the messages are afterward sent to them, with all their strength of rebuke or reproof, whether they will hear, or whether they will deny the truthfulness of the message. Thus I have always done.
(21LtMs, Lt 225c, 1906, 9)
If those whose errors are pointed out confess their sins, the spell of the enemy may be broken. If they will repent and forsake their sins, God is faithful and just to forgive their sins, and to cleanse them from all unrighteousness. Christ, the sin-pardoning Redeemer, will remove the filthy garments from them, will give them a change of raiment and set a fair mitre upon their head. But so long as they refuse to turn from their wrong course of action, they can never develop a pure, holy character that will stand in that great day when every case shall be decided.
(21LtMs, Lt 225c, 1906, 10)
There are times when I refrain from stating at first all that is presented to me. I do this in the hope that a partial statement will be sufficient to lead those who are reproved to see their dangers. Then, when the heart is softened and prepared to hear more, I can state the whole message. But when I see that things are being done that will imperil the cause, I sometimes must state the whole matter, whatever the consequence may be upon the mind of the individuals reproved. This may seem strange to you, but this is the way in which I have to do.
(21LtMs, Lt 225c, 1906, 11)
Often concealed wrongs in the life of individuals are opened before me, and I am bidden to bear a message of reproof and warning. I have been told that many who give heed to the false science of the enemy would denounce my work as that of a false prophet and would place upon the message such interpretations as tend to change the truth of God into a lie.
(21LtMs, Lt 225c, 1906, 12)
My Work and Title
I have been instructed that I am not to claim any title, except that of a messenger, appointed of God. The work assigned to me embraces more than the ordinary work of a prophet. The gift of prophecy is included, but that alone does not cover the many lines of work to which I have been called as the Lord’s messenger.
(21LtMs, Lt 225c, 1906, 13)
From time to time I have been instructed that I am to take an interest in the establishment of schools and institutions for the care of the sick, and I am to specify the reforms that are needed in those already established. I have been given an insight into the ways and the work of those connected with our publishing houses and am bidden to give instruction that those who are brought into these institutions as apprentices are to be considered as a sacred charge and are to be carefully guarded.
(21LtMs, Lt 225c, 1906, 14)
The care of the widow and the orphan, the poor and the afflicted was to be a branch of my work. I was to plead that they receive the tender care of those in authority. Especially were their spiritual interests to be looked after. No unkind spirit is to be manifested toward the fatherless. They are to be trained and qualified to go forth into new fields and bear responsibilities in the work of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 225c, 1906, 15)
With pen and with voice I was to bear a straightforward message, and I was to stand ready to speak before large congregations on various lines of the work of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 225c, 1906, 16)
To the ministers I was bidden to say that the Lord will work with them. He is their efficiency. Business cares and commercial interests should not burden the mind of the gospel minister or the physician.
(21LtMs, Lt 225c, 1906, 17)
The sanitariums are to be places where the example of Christ is followed in relieving the sick and the suffering. In all their work there is to be a recognition of the Lord Jesus who gave His life to purchase the souls of the afflicted ones to whom they have to minister. In these institutions the great chief Missionary is to preside as the counselor of those who labor in the various departments.
(21LtMs, Lt 225c, 1906, 18)
Many souls need the benefits of a Christian influence, and our physicians and nurses and helpers are to be the saviors of the souls as well as of the body. The physician especially should be on guard that he does not become so commingled with worldly enterprises that the ministry of healing shall be neglected.
(21LtMs, Lt 225c, 1906, 19)
A spirit of commercialism endangers the work of the gospel minister and the medical practitioners. I have been given warnings both to physicians and to ministers that they must realize their accountability to make the spiritual interests first in all their work. They are bidden to keep their souls pure and undefiled, that they may give no occasion for temptation to the youth. Often I have felt depressed because of opposition that has arisen from different sources, but I have been instructed that it is the design of the enemy to keep me in perplexity and to discourage my soul. We may find a cheerful, hopeful confidence in the promise of our Saviour, “Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:20.]
(21LtMs, Lt 225c, 1906, 20)
Lt 225d, 1906
Sadler, Brother and Sister [W. S.] St. Helena, California June 28, 1906 Previously unpublished. + Dear Brother and Sister Sadler:
I have a message for you. There are some who think themselves able to estimate the importance of the work the Lord has given me. Their own minds and their judgments are the standards by which they weigh the testimonies.
(21LtMs, Lt 225d, 1906, 1)
Said my Instructor, “Say to these men that God has not committed to them nor to anyone the work of passing judgment upon the character of the testimonies. Those who attempt this are sure to err in their conclusions. The Lord would have them adhere to their appointed work. If they will keep the way of the Lord, they will be able to discern clearly the character of the work that has been appointed to me for the past sixty years. The publications containing the messages the Lord has given to me have been widely circulated.”
(21LtMs, Lt 225d, 1906, 2)
I have received instruction regarding my work. I have been instructed that I am not to claim any title except that of a messenger appointed of God. “Your work,” said my heavenly Instructor, “embraces more than the work of a prophet.” The gift of prophecy is included, but that alone does not specify the many lines of work to which I have been called as the Lord’s messenger.
(21LtMs, Lt 225d, 1906, 3)
Often concealed wrongs in the life of individuals are opened to me, and I am bidden to bear a message of reproof and warning.
(21LtMs, Lt 225d, 1906, 4)
I have been told that many who give heed to the false science of the enemy would denounce my work as that of a false prophet, and they will place upon the message such interpretations as would tend to change the truth of God into a lie.
(21LtMs, Lt 225d, 1906, 5)
I am instructed that the term prophet would signify one who manifests the gift of prophesying, but much more than the work of a prophet has been given to the Lord’s messenger. The care of the orphan, the widow, and the afflicted is to be one branch of my work. I am to take an interest in the establishment of institutions for the care of the sick and to specify the reforms that are needed in those already established. I am given an insight into the ways and the work of those connected with our publishing houses and am bidden to give instruction that those who are brought into these instructions as apprentices are to be considered as a sacred charge and to be carefully guarded. Especially are the poor and the orphans to receive the tender care of those in authority. Their spiritual interests are to be looked after. No unkind spirit is to be manifested toward them. They are to be trained and qualified to go forth into new fields and bear responsibilities in the work of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 225d, 1906, 6)
The sanitarium is to be a place over which the great chief Missionary shall preside as the counselor of those who seek to follow the example of Christ in the work of relieving the sick and the suffering. In all their work there is to be a recognition of the Lord Jesus, who gave His life to purchase the souls of the afflicted ones to whom they have to minister. A spirit of commercialism endangers the work of the medical practitioner. I have warnings to give both to physicians and to ministers, that they must realize their accountability to make spiritual interests first in all their work. They are bidden to keep their souls pure and undefiled, that they may give no occasion for temptation to the youth.
(21LtMs, Lt 225d, 1906, 7)
With pen and with voice I am bidden to bear a straightforward message. I am often called to stand before large congregations to speak on various lines of the work of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 225d, 1906, 8)
To the ministers I am bidden to say that the Lord will work with them. He is their efficiency. I am bidden to bear a testimony of solemn warning to those who engage in commercialism. Business cares and commercial interests should not burden the mind of the physician. He is not to be so commingled with worldly practices that the ministry of healing shall be neglected. Many souls need the benefits of a Christian influence, and our physicians are to be saviors of the soul as well as of the body. The largest numbers are not to be congregated in one sanitarium.
(21LtMs, Lt 225d, 1906, 9)
There are some in our sanitariums who have developed a spirit of secularism, a spirit which would result in the abolition of Christianity. When such minds begin to work on other minds, it is better to separate such individuals from the institution without delay. There is sure to be a low standard in those who have no respect for the Lord Jesus Christ. They beguile the unwary, and they make an easy conquest of those who are not deeply and truly religious. Those who demerit the atonement of Christ, and consider that the religion of Christ is unsatisfactory in bringing about so-called reforms, who tear down the very foundations of faith in the Word of God, are a danger to the morality and Christianity of those who are brought in connection with them.
(21LtMs, Lt 225d, 1906, 10)
There are many even in our institutions who allow themselves to stand on a low level. When a large sanitarium is crowded with all classes of worldlings, there is but one safeguard, the truth as it is in Jesus. It behooves every surgeon, every physician, every nurse to keep themselves free from commercial projects which tend to divide their interests. They will otherwise work at a great disadvantage. Commercialism and sanctification through the truth cannot unite.
(21LtMs, Lt 225d, 1906, 11)
True religion consists in practicing the words of the living God. Unless the love of Jesus is kept alive in the soul, piety will vanish as flax before the flame. The truth of God is to be maintained in our sanitariums. The managers, the physicians, the nurses must experience its power. The law of God is to be held sacred in spite of every contrary influence and all opposing sentiments. The religion of Jesus Christ can guide, can purify. He is our wisdom, and righteousness, and sanctification, and redemption. Then we are a savor of life unto life.
(21LtMs, Lt 225d, 1906, 12)
Why were our sanitariums purchased except to hold fast to Bible truth as an antidote against the malaria of infidelity, against all the false science the enemy would introduce? [When] the truth of God [is] brought into the heart of the [receivers], Christ is to them power to become the sons of God. The great antidote for physical and spiritual disease is the truth of God abiding in the soul by living faith, guiding the life. With this in our possession, we can believe, and we can receive power from the great Missionary. God and man are united in the grand work of saving the souls and the bodies of the afflicted. They may be given a hope for this world and through faith they may be fitted for eternal life in the heavenly courts.
(21LtMs, Lt 225d, 1906, 13)
Our sanitariums are to become educating centers, where the heavenly messengers will be welcome, where those who love and fear God shall ever find a home.
(21LtMs, Lt 225d, 1906, 14)
As the Lord’s messenger I have been bidden to exert every influence to be a blessing in restoring the sick to health, and to minister in the Word of God, pointing to the great Healer of the sin-sick souls.
(21LtMs, Lt 225d, 1906, 15)
Do not allow yourselves to be beguiled or ensnared by the cunning craftiness of men, whereby they lie in wait to deceive ignorant, unwary souls. The sanitariums need to be cleansed as Christ cleansed the temple courts of their commercial enterprises.
(21LtMs, Lt 225d, 1906, 16)
My life has been a life of burden-bearing.
Not one of God’s ministers is to be treated unkindly. If they become aged in the work of God, they are to be tenderly cared for. A fund should be provided to make them comfortable while they live.
(21LtMs, Lt 225d, 1906, 17)
When one who is actively engaged in the Lord’s work is thought to be in error, the Lord has often given instruction to His messenger that they are not to be crowded out of the work, nor to be treated harshly. This work God has given me to do. (Give here a brief statement of my work at the Fresno meeting.) In many such cases when a wrong course was to be pursued, the Lord has sent a message of warning to the men in office to guard them from any wrong action.
(21LtMs, Lt 225d, 1906, 18)
The printed testimonies show the extent of the work that has been covered for the last fifty years.
(21LtMs, Lt 225d, 1906, 19)
I am now instructed that I am not to be hindered in my work by those who engage in suppositions regarding its nature, whose minds are struggling with so many intricate problems connected with the supposed work of a prophet. It embraces the work of a prophet, but it does not end there. It embraces much more than the minds of those who have been sowing the seeds of unbelief—tares amid the wheat—can comprehend.
(21LtMs, Lt 225d, 1906, 20)
Lt 226, 1906
Butler, G. I. St. Helena, California July 8, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in TDG 198. Elder G. I. Butler Dear Brother:
I have just read your letter to W. C. White. He will no doubt reply to the letter, but I will also write a few lines to you.
(21LtMs, Lt 226, 1906, 1)
For some time I have been suffering from a severe cold. At the same time I have borne a heavy burden on my mind because of the necessity of meeting the opposition of some of our leading brethren. This is one more instance where the command of the Lord is plain to “Meet it.” By the help of the Lord I will do this, if it costs me my life.
(21LtMs, Lt 226, 1906, 2)
I am greatly pleased that you have found for your sanitarium a building that pleases you.
(21LtMs, Lt 226, 1906, 3)
I am very sorry for Dr. Hayward. I urge you to show him all the favors and courtesy you possibly can. We must be very kind and sympathetic with such men as Dr. Hayward and others who do not clearly discern matters in their true light.
(21LtMs, Lt 226, 1906, 4)
We are in harmony with your plan for a paper for the interests of the colored people. We think this might be made a great blessing. But you are not to feel that you must carry all the burden of this, with all your other burdens and perplexities. I know there will be difficulties, but I believe the paper will be a success. We must do all we can for the colored people, and the issuing of a paper will be a great help.
(21LtMs, Lt 226, 1906, 5)
The end is near, and we must be prepared for what we will have to meet. Our lives must be hid with Christ in God. We need the education of the Holy Spirit.
(21LtMs, Lt 226, 1906, 6)
It is our privilege to be cheerful. At times I have been tempted to feel a depression of soul, as I see how blind and mistaken many of our brethren are. It makes my heart ache to think of the men who are unsettled, and who have lost their bearings. May the Lord work to remove the cloud of uncertainty, that truth and righteousness may prevail. It seems scarcely possible that the power of deception can be so strong. I pity these men, but the impression they have made on other minds is so strong that it makes me tremble. A stormy future is before us, but we have with us One who is mighty to prevail.
(21LtMs, Lt 226, 1906, 7)
At times as I see a cloud in the sky, I involuntarily exclaim, Come, Lord Jesus, and come quickly. Such times as this will reveal character. I long to see the deceptive power of the enemy broken. But we will not let our faith fail. The only real comfort I find is to look beyond this conflict and see the final triumph, the glory of God reflecting brightness on the overcomers. Prophecy points out the sure result of the conflict, and by faith we may see it. I long to realize the experiences opened before me in the visions the Lord has given to me.
(21LtMs, Lt 226, 1906, 8)
The restraining power of the Spirit of God is being withdrawn from the earth. Our work must be done quickly. We must put forth every effort in our power to save souls from death. Soon the Lord God of heaven will set up His kingdom, which shall never be destroyed. Now is the time for us to develop a pure, heavenly character. The work will increase more and more in earnestness and intensity until the end. We need an increase of faith. We must watch unto prayer.
(21LtMs, Lt 226, 1906, 9)
For weeks I have been as a cart beneath sheaves, not because I have the least question regarding the work God has given me to do, nor because of any desire to shun the responsibilities He has placed upon me; but my heart aches for those who are walking in the blindness of error, who have lost their discernment, and who can not distinguish truth from error.
(21LtMs, Lt 226, 1906, 10)
Elder Butler, we will go humbly where the Lord leads the way. But let us watch and pray, and trust the living Word. May the Lord greatly bless your working forces with faith, hope, and love. May He spare your life and help you to lift and hold fast with increasing courage.
(21LtMs, Lt 226, 1906, 11)
Try to save Dr. Hayward. He is too precious a man to be left to make mistakes. We must press close to our brethren and sisters and help them all we possibly can.
(21LtMs, Lt 226, 1906, 12)
Lt 228, 1906
Scott, Brother; Ballenger, E. S.; Buchanan, R. A. St. Helena, California July 8, 1906 Previously unpublished. Brethren Scott, Ballenger, and Buchanan Dear Brethren:
I have recently had a visit from Brother H. W. Kellogg. In a conversation with me, regarding his son Herbert, who is a graduate from a medical college, Brother Kellogg expressed a desire that Herbert might find some employment with Dr. Buchanan in Paradise Valley. Brother Kellogg thought his son might be of service at the sanitarium, and that the location might be beneficial for his health.
(21LtMs, Lt 228, 1906, 1)
I present this matter to you for your consideration. Can he not be employed in the sanitarium? Brother Henry Kellogg has helped the cause liberally. He does this in a quiet way and makes no boast of what he has done. He has supported his son while he was obtaining a medical education, and I am sure that he would see that the sanitarium lost nothing in trying to help the doctor. If you would take an interest in Dr. Herbert Kellogg, it would be greatly appreciated by his father.
(21LtMs, Lt 228, 1906, 2)
As one of the investors in the Paradise Valley Sanitarium, I venture to suggest that you give this young man a trial. He has had a good education. If he could feel that he was accomplishing something, it would put new heart and courage in him. If he needs any special treatment, do for him what he needs. If he can help in the medical work, let him have something to do. I now leave the matter with you and ask you to write to his father about it.
(21LtMs, Lt 228, 1906, 3)
I am recovering from an attack of influenza. Yesterday I spoke at the sanitarium from the fifteenth chapter of John: “I am the vine; ye are the branches.” [Verse 5.] I was strengthened to speak for an hour. The chapel was well filled. This is the first time I have spoken at the sanitarium since I came home from Southern California. The influenza has dealt quite severely with me, but I am now very much better. The heat is a great hardship, but I am able to do a fair amount of work every day. The early morning hours are the most favorable for me. This morning I arose at two o’clock.
(21LtMs, Lt 228, 1906, 4)
I would be glad to meet with you, if any of you come to the Oakland camp-meeting. I am expecting to attend the meeting, if the Lord gives me strength.
(21LtMs, Lt 228, 1906, 5)
I am glad to hear that, at Nashville, our brethren have secured a beautiful location for a sanitarium. This will be a great help to our brethren in the South.
(21LtMs, Lt 228, 1906, 6)
I am glad that Brother Scott has come to act as manager of the Paradise Valley Sanitarium. This will leave Brother Ballenger free to give his attention to the raising of means. We will all unite in devising and planning. The Lord will help us if we refuse to indulge in any extravagant outlay of means. We may have to bind about our supposed wants by operating the treatment rooms with less expensive appliances than we would desire.
(21LtMs, Lt 228, 1906, 7)
Lt 230, 1906
Elders of the Battle Creek Church and to Ministers and Physicians St. Helena, California July 5, 1906 This letter is published in entirety in PC 73-76. + To the Elders of the Battle Creek Church, and to Ministers and Physicians:
I have instruction to give from the Lord. The condition of things in Battle Creek is to be clearly outlined and understood. Those who have brought about this condition are sadly deceived and are misleading others. But the Lord will be glorified. Great spiritual transformations are to take place. All those who would be led of God should walk very humbly before Him. In no case are they to be diverted from the path of duty that God has marked out for His people. They are not to believe falsehoods, though they be published in abundance.
(21LtMs, Lt 230, 1906, 1)
A voice is to be heard in the Tabernacle, giving God’s word for this time in clear notes of warning. God has human instrumentalities that will not hold their peace. They are to advocate the word and will and way of Jehovah. In a clear, decided manner they are to proclaim the truth in all its beauty and power. No strange doctrines are to be introduced. There is to be no undermining of the fundamental truths that the Lord has submitted by many miraculous evidences. A voice is to be heard in clear affirmation of the truth, in contradiction to the skepticism and fallacies that have been coming in from the enemy of truth. Reformations will take place, and the working out of the principles of divine truth will reveal growth in grace; for the divine agencies are efficient to enlighten and sanctify the human understanding.
(21LtMs, Lt 230, 1906, 2)
The truth as it is in Jesus, as it was proclaimed by Him when He was enshrouded by the pillowy cloud, is verity and truth in this our day and will just as surely renovate the mind of the receiver as it has renovated minds in the past. Christ has declared, “If they hear not Moses and the prophets, neither will they be persuaded, though one rose from the dead.” [Luke 16:31.]
(21LtMs, Lt 230, 1906, 3)
As a people, we must prepare the way of the Lord, under the overruling guidance of the Holy Spirit, for the spread of the gospel in its purity. The stream of living water is to deepen and widen in its course. In all fields, nigh and afar off, men will be called from the plow and from the more common commercial business vocations, that largely occupy the mind, and will become educated in connection with men who have had experience—men who understand the truth. Through most wonderful workings of God, mountains of difficulty will be removed and cast into the sea. Let us labor as those who have experienced the virtue of truth as it is in Jesus.
(21LtMs, Lt 230, 1906, 4)
There is to be, at this period, a series of events which will reveal that God is master of the situation. The truth will be proclaimed in clear, unmistakable language. Those who preach the truth will strive to demonstrate the truth by a well-ordered life and godly conversation. And as they do this, they will become powerful in advocating the truth and in giving it the sure application that God has given it.
(21LtMs, Lt 230, 1906, 5)
When the men who have known and taught the truth turn aside to human understanding and mete out to deceived minds their own dish of fables, it is high time for those who have once been laborers in evangelistic work, but who have been drawn away into the management of restaurants, food stores, and other commercial lines of work, to come into line, study their Bibles diligently, and with the Word of God in hand, dispense the Bible truth, the spiritual food, in co-operation with the heavenly angels. This work now calls loudly for workmen of divine appointment. Omnipotence will then say to the mountains of difficulty, Be thou removed and cast into the sea.
(21LtMs, Lt 230, 1906, 6)
The call is to go forth, “Son, go labor today in My vineyard.” [Matthew 21:28.] As this call is obeyed, the message that means so much to the dwellers on the earth will be heard and understood. Men will know what is truth. Onward, and still onward, will the work advance. And marked events of Providence will be seen and recognized in judgments and in blessings. The truth will bear away the victory.
(21LtMs, Lt 230, 1906, 7)
To all students we would say, In the name of the Lord do not permit yourselves to be held where the spiritual atmosphere is poisoned with skepticism and falsehood. Those who have had the evidence of truth, but who for days, weeks, months, and years have had about them a subtle influence that gives a distorted representation, a false coloring, to the truth of God, are not fit for teachers for our youth. Where falsehoods, regarding the Word and work of God, are reported as truth is no place for students who are preparing for the future, immortal life. We are seeking heaven, wherein can enter none who have changed the truth of God into a lie.
(21LtMs, Lt 230, 1906, 8)
Truth has a spiritual influence. It enters the mind, direct and uncorrupted, from One who is truth. The reception of truth in the inward parts is charged with the greatest results. Truth is to be received into the heart and developed and expressed in the character.
(21LtMs, Lt 230, 1906, 9)
No lie is of the truth. On every occasion possible, Satan is on hand to introduce the leaven of his deceptive fallacies. Listen not a moment to the interpretations that would loosen one pin, remove one pillar, from the platform of truth.
(21LtMs, Lt 230, 1906, 10)
Human interpretations, the reception of fables, will spoil your faith, confuse your understanding, and make of none effect your faith in Jesus Christ. Study diligently the third chapter of Revelation. In it is pointed out the danger of losing your hold upon the things that you have heard and learned from the Source of all light. “Remember ... how thou hast received and heard, and hold fast, and repent.” [Verse 3.] Why repent?—Because there have come in faults in the form of theories so subtle that by the influence of mind upon mind—through the agency of those who have departed from the faith—the wily foe will cause you imperceptibly to be imbued with the spirit that will draw you away from the faith.
(21LtMs, Lt 230, 1906, 11)
There are many who are in a perilous position spiritually—many who are “ready to die.” The Revelator was bidden to write to the church in Sardis: “These things saith He that hath the seven Spirits of God, and the seven stars; I know thy works, that thou hast a name that thou livest, and art dead. Be watchful, and strengthen the things which remain, that are ready to die: for I have not found thy works perfect before God. Remember therefore how thou hast received and heard, and hold fast, and repent.” [Verses 1-3.]
(21LtMs, Lt 230, 1906, 12)
There is a censure resting upon those who have heard the truth, received the truth, and who afterward have acted like men spiritually dead. “Remember therefore.” In our work we are not to be drawn into any plausible theories that would lead to a denial of our past faith in the truth we have heard and advocated. “If therefore thou shalt not watch, I will come on thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee.” [Verse 3.]
(21LtMs, Lt 230, 1906, 13)
“Thou hast a few names even in Sardis which have not defiled their garments; and they shall walk with Me in white: for they are worthy.” [Verse 4.]
(21LtMs, Lt 230, 1906, 14)
“Moreover I will make a covenant of peace with them; it shall be an everlasting covenant with them; and I will place them, and multiply them, and will set My sanctuary in the midst of them forevermore. My tabernacle also shall be with them: yea, I will be their God, and they shall be My people.” [Ezekiel 37:26, 27.]
(21LtMs, Lt 230, 1906, 15)
This last scripture carries our minds forward to the triumph of Israel and Judah. The accomplishment of the work will be through human instrumentalities charged with divine power. All the glory is ascribed to the great power of God; but it is through unity and co-operation of the human with the divine that the result is made possible. Humanity, blended with divinity, grasps the divine efficiency, and the work is complete.
(21LtMs, Lt 230, 1906, 16)
We have been filled with pain of heart, which language cannot describe, as we have seen feature after feature of the work that should have been conducted in the purest channels as a means of bringing souls to a knowledge of the truth, corrupted by ambition and commercialism. Thus some features of the health work have proved a snare to capture talents of influence that might have been used in feeding souls with the bread of life. While thousands are perishing without a knowledge of the truth, while multitudes have not the bread of life to feed upon, while God is calling for a quick work to be done to prepare a people for the coming of Christ, shall our hygienic restaurants prove a snare, by being operated merely for commercial advantage, and their influence extend no further?
(21LtMs, Lt 230, 1906, 17)
It was hoped that much good would be done by preparing food for worldlings—that thereby many would be brought to a knowledge of the truth. And this might have been, had the glory of God been kept in view. But these enterprises have been run so largely on a commercial basis, for the temporal advantages to be gained, that they have often become a snare, as it were, to hold men and women of talent, who, by study and diligent effort, could do acceptable service in the winning of souls to Christ. The end of all things is at hand. We must learn to fulfil God’s purposes. Let no one delay.
(21LtMs, Lt 230, 1906, 18)
There are those who once were teachers of righteousness, but who have turned from the truth and are wandering in the mists of error. Satan with much persistency is striving for the mastery. Christ calls upon many who are in training for His service to obtain an education of a character altogether different from that which they have been receiving. The Lord Jesus calls upon us to fulfil His commission given just before His ascension to meet the heavenly armies that escorted Him to the city of God. We have the battle of tribulation before us, but our commission is, “Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:19, 20.] Who will pass this by and continue in any commercial business that will not bring souls to Christ? Shall this condition change? Will you give the last note of warning to the world?
(21LtMs, Lt 230, 1906, 19)
Lt 232, 1906
NA St. Helena, California July 9, 1906 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother:
In answer to your question regarding my work and title, I have been instructed that I am not to claim any title, except that of a messenger, appointed of God. The work assigned to me embraces more than the ordinary work of a prophet. The gift of prophecy is included, but that alone does not cover the many lines of work to which I have been called as the Lord’s messenger.
(21LtMs, Lt 232, 1906, 1)
From time to time I am instructed that I am to take an interest in the establishment of schools and institutions for the care of the sick, and I am to specify the reforms that are needed in those already established. I have been given an insight into the ways and the work of those connected with our publishing houses and am bidden to give instruction that those who are brought into these institutions as apprentices are to be considered as a sacred charge and are to be carefully guarded.
(21LtMs, Lt 232, 1906, 2)
The care of the widow and the orphan, the poor and the afflicted was to be a branch of my work. I was to plead that they receive the tender care of those in authority. Especially are their spiritual interests to be looked after. No unkind spirit is to be manifested toward the fatherless. They are to be trained and qualified to go forth into new fields and bear responsibility in the work of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 232, 1906, 3)
With pen and with voice I was to bear a straightforward message, and I was to stand ready to speak before large congregations on various lines of the work of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 232, 1906, 4)
To the ministers I was bidden to say that they are to be laborers together with God. He is their efficiency. Business cares and commercial interests should not burden the mind of the gospel minister or the physician.
(21LtMs, Lt 232, 1906, 5)
The sanitariums are to be places where the example of Christ is followed in the work of relieving the sick and the suffering. In all their effort there is to be a recognition of the Lord Jesus who gave His life to purchase the souls of the afflicted ones for whom they minister. In these institutions, the great chief Missionary is to preside as the counsellor of those who labor in the various departments.
(21LtMs, Lt 232, 1906, 6)
Many souls need the benefits of a Christian influence, and our physicians and nurses and helpers are to be saviors of the soul as well as of the body. The physician especially should be on guard, that he does not become so commingled with worldly enterprises that the ministry of healing shall be neglected.
(21LtMs, Lt 232, 1906, 7)
A spirit of commercialism endangers the work of the gospel minister and the medical practitioner. I have been given warnings both to physicians and to ministers that they must realize their accountability to make the spiritual interests first in all their work. They are bidden to keep their souls pure and undefiled, that they may give no occasion for temptation to the youth.
(21LtMs, Lt 232, 1906, 8)
Often I have felt depressed of opposition that has arisen from different sources, but I have been instructed that it is the design of the enemy to keep me in perplexity and to discourage my soul. We may find a cheerful, hopeful confidence in the promise of our Saviour, “Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:20.]
(21LtMs, Lt 232, 1906, 9)
Lt 234, 1906
Sadler, W. S. St. Helena, California July 9, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in 9MR 205-206. Dear Brother:
In your letter wherein you ask a number of questions about the testimonies, you say, “I must go to the bottom of all these things, and know just where I stand.”
(21LtMs, Lt 234, 1906, 1)
In my books and manuscripts, I find the following which I think will help you in your present perplexities:
(21LtMs, Lt 234, 1906, 2)
“God never asks us to believe, without giving sufficient evidence upon which to base our faith. His existence, His character, the truthfulness of His Word, are all established by testimony that appeals to our reason; and this testimony is abundant. Yet God has never removed the possibility of doubt. Our faith must rest upon evidence, not demonstration. Those who wish to doubt will have opportunity; while those who really desire to know the truth, will find plenty of evidence on which to rest their faith.
(21LtMs, Lt 234, 1906, 3)
“It is impossible for finite minds fully to comprehend the character or the works of the Infinite One. To the keenest intellect, the most highly educated mind, that holy Being must ever remain clothed in mystery. ‘Canst thou by searching find out God? canst thou find out the Almighty unto perfection? It is as high as heaven; what canst thou do? deeper than hell; what canst thou know?’ [Job 11:7, 8.]
(21LtMs, Lt 234, 1906, 4)
“The apostle Paul exclaims, ‘O the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and knowledge of God! how unsearchable are His judgments, and His ways past finding out!’ [Romans 11:33.] But though ‘clouds and darkness are round about Him, righteousness and justice are the foundation of His throne.’ [Psalm 97:2.] We can so far comprehend His dealing with us, and the motives by which He is actuated, that we may discern boundless love and mercy united to infinite power. We can understand as much of His purposes as it is for our good to know; and beyond this we must still trust the hand that is omnipotent, the heart that is full of love.
(21LtMs, Lt 234, 1906, 5)
“The Word of God, like the character of its divine Author, presents mysteries that can never be fully comprehended by finite beings. The entrance of sin into the world, the incarnation of Christ, regeneration, the resurrection, and many other subjects presented in the Bible, are mysteries too deep for the human mind to explain, or even fully to comprehend. But we have no reason to doubt God’s Word because we cannot understand the mysteries of His providence. In the natural world we are constantly surrounded with mysteries that we cannot fathom. The very humblest forms of life present a problem that the wisest of philosophers is powerless to explain. Everywhere are wonders beyond our ken. Should we then be surprised to find that in the spiritual world also there are mysteries that we cannot fathom? The difficulty lies solely in the weakness and narrowness of the human mind. God has given us in the Scriptures sufficient evidence of their divine character, and we are not to doubt His Word because we cannot understand all the mysteries of His providence....
(21LtMs, Lt 234, 1906, 6)
“There is an evidence that is open to all—the most highly educated, and the most illiterate—the evidence of experience. God invites us to prove for ourselves the reality of His Word, the truth of His promises. He bids us ‘taste and see that the Lord is good.’ [Psalm 34:8.] Instead of depending upon the word of another, we are to taste for ourselves. He declares, ‘Ask, and ye shall receive.’ [John 16:24.] His promises will be fulfilled. They have never failed; they never can fail. And as we draw near to Jesus, and rejoice in the fulness of His love, our doubt and darkness will disappear in the light of His presence.”—Steps to Christ, 133-135, 142, 143.
(21LtMs, Lt 234, 1906, 7)
Those who have passed through a struggle to rise above the realm of doubt and conjecture realize that “while God has given ample evidence for faith, He will never remove all excuse for unbelief. All who look for hooks to hang their doubts upon will find them. And those who refuse to accept and obey God’s Word until every objection has been removed, and there is no longer an opportunity for doubt, will never come to the light.”—The Great Controversy, 527.
(21LtMs, Lt 234, 1906, 8)
As with the Bible, so with the testimonies. “Those who desire to doubt will have plenty of room. God does not propose to remove all occasion for unbelief. He gives evidence, which must be carefully investigated with a humble mind and a teachable spirit; and all should decide from the weight of evidence.”—Testimonies for the Church 3:255.
(21LtMs, Lt 234, 1906, 9)
“Satan is at hand to suggest a variety of doubts; but if you will open your eyes in faith, you will find sufficient evidence for belief. But God will never remove from any man all causes for doubts.”—Testimonies for the Church 4:232.
(21LtMs, Lt 234, 1906, 10)
“God gives sufficient evidence for the candid mind to believe; but he who turns from the weight of evidence because there are a few things which he cannot make plain to his finite understanding, will be left in the cold, chilling atmosphere of unbelief and questioning doubts, and will make shipwreck of faith.”—Testimonies for the Church 4:232, 233.
(21LtMs, Lt 234, 1906, 11)
“What voice will you acknowledge as the voice of God? What power has the Lord in reserve to correct your errors, and show you your course as it is? What power to work in the church? If you refuse to believe until every shadow of uncertainty and every possibility of doubt is removed, you will never believe. The doubt that demands perfect knowledge will never yield to faith. Faith rests upon evidence, not demonstration. The Lord requires us to obey the voice of duty, when there are other voices all around us urging us to pursue an opposite course. It requires earnest attention from us to distinguish the voice which speaks for God. We must resist and conquer inclination, and obey the voice of conscience, without parleying or compromise, lest its promptings cease, and will and impulse control. The word of the Lord comes to us all who have not resisted His Spirit by determining not to hear and obey. This voice is heard in warnings, in counsels, in reproof. It is the Lord’s message of light to His people. If we wait for louder calls, or better opportunities, the light may be withdrawn, and we left in darkness.”—Testimonies for the Church 5:68, 69.
(21LtMs, Lt 234, 1906, 12)
“We are living amid the perils of the last days. Soon everything that can be shaken will be shaken. The world is rapidly taking sides in the great conflict between good and evil. The enemy with all his satanic craft is working diligently to secure souls. He has influenced the minds of many who know the truth, so that they have walked contrary to the light God has given them. And even when God has sent them warnings, they have closed their ears and walked on in ways of their own devisings. Those who are in a state of uncertainty regarding the messages of warning that God is sending will soon take their stand either for or against the truth.
(21LtMs, Lt 234, 1906, 13)
“Many souls have been presented before me as being tempted by Satan to deny the faith. Fired by an unsanctified, unholy zeal, they will lead others in strange paths, and under their leadership many will become entangled in the specious snares of the enemy.
(21LtMs, Lt 234, 1906, 14)
“The Lord calls upon His slumbering people to awake out of their sleep. Many who in their ignorance consider themselves to be wise—like the foolish virgins in the parable—do not realize that their lamps are going out. When they awake to their condition, it will be too late for them to obtain a fresh supply of oil, and they will be unready to meet the Bridegroom.”—Unpublished MS. [Ms 90, 1903.]
(21LtMs, Lt 234, 1906, 15)
To those who have come to a time of decision, let us say, With humility of heart seek the Lord earnestly. The longer you tread the path of doubt and perplexity, the less will you feel the influence of the Spirit of God. If you were to wait until every question had been answered to your complete satisfaction, you would never believe. It is often necessary that faith shall precede evidence.
(21LtMs, Lt 234, 1906, 16)
*****
In the days when Elder D. M. Canright was discrediting the Spirit of Prophecy, it was currently reported by the enemies of our faith that Elder Uriah Smith had been “troubled over the question of the visions, ... and at one time came very near giving them up.”
(21LtMs, Lt 234, 1906, 17)
This report led Elder Smith to write a statement of his personal belief, and the basis on which he founded his faith. Following is a portion of his statement (published in 1887):
(21LtMs, Lt 234, 1906, 18)
“That I have had, in my experience, occasional periods of trial, I do not deny. There have been times when circumstances seemed very perplexing, when the way to harmonize apparently conflicting views did not at once appear. And under what seemed, for the time, strong provocations to withdraw from the work, I have canvassed the question how far this could reasonably be done, or how much of this work could consistently be surrendered. I have pondered the questions whether this point was not inconsistent, or that absurd, or the other out of harmony with reason and revelation; and whether this feature ought not to be readjusted, or the other set aside entirely. All this ground I have gone over as thoroughly as any one of no more ability than myself could go, and with as great a degree of candor as any one in as much darkness as I was in, would be likely to maintain. But the weight of evidence has never in my mind balanced on the side of surrender.
(21LtMs, Lt 234, 1906, 19)
“This I can say, that never, since I became fully acquainted with that system which we denominate ‘the present truth’ [2 Peter 1:12], so as to comprehend it in its sublime proportions, its divine harmony, and its inseparable connections, have I had the least shadow of misgiving as to its truthfulness in its fundamental principles, and its stability and final triumph, as the work of God. It is evident, also, that this work before its close must present the fulfilment of the prophecy of Joel and some prophecies of the book of Revelation. And to whatever degree I may have persuaded myself that this cause might have been so far developed without this feature which we call the gift of prophecy, it was only to look for something of the kind to appear in the future; for without this, it would lack one of the tests of being the work of the last generation.
(21LtMs, Lt 234, 1906, 20)
“This was not the phase of the question, however, with which we had to deal. For here was a manifestation which had been interwoven with this cause from its very commencement; and the idea of separating this feature from it now, in the present state of the work, is very different from the question of how things might have been if no such feature had yet been connected with it. A little reflection is sufficient to show that the message, and this which purports to be one of the gifts of the Spirit which has accompanied it, can not be separated.
(21LtMs, Lt 234, 1906, 21)
“Well, then, says one, the absurdity of this part of the work is sufficient to overthrow the other. To which I reply, No; for the strength of the other part is sufficient to hold a person from giving up this. And this has been the position I have occupied....
(21LtMs, Lt 234, 1906, 22)
“It has never seemed to me the part of wisdom to fix the mind upon any one point to the exclusion of all the rest, and let a difficulty there distract the view from everything else, and override every other consideration, and then because everything was not clear right at that point, to make an impulsive and rash plunge which would lead to the surrender of other points which one did not anticipate, and which he did not desire to surrender. It has seemed to me the better way to consider the question in all its bearings, note the effects which would be produced, take in the consequences, and not make a move till one was prepared to accept the results which it was foreseen would probably or inevitably follow. Upon this principle I have tried to act....
(21LtMs, Lt 234, 1906, 23)
“Of admonitions and reproofs I have needed my full share; and whenever anything of this nature has come which I could not understand, or circumstances have arisen which seemed inexplicable, I have been content to wait, knowing that the foundation of God standeth sure, to see what solution of the difficulties a little time would accomplish. The beautiful sentiment of the hymn has often come to my mind both as a caution and a prophecy:
(21LtMs, Lt 234, 1906, 24)
Soon shall our doubts and fears
All yield to Thy control;
Thy tender mercies shall illume
The midnight of the soul.
(21LtMs, Lt 234, 1906, 25)
“A general in battles does not despair of his army while the center stands firm. The wings may waver; there may be some confusion on the outskirts; but while the center holds, the battle is not lost. So with the present truth; so long as the main pillars remain unshaken, it is folly to leave the building as if it was about to fall....
(21LtMs, Lt 234, 1906, 26)
“Relative to my present position, I can say that everything seems clear and satisfactory to my own mind.”
(21LtMs, Lt 234, 1906, 27)
Lt 236, 1906
Gibbs, Brother St. Helena, California July 10, 1906 Previously unpublished. Dr. Gibbs Dear Brother:
I have just received a letter from Brother Stephen Belden of Norfolk Island. He is afflicted with a cancer. Brother Alfred Nobbs, the elder of the Norfolk Island church, has also been afflicted with what appeared to be a cancer. He went to Sydney, and his face and head were badly cut in removing the cancer. But he received little help, and he still continues to suffer greatly.
(21LtMs, Lt 236, 1906, 1)
Brother Stephen Belden has a cancer on his ear. I thought that if you would send him powders at once, with directions for their use, Brother Belden and Brother Nobbs might both be benefited by their use.
(21LtMs, Lt 236, 1906, 2)
Will you kindly respond by sending the powders as soon as you receive this letter?
(21LtMs, Lt 236, 1906, 3)
I am not well today, so cannot write much. I will send you this line, hoping that you will send the powders.
(21LtMs, Lt 236, 1906, 4)
Lt 238, 1906
Gilbert, Lily Belden St. Helena, California July 4, 1906 Previously unpublished. My dear Niece Lily Belden-Gilbert:
I am anxious to hear from you. Please write to me, if it is only a few lines.
(21LtMs, Lt 238, 1906, 1)
You have no doubt learned of the earthquake in San Francisco. I will send you some papers, giving descriptions of the terrible calamity. It is a fearful destruction.
(21LtMs, Lt 238, 1906, 2)
We had a nice church in San Francisco near Van Ness Avenue. It was somewhat damaged, but it is in a part of the city that they intend to build up at once, and there will be a good opportunity to dispose of the building. Our people in Oakland have sold the large church there for $27,500; they will now put up a plain, simple meetinghouse.
(21LtMs, Lt 238, 1906, 3)
I have not heard that any of our people lost their lives in the earthquake. In Santa Rosa the business portion of the city was destroyed, and also many of the residences. I am sure the loss in Healdsburg was great, for many of the buildings around the public square were destroyed. Many chimneys were thrown down and the plaster cracked. One of the large chimneys on my house was shaken down.
(21LtMs, Lt 238, 1906, 4)
There was loss of property at Mountain View. Both ends of the Pacific Press building were shaken down, and a building just completed for a store and post office was demolished. San Jose also suffered from the earthquake. We were surprised that more places were not harmed.
(21LtMs, Lt 238, 1906, 5)
These things mean very much to us, for they have been foretold. Read the twenty-first chapter of Luke.
(21LtMs, Lt 238, 1906, 6)
My dear niece, do you write to your father? Are you preparing your heart that you may be ready to meet the Lord in peace? Do not neglect the preparation needful. Please write me how you are spiritually. Do you receive the Review and Herald and the Signs of the Times? Have you my books? Let me know which ones of them you have.
(21LtMs, Lt 238, 1906, 7)
Do you hear from Frank Belden? Where is Sarah Belden?
(21LtMs, Lt 238, 1906, 8)
In haste.
(21LtMs, Lt 238, 1906, 9)
Lt 240, 1906
White, Emma St. Helena, California July 9, 1906 Previously unpublished. My dear daughter Emma White:
I have just learned through a letter from Brother Chapman that you are with your sister in Battle Creek.
(21LtMs, Lt 240, 1906, 1)
Emma, I wish you would come to St. Helena and make us a visit. As you know, this is a beautiful place. I long to see you, and I hope you may comply with my request. I wish your husband J. E. White could come also. Perhaps while you were here, he could come also. This would give him a good opportunity to plan with W. C. White in regard to his book work.
(21LtMs, Lt 240, 1906, 2)
I would very much like to visit the South again, to see the Nashville meetinghouse and the new buildings recently purchased for a sanitarium.
(21LtMs, Lt 240, 1906, 3)
I wish you could be here with us to enjoy the products of our farm. We have had a good crop of loganberries. After using them freely for the table, canning, and making jelly, we have sold about two hundred dollars’ worth. We have sold about fifty dollars’ worth of green peas and are now gathering a second crop. They are very nice. Our new potatoes are excellent. They are dry, mealy, and very palatable.
(21LtMs, Lt 240, 1906, 4)
We are now using apple sauce from our early apples. These apples are small, but very nice. We have a few large cling-stone peaches, and others will ripen a little later. Today we are canning some luscious, fleshy blackberries. We have no apricots on the place, but we have purchased some that to me seem even richer and nicer than peaches. I have never tasted better apricots.
(21LtMs, Lt 240, 1906, 5)
We sent to Loma Linda for several gallons of clear, white, extracted honey. The bees collect this honey mostly from the orange and other fruit blossoms. If you will come, you may have all the honey you desire. I also have some grapefruit that was gathered from the trees at the Loma Linda Sanitarium.
(21LtMs, Lt 240, 1906, 6)
We had no strawberries this year, but we were able to get them in exchange for loganberries, box for box. A late frost killed about five hundred of our tomato plants soon after they were set out. But these have been replaced by others. The prospect is good for green corn. We had no cherries last year, and this year the cherry crop was very light. The frost must have injured the buds.
(21LtMs, Lt 240, 1906, 7)
It is nice to be at home and to enjoy all these nice things. We have with us Brother and Sister King. Sister King was formerly cook at Healdsburg College and thoroughly understands the art of cooking. Brother King helps indoors and out. We value their services very highly.
(21LtMs, Lt 240, 1906, 8)
July 11, 1906
Willie has just informed me that he has received a letter from your husband, saying that you have been examined by Dr. Kellogg, and that the doctor thinks you need treatment. The letter says that Dr. Kellogg has offered to give you the necessary treatment and to charge you nothing.
(21LtMs, Lt 240, 1906, 9)
Now, Emma, if you will come to us, I will pay the entire amount of your expenses. If you wish to take treatment at the sanitarium here, I will pay your medical bill, and also your traveling expenses till you return to your home in Nashville. This I will gladly do.
(21LtMs, Lt 240, 1906, 10)
Dores Robinson and Ella May White Robinson have recently returned from Chico, where they have been teaching school, and are now helping in my work. Mabel White is at home and expects soon to be married. Dores and Ella and Mabel are accommodated at the home of W. C. White. In my house there is plenty of room for you, and we will all be glad to have you with us.
(21LtMs, Lt 240, 1906, 11)
Dr. H. F. Rand is the medical superintendent of the sanitarium here. He has performed some very remarkable surgical operations. Years ago Dr. Kellogg told me that he considered Dr. Rand in every way equal to himself both as a physician and as a surgeon.
(21LtMs, Lt 240, 1906, 12)
Dr. Rand is highly regarded here. At the sanitarium at present there are about one hundred patients, the largest number they have had at one time since the institution opened.
(21LtMs, Lt 240, 1906, 13)
For several weeks, Maggie Hare has been under the care of Dr. Rand. She was accidentally shot in the leg, the ball going nearly through the limb, just below the knee. Dr. Rand removed the bullet and has managed her case well. We fear that if she had been taken to the St. Helena doctors, she would have lost her limb.
(21LtMs, Lt 240, 1906, 14)
A few days ago, a boy who had been bitten by a rattlesnake was brought to the sanitarium. The poison had so permeated the system, that the body was black. Dr. Rand worked over the case, and now the boy has gone home, having overcome the effects of the poison. The doctor has been equally successful in other cases he has undertaken, some of them very complicated.
(21LtMs, Lt 240, 1906, 15)
Will you not accept my invitation, and come where you can be with us, and place yourself under the care of Dr. Rand? I will willingly, gladly do as I have proposed. It will not cost you one cent. Please let me know soon what you are going to do. Borrow money if you need it to pay your fare, or we will send you a draft.
(21LtMs, Lt 240, 1906, 16)
Lt 242, 1906
Jones, A. T. St. Helena, California July 3, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in KC 33-40. + Elder A. T. Jones Dear Brother:
Again and again your case has been presented before me. I am now instructed to say to you, You have had a large knowledge of truth, and less, far less, spiritual understanding. When you were called to the important work at Washington, you had need of far more of the humble grace that becometh a Christian. Since the Berrien Springs meeting, your attitude and the attitude of several others has grieved the Spirit of God. You have been weighed in the balance and found wanting.
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 1)
Though you had full confidence in yourself, you were out of the path of duty when, in order to criticize and reprove the work of your brethren, you, with others, interrupted the meeting called especially for prayer and confession and for seeking for a spirit of unity. Had you understood the work that needed to be done at that time, a very different presentation would have been made at that meeting. In place of victory there was defeat. The Lord has said, “Weighed in the balance and found wanting.” [Daniel 5:27.]
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 2)
Self-exaltation is your great danger. It causes you to swell to large proportions. You trust in your own wisdom, and that is often foolishness.
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 3)
Do you remember the counsel which I gave you in my letter of April, 1894? This was in answer to your letter expressing deep regret over the part you had taken in an unwise movement; and you appealed to me for instruction, that you might ever avoid such mistakes. Here is a portion of what I wrote you then:
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 4)
“Your letter is received, and I would be glad to satisfy your mind on every point, but that is not in my power. While I can speak to you in words of warning, you may ask many questions that it is not my duty or in my power to answer. I can tell you, and all our teachers of faith and doctrine, Stick to the Word. ‘Preach the Word, be instant in season, and out of season: reprove, rebuke, exhort with all longsuffering and doctrine.’ [2 Timothy 4:2.] But never, never make a place for A. T. Jones. Guard this point jealously. Do not even once take any advantage to employ ridicule or to bring against any person or any position a railing accusation. It is plainly revealed in the Word, that this is not God’s plan.
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 5)
“Always teach present truth as it is in Jesus. If you have a true sense of the sacredness of the work, you will be much with God in prayer. It is God only who can bruise Satan under your feet shortly. Walk steadily. Make straight paths for your feet, lest the lame be turned out of the way. Many are so weak in faith and experience that they will look to A. T. Jones, and what you say and do, they will say and do; for they will not look beyond you to Jesus, who is the Author and Finisher of our faith.
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 6)
“At every step that we advance, if our advance is one of safety, we must lean wholly upon a power out of and above ourselves. The Lord is infinite. He has all resources at His command; and if we trust in Him implicitly, and not in our own capabilities, we shall walk softly and reverentially before Him and have less and less confidence in human capabilities. Nothing of the natural, the human, must take the place of the Spirit of God. No man, however much he may desire it, can use the Holy Spirit. The Holy Spirit is to use us. Self must be placed at the disposal of the Spirit of God. This must be recognized as the working agent, to mold the man and to teach him all things....
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 7)
“In these times of special interest the guardians of the flock of God should teach the people that the spiritual powers are in controversy; it is not the human beings that are creating such intensity of feeling as now exists in the religious world. A power from Satan’s spiritual synagogue is infusing the religious elements of the world, arousing men to decided action to press the advantages Satan has gained by leading the religious world in determined warfare against those who make the Word of God their guide and the sole foundation of doctrine. Satan’s masterly efforts are now put forth to gather in every principle and every power that he can employ to controvert the binding claims of the law of Jehovah, especially the fourth commandment, that defines who is the Creator of the heavens and the earth....
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 8)
“God will inspire His loyal and true children with His Spirit. The Holy Spirit is the representative of God and will be the mighty working agent in our world to bind the loyal and the true into bundles for the Lord’s garner. Satan is also with intense activity gathering together into bundles his tares from among the wheat.
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 9)
“The teaching of every true ambassador for Christ is a most solemn, serious matter now. We are engaged in a warfare which will never close unto the final decision is made for all eternity. Let every disciple of Christ be reminded that ‘we fight not against flesh and blood; but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places.’ [Ephesians 6:12.] O there are eternal interests involved in this conflict; there must be no surface work, no cheap experience, to meet this issue. ‘The Lord knoweth how to deliver the godly out of temptations, and to reserve the unjust to the day of judgment to be punished: ... whereas angels, which are greater in power and might, bring not railing accusation against them before the Lord.’ [2 Peter 2:9, 11.]
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 10)
“The Lord would have every human intelligence in His service withhold all severe accusations and railings. We are instructed to walk with wisdom toward them that are without. Leave with God the work of condemning and judging. Christ invites us, ‘Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls.’ [Matthew 11:28, 29.] Every one who heeds this invitation will yoke up with Christ. We are to manifest at all times and in all places the meekness and lowliness of Christ. Then the Lord will stand by His messengers and will make them His mouthpieces, and he who is a mouthpiece for God will never put into the lips of human beings words which the majesty of heaven would not utter when contending with the devil.
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 11)
“Our only safety is in receiving divine inspiration from heaven. This alone can qualify finite men to be co-laborers with Christ. ‘Seeing then that all these things shall be dissolved, what manner of persons ought we to be in all holy conversation and godliness, looking for and hastening unto the coming of the day of God, wherein the heavens being on fire shall be dissolved, and the elements shall melt with fervent heat? Nevertheless we, according to His promise, look for new heavens, and a new earth, wherein dwelleth righteousness. Wherefore, beloved, seeing that we look for such things, be diligent, that ye may be found of Him in peace, without spot, and blameless.’ [2 Peter 3:11-14.] O that as a people bearing a solemn message to the world, we might heed every word of instruction given us of God for this time.
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 12)
“My brother, I do not cease to remember you in my prayers. You were never in greater peril than at the present time. You are giving the last message of warning to our world, and Satan will weave his nets to entangle your feet if you are not praying, and watching, and relying every moment upon God to keep you and strengthen you to resist temptation. Your soul is in peril. Should I specify the particular temptations, Satan would shift his operations and prepare some temptation you are not expecting. Therefore watch with much prayer, watch your own spirit, and God will hold you up.
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 13)
“‘Little children, it is the last time: and as ye have heard that antichrist shall come, even now are there many antichrists; whereby we know that it is the last time. They went out from us, but they were not of us.’ And these apostates the apostles named antichrists. They are doing the work of Satan. ‘If they had been of us, they would no doubt have continued with us: but they went out, that they might be made manifest that they were not all of us. But ye have an unction from the holy One, and ye know all things. I have not written unto you because ye know not the truth, but because ye know it, and that no lie is of the truth.’ [1 John 2:18-21.]
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 14)
“My brother, whom the Lord has honored by giving a message of truth for the world, In God alone can you maintain your integrity. ‘But ye, beloved, building up yourselves on your most holy faith, praying in the Holy Ghost, keep yourselves in the love of God, looking for the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ unto eternal life. And of some have compassion, making a difference: and others save with fear, pulling them out of the fire, hating even the garments spotted by the flesh.’ [Jude 20-23.] While this hatred for the sin that spots and stains the soul is expressed, we are, with one hand, to lay hold of the sinner with the firm grasp of faith, while with the other we grasp the hand of Christ. ‘Now unto Him that is able to keep you from falling, and to present you faultless before the presence of His glory with exceeding joy, to the only wise God our Saviour, be glory and majesty, dominion and power, both now and forever, Amen.’” [Verses 24, 25.]
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 15)
When at the General Conference at Washington, I had a conversation with you; but it seemed to have no influence upon you. You appeared to feel fully capable of managing yourself. After that conversation, scene after scene passed before me in the night season, and I was then instructed that you neither had been nor would be a help to Dr. Kellogg; for you were blind in regard to his dangers and his real standing. You cannot be a help to him; for you entirely misjudge his cause. You consider the light given me of God regarding his position as of less value than your own judgment. You have upon your soul the guilt of confirming him in his wrong course of action and building him upon a false foundation. You need the repentance that needeth not to be repented of, for in Dr. Kellogg’s case you have done a work that has encouraged him to resist the light given me of God for him. You are coming to be worked by the same spirit that has been working with Dr. Kellogg.
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 16)
This I warned you of when I placed in your hands the written testimony for Dr. Kellogg. You need to become converted, and become as humble as a little child, else you will lose your soul. If you had possessed clear discernment, you could have helped Dr. Kellogg; but you have not the clear light that cometh from the light of the world.
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 17)
Brother Jones, I have a message for you. In many respects you are a weak man. If I were to write out all that has been revealed to me of your weakness, and of the developments of your work that have not been in accordance with the course of a true Christian, the representation would not be pleasing. This may have to be done if you continue to justify yourself in a course of apostasy. Until your mind is cleared of the mist of perplexity, silence is eloquence on your part.
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 18)
I am so sorry that you are spoiling your record. Since the Berrien Springs meeting, you have received many warnings, but you have not heeded these. The fact that while you were considered sound in the faith you have done things that you were warned not to do shows that you are not a safe leader.
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 19)
You have gone further than most of our people have supposed in strengthening Dr. Kellogg to continue in transactions against which the Lord has warned him. You are following in a false track. You are placing yourself in a position from which it will be difficult for you to recover yourself.
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 20)
When in 1901 you came to the Pacific Coast, I hoped that the weight of responsibilities as president of the California Conference would lead you to distrust your ability and to take counsel with your brethren regarding the work to be done. But there was a growth of self-confidence, a rashness of spirit, and an abruptness of speech, which increased the existing lack of confidence in your judgment.
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 21)
This was especially marked at the camp-meeting in Oakland. At that meeting I had a message to bear that there should be an earnest effort made to draw nigh to God. A coldness and a lack of spirituality had come into our ranks, and we should have made most determined efforts to seek the Lord in prayer and to stand on vantage ground. Had there been full and free confession of sin, and a clearing of the King’s highway, the Spirit of the Lord would have come in, and the Lord would have been glorified.
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 22)
But the words you had to speak at that time brought in feelings that thwarted the purpose of my message. At other times, and in other places, you manifested a domineering spirit that drove away the Spirit of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 23)
At the meeting in Fresno in 1902, a scene was presented before me in the night season. I was in a meeting where many spoke words of dissatisfaction with the record you had made as president of the California Conference. I saw there must be in your ministry a change and received instruction for you and for the laborers in the conference. This I presented at an early morning meeting. Here is part of what I said at that meeting:
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 24)
“It is the pleasure of God that Brother A. T. Jones should serve this conference another year as president. It is His pleasure that A. T. Jones should put away all appearance of a magisterial, domineering, authoritative manner. He is not to think that by virtue of his position as president of the conference, he has arbitrary authority. True he is to have authority, but it is to be such an authority as Jesus had, an authority that is hid in the meekness and lowliness of Christ.
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 25)
“In the past, the work of Brother Jones has been represented to me in figures. He was holding out to the people a vessel filled with most beautiful fruit; but while offering the fruit to them, his attitude and manner were such that no one wanted any. Thus it has too often been with the spiritual truths that he offers to the people. In his presentation of these truths, a spirit sometimes crops out that is not heaven-born. Words are sometimes spoken, reproofs given, without due consideration, with a drive, a vim, that causes the people to turn away from the beautiful truths that he has for them.
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 26)
“I have seen Brother Jones when the melting Spirit of God was upon him. His love for the truth was genuine, and not something that he merely claimed to possess. He had cultivated and cherished this love, and it is still to be cherished in his heart. But our brother has a very poor way of manifesting the compassion, the tenderness, the lovable Spirit of Christ....
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 27)
“It is not surprising that a man who has passed through the experience that Elder Jones passed through in Battle Creek should sometimes err. He has had to arm himself, and keep on the armor constantly, fighting the various evils that were continually creeping in. He has kept himself braced for so long that he must now make an effort to unlearn many things. He must be reconverted. In his manner of presenting the principles of truth, he must reform. God has great love for Brother Jones as well as for every other poor mortal who in some respects fails of reaching the standard placed before him.
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 28)
“The Lord by His Holy Spirit is going to strengthen Brother Jones, enabling him to endure the inconveniences and taxation of travel from place to place. He desires our brother to heed the messages that He has taken pains to send to him. He desires him to weave into the fabric of his character the threads of patience and kindness, that in heaven it can be said of him, He is complete in Christ Jesus. God desires every minister of the gospel to strive to attain to this perfection....
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 29)
“Brethren, let us all refrain from criticism. He who criticizes his brethren takes his position on the enemy’s ground. Satan is an accuser of the brethren. Day and night he is accusing those who profess to follow Christ. Too often we think we could do better than those who are doing their best to carry on the work in right lines.
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 30)
“When you think your brother is pursuing a wrong course, go to him in kindness, telling him his fault ‘between thee and him alone.’ [Matthew 18:15.] Ask him if he is sure that he is right in doing as he does. Invite him to compare notes with you. Often when you treat him in this way, light and blessing come to both of you. Not infrequently the supposed fault is found to be a virtue.
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 31)
“Let us learn to follow the Bible rule for dealing with the erring. Let us do our part to answer Christ’s prayer for unity among His people. During the coming year, let us obey the new commandment which Christ gave to His disciples in every age, ‘Love one another, as I have loved you.’ [John 13:34.] For our soul’s sake let us serve Him with more zeal and earnestness than we have ever served Him before.
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 32)
“Brethren, shall we not cease criticizing one another? Shall we not blend? Shall we not be determined so to unite that we shall be one strong whole? Shall we not bind heart to heart? Shall we not seek to subdue our hasty spirit and learn to be as meek and lowly as the little children of whom Christ said to His disciples, ‘Except ye be converted, and become as little children, ye shall not enter into the kingdom of heaven’? [Matthew 18:3.] ...
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 33)
“God desires His servants to stand with the whole armor on, in His might overcoming the powers of darkness, to His honor and glory. Let us begin this work today. ‘With the heart man believeth unto righteousness; and with the mouth confession is made unto Salvation.’ [Romans 10:10.] Let us bring into our daily life, into all our words and works, belief unto righteousness, and confession unto salvation, in order that we may glorify the God of heaven.”
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 34)
To this you responded most feelingly. You said: “In the nature of things, I should have something to say. I shall be brief; I shall be very brief; for you have been told it all, and it is all so. I thank God for the one great promise—that I am to be converted. That is the good, cheering news—that I am to be converted; and I know it. I am glad that you know it, and so many of you; for I can have your help in making that thing effective. And, brethren, that is what I do want. You know that is what I asked for a year ago, at the beginning of my work in this conference; and I ask it still. So I just simply commit myself to God and to His Word, and to His work, as has been described, and I ask your co-operation, your fellowship, and we shall go together; and so let us pray:
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 35)
(Praying) “Heavenly Father, we bow before Thee. Lord, we have heard Thy word. We submit all to Thee. O Lord, Thou hast called me by name, and hast told my failings and my sore need. Lord, I confess it all to Thee.
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 36)
“O God, I thank Thee for Thy gracious word, Thy blessed, Thy special promise, that I, Lord, shall be converted unto Thee. And so, Lord, I put myself in Thy hands this moment, to be converted, to be molded and fashioned according to Thine own mind and Thy Holy Spirit. O Lord, I pray that Thy divine wish may be met, and that I shall be a channel for the flowing of that holy oil which Thou hast mentioned, and which Thou dost long to pour upon bereaved and sore and mourning hearts. And Lord, I pray Thee that Thou wilt now convert me through and through. Make me, Lord, altogether like Jesus, only like Jesus, that I shall be kind and courteous, gentle and careful, toward all my brethren and all to whom Thou dost send me.
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 37)
“O Lord, Thou knowest all about it. I need not tell Thee anything. But Lord, I will confess all that Thou hast spoken. Take me, O Lord; Thou hast bought me; I am Thine. So I give myself to Thee, Lord, this morning, body, soul, and spirit to be devoted to Thee, to be consecrated to Thee, to be purified by Thee, to be cleansed by Thee, to be molded and shaped by Thee, conformed to the image of Thy dear Son, that I may walk worthy of Thee, dear Lord, and glorify Thee on earth, and finish the work which Thou hast given me to do.
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 38)
“Lord, I pray Thee that the hearts of my brethren may not be pained any more by anything that I may do or say, but that they may be bound to Thee, Lord, and helped on the way.
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 39)
“And so, now Lord, we have committed all to Thee. We thank Thee that Thou dost accept every one; and so, Lord, use us. Make us one, we pray Thee, O Lord, help to make us one. Whomsoever Thou shalt choose as the band of men that shall go with me, make our hearts one, our minds one, that we shall be workers together to unify the great work which Thou hast committed to us, to make Thy work prosperous, and carry it nobly and strongly, as Thou hast a care.
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 40)
“And so, Lord, I pray for this. I know, Lord, that Thou hast heard the prayer; and so answer, we pray Thee, in the multitude of Thy mercies, Lord; answer, that California may rise once more to the place that belongs to this conference in this great work and that Thou mayest be glorified.
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 41)
“Lord, I thank Thee for Thy Word; for Thy Spirit; for Thy promise. In Jesus’ name, Amen.”
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 42)
The Spirit of the Lord was present, and His grace was freely bestowed. My heart was full of praise. After this experience I thought that you would be imbued with the Spirit of God, that you would move prayerfully and understandingly. But since that time you have again passed over the same ground. You have taken matters into your hand, disregarding the counsel of the Holy Spirit, as though you possessed superior knowledge. The result of your course is seen in a clouding of your spiritual perceptions.
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 43)
Brother Jones, you are acting the part of Aaron, and the Spirit of God is grieved. Dr. Kellogg has not been helped by you or his associate physicians; for your course has confirmed him in his blindness. You have done him great harm, but no good, and you are accounted as false watchmen.
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 44)
You were entrusted with letters to be read to Dr. Kellogg. These letters contained instruction and warnings that should have been heeded by yourself. You should have prayed with Dr. Kellogg and made every effort possible to obtain a spiritual influence over him, that you might convince him of his wrong course of action. He has had many schemes and devisings, with which the Lord had nothing to do. He was taking a course in some things that would ruin his influence.
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 45)
The Lord does not design that Battle Creek shall become a modern Jerusalem. The carrying out of the plans to make Battle Creek a great center would prove to be detrimental to the work of carrying the message to all the world. These things should be viewed by you in all their bearings.
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 46)
“Enter ye in at the straight gate: for wide is the gate, and broad is the way, that leadeth to destruction, and many there be that go in thereat: because straight is the gate, and narrow is the way, which leadeth unto life, and few there be that find it.” [Matthew 7:13, 14.]
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 47)
In regard to the messages of warning given me regarding people being called to Battle Creek, you have worked contrary to the Spirit of God. You were standing where you liked to be, and you have reasoned away the objections to being in Battle Creek. Standing, as did Aaron, directly opposed to the word of the Lord, you have made of no effect the testimonies of warning sent to keep young men and young women from going to Battle Creek. You have allowed your influence to be used to lead people to do just what the Lord has warned them not to do, and the Lord pronounces you an unfaithful steward in your influence in Battle Creek. Whatever excuses you may make, it is thus charged against you. You have worked decidedly counter to the Lord’s plans, and God says, “I will judge him for this, unless he repents.”
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 48)
Elder Tenney has departed from the faith and is no help to Dr. Kellogg. He upholds him in a wrong course. You and he, ministers of the gospel, have stood directly in the way of the work of the Lord. You have confused the understanding of our people in Battle Creek, and now you are taking a course to confuse the people, leading them to move counter to the Lord’s directions.
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 49)
Elder Waggoner has not been a help in Battle Creek. In the European field he has sown seeds that bear evil fruit, leading some to depart from the faith.
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 50)
There are others who might be mentioned as transgressors, and whose influence is a stumbling block to the youth. The spiritual conditions in Battle Creek are such that the youth cannot safely be encouraged to go there. For the past twenty years the Lord has been giving warnings that altogether too many people are settling in Battle Creek, leaving their small home churches, which should be kept alive by their earnest efforts. Educational centers should have been established in places wisely selected, and connected with them should be teachers who are settled in the faith. Testimonies have been borne counseling our people to leave Battle Creek. And the Lord sent His judgments upon the institutions there to show His displeasure at the neglect of these warnings.
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 51)
Brother Jones, you should realize that all the talents that God has entrusted to you are to be consecrated to your Redeemer. But since you have united soul, body, and spirit with those in Battle Creek, you have been as one hypnotized. I have been permitted to see the spiritual standing of those who selfishly cling to Battle Creek. They profess to be the Lord’s people, to keep His commandments. But representations have been made to me that over many of them are being woven threads of a deceptive character.
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 52)
At the Berrien Springs meeting, I hoped that the snare might be broken. But the associates of Dr. Kellogg held him back from making any surrender. Those who sought to sustain him and to vindicate his course of action have acted a part to fasten him in deception. Unless he repents and is converted, there will be no place for him among the sinless throng that are made white by the blood of the Lamb.
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 53)
Various scenes have passed before me. On several occasions I have seen evil angels contending for the soul of Dr. Kellogg. At Berrien Springs I saw that Christ was holding out His hand to save the doctor from slipping over a precipice, and saying, Let him take hold of My strength. Brethren Daniells, Prescott, and others were instructed to unite in seeking to save him from slipping off into the dark, angry waters.
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 54)
Had Dr. Kellogg at that time taken firm hold of the outstretched hand of Christ, had he responded to the efforts of his brethren to help him stand on vantage ground, he might have broken the spell of the enemy and recovered himself. But the gracious invitation of the Saviour was not accepted, and the doctor drew himself away from his brethren, refusing to be connected with those who were desirous of helping him.
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 55)
Another scene passed before me. I seemed to be in a large assembly of people. The influence of the Holy Spirit was present and was felt by those in the room. But Brother A. T. Jones pushed himself to the front and read some things that had a bearing upon Elder Prescott. With a look of sadness, the angels of God seemed to be departing from the room, while evil angels pressed to the front.
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 56)
Brother Jones, the present state of things need not have been, if men had heeded the voice of the Holy Spirit and the instruction given at the Berrien Springs meeting. Its influence would have steadily impressed itself upon minds, leading them into the truth.
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 57)
The end is near—much nearer than when we first believed. There is no time to lose. Brother Jones, will you not earnestly seek the Lord, that in your life there may be a humbling of self and an exaltation of the principles of righteousness? The success and prosperity of your work will depend upon your following strictly where Jesus leads the way. God would have you stand as a faithful watchman, laboring earnestly for souls ready to perish. If you will consent to be a worker together with God, you may manifest in earnest words and works the gracious influence of the Holy Spirit. True repentance will bring newness of life. An entire change in mind and character will be brought about by the effectual working of the Holy Spirit.
(21LtMs, Lt 242, 1906, 58)
Lt 244, 1906
Elders of the Battle Creek Church St. Helena, California July 17, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in 1SM 36; 12MR 87-88. + To the Elders of the Battle Creek Church Dear Brethren:
Those who are charmed with the pleasing scientific sophistries of Satan do not know that they are deceived. Neither do they realize that they are working after the order of the enemy to draw away many souls from the sure word of Christ.
(21LtMs, Lt 244, 1906, 1)
Men whom God has greatly honored as His physicians have turned away from the truth, that shall stand as long as the heavens endure, and have accepted false doctrines.
(21LtMs, Lt 244, 1906, 2)
Those who have refused the warnings given are not to be looked upon as safe guardians for our students. I am instructed to have no controversy with them, for those under the influence of rebellion would be tempted to take up anything I might say, and warp, and twist, and falsify the statements I should make.
(21LtMs, Lt 244, 1906, 3)
If the one who claims so much in connection with the medical missionary work had always given God the glory in the place of receiving the glory to himself, and exalting himself, and following his own judgment, the salvation of God would have gone forth from the work with which he is connected as a lamp that burneth. Had he walked humbly with God, the Lord would have given him continually increasing skill and understanding and would have greatly honored him as His chosen physician. But this course of management was often directly contrary to the expressed will of heaven, and thus he dishonored God.
(21LtMs, Lt 244, 1906, 4)
“I have not led him in this way,” the Lord declares. “He was chosen as My physician. I own him as such no longer; for he greatly dishonors My name before the world, before angels, and before men. And those who, after knowing his rebellion and bitterness, have honored and glorified him, I have not honored. Unless they change their attitude toward him, they will depart from My guidance more and more.”
(21LtMs, Lt 244, 1906, 5)
Truth, eternal truth, will bear away the victory. May God deliver His people from scientific sophistries and the underworkings of those who are deceived by the enemy. The work to be done will not be advanced by the help of any such spirits. The work of God will not be entrusted in their hands. God does not acknowledge the need of the theories of false science to forward His sacred work.
(21LtMs, Lt 244, 1906, 6)
There is need of men being learners as well as workers. A calm, truthful, loving agency will handle difficult problems after Christ’s order and bear no signs of intrigue and deceptive, disguised working. Often prompt, determined measures, under Christ’s leadership, will bear away the victory. All who have been truly converted will advance as Christ leads the way. But when men think that through deceptive movements and through the help of lawyers they can carry their own way, the Lord Jesus says to them, as He said to the Pharisees and lawyers when upon this earth:
(21LtMs, Lt 244, 1906, 7)
“Woe unto you, Pharisees! for ye love the uppermost seats in the synagogues, and greetings in the market.... Woe unto you also, ye lawyers, for ye lade men with burdens grievous to be borne, and ye yourselves touch not the burdens with one of your fingers.” [Luke 11:43, 46.]
(21LtMs, Lt 244, 1906, 8)
Christ who wept over the impenitent nation that claimed to be His people showed that ungodliness could have no part in the kingdom of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 244, 1906, 9)
A dependence upon professional, worldly lawyers, instead of upon God, is a denial of our faith and has a weakening influence upon true believers. I have a message: When the church is walking in the path of righteousness, they will not lean on the arm of the law in their business transactions, for this would be appealing to worldly elements and would dishonor God. Christ has not given the least encouragement to underhand dealing in any line, or to any system of robbery whereby the church will be deprived of her rights. The books of heaven will astonish men in the day of judgment, in the revelations of deception and intrigue and injustice therein recorded.
(21LtMs, Lt 244, 1906, 10)
Brother Hiland Butler was an honest, true, Christian man; but he has become linked up with men whose influence has led him to refuse the counsel of God. He has been deceived and misled and has become confused. His faith today is leavened with error, and he will lose his soul unless he accepts the truth that he cherished in former years.
(21LtMs, Lt 244, 1906, 11)
That which confused Brother Hiland Butler’s mind has exerted an baleful influence over many other minds. The Lord has been greatly dishonored. Men who have had a genuine experience in times past are now acting as men who are dazed, asleep to their danger. The enemy has been sowing tares among the wheat. Men have been faithfully warned of their peril, but they have refused to accept the testimonies of warning and have failed of seeing the dangers surrounding them. Their faith has become no longer assurance. The stealthy work of the enemy has come in and spoiled their faith and Christian experience.
(21LtMs, Lt 244, 1906, 12)
Elder A. T. Jones, strong in his own strength, mingled with the men who were out of the way and soon became confused himself in the faith. He has seemed to give no credence to messages I have sent him, warning him not to sustain the ones whom he has sustained.
(21LtMs, Lt 244, 1906, 13)
When it was proposed that the old Battle Creek College should be reopened in order that the helpers of the sanitarium might have many educational advantages, the Lord signified plainly that Battle Creek was not to be made a great educational center, but that the schools in each union conference should be strengthened. The Battle Creek College had been removed for a purpose, and this purpose was not to be thwarted by the plans of men.
(21LtMs, Lt 244, 1906, 14)
Brother A. T. Jones argued that the proposed reopening of the old Battle Creek College was merely a temporary arrangement to meet a seeming necessity. He did not seem to realize that God is able to provide acceptable ways to meet all such necessities. Notwithstanding the cautions I gave him, Brother Jones went to Battle Creek and helped to carry out the plans for doing a great educational work in Battle Creek. Every one who has united in this movement will, not long hence, have to meet results the responsibility for which he will not care to have rest upon his soul.
(21LtMs, Lt 244, 1906, 15)
At the meeting in Fresno in 1902, Brother Jones humbled himself and professed to be converted. But the sentiments expressed in the pamphlets he has recently issued reveal that he is developing a spirit under a leader that will disqualify him to act any part in connection with our conference. The time has not come for me to say all that I might say, but the last pamphlet leads me to say some things. Brother Jones has consented to become the mouthpiece of Dr. Kellogg. He is under the control and influence of another mind. I have no confidence in his profession to believe the testimonies.
(21LtMs, Lt 244, 1906, 16)
Last night I had some things presented to me that will be presented when the right time comes. A. T. Jones has lost the power of the third angel’s message, because he is losing the true message out of his heart. He may advocate the truth, as did the Jews their sentiments, but the Holy Spirit is not with him. He has lost the power of the Sabbath. He is not counted in the sight of God as one who has kept his covenant with God to obey His commandments. The conversion he had at Fresno needs to be repeated, and the work must go deep. Until his whole nature is transformed, he cannot be accepted of God as one to bear the message. He knows not what spirit he is of.
(21LtMs, Lt 244, 1906, 17)
I am now instructed that I am not to be hindered in my work by those who engage in suppositions regarding its nature, whose minds are struggling with so many intricate problems connected with the supposed work of a prophet. My commission embraces the work of a prophet, but it does not end there. It embraces much more than the minds of those who have been sowing the seeds of unbelief can comprehend.
(21LtMs, Lt 244, 1906, 18)
In response to the enemy’s work on human minds, I am to sow the good seed. When questions suggested by Satan arise, I will remove them if I can. But those who are picking at straws had better be educating mind and heart to take hold of the grand and soul-saving truths that God has given through the humble messenger, in the place of becoming channels through whom Satan can communicate doubt and questioning.
(21LtMs, Lt 244, 1906, 19)
To allow images of straw to be created as something to attack is one of the most unprofitable things that one can engage in. It is possible for one to educate himself to become Satan’s agent in passing along his suggestions. As fast as one is cleared away, another will be proffered.
(21LtMs, Lt 244, 1906, 20)
I have been instructed to say: “The Lord would not have my mind thus employed. I have written something on the meaning of the words ‘I,’‘we,’ and ‘us’ in the testimonies. This point is, as it were, a man of straw, set up in the imagination of some who have been sowing tares.”
(21LtMs, Lt 244, 1906, 21)
It would be better for some had they spent in Bible study the time that they have spent in seeking to undermine confidence in the testimonies that God has given. It is time for weak, sinful men to humble themselves in the dust.
(21LtMs, Lt 244, 1906, 22)
More and more I shall present the message to the people in Scripture language. Then if exception be taken by anyone, his contention must be with the Bible.
(21LtMs, Lt 244, 1906, 23)
Lt 244a, 1906
To My Brethren in Battle Creek St. Helena, California June 6, 1906 [typed] Variant of Lt 244, 1906. Previously unpublished. To my brethren in Battle Creek:
I have words to speak to all to whom they may apply. I shall go over the ground just as I am led by the Holy Spirit, step by step. There are those who have been duped by men that are linked together to support each other. I could name individuals, but this may not be essential.
(21LtMs, Lt 244a, 1906, 1)
I have received a letter from Elder G. C. Tenney. He writes as an honest man, and I believe he has been an honest man. He is now as a man deceived. He should never had gone to Battle Creek the last time he went there. I have had a deep interest in Elder Tenney, and in the past I have regarded him as a man who feared God and kept His commandments. But when he left Australia and linked his interest with the physicians in Battle Creek, he followed his own impulse instead of moving in the counsel of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 244a, 1906, 2)
We are living in an age of this earth’s history when men must seek counsel of God, and not be seduced from the truth by men who have no real faith in Christ. Let no one regard it safe to follow human impulse. Brother Tenney has been drawn away from the truth more than he has suspected, and his connection with men in Battle Creek has been to his great injury. The light of his past experience is going out.
(21LtMs, Lt 244a, 1906, 3)
There has been an association of men in Battle Creek who today would be standing on the platform of eternal truth had it not been for the production of sentiments in Living Temple that had no foundation in truth. Brother Hiland Butler was an honest, true, Christian man; but he became linked up with men whose influence led him to refuse the counsel of God. He opened his mind and heart to those who were teaching the sophistries of Satan, and as the result, he has been deceived and misled and has become confused. His faith today is leavened with the seducing sentiments of Satan, and he will lose his soul unless he accepts the truth that he cherished in former years.
(21LtMs, Lt 244a, 1906, 4)
The same deceptive delusion that has confused Brother Hiland Butler’s mind has exerted a baleful influence in deceiving other minds also. The Lord has been greatly dishonored. Men who have had a genuine experience in times past have acted as men who are dazed, asleep to their danger. The enemy has been sowing tares among the wheat. Men have been faithfully warned of their peril, but they have refused to accept the testimonies of warning and have failed of seeing the dangers surrounding them. Their faith has become no longer assurance. The stealthy work of satanic agencies has come in and spoiled their faith and Christian experience.
(21LtMs, Lt 244a, 1906, 5)
Elder A. T. Jones, strong in his own strength, mingled with the men who were out of the way and soon became confused himself in his faith. He has seemed to give no credence to messages I have communicated to him, warning him not to sustain the very ones whom he has sustained.
(21LtMs, Lt 244a, 1906, 6)
When it was proposed that the old Battle Creek College should be reopened in order that the helpers of the sanitarium might have many educational advantages, the Lord signified plainly that Battle Creek was not to be made a great educational center, but that the schools in each union conference should be strengthened. The Battle Creek College had been removed for a purpose, and this purpose was not to be thwarted by the plans of men.
(21LtMs, Lt 244a, 1906, 7)
Brother A. T. Jones argued that the proposed reopening of the old Battle Creek College was merely a temporary arrangement to meet a seeming necessity. He did not seem to realize that God is able to meet all such necessities. Notwithstanding the cautions I gave him, he went to Battle Creek and helped to carry out this plan of doing a great educational work in Battle Creek. The result of his action has proved decidedly detrimental to the spiritual health of those who have been drawn to Battle Creek. Every one who has united with Elder Jones in this movement will, not long hence, have to meet results—the responsibility for which he will not care to have rest upon his soul.
(21LtMs, Lt 244a, 1906, 8)
Had every laborer, to a man, who claimed to believe the testimonies that have stood the test for over half a century, taken his position firmly on the right side of questions that have come up in connection with the Battle Creek Sanitarium during the past few years, the division that exists today would not be seen.
(21LtMs, Lt 244a, 1906, 9)
Some have advanced the idea that the Battle Creek Sanitarium was rebuilt in Battle Creek because of counsel given by the General Conference Committee to this effect. Those who make this claim do not take into account the fact that the very one who claimed to believe the testimonies had been receiving many, many testimonies on the necessity of developing new centers in unworked fields—testimonies that plainly indicated the will of God concerning the Battle Creek Sanitarium managers. In the light of these communications, they should have known their duty after the fire. Dr. Kellogg knew that anything I might say in addition to these communications would be in harmony with the instruction I had already communicated to the sanitarium managers through my letters to him. The Lord had plainly declared His own will. But the Doctor took counsel with Brethren Daniells and Prescott, and other men, none of whom had had the advantage of the wonderful flood of light which had been thrown upon the Doctor’s pathway for years. If they had had copies of all the testimonies that had been sent him, they would never have consented to the erection of even a small building in place of those that had burned down. But in their determination to labor in unity with Dr. Kellogg so far as possible without sacrificing principle, they gave their assent to the original plans of rebuilding. Afterward, without their consent, these plans were changed and enlarged upon.
(21LtMs, Lt 244a, 1906, 10)
In past years errors have crept into the medical work, and these have resulted in great evil. The Lord has signified that Dr. Kellogg should be guided by divine counsel, and that he should heed the messages God has given him. The Lord instructed me, “You can help him;” but he refused to be helped. And no one else can help him so long as he refused the counsel God has given.
(21LtMs, Lt 244a, 1906, 11)
Dr. Kellogg has not been capable of carrying the great responsibilities he so eagerly embraced. Too much commercial work has been mingled with his medical missionary work. His capabilities that should have been developed under God in the work of caring for the sick and of being a physician of the soul, as well as of the body, have, in more recent years, been used largely in the work of launching out in enterprises that necessitated the gathering of many responsibilities that the Lord never intended he should bear. The Chicago work was not in all respects carried on in the right way. Too great an effort was made to feed a large class. Too much money was used in doing slum work. God did not lay upon Dr. Kellogg the responsibility of doing so much of this kind of work. The Lord declared, “He is My physician.”
(21LtMs, Lt 244a, 1906, 12)
There was a work to be done for the poor, as well as for the rich. The gospel was to be preached to all classes, that the richest of the Gentiles might be brought in, as well as the lowliest. Both Jew and Gentile are to be reached by the last message of mercy that is to be given to the world.
(21LtMs, Lt 244a, 1906, 13)
In the record of the Acts of the Apostles, we see the disciples of Jesus manifesting a Christlike activity in medical missionary work. All their efforts were put forth in the strength of the divine united with the human. Like a stream, which may be traced back to its source, their medical missionary work was so genuine that it could easily be traced back to the Great Medical Missionary. In the work of the Lord’s agencies, the one Chief Agent is recognized as the real, actuating force.
(21LtMs, Lt 244a, 1906, 14)
The medical work in our sanitariums is to be a source of education. The church is to labor in union with Christ. Every worker is to be a partaker of the divine nature and is to be unhindered by disobedience, unbelief, and worldliness. Every talent possible is to be taught and illustrated. Had Christ remained on this earth, He would have been a compassionate Redeemer, a faithful Counselor of each and every one. The Word of God is to be taught in the perfection of the glory that the Word contains—truth, eternal truth, unadulterated with the sophistries of men or of satanic agencies.
(21LtMs, Lt 244a, 1906, 15)
The Lord gave to Dr. Kellogg the privilege of carrying forward the same work that He Himself had exemplified in His own life on this earth. The same Holy Spirit that abode in Christ was, by divine promise, to be imparted constantly to every disciple of His. Even Christ, during His ministry, was in His divine-human nature constantly receiving the Holy Spirit and imparting blessings as He went about doing His appointed work. And Christ declared to His disciples: “Ye shall receive power, after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and ye shall be witnesses unto Me both in Jerusalem, and in all Judea, and in Samaria, and unto the uttermost part of the earth.” [Acts 1:8.] This is the instruction given to all our medical workers and ministers.
(21LtMs, Lt 244a, 1906, 16)
The disciples of Christ were to have a new experience after Pentecost. The promise of the Father now became the promise of the Son. The same Holy Spirit that abode in Christ when He imparted to them the instruction He was constantly receiving was to be the source of their intelligence and the secret of their power in doing the very work that Christ had done. In bearing witness of Him, they were to have a precious experience.
(21LtMs, Lt 244a, 1906, 17)
As they accepted their responsibilities, as their testimony identified them with Christ their educator, they were commissioned by Him not to depart from Jerusalem, but to “wait for the promise of the Father, which, saith He, ye have heard of Me. For John truly baptized with water; but ye shall be baptized with the Holy Ghost not many days hence. When they therefore were come together, they asked of Him, saying, Lord, wilt Thou at this time restore again the kingdom to Israel? And He said unto them, It is not for you to know the times or the seasons, which the Father hath put in His own power. But ye shall receive power, after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and ye shall be witnesses unto Me both in Jerusalem, and in all Judea, and in Samaria, and unto the uttermost part of the earth.
(21LtMs, Lt 244a, 1906, 18)
“And when He had spoken these things, while they beheld, He was taken up; and a cloud received Him out of their sight. And while they looked steadfastly toward heaven as He went up, behold, two men stood by them in white apparel; which also said, Ye men of Galilee, why stand ye gazing up into heaven? this same Jesus, which is taken up from you into heaven, shall so come in like manner as ye have seen Him go into heaven.” [Verses 4-11.]
(21LtMs, Lt 244a, 1906, 19)
This is the event we are looking for. Let this first lesson be written in large letters, to be read by all; for this is the key that unlocks all the history that follows and explains all the future lessons. The qualification that was to give the essential evidence that they were Christ’s witnesses was their endowment with the power of the Holy Spirit.
(21LtMs, Lt 244a, 1906, 20)
That which Dr. J. H. Kellogg has needed is a knowledge of the science of truth through diligent searching of the Scriptures. I am commissioned to say that all who are enlightened by the Spirit of God must see the unscriptural position that some have taken in attempting to justify their crooked course instead of confessing their sins.
(21LtMs, Lt 244a, 1906, 21)
Dr. Kellogg has been in need of wise counselors. I have been looking over the many testimonies that have graciously come to him for the past thirty years and his responses to these communications. He has acknowledged that had he followed out plans which have been interrupted by timely messages of counsel and admonition, these plans would have been attended with failure; and he has expressed great thanksgiving for the gift of God in giving these messages of light that have been coming to the people of God for so many years.
(21LtMs, Lt 244a, 1906, 22)
If necessary, the letters of instruction sent him, and his replies, will be placed in print. They may save some souls from making shipwreck of their faith; for they will evidence that some have been departing from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of devils.
(21LtMs, Lt 244a, 1906, 23)
Lt 246, 1906
Buchanan, R. A. Oakland, California July 27, 1906 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother Buchanan:
I had hoped to receive a line from you in regard to Herbert Kellogg, ere this. Will you engage him to help you in doing work as a physician? Will you patiently let him act a part with you? I believe he can get up his courage to have confidence that he can help.
(21LtMs, Lt 246, 1906, 1)
I dared not write before on this point, fearing it would be useless. Invite him to come, and instill courage into his mind, if possible. You will do a great favor to Herbert and to his father also, who feels keenly that his education cannot be used. If you will now deal with this brother patiently, kindly, and help him to gain courage, you will do a good work.
(21LtMs, Lt 246, 1906, 2)
Christ identifies His interest with all the needy upon the earth. Inasmuch as ye did it unto them, ye did it unto Me, He says. Do not delay in this matter.
(21LtMs, Lt 246, 1906, 3)
Did you get my letter? If so, please gratify this wish, which I believe will be for the good of the brother in giving him hope and courage. Make him believe that he can do something. Try him, please, and the blessing of God will rest upon him and upon you.
(21LtMs, Lt 246, 1906, 4)
In haste.
(21LtMs, Lt 246, 1906, 5)
Lt 248, 1906
Kress, Brother and Sister [D. H.] “Camp-ground,” Oakland, California July 27, 1906 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother and Sister Kress:
I am in attendance at the Oakland camp-meeting. The meeting has been in session for several days. I have spoken several times in the large tent, which was crowded with interested hearers. I spoke on Friday and on Sabbath to a very densely packed tentful of people.
(21LtMs, Lt 248, 1906, 1)
I cannot name all the ministers present. We have good speakers here, who understand the Scriptures. Bible subjects have been presented. I cannot hear distinctly the words of the speaker, so I do not attend the preaching services.
(21LtMs, Lt 248, 1906, 2)
Later—August 1. I returned from the camp-meeting yesterday. The meetings were considered excellent. I thank the Lord that He gave me much strength to speak to the people, such as I have not had for years. After speaking to large numbers assembled in the mammoth tent, I did not feel tired. Before going to this meeting, I had had six weeks of the influenza. But I said, I will not worry; I commit my soul and body to God, trusting that He will give me clear and distinct utterance. Sometimes I spoke for an hour and a quarter. I had to keep my voice clear and distinct, upon a high key, but there was no loud shouting. And from the beginning to the close of my talks, I had not one feeling of weariness. The Holy Spirit refreshed me, and after taking my cold bath, I could take up my pen and write out instruction upon a different subject, needed by several in another place. Thus it was on Sunday, when the tent was crowded to its utmost capacity, and indeed all through the meeting.
(21LtMs, Lt 248, 1906, 3)
Once it was my privilege to speak in a smaller tent, which was crowded full of young men and young women. Soon after I began speaking, older ones tried to crowd in. I had great freedom, and the tender Spirit of God was with me. The Saviour seemed to be close beside me. I dwelt upon the Christian experience to be gained from the ministration of the Holy Spirit promised in the twenty-eighth chapter of Matthew. All hearts were touched. I was much refreshed and strengthened. It is the earnest of the spirit of life through Christ that every soul needs now, just now. There is not the least excuse now for any one’s departing from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of devils. Those who follow their own sophistries do this from their own choice, in the face of light and evidence. The Lord Jesus recognizes the real value of sincere belief in His personality, which, tho unseen, is viewed by the eye of faith.
(21LtMs, Lt 248, 1906, 4)
After Christ’s resurrection, just before He ascended, He appointed a time and a place in which to meet His disciples. The twenty-eighth chapter of Matthew gives us a distinct history of this meeting.
(21LtMs, Lt 248, 1906, 5)
“In the end of the Sabbath, as it began to dawn toward the first day of the week, came Mary Magdalene and the other Mary to see the sepulchre. And, behold, there was a great earthquake: for the angel of the Lord descended from heaven, and came and rolled back the stone from the door, and sat upon it. His countenance was like lightning, and his raiment white as snow: and for fear of him the keepers did shake, and became as dead men. And the angel answered and said unto the women, Fear not ye: for I know that ye seek Jesus, which was crucified. He is not here: for He is risen, as He said. Come, see the place where the Lord lay. And go quickly, and tell His disciples that He is risen from the dead; and, behold, He goeth before you into Galilee; there shall ye see Him: lo, I have told you. And they departed quickly from the sepulchre with fear and great joy; and did run to bring His disciples word.
(21LtMs, Lt 248, 1906, 6)
“And as they went to tell His disciples, behold, Jesus met them, saying, All hail. And they came and held Him by the feet, and worshipped Him. Then said Jesus unto them, Be not afraid: go tell My brethren that they go into Galilee, and there shall they see Me.
(21LtMs, Lt 248, 1906, 7)
“Now when they were going, behold, some of the watch came into the city, and shewed unto the chief priests all the things that were done. And when they were assembled with the elders, and had taken counsel, they gave large money unto the soldiers, saying, Say ye, His disciples came by night and stole Him away while we slept. And if this come to the governor’s ears, we will persuade him, and secure you. So they took the money, and did as they were taught: and this saying is commonly reported among the Jews until this day.
(21LtMs, Lt 248, 1906, 8)
“Then the eleven disciples went away into Galilee, into a mountain where Jesus had appointed them. And when they saw Him, they worshipped Him: but some doubted. And Jesus came and spake unto them, saying, All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth.
(21LtMs, Lt 248, 1906, 9)
“Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you always, even unto the end of the world. Amen.” [Verses 1-20.] Thank the Lord with heart and soul and voice.
(21LtMs, Lt 248, 1906, 10)
Great peace has been upon me all through this meeting; and notwithstanding I have had much to say, not one talk that I have given has been followed by the least weariness. Even after more than an hour’s talk, I felt fresh—more so than when I began. My brethren and sisters say, “This is the power of God.” On the last Sabbath I talked in the forenoon for about fifty minutes. This was a most earnest appeal for all to prepare for the great day of God. I entreated those who had been listening to the words of invitation from the Lord Jesus not to delay repenting of their sins and being converted. To repent and be converted—this is the movement that the sinner must make if he would have Christ as his Saviour. To all who receive Him, Christ will give power to become the sons of God, even to as many as believe on His name.
(21LtMs, Lt 248, 1906, 11)
After I had spoken, the meeting was changed into an earnest revival effort. He made a most urgent appeal for all who desired a new experience to come to Christ just as they are and by faith receive Him, telling them that as they did this, they would receive power to accept the pardon of all their sins. He asked them to rise to their feet. Some of the front seats were then vacated, and a large number came forward—men, women, and children. We then had singing interspersed with speaking. This had effect, and every seat vacant at the front was occupied. More seats had to be vacated at the front to make room for those who came forward. Several prayers were then offered. I felt that it was my privilege to take hold of the hand of infinite power and hold fast in behalf of the ones who needed an experience in the meaning of the truth contained in the fifth chapter of John.
(21LtMs, Lt 248, 1906, 12)
“And therefore did the Jews persecute Jesus, and sought to slay Him, because He had done these things on the Sabbath day.
(21LtMs, Lt 248, 1906, 13)
“But Jesus answered them, My Father worketh hitherto, and I work. Therefore the Jews sought the more to kill Him, because He not only had broken the Sabbath, but said also that God was His Father, making Himself equal with God. Then answered Jesus and said unto them, Verily, verily, I say unto you, The Son can do nothing of Himself, but what He seeth the Father do: for what things soever He doeth, these also doeth the Son likewise. For the Father loveth the Son, and showeth Him all things that Himself doeth: and He will show him greater works than these, that ye may marvel. For as the Father raiseth up the dead, and quickeneth them; even so the Son quickeneth whom He will. For the Father judgeth no man, but hath committed all judgment unto the Son: that all men should honor the Son, even as they honor the Father. He that honoreth not the Son honoreth not the Father which hath sent Him. Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that heareth My words, and believeth on Him that sent Me, hath everlasting life, and shall not come into condemnation; but is passed from death unto life. Verily, verily, I say unto you, The hour is coming and now is, when the dead shall hear the voice of the Son of God: and they that hear shall live. For as the Father hath life in Himself; so hath He given to the Son to have life in Himself; and hath given Him authority to execute judgment also, because He is the Son of Man. Marvel not at this: for the hour is coming in the which all that are in the grave shall hear His voice, and shall come forth; they that have done good, unto the resurrection of life, and they that have done evil unto the resurrection of damnation.” [Verses 16-29.]
(21LtMs, Lt 248, 1906, 14)
All that came forward were prayed for most earnestly, several of the ministers taking part. Then came a hymn—a prayer for grace to depend upon the Lord Jesus Christ. After the close of the hymn, the older ones among those who had come forward were invited into one tent, and the younger ones into another, and labor appropriate for the occasion was given them. They also had an opportunity to express themselves.
(21LtMs, Lt 248, 1906, 15)
Had the Jews referred to in the foregoing Scripture been on the ground to see the earnest labor put forth and the filling up of the vacated seats with earnest inquiring souls, they would doubtless have opposed their own ideas against the plan of God; for in Christ’s day they called even the healing of the sick and their restoration to health—this work of relieving suffering humanity—breaking the Sabbath day.
(21LtMs, Lt 248, 1906, 16)
During the meeting sixty-five persons were baptized, and we expect that there will be others who will be converted. This is the very work that is to be done in these last days.
(21LtMs, Lt 248, 1906, 17)
I look upon this chapter in my experience—in my seventy-eighth year—as a miracle of Christ’s working, because all was done without any sense of weariness. We shall have peace and thanksgiving for the work carried forward in many lines at this camp-meeting. My soul was thankful, and I praised the Lord with all my heart.
(21LtMs, Lt 248, 1906, 18)
The next boat to Australia leaves tomorrow, and I shall not be able to send you all that I would like to, as there will not be time to get copies. But the boat leaving after this one will bring you some precious matter that I wrote yesterday. On Sunday night I had an attack of pleurisy. My heart was filled with sorrow because of the course that J. H. Kellogg is following. And A. T. Jones is following the same course and voicing the same sentiments, with a most determined spirit. When a realization of this comes over me, with such force, great sorrow fills my soul.
(21LtMs, Lt 248, 1906, 19)
I have before me such a revival of the first great apostasy in the heavenly courts, that I am bowed down with an agony that cannot be expressed. It is in Battle Creek that the warnings that are given are entirely disregarded. Such a scene passed before me that it brought on a pain resembling that of pleurisy. I had an attack that seemed like a death grasp upon my heart. Sara worked over me with hot water bags and hot compresses until nearly midnight. I felt that Satan was trying to crush out my life; for I had had very decided testimonies to bear all through the meeting. I could only say, Hold me by Thy hand, dear Saviour; for I have had such fierce attacks of Satan upon my heart, which have nearly destroyed my life. I kept saying, Keep me by Thy power, O Lord, and I will follow closely in the path in which Thou wilt lead me. For hours I was in physical agony, but by faith I could leave myself in the hands of my Saviour. The pain was removed, and on Monday morning I wrote several pages of matter in my large diary.
(21LtMs, Lt 248, 1906, 20)
It was clearly represented to me that Satan would make me feel the power of his cruel attacks, but not yet is my message to cease, nor my work of giving decided reproof to those who have gone against the light given them. Men will place themselves under Satan’s rule, but we will not fail or be intimidated, even tho we may have some fierce attacks as I did on Sunday night. It seemed that in the excruciating pain I must cling closely to Christ Jesus. His power is above Satan’s power. I am again free, although during the first night spent in my own home, I had only troubled rest.
(21LtMs, Lt 248, 1906, 21)
The Lord is working in wondrous power, and He will continue to work, although through Satan’s power we experience calamity. We are tried with every conceivable embarrassment; but all that comes will make us cling with firm assurance to the promise, “All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth.” [Matthew 28:18.] We may work as under the immediate protection of the Mighty One who inhabits eternity. Christ has opened a fountain of life for all the world. “God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth on Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.] Yes, believing in a personal Saviour who gave up to death His only begotten Son, that a fallen world might repent, accept a personal Saviour, and eat of the leaves of the tree of life, which are for the healing of the nations.
(21LtMs, Lt 248, 1906, 22)
Lt 250, 1906
Starr, Brother and Sister [G. B.] St. Helena, California August 1, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in 6Bio 106. Dear Brother and Sister Starr:
Why do you not write me? I would be very glad to hear from you. This very day the letters must leave for Australia, and my workers have not yet all returned from the camp-meeting. I had no thought that the Australian mail would leave so soon. I returned from camp alone and left Sara and Helen Graham to pack up. I had a letter partly written to Dr. Kress; I finished it and this morning I am having it copied.
(21LtMs, Lt 250, 1906, 1)
Please write to me whether I write to you or not, because most of our time is taken up in writing much matter to our churches. I have had a long, trying time with influenza, brought on by speaking in the Southern California tent-meeting and in the open air. I went to the camp-meeting in Oakland because I thought it my duty to be there. We were well located, having our tent not far from the large meeting tent. The Lord gave me a message for the people. The large tent was crowded on Sabbath and Sunday, and all through the meeting everything was orderly and quiet. I spoke several times, putting all my strength into the message I had to bear. I thought I might speak three or four times, but I spoke seven times, four times speaking more than an hour. After speaking before that immense congregation, not one phase of weakness was upon me; this was the greatest wonder to me. I was as one refreshed from the beginning to the close of the meeting. This is a new phase in my experience. All who heard me say that it was a miracle that my strength was sustained from beginning to end. Praise the Lord that He has given me His Holy Spirit.
(21LtMs, Lt 250, 1906, 2)
I would be so glad to see you and to converse with you, and I would be rejoiced to spend some time in Australia. But this will not be. The work here needs my labor. I thank the Lord that my mind does not fail me. I shall be seventy-nine years old next November, but not one of my family can go up and down the stairs to my office room any quicker than I can. I have feared, and physicians have told me, that natural lameness would come upon me because of the difficulty in my hip; both my ankles have also been seriously injured. But I thank the Lord that if I am careful I may not need my wheel chair, which I have purchased that I might use in the cities if I was at a distance from the place of meeting.
(21LtMs, Lt 250, 1906, 3)
This much I have told you of myself. I will praise the Lord and glorify His holy name. Please consider, and write to me.
(21LtMs, Lt 250, 1906, 4)
Lt 252, 1906
Olsen, Brother and Sister [O. A.] “Camp-ground,” Oakland, California July 25, 1906 This letter is published in entirety in 21MR 138-140. + Dear Brother and Sister Olsen:
I would be so much pleased to see you both and have a visit with you, and have a praying season with you. We are now to be on our guard every moment, lest Satan shall obtain victories over us. We need to brace up in the Lord Jesus Christ and pray and believe, for time is short. Be of good courage.
(21LtMs, Lt 252, 1906, 1)
We need to bear in mind what is written in John 6:3-13. Here Christ shows us that He takes advantage of circumstances. He knew well that there would be an opportunity for Him to become a field preacher. The multitude followed Him; and standing sometimes upon a hill, He sat in the chair of state as a teacher to give the Word, which is the bread of life, to the people. He did not give them the Scriptures, but He fed them by enlarging a small substance of temporal food—by a miracle. That occasion would be long remembered. Temporal food supplied to the hungry may so open the way to place Him in the chair of instruction. He did not sit at ease, yet He sat as one having authority. He condescended to bring His disciples before the large numbers to give them reputation that many would recognize in their workings that they worked as Christ had. The very deeds of mercy given by our Lord will open a door for His disciples.
(21LtMs, Lt 252, 1906, 2)
My brother, my sister, it is a delicate work to address you both. Make the Word your guide, Sister Olsen. The more you get your mind off yourself, and consider the many, many things that need to have sharp, keen thought how to handle difficult problems, the Lord Jesus will give you the wisdom you ask of Him. The distribution of the grace of God imparted to that multitude in words, as well as a free-will offering of the food enlarged, prepared the way for our Saviour in many places. Now His blessing was on the food. God’s blessing will be upon His disciples as they break the bread of life to the necessities of hungry souls.
(21LtMs, Lt 252, 1906, 3)
Now, my dear Sister Olsen, we have One upon whom we can rely to keep you and to help you to be courageous and keep looking unto your Saviour as One who can supply all your necessities. Then in speaking cheerful words yourself, the Great Healer makes those words a health to the one who speaks encouragingly to those who need words of helpfulness. Now is our lesson to be learned. Jesus gave thanks and distributed the bread, and lo, the loaves multiplied in their distribution. The fish increased in the hands of those who distributed them, and the fragments gathered up, after five thousand had been satisfied.
(21LtMs, Lt 252, 1906, 4)
“Gather up the fragments.” [Verse 12.] He who had all the resources of infinity at His command would not waste a fragment! There is to be a gathering of all the words of Christ, and these words as the bread of life are to be given to the multitude. All, however weak they may be, are to consider Jesus would have them feed the souls who are needy of instruction from the apostles. Speak the truth in love. Let all who comprehend the truth retain the impression made upon their heart which they can be able to repeat to others who did not hear the words.
(21LtMs, Lt 252, 1906, 5)
The Lord Jesus never wrought a miracle to exalt His power, but in contrast with this, in cases of a miracle, He can work intelligently. Christ did not give the example to His disciples to add glory to themselves, but as necessity occurred to satisfy the hunger.
(21LtMs, Lt 252, 1906, 6)
God would have all His gifts appreciated. All fragments, jots, and tittles are to be treasured carefully, and we are carefully to become acquainted with the necessities of others. All that we have of Bible truth is not merely for our benefit, but to impart to other souls; and this is to be impressed upon human minds and every kindly word spoken to prepare the way to make a channel through which the truth will flow forth in rich currents to other souls. Every working of Christ in miracles was essential, and to reveal to the world that there was a great work to be done on the Sabbath day for the relief of suffering humanity, but the common work was not to be done. Pleasure seeking, ball playing, swimming was not a necessity, but a sinful neglect of the sacred day sanctified by Jehovah. Christ did not perform miracles to display His power, but always to meet Satan in afflicting suffering humanity. Christ came to our world to meet the needs of the suffering, whom Satan was torturing.
(21LtMs, Lt 252, 1906, 7)
And our sanitariums have been erected to supply a great necessity in healing the sick and suffering ones, and thus counterwork the work of Satan to destroy. And as in the miracles when Christ was in the world, we His followers are to discard drugs. We are to have faith, living faith, to read the Word, to inspire faith, to pray by the bedside of the sick, to talk faith. And Christ says, “Go ye therefore, and baptize all nations in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost.” [Matthew 28:19.] Thus many are to be converted; the power of living faith is inspired in human hearts. “Teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you, and, lo, I am with you always, even unto the end of the world.” [Verse 20.]
(21LtMs, Lt 252, 1906, 8)
Keep of good courage, Sister Olsen. Have faith. Look up always to the face of Jesus, and see and sense His love. A great work will be done for you, if you will only believe. Our Lord will lead you if you have faith in the high platform of truth. May the Lord bless and sanctify you both, soul, body, and spirit, is my prayer.
(21LtMs, Lt 252, 1906, 9)
Lt 254, 1906
Haskell, Brother and Sister Oakland, California July 30, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in 6Bio 110. Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
Last night I was very sick. Sara did all she could for me with hot water bags and with fomentations. I had severe pain around my heart. I could not take a full breath without suffering excruciating pain. Sara worked over me until nearly midnight, and I felt relieved. I thought it would be best for me to return to my home, with the promise that if it were essential I would return to Oakland, if I improved healthwise.
(21LtMs, Lt 254, 1906, 1)
July 31, 1906
I can write you but a few lines. My sickness has made me very weak. But notwithstanding this, I have written several pages in my diary. It was not completed, but I left it for Willie to read to the leading men in the work. As soon as I can, I will have it copied, and you shall have a copy.
(21LtMs, Lt 254, 1906, 2)
But I would like to have you both, and all of your workers that can be spared, come to Oakland just now. We will give you all the help we can. We want the work here to be carried forward in the same way you have carried it on in other places. There is to be no stone left unturned to lead souls to find the treasure, the hidden treasure of Bible truth. I will not force anything, but the interest that has forced itself upon us now demands special methods to find the treasure. You can give the needed help in opening the Scriptures to those who are ready to receive.
(21LtMs, Lt 254, 1906, 3)
Whenever you care to, you can come right to our office and spend as much time as desired. There is a four-roomed cottage near my house, and you may occupy this any time you desire to get away and make use of the advantages we have. We think a suitable building can be rented for the work in Oakland.
(21LtMs, Lt 254, 1906, 4)
This is all I can say. May the Lord give you light and grace, that you may decide just right. I now leave this for you to decide.
(21LtMs, Lt 254, 1906, 5)
In much love.
(21LtMs, Lt 254, 1906, 6)
Lt 256, 1906
Ministering Brethren in Australia St. Helena, California August 1, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in TDG 222; 5MR 351. To my ministering brethren in Australia:
I have many things to write to our churches, and I will present to you some of the matters that have been on my mind. We are deeply interested in the work going forward in all parts of the world. In Australia, we have had an active part in the work in the past, and we feel a deep interest in what is being done there. We see the need of earnest, devoted men to take up the work that must be carried forward in the future. There are some things that cause me much joy. In the school at Cooranbong, the workers are seeing the results of their seeking wisdom from God.
(21LtMs, Lt 256, 1906, 1)
The Lord Jesus in His prayer expresses the great necessity for unity of spirit among His followers. Many have not been convicted of the truth because they have seen among those who profess to believe it a spirit of jealousy, of back-biting, and of criticism for their brethren. “By this shall all men know that ye are My disciples, if ye have love one to another.” [John 13:35.]
(21LtMs, Lt 256, 1906, 2)
The Lord requires every man to be at his post of duty doing the very work the Lord has appointed to be done. Let every movement be preceded by humble, earnest prayer. The truth is to go forth as a lamp that burneth. Those who are guardians of the truth are to act as men who are wide-awake.
(21LtMs, Lt 256, 1906, 3)
We are not to regard any human being as one to be believed and trusted, unless it is evident that he is established in the truth of the Word of God. Some who have been leaders in the work of God are seeking to make of none effect the work that God has placed in the world to educate His people, and to prepare them to stand the test of the miracle-working powers that would make void the precious facts of faith that have for the last sixty years been given under the power of the Holy Spirit.
(21LtMs, Lt 256, 1906, 4)
We must warn our youth not to venture to Battle Creek to receive a training for medical missionary work or for the gospel ministry. Those who are there giving instruction in the Scriptures have turned from the truth in sustaining one who has rejected the warnings God has given, and they are no longer safe teachers. We cannot advise any of our youth to go to Battle Creek to obtain an education, for seducing spirits and satanic agencies are actively at work to deceive those who have turned away from the warnings of God’s Spirit.
(21LtMs, Lt 256, 1906, 5)
The history of the first great rebellion has been frequently presented to me in figures. The same spirit that brought about the great deception in heaven is at work in our world today. Our watchmen must be wide-awake to give the trumpet a certain sound.
(21LtMs, Lt 256, 1906, 6)
Study carefully the first chapter in Patriarchs and Prophets. From this chapter, I quote:
(21LtMs, Lt 256, 1906, 7)
“The Sovereign of the universe was not alone in His work of beneficence. He had an associate—a co-worker who could appreciate His purposes, and could share His joy in giving happiness to created beings. ‘In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God. The same was in the beginning with God.’ [John 1:1, 2.] Christ, the Word, the only begotten of God, was one with the eternal Father—one in nature, in character, in purpose, the only being that could enter into all the counsels and purposes of God. ‘His name shall be called Wonderful, Counselor, the mighty God, the everlasting Father, the Prince of peace.’ [Isaiah 9:6.] His ‘goings forth have been from of old, from everlasting.’ [Micah 5:2.] And the Son of God declares concerning Himself: ‘The Lord possessed Me in the beginning of His way, before the works of old. I was set up from everlasting.... When He appointed the foundations of the earth, then was I with Him, as one brought up with Him; and I was daily His delight, rejoicing always before Him.’ [Proverbs 8:22, 23, 29, 30.]
(21LtMs, Lt 256, 1906, 8)
“The Father wrought by His Son in the creation of all heavenly beings. ‘By Him were all things created, ... whether they be thrones, or dominions, or principalities, or powers. All things were created by Him, and for Him.’ [Colossians 1:16.] Angels are God’s ministers, radiant with the light ever flowing from His presence, and speeding on rapid wing to execute His will. But the Son, the anointed of God, the ‘express image of His person,’‘the brightness of His glory,’‘upholding all things by the word of His power,’ holds supremacy over them all. [Hebrews 1:3.] ‘A glorious high throne from the beginning,’ was the place of His sanctuary; ‘a scepter of righteousness,’ the scepter of His kingdom. [Jeremiah 17:12; Hebrews 1:8.] ‘Honor and majesty are before Him. Strength and beauty are in His sanctuary.’ [Psalm 96:6.] Mercy and truth go before His face....
(21LtMs, Lt 256, 1906, 9)
“So long as all created beings acknowledged the allegiance of love, there was perfect harmony throughout the universe of God.” But “there was one who perverted the freedom that God had granted to His creatures. Sin originated with him, who, next to Christ, had been honored of God, and was highest in power and glory among the inhabitants of heaven. Lucifer, ‘son of the morning,’ was first of the covering cherubs, holy and undefiled. [Isaiah 14:12.] He it was who by transgression became Satan, ‘the adversary’ of God and holy beings, and the destroyer of those whom heaven had committed to his guidance and guardianship.”
(21LtMs, Lt 256, 1906, 10)
At first Satan kept his real purpose hidden. He insinuated into the minds of the angels seeds of doubt and suspicion. At last there was war in heaven. “Michael and His angels fought against the dragon, and the dragon fought and his angels, and prevailed not, neither was their place found any more in heaven.” [Revelation 12:7, 8.]
(21LtMs, Lt 256, 1906, 11)
Satan has a church in our world today. In his church are all the disaffected ones in whom he has implanted the seeds of selfishness, deception, and intrigue.
(21LtMs, Lt 256, 1906, 12)
Christ pronounces a woe upon all who transgress the law of God. He pronounced a woe upon the lawyers in His day because they exercised their power to afflict those who looked to them for justice and judgment. All the terrible consequences of sin will come to those who, even though they may be nominal church members, regard it as a light matter to set aside the law of Jehovah and to make no distinction between good and evil.
(21LtMs, Lt 256, 1906, 13)
In the representations the Lord has given me, I have seen those who follow their own desires, misrepresenting the truth, oppressing their brethren, and placing difficulties before them. Characters are now being developed, and men are taking sides, some on the side of the Lord Jesus Christ, some on the side of Satan and his angels. The Lord calls for all who will be true and obedient to His law to come out of and away from all connection with those who have placed themselves on the side of the enemy. Against their names is written, “TEKEL; thou art weighed in the balances, and art found wanting.” [Daniel 5:27.]
(21LtMs, Lt 256, 1906, 14)
Who in our churches that have had so much labor bestowed on them will dare to venture the excuse, “I was deceived”? Warning after warning has been given, but some have virtually denied the very existence of Christ. They regard Him as a nonentity. They have not a correct judgment of the infinite exactions of the law of God. O that now, before it is forever too late, we might see these sinful ones come to an understanding of how God regards their perversion of His law. They would, if possible, deceive the very elect. Christ says to them, Repent, repent, before it is everlastingly too late; by repentance and confession be made complete in Christ Jesus.
(21LtMs, Lt 256, 1906, 15)
Christ stands as our representative in the judgment. But His precious blood cannot avail for one soul who has refused to be converted and transformed, purified and made complete in Christ, without spot or blemish. God cannot take into His kingdom those who are dead in trespasses and sins, who have lost all sense of the offensive character of sin, or who, by their commingling of truth and error, have confused many minds.
(21LtMs, Lt 256, 1906, 16)
With some it has seemed to be regarded as a virtue to outwit their fellow men, even though they be their co-laborers in the Lord’s work. God is displeased with those who, by underhand methods, have taken means that should have been used to open up His work in new fields and have used them to carry out their own ambitious schemes. They must partake of the consequences of their action. All who deliberately harbor pride, vainglory, avarice, ambition, murmuring, bitterness, evil speaking, lying, or slandering, will, when weighed in the balances of the sanctuary, be found wanting.
(21LtMs, Lt 256, 1906, 17)
“Beware of false prophets, which come to you in sheep’s clothing, but inwardly they are ravening wolves. Ye shall know them by their fruits. Do men gather grapes of thorns, or figs of thistles? Even so every good tree bringeth forth good fruit; but a corrupt tree bringeth forth evil fruit. A good tree cannot bring forth evil fruit, neither can a corrupt tree bring forth good fruit. Every tree that bringeth not forth good fruit is hewn down, and cast into the fire. Wherefore by their fruits ye shall know them.
(21LtMs, Lt 256, 1906, 18)
“Not every one that saith unto Me, Lord, Lord, shall enter into the kingdom of heaven; but he that doeth the will of My Father which is in heaven. Many will say to Me in that day, Lord, Lord, have we not prophesied in Thy name? and in Thy name have cast out devils? and in Thy name have done many wonderful works? And then will I profess unto them, I never knew you: depart from Me, ye that work iniquity.” [Matthew 7:15-23.]
(21LtMs, Lt 256, 1906, 19)
There are many men, apparently moral, but who are not Christians. They are deceived in their estimate of what constitutes true Christians. They possess an alloy of character that destroys the value of the gold, and they cannot be stamped with the impress of the divine approval. They must be rejected as impure, worthless metal.
(21LtMs, Lt 256, 1906, 20)
We cannot, of ourselves, perfect a true moral character, but we can accept of Christ’s righteousness. We can be partakers of the divine nature and escape the corruptions that are in the world through lust. Christ has left before us a perfect pattern of what we are to be as sons and daughters of God. We are a denominated people. “Ye are a chosen generation, a royal priesthood, an holy nation, a peculiar people; that ye should show forth the praises of Him who has called you out of darkness into His marvelous light.” [1 Peter 2:9.] Christ is the propitiation for our sins. Through repentance we may receive forgiveness of sin and be made partakers of His righteousness.
(21LtMs, Lt 256, 1906, 21)
“And He is the propitiation for our sins; and not for ours only, but also for the sins of the whole world. And hereby we do know that we know Him, if we keep His commandments. He that saith, I know Him, and keepeth not His commandments is a liar, and the truth is not in him. But whoso keepeth His word, in him verily is the love of God perfected. Hereby know we that we are in Him. He that saith he abideth in Him ought himself also so to walk, even as He walked.” [1 John 2:2-6.]
(21LtMs, Lt 256, 1906, 22)
Lt 258, 1906
Kress, Brother and Sister [D. H.] St. Helena, California August 1, 1906 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother and Sister Kress:
Brother and Sister Kress, God showed me what He would do for Dr. Kellogg if he would take hold of His hand. But he wrenched himself away. At the Berrien Springs meeting the most precious offers were given him, and when he wrenched himself away I had such agony of heart that it seemed as if soul and body were being rent asunder.
(21LtMs, Lt 258, 1906, 1)
I have seen Dr. Kellogg exerting a hypnotic influence upon persons, and at such times the archdeceiver was his helper. Those who sustain him are guilty with him. This blindness of understanding is a strange thing in our ranks. In regard to A. T. Jones, he has a theory of truth, which his books express, and he dares not tear up his past experience, which has been published. But he virtually turns away from his former experience by his present course of action.
(21LtMs, Lt 258, 1906, 2)
Dr. Kellogg places himself in the position of one who is abused, because he cannot carry everything with him, but he is still at work with all subtlety. I have warned our people; for they do not understand his underhand, secretive working. And he works with such ingenuity to obtain sympathy that to many his words seem genuine. If he can destroy the faith of our people in the testimonies, he will do it. He takes the nurses, and others whom he can, alone in the night season and talks with them for hours in such a way as to make them believe him a much-abused person. If we are not constantly on guard, he would deceive by his sophistries the very elect.
(21LtMs, Lt 258, 1906, 3)
Dr. Kellogg has had every advantage to make impressions on human minds, and he will improve this to the best of his ability in an effort to destroy confidence in the testimonies. Those associated with him, who have upheld him, will have to answer before God for their course of action.
(21LtMs, Lt 258, 1906, 4)
The encouragement that has been given to Dr. Kellogg has been large and tender and true, but always there have been conditions involved. What we have published has been published to keep our people from being destroyed. Some thought the time had come long ago to make a determined effort to break the spell and expose the deception. For years one and still another of Dr. Kellogg’s men have stood forth, claiming that Dr. Kellogg is all right, that he teaches the message as we believe it, and that he believes the testimonies. But at the same time a work of misrepresentation was going on, and many of our people were becoming spiritually deceived.
(21LtMs, Lt 258, 1906, 5)
To those who urged immediate action, I said, Wait until Dr. Kellogg himself and those closely allied with him take an open stand. Then be all prepared with matter ready to print. But I was shown that our brethren must make no move until Dr. Kellogg and his associates had taken a decided position to repudiate the testimonies. When this was done, we must show our people the right side and take the affirmative in the name of the Lord. The decided movement was made, and the power of the Holy Spirit attended the exposure of the efforts to destroy all faith in the testimonies. After this, some one said that A. T. Jones has lifted the lid too soon and spoiled their game. Had they waited a longer time before taking their pronounced position, they hoped to have many churches on their side.
(21LtMs, Lt 258, 1906, 6)
We had to move, and yet we had to wait until those in error thought they could carry things against the ministers and churches. I was shown their course of action and had everything in readiness for such a movement and labored to defeat their deep-laid plot. We know the elements that we have to meet, and we shall stand prepared, so that the people shall not be deceived by these subtle, satanic workings. We will be on guard that souls shall not be deceived.
(21LtMs, Lt 258, 1906, 7)
Lt 260, 1906
Workers in Oakland Oakland, California, July 29, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in PM 182-183. + To the Workers in Oakland:
During the camp-meeting, the large tent has been crowded to its utmost capacity. Many have become deeply interested in the presentation made of Bible truth. This interest must be followed up. One of authority instructs us to make the most of this opportunity. Now, just now, is the time to disseminate the light of God’s truth. The Holy Spirit will be our efficiency. It is not commendable for a workman to leave a work incomplete. It would be a great mistake were we now to leave those who have become interested in the truth.
(21LtMs, Lt 260, 1906, 1)
The Lord would have every worker humble himself before God. Teachers of the truth, repent, and be converted. You need daily a work done for yourselves, that you may be stewards of the grace of God. Work wisely, discreetly, in the love of Christ, to save the souls perishing all around you. Because of a lack of the love of God for their fellow workers, the labors of many are not a success. Their faultfinding, their censuring, their backbiting have kept many from accepting the truth.
(21LtMs, Lt 260, 1906, 2)
One is your Master, even Christ. The Lord desires the complete suppression of the spirit of domineering. Christ will not abide with those who cherish a desire to rule. Let every vestige of this spirit be burned out of the soul by the refining, purifying sanctification of the Holy Spirit. The religion emanating from Jesus Christ is of an entirely different character from that which many professed Christians reveal. Many have not the love of Christ, and unless they change decidedly, they will never receive a welcome into the gates of the city of God. When the love of Christ is shed abroad in the heart, there will be manifested the lovely flavor of His character.
(21LtMs, Lt 260, 1906, 3)
It would be impossible for us to conceive that from Jesus Christ could emanate a religion in which humility is not one of the foundation principles. If humility were not essential for the human family, would it have been so manifest in our Pattern of holiness? He humbled Himself. He left the heavenly courts to dwell upon earth. He was the express image of His Father’s person, yet He made Himself of no reputation. He was equal with the Father; yet He took upon Himself the form of a servant and became obedient even unto the shameful death of the cross.
(21LtMs, Lt 260, 1906, 4)
Oh, that the Lord would open blind eyes, that they might see that God resisteth the proud and self-sufficient and giveth grace unto the humble. Be clothed with humility as with a garment. Humility is one of the true signs of excellency of spirit. He that humbleth himself shall be exalted.
(21LtMs, Lt 260, 1906, 5)
The crown of life will be given to them that endure unto the end. Then let us so run that we may obtain the crown of life that fadeth not away. Many will fall beneath the weight of their own self-importance. Unless we keep our Pattern before our eyes, we will be hindered by our besetting sins. We shall find much that will oppose our advance and that will make our work difficult. But we are exhorted to stand fast in the Lord; to hold the beginning of our confidence steadfast unto the end; to be rooted and grounded in love; and to be established in the faith.
(21LtMs, Lt 260, 1906, 6)
Let all love as brethren. Let love be without dissimulation. Be pitiful. Be courteous. Refrain your tongue from speaking evil, and your lips that they speak no guile, to weaken the hands of the workers; for they are laborers together with God. You offend God when you do not respect His workers.
(21LtMs, Lt 260, 1906, 7)
There is a work to be done now in Oakland and in San Francisco. Now is our golden opportunity to labor for these cities. Humble yourselves, pray much, and the Holy Spirit’s power will attend your labors. Our richest blessings will come to us as we see our need and walk humbly with God.
(21LtMs, Lt 260, 1906, 8)
One may not have the very same gift as has another. In dealing with human minds, a variety of gifts is essential. Search yourselves individually; but do not assume the work of pulling down and humbling any one else. God does not require this of you. He has placed no man upon the judgment seat. Those who have been doing this evil work will never be free until they learn to leave others to obtain their experience from a higher source than finite man.
(21LtMs, Lt 260, 1906, 9)
“Grow in grace daily, and in the knowledge of Jesus Christ.” [See 2 Peter 3:18.] There should be a high, religious development in Christian experience. In speech there should be manifested a growth of spirituality. With the increase in years, there should be an increase of capability to carry forward the work of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 260, 1906, 10)
Respect one another, as you wish to be respected. Let it be seen that the truth has a unifying power. God has been greatly dishonored by the feebleness of the efforts that have been put forth to come into unity. Because of this lack, the work of God has been hindered. Many have received unfavorable impressions that they should never have received. Unbelievers see the lack of love and unity among our brethren, and because of this, they have failed to be convicted of the truth.
(21LtMs, Lt 260, 1906, 11)
The loss in Mountain view has come as a test to the believers in present truth. Those who carry on the work of printing the truth, to be sent out broadcast, now need tangible evidence as to how the work for this time is regarded by God’s people. In the rebuilding of Pacific Press, money will be required. Let us remember that all we have is the Lord’s. Let us manifest faith, and put into the Lord’s treasury that which is necessary, that this institution may be prepared to proclaim the truth in its purity.
(21LtMs, Lt 260, 1906, 12)
It is time for every one to bind himself about in the expenditure of means, spending nothing that might be saved to help in the work of God. Then there will be meat in the Lord’s house, to supply the needs of the work in other places. Let every church member ask himself the question, Am I honest with God? Have I been faithful in paying tithe? Will God now accept my offering, if I repent and bring to Him a faithful tithe?
(21LtMs, Lt 260, 1906, 13)
We are doing our work for eternity. The Lord is calling for His gospel to be spread throughout the world. Wake up, brethren, wake up, sisters. Economize on every hand. Seek to be converted to Bible truth. The message is to be carried to every creature. To every man is given his work. Carry the work forward with weeping and with prayer.
(21LtMs, Lt 260, 1906, 14)
May the Lord lay upon many the burden of service. He has given to every man his work, and let each attend to his individual labor. We have no time to lose in faultfinding or criticism. For Christ’s sake, blend in your labors, each filling his appointed place.
(21LtMs, Lt 260, 1906, 15)
Lt 262, 1906
Haskell, Brother and Sister Sanitarium, California August 2, 1906 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
I have just received and read your letter. What you have proposed seems to me to be the very best thing you can do. Come to Oakland, and we will do our very best to see that you have suitable accommodations. If rooms cannot be secured, we can furnish you with a tent. The new tent that I occupied at the camp-meeting can be secured for $25, and I may decide to purchase it.
(21LtMs, Lt 262, 1906, 1)
The atmosphere is cooler in Oakland than in St. Helena. I hope you may be able to carry a light burden and secure the rest you need. We shall do all we can for your comfort, and you can spend your time in the way that seems to you most profitable.
(21LtMs, Lt 262, 1906, 2)
I wish to get this in the evening mail so will close my letter now. I have just written letters to Australia. W. C. White reached home this noon.
(21LtMs, Lt 262, 1906, 3)
Yours in the faith.
(21LtMs, Lt 262, 1906, 4)
Lt 263, 1906
White, J. E. Refiled as Lt 263, 1905.
Lt 263a, 1906
White, J. E. Refiled as Lt 180, 1905.
Lt 264, 1906
Daniells, A. G. Sanitarium, California August 7, 1906 Previously unpublished. + Dear Brother Daniells:
I have just read your letter regarding the matter of the appointment of the trustees of the Battle Creek Tabernacle. It has been clearly presented to me that there are men connected with the medical work who would endeavor to secure possession of the tabernacle, and that they would also do their utmost to obtain the property of the Melrose Sanitarium. The Lord would have these purposes defeated.
(21LtMs, Lt 264, 1906, 1)
Many do not seem to understand these things. But the word that is given to me is that we are to be sure that all the property owned by our conferences is securely held. It has been presented to me again and again that those in positions of responsibility must be careful in their business management; for the enemy is seeking to secure control of the Lord’s property, to strengthen his agencies in doing an evil work. Unless every piece of property is strictly guarded, it may be lost. There are some who have not a conscience nor a judgment that would prevent them from conniving at evil and making false statements to justify their wrongdoings.
(21LtMs, Lt 264, 1906, 2)
“Finally, my brethren, be strong in the Lord, and in the power of His might. Put on the whole armor of God that ye may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil. For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. Wherefore take unto you the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand. Stand therefore, having your loins girt about with truth, and having on the breastplate of righteousness; and your feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace; above all taking the shield of faith, wherewith ye shall be able to quench all the fiery darts of the wicked. And take the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God: praying always with all prayer and supplication in the Spirit.” [Ephesians 6:10-18.]
(21LtMs, Lt 264, 1906, 3)
The Lord sees the end from the beginning. We must watch unto prayer. Let us guard well our speech, that we do not bring against any one a railing accusation. We cannot afford to allow the enemy to obtain the advantage over us.
(21LtMs, Lt 264, 1906, 4)
Lt 266, 1906
White, J. E.; White, Emma Sanitarium, California August 5, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in 7MR 193. + My dear children J. E. and Emma White:
I should have considered it a privilege to see you both, but I shall not urge your coming more strongly than I have done. I leave you perfectly free to do as you think best.
(21LtMs, Lt 266, 1906, 1)
Never before have I carried so sad a heart as since I have seen the apostasy of men and women who have had great light and an abundance of evidence of the truth for this time. This brings to me a grief that should be spared me, in these closing days of earth’s history. But I have no power to change the seductive working of the enemy. The scripture has said that such things will come. I accept the Word of the Lord and submit to the conditions that arise.
(21LtMs, Lt 266, 1906, 2)
Some will no doubt have their eyes opened, but for many I fear it may be too late for them to correct the errors they have made. I can only pray, Lord, open blind eyes, and give sight to these precious souls, for whom Christ has given His life.
(21LtMs, Lt 266, 1906, 3)
We are now living amid the perils of the last days. Wickedness is steadily increasing, and soon in heaven it will be said, “It is done.”“He that is unjust, let him be unjust still; and he that is filthy, let him be filthy still: and he that is righteous, let him be righteous still: and he that is holy, let him be holy still. And, behold, I come quickly, and My reward is with Me, to give to every man according as his work shall be.” [Revelation 16:17; 22:11, 12.]
(21LtMs, Lt 266, 1906, 4)
“And after these things I heard a great voice of much people in heaven, saying, Alleluia; Salvation, and glory, and honor, and power, unto the Lord our God: for true and righteous are His judgments: for He hath judged the great whore, which did corrupt the earth with her fornications, and hath avenged the blood of His servants at her hand. And again they said, Alleluia. And her smoke rose up forever and ever.
(21LtMs, Lt 266, 1906, 5)
“And the four and twenty elders and the four beasts fell down and worshiped God that sat on the throne, saying, Amen, Alleluia. And a voice came out of the throne, saying, Praise our God, all ye His servants, and ye that fear Him, both small and great. And I heard as it were the voice of a great multitude, and as the voice of many waters, and as the voice of mighty thunderings, saying, Alleluia: for the Lord omnipotent reigneth. Let us be glad and rejoice, and give honor to Him: for the marriage of the Lamb is come, and His wife hath made herself ready. And to her was granted that she should be arrayed in fine linen, clean and white: for the fine linen is the righteousness of saints.
(21LtMs, Lt 266, 1906, 6)
“And He saith unto me, Write, Blessed are they which are called unto the marriage supper of the Lamb. And He saith unto me, These are the true sayings of God.” [Revelation 19:1-9.]
(21LtMs, Lt 266, 1906, 7)
“And the ten horns which thou sawest are ten kings, which have received no kingdom as yet; but receive power as kings one hour with the beast. These have one mind, and shall give their power and strength unto the beast. These shall make war with the Lamb, and the Lamb shall overcome them: for He is Lord of lords, and King of kings: and they that are with Him are called chosen and faithful.” [Revelation 17:12-14.]
(21LtMs, Lt 266, 1906, 8)
I thank the Lord with heart and soul and voice that we have one who can be the right arm of our strength and our exceeding great reward. We all have special battles to fight; but when we trust fully in our Redeemer, who has purchased us with His own blood, we shall be more than conquerors.
(21LtMs, Lt 266, 1906, 9)
My prayer is that I may not fail to obey the law of Jehovah. I pray that He will teach and guide in all my course of actions. Let us endeavor to follow the example He has set before us.
(21LtMs, Lt 266, 1906, 10)
Lt 268, 1906
Kress, Brother and Sister [D. H.] Oakland, California August 20, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in TMK 210; LDE 114; ChL 12. + Dear Brother and Sister Kress:
We left St. Helena last Thursday morning and have spent Sabbath and Sunday with the church in Oakland. After our camp-meeting, which closed about two weeks ago, the large tent was left standing, and a company of workers remained and are living in tents on the ground. I spoke in the large tent last Sabbath forenoon, and also Sunday afternoon. On Sabbath there was a large attendance. Our brethren and sisters came from the churches in Berkeley, Alameda, San Francisco.
(21LtMs, Lt 268, 1906, 1)
During the camp-meeting I spoke to the people six times. The Lord gave me strength and the holy, quickening influence of the Holy Spirit. I was greatly surprised that I had so much strength. For several days before the meeting, I had been very feeble; and unless the Lord had given me of His special blessing, I know I could not have spoken as I did. Notwithstanding the great effort I was obliged to put forth in making myself heard by such large crowds, I felt no more weary than I used to when I was many years younger than I am now. I feel so thankful to God for such a testimony of His care for my body and mind in my old age. And I praise Him for the decided victories gained at this camp-meeting.
(21LtMs, Lt 268, 1906, 2)
On the last Sabbath of the meeting, we had a revival service. Elder Haskell opened the meeting with prayer, and I spoke for about forty-five minutes. Elder Thompson then spoke and called upon those who wished to make a special consecration to come forward. As there was not a vacant seat in the tent, the people were asked to vacate the front seats, and the people came forward till every seat was occupied. Then a second call was made for more seats in front, and others left to make room for those who still desired to come forward.
(21LtMs, Lt 268, 1906, 3)
My soul was stirred within me for those people, and the spirit of intercession came upon me. I addressed them the second time and urged all to take a decided stand for Christ. I made an earnest appeal for parents and children to unite in a work of reform.
(21LtMs, Lt 268, 1906, 4)
We are glad that Elder Haskell and his wife are uniting with the workers in Oakland who are following up the interest awakened by the camp-meeting. Elder Haskell helps in the evening services for the public, and they both conduct Bible classes for the workers.
(21LtMs, Lt 268, 1906, 5)
Truth, precious truth from the Word of God, is to be presented, both in public and in families. We have a message that is to prepare a people to stand amid the perils of the last days, and we need the deep moving of the Spirit of God upon mind and soul and character.
(21LtMs, Lt 268, 1906, 6)
Truth will stand every test that is brought to bear upon it. It cannot be overthrown by the sophistries of Satan. The more it is assailed, the more bright and clear it will shine out. As we see indications of the active, earnest efforts of the enemy, shall we not make determined efforts to give the message in clear, decided lines? Shall we not stand forth in the power and spirit of God and receive and impart lessons from the great Teacher?
(21LtMs, Lt 268, 1906, 7)
I am so grateful to God for the great love He has manifested toward us. The life of Christ was a complete sacrifice, and our lives are to be an imitation of His example.
(21LtMs, Lt 268, 1906, 8)
“O Lord, Thou art my God; I will exalt Thee, I will praise Thy name; for Thou hast done many wonderful things; Thy counsels of old are faithfulness and truth. For Thou hast made of a city an heap; of a defenced city a ruin: a palace of strangers to be no city; it shall never be built.” [Isaiah 25:1, 2.]
(21LtMs, Lt 268, 1906, 9)
Let us anchor ourselves to the words of the Lord God of Israel. We have seen the terrible destructions that have been wrought in San Francisco and are reminded of the words that the Lord has spoken:
(21LtMs, Lt 268, 1906, 10)
“Woe to the crown of pride, to the drunkards of Ephraim, whose glorious beauty is a fading flower, which are on the head of the fat valleys of them that are overcome with wine! Behold, the Lord hath a mighty and strong one, which as a tempest of hail and a destroying storm, as a flood of mighty waters overflowing, shall cast down to the earth with the hand. The crown of pride, the drunkards of Ephraim, shall be trodden under feet: and the glorious beauty, which is on the head of the fat valley, shall be a fading flower, and as the hasty fruit before the summer; that when he that looketh upon it seeth, while it is yet in his hand he eateth it up.” [Isaiah 28:1-4.]
(21LtMs, Lt 268, 1906, 11)
These words were repeated to me during the past night, and many more, which I have not the time to write out. I have had clear representations of what will occur in rapid succession at various places. Then the words were spoken:
(21LtMs, Lt 268, 1906, 12)
“But they also have erred through wine, and through strong drink are out of the way; the priest and the prophet have erred through strong drink, they are swallowed up of wine, they are out of the way through strong drink; they err in vision, they stumble in judgment. For all tables are full of vomit and filthiness, so that there is no place clean.” [Verses 7, 8.]
(21LtMs, Lt 268, 1906, 13)
Even in the cities where the judgments of God have fallen in consequence of such transgression, there is no sign of repentance. The saloons are still open, and many temptations are kept before the people. Those who sell the alcoholic drinks are protected by law. The liquors are adulterated with substances, often more poisonous even than the alcohol, and those who drink them lose their judgment. Men in responsible positions love these poisonous beverages, and many families are cursed by strong drink. A reform is possible, but the cases of many who have formed the habit of drinking intoxicating drinks are well-nigh hopeless.
(21LtMs, Lt 268, 1906, 14)
The question is asked:
(21LtMs, Lt 268, 1906, 15)
“Whom shall He teach knowledge? And whom shall He make to understand doctrine? Them that are weaned from the milk and drawn from the breasts. For precept must be upon precept, precept upon precept; line upon line, line upon line; here a little, and there a little: for with stammering lips and another tongue will He speak to the people. To whom He said, This is the rest wherewith ye may cause the weary to rest; and this is the refreshing: yet they would not hear. But the word of the Lord was unto them precept upon precept, precept upon precept; line upon line, line upon line; here a little, and there a little; that they might go, and fall backward, and be broken, and be snared, and taken.
(21LtMs, Lt 268, 1906, 16)
“Wherefore hear the word of the Lord, ye scornful men that rule this people which is in Jerusalem. Because ye have said, We have made a covenant with death, and with hell are we at agreement; when the overflowing scourge shall pass through, it shall not come unto us: for we have made lies our refuge, and under falsehood have we hid ourselves: therefore thus saith the Lord God, Behold, I lay in Zion for a foundation a stone, a tried stone, a precious corner stone, a sure foundation: he that believeth shall not make haste. Judgment also will I lay to the line, and righteousness to the plummet: and the hail shall sweep away the refuge of lies, and the waters shall overflow the hiding place.
(21LtMs, Lt 268, 1906, 17)
“And your covenant with death shall be disannulled, and your agreement with hell shall not stand; when the over-flowing scourge shall pass through, then ye shall be trodden down by it. From the time that it goeth forth it shall take you: for morning by morning shall it pass over, by day and by night: and it shall be a vexation only to understand the report. For the bed is shorter than that a man can stretch himself upon it: and the covering narrower than that he can wrap himself in it. For the Lord shall rise up as in mount Perazim, He shall be wroth as in the valley of Gibeon, that He may do His work, His strange work; and bring to pass His act, His strange act. Now therefore be ye not mockers, lest your bands be made strong: for I have heard from the Lord God of hosts a consumption, even determined upon the whole earth.” [Verses 9-22.]
(21LtMs, Lt 268, 1906, 18)
This entire chapter portrays the true conditions in our world today. (Isaiah 29) should be studied by those who have cast the truth behind them and are deceived by seducing words. To those who have once known the truth, but who have turned aside from it, the Lord extends the gracious invitation, “Return unto Me.”
(21LtMs, Lt 268, 1906, 19)
The Lord calls for the conversion of parents and children who have not known the truth. Let those who do know the truth sign the pledge of total abstinence, and present it to their children, and to others. On no account are parents to be neglectful of the training of their children for the higher education—the fear of God, and the keeping of His commandments.
(21LtMs, Lt 268, 1906, 20)
Fathers and mothers are in duty bound to give to their children an education in the words of Christ to His disciples. Let the children be restrained from every gratification of a perverted appetite, lest the foundation be laid for intemperate habits. They should be encouraged in a love for the reading of the Bible. Let no temporal advantages tempt parents to neglect the training of their children.
(21LtMs, Lt 268, 1906, 21)
Whenever possible, it is the duty of parents to make homes in the country for their children. The children and youth should be carefully guarded. They should be kept away from the hot beds of iniquity that are to be found in our cities. Let them be surrounded by the influences of a true Christian home—a home where Christ abides.
(21LtMs, Lt 268, 1906, 22)
The gospel will mold the character aright. We need to walk softly and prayerfully before God; and instead of expending much care upon the outward appearance, be sure that the garments of character are kept unspotted. Our children are to be fitted to enter the course in higher education in the heavenly courts.
(21LtMs, Lt 268, 1906, 23)
Lt 270, 1906
Cobb, S. M. St. Helena, California August 22, 1906 Previously unpublished. + Pastor S. M. Cobb Dear Brother:
I have been writing many letters of late that I believe may be helpful to those who will study and profit by the instruction contained in them. We are living amid the perils of the last days.
(21LtMs, Lt 270, 1906, 1)
I have received and read your letter, and before answering fully I desire to read it again. But today I find my eyesight so affected that I cannot use it. I must prayerfully consider the contents before I can go into the matters of which you speak. But I will write you a few lines at this time.
(21LtMs, Lt 270, 1906, 2)
Last Sabbath and Sunday I spent in Oakland and have promised to be with them over next Sabbath and Sunday. The Lord sustained me, but the speaking and the writing have greatly taxed my head and my eyes. Last night I slept but little.
(21LtMs, Lt 270, 1906, 3)
My fellow laborer in the great closing work of this earth’s history, I would say to you that the location for a school is a matter that needs very careful consideration. When we broke the new ground in Avondale, the Lord outlined the work to be done by the school. It has taken years of constant labor to put the school on its present basis. We had to meet many objections and discouragements, such as will always attend such enterprises. The work required earnest prayer and the efforts of unselfish men. Some had to be proved whether they would become qualified for the work. Many changes have since been made, but the Lord has signified His approval of the work.
(21LtMs, Lt 270, 1906, 4)
We had to meet perplexities on the right hand and on the left, as we entered upon the work of the school. There was hard labor, and there was extreme intensity. But before every move we had seasons of prayer, and the Lord guided us at every step.
(21LtMs, Lt 270, 1906, 5)
The selection of your faculty may be a perplexing problem. It would be a great drawback to secure men who are not well qualified for the work. You will need men and women who are sanctified, who are dignified in appearance, and who give evidence of a true Christian experience. Ye are laborers together with God.
(21LtMs, Lt 270, 1906, 6)
Do not plan for too large a school, that will mean a large expense. Build economically, and be sure that you do not make such a move that in other places where schools will be needed in the future it will be impossible for an educational work to be done.
(21LtMs, Lt 270, 1906, 7)
Be sure you are doing the work of the Lord. When you have found the best location, then build economically. Do not allow one dollar to be expended needlessly. Act only after due consideration and prayer. “The kingdom of heaven is not in word, but in power.” [1 Corinthians 4:20.] Sit down and count the cost carefully before you build in any place. A mistake in such a matter often results in bitter discouragement.
(21LtMs, Lt 270, 1906, 8)
Do not expect large returns in the beginning. This would be a strange thing. Success comes only through intense efforts and often through many disappointments. Do not build large. If prospered, you can add to the size of the buildings, as may be found necessary.
(21LtMs, Lt 270, 1906, 9)
I hope I may be able to write more fully next time.
(21LtMs, Lt 270, 1906, 10)
Lt 272, 1906
Simpson, W. W. Oakland, California August 20, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in 6Bio 110. + Dear Brother Simpson:
I believe that now is the time for you to visit San Francisco and Oakland. Elder Haskell and his wife are here, doing a work similar to what they were doing in Southern California. Can you not unite with them? You can each have an influence, you in your line, and they in theirs.
(21LtMs, Lt 272, 1906, 1)
Nothing of an ordinary character will be effective in awakening this community. A powerful message must be borne.
(21LtMs, Lt 272, 1906, 2)
Elder Haskell is planning to go east soon, but he need not go immediately. He has now been here one week. He conducts Bible classes and also helps the other ministering brethren in the evening discourses. He has been relieved by a change to a cooler climate, and both he and his wife are feeling better than they were.
(21LtMs, Lt 272, 1906, 3)
I came to Oakland from St. Helena last Thursday. I had been very much depressed by the heat and was very weary. The brethren and sisters here were glad to see me, but so many visited with me after I arrived that I expended my strength and was unable to speak Thursday or Friday.
(21LtMs, Lt 272, 1906, 4)
On Sabbath, I ventured to speak. Our brethren and sisters of the churches around the Bay gathered in, and the large tent was well filled. A good interest was manifested as I spoke to them from the third of Matthew and the seventeenth of John. I sought to urge them to turn from their backslidings and to heed the words of Christ in His last prayer. I could only refer briefly to the necessity of the unity that should exist among the disciples of Christ.
(21LtMs, Lt 272, 1906, 5)
“And for their sakes I sanctify Myself, that they also might be sanctified through the truth. Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which shall believe on Me through their word; that they all may be one; as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee, that they also may be one in Us: that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me. And the glory which Thou gavest Me I have given them; that they may be one, even as we are one: I in them, and Thou in Me, that they may be made perfect in one; and that the world may know that Thou hast sent Me, and hast loved them, as Thou hast loved Me.
(21LtMs, Lt 272, 1906, 6)
“Father, I will that they also, whom Thou hast given Me, be with Me where I am; that they may behold My glory, which Thou hast given Me: for Thou lovedst Me before the foundation of the world. O righteous Father, the world hath not known Thee: but I have known Thee, and these have known that Thou hast sent Me. And I have declared unto them Thy name, and will declare it: that the love wherewith Thou hast loved Me may be in them, and I in them.” [John 17:19-26.]
(21LtMs, Lt 272, 1906, 7)
We have a decided work to do, and every church member should realize the necessity of unity, as expressed in this prayer. Let no one seek to bind about another in his work. This has been a great evil in many of our churches. We are to be sure that we leave every one free to do his God-appointed work under the direction of the great head of the church. No one is to be bound hand and foot to another man’s mind, but all are to seek counsel from God.
(21LtMs, Lt 272, 1906, 8)
Lt 274, 1906
Reaser, G. W.; Burden, J. A.; Executive Committee of Southern California Conference Oakland, California August 19, 1906 This letter is published in entirety in PC 218-220. + To Elders Reaser, Burden, and the Executive Committee of the Southern California Conference Dear Brethren:
I am very anxious that Brethren Reaser and Burden and their associates shall see all things clearly. God has given to every man a certain work to do, and He will give to each the wisdom necessary to perform his own appointed work.
(21LtMs, Lt 274, 1906, 1)
To Brethren Reaser and Burden I would say, In all your counsels together, be careful to show kindness and courtesy toward each other. Guard against anything that has the semblance of a domineering spirit.
(21LtMs, Lt 274, 1906, 2)
Be very careful not to do anything that would restrict the work at Loma Linda. It is in the order of God that this property has been secured, and He has given instruction that a school should be connected with the sanitarium. A special work is to be done there in qualifying young men and young women to be efficient medical missionary workers. They are to be taught how to treat the sick without the use of drugs. Such an education requires an experience in practical work.
(21LtMs, Lt 274, 1906, 3)
The work at Loma Linda demands immediate consideration. Preparations must be made for the school to be opened as soon as possible. Our young men and young women are to find in Loma Linda a school where they can receive a medical missionary training, and where they will not be brought under the influence of some who are seeking to undermine the truth. The students are to unite faithfully in the medical work, keeping their physical powers in the most perfect condition possible, and laboring under the instruction of the great Medical Missionary. The healing of the sick and the ministry of the Word are to go hand in hand.
(21LtMs, Lt 274, 1906, 4)
There is to be a thorough education in Bible truth. The Word of God is spirit and life. We need constantly to look to Jesus. The efficiency of every worker is largely determined by the education and training he receives. In our educational institutions there is to be a higher class of education than can be found elsewhere. The students are to be treated kindly, tenderly, and interestedly.
(21LtMs, Lt 274, 1906, 5)
In order properly to fit the sanitarium and the school at Loma Linda to carry on the work that the Lord has plainly directed should be carried on, means must be raised. And let no one act a part in influencing our brethren and sisters in Southern California not to do that which needs to be done.
(21LtMs, Lt 274, 1906, 6)
The Lord has blessed Elder Burden, and He will continue to bless him, as he continues to move in the fear of God and plans wisely and economically with his associates for the fitting up and management of the institution. If any of his brethren act arbitrarily in an effort to restrain him in this, they would be found hindering the very work that the Lord has signified should be done. He is not to be forced to turn aside from his convictions as to the way in which the work under his charge shall be carried on.
(21LtMs, Lt 274, 1906, 7)
In the carrying forward of the educational work at Loma Linda, our brethren must constantly guard against the efforts of the enemy to bring in a spirit of criticism and of alienation between brethren.
(21LtMs, Lt 274, 1906, 8)
There are times when certain sanitariums will have to pass through a close, severe struggle for means in order to do a special work which the Lord has particularly designated should be done. In such emergencies, they are to be free to receive gifts and donations from our churches. Some who receive the truth have means, and they will aid in sustaining the good work which should be done in our sanitariums.
(21LtMs, Lt 274, 1906, 9)
My brethren, I am praying that the Lord will guide you in the very best methods of reaching hearts. Let no one, whatever his official position, decide matters fully on his own judgment, or he may make mistakes that will have to be corrected. One thing is certain, we have a short work before us. We are living very near the end of this earth’s history.
(21LtMs, Lt 274, 1906, 10)
For years we have wrestled to see the work of God advanced in Southern California. At one time we found such narrow, prescribed plans that the work could not move forward. Then when an effort was made to advance, it resulted in large outlay and in extravagant plans that were altogether out of order. Then followed a pressure for money, and the work was held back.
(21LtMs, Lt 274, 1906, 11)
Still the light kept coming to me that the work should be conducted after a different order, that many plans and devisings of men needed to be changed. Of late some moves have been made. The Lord has wrought in the securing of properties at Fernando, at Paradise Valley, and at Glendale.
(21LtMs, Lt 274, 1906, 12)
A sanitarium has been established at Loma Linda, and this is in the providence of God. Some know how difficult it has been to accomplish the work that has been done. But the work at Loma Linda is not yet perfected. More money must be raised in order to make this place a center for the training of medical missionary evangelists.
(21LtMs, Lt 274, 1906, 13)
As the president and executive committee of the Southern California Conference unite with Brother Burden and his associates in planning for the thorough accomplishment of the sanitarium and school work at Loma Linda, they will find strength and blessing. Brother Burden is not to be bound about in his work.
(21LtMs, Lt 274, 1906, 14)
Pray to the Lord, my brethren, counsel together, and then labor unitedly to help in establishing the work which we all so greatly desire shall not be hindered.
(21LtMs, Lt 274, 1906, 15)
The work of higher education has been greatly hindered because men and women have not discerned spiritual things as they should. We should know the facts that are of weight in making decisions.
(21LtMs, Lt 274, 1906, 16)
All our brethren are to be sober minded and cautions. Those who hold office need the ability to view every matter wisely. We are all to be workers together with God.
(21LtMs, Lt 274, 1906, 17)
Lt 276, 1906
Brethren Engaged in Medical Work in Colorado Oakland, California August 20, 1906 Previously unpublished. + To my brethren engaged in medical work in Colorado:
I have been plainly instructed that it was not in the order of God that a second sanitarium should be established in Boulder. The institution already established is all that is needed to meet the demands there. The Boulder Sanitarium is well equipped and prepared to do a work that will bring many to a knowledge of the truth.
(21LtMs, Lt 276, 1906, 1)
Let every one connected with our sanitariums be sure that he is thoroughly converted and prepared to act the part of a true Christian medical missionary. If you will seek constantly to benefit others, some will be led by your influence to learn lessons from the great Teacher. Tell others of the Bible truths that you have proved in the life practice.
(21LtMs, Lt 276, 1906, 2)
The true medical missionary occupies a very responsible position. He is to act a part as Christ’s pupil in practicing the art of healing. Those who occupy the position of directors in the work are to obtain wisdom from the greatest Teacher the world has ever known.
(21LtMs, Lt 276, 1906, 3)
It is sad that so many put their trust in men and make flesh their arm. The Creator of the universe is the chief Ruler. Why should any one exalt another who is doing a work that God has not assigned to him? To the medical workers who are not under the control of heavenly influences, the following words are applicable:
(21LtMs, Lt 276, 1906, 4)
“Stay yourselves and wonder, cry ye out, and cry: they are drunken, but not with wine; they stagger, but not with strong drink. For the Lord hath poured out upon you the spirit of deep sleep, and hath closed your eyes: the prophets and your rulers, the seers hath He covered. And the vision of all is become unto you as the words of a book that is sealed, which men deliver to one that is learned, saying, Read this, I pray thee: and he saith, I cannot; for it is sealed: and the book is delivered to him that is not learned, saying, Read this, I pray thee: and he saith, I am not learned.
(21LtMs, Lt 276, 1906, 5)
“Wherefore the Lord saith, Forasmuch as this people draw near Me with their mouth, and with their lips do honor Me, but have removed their heart far from Me, and their fear toward Me is taught by the precept of men: therefore, behold, I will proceed to do a marvelous work among this people, even a marvelous work and a wonder: for the wisdom of their wise men shall perish, and the understanding of their prudent shall be hid.
(21LtMs, Lt 276, 1906, 6)
“Woe unto them that seek deep to hide their counsel from the Lord, and their works are in the dark, and they say, Who seeth us? and who knoweth us? Surely your turning of things upside down shall be esteemed as the potter’s clay: for shall the work say of him that made it, He made me not? or shall the thing framed say of him that framed it, He hath no understanding?” [Isaiah 29:9-16.]
(21LtMs, Lt 276, 1906, 7)
“Now go, write it before them in a table, and note it in a book, that it may be for the time to come for ever and ever: that this is a rebellious people, lying children, children that will not hear the law of the Lord: which say to the seers, See not; and to the prophets, Prophesy not unto us right things, speak unto us smooth things, prophesy deceits: get you out of the way, turn aside out of the path, cause the Holy One of Israel to cease from before us. Wherefore thus saith the Holy One of Israel, Because ye despise this word, and trust in oppression and perverseness, and stay thereon: therefore this iniquity shall be to you as a breach ready to fall, swelling out in a high wall, whose breaking cometh suddenly at an instant. And he shall break it as the breaking of a potter’s vessel that is broken in pieces; he shall not spare: so that there shall not be found in the bursting of it a shred to take fire from the hearth, or to take water withal out of the pit. For thus saith the Lord God, the Holy One of Israel; In returning and rest shall ye be saved; in quietness and in confidence shall be your strength.” [Isaiah 30:8-15.]
(21LtMs, Lt 276, 1906, 8)
As the Lord’s messenger, I have been bidden to present these words to those who are seeking to make of none effect the messages of reproof and warning that the Lord has sent, and who are bracing themselves against His will and His way. There are those today who will neither hear nor obey the voice of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 276, 1906, 9)
Lt 278, 1906
White, W. C. St. Helena, California August 27, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 29. + My dear Son:
I thank you for the letters you have written to me. I do not expect you will find time to write me frequently at great length. I am always glad to receive letters from you, even when they contain but a few lines.
(21LtMs, Lt 278, 1906, 1)
We have suffered intensely with the heat. I find it nearly impossible to work, excepting during the cool mornings. My head and eyes have been taxed very severely. Last Thursday, after riding out in the heat of the day, I was taken very sick. I could eat no dinner. Friday morning I presented my case before the throne of grace, and I was assured that the Lord heard and answered my prayer.
(21LtMs, Lt 278, 1906, 2)
Last week I felt unable to go to Oakland, but Sabbath morning I felt impressed to speak at the sanitarium. The chapel was filled. Some of the patients in wheel chairs were brought in. I was richly blessed. I spoke with great freedom, and the Spirit of God sent the truth home to many hearts.
(21LtMs, Lt 278, 1906, 3)
I am expecting to go to Oakland at the end of this week. I should be pleased to be with you in Colorado, but there is more work here than I can do justice to.
(21LtMs, Lt 278, 1906, 4)
Last Friday morning, just before I awoke, a very impressive scene was presented before me. I seemed to awake from sleep, but was not in my home. From the windows I could behold a terrible conflagration. Great balls of fire were falling upon houses, and from these balls fiery arrows were flying in every direction. It was impossible to check the fires that were kindled, and many places were being destroyed. The terror of the people was indescribable. After a time I awoke and found myself at home.
(21LtMs, Lt 278, 1906, 5)
I see that the end is near, and I wish to do my work quickly. This morning I awoke at one o’clock. I felt very weak, but by claiming the promises of God, and by bracing myself in His strength, I have been enabled to write page after page in my diary before daybreak. The word comes to me: “Fail not, neither be discouraged. The Lord is your helper, your strength. Put your trust in Him, and He will sustain you. His light will shine upon your pathway. Look unto Jesus, and you shall not be broken, nor can you be overcome by Satan.”
(21LtMs, Lt 278, 1906, 6)
I know that the Lord will give us most precious victories. I have this assurance from Him, and I will not be disheartened. I am bidden to bear the decided messages the Lord gives me. If men will receive the words of the Lord, and will turn from their own ways; if they will choose to be guided and controlled by Him, our churches will see of His great power in the baptism of the Holy Spirit. I am to speak plainly and decidedly, whether men will hear or whether they will forbear.
(21LtMs, Lt 278, 1906, 7)
I have had many things opened to me, but it is not my duty to reveal all that will surely come to those who manifest a spirit to walk contrary to the way God has marked out for them. Every one will be rewarded according as his work shall be.
(21LtMs, Lt 278, 1906, 8)
Lt 280, 1906
Brethren and Sisters in Denver and Boulder St. Helena, California August 27, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in TDG 248; 5MR 151. + To my brethren and sisters in Denver and Boulder:
“Paul, called to be an apostle of Jesus Christ, ... unto the church of God which is at Corinth, to them that are sanctified in Christ Jesus, called to be saints, with all that in every place call upon the name of Jesus Christ our Lord, both theirs and ours: Grace be unto you, and peace, from God our Father, and from the Lord Jesus Christ. I thank my God always on your behalf, for the grace of God which is given you by Jesus Christ; that in everything ye are enriched by Him, in all utterance, and in all knowledge; even as the testimony of Christ was confirmed in you: so that ye come behind in no gift; waiting for the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ: who shall also confirm you unto the end, that ye may be blameless in the day of our Lord Jesus Christ.
(21LtMs, Lt 280, 1906, 2)
“God is faithful, by whom ye were called unto the fellowship of His Son Jesus Christ our Lord. Now I beseech you, brethren, by the name of our Lord Jesus Christ, that ye all speak the same things, and that there be no divisions among you; but that ye be perfectly joined together in the same mind and in the same judgment.” [Verses 1-10.]
(21LtMs, Lt 280, 1906, 3)
This instruction is especially applicable in these closing days of this earth’s history, when Satan is putting forth a supreme effort to bring dissension and disunion into the ranks of God’s people.
(21LtMs, Lt 280, 1906, 4)
In this same chapter the apostle Paul also portrays the conditions that bring about a dearth of the Spirit of God in many of our churches. Under the inspiration of the Holy Ghost he reproves and rebukes the spirit of strife and division.
(21LtMs, Lt 280, 1906, 5)
The great day of the Lord is near at hand. When Christ appears in the clouds of heaven, those who have not sought Him with all the heart, those who have allowed themselves to be deceived, will surely perish. Our only safety is to be found through repentance and conversion and the blotting out of sins. Those who will now seek the Lord earnestly, humbling their hearts before Him, and forsaking their sins, will, through the sanctification of the truth, be fitted to unite with the members of the royal family and will see the King in His beauty.
(21LtMs, Lt 280, 1906, 6)
To the churches in Boulder and Denver I would say, in the name of the Lord God of Israel: Put not your trust in the words and plans of any man. Hold fast to a plain, “Thus saith the Lord.” In these times of test and trial, there is danger that some of our brethren in Colorado may fail because of trusting in men who are not fitted to bear sacred responsibilities. There is grave danger in following the counsel of men who have not received the truth that would make them wise teachers and wise counselors in the church—unconverted men who in their transactions with unbelievers have not revealed the principles of Christian integrity.
(21LtMs, Lt 280, 1906, 7)
Whatever his educational attainments, only he who realizes his accountability to God, and who is led by the Holy Spirit, can be an effectual teacher, or be successful in winning to God those who are brought under his influence. Shall those who do not heed the divine counsel be acknowledged as leaders in the Lord’s institutions?—God forbid. How can we regard as safe guides those who manifest a spirit of unbelief, and who, in words and character, fail of revealing true godliness?
(21LtMs, Lt 280, 1906, 8)
“Verily, I say unto you, Except ye be converted, and become as little children (in learning the way of the Lord) ye shall not enter into the kingdom of heaven.” [Matthew 18:3.]
(21LtMs, Lt 280, 1906, 9)
Self needs to be brought into submission to the yoke of Christ. The great Teacher invites all to learn of Him. “For I am meek and lowly in heart,” He says, “and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:29, 30.]
(21LtMs, Lt 280, 1906, 10)
“Whosoever therefore shall humble himself as this little child, the same is greatest in the kingdom of heaven. And whoso receiveth one such little child in My name receiveth Me. But whoso shall offend one of these little ones which believe in Me, it were better for him that a millstone were hanged about his neck, and that he were drowned in the depths of the sea.... Take heed that ye despise not one of these little ones; for I say unto you that in heaven their angels do always behold the face of My Father which is in heaven.” [Matthew 18:4-6, 10.]
(21LtMs, Lt 280, 1906, 11)
“The Son of man is come to save that which was lost.” [Verse 11.] But those who desire to be saved must be willing to be saved in the Lord’s appointed way, and not in a way of their own choosing. The free grace of God is man’s only hope. God is in earnest with every one of us.
(21LtMs, Lt 280, 1906, 12)
If the churches in Denver and Boulder will come into line, other churches in Colorado will be greatly helped. There are some in Colorado who for a long time have walked perversely. If they will now turn to the Lord, He will accept their repentance, though they have sorely grieved His Spirit.
(21LtMs, Lt 280, 1906, 13)
It has been presented to me that, so far as possible, I am to impart instruction in the language of the Scriptures; for there are those whose spiritual discernment is confused; and when their errors are reproved, they will misinterpret and misapply what I might write, and thus make of none effect the words of warnings that the Lord sends. He desires that the messages He sends shall be recognized as the words of eternal truths.
(21LtMs, Lt 280, 1906, 14)
Let the Word of God speak:
(21LtMs, Lt 280, 1906, 15)
“I am the Lord your God, which have separated you from other people.... Ye shall be holy unto Me: for I the Lord am holy, and have severed you from other people, that ye should be Mine.” [Leviticus 20:24, 26.]
(21LtMs, Lt 280, 1906, 16)
“Lo, the people shall dwell alone,” was the word of God through Balaam, “and shall not be reckoned among the nations.” [Numbers 23:9.]
(21LtMs, Lt 280, 1906, 17)
We are called to be the Lord’s special people in a much higher sense than many have realized. The world lies in wickedness, and God’s people are to come out from the world and be separate. They are to be free from worldly customs and worldly habits. They are not to accord with worldly sentiments, but are to stand out distinct, as the Lord’s peculiar people, earnest in all their service. They are to have no fellowship with the works of darkness.
(21LtMs, Lt 280, 1906, 18)
“This is the victory that overcometh the world, even our faith.” [1 John 5:4.] This faith is to be revealed by our unity and by our love one for another.
(21LtMs, Lt 280, 1906, 19)
“And I, brethren, when I came unto you, came not with excellency of speech or of wisdom, declaring unto you the testimony of God. For I determined not to know anything among you, save Jesus Christ and Him crucified. And I was with you in weakness, and in fear, and in much trembling. And my speech and my preaching was not with enticing words of man’s wisdom, but in demonstration of the Spirit and of power: that your faith should not stand in the wisdom of men, but in the power of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 280, 1906, 20)
“Howbeit we speak wisdom among them that are perfect: yet not the wisdom of this world, nor of the princes of this world, that come to nought. But we speak the wisdom of God in a mystery, even the hidden wisdom, which God ordained before the world unto our glory: which none of the princes of this world knew: for had they known it, they would not have crucified the Lord of glory.
(21LtMs, Lt 280, 1906, 21)
“But as it is written, Eye hath not seen, nor ear heard neither have entered into the heart of man, the things which God hath prepared for them that love Him. But God hath revealed them unto us by His Spirit: for the Spirit searcheth all things, yea, the deep things of God. For what man knoweth the things of a man, save the spirit of man which is in him? Even so the things of God knoweth no man, but the Spirit of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 280, 1906, 22)
“Now we have received, not the spirit of the world, but the Spirit which is of God; that we might know the things that are freely given to us of God. Which things also we speak, not in the words which man’s wisdom teacheth, but which the Holy Ghost teacheth; comparing spiritual things with spiritual.
(21LtMs, Lt 280, 1906, 23)
“But the natural man receiveth not the things of the Spirit of God: for they are foolishness unto him: neither can he know them, because they are spiritually discerned. But he that is spiritual judgeth all things, yet he himself is judged of no man. For who hath known the mind of the Lord, that he may instruct Him? But we have the mind of Christ.” [1 Corinthians 2:1-16.]
(21LtMs, Lt 280, 1906, 24)
The true Christian can be distinguished from all others by his union with Christ. This unity marks him as a servant of the Lord Jesus Christ. He loves God, and it is his privilege to direct his prayers to his heavenly Father. He keeps the precepts of God’s law and stands distinct from the world, refusing to follow the plans and methods in which God is not recognized. He is pronounced by the Lord to be one of His peculiar people, zealous of good works.
(21LtMs, Lt 280, 1906, 26)
God will work through men of pronounced faith. Their light shines forth, and is not hid under a bushel. Our medical institutions have a decided work to do in honoring God by obeying all His commandments. The influence of the gospel will work for the salvation of the souls of those who come as patients to our sanitariums.
(21LtMs, Lt 280, 1906, 27)
My brethren and sisters, “Ye are the light of the world.... Let your light so shine before men, that they, by seeing your good works, may glorify your Father which is in heaven.” [Matthew 5:14, 16.]
(21LtMs, Lt 280, 1906, 28)
Lt 282, 1906
White, W. C. St. Helena, California August 28, 1906 Previously unpublished. + Elder W. C. White My dear Son:
Your telegram concerning the receipt of the sanitarium documents was received this forenoon. I fear that you were feeling anxious about me.
(21LtMs, Lt 282, 1906, 1)
The weather has been very warm, and I have felt much depressed by the heat. My ride last Thursday, in the hot sun, brought on a very severe sickness.
(21LtMs, Lt 282, 1906, 2)
I wrote to you yesterday, describing the scene that was presented to me Friday morning. From this I infer that some place will soon be visited with destruction from the Lord. When I awoke, I prayed earnestly and felt greatly relieved and blessed. The Lord gave me special confidence to rely upon Him, and I found peace and rest of soul. I am gaining in strength and courage.
(21LtMs, Lt 282, 1906, 3)
Sabbath morning, I told Sara that if I were asked, I would consent to speak at the sanitarium. She then informed me that Elder McClure had telephoned to ask if I would speak, and I told her to tell him that I would. The Lord blessed me richly in this effort. There was a large attendance, and excellent attention was given.
(21LtMs, Lt 282, 1906, 4)
If it were not for the long journey, I would like to visit Colorado; but at this time I dare not take such a journey. I should be pleased also, if I were able, to attend the camp-meeting in Washington, D.C. If I were to do this, I would visit Nashville on the way. But I do not feel sure that it is my duty to go East at this time.
(21LtMs, Lt 282, 1906, 5)
I am sending you copy of a letter I have received from Brother George Amadon. I am made sad to learn of the death of Elder S. H. Lane in New York.
(21LtMs, Lt 282, 1906, 6)
I have just been reading a selection that Clarence has prepared on the training of medical missionaries. I see the necessity of reprinting such manuscripts, referring to the sacredness of the work enjoined upon ministers and physicians. Such matter, well prepared in pamphlet form, would do much good. We have most precious matter to be prepared for publication, and we need the very best talent we can obtain for this work.
(21LtMs, Lt 282, 1906, 7)
After dinner, I read your letters telling of your experiences in Southern California. I was much pleased with their contents. I hope that your presence may be a blessing to our brethren in Boulder. May the Lord guide you at every step.
(21LtMs, Lt 282, 1906, 8)
Lt 284, 1906
Place, O. G. St. Helena, California August 29, 1906 Previously unpublished. + Dr. O. G. Place:
My brother, will you carefully review your past experience, and examine well the condition of your heart? Are you prepared for the time when from the lips of Him who will never lie shall go forth the words:
(21LtMs, Lt 284, 1906, 1)
“He that is unjust, let him be unjust still: and he which is filthy, let him be filthy still: and he that is righteous, let him be righteous still: and he that is holy, let him be holy still. And, behold, I come quickly; and My reward is with Me, to give to every man according as his work shall be. I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the end, the first and the last. Blessed are they that do His commandments, that they may have right to the tree of life, and may enter in through the gates into the city. For without are dogs and sorcerers, and whoremongers, and murderers, and idolaters, and whosoever loveth and maketh a lie.” [Revelation 22:11-15.]
(21LtMs, Lt 284, 1906, 2)
These words I am bidden to present for your consideration. What has been your choice? Those who choose to continue in sin may do so, but they must accept the awful results of their course of action. Those who choose the righteousness of Christ must diligently maintain their integrity. Men are to be judged, not according to their professions, but according to the purity of their motives, and according to their obedience to God’s law.
(21LtMs, Lt 284, 1906, 3)
Soon probation will close, and our eternal destiny will be forever fixed. God’s forbearance will not much longer remain with those who refuse to place themselves under the banner of Jesus Christ. Every one must give to God an account of his stewardship. The Lord calls upon you now to make thorough work for repentance.
(21LtMs, Lt 284, 1906, 4)
Time is very short. The wickedness of the wicked is becoming more and more pronounced in transgression and indifference to the moral principles of Jehovah’s law. Temptations will not decrease, but they will increase. Some who have once had light and knowledge of the truth will act for the enemy as decoys to lead others in a path of disobedience and transgression.
(21LtMs, Lt 284, 1906, 5)
God’s ministers will stand as laborers together with Him. They will act as His voice, inviting all to partake freely of the water of life. And the Holy Spirit will co-operate with them in giving this invitation.
(21LtMs, Lt 284, 1906, 6)
“And the Spirit and the bride say, Come. And let him that heareth say, Come. And let him that is athirst come. And whosoever will, let him take the water of life freely.” [Verse 17.] Blessed are they who will hearken unto the voice of this invitation.
(21LtMs, Lt 284, 1906, 7)
Christ declares, “Ye are the light of the world.” [Matthew 5:14.] We are to shine amid the moral darkness of sin and iniquity. The grace of the Lord Jesus will be revealed by an upright character. By beholding the light that shines forth in good works, many will be led to glorify God.
(21LtMs, Lt 284, 1906, 8)
Our sanitariums have been established for the purpose of preparing a people for the second coming of our Lord and Saviour. In these institutions there is to be a living representation of what God will do for those who will obey the requirements of His law. All who are connected with them are to be workers together with God in directing the minds of the afflicted to the great Healer, who will cleanse the character and fit men by His Holy Spirit for a home among the blessed in His kingdom. This hope is ever to be kept before the sick and suffering. They are to be made to realize the love of God, and His desire for their happiness, and for their salvation.
(21LtMs, Lt 284, 1906, 9)
The Lord has given to this people great light upon the principles of health reform. We have been instructed that the eating of the flesh of animals tends to shorten life, that it is not good for those who are well, and that it retards the work of recovery of those who are sick. The use of tea and coffee produces an unhealthful stimulation. In our institutions all these things should be discarded, and the patients are to be instructed how to live so that they may prevent disease. They are to be shown the evil results of indulgence of the appetite. Too great a variety at one meal, even of simple foods, will bring on serious disorders. These principles are to be clearly presented in lectures and in talks to the patients.
(21LtMs, Lt 284, 1906, 10)
It was pleasing to God that a sanitarium should be established in Boulder to stand as a light before the world. An institution has been erected and is well equipped for the carrying forward of a work after God’s order. In this institution are workers who are trying to serve the Lord and who are trying to walk in the light of health reform, as He has given it to His people.
(21LtMs, Lt 284, 1906, 11)
In opening another medical institution close by the one that had already been established, you were not guided by the Spirit of the Lord. In the serving of flesh food, and in permitting other harmful indulgences, you have worked counter to the light that the Lord has given in health reform. This has worked great confusion. Some who have not been willing to deny themselves have been persuaded to leave the sanitarium and go to a nearby institution where they might continue to indulge the appetite. Some have been led to believe that the health reform, as it is practiced in the older institutions, is of no importance. This inconsistency has served to keep those questions constantly agitated. What moral right have you to continue to tear down the work of the Boulder Sanitarium?
(21LtMs, Lt 284, 1906, 12)
At one time the question was raised as to whether you should purchase the Boulder Sanitarium. I was instructed that this would not be pleasing to the Lord; for you were not walking in His counsel. In establishing yourself so near to the older institution, you revealed a spirit of selfish ambition. And in the management of your institution, you have not heeded the light that the Lord has given as to how sanitariums should be conducted.
(21LtMs, Lt 284, 1906, 13)
These conditions have brought perplexity to the church. They have been used by the enemy to discourage the efforts of our brethren in the Boulder Sanitarium, who have endeavored to lessen a debt that they had not created. Your plans have been of human devising, and they have been contrary to justice, mercy, and righteousness. Will not the Lord judge for these things?
(21LtMs, Lt 284, 1906, 14)
My brother, my soul yearns for you, that you may be brought to a realization of your spiritual condition. Your religious experience is not such as God approves. Would that you might feel your need of a sin-pardoning Saviour. O that you might come to God, humbling your soul before Him and allowing your heart to break. Unless there is a decided change in your heart, you will never enter the kingdom of heaven.
(21LtMs, Lt 284, 1906, 15)
You know the truth, but your mind has not been brought into conformity to the mind of God. If you will face the mirror of God’s Word, you will see that unless you repent and turn unto the Lord, you will not stand in the heavenly courts. Repentance and conversion mean everything to you. Wash your robes of character in the blood of the Lamb. Make thorough work for eternity. Repent, before it is forever too late. Seek the Lord while He may be found; call upon Him while He is near. Will you heed this invitation, or will you reject the message?
(21LtMs, Lt 284, 1906, 16)
Your words and your insinuations may to some seem to be plausible, but your work will not stand under the investigation of God. Souls have been imperiled by your influence. Those who sustain you in your course of action are doing you an injury; for you are on the enemy’s enchanted ground.
(21LtMs, Lt 284, 1906, 17)
Even though you will continue to serve self, will you not remove to some locality, where you can carry on your work without injuring an institution that is struggling to stand on vantage ground? Can you not see that you are dishonoring God, and that you are working against His purposes, in attempting to conduct a medical institution so near to one that has the right of way?
(21LtMs, Lt 284, 1906, 18)
I entreat of you not to proceed further in your course. You have set a wrong example; but if you will now make the Lord your friend, and confess your sins, there is pardon for you. It will take courage for you to take your stand firmly on the right side and to represent the righteousness of heaven. When Christ is formed within, the hope of glory, there will be no scheming to gain advantage over others; but there will be seen an earnest endeavor to manifest the virtues of Christ.
(21LtMs, Lt 284, 1906, 19)
Once more, I beg of you to heed the invitation of Christ and to make thorough work for repentance before the words shall be spoken, “Let him alone.” [Hosea 4:17.] Will you not cast your soul on the mercy of Him who has given His life for your salvation?
(21LtMs, Lt 284, 1906, 20)
Lt 286, 1906
Logan, Roy St. Helena, California September 3, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in PC 220-221. + Roy Logan Dear Brother:
Sister King has spoken to me of you as a young man desiring advice in regard to entering a school of Osteopathy, conducted by unbelievers.
(21LtMs, Lt 286, 1906, 1)
I would caution you to be on your guard. You cannot be too careful how you place yourself in a position where you will be surrounded by students who are unbelievers, and receive instruction from teachers who are not taught by the great Teacher, the Lord Jesus Christ.
(21LtMs, Lt 286, 1906, 2)
It has frequently been seen that what seemed to be favorable opportunities for obtaining an education in worldly institutions were snares of the enemy. The time of the students has been fully occupied, to the exclusion of the study of God’s Word. They have completed the course of study, but they were not fitted to take up the study of the work of the Lord.
(21LtMs, Lt 286, 1906, 3)
It is not necessary for you to go to a worldly school to obtain an education; for there are excellent opportunities before you in schools conducted by those who understand the truth, and where you can receive an education in Bible knowledge. If you desire to fit yourself for medical missionary work, you can find at Loma Linda the very best opening. If you need preliminary work, this you can obtain at the college in Healdsburg. Would it not be wisdom for you to attend one of these schools, rather than to place yourself in the company of those who neither teach nor obey the commandments of God?
(21LtMs, Lt 286, 1906, 4)
You will have severe enough battles to fight, even when you place yourself under the best influences possible. Would it not be presumption to place yourself unnecessarily in a school where the teachers do not have respect to the Lord’s commandments, where the Sabbath is not recognized as His sign?
(21LtMs, Lt 286, 1906, 5)
For the present, my advice to you would be to counsel with Elder and Mrs. Haskell in Oakland. For a few weeks they will daily be giving special instruction in Bible lessons. The knowledge you might obtain from them would be of great value to you. I have been acquainted with Elder Haskell since he was a young man, and I know that he is one who has a good understanding of the Word of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 286, 1906, 6)
The large tent is now being put up in Oakland. You could help our workers in getting settled on the new ground and then attend the classes that are conducted by Elder and Mrs. Haskell. As you do this, you will learn the way of the Lord more perfectly.
(21LtMs, Lt 286, 1906, 7)
Our young men need, above all else, to be thoroughly instructed, that they may teach the way of the Lord to perishing souls. “The words that I speak unto you,” says Christ, “they are spirit, and they are life.” [John 6:63.] Study the Word. The strictest fidelity is to be cherished. The love of the truth, and a genuine desire for improvement in the understanding of the Word, will make you that ye shall neither be barren nor unfruitful in the service of God. As you learn, you should seek for opportunities to explain the truth to others.
(21LtMs, Lt 286, 1906, 8)
The tempter is watching you in your uncertainty. He will make a determined effort to secure you to serve his purposes. How few understand Satan’s great power to deceive! Close every door where he might enter. Surrender yourself, body, soul, and spirit, to God.
(21LtMs, Lt 286, 1906, 9)
Place yourself under those who teach and obey the truth, and learn all you can from them. When you place yourself under the influence of the Holy Spirit, then you can see light in God’s light, and you will rejoice in His truth. Keep yourself in the circle of His light, where His light is cherished, and then “let your light so shine before men that they, by seeing your good works, may glorify your Father which is in heaven.” [Matthew 5:16.]
(21LtMs, Lt 286, 1906, 10)
I expect to be in Oakland next Sabbath and Sunday; and if a favorable opportunity presents itself, I shall be pleased to meet you and counsel with you in regard to your work.
(21LtMs, Lt 286, 1906, 11)
Lt 288, 1906
White, J. E. St. Helena, California September 4, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in 6Bio 109. Elder J. E. White My dear Son:
Several times during the past few weeks I have made a beginning to write to you, but the letters have not been completed.
(21LtMs, Lt 288, 1906, 1)
I am much interested at present in the work in Oakland. Elder Haskell and his wife have made an excellent beginning. They are educating a class of students to support themselves by selling papers and books. I feel encouraged at the outlook. Elder Haskell conducts one class daily, besides helping in the evening discourses. Sister Haskell also conducts a Bible class and gives instruction in hygienic cooking. Her instruction in this line is very interesting to some who are not of our faith.
(21LtMs, Lt 288, 1906, 2)
Elder and Mrs. Haskell were planning to attend some of the camp-meetings in the south and east and then go to South Lancaster. He was present at the Oakland camp-meeting, held the latter part of July, and then they both were persuaded to unite for a few weeks with those who would remain to follow up the interest aroused by the camp-meeting.
(21LtMs, Lt 288, 1906, 3)
I attended the camp-meeting and spoke six or seven times. Each time the large tent was crowded, and some feared that I would be unable to make myself clearly heard by all. But the Lord blessed me with clearness of mind and strength of voice. I had a message to bear, and I was sustained by an unseen power.
(21LtMs, Lt 288, 1906, 4)
For several weeks before the camp-meeting, I had been suffering with influenza. It seemed that it would be impossible for me to speak at all; but although I spoke so frequently, I did not feel weary.
(21LtMs, Lt 288, 1906, 5)
The last Sabbath of the meeting, we had a revival service. After prayer by Elder Haskell, I spoke for about forty minutes. I called for those who would take a decided stand for the truth to rise to their feet. Nearly every one in the congregation arose. Then a call was made for those to come to the front seats, who desired especially to seek the Lord. As every seat was filled, it was necessary to ask those occupying the front seats to leave the tent. All the seats vacated at first were filled, and a second call was made for more seats. These were also filled.
(21LtMs, Lt 288, 1906, 6)
In speaking I had perspired freely, but I put on my fur cape and remained till the close of the meeting. As the congregation knelt in prayer, I felt the spirit of supplication and prayed earnestly for the blessing of the Lord. After the prayer, I spoke again to the people.
(21LtMs, Lt 288, 1906, 7)
As Elder Haskell spoke, I was reminded of the occasions years ago when he was laboring in Massachusetts with your father and me.
(21LtMs, Lt 288, 1906, 8)
Those who had come forward were requested to go to another tent, where they might unite in a testimony and praise meeting. Many of these offered themselves as candidates for baptism. Two baptismal services were held during the time of the camp-meeting and about sixty-five were baptized.
(21LtMs, Lt 288, 1906, 9)
Several of our brethren expressed themselves as believing that my strength and clearness of mind at these meetings were the result of God’s miracle-working power. Instead of feeling wearied after discourses, I felt refreshed. My voice was clear and filled the tent.
(21LtMs, Lt 288, 1906, 10)
The camp-meeting closed July 29, and most of our people returned to their homes. The large tent, however, was left standing, also about twenty of the smaller tents, to accommodate the workers who remained. It was announced that the evening services would be continued.
(21LtMs, Lt 288, 1906, 11)
Sabbath and Sunday, August 18 and 19, I spent in Oakland. The meetings were still in progress. Elder and Mrs. Haskell were conducting Bible studies in the forenoons, and in the afternoons the workers were going out and visiting from house to house. About forty were attending the morning classes, though not all of this number engaged in the afternoon work. I had great freedom in speaking to the people, who had assembled in the large tent, from Oakland, Berkeley, Alameda, and San Francisco.
(21LtMs, Lt 288, 1906, 12)
The Lord has blessed the labors of Elder and Mrs. Haskell. One day, a lady—a stranger to Sister Haskell—slipped two coins into Sister Haskell’s hand. Sister Haskell thought it to be two quarters, but when she looked she saw that they were twenty-dollar gold pieces. Sister Haskell asked the lady if she had not made a mistake, but she replied that she had not. The lady refused to give her name, but it has since been learned that she is not of our people. Her husband is an influential man in the city.
(21LtMs, Lt 288, 1906, 13)
The labors of Elder Haskell are especially valuable, because he went through the early experiences of the message. With my husband, we were united in bearing a wonderful testimony; and we can remember the early experiences as we traveled step by step under the guidance of the Holy Spirit. We drew our strength from the highest power that can be given to mortals. In answer to our prayers for guidance, the light was given to me in such a manner as to convince the congregations assembled.
(21LtMs, Lt 288, 1906, 14)
On one occasion I spoke twice in one day to a gathering of about twenty thousand. I had spoken to our own people, and after the discourse twelve men came to the stand and gave me an earnest invitation to speak upon the temperance question in a place a few miles distant. They said that they had given to the last woman who had spoken for them twenty dollars, but that they were willing to give me more than this. I told them I would try to fill the appointment, and that if I failed, my husband would come. They said that they wanted me; for a man would not have influence as would a woman in speaking against the tobacco habit. They said that on Monday night they could best secure the hall, and the appointment was made for that time.
(21LtMs, Lt 288, 1906, 15)
When Monday came, I labored most earnestly. About one hundred of our people were baptized; and when the afternoon came, I felt so tired that it seemed I could not read the texts in the Bible. But I felt that I must keep my appointment. Elder Haskell drove us in his easy carriage the distance of five miles. We went into the hall by a side entrance and found upon the platform about twenty influential men. After the prayer I arose to speak, but felt so weak that it seemed at first that I could not stand. But as has been the case on many other occasions, the power of the Holy Spirit rested upon me, and I was strengthened. This effort took away the bitter prejudice that many had cherished against Seventh-day Adventists, and I received invitations to speak in several places.
(21LtMs, Lt 288, 1906, 16)
After I had been speaking a short time, a temperance hymn was sung, and during the song a collection was taken up. This collection they afterward urged me to accept, but I refused to receive a penny. I told them that I would donate the amount to the temperance work in which they were engaged.
(21LtMs, Lt 288, 1906, 17)
During the discourse, as the power of the Lord gave force to the words and the arguments presented, some of the men on the platform grasped my husband’s hand and pressed it so hard that he said they made it lame. After the meeting, many came to shake hands with us and to thank us for the discourse.
(21LtMs, Lt 288, 1906, 18)
The Lord was with us then; but, Edson, I felt the power of God just as decidedly on the camp-ground in Oakland as I did in the earlier days of the message. The sweet peace of God was upon me, and I felt refreshed rather than wearied. I praise the Lord with heart and soul and voice for His wonderful blessings to me.
(21LtMs, Lt 288, 1906, 19)
A few days ago, our brethren were obliged to vacate the place they had been occupying with the tents, as a circus was coming to occupy the grounds. The tents, however, will soon be put up again on a lot of ground in some other portion of the city.
(21LtMs, Lt 288, 1906, 20)
Last Friday morning I made another trip to Oakland. As the large tent had been taken down, our people secured the use of the Congregational church for our Sabbath services. On Sabbath morning Elder Haskell spoke in the church in San Francisco, in the church that had not been destroyed by the earthquake; Sister Haskell spoke to the church in Alameda; Brother Dores Robinson in Berkeley; and Elder Hibbard in Oakland. In all these churches the appointment was given out that I would speak in the afternoon.
(21LtMs, Lt 288, 1906, 21)
When I reached the church, I found the hall crowded. I felt impressed to urge upon all our people present the necessity of taking a decided interest in working Oakland. We must not leave the enemy to come in and sow his tares among the precious seeds of truth that have already been sown. Let all realize the solemnity of this truth. There are many religious movements, many “isms,” but Christ will identify Himself with the needy souls who are seeking after truth. We need true workers, workers whose hearts and minds are imbued with the truth, who will act a part in bringing the truth to other minds. Every Christian should be a missionary, working for the salvation of souls.
(21LtMs, Lt 288, 1906, 22)
The children in our families need thorough instruction in the Bible. Let every soul put his talent of means and his talent of speech into the service of God. We are not to condemn others, but we must win them to a knowledge of the truth.
(21LtMs, Lt 288, 1906, 23)
Because of the importance of this work, I have urged that Elder Haskell and his wife, as ministers of God, shall give Bible instruction to those who will offer themselves for service. There are souls everywhere that can be impressed. The love of Christ must be in the soul, and there must be a sympathy with Him in an intense desire to win souls by a close study of the Word of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 288, 1906, 24)
God will use humble men. He will make of every consecrated man a light-bearing Christian. Not the most eloquent in speech, not those who are the best versed in so-called theology, are always the most successful, but those who will work diligently and humbly for the Master.
(21LtMs, Lt 288, 1906, 25)
Christ says, “Where two or three are gathered in My name, there am I in their midst.” [Matthew 18:20.] The blessing of God is not always in proportion to the number who gather. They receive the blessing who are meek and lowly, who have that faith that works by love and purifies the soul.
(21LtMs, Lt 288, 1906, 26)
Before I finished my discourse, I asked all to arise who would stand faithfully by Elder Haskell and his wife, by Elder Hibbard, and those who were laboring with them. I urged them to consider that now is the opportune time to work Oakland, and that to every man is given his work. I asked, “How many will pledge themselves to be in earnest in this work?” The whole congregation responded by rising, and we hope that much good may be accomplished by their united efforts.
(21LtMs, Lt 288, 1906, 27)
On Sunday afternoon, I spoke again to our people, assembled in the Congregational church. The next morning, we came home on the train to St. Helena, and I have been busy writing ever since my return. I expect to go again to Oakland at the end of this week.
(21LtMs, Lt 288, 1906, 28)
I would be pleased to see you and Emma. I believe that she would have many advantages if she were here. I do not wish to urge you against your judgment, but if Emma will come, I will give her a hearty welcome to my home and will see that everything possible is done for her.
(21LtMs, Lt 288, 1906, 29)
I have written you quite a long letter and will now have it copied and sent to you.
(21LtMs, Lt 288, 1906, 30)
With love and in haste.
(21LtMs, Lt 288, 1906, 31)
Lt 290, 1906
Kress, Brother and Sister [D. H.] St. Helena, California September 2, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in OHC 16. Dear Brother and Sister Kress:
I have read your letters once, but shall read them again. I have no light concerning your removal from your present position. When the Lord raises up a man to stand by your side to share your responsibilities, then it will be consistent for you to share your burdens with him. But do not worry. Let the Lord indicate your duty. “Let not your heart be troubled: ye believe in God, believe also in Me. In My Father’s house are many mansions: if it were not so, I would have told you. I go to prepare a place for you. And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again, and receive you unto Myself.” [John 14:1-3.]
(21LtMs, Lt 290, 1906, 1)
It is not profitable to conjecture what will be in the future. If we live by the Word of God daily, making it our counselor, we will reveal Christ in our character. We are to perfect holiness in the fear of the Lord Jesus, whose life was a sacrifice. After He clothed His divinity with humanity, Christ died not a martyr, but a victim; not an example, but a sacrifice. As “never man spake like this man” [John 7:46], so never man lived like this man and never man died like this man.
(21LtMs, Lt 290, 1906, 2)
The Lord will open to us even in this life wondrous things out of His Word. What was the proof that Christ was risen? The Word of God says, “In the end of the Sabbath, as it began to dawn toward the first day of the week, came Mary Magdalene and the other Mary to see the sepulchre. And, behold, there was a great earthquake: for the angel of the Lord descended from heaven, and came and rolled back the stone from the door, and sat upon it. His countenance was like lightning, and his raiment white as snow: and for fear of him the keepers did shake, and became as dead men. And the angel answered and said unto the women, Fear not ye: for I know that ye seek Jesus, which was crucified. He is not here: for He is risen, as He said. Come, see the place where the Lord lay. And go quickly, and tell His disciples that He is risen from the dead; and, behold, He goeth before you into Galilee; there shall ye see Him: lo, I have told you. And they departed quickly from the sepulchre with fear and great joy; and did run to bring His disciples word.” [Matthew 28:1-8.]
(21LtMs, Lt 290, 1906, 3)
The very best evidence that we have that Christ is the Son of God is our personal experience. That which our heart has felt, which confirms the inspired Word of God, makes our experience a living reality; and let not Satan in any way allure the mind or confuse the spiritual knowledge. We have Christ. We are not taught this evidence of man, but of the Lord Jesus Himself. He said to His disciples and mother, “Whither I go ye know, and the way ye know. Thomas saith unto Him, Lord, we know not whither Thou goest; and how can we know the way?” [John 14:4, 5.] Here unbelief comes in.
(21LtMs, Lt 290, 1906, 4)
Brother and Sister Kress, I hope we will, through the evidence that Christ has given us, revive our faith daily, through the Word. Be of good courage. I am only troubled as I see men who ought to know the Way, the Truth, and the Life, stumbling in uncertain paths and losing their faith in the works and ways of God. O what a treasure is the fifteenth chapter of John! It is full of encouragement and assurance and hope. I would advise you to talk faith and to lift others up on the platform of faith.
(21LtMs, Lt 290, 1906, 5)
“Then Pilate entered into the judgment hall again, and called Jesus, and said unto Him, Art Thou the King of the Jews? Jesus answered him, Sayest thou this thing of thyself, or did others tell it thee of Me? Pilate answered, Am I a Jew? Thine own nation and the chief priests have delivered Thee unto me: what hast Thou done? Jesus answered, My kingdom is not of this world: if My kingdom were of this world, then would My servants fight, that I should not be delivered to the Jews: but now is My kingdom not from hence. Pilate therefore said unto Him, Art Thou a king then? Jesus answered, Thou sayest that I am a king. To this end was I born, and for this cause came I into the world, that I should bear witness unto the truth. Every one that is of the truth heareth My voice. Pilate saith unto Him, What is truth? And when he had said this, he went out again unto the Jews, and saith unto them, I find in Him no fault at all. But ye have a custom, that I should release unto you one at the passover: will ye therefore that I release unto you the King of the Jews? Then cried they all again, saying, Not this man, but Barabbas. Now Barabbas was a robber.” [John 18:33-40.]
(21LtMs, Lt 290, 1906, 6)
This is the very experience we shall have to pass through. But how rejoiced we should be that Christ is where He takes a view of all these things. It would be well for our people to brace up for Christ’s sake, knowing that every circumstance of our life is open before Him with whom we have to do, and He will sustain us. But we are to stand on the elevated platform of eternal truth. Every false platform will be shaken to pieces, and therefore we are not to trust any man or think too much of the words that they may speak, or afflict our souls on account of them just now in the peculiar circumstances in which we may be. Cling to the mighty One; lean not on man, but lean with all your faith and assurance upon Jesus. He will help and bless and strengthen you. We can see the evidence of our God and the proof of the great care the Lord Jesus has for those who accept Him as their personal Saviour. His Word is truth, and it is a power to every soul that walks humbly before God. The way we may become strong is to repeat and never tire of repeating how sure and steadfast we are in contemplating the truth as it is in Jesus.
(21LtMs, Lt 290, 1906, 7)
As we have been great receivers, let us magnify the Lord and be great givers. The plain duty we have to do is to lift up before the people the way of the Lord. Lift Him up in prayer by that faith which works by love and purifies the soul. We are to reveal the fragrance of the life of Christ in our lives.
(21LtMs, Lt 290, 1906, 8)
“I am the Way, the Truth, and the Life.” [John 14:6.] What would be the use of a way direct and sure in its course to glory, if no light of truth shone upon that path that travellers should desire it? What would be the use of truth shining on the way if there was no life in the persons that walked in the way, in the pilgrims’ journey from the earthly to the heavenly? But having the statement of Christ, “I am the Way, the Truth, and the Life,” all who believe in Jesus, the Leader, may in confidence walk heavenward, sure that we are in the path outlined in the Word as the Way. There is safety in following this way of which it is stated, “I am the Way, the Truth, and the Life.” Christ is the foundation of all spiritual life. As in God we live and move and have our being, we have our natural life through Christ in God.
(21LtMs, Lt 290, 1906, 9)
If possible, cheer up, Sister Olsen. I hope the dear soul will not get Elder Olsen unsettled. If it is best for him to leave his present field of labor, he himself will understand it.
(21LtMs, Lt 290, 1906, 10)
Lt 292, 1906
Kress, Brother and Sister [D. H.] St. Helena, California September 4, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in TDG 256. Dear Brother and Sister Kress:
All who are determined to hold fast to every feature of our faith should stand against the wiles of the devil. We are all to understand that there is a fallen angel who was once next to Christ in honor among the heavenly host. His work of deception was done in so great secrecy that the angels in less-exalted positions supposed that he was the Ruler of heaven. Satan made the representation that all wrong insinuations existing in heaven originated among the angels, while he himself had made suggestions which would never have been entertained by the angels, had he not created them. He artfully presented these things to God, as having come from the angels, while they all originated with the evil Satan himself.
(21LtMs, Lt 292, 1906, 1)
We know that there is a fallen angel. He fell because he refused to obey the laws of heaven. He is called the Prince of Darkness, Beelzebub, that old serpent, the Devil, a deceiver, a liar, the prince of the powers of the air, and the god of this world. There is such a power, although concealed under a variety of disguises. Because he was not able to insinuate his deceptions upon Christ, he determined to undermine Him by false statements and reports. War in heaven was the result, and Satan was expelled. He became Christ’s most deadly foe. His constant effort was to counteract, in every possible way, His great work of saving souls.
(21LtMs, Lt 292, 1906, 2)
Christ had worked in the heavenly courts to convince Satan of his terrible error, till at last the evil one and his sympathizers were found in open rebellion against God Himself. Then he claimed a right to take a position above Christ as covering cherub. Expelled from heaven, he came to this earth, determined to work against Christ. He is in no danger of losing the angels that he deceived. He has them under his banner, enlisted to fight against the Son of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 292, 1906, 3)
When Christ came to this world, Satan was constantly on his track, striving to make his work of no avail. When Christ was healing the sick and afflicted, Satan was on the ground, making His work of saving souls as hard as possible. It was because of Satan’s power to afflict and torment human beings that Christ came to our world. He came to counterwork Satan’s power over men and women. But the enemy tried in every way to hinder Him. When souls, convicted and aroused to their danger, began to inquire, “What shall I do that I may have eternal life?” Satan was present, to stir up the minds of the priests and rulers to oppose the Saviour’s work, to hedge up His way. But Christ ever proved Himself superior to Satan. Rebuking the satanic agencies, He set free the poor souls who were bound by his chains and bade them go free.
(21LtMs, Lt 292, 1906, 4)
Lt 294, 1906
Olsen, Sister [O. A.] St. Helena, California September 9, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in 1MCP 68; 2MCP 400-401. + Dear Sister Olsen:
I have read your letter; and I would say, my sister, your worriment of mind is not necessary. Your husband has located you where you could feel secure. You are in a desirable place, near the sanitarium, where you can be looked after and cared for. You need to compose your mind and to know that you have angels of God to guard you.
(21LtMs, Lt 294, 1906, 1)
The Lord has love for you and care for you; and while your husband is not always with you, yet you have excellent companionship right on the premises where your house is built. Do not keep your mind in an unrestful attitude; for this is detrimental to your health. You must realize that no one is capable of composing your mind but your individual self. You are too ready to look on the discouraging side. This has been a weakness in your character. It hurts your experience and gives a sad complexion to your husband’s experience. You brood too much. Whatever you can do to divert your mind from your individual self, in any line of employment, do it.
(21LtMs, Lt 294, 1906, 2)
You are to appreciate the great gift to our world of Jesus Christ, and you may expect much peace and comfort and love exercised to keep your mind in perfect peace. Every believer is to be clothed in the righteousness of Christ, and that righteousness speaks better things than the blood of Abel.
(21LtMs, Lt 294, 1906, 3)
Christ’s life is given, a full sacrifice and atonement, for you, Sister Olsen, that you shall see and understand that divinity clothed with humanity came to our world, that all who believe in Christ shall not now and then be receiving help from Christ, but, as many as received Him, to them gave He power to become sons and daughters of God. You are then especially made partaker of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust. You must do a work for yourself in consideration of this wonderful gift of God to you.
(21LtMs, Lt 294, 1906, 4)
The grace of Christ is to be daily received and then acted out in words, in spirit, in deeds. Exercise, as is your privilege, that faith; and cherish that hope and comfort, which Christ has provided in your behalf. He has honored your husband and sons with the grand privilege of becoming children of God, sons of God, heirs of God, and joint-heirs with Jesus Christ, if they will walk in the light as Christ is in the light. Each is on test and trial to perfect a character after the divine similitude.
(21LtMs, Lt 294, 1906, 5)
All our future rests with our individual action in opening our heart to receive the Prince of Peace. Our minds can find quiet and rest in and through committing ourselves to Christ, in whom is efficiency of power. Having secured that peace, that comfort, that hope, which He offers to your soul, your heart will be rejoicing in God our Saviour for the great and wondrous hope presented to you as an individual who recognizes the great Gift. Then you will be so thankful, that you will praise God for the great love and grace bestowed upon you.
(21LtMs, Lt 294, 1906, 6)
Behold your Helper, Jesus Christ. Welcome Him, and invite His gracious presence. Your mind may be renewed day by day, and it is your privilege to accept peace and rest, and rise above your worriment, and praise God for your blessings. Do not erect barriers of objectionable things to keep Jesus away from your soul. Change your voice; repine not; let gratitude be expressed for the great love of Christ that has been and is still being shown toward you.
(21LtMs, Lt 294, 1906, 7)
You are not to suppose that if you only were in some other place, you could be a great blessing. The Lord has in His great goodness spared your life, and not extinguished it. Then live, while you do live, to His name’s glory. Speak forth the praises of God, and crown your Saviour with thanksgiving and praise. This is the most precious work you can do. Honor the Lord Jesus with a contented mind. Look onward and upward to the period when Christ Jesus shall come to be admired of His saints and glorified in all them that believe.
(21LtMs, Lt 294, 1906, 8)
Christ determines that He shall make the hearts of the complaining and sad ones to possess sanctified affections; and He has sent His Holy Spirit for all who will to receive His peace, His rest, His comfort, His joy, and to express in words of thanksgiving and praise the joy that the beholding of Him as a sin-pardoning Saviour gives to all who will exercise faith, casting unbelief out of the soul temple.
(21LtMs, Lt 294, 1906, 9)
When the Lord sees that the time has come for your husband to return to America, He will give the plain evidence. Wait patiently until the Lord points out the way. The Lord Jesus would renew your mind with freshness, and remove all that causes you to be disconsolate; by beholding you may be changed into His divine likeness. Gather up all the gospel promises, and believe, believe that He is, and is a rewarder of all who will come to Him, that they might have life. The Great Teacher is waiting to enrich His church with the operation of the Holy Spirit. He will renew every despondent soul who looks unto Jesus and exercises the mind with a practical appreciation of His assuring promises.
(21LtMs, Lt 294, 1906, 10)
Do you believe, my sister, that Jesus will refresh your mind and make you hopeful and thankful and full of praise, to His name’s glory? The soul of the church is the Holy Spirit; and this, received by the church, will be such a blessing that it will make them the light of the world. The Holy Spirit is needed in every church, in every home, in every heart, because it is the life of the world.
(21LtMs, Lt 294, 1906, 11)
Christ has been represented to me as taking your hand, Sister Olsen, and saying to you, Look, believe in Me, and thou shalt have peace and life.
(21LtMs, Lt 294, 1906, 12)
I have arisen at three o’clock to write these lines by candlelight. It is a message given to me, a representation to present to you. God will bless you, if you believe.
(21LtMs, Lt 294, 1906, 13)
Lt 296, 1906
Olsen, O. A. St. Helena, California September 9, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in UL 266. + Elder O. A. Olsen Dear Brother:
You must keep your mind stayed upon the Lord. It is not right that you should become discouraged when you see unbelief coming into the churches. Gird on the armor of the Lord.
(21LtMs, Lt 296, 1906, 1)
“Grace unto you, and peace, from God our Father, and the Lord Jesus Christ. We are bound to thank God always for you, as it is meet, because that your faith groweth exceedingly, and the charity of every one of you all toward each other aboundeth. So that we ourselves glory in you in the churches of God, for your patience and faith in all your persecutions and tribulations, that ye endure; which is a manifest token of the righteous judgment of God, that ye may be counted worthy of the kingdom of God, for which ye also suffer.” [2 Thessalonians 1:2-5.]
(21LtMs, Lt 296, 1906, 2)
We will not advise you to be in any way discouraged. Opposition will come. Unbelief will be manifested by those who do not encourage faith and hope. When you cannot tell which way to turn, rest the whole matter with God. Encourage in your heart the faith that works by love and purifies the soul.
(21LtMs, Lt 296, 1906, 3)
“And to you who are troubled rest with us, when the Lord Jesus shall be revealed from heaven with His mighty angels, in flaming fire taking vengeance upon them that know not God, and that obey not the gospel of our Lord Jesus Christ; who shall be punished with everlasting destruction from the presence of the Lord, and from the glory of His power; when He shall come to be glorified in His saints, and to be admired in all them that believe (because our testimony among you was believed) in that day. Wherefore also we pray always for you, that our God would count you worthy of this calling, and fulfil all the good pleasure of His goodness, and the work of faith with power; that (not the human agencies, but) the name of our Lord Jesus Christ may be glorified in you, and ye in Him, according to the grace of our God and the Lord Jesus Christ.” [Verses 7-12.]
(21LtMs, Lt 296, 1906, 4)
Elder Olsen, are you desirous of leaving Australia? I have hoped that yourself and wife would continue to remain for a time where you are. When your work in Australia is finished, you will be guided to some other field, which the Lord will reveal to you. The Lord has a work for you somewhere, but wherever that field may be, do not make an incomplete work of your consecration. Strive earnestly to glorify God, who has given His only begotten Son to save you.
(21LtMs, Lt 296, 1906, 5)
When you teach the Word, keep to the affirmative, and let the melting mercy of the love of God into your heart and the quickening influence of His Holy Spirit into your mind.
(21LtMs, Lt 296, 1906, 6)
“God hath not given us the spirit of fear; but of power, and of love, and of a sound mind. Be not thou therefore ashamed of the testimony of our Lord, nor of me, His prisoner; but be thou partaker of the afflictions of the gospel according to the power of God; who hath saved us, and called us with an holy calling, not according to our works, but according to His own purpose and grace, which was given us in Christ Jesus before the world began, and is now made manifest by the appearing of our Saviour Jesus Christ, who hath abolished death, and hath brought life and immortality to light through the gospel; whereunto I am appointed a preacher, and an apostle, and a teacher of the Gentiles. For the which cause I also suffer these things; nevertheless I am not ashamed; for I know whom I have believed, and am persuaded that He is able to keep that which I have committed unto Him against that day.” [2 Timothy 1:7-12.]
(21LtMs, Lt 296, 1906, 7)
Dear Brother Olsen, be of good courage in the Lord. “Hold fast the form of sound words, which thou hast heard of me, in faith and love which is in Christ Jesus. That good thing which was committed unto thee keep by the Holy Ghost which dwelleth in us.” [Verses 13, 14.] Now is our time to pray and to believe and to do earnest work before the church, the means of higher education and the agency of the Holy Spirit. That agency is truly for your life. Christ, the chief Physician, has the only hand that can apply the unfailing remedy.
(21LtMs, Lt 296, 1906, 8)
I am instructed by the Holy Spirit to say, All who believe the truth are to be the Lord’s messengers. As disciples they are to learn continually of Christ how to lift up their thoughts, to enlarge their expectations, and to have the loftiest conceptions of His excellence and grace; that the endowment of His Holy Spirit may compensate for the loss of His personal presence. This the Saviour sought to impress on the minds of His disciples.
(21LtMs, Lt 296, 1906, 9)
Let there be more earnest prayer in seeking the Lord. “Everyone,” said Christ, “that asketh, receiveth; and he that seeketh findeth.” [Matthew 7:8.] I am enjoined to urge upon every teacher of the gospel the need of multiplying and enlarging their conceptions of what Christ will be to them in carrying responsibilities. Capabilities increase wonderfully under the Holy Spirit’s power.
(21LtMs, Lt 296, 1906, 10)
Work under the application of the Word. Preach short discourses, right to the point. Then call for those who desire to reach a higher standard to signify their desire and take their position as humble suppliants for increase of tenderness and for the pitying love of Jesus for all their fellow beings.
(21LtMs, Lt 296, 1906, 11)
You who believe the truth, will you die to your own self-uplifting? Will you seek the Lord most earnestly? Pray, pray as humble seekers. Do not put your ingenuity to work to prove that others are evil; but tell them in tenderness to probe deeply their own sinful hearts and pray that the Lord will purge the soul temple of sins. Let each confess his own sins; then may he draw nigh with full assurance of faith. Exhort your brethren to let brotherly love continue. “The peace of God, that brought again from the dead our Lord Jesus, that great shepherd of the sheep, through the blood of the everlasting covenant, make you perfect in every good work to do His will, working in you that which is well-pleasing in His sight, through Jesus Christ; to whom be glory forever and ever.” [Hebrews 13:20, 21.]
(21LtMs, Lt 296, 1906, 12)
These words are impressed upon my mind: “The elders which are among you I exhort, which am also an elder, and a witness of the sufferings of Christ, and also a partaker of the glory that shall be revealed; feed the flock of God which is among you, taking the oversight thereof, not by constraint, but willingly; not for filthy lucre, but of a ready mind; neither as being lords over God’s heritage; but being ensamples to the flock. And when the chief shepherd shall appear, ye shall receive a crown of glory that fadeth not away. Likewise ye younger, submit yourselves unto the elder. Yea, all of you be subject one to another, and be clothed with humility; for God resisteth the proud, and giveth grace to the humble. Humble yourselves, therefore, under the mighty hand of God, that He may exalt you in due time; casting all your care upon Him; for He careth for you. Be sober, be vigilant; because your adversary the devil, as a roaring lion, walketh about seeking whom he may devour; whom resist stedfast in the faith, knowing that the same afflictions are accomplished in your brethren that are in the world. But the God of all grace, who hath called us unto eternal glory by Christ Jesus, after that ye have suffered awhile, make you perfect, stablish, strengthen, settle you. To Him be glory and dominion forever and ever.” [1 Peter 5:1-11.]
(21LtMs, Lt 296, 1906, 13)
Lt 298, 1906
Belden, Brother and Sister [S. T.] St. Helena, California September 11, 1906 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother and Sister Belden:
I keep you in my mind and ask the Lord to relieve you of this terrible affliction. Do not fail to write to me, even if your letter must be short. We as a family are interested in your case and would relieve you if we could.
(21LtMs, Lt 298, 1906, 1)
We have had an excellent camp-meeting in Oakland. On Sabbath the tent was filled with our people, who gathered from scattered localities. The presence of the Lord was with us. We believe that time now if very short; and the petition I make often before I realize that I am praying is: Come, Lord Jesus, come quickly.
(21LtMs, Lt 298, 1906, 2)
Our meetings have been very interesting. There have never been in any period of our work such wonderful openings for the truth to go to foreign countries. At the close of our camp-meeting at Oakland, sixty-five were baptized. These came forward during the meeting at our invitation that they become Christians. The revival of the Holy Spirit was as deeply felt as in our work forty years ago. When we called them to come forward, those sitting in the front had to vacate their seats, and people had to go out of the tent. Then we knelt in prayer. I united in the prayers, although I had been speaking for more than an hour. All were faithfully labored for after the meeting, and at the last a baptism was held when sixty-five were baptized. Those present said it was an interesting occasion. I was not at the baptism. Although not weary, I knew I had gone as far as I ought. These meetings will be a great blessing to the people.
(21LtMs, Lt 298, 1906, 3)
We have just heard of the death of Sands Lane. We shall miss his labors very much. I have a long testimonial from him. He did not say he was sick, but I think it was his dying testimony. I can say of his case, “Blessed are the dead which die in the Lord from henceforth; they rest from their labors, and their works do follow them.” [Revelation 14:13.]
(21LtMs, Lt 298, 1906, 4)
And now I will say to you, dear children, God has not forsaken Norfolk Island. Do not be discouraged, but know that we are praying for you. We would wait upon you to relieve you if we could. As this cannot be, we say to you: Put your trust in God, and know that He, as the Great Physician, can do large things. O believe, my soul says, Believe, and you will find rest both to your souls and bodies.
(21LtMs, Lt 298, 1906, 5)
W. C. White is now in Colorado. He attended the camp-meeting in Los Angeles. This was an excellent meeting. About fifteen thousand dollars was raised to erect bathrooms for the Loma Linda Sanitarium and to fit schools for a higher grade of study. These schools will be started in the best localities and under the best teachers. From Colorado W. C. White goes to College View. He was very much worn down with night work, preparing matter to be printed. He needed rest. He says he rested on the cars. He will be gone three weeks, and we are all doing what we can.
(21LtMs, Lt 298, 1906, 6)
My workers now are: Dores Robinson and his wife Ella May Robinson; Clarence Crisler, who is a most capable, all-round man, having had a long experience; Maggie Hare; Helen Graham; and Minnie Hawkins, who has just arrived from Australia. Maggie Hare has been much afflicted with her eyes. Then about three months ago she met with a serious accident, having one of her limbs shot. She has not therefore been able to help me much. Brother James’ son also, a lad of about seventeen years of age, is obtaining an experience in office work. Sister Peck is on a line of work for the church schools. She is also my bookkeeper. This comprises my workers. We wish them all to become noble, self-reliant, sweet-spirited, growing Christians.
(21LtMs, Lt 298, 1906, 7)
Sister Belden, we hope and pray that you can now rest nights. And poor Stephen, we pity him so much. I will say again, The Lord bless you and relieve you of suffering.
(21LtMs, Lt 298, 1906, 8)
Lt 300, 1906
White, Emma St. Helena, California September 17, 1906 Previously unpublished. My dear daughter Emma White:
Some time ago we received a letter from Edson, saying that you were seriously ill, and that he was just about to start for Battle Creek. Later we received a telegram saying that you were in a dangerous condition, and still later another telegram informing us that you had passed the danger point. Now we have received from Brother Amadon a letter giving the particulars of your recovery in answer to prayer.
(21LtMs, Lt 300, 1906, 1)
O how thankful I am for this news that the Lord has heard prayer in your behalf. I praise Him for His loving-kindness. Let us give to His name all the glory.
(21LtMs, Lt 300, 1906, 2)
Dear daughter Emma, I am relieved of a great physical strain that has been caused by my anxiety regarding your condition. I have prayed the Lord to shield you by His mercy, and I believe that He has answered the prayers offered in your behalf.
(21LtMs, Lt 300, 1906, 3)
I praise our God with heart and soul and voice. Let us ever put our trust in Him and never question or doubt His goodness. We are rich in the possession of so compassionate a Saviour and a Redeemer rich in grace to impart to all who ask in faith. He invites us to come to Him without money and without price. “Ask, and ye shall receive; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you.” [Matthew 7:7.] Why do we not trust fully and entirely in the Lord?
(21LtMs, Lt 300, 1906, 4)
I am holding fast to the promises of God. At our Oakland camp-meeting, the latter part of July, I spoke six times. On the last Sabbath of the meeting, I spoke in the large tent, but I could not then lay down my burden. Our brethren called for those to come forward who desired especially to seek the Lord. I spoke again, earnestly entreating all to take their stand firmly for God. This many did, and I united with others in prayer. The Lord gave us precious victories at this meeting. Instead of being wearied by such a taxing effort, I felt refreshed, and this was my experience each time I spoke at the camp-meeting. If ever I felt around me the everlasting arms, I did on this occasion.
(21LtMs, Lt 300, 1906, 5)
Since the camp-meeting, I have labored constantly. I have spoken to large congregations at the sanitarium, in Oakland, and last week in Mountain View. I have felt perfect freedom from pain, and my head has been clear. I can walk up and down stairs easily. This is indeed a manifestation of the power of God in my behalf, and I praise His holy name.
(21LtMs, Lt 300, 1906, 6)
I write this in haste, as I wish it to go by the first mail. May the Lord bless you and Frank, and your sister and your niece. Let us all praise the Lord with heart and soul and voice.
(21LtMs, Lt 300, 1906, 7)
Lt 302, 1906
Washburn, J. S. St. Helena, California September 30, 1906 Previously unpublished. + Elder J. S. Washburn Dear Brother:
This morning I received and read your letter. I certainly desire that the four hundred dollars that a sister in Iowa is willing to lend without interest shall be used where it is most needed. I shall be pleased to see it used in the needy South.
(21LtMs, Lt 302, 1906, 1)
I desire to do all I can to encourage and help the school at Madison. I know that the Lord directed in the selection of this property. The place is suitable for the carrying forward of a high-grade educational work. Let no one speak a word to discourage those who are laboring in Madison.
(21LtMs, Lt 302, 1906, 2)
There must be no manifestation of selfish interests among the workers either in Madison or in Nashville. I feel an equal interest in the work in these two places. The school at Madison will make a success in fitting up workers, if they do not become discouraged. With the blessing of the Lord the sanitarium in Nashville may do a good work.
(21LtMs, Lt 302, 1906, 3)
I would have been pleased if the school and the sanitarium had been united at Madison. The sanitarium might be a help to the school and the school to the sanitarium. I am bearing a decided testimony to our brethren at Loma Linda, that if the school work and the sanitarium work are separated, neither will make a complete whole. But since the sanitarium is not connected with the school in Madison, I would say, Let there be perfect harmony between workers in the two institutions. Let the workers in Nashville help and encourage those in Madison.
(21LtMs, Lt 302, 1906, 4)
I think that the food factory should be set in operation soon and conducted in an economical manner. It will not be necessary to manufacture foods, for which it would be necessary to make a large investment. There are simple, inexpensive preparations that can be made to greater advantage. I have recently been writing out some lessons from the example of Christ in feeding the multitude, five thousand at one time and four thousand at another. I trust that in the carrying forward of our food work, the Lord’s methods may be studied, and that no private interests may selfishly be introduced that would block the progress of the work in the right way.
(21LtMs, Lt 302, 1906, 5)
Lt 304, 1906
Burden, Brother and Sister [J. A.] St. Helena, California September 14, 1906 This letter is published in entirety in LLM 185-187. + Dear Brother and Sister Burden:
I cannot sleep after one o’clock. We left St. Helena on Friday morning to spend Sabbath and Sunday in Oakland. I spoke both afternoons in the tent. On Sabbath afternoon the tent was filled, mostly with our own people; and all present were interested. I had special freedom in speaking from the seventh chapter of Revelation. This is a most interesting chapter.
(21LtMs, Lt 304, 1906, 1)
The only place that could be obtained for the tent was a lot of ground close by the car line, where the cars are coming and going all the time. You can see that this would not be the most favorable place for speaking. The interest was good; but I would not dare to attempt to speak in so high a key as would be necessary in this tent and shall not venture to do this. Apart from this disadvantage the location is excellent. After awhile we may get a better location. The Lord has graciously strengthened me to stand before the people. Souls are becoming interested in the truth.
(21LtMs, Lt 304, 1906, 2)
I am in good health now, and I praise the Lord with heart and soul and voice. I would like to see you and to converse with you. Be of good courage in the Lord. I received your letter; and although it was short, I was glad to have it.
(21LtMs, Lt 304, 1906, 3)
September 28, 1906
I have been writing from two this morning until six, when W. C. White left for his journey to Washington. I had written eighteen pages of letter paper for him to take with him. I could not get the matter copied at so early an hour, but thought he could take it with him in the original writing. After he had gone, I wrote eighteen pages more. Before he left we had a season of prayer, and the Lord gave us His peace.
(21LtMs, Lt 304, 1906, 4)
Brethren Burden and Howell, the work of the school and the sanitarium will be a blessing, the one to the other. Each must act its individual part, but both must blend together; then the interests of both will be advanced. If there is co-operation between the educational work and the work of the sanitarium, we can heartily recommend that the higher education be carried on in the sanitarium grounds; for this is the Lord’s plan. If the men at the head of this enterprise plan for the usefulness of these institutions, each helping the other, there is nothing to hinder the operations of the school. As the work grows, buildings may have to be prepared.
(21LtMs, Lt 304, 1906, 5)
Brother Burden, I have written a great deal of late in regard to the subject of food manufacture. We are not to allow Dr. Kellogg’s plans in regard to the corn flakes cause a large investment of money that should be invested in less-expensive preparations of food. We will deal in foods that will not require such an outlay of means in order to secure the privilege of using them. I will send to you copies of some things I have written on this subject.
(21LtMs, Lt 304, 1906, 6)
Time is very short; and cities and towns are to be visited with judgments. Fire and water will work with their destructive forces. We should not make the food business a straining for high profits. We should work in connection with the great food Manufacturer, Christ Jesus, who fed five thousand people with five loaves and two small fishes.
(21LtMs, Lt 304, 1906, 7)
“When Jesus then lifted up His eyes, and saw a great company come unto Him, He said unto Philip, Whence shall we buy bread, that these may eat?” This question was asked simply to see what Philip would say; for Jesus knew what He would do. Philip answered, “Two hundred pennyworth of bread is not sufficient for them, that every one of them may take a little.” [John 6:5, 7.]
(21LtMs, Lt 304, 1906, 8)
Christ might have said to Philip, “Have I been so long time with you, and yet hast thou not known Me, Philip?” or, as the Lord answered Moses in a similar case, “Is the Lord’s hand waxen short?” [John 14:9; Numbers 11:23.] In our feeble faith we are likely to distrust God’s power and believe no further than we can see. After seeing the miracle of Christ, Philip could readily have answered, “Lord, if Thou wilt, Thou canst exert Thy power for this hungry multitude;” but now he asked, “What are they among so many?” [John 6:9.]
(21LtMs, Lt 304, 1906, 9)
“Bid the men sit down,” Christ commanded; for the grass was abundant in that place. [Verse 10.] A blessing was asked upon the food, and thanks was offered for it; and never did food taste sweeter. The seemingly meager supply was passed from the hand of Christ to the disciples, and it multiplied as it was passed to them. “He distributed to the disciples, and the disciples to them that were set down; and likewise of the fishes as much as they would.” [Verse 11.]
(21LtMs, Lt 304, 1906, 10)
There might have been questioning among the multitude how they might entertain their Benefactor and His disciples; for many of the people were rich, and they knew that Christ and His disciples were poor. But Christ would give these men a lesson; He entertained the hungry crowd by working a miracle. In this way He teaches that spiritual gifts are not to be bought, but are the free gift of God. Having fed their souls with the precious Word, the Bread of life, He supplies their temporal necessities, and thus encourages a manifestation of the grace of thankfulness.
(21LtMs, Lt 304, 1906, 11)
When all had eaten, the word went forth from lips that had blessed the bread, “Gather up the fragments, that nothing be lost.”“Therefore they gathered them together, and filled twelve baskets with the fragments of the five barley loaves, which remained over and above to them that had eaten.” [Verses 12, 13.] Then leading the minds of the miracle-fed men from the temporal to spiritual food, Christ represented Himself as the Bread of eternal life.
(21LtMs, Lt 304, 1906, 12)
The food provided was not especially inviting, and by many would be considered coarse. This does not signify that we should confine ourselves to a coarse fare, when Providence supplies us with better. But when necessity demands, and the blessing of the miracle worker is upon the food, even the coarsest fare will become palatable. To those hungry men, the meal composed of barley bread and fish was the most palatable they had ever eaten.
(21LtMs, Lt 304, 1906, 13)
Lt 306, 1906
Kress, Brother and Sister [D. H.] Oakland, California July 27, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in PC 331-332; 6Bio 109. + Dear Brother and Sister Kress:
The camp-meeting has now been in session for several days. At every meeting the large tent has been crowded full of interested listeners. We have good speakers who understand the Scriptures, and the meetings have been considered excellent.
(21LtMs, Lt 306, 1906, 1)
I thank the Lord that He has blessed me abundantly with strength. I remembered that last year, after speaking in the large crowded tent in Los Angeles, I was poisoned by the many breaths and was sick for weeks. But on Sabbath, when I was asked to speak in the large tent here, I said, I will not worry. I will commit my soul and body to God and ask Him to give me distinct utterance. I spoke for one hour and a quarter and was obliged to keep my voice raised in order to be heard in all parts of the tent. But I had not one feeling of weariness from beginning to end of my talk. The Holy Spirit refreshed me, and I was able after speaking and taking my bath to take up my pen and write many pages in my diary.
(21LtMs, Lt 306, 1906, 2)
This experience was repeated nearly every day throughout the meeting. Once it was my privilege to speak in a smaller tent to the young people. I had great freedom, and the tender Spirit of God was with me. The Saviour seemed to be close beside me. I dwelt upon Christian experience and the promise of the Holy Spirit. Many hearts were touched, and I felt much refreshed. I look upon this chapter in my experience in my seventy-eighth year as a miracle of Christ’s working. We shall have peace and thanksgiving for the lines of work that were carried forward at this camp-meeting. My soul is thankful, and I praise God with all my heart.
(21LtMs, Lt 306, 1906, 3)
The Lord Jesus recognizes the value of a sincere belief in His personality, though unseen, save by the eye of faith. Jesus was seen many times by His disciples after His resurrection. He appointed a place in Galilee where He would meet them. There He gave them the great gospel commission, “Go ye into all the world and preach the gospel to every creature.”“Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Mark 16:15; Matthew 28:19, 20.]
(21LtMs, Lt 306, 1906, 4)
There is no excuse for those who depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of devils. They make their own choice. In the face of abundant light and evidence, they choose to cling to their own sophistries.
(21LtMs, Lt 306, 1906, 5)
I feel intensely sorrowful when I see some of our brethren in Battle Creek taking a course that is leading them away from the truth; for I have had a presentation of the first great apostasy in the heavenly courts. The warnings of the Holy Spirit have been disregarded, and there has been a persistent work of deception. A. T. Jones has permitted himself to be used as the voice of Dr. J. H. Kellogg.
(21LtMs, Lt 306, 1906, 6)
It is our privilege to believe in a personal Father, who has made the gift of His only begotten Son, that a fallen world might repent, and accept of a personal Saviour, and be permitted to eat of the leaves of the tree of life. Thank God, we may uplift the Saviour before the people, as has been done at these meetings. The work will advance more and more, as we humble our hearts, and bring our wills in submission to God. Some will place themselves under Satan’s rule, but we will not fail nor become discouraged.
(21LtMs, Lt 306, 1906, 7)
Brother Kress, I am thankful that you have not been deceived by the representations of Dr. Kellogg. At the Berrien Springs meeting, the Lord showed what He was willing to do for Dr. Kellogg. The most blessed invitation was given to him. But the Doctor wrenched himself away from the outstretched hand of Christ. It seemed that in the agony of my soul I should die.
(21LtMs, Lt 306, 1906, 8)
I have seen how Dr. Kellogg has united with the archdeceiver in using a hypnotic influence upon souls to deceive them. Those who sustain him in his course are guilty with him of resisting the Spirit of God. Such blindness of understanding seems strange in one who has known the truth for this time.
(21LtMs, Lt 306, 1906, 9)
A. T. Jones has a theory of the truth, as expressed in his books. He does not repudiate these, but he virtually goes back upon their teachings by the course of action he is following.
(21LtMs, Lt 306, 1906, 10)
Dr. Kellogg places himself before the world in the position of one who is greatly abused. He writes many letters, as he has to you, making such a presentation as would call forth sympathy. But he is still at work with all subtilty. I have felt compelled to warn our people; for they do not understand his cunning.
(21LtMs, Lt 306, 1906, 11)
I have seen that the leaders in the medical work in Battle Creek will try to secure possession of the tabernacle. Their scheming is so subtle, that I greatly fear that this may be accomplished.
(21LtMs, Lt 306, 1906, 12)
If Dr. Kellogg can destroy the faith of any of our people in the testimonies, he will do it. He sometimes takes the nurses and others, sometimes alone in the night season, and talks with them for hours, framing a tissue of falsehood, to make them believe himself a much-abused man. Some of these poor souls have heard the truth, and they wish to get out of Battle Creek. They realize that their safety consists in leaving the place where they are so deceived. The Doctor will take advantage in every way to make an impression upon human minds in destroying all confidence in the testimonies. If we are not constantly on guard, he will destroy by his sophistries, if possible, the very elect. And those associates who have upheld him will have to answer before God for their individual course of action.
(21LtMs, Lt 306, 1906, 13)
The messages of encouragement given to Dr. Kellogg have been many. They have been tender and true, but there have always been conditions involved. We might say much more than we do, but we do not wish to expose before the world the things we might say. But we should so far as possible overcome the impression that we sustain and honor one who follows such a course as has the Doctor and his associates. Our only object in publishing any of these things has been to save some of our own people from being destroyed.
(21LtMs, Lt 306, 1906, 14)
Long ago, some thought that the time had come when we must take decided action to break the spell. Friends of the Doctor were visiting our churches, acting as spies to work up a sentiment favorable to his interests. They claimed that he was in perfect harmony with the message as we believe it and that he believed the testimonies. A work of deception was being carried on. Many of our people were becoming confused.
(21LtMs, Lt 306, 1906, 15)
I said to those who urged immediate action, Do not act hastily. It will be better to wait until Dr. Kellogg and his associates take the position that they do not believe the testimonies. When this time comes we are to be prepared with suitable matter for publication to meet the issue.
(21LtMs, Lt 306, 1906, 16)
This was done. Meetings were held in Battle Creek at which the testimonies were presented in a very objectionable light. The testimonies were practically repudiated. But matter was ready for publication. Our people on the right side took a strong, affirmative position in the name of the Lord, and the wide-spread deception was arrested. One of the leaders in Battle Creek said that the lid of the kettle was lifted too soon, that had they waited a little longer, they might have had nearly all the churches on their side.
(21LtMs, Lt 306, 1906, 17)
We shall do all in our power to counteract the deceptive work of the enemy. If we will put our whole trust in God, He will keep us in His truth.
(21LtMs, Lt 306, 1906, 18)
Lt 308, 1906
Starr, Brother and Sister [G. B.] St. Helena, California October 3, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 540. Dear Brother and Sister Starr:
You have an important work to do in the sanitarium. In your work for the patients, do not allow them to receive an impression that you are intensely anxious for them to understand and to accept our faith. It is natural that there should be an intense fervency to this end. But often a wise restraint is necessary. In some case the words that might seem appropriate would do grave injury and close a door that might have opened wider.
(21LtMs, Lt 308, 1906, 1)
Manifest tender love, and exercise judicious forbearance. If you see a good opportunity to make a sharp point in argument, it is better often to forbear. Do not on all occasions present the strongest proofs you know; for this would arouse a suspicion that you were trying merely to convert your hearer to the Seventh-day Adventist faith.
(21LtMs, Lt 308, 1906, 2)
The simple Word of God has great power to convince of the truth. Let the Word speak and do its work. Let there be wise restraint in evangelistic effort. Do not force the presentation of a testing point. Wait till inquiries are made. Let your example teach. Let the words and works show that you believe the words of the living Teacher.
(21LtMs, Lt 308, 1906, 3)
Christ said, “Behold, I send you forth as lambs among wolves: be ye wise as serpents, and harmless as doves.” [Matthew 10:16.] What a lesson for us all to learn! God helps those who work according to His instruction. He Himself will make the impressions that will reach the heart.
(21LtMs, Lt 308, 1906, 4)
We see the deceptive working of Satan in various lines. We are forbidden to enter into controversy with opposing parties, except to say, as did Christ, “It is written.” If Christ, when opposed by the devil Himself, would only repeat the words that He Himself had spoken, enshrouded in the pillar of cloud, shall we not do as He has given us an example?
(21LtMs, Lt 308, 1906, 5)
Brother Kress has sent to me copies of letters he has written to Dr. Kellogg, and I have also seen a copy of what you wrote to him. That which you have written is excellent. There are communications being sent out by Elder Tenney, and others who have departed from the pure principles of the gospel, tending to confuse the mind and lead astray.
(21LtMs, Lt 308, 1906, 6)
I wish I could give you a good account of our work in Oakland, beginning with the camp-meeting held the latter part of July. I have written to Dr. Kress concerning this meeting. The Lord blessed me wonderfully and greatly sustained me. I labored as I did thirty or forty years ago. I felt refreshed rather than weary after speaking to the people in the large tent.
(21LtMs, Lt 308, 1906, 7)
Elder Haskell and his wife and Elder Hibbard have been holding meetings in the large tent since the camp-meeting. For a few weeks it stood on the same ground, then it was moved to a different part of the city. I have been down to spend Sabbath and Sunday three or four times since the camp. Once I spoke in the Congregational church, which our brethren and sisters in Oakland are using since they sold their church property.
(21LtMs, Lt 308, 1906, 8)
At the camp-meeting sixty-five were baptized, and a most excellent work is being continued. Elder Haskell and his wife conduct a Bible class in the morning. These classes are quite well attended, and new members are joining constantly. In the afternoon, the workers do house-to-house work. I am so glad that Elder and Mrs. Haskell are carrying forward the work in Oakland. They expect to do an important line of work in Bible study in connection with the college to be opened at Loma Linda.
(21LtMs, Lt 308, 1906, 9)
I did not go down to Oakland last Sabbath, but I am planning to spend next Sabbath and Sunday with them. The new tent is in a good location, but the streetcars run right past, and it makes it very difficult to speak. The attendance has been fairly good and seems to be increasing.
(21LtMs, Lt 308, 1906, 10)
Lt 310, 1906
Salisbury, W. D. and Echo Publishing Company Sanitarium, California October 6, 1906 This letter is published in entirety in 20MR 175-177. Dear Brother Salisbury, and those connected with the Echo Publishing Company:
Yesterday we received the money you sent to us. We need it just now and thank you for it.
(21LtMs, Lt 310, 1906, 1)
I would advise that Brother Faulkhead be invited to connect with the office at Warburton. I believe that he would do good and faithful service.
(21LtMs, Lt 310, 1906, 2)
I wish I could see Brother Miller straightforward, unselfish, his mind and will clean, sanctified through the truth, and every capability used to serve the Lord. Nothing would give me greater joy than to see a soul that is in peril become sensitive to the influence of the Holy Spirit. But Brother Miller needs the sentiments of truth to refine, purify, and ennoble the mind and the heart, the will, and the purposes, that he may make himself an honor to the cause of God. In his present condition, the leaven of disaffection is at work. And when such a spirit shall be brought into the office, others will be leavened with evil. His influence in the office would be such that the souls of the apprentices serving under him would be imperiled.
(21LtMs, Lt 310, 1906, 3)
Those who have not heeded the words of reproof that the Lord has sent to save their souls will have a hard time. O I plead with every soul to soften and subdue their own dispositions and to let self be crucified. I have had presented to me how the leaven of evil will work. Satan has come down in great wrath, knowing that he hath but a short time in which to work. He will work with all deceivableness of unrighteousness. Those who in their past experience have had great light, but have not cherished that light nor purified their souls by obeying the truth, will meet with great loss.
(21LtMs, Lt 310, 1906, 4)
Will every member of the Seventh-day Adventist church now search his own heart and make earnest, thorough work for repentance? Whenever a man places his own wisdom or wealth or power to control in the place where God should be, he is on the losing side. “Thus saith the Lord, Let not the wise man glory in his wisdom, neither let the mighty man glory in his might, neither let the rich man glory in his riches. But let him that glorieth, glory in this, that he knoweth Me, and will do My will.” [Jeremiah 9:23, 24.]
(21LtMs, Lt 310, 1906, 5)
A self-righteous man esteems his own experience as one to be trusted. He finds fault with his brethren and acts as though he does not fear God. Ministers of the gospel, unless they daily seek counsel from God, will not keep His honor in view. They will walk blindly, not in the footsteps of Jesus.
(21LtMs, Lt 310, 1906, 6)
The spirit of antiChrist is developing rapidly. Soon there will be a time when those who follow their own human nature, who manifest a love for supremacy, will be found to be on the losing side. The Lord has abased kings, and He will say to all who, while professing to serve Him, and yet make a display and depart from His counsel: “What doest thou to declare My law, while thou thyself livest in transgression?”
(21LtMs, Lt 310, 1906, 7)
The Lord will come very near to the man of contrite heart. He will teach him wisdom. We cannot afford to walk apart from God. Unto Him is to be ascribed all the honor and the glory for the success we attain. He is the true light of the world, whose words are to be received and practiced. Those who exalt Him above money, or praise, or glory will gain precious victories.
(21LtMs, Lt 310, 1906, 8)
Pray, brethren, for the Holy Spirit. Give up your own will, every desire to dominate, expel pride from the natural stubborn heart. Then we will as church members love as brethren, kindly, courteously. The love of Christ in the heart will expel evil speech; and as you do good to others, you will meet with the approval of Christ. Abase yourselves in the sight of God, and the Lord will lift you up.
(21LtMs, Lt 310, 1906, 9)
Let every one who considers it is his privilege to do as he pleases remember that the Lord will allow him to have his way, but he will be brought through bitter experiences. It is the truth, my brethren, that we all need, the truth that works by love and purifies the soul.
(21LtMs, Lt 310, 1906, 10)
I was in a meeting in a place near Melbourne. Many people were present. There seemed to be a spirit of questioning the religious experience of others. Some could scarcely speak freely, so eager were they to criticize and condemn others who were present. But one in the assembly arose and said, Let us come to an agreement. Let us settle these questions in the fear of God. Let us bear in mind that we all acknowledge an ever-present supremacy. God is here, and He can take us all and lead us aright.
(21LtMs, Lt 310, 1906, 11)
Has God made the world and then left it entirely to the jurisdiction of men? Has He retired from the scene of action and left it to the domination of human agencies? How can it be that among those who profess to obey Him and to serve Him, there shall be strife and variance? What a terrible thing is sin to intrude itself, to manifest itself in apostasy, rebellion, and discord in God’s fair domain!
(21LtMs, Lt 310, 1906, 12)
Let the sinner attempt to explain these matters. Lay the burden of answer upon the skeptic. The Lord created all the heavenly intelligences. Lucifer, exalted to be a beautiful, glorious being in the heavenly courts, brought in jealousy, evil surmising, because he himself was not in the position of God. He declared that man was bound and fettered if he made God first and last and best in everything. God had not previously been obliged to speak of allegiance to His laws, for there had been no occasion for the least disaffection till it was introduced by Satan.
(21LtMs, Lt 310, 1906, 13)
We still see the deceptive working of Satan on every side. God would have us plant our feet firmly upon the platform of His truth, that we may not be deceived by his wonderful representations. In the rock Christ Jesus is our only safety.
(21LtMs, Lt 310, 1906, 14)
Lt 311, 1906
White, J. E. St. Helena, California October 6, 1906 Previously unpublished. Dear Son Edson:
During the recent camp-meeting in Oakland, I had a wonderful blessing from the Lord. As I stood up to speak to the large congregation on Sabbath morning, my weakness left me, and I was animated with a remarkable strength and freshness. I felt a sweet assurance of the protection and blessing of God, which has not left me since that time. My peace flows like a river, notwithstanding the discouraging things that have transpired. The Lord has instructed me what course to pursue, and I am following the light He has given. I have naught to retract from what I have written.
(21LtMs, Lt 311, 1906, 1)
I have had messages for you, but how can I send them to you? The dark web of deception has been woven about you, and you have taken a position to sow doubts and to uproot confidence in the testimonies God has given me.
(21LtMs, Lt 311, 1906, 2)
For years you have done great injustice to your brother. You and Frank Belden and Dr. Kellogg and A. T. Jones have cherished wrong feelings toward W. C. White, and some have even descended to employ ridicule against him.
(21LtMs, Lt 311, 1906, 3)
Notwithstanding all this, Willie has always been ready to plan with me how we could relieve you whenever you found yourself in a critical financial stress.
(21LtMs, Lt 311, 1906, 4)
Recently the Lord has again opened before me the relation of W. C. White to the work of the Lord. Said my Instructor, “I will put My Spirit upon him and fit him for your counselor. I will make him a man of clear conceptions. He shall act as a wise counselor in council meetings. He will not be ruled by selfish considerations. He shall be your helper, associated with you, to present the light that shall be given.”
(21LtMs, Lt 311, 1906, 5)
Edson, God calls for you to be converted. If you remain as you have been for years, you cannot be reckoned as on the Lord’s side. Notwithstanding the decided light the Lord has given through your mother, your sympathies have been largely with those who would make of none effect the light God is giving to His people. The time has come when you must make your decision. “How long halt ye between two opinions? If the Lord be God, follow Him: but if Baal, then follow him.” [1 Kings 18:21.]
(21LtMs, Lt 311, 1906, 6)
Lt 311a, 1906
White, J. E. St. Helena, California November 28, 1906 Previously unpublished. James Edson White:
I am propped up in bed writing to you. I have now entered my eightieth year. W. C. White returned day before yesterday from his journey in the East. I have talked with him briefly concerning articles from my pen to appear in the papers, but beyond this, I have been unable to do any visiting.
(21LtMs, Lt 311a, 1906, 1)
I would be pleased to visit you and Emma at your home, but at present I dare not run the risk of such a journey. I must carefully guard my health; for my work is not yet done. But I hope that everything possible shall be done for the work in the southern field, and that means will be encouragingly invested. Now is our time to work. The time is near when the wrath of the dragon will be aroused, and there will be more decided opposition to our work. I hope and pray for the revealing of the power of God in a most earnest manner.
(21LtMs, Lt 311a, 1906, 2)
God lives and reigns. All the wiles of Satan and all the power of men who carry out his devisings cannot make falsehood truth. They cannot prevent truth from taking root in every place where it shall be proclaimed. Truth, immortal truth will triumph in the end.
(21LtMs, Lt 311a, 1906, 3)
Nothing needless should enter into our plans; for there are many places where work must be done. The Lord will raise up men who will be as His ambassadors to stand on higher ground, and to proclaim the message with a loud voice. The loud cry will be, must be, soon heard everywhere. We must make no false moves. Let all who are engaged in the work of warning the world be fully sanctified to the Lord as His messengers. No expressions of oddity should come from their lips, for they never add to the interest, but rather detract from it.
(21LtMs, Lt 311a, 1906, 4)
The truth of God is to be proclaimed from His blessed Book. The Lord will be our Helper as we will make Him our choice in wisdom and true holiness. It is time to dig deep and to make our foundation sure on the Rock of Ages.
(21LtMs, Lt 311a, 1906, 5)
I am to bear a message regarding the dangers of a man exercising a ruling power over his fellow men. “All ye are brethren,” said Christ. [Matthew 23:8.] There must be no dominating one over another. Let all do unto others as they would wish others to do unto them. Antagonism among brethren is displeasing to God. There should be co-operation, each brother working in harmony with his brethren.
(21LtMs, Lt 311a, 1906, 6)
When officers are appointed in the church, it is supposed that they will be men of sound judgment, but they are not to pursue a course of arbitrary authority as rulers. There is no virtue in being in disagreement with one’s brethren. In true Bible co-operation, there will be perfect harmony. Yet while we are to co-operate with our brethren as far as possible, while we are to give honor to whom honor is due, no living person is to come between our own souls and our heavenly Counselor.
(21LtMs, Lt 311a, 1906, 7)
Last night, in the night season, I seemed to be kneeling by your side and pleading with God to reveal to you the real spirit of prayer. As I thought of how you have reached out to gather to yourself large responsibilities, I pleaded with God to instruct you how to gain an experience in binding about your ambitious projects, that you might be a complete overcomer.
(21LtMs, Lt 311a, 1906, 8)
I spoke to you of the enmity you have felt toward your brother and told you plainly that you could not be free in the Lord while you were cherishing these wrong feelings. I said, “When you regard this matter correctly, you will see how grievous has been your sin of hatred; for it has been nothing short of this. You can no more carry these feelings into heaven than can any sinner. There must be a complete breaking of your heart before God, such as is represented in the Bible as falling on the Rock and being broken. If this does not take place, the Rock will surely fall on you, and you will be left hopeless. You do not understand how much mischief has been done by your words and cruel spirit, which are grievous in the sight of a holy God. Our ministers are not so blind that they cannot see, and how will they interpret these things?
(21LtMs, Lt 311a, 1906, 9)
It seemed a life-and-death struggle for you. Impressions for good would be partially made upon your mind, then the enemy would come in with power; and at times it seemed that weak human nature would succumb. Then rays of light would come, and I would be encouraged.
(21LtMs, Lt 311a, 1906, 10)
At last you surrendered, but there was not compete freedom for you until you had confessed your wrong and wicked feelings toward your brother. You cried out, “I fall upon the Rock, and am broken. The inspiration of the Holy Spirit has shown me the injustice of my course. How could I ever have hoped to enter heaven with such feelings? I see now that it is my wicked, unjust suppositions that have filled my soul with feelings of hatred. It is the fire of the Holy Spirit alone that can burn away these wicked things.”
(21LtMs, Lt 311a, 1906, 11)
The Spirit of God seemed to open before your mind your sins and shortcomings. I was drawn out to say, “It is important to remember, my son, that our Saviour was tempted in all points like as we are. He knows how to succor them that are tempted. You are the purchase of the Saviour’s blood. He has died for you, that you may be a partaker of His divine nature, having overcome the corruption that is in the world through lust. There is hope for full and entire victory.”
(21LtMs, Lt 311a, 1906, 12)
Lt 311b, 1906
White, J. E. St. Helena, California May 10, 1906 Previously unpublished. My dear Son Edson:
When you intimated that W. C. White manipulates and changes my writings to suit himself, you did me more injury by such statements than any other person could do. Because of your relationship, your course in this matter is more injurious to me than that of any other person. You believe your own opinions, and you trust your own judgment more than you do the judgment of your mother, who has tried to encourage and sustain you in right thoughts and right feelings.
(21LtMs, Lt 311b, 1906, 1)
The time has now come for me to speak regarding this. In your brother, the Lord has given me one who has been found faithful, true, and reliable. I have reason to prize his counsel. He conscientiously consults me in regard to his work. If he should err in judgment, in common things, the Lord Himself would guide me in reaching a safe, clear decision. The Lord has given me my work in writing out the messages according to the light He gives me. The Lord has also instructed me that He will give W. C. White the spirit of wisdom in dealing with affairs that need to be dealt with by him with righteousness and justice.
(21LtMs, Lt 311b, 1906, 2)
Your course of action and that of Frank Belden have at times been a source of great grief to me. I have known of your uniting with the elements that are opposed to my work. I have had presented to me the dangerous elements of character that have been manifest in my nephew Frank Belden in criticizing and ridiculing W. C. White.
(21LtMs, Lt 311b, 1906, 3)
By your course of action, you have become in grave financial difficulties at various times. Yet W. C. White has always been in perfect harmony with me in suggesting ways and means to relieve you in these crises. Edson, I have spent time and means in an effort to set your work in a favorable light before the people. I have hoped to bring out a book telling of your experiences in the southern field. But under present conditions I dare not bring it out, as I had planned. I hope that your course may be such that I can conscientiously continue this work and complete it, but at present I cannot do this.
(21LtMs, Lt 311b, 1906, 4)
I am heartsick over your persistent course of enmity toward your brother, without cause, which has existed for years. I know that the Lord has chosen him for the work in which he is engaged, and that he is walking carefully and conscientiously in the fear of God, endeavoring to carry out the light that has been given me. I know that by your unbrotherly course you have grieved the Spirit of God and have placed yourself on the enemy’s side. I know that W. C. White has for you the tenderest feelings. If you will consider, you will see abundant evidence of this. Yet you relate yourself to him more as an enemy than as a friend and a brother. This must be answered for in that great day when the works of everyone shall be brought in review before God, unless your spirit shall change decidedly.
(21LtMs, Lt 311b, 1906, 5)
God has given to W. C. White his work, and by his own course of action he has gained the confidence of those who have had the benefit of his labors. I am now of that age where I cannot be sure of living much longer, and I cannot lave you with the impression that I sustain you in the feelings you have entertained toward your brother. The Lord has repeatedly shown me that you are cherishing feelings that should never find birth in the human heart. Satan triumphs that he can cause so much unnecessary suffering right in my own family.
(21LtMs, Lt 311b, 1906, 6)
When you are truly converted, you will see things in a correct light and will overcome these wicked feelings against your brother; else you can never see the kingdom of heaven yourself, nor, unless they repent, can those who have so gladly listened to your expressions in regard to one whom the Lord has chosen and has blessed as His servant.
(21LtMs, Lt 311b, 1906, 7)
Unless I tell you these things I shall not have done my duty. You have misjudged and have borne false witness against your brother. You have planted in the minds of others seeds of doubt in regard to the testimonies God has given me. You and Frank Belden have talked together and have strengthened one another in your unnatural feelings. Night after night I have prayed that the Lord would convict you of the injury you were, by your attitude and speech, doing to the cause of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 311b, 1906, 8)
W. C. White does not know that I am writing these things to you. But every word of this is true, and I wish you might see the wickedness of the unnatural relationship you maintain.
(21LtMs, Lt 311b, 1906, 9)
Please read in the second chapter of First John: “Again a new commandment I write unto you, which thing is true in Him and in you: because the darkness is past, and the true light now shineth. He that saith he is in the light and hateth his brother, is in darkness even until now. He that loveth his brother abideth in the light, and there is none occasion of stumbling in him: but he that hateth his brother is in darkness, and walketh in darkness, and knoweth not whither he goeth, because that darkness hath blinded his eyes.” [Verses 8-11.]
(21LtMs, Lt 311b, 1906, 10)
Please study this whole chapter. (Verses 16-19) speak in unmistakable terms of conditions in these last days.
(21LtMs, Lt 311b, 1906, 11)
I want you to see how God looks upon the bitterness of spirit you have manifested toward your brother. I must now place him in a proper light before the people, as God has placed him; for the people must not be deceived in this matter. The cause of God must not be imperiled by the use that may be made of your influence as member of my family, in opposition to the work that needs to be done.
(21LtMs, Lt 311b, 1906, 12)
I do not feel at liberty to write you in reference to the perplexing questions you have to decide. If what I might say were according to your own mind, it would be gladly endorsed. But if it were not according to your mind, you would say, “Willie White’s mind is figuring here.” Thus you have placed yourself in a position where I know not how to help you. I am charged to say to you that unless there is a thorough conversion in yourself, the Lord will not justify me in giving the impression that you are endorsed and upheld by your mother.
(21LtMs, Lt 311b, 1906, 13)
Lt 312, 1906
Belden, Brother and Sister [S. T.] St. Helena, California October 3, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in 2SM 256. Dear Brother and Sister Belden:
The mail closes tonight, and the boat will leave San Francisco tomorrow.
(21LtMs, Lt 312, 1906, 1)
We do not forget you; we remember you in our prayers at the family altar. I lie awake nights pleading with God in your behalf.
(21LtMs, Lt 312, 1906, 2)
O I feel so sorry for you. I will continue to pray that the blessing of God may rest upon you. He will not leave you comfortless. This world is of but little account; but, my dear brother and sister, Jesus says, “Ask, and ye shall receive; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you.” [Matthew 7:7.] I plead this promise in your behalf.
(21LtMs, Lt 312, 1906, 3)
Since the last camp-meeting I have had good health. On Sabbath I spoke to an audience of over a thousand people. While speaking, a great peace came over me, and these words were put into my mind: “His banner over you shall be love, and His grace shall sustain you.” I felt a soft glow of Christ’s love in my heart, and ever since that time I have felt that peace which passeth knowledge. After speaking an hour and a quarter, I felt as much refreshed as at any period in my life. I felt so grateful, so hopeful, so full of peace. My activity has returned, and I have been quickened—soul, mind, and body. I feel grateful every hour.
(21LtMs, Lt 312, 1906, 4)
My brother, one night I seemed to be leaning over you, and saying: “Only a little longer, only a few more pangs of pain, a few more suffering hours, and then rest, blessed rest. In a special manner you will find peace. All humanity must be tested and tried. All of us must drink the cup and be baptized with affliction. But Christ has tasted death for every man in its bitterest form. He knows how to pity, how to sympathize. Only rest in His arms; He loves you, and He has redeemed you with His everlasting love. Be thou faithful unto death, and thou shalt receive a crown of life.
(21LtMs, Lt 312, 1906, 5)
“All who live in our world from henceforth will know the meaning of trials. I know that God will give you grace, that He will not forsake you. Call to mind the promises of God: ‘Write, Blessed are the dead which die in the Lord from henceforth: Yea, saith the Spirit, that they may rest from their labors; and their works do follow them.’ [Revelation 14:13.]
(21LtMs, Lt 312, 1906, 6)
“Be of good courage. I would be with you now if I could, but we shall meet in the morning of the resurrection.”
(21LtMs, Lt 312, 1906, 7)
I seemed to leave you hopeful. Now strengthen your love to God who gives His grace and His strength to those who need it most. Be of good courage in the Lord.
(21LtMs, Lt 312, 1906, 8)
I was also speaking words of comfort to Sister Belden. I was encouraging her, and the room seemed to be filled with angels of God. Let both of you be of good courage. The Lord will not leave nor forsake you.
(21LtMs, Lt 312, 1906, 9)
Lt 314, 1906
Olsen, O. A. St. Helena, California October 2, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in UL 289. + Elder O. A. Olsen Dear Brother:
I feel thankful to God for His rich blessings to me. During our recent camp-meeting I was as one renewed in physical, mental, and moral powers. I will not repeat to you in this letter, however, what I have written to Dr. Kress. I praise the Lord with heart and soul and voice. I have been free from pain and weariness ever since this meeting in Oakland.
(21LtMs, Lt 314, 1906, 1)
We often think of you all and would be pleased to see you both. Sister Olsen, have faith in God. Keep His praise in your heart from morning till night. Speak not one word of repining, but ask for the healing power of God to come to your heart and mind. Be cheerful and hopeful. Praise the Lord.
(21LtMs, Lt 314, 1906, 2)
Last Wednesday W. C. White left for Takoma Park to attend a meeting of the General Conference Committee. I was unable to sleep after one o’clock. I left my bed and began to write on important matters. I wrote nineteen pages of letter paper before he left in the morning and let him take it without being copied. After he left I wrote nineteen pages more before I had my dinner. This was all important matter that will be a help to them in their councils at Washington.
(21LtMs, Lt 314, 1906, 3)
Brother Olsen, I am instructed that at the present time I am not to answer the questions that come to me from Battle Creek. What I write will be misinterpreted and made to serve their own ends. All I can do is to let them alone. It may be my duty to go to Battle Creek in the near future. But I shall have no words with those who have departed from the faith. We are to answer them as Christ answered the enemy, “It is written.” I am bidden to have no controversy with them. I am only to vindicate the truth.
(21LtMs, Lt 314, 1906, 4)
The world is rapidly filling up the measure of their iniquity. O may the Lord give me much of His love and grace and power to meet and rebuke the powers of darkness. We must keep the way of the Lord, looking unto Jesus who is the Author and the Finisher of our faith. We are not to allow one discouraging word pass our lips. But we can praise the Lord that we can believe and trust in Jesus. He is the light, and in Him is no darkness at all.
(21LtMs, Lt 314, 1906, 5)
Let us talk faith, talk courage. Let our lips utter the praise of the Lord. Behold Him, behold Him who is the Light of the world. Talk of His love, tell of His wonderful works.
(21LtMs, Lt 314, 1906, 6)
Notwithstanding the heavy judgments of God, the wickedness in San Francisco and in Oakland is greatly increased. We are now to be faithful stewards to our trust, whatever our line of work may be. We are to look to Jesus and work after the divine pattern. God requires faithfulness in every soul that touches His work. Not one thread of Satan’s sophistry is to be brought into the fabric.
(21LtMs, Lt 314, 1906, 7)
We have many things to remind us of our need of chastisement. Some of our buildings have been burned, books and plates have been destroyed. We need these misfortunes, else they would not have been permitted to come. The words are spoken: “Well done, good and faithful servant,” not “Well done, good and successful servant.” [Matthew 25:23.]
(21LtMs, Lt 314, 1906, 8)
Our work individually is to make a heart and a life surrender. We must die to self. The exhibitions of selfishness are so marked. Many men, many of our ministers are unprepared to engage successfully in the work of saving souls. Soul, body, and spirit need to be reconverted.
(21LtMs, Lt 314, 1906, 9)
“Blessed is the man that endureth temptation; for when he is tried he shall receive the crown of life which the Lord hath promised to them that love Him.” [James 1:12.] But unless ministers are themselves under control to God, unless their will is brought into submission to the Lord Jesus, for Christ’s sake, let them take hold of their individual selves. This is the message I am giving to the workers in Oakland.
(21LtMs, Lt 314, 1906, 10)
Christ is moving upon hearts. Shall those who have had the messages of truth for years continue to need a reconversion? Some give evidence that they do not discern the working of the Spirit of God. They manifest a spirit to tear down and pull down. Every thread of a spirit of domineering needs to be taken away. The Lord has a mighty work to be done by those who will let themselves be worked by Him.
(21LtMs, Lt 314, 1906, 11)
Lt 316, 1906
Elders of the Battle Creek Church/Ministers Refiled as Lt 230, 1906.
Lt 318, 1906
Brethren and Sisters in Nashville and in Madison St. Helena, California October 15, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in TDG 297; SpTB #11 17-18; SpM 391-393. To the Brethren and Sisters in Nashville and in Madison:
Among brethren engaged in various lines of the Lord’s work there should ever be seen a desire to encourage and strengthen one another. The Lord is not pleased with the course of those who make the way difficult for some who are doing a work appointed to them by the Master. If these critics were placed in the position of those whom they criticize, they would desire far different treatment from that which they give their brethren.
(21LtMs, Lt 318, 1906, 1)
We are to respect the light that led Brethren Magan and Sutherland to purchase property and to establish the school at Madison. Let no one speak words that would tend to demerit their work, or to divert students from the school. I do not charge any one with an intention to do wrong; but from the light I have received, I can say that there is danger that some will criticize unjustly the work of our brethren and sisters connected with the school at Madison. Let every encouragement possible be given to those who are engaged in an effort to give to children and youth an education in the knowledge of God and of His law.
(21LtMs, Lt 318, 1906, 2)
To the workers in Madison I would say, Be of good courage. Do not lose faith. Your heavenly Father has not left you to achieve success by your own endeavors. Trust in Him, and He will work in your behalf. It is your privilege to experience and to demonstrate the blessings that come through walking by faith and not by sight. Work with an eye single to the glory of God. Make the most of your capabilities, and you will increase in knowledge. Those who do the will of God may be permitted to pass through suffering, but the Lord will cause them to triumph at last.
(21LtMs, Lt 318, 1906, 3)
The Lord has helped you in the selection of the location for the school; and as you continue to work under the guidance of the Holy Spirit, your efforts will be successful. The Lord will give you spirit and life, if you will not permit yourselves to become discouraged. We trust that from your brethren you may receive the help of harmonious action, of prayers, and of means. But let not one feeling of discouragement be cherished. The Lord has a work for you to do where you are, and those who are doing His work need never be discouraged.
(21LtMs, Lt 318, 1906, 4)
“In the end of the Sabbath, as it began to dawn toward the first day of the week, came Mary Magdalene and the other Mary to the sepulcher. And, behold, there was a great earthquake: for the angel of the Lord descended from heaven, and came and rolled back the stone from the door, and sat upon it. His countenance was like lightning, and his raiment white as snow: and for fear of him the keepers did shake, and became as dead men. And the angel answered and said unto the woman, Fear not ye; for I know that ye seek Jesus, which was crucified. He is not here; for He is risen, as He said. Come, see the place where the Lord lay: and go quickly, and tell His disciples that He is risen from the dead; and, behold, He goeth before you into Galilee: there shall ye see Him: lo, I have told you. And they departed quickly from the sepulcher with fear and great joy, and did run to bring His disciples word.
(21LtMs, Lt 318, 1906, 5)
“And as they went to tell His disciples, behold, Jesus met them, saying, All hail. And they came and held Him by the feet, and worshiped Him. Then said Jesus unto them, Be not afraid: go tell My brethren that they go into Galilee, and there shall they see Me.
(21LtMs, Lt 318, 1906, 6)
“Now when they were going, behold, some of the watch came unto the city, and showed unto the chief priests all the things that were done. And when they were assembled with the elders, and had taken counsel, they gave large money unto the soldiers, saying, Say ye, His disciples came by night, and stole Him away while we slept. And if this come to the governor’s ears, we will persuade him, and secure you. So they took the money, and did as they were taught: and this saying is commonly reported among the Jews unto this day.” [Matthew 28:1-15.]
(21LtMs, Lt 318, 1906, 7)
Not for lack of evidence did the Jews deny the resurrection of Christ. Not because they were ignorant of the truth did they hire the soldiers to bear false witness. They desired to keep the people from knowing the truth; for if the truth were known they would stand forth as murderers. False teachers are ever afraid to trust the people with knowledge. They ever seek to hide the facts that would show the error of their position.
(21LtMs, Lt 318, 1906, 8)
“Then the eleven disciples went away into Galilee, into a mountain where Jesus had appointed them. And when they saw Him, they worshiped Him: but some doubted. And Jesus came and spake unto them, saying, All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Verses 16-20.]
(21LtMs, Lt 318, 1906, 9)
To Christ, and to Christ alone is [given] the right of authority over all things. Those who put their trust in Him, and will hold fast the profession of their faith firm unto the end, will be protected. As Christ’s disciples, as laborers together with Him, there must be united action among all the laborers. Some are converted to the truth in one way, others are best reached by a different method. So the laborers will act, some in one line, others in another; but all may blend unitedly. To every man is given his work.
(21LtMs, Lt 318, 1906, 10)
Those who criticize their fellow workers open a door through which the enemy will enter. What can be more sad than to see brother working against brother, expressing suspicion and doubts of the other’s sincerity? There is room enough for all to use their God-given talents. All are laboring with the one object of inspiring belief in the words of inspiration. Then let every one so order his speech and work that he may be in harmony with those who are laboring to the same end as he himself.
(21LtMs, Lt 318, 1906, 11)
“In vain ye do worship Me,” said Christ to the Pharisees, “teaching for doctrines the commandments of men.” [Matthew 15:9.] Let those who are entrusted with the work of teaching the Word of God be sure that they are under the control of Him who has declared, “All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth.” His commission to His disciples includes the words, “Teaching them (all nations) to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you.” [Matthew 28:18-20.] No man is authorized to set up his own mind as the standard to which he may compel others to conform.
(21LtMs, Lt 318, 1906, 12)
The voice, rightly used, is a precious talent. But it must be controlled; it must be subdued and sanctified by the Spirit of God. Let every one guard well his speech, lest he offend or hurt one soul for whom Christ has given His life. God has set no men in the church as dictators.
(21LtMs, Lt 318, 1906, 13)
“The beginning of the gospel of Jesus Christ, the Son of God; as it is written in the prophets, Behold, I send My messenger before thy face, which shall prepare thy way before thee. The voice of one crying in the wilderness, Prepare ye the way of the Lord, make His paths straight.” [Mark 1:1-3.]
(21LtMs, Lt 318, 1906, 14)
This message is to be borne by those whom Christ has called to His work in these last days. The glorious gospel, God’s message of redeeming love, must be brought to the people. And that love is to be revealed in the hearts of the laborers. The theme of saving grace is an antidote for a harsh spirit. The love of Christ in the heart will be expressed in earnest work for the salvation of sinners. “For God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.]
(21LtMs, Lt 318, 1906, 15)
Let the gospel be presented as the word of God for life and salvation. Let not the ministers of Christ spoil the presentation of the gospel by the manifestation of a harsh spirit. The gospel will be commended by the revelation of a spirit that works by love. “How beautiful upon the mountains are the feet of him that bringeth good tidings, that publisheth peace.” [Isaiah 52:7.]
(21LtMs, Lt 318, 1906, 16)
I am glad that the school work has been begun at Madison. The sanitarium and the school might have been a mutual help one to the other, had they been closely connected. But a solid work is to be carried forward in each of these institutions.
(21LtMs, Lt 318, 1906, 17)
I am instructed that the Lord will give wisdom to minds to prepare simple health foods. It will not be necessary to pay large sums of money for the privilege of manufacturing some foods that have a large sale. Let the people be taught how to cook properly, making simple preparations of healthful food. In the school the products of the soil, the fruits, the grains, and the vegetables may be used to advantage.
(21LtMs, Lt 318, 1906, 18)
We remember you in our prayers. May the Lord guide you continually and bless you in all your efforts. It is your privilege to stand undaunted, and through the help of the Lord to make a success of your work.
(21LtMs, Lt 318, 1906, 19)
Lt 318a, 1906
Brn-Srs. in Nashville and in Madison Duplicate of Lt 318, 1906.
Lt 320, 1906
Haskell, Brother and Sister St. Helena, California October 14, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in ML 152; 7MR 404. Elder and Mrs. S. N. Haskell Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
I was very desirous of going to Oakland last Friday to keep my appointment. But for three or four days previous, I was very sick. I do not understand what brought this on: it may have been sitting in the church on Sabbath, while I was in a perspiration after speaking, or it may have been caused by some grapes that I ate. While in Oakland last week I could not sleep, and since returning home my sleep has been very much broken. I have suffered severe pain in my right side. For several days I have been able to eat but little, but today I am feeling better and hope that I have reached the end of the sickness.
(21LtMs, Lt 320, 1906, 1)
I am hoping to receive a letter from you today; for I feel a deep interest in your work. I trust that your health is good. Let us unite our petitions that there may be in Oakland a rich spiritual harvest. We desire to see the power of God manifested in an ingathering of souls.
(21LtMs, Lt 320, 1906, 2)
Evening after the Sabbath, I went downstairs and united with the family in worship. Sister Caro and her little flock met with us. We were glad to see them, but the youngest little one seemed to feel that she was not at home and was anxious to get back into the little cottage.
(21LtMs, Lt 320, 1906, 3)
Often in the night season I seem to be entreating some who know the truth, but into whose life experience the truth has not been brought. What can we do to arouse these souls? Those who have manifested a spirit of domineering must seek for a change of heart before the Lord can use them to His name’s glory.
(21LtMs, Lt 320, 1906, 4)
I have thought sometimes that it may yet be my duty to bear my testimony once more in Battle Creek. The other day a telegram came from W. C. White, saying that Elder Daniells would go to Battle Creek this week and intimating that a letter would follow. I wish that while Elder Daniells is in Battle Creek, I might be present. The enemy is at work on every side, and we must have the whole armor on. We need the power of God every moment.
(21LtMs, Lt 320, 1906, 5)
My mind has been dwelling upon the subject of prayer. Little groups should gather and seek the Lord earnestly. We are, as a people, sadly neglecting this means of grace. Christ declares—and the words were spoken after His resurrection—“All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth.” And because of this power, He adds the great gospel commission: “Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:18-20.]
(21LtMs, Lt 320, 1906, 6)
Our duty is to speak the words of truth, as coming from the lips of Christ. We have a more sure word of prophecy, whereunto we do well that we take heed. As church members we need to separate sin from the heart, we need to learn the meekness and lowliness of Christ. Then will be an end to all the terrible dissensions and the disunion among God’s people. Every Christian should seek to perfect in his heart the love of Christ; for without this love we cannot be what Christ desires us to be. His decided command is, “Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength; and thy neighbor as thyself.” [Luke 10:27.] All discordant elements, every root of bitterness is to be uprooted. Unless every fiber of the roots is taken out, the plant will again spring into life and spoil the life experience. So long as there remains a trace of unsubdued, unsanctified self, an unchristlike spirit will spring forth and will reveal itself in evil words and actions. Thus the character will be marred.
(21LtMs, Lt 320, 1906, 7)
We have the assurance that Christ “loved the church, and gave Himself for it; that He might sanctify and cleanse it with the washing of water by the Word, that He might present it to Himself, a glorious church, not having spot or wrinkle, or any such thing; but that it should be holy, and without blemish.” [Ephesians 5:25-27.]
(21LtMs, Lt 320, 1906, 8)
We all need, through the blood of Christ, to seek earnestly for cleansing from sin, from impure thoughts, from natural appetites and all unholy desires. We must be careful that we do not take into our systems such food as will cause worriment and irritation; for it is in such a condition that we are especially likely to reveal unchristlike dispositions and to speak harsh words.
(21LtMs, Lt 320, 1906, 9)
Elder Haskell, you and your wife are engaged in a most excellent work. The study of the Bible prepares the mind and judgment to submit to its claims. Humility of mind and heart is of great importance. We are cheerfully to submit to the will of God as expressed in His Word. The mind and heart will be sanctified by the reception of truth. As self is surrendered, there will be a delight in doing the will of God. There will be a spirit of willing obedience.
(21LtMs, Lt 320, 1906, 10)
The education that Christ gave to His disciples qualified them to write out the story of His life. When our will is brought into harmony with the divine will, faith in Christ will impart strength for obedience. “With the heart man believeth unto righteousness; and with the mouth confession is made unto salvation.” [Romans 10:10.] The whole mind, the whole soul, is brought under the cleansing virtue of the blood of Jesus Christ.
(21LtMs, Lt 320, 1906, 11)
How can a man who has this experience be rude or discourteous or impolite, even toward those whom he thinks to be in error? Those who act in an unchristlike manner are not fitted for the work of saving the erring from the evil ways. “This is the love of God, that ye keep His commandments.” [1 John 5:3.] The keeping of God’s commandments will not make a man harsh or disagreeable.
(21LtMs, Lt 320, 1906, 12)
Under the influence of meekness, kindness, and gentleness, an atmosphere is created that will heal and not destroy. If the mind is filled with discontent, this will manifest itself and irritate other minds. Let every one seek to set his own house in order.
(21LtMs, Lt 320, 1906, 13)
There are some who are so constituted that if authority is given them, they will not exercise that authority wisely, but will set themselves as lords over God’s heritage, even though their own character is faulty and needs to be sanctified through the truth. Such an exhibition has done great harm to many souls. The lips and the pen should be converted. Reproof cannot be wisely given by those who themselves need conversion.
(21LtMs, Lt 320, 1906)
When once a course of anger and faultfinding is entered upon, it is impossible to be just. The mind becomes perverted as harsh words are spoken; and unless there is a restraint, there will be a manifestation of passion. Such methods will never help one who is in error.
(21LtMs, Lt 320, 1906, 14)
The Lord would have those who are united in the work in Oakland love as brethren. Exhort all to be pitiful and courteous. Praise and deserved commendation are health to the soul. To express an unselfish interest in our brethren and sisters, and to desire their help, will brighten our Christian experience. Blessings are both received and bestowed. May God help us to help one another.
(21LtMs, Lt 320, 1906, 15)
God’s people need an increase of energy and zeal. With too many there has been a cold, calculating policy, unmixed with the love of Christ. Often a rashness is mistaken for zeal. There is now need for a general seeking of the Lord and a humbling of the heart.
(21LtMs, Lt 320, 1906, 16)
Lt 322, 1906
Olsen, Sister [O. A.] St. Helena, California October 23, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in TDG 305. Mrs. O. A. Olsen Dear Sister Olsen:
I would be much pleased could I visit the old sanitarium farm that I loved so well and see how you are situated.
(21LtMs, Lt 322, 1906, 1)
In the night season I was conversing with you. I was saying to you, “I am much pleased because you are in such a good location and can be near to the sanitarium. Do not give way to depression, but let the comforting influence of the Holy Spirit be welcomed into your heart, to give you comfort and peace.”
(21LtMs, Lt 322, 1906, 2)
I am praying that the Lord will reveal Himself to you as a personal Comforter. The eyes of the soul must be kept open, in order to recognize the great mercies of our heavenly Father. Jesus is a bright and shining light. Let Him reflect His bright beams into the heart and mind. Do not forget thanksgiving. “Whoso offereth praise glorifieth God.” [See Psalm 50:23.] Look to Him, and lay before Him all your necessities. Is anything too hard for the Lord? He is the great Physician. He can heal soul and body, and He would have you take hold of Him in faith. He fully understands the needs of your case. He is a very present help in every time of need. And He is pleased when we show our gratitude to Him.
(21LtMs, Lt 322, 1906, 3)
Christ is the light of the world. “Unto you that fear My name shall the Sun of righteousness arise with healing in His wings.” [Malachi 4:2.] Let the light of His peace shine into your soul. He has a tender care for you, and you should praise Him with heart and soul and voice. You can please Him by manifesting a cheerful spirit. Let not one cloud of despondency or dissatisfaction hide from you the sunshine of His presence.
(21LtMs, Lt 322, 1906, 4)
It is in recognizing His light that you will conquer. You may increase in faith, by exercising the voice in speaking forth the praises of God. To the heart that recognizes Him is the promise, “I will give him the bright and morning star.” [Revelation 2:28.]
(21LtMs, Lt 322, 1906, 5)
My sister, if you would obtain precious victories, face the light that emanates from the Sun of righteousness. Talk hope and faith and thanksgiving to God. Be cheerful, hopeful in Christ. Educate yourself to praise Him. This is a great remedy for diseases of the soul and of the body. “I will praise the Lord who is the health of my countenance, and my God.” [Psalm 42:11.] We will, in His unclouded brightness, lose all repining and despondency. Praise the Lord for His loving-kindness to the children of men.
(21LtMs, Lt 322, 1906, 6)
Lt 324, 1906
Sisley, Sister St. Helena, California October 23, 1906 Previously unpublished. My dear aged Sister Sisley:
I would be much pleased to see you. I hear that you are wonderfully retaining your mental and physical powers. For this I thank the Lord.
(21LtMs, Lt 324, 1906, 1)
I shall be seventy-nine the 26th day of next month, yet the Lord continues to bless me with clearness of mind. Often I arise by one o’clock in the morning and by breakfast time have written from ten to twenty pages of letter paper. If subjects are not brought to my mind, one crowding upon another, I can readily follow a subject in writing. My memory on Bible subjects is clear, especially so when I am speaking in public.
(21LtMs, Lt 324, 1906, 2)
My power of speaking clearly is unimpaired. Last Sabbath I spoke to our people assembled in the Congregational church in Oakland. I spoke for over an hour, and as I spoke I felt the power of God thrilling me through and through. My talk was followed by a social meeting; and before the meeting closed, I offered a prayer to God. Then my favorite hymn was sung, “Jesus Lover of My Soul.”
(21LtMs, Lt 324, 1906, 3)
I was also wonderfully sustained during our recent camp-meeting in Oakland. Several times I spoke in the large tent to congregations of nearly two thousand for over an hour at a time. After these efforts, I felt refreshed, rather than wearied. I was invigorated by the Spirit of God. The last Sabbath of the meeting, I spoke for nearly an hour, then we had a revival effort. Many came forward for prayer, and I felt impressed to pray for them. As I prayed my whole being was thrilled by the power of the Spirit of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 324, 1906, 4)
Our work is nearly done. “Unto them that look for Him will He appear the second time without sin unto salvation.” [Hebrews 9:28.] I do not worry about the future, for I feel to trust God with all my being. What a wonderful privilege to stand in the presence of God as one pardoned from all transgression! Our great High Priest has broken the fetters of the tomb, and has ascended up on high, to lead captivity captive, and to bring the gift of His pardon to every repentant soul. He will accept of every one who has loved Him and has washed his robe of character white in the blood of the Lamb.
(21LtMs, Lt 324, 1906, 5)
Be of good courage, my sister; for we shall soon stand with the redeemed on mount Zion. Let us praise the Lord.
(21LtMs, Lt 324, 1906, 6)
In love.
(21LtMs, Lt 324, 1906, 7)
Lt 326, 1906
Belden, Brother and Sister [S. T.] St. Helena, California October 22, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 204. Mr. and Mrs. S. T. Belden Dear Brother and Sister Belden:
I had hoped to receive a letter from you by last mail, if only a few lines.
(21LtMs, Lt 326, 1906, 1)
I wish to ask you if you have tried the charcoal for Brother Belden? I think I wrote you about it some time ago. Take pulverized charcoal, wet it, and put it on as a poultice. The charcoal possesses a wonderful power of drawing poison from the system.
(21LtMs, Lt 326, 1906, 2)
I wish that I might step in and speak to you words of comfort. I know that the Lord will be your helper and your comforter. I long for the coming of the Lord; for then there will be no more suffering, and the wickedness of the wicked will be at an end.
(21LtMs, Lt 326, 1906, 3)
I spent last Sabbath in Oakland. Elder Haskell and his wife have been blessed in their efforts. They have conducted Bible classes in the forenoons, and he and Elder Hibbard have given the discourses in the evening.
(21LtMs, Lt 326, 1906, 4)
In the afternoon I spoke in the large Congregational church. Our own church in Oakland was sold a few months ago, and our brethren and sisters are meeting in this rented church, till another can be built in a suitable location. I felt the Spirit of God resting upon me. Angels of God were present, and some said that they had never heard me speak with greater power. I spoke for over an hour and then gave an invitation to others to testify.
(21LtMs, Lt 326, 1906, 5)
Elder W. W. Simpson is now making an effort in Oakland and is exercising all his capabilities, that he may so present the message that all may see that the Bible lies at the foundation of all his statements. He has pitched his tent in a central location and has secured a good hearing, better than we had expected.
(21LtMs, Lt 326, 1906, 6)
Brother Simpson is an intelligent evangelist. He speaks with the simplicity of a child. Never does he bring any slur into his discourses. He preaches directly from the Word, letting the Word speak to all classes. His strong arguments are the words of the Old and the New Testaments. He does not seek for words that would merely impress the people with his learning, but he endeavors to let the Word of God speak to them directly in clear, distinct utterance. If any refuse to accept the message, they must reject the Word.
(21LtMs, Lt 326, 1906, 7)
Brother Simpson dwells especially upon the prophecies in the books of Daniel and the Revelation. He has large representations of the beasts spoken of in these books. These beasts are made of papier-mâché, and by an ingenious invention, they may be brought at the proper time before the congregation. Thus he holds the attention of the people, while he preaches the truth to them. Through this effort hundreds will be led to a better understanding of the Bible than they ever had before, and we trust that there will be many conversions. Those who attend his lectures and are not converted must practically reject the Word of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 326, 1906, 8)
We are glad that the rains have held off so long this fall. It has looked somewhat threatening, but we have had no rain as yet. We are hoping that the rain will hold off until the people of Oakland have had an opportunity to hear the truth as it is proclaimed by Brother Simpson in the tent.
(21LtMs, Lt 326, 1906, 9)
The written Word of God is a perfect rule of faith and action. It is able to make men wise unto salvation. It leads to a renouncing of all dependence upon self, and an entire dependence upon the righteousness and the intercession of Christ. All who will earnestly determine to keep the commandments of God will be kept as obedient children. The more we individually become acquainted with the Word, the more we shall be inspired by faith. The Lord’s salvation is the joy of His people.
(21LtMs, Lt 326, 1906, 10)
We are surely rapidly nearing the close of this earth’s history. As the end approaches, those who serve God with all the heart will strive earnestly to perfect a Christian character.
(21LtMs, Lt 326, 1906, 11)
We pray that the Lord may come very near to the afflicted one, and that he may be given grace to bear his sickness. Dear Brother and Sister, keep your eyes fastened on Jesus. If you will look to Him, you will discern His sympathy. In all our afflictions He is afflicted. He can give peace to the darkened soul.
(21LtMs, Lt 326, 1906, 12)
Sister Belden, be careful that you do not overdo. Rest whenever you can. You have been passing through a time of grievous affliction, in seeing sufferings that you could not relieve. All I can say to you is, Keep the eyes of faith fixed upon Jesus, and you will not look to Him in vain. Be of good courage. The end of all things is at hand. The Lord Jesus suffered for the sins of the whole world, and we may overcome by the blood of the Lamb and by the word of our testimony.
(21LtMs, Lt 326, 1906, 13)
Brother Belden, I know not if you are still living, but if so, I hope that the pain is less severe. We trust that your intense sufferings may not last long, but that you may soon be
(21LtMs, Lt 326, 1906, 14)
“Asleep in Jesus, blessed sleep, From which none ever wake to weep.”
(21LtMs, Lt 326, 1906, 15)
Keep the eye off faith fixed upon the Redeemer. He knows the meaning of bodily and mental suffering. He tried to save the souls of all, but in agony He was forced to say of many, “Ye will not come unto Me that ye might have life.” [John 5:40.] But few have received His offers of mercy.
(21LtMs, Lt 326, 1906, 16)
“The law of the Lord is perfect, converting the soul.” [Psalm 19:7.] We will bear in mind that we are in the hands of a merciful God. Christ endured the agonies of the crucifixion, that we might be saved. “For God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him might not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.]
(21LtMs, Lt 326, 1906, 17)
Lt 328, 1906
Kress, Brother and Sister [D. H.] St. Helena, California October 23, 1906 Previously unpublished. Dr. and Mrs. D. H. Kress Dear Brother and Sister Kress:
We were glad to receive your letters that came in the mail last Sunday.
(21LtMs, Lt 328, 1906, 1)
We are thankful that some are active in the cause and work of God. Those who have genuine faith in His Word are drawn out to try to save others. Every kind of false doctrine will be brought to the front to draw the people into that which will ruin their souls.
(21LtMs, Lt 328, 1906, 2)
I am exceedingly sorry that Dr. Kellogg is so persistent in maintaining his course. I write him no letters; for what I might write would only be used to suit his purposes. No lie is of the truth; and in the great day when every word is brought in review before the Judge of all the earth, every man will receive according to his works. Dr. Kellogg has not kept the law of God. He may write doleful letters, for the purpose of obtaining sympathy, but this will not help his case. I feel so grieved in spirit because of his determined apostasy. Satan would use him as his agent to deceive, if it were possible, the very elect.
(21LtMs, Lt 328, 1906, 3)
You say that you cannot see why Dr. Kellogg feels so great a hatred toward W. C. White. The Doctor has no just cause for cherishing this root of bitterness. On many occasions my son has tried to help him to see the peril of his positions, but to no avail. He will not yield, and my son cannot accept his erroneous sentiments.
(21LtMs, Lt 328, 1906, 4)
After the death of my husband, I was instructed that the Lord had appointed W. C. White to do a special work in connection with my writings. The Lord promised to give him of His Spirit of grace, and a spirit of wisdom and of sound judgment. This would enable him to be a wise counselor. The Lord foresaw that my son would not make haste, but would wisely consider his movements; he would not turn the truth of God into a lie for gain. For these reasons the Lord appointed him as my helper.
(21LtMs, Lt 328, 1906, 5)
A report has been circulated that W. C. White manipulates my writings. Many things are presented to me, and I write them out as soon as possible. Some of the instruction is given to apply to situations that are in the future. As various emergencies arise, light is given in regard to the proper time to send out matter that is already prepared.
(21LtMs, Lt 328, 1906, 6)
Before the development of recent events, the course that would be pursued by Dr. Kellogg and his associates was plainly outlined before me. He with others planned how they might gain the sympathies of the people. They would seek to give the impression that they believed all points of our faith and had confidence in the testimonies. Thus many would be deceived and would take their stand with those who had departed from the faith.
(21LtMs, Lt 328, 1906, 7)
I had matter written out to meet this issue, but I had given instruction to my helpers to hold these documents until future developments. I was to let these men take the aggressive. Had I outlined their future course, they would have denied any such intentions, but I saw that a time would come when they would take a firm position against the testimonies. This was to be the signal for decided action.
(21LtMs, Lt 328, 1906, 8)
And thus the matter worked out. When the leaders in Battle Creek made an open raid on the testimonies, then I said, Brethren, we now face the issue. “Meet it” with all the strength and power of God. Then the pitchers were broken, and the light shone forth in clear rays. Some who before had been bewildered now saw clearly and took their position on the right side. Those who had anticipated a sweeping victory met with defeat. But among the leading brethren in Battle Creek who are in error, there has not been manifested a spirit of true repentance.
(21LtMs, Lt 328, 1906, 9)
As regards human manipulations of my writings, I will say that there is no blotting out of that which has been written. But it is necessary to use that wisdom used by Christ when He said: “Behold, I send you forth as sheep among wolves: be ye wise as serpents, and harmless as doves.” [Matthew 10:16.] Some portions of the testimonies are not used as soon as written. We often wait for a time; and as special emergencies arise, it is found that something already written meets the issue. Then it is necessary to “meet it” with strong evidence and proof.
(21LtMs, Lt 328, 1906, 10)
Because of this, it has been reported that W. C. White or others manipulate my writings. It is in accordance with the wisdom of God to keep the lamps in the pitchers until divine orders come to break the pitchers and to let the light shine forth. We need special wisdom from God to know how and when to send out the messages that are given. When the Lord speaks, we hear and obey. Nothing is left out or laid aside, unless for the purpose of bringing it forward at some time in the future to meet some emergency that may arise.
(21LtMs, Lt 328, 1906, 11)
Lt 330, 1906
Cobb, S. M. St. Helena, California October 23, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in 2SM 198-199. + Elder S. M. Cobb Dear Brother Cobb:
I feel impressed to write to you this morning and ask you that you be sure to treat all men with equity. I have been instructed that there is danger of your taking a course with some physicians that will be an injury to them. We are to do all in our power to encourage ministerial talent, and also that of physicians, by giving them every consistent advantage; but there is a limit beyond which we should not go.
(21LtMs, Lt 330, 1906, 1)
When we were trying to find a physician to act as medical superintendent of the Loma Linda Sanitarium, one experienced physician consented to come upon certain conditions. He stated a certain amount for his services and said that he would not come for less. Some thought that, because it seemed so difficult to find any one, we might invite this physician on his terms. But I said to Brother Burden, It would not be right to employ this Doctor, and pay him so much, when others who are working just as faithfully receive less. This is not justice, and the Lord has instructed me that He would not approve of such discrimination.
(21LtMs, Lt 330, 1906, 2)
The Lord calls for self-denial in His service, and this obligation is binding upon physicians as well as upon ministers. We have before us an aggressive work which requires means; and we must call into service young men to labor as ministers and as physicians, not for the highest wages, but because of the great needs of God’s cause. The Lord is not pleased with this spirit of grasping for the highest wages. We need physicians and ministers whose hearts are consecrated to God and who receive their marching orders from the greatest Medical Missionary that has ever trod this earth. Let them behold His life of self-denial, and then gladly sacrifice, in order that more workers may engage in sowing the gospel seed. If all will work in this spirit, less wages will be required.
(21LtMs, Lt 330, 1906, 3)
Some have failed on this point. God has blessed them with ability to do acceptable service, but they have failed to learn lessons of economy, of self-denial, and of walking humbly with God. Their demands for high wages were granted, and they became extravagant in the use of means; they lost the influence for good they should have had, and the prospering hand of God was not with them.
(21LtMs, Lt 330, 1906, 4)
I am fearful that some in New Zealand who are demanding large wages will bring in an influence that will be detrimental to the medical missionary work. It is not show nor much talk that gives success. Beware of placing too great confidence in those who demand high wages before they will engage in the Lord’s work. I write you this as a caution.
(21LtMs, Lt 330, 1906, 5)
Brother Cobb, be sure to council freely with your brethren in the work. Make a careful study of what is involved in missionary work. Missionaries must learn humility, and they must learn constantly of the great Medical Missionary. A great work lies before us, but it must be done after Christ’s order. The third angel’s message is to go forth with power. There needs to be a through work done in the hearts of many who are acting a prominent part in the work of God, but who are not now thoroughly consecrated.
(21LtMs, Lt 330, 1906, 6)
The apostle John once wrote to Gaius, commending to his hospitality certain brethren who were preaching the gospel to the Gentiles. Notwithstanding the request of John that these brethren should be received and entertained by the church of which Gaius was a member, Diotrephes had hindered their reception and had even persecuted and cast out of the church those who did receive them. These strangers were not influential men; and in his feeling of self-superiority, Diotrephes considered it his privilege to treat them disrespectfully. John wrote upon this matter, reproving the action of those who had so failed in courtesy. Their example was not one that should be followed. A kind reception should always be given to God’s missionaries. John says:
(21LtMs, Lt 330, 1906, 7)
“The elder unto the well-beloved Gaius, whom I love in the truth. Beloved, I wish above all things that thou mayest prosper and be in health, even as thy soul prospereth. For I rejoiced greatly when the brethren came and testified of the truth that is in thee, even as thou walkest in the truth. I have no greater joy than to hear that my children walk in the truth.
(21LtMs, Lt 330, 1906, 8)
“Beloved, thou doest faithfully whatsoever thou doest to the brethren, and to strangers: which have borne witness of thy charity before the church: whom if thou bring forward on their journey after a godly sort, thou shalt do well: because that for His name’s sake they went forth, taking nothing of the Gentiles. We therefore ought to receive such, that we might be fellow helpers to the truth.
(21LtMs, Lt 330, 1906, 9)
“I wrote unto the church: but Diotrephes, who loveth to have the pre-eminence among them, receiveth us not. Wherefore if I come, I will remember his deeds which he doeth, prating against us with malicious words; and not content therewith, neither doth he himself receive the brethren, and forbiddeth them that would, and casteth them out of the church.
(21LtMs, Lt 330, 1906, 10)
“Beloved, follow not that which is evil, but that which is good. He that doeth good is of God: but he that doeth evil hath not seen God. Demetrius hath good report of all men, and of the truth itself: yea, and we also bear record; and ye know that our record is true.
(21LtMs, Lt 330, 1906, 11)
“I had many things to write, but I will not with pen and ink write unto thee: but I trust I shall shortly see thee, and we shall speak face to face.” [3 John 1-14.]
(21LtMs, Lt 330, 1906, 12)
In the providence of God, some have been blessed with means and with conveniences, that they may act as benefactors, working together with God. Some of these are so attached to their homes that they cannot be induced to leave to engage in service that takes them away. Let an effort be made to persuade them to help in the support of a substitute. There should be with all a hearty willingness to support the cause of God. Let all be careful in the expenditure of means in every line, that they may save as much as possible to help in the advancement of the work of God. All may give donations, and some may help by exercising hospitality to those who are strangers and pilgrims. The time has come when God will call men from the plow, and from humble positions, to teach Bible truth. Large donations are needed to aid in the carrying forward of the work of preaching the gospel at home and also among the heathen in foreign countries.
(21LtMs, Lt 330, 1906, 13)
When the work is begun in a new country, and a few accept the light of present truth, it is not best to ask them at once to support the work in their field. Support should be sent from Christians in the home field. Genuine Christians will, as God has prospered them, respond to calls for help.
(21LtMs, Lt 330, 1906, 14)
There are many in the churches of today who seek for the pre-eminence. They lack the spirit of true self-sacrifice. Some are opposed to those who exercise their private judgment, and they stand directly in the way to hinder those who do missionary work, simply because these gospel workers will not follow the finite judgment of these critics. In the day when God shall render to every man according as his work shall be, they will see that God has honored those with whom they refused to unite. The Lord’s servants, who are in close touch with the great Chief Missionary, will be kind and will manifest true Christian politeness.
(21LtMs, Lt 330, 1906, 15)
Lt 331, 1906
Cobb, S. M. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 24, 1906 Previously unpublished. My Brother [S. M.] Cobb:
I was conversing with you and saying that we have a great work before us in these last days, and we must consider that the work must go evenly, not exaggerated in any point. The physician’s wages must not be placed [so] high for we are ministers and people having a grand work before us. I was in the night season conversing with you, and I said that you have placed the wages of Dr. Beaker [?] too high. You must consider our work is to go to many places. Physicians and ministers must act their part as doing the work God has given them to do and not draw from the treasury, in the case of one physician, a large price.
(21LtMs, Lt 331, 1906, 1)
I will find the letter written to Brother Holden. He was an experienced physician. We needed him, but his services were above the average; and there must not be a preference. Your wife is in danger of influencing her husband altogether too strongly. We are God’s workmen and physicians must practice self-denial just as verily as the ministers.
(21LtMs, Lt 331, 1906, 2)
The same men who came to Australia from Battle Creek were not prepared to take the work in the humble way that the workers have had to do, but they had received the impression that they must put on an appearance of influence.
(21LtMs, Lt 331, 1906, 3)
Lt 332, 1906
Olsen, O. A. St. Helena, California October 23, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in 9MR 147. + Elder O. A. Olsen Dear Brother Olsen:
I have written to Dr. Kress and will now write a few lines to you. I feel a deep interest in the work in Australia and would greatly enjoy being with you to talk over the situation.
(21LtMs, Lt 332, 1906, 1)
With this I am enclosing copy of a talk I gave to our people assembled in the Congregational church in Oakland last Sabbath. I spoke for over an hour, and the Lord gave me great freedom. At the close of the meeting I offered prayer, and Brother Crisler has written this out with the sermon.
(21LtMs, Lt 332, 1906, 2)
Into the churches in Berkeley and in Oakland there has come a spirit that I regret. We have done the best we know in order to set things right. Some of our leading conference brethren have not a correct idea of what it means to be a faithful guardian of the flock.
(21LtMs, Lt 332, 1906, 3)
We should not place in office men who will exercise a dominating spirit. We need men who manifest a whole-hearted tenderness. We must deal with erring ministers and with church members as with God’s property, not as though they were school children. We need to remember that we are dealing with men with like passions as ourselves. We cannot use our influence to place in office those who have not a control over their own spirit or who have a disposition to be easily excited. Such men know not how to deal with human minds.
(21LtMs, Lt 332, 1906, 4)
Let every one pledge himself before God to control all passion and never to take a course that will depress or cast down one whom the Lord Jesus has bought with His precious blood. The Lord will help every one who will trust in Him.
(21LtMs, Lt 332, 1906, 5)
Preach cheerful discourses, and do not wear the organs of speech by overtaxing yourself. Keep as fresh and vigorous as possible. Now, just now, is our time to prepare for the higher school above. Let us soften our spirit and be true as steel to principle. We must humble ourselves and exalt Jesus Christ. Let no one strive for the mastery, but let all endeavor closely to follow in the footsteps of Jesus.
(21LtMs, Lt 332, 1906, 6)
“Whosoever will come after Me,” says Christ, “let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me.” [Mark 8:34.] This He asks for our safety and our happiness. As we closely follow Jesus, we become true laborers together with God.
(21LtMs, Lt 332, 1906, 7)
When any man becomes self-sufficient, filled with self-confidence, that man should be relieved of all responsibility. We should pray for him that he may learn the lesson of Christ: “Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls.” [Matthew 11:29.]
(21LtMs, Lt 332, 1906, 8)
There are but few who can bear praise and exaltation. It is difficult to find those who are safe guardians of souls. So many think that such a position permits them to order, and to dictate to, and to command others. Men in positions of trust should be true to God, and should treat others kindly and courteously, as [they] themselves desire to be treated. Let all watch for souls as they that must give an account.
(21LtMs, Lt 332, 1906, 9)
What a work might go forward in our world, had all our church members broken up the fallow ground of their hearts! The working out of a pure and undefiled religion will do a grand and noble work in the salvation of precious souls. Let us cherish the tenderness and the love of Jesus Christ.
(21LtMs, Lt 332, 1906, 10)
Lt 334, 1906
Faulkhead, Brother and Sister [N. D.] and children St. Helena, California October 24, 1906 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother and Sister Faulkhead and the children:
I address you all. I may never again see you in this life, but I do want to meet you in the city of our God. I mean to be there, and I sincerely hope, Brother Faulkhead, that you and your wife and children will be overcomers. You must be daily preparing for the higher life. I want to meet you and your wife and children in the city of God. Train your children to habits of self-denial and sacrifice. Let them be taught how to serve and honor God.
(21LtMs, Lt 334, 1906, 1)
We each have frailties of character; but as we keep the lessons of Christ before us, and become His children, we shall be given power to overcome our defects. Be true to the One who gave His precious life to make it possible for you to become members of the royal family, children of the heavenly King.
(21LtMs, Lt 334, 1906, 2)
I rose at two o’clock this morning, and as I write these lines to you, I see that it is now three. I hope, Brother Faulkhead, that you will be reinstated in the office and be a helper to those who need help. I have a deep interest in the office. It should be a place where the workers are trained and educated to become members of the royal family. If they love the Lord, and live humble lives, if they are meek and lowly, then they will be learning of Christ and doing His service. There must be more trusting in the Lord Jesus. There must be more taking hold of His strength.
(21LtMs, Lt 334, 1906, 3)
Let Jesus come and abide in the office. Every day He should be invited to preside there. May the precious Saviour give you great help and wisdom. He will if you depend upon Him and make Him your trust. You will advance in a knowledge of spiritual things.
(21LtMs, Lt 334, 1906, 4)
Your sister in Christ.
(21LtMs, Lt 334, 1906, 5)
Lt 336, 1906
Brethren in Responsible Positions in Australia St. Helena, California October 25, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in 1MR 80-81; 4MR 355. + To the brethren in responsible positions in Australia:
There is one thing that I am bidden to present decidedly before our ministers and physicians. Some physicians who went to Australia from America, especially some who went from Battle Creek, went with the idea that they must make a great display and put on style. Some were heartily received, and the Lord gave them evidence that He was preparing the way for them. But their expenses were made very heavy by their habits of extravagance; and in order to meet these expenses, they resorted to the means of selling various things in connection with their practice. This lessened their influence with the people.
(21LtMs, Lt 336, 1906, 1)
The Lord opened the way for these physicians. Meetings at which they spoke were largely attended. But I was instructed that their influence was not sanctified and that they were not becoming qualified to make a success in their work. The effort to keep up an appearance, as if they were men of wealth, kept them financially embarrassed.
(21LtMs, Lt 336, 1906, 2)
I have been greatly burdened over this matter. Let our physicians study the life of the great Physician, who travelled on foot from place to place. The multitudes who followed Him did not realize that they were listening to the greatest physician who ever ministered to the necessities of humanity. “If any man will come after Me,” Christ said, “let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me.” [Matthew 16:24.] Those who consent to follow the self-denying Redeemer will be instant in season and out of season.
(21LtMs, Lt 336, 1906, 3)
We sincerely hope and pray that you will not spoil any one of your physicians by offering large wages. Let the work be carried on in such a way that many will be given the opportunity of becoming physicians of souls and bodies. Let there be means in the treasury to be used in taking men from the common walks of life and sending them out to do missionary works in various lines. If the world is to be warned, we need to accept every consecrated worker who has ability to open the Scriptures to those who are in darkness. House-to-house work should be taken up by men and women. Forbid them not, but encourage souls by giving them something to do in circulating our publications, in selling our books and papers. Thus many souls will be converted.
(21LtMs, Lt 336, 1906, 4)
What a wonderful mission was given to the disciples. It was their last week together, and Christ desired to prepare their minds for the coming trial, for the separation that was shortly to take place, for the wicked things they would see Him suffer at the hands of men. This was to be their trial—to see the sufferings of their Lord. He, their Saviour, was to be betrayed by Judas into the hands of wicked men. He was to suffer rejection. But He comforted His disciples with the words of encouragement found in the thirteenth, fourteenth, fifteenth, and sixteenth chapters of John.
(21LtMs, Lt 336, 1906, 5)
With strong, hopeful words the Saviour ended His instruction. Then He poured out His soul in prayer for His disciples. Study this prayer, recorded in the seventeenth chapter of John, praying for an understanding of its meaning from the first verse to the last.
(21LtMs, Lt 336, 1906, 6)
“And now, O Father, glorify Thou Me with Thine own self, with the glory which I had with Thee before the world was. I have manifested Thy name unto the men which Thou gavest Me out of the world: Thine they were, and Thou gavest them Me; and they have kept Thy word. Now they have known that all things whatsoever Thou hast given Me are of Thee; for I have given unto them the words which Thou gavest Me; and they have received them, and have known surely that I came out from Thee, and they have believed that Thou didst send Me.
(21LtMs, Lt 336, 1906, 7)
“I pray for them; I pray not for the world, but for them which Thou hast given Me; for they are Thine. And all Mine are Thine, and Thine are Mine; and I am glorified in them. And now I am no more in the world, but these are in the world, and I come to Thee. Holy Father, keep through Thine own name those whom Thou hast given Me, that they may be one, as We are. While I was with them in the world, I kept them in Thy name: those that Thou gavest Me I have kept, and none of them is lost, but the son of perdition, that the Scriptures might be fulfilled.
(21LtMs, Lt 336, 1906, 8)
“And now I come to Thee; and these things I speak in the world, that they might have My joy fulfilled in themselves. I have given them Thy word, and the world hath hated them, because they are not of the world, even as I am not of the world. I pray not that Thou shouldest take them out of the world, but that Thou shouldest keep them from the evil. They are not of the world, even as I am not of the world.” [Verses 5-14.]
(21LtMs, Lt 336, 1906, 9)
Christ does not pray that they may be rich and great and honored, and preferred by the world, or that they may learn to conform to worldly customs. His prayer is, “Keep them from the evil. Keep them from the sinful customs of the world. Set them apart for thyself.” Prosperity of soul is the greatest gain for every child of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 336, 1906, 10)
“Sanctify them though Thy truth; Thy word is truth. As Thou hast sent Me into the world, even so have I also sent them into the world, And for their sakes I sanctify Myself, that they also might be sanctified through the truth.” [Verses 17-19.]
(21LtMs, Lt 336, 1906, 11)
Christ speaks with the assurance of His divine mission. “Thou hast sent Me into the world.” [Verse 18.] He is the Author of pure and undefiled religion. He speaks with the greatest satisfaction of the commission He has given the disciples. He sent the disciples forth to do the same work that the Father had given Him to do. He promised that superhuman power would attend them in the work that they were to do after His ascension. This work was to begin in Jerusalem, then to extend to Samaria, and from there to the uttermost parts of the world. The world was to be their field of labor.
(21LtMs, Lt 336, 1906, 12)
After His resurrection, “when they were come together they asked of Him, saying, Lord, wilt Thou at this time restore again the kingdom of Israel? And He said unto them, It is not for you to know the times or the seasons, which the Father hath put in His own power. But ye shall receive power, after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you, and ye shall be witnesses unto Me, both in Jerusalem, and in all Judea, and in Samaria, and unto the uttermost parts of the earth.
(21LtMs, Lt 336, 1906, 13)
“When He had spoken these things, while they beheld, He was taken up, and a cloud received Him out of their sight.” His hands outstretched in blessing upon His disciples, who were to be His representatives in the world, He slowly ascended, accompanied by a multitude of heavenly beings. As the watching disciples strained their eyes to catch the last glimpse of their departing Lord, two angels clad in white appeared before them, and said, “ye men of Galilee, why stand ye gazing up into heaven? This same Jesus, which is taken from you into heaven, shall so come in like manner as ye have seen Him go into heaven.” [Acts 1:6-11.]
(21LtMs, Lt 336, 1906, 14)
Those outstretched arms represent Christ’s embracing the world. The last look that the disciples saw on the face of Christ was one of love. The blessing that He bequeathed to His disciples included all who should henceforth believe on Him and accept Him as a personal Saviour. “As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them which believe on His name.” [John 1:12.]
(21LtMs, Lt 336, 1906, 15)
The prayer of Christ is for all God’s ministers. “Sanctify them to Thy service,” Christ prayed. [See John 17:17.] Then their credentials will be ratified in heaven. Qualify them for their office in the ministry. I have called them. They have consented to take up the work that is to be done.
(21LtMs, Lt 336, 1906, 16)
When the sacredness of Christ’s character is brought into the daily life, God is glorified. In the work of the gospel minister, the same proofs are to be given that Christ gave in His work. All who accept the responsibility of working as physicians and ministers are to perfect their efforts through the sanctification of the truth. Sanctification means purification. The wisdom that comes from above is first pure, then peaceable. It is only thus that they can be qualified to do the work that Christ did in the world in proclaiming the truth. The Word of God, obeyed, is the divine revelation that works in heart and mind and sanctifies the soul. The words of truth are to be cherished. Not one charge given by God is to be disregarded. If obeyed, the Word will restrain every evil thought, word, and act.
(21LtMs, Lt 336, 1906, 17)
I am instructed to say to all whom Christ sends into the work: He will help you in all things to carry out His commission in holiness and truth. No human oddities are to be brought in. No expressions of sang-froid are to be heard; for such things detract from the sacredness of the truth that is being presented. It is the Word of God that our ministers are to give to the people, and they must give it in pure language. Not one cheap word is to be mixed up with the words of truth. Some suppose that sarcastic expressions will increase the interest of the hearers, but they lower the speaker in the minds of the hearers. The cheap, common words uttered destroy in many minds the effect of the discourse.
(21LtMs, Lt 336, 1906, 18)
The truth is to be practiced in all its sacredness as the words of eternal life. Its holiness and purity are to be a savor of life unto life. Then let the lips be kept pure from all common utterances. True holiness is the fruit of Christ’s death. It was by this infinite sacrifice that the Holy Spirit was purchased for the human family. Christ gave Himself to His church, that through obedience to the sacred words of truth the members might receive His sanctification.
(21LtMs, Lt 336, 1906, 19)
He who designed the salvation of the souls of men requires that all who minister in word and doctrine should be sanctified through the truth. Christ came to bear witness to the words of eternal life. He endured in our behalf the most humiliating suffering that human nature can endure. He died to confirm the truth. And the minister or physician who handles the Word of truth should receive its sanctifying virtue. Then let them not destroy this holy influence by bringing into their work commercial interests. Christ died for us. Let us ever be as true as steel to the principles that will stand through eternal ages.
(21LtMs, Lt 336, 1906, 20)
When there is so much at stake, let our speakers keep every expression free from anything that would cast a slur upon them as servants of Christ or mar the impression made by the truth they are presenting. Let them keep all commonness out of their discourses; for commonness lessens their influence and brings them down to a low level. It leaves upon minds an impression that God cannot approve. By commonness of speech or action, the minister may strike a decided blow against the sacred impression that God would have left on minds. We must give evidence of the sanctifying influence of the truth by letting our words be well chosen and elevating, clothed with dignity and Christlike grace.
(21LtMs, Lt 336, 1906, 21)
Christ prayed for all who are His. For this is His will, even their sanctification. “Sanctify them through Thy truth; Thy word is truth.”“Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which shall believe on Me through their word; that they all may be one; as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee, that they also may be one in Us; that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me. And the glory which Thou gavest Me, I have given them; that they may be one, even as We are one: I in them, and Thou in Me, that they may be made perfect in one, and that the world may know that Thou hast sent Me, and hast loved them, as Thou hast loved me.” [Verses 17, 20-23.]
(21LtMs, Lt 336, 1906, 22)
What a prayer was this. If it had not been possible for this unity to be, Christ would not have offered such a prayer. “I in them, and Thou in Me,” He said, “that they may be made perfect in one; and that the world may know that Thou hast sent Me, and hath loved them as Thou hast loved Me.” [Verse 23.] This seems almost impossible.
(21LtMs, Lt 336, 1906, 23)
Who are included in the prayer of Christ? “Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which shall believe on Me through their word.” [Verse 20.] The company present at the time, the eleven, the seventy, and the large numbers who followed Christ from day to day were included in this prayer. And not these only, but all who in every future generation should unite themselves to Christ through hearing the truth. His prayer was uttered for all generations to come. His great desire is that all who believe in Him may be one, that all may receive the benefits of the truth. He prayed for them all, that they all might be one. Let us strive for this oneness, for it is the evidence we are to bear to the world that we are one with the Father.
(21LtMs, Lt 336, 1906, 24)
“Father, I will that they also, whom Thou hast given Me, be with Me where I am, that they may behold My glory, which Thou hast given Me; for Thou lovest Me before the foundation of the world. O righteous Father, the world hath not known Thee; but I have known Thee, and these have known that Thou hast sent Me. And I have declared unto them Thy name, and will declare it; that the love wherewith Thou hast loved Me may be in them, and I in them.” [Verses 24-26.]
(21LtMs, Lt 336, 1906, 25)
The glory of the Redeemer constitutes the brightness of heaven. The glory before which angels cover their faces is Christ’s glory. The Lamb is the light of the New Jerusalem. “And I saw no temple therein; for the Lord God Almighty and the Lamb are the temple of it. And the city had no need of the sun, neither of the moon, to shine in it; for the glory of God did lighten it, and the Lamb is the light thereof. And the nations of them which are saved shall walk in the light of it; and the kings of the earth do bring their glory and honor into it. And the gates of it shall not be shut at all by day; for there shall be no night there, and they shall bring the glory and honor of the nations into it. And there shall in no wise enter into it anything that defileth, neither whatsoever worketh abomination, or maketh a lie; but they which are written in the Lamb’s book of life.” [Revelation 21:22-27.]
(21LtMs, Lt 336, 1906, 26)
We are all to strive for unity. “A new commandment I write unto you, which thing is true in Him and in you: because the darkness is past, and the true light now shineth. He that saith he is in the light, and hateth his brother, is in darkness even until now. He that loveth his brother abideth in the light, and there is none occasion of stumbling in him. But he that hateth his brother is in darkness, and walketh in darkness, and knoweth not whither he goeth, because that darkness hath blinded his eyes.” [1 John 2:8-11.]
(21LtMs, Lt 336, 1906, 27)
The prejudice cherished in the human mind is Satan’s great lever for causing dissension. The time has come when the enemy is constantly working to this end. Do not allow tattling in the church. If it has been indulged, expel it now. Let all seek to bar the way against Satan by answering the prayer of Christ. Guard the tongue; guard the lips; and live the humble life that Christ lived. He is the one true Pattern of righteousness. Let every soul humble himself, and remember that many souls will be called from the lowly walks of life to become Christ’s disciples.
(21LtMs, Lt 336, 1906, 28)
May the Lord give you wisdom and good judgment; for the enemy will press in everywhere that he has opportunity.
(21LtMs, Lt 336, 1906, 29)
Lt 338, 1906
Salisbury, W. D. St. Helena, California October 24, 1906 Previously unpublished. + W. D. Salisbury Dear Brother Salisbury:
I wish to write you a few lines to say to you and your wife, Be of good cheer in the Lord. I feel a deep interest in you both.
(21LtMs, Lt 338, 1906, 1)
Your success depends upon your possessing the meekness and the lowliness of Jesus. “Ask, and ye shall receive; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you. For every one that asketh receiveth; and he that seeketh findeth; and to him that knocketh it shall be opened.” [Matthew 7:7, 8.]
(21LtMs, Lt 338, 1906, 2)
Draw nigh to God, my brother and my sister, whom I love in the Lord. Take your stand upon the elevated platform of Bible truth. If you will not be satisfied with a mere form of godliness, but will advance day by day, increasing in courage and in faith and in earnest seeking of the Lord, you will endure as seeing Him who is invisible.
(21LtMs, Lt 338, 1906, 3)
Oh, how much we lose because we do not put our heart and soul into an effort to receive of heavenly things. Have faith in God, and He will not disappoint you. Read the Bible as the direct voice of God speaking to you. Our work is to believe in His Word and to be obedient. The power of God is for every soul who will devote himself without reserve to do the will of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 338, 1906, 4)
Be ever ready to receive the rich blessings of our heavenly Father. Educate your hearts and your voices to praise God. “Whoso offereth praise glorifieth God.” [See Psalm 50:23.] Wonderful are His promises; for they are truth and righteousness.
(21LtMs, Lt 338, 1906, 5)
Do not neglect to pray daily for help. Walk humbly with God. Speak of the wonderful love of God before those employed in the office. Speak kind, encouraging words to those with whom you are brought in contact. Let not the enemy interpose between your soul and God. You must have His power, you must express His love. Speak as though you knew the Holy Spirit was with you.
(21LtMs, Lt 338, 1906, 6)
Can you enlarge your paper, The Signs of the Times? Feel free to select for publication choice matter from the many books that the Lord has helped me write. Take hold of His arm of infinite power, and make a sanctified, decided effort to lead the apprentices and all the workers in the office to make a full and entire surrender to the Lord Jesus. Tell them not to spoil their record in heaven by unkind words or actions. Tell them to cultivate gracefulness of speech, to cut away selfishness out of their hearts, to give no expression to fretfulness; for that would give Satan an advantage over them. Let the workers in the office seek to perfect characters that will please Christ and the heavenly angels. No one can take with him into heaven a disagreeable character. We are now living in the day of preparation for heaven. Your likeness is now being taken. Wrong feelings and unkind words mar the presentation of the heavenly Artist. Cultivate patience, kindness, truthfulness. Seek the Lord daily for wisdom to become a child of His. Study the Word of God, and strictly obey all the commandments. Pray earnestly, seek the Lord in faith, and He will delight to answer your humble petitions. And be ye thankful. Praise the Lord with heart and soul and voice.
(21LtMs, Lt 338, 1906, 7)
I am instructed that there must be among the workers a decided reformation, if your picture in heaven is to be what Christ is ready to make it. Do not hesitate, do not let time pass. I am praying for you all, that you may read and understand the Word of God. Be faithful in cleansing the soul temple of everything that defileth.
(21LtMs, Lt 338, 1906, 8)
Do you desire the life that measures with the life of God? Do you desire to be fitted for the heavenly courts? Get ready, get ready; for the time is very short. Praise the Lord for His great love in giving Jesus to our world. Confess all sin, put away errors in character, and prepare for graduation to the higher school above, where Jesus will be your guide and your teacher.
(21LtMs, Lt 338, 1906, 9)
Lt 340, 1906
Washburn, J. S. St. Helena, California October 17, 1906 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother Washburn:
I cannot sleep after half-past two A.M. I have received and read your letter, which speaks of money that you could obtain for me without interest. Then you say that you need money so much for the work in the South, and that if you could have this money to use, it would be a great blessing to you. My brother, if the sister will consent to let you have this money to use, I have no objections. Certainly I would not deprive you of the benefit it would be to you. The one who has this money to led will arrange the matter to suit herself. You can make the necessary arrangements with her, and I shall be free from all responsibility.
(21LtMs, Lt 340, 1906, 1)
I want to do all I possibly can for the work in the South. I should be glad to favor the southern field even more than I have done.
(21LtMs, Lt 340, 1906, 2)
My circumstances just now are such that it would be a great advantage to me to obtain money without interest. The fire at Mountain View means a loss to me of not less than three thousand dollars, and perhaps more. For this loss I do not expect to receive any remuneration.
(21LtMs, Lt 340, 1906, 3)
I have a deep interest in the work in the South, and always shall have. I also have a decided interest in the work in Southern California. The sanitarium at Loma Linda must be provided with treatment rooms that will properly represent the work and compare favorably with the other buildings. But my financial circumstances are such that I cannot help in this work as I should be glad to.
(21LtMs, Lt 340, 1906, 4)
I leave all these things with the Lord. I will not be selfish. I would rather not make decisions; and as the case stands, I shall leave you and the sister who has the money to lend to settle the matter. I shall feel better in doing this, since you need the money to use in the South. I shall not worry, nor feel displeased to have you take the money. I understand that it has been decided to raise fifty thousand dollars for the work in the southern field, and for this I am very thankful.
(21LtMs, Lt 340, 1906, 5)
I am of good courage in the Lord. I am very anxious that all our people shall experience an increase of devotion and zeal. I pray that they may seek the Lord more earnestly for His rich grace. The Lord lives, and He will bless all who seek Him with the whole heart. We need a living, active faith. We must have power from God if we stand the test in these trying times. May the Lord help us every one. We cannot do anything unless God’s blessing is with us.
(21LtMs, Lt 340, 1906, 6)
Your sister in Christ.
(21LtMs, Lt 340, 1906, 7)
Lt 342, 1906
White, J. E.; White, Emma St. Helena, California October 16, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in 3SM 266. + My dear children Edson and Emma:
I suppose that Emma is once more at home in Nashville. I have not heard from her recently, and I shall be very glad to hear how she is getting along.
(21LtMs, Lt 342, 1906, 1)
We are having very fine weather. No rain has fallen yet. This is fortunate for us, as we were compelled to dry our prunes ourselves. The weather has been excellent for this, and the prunes will soon be ready for shipment. We shall send you some if you would like them. We have a large quantity.
(21LtMs, Lt 342, 1906, 2)
Since the Oakland camp-meeting, when the Lord so unexpectedly blessed me and strengthened me to speak before the large congregation, I have had better health than I have had for years. At that meeting I felt no weariness after speaking for over an hour. Since that camp-meeting I have been more free from infirmities than at any time before in my recollection. For the past week I have not been so well, but have been able to do some writing.
(21LtMs, Lt 342, 1906, 3)
If I have light from the Lord, I shall go to Battle Creek and again bear my testimony before the people there.
(21LtMs, Lt 342, 1906, 4)
One week ago last Sabbath I spoke to our people in Oakland. At three o’clock in the morning the big tent was blown down by a strong wind. The big center pole was broken; and as the tent was old and rotten, it was much torn. A smaller tent was obtained and put up. On Sabbaths we have the use of the Congregational church in Oakland. This is an excellently constructed building in which to speak. I have spoken in the tent many times, but I prefer to speak in this church. Last Sabbath I spoke with great freedom, and the Lord’s blessing rested on the people. In the forenoon the brethren filled appointments in different places and announced that in the afternoon I would speak in the church. I spoke for about fifty minutes and then called upon all who desired to take part in the meeting. I realized that the angels of God were in the building. We had an excellent meeting. Testimonies were borne and confessions made. The power and Spirit of God were present. This meeting lasted for more than an hour. I remained through it all. I was indeed thankful that the Lord gave me so large a degree of His Holy Spirit. I praise Him with heart and soul and voice.
(21LtMs, Lt 342, 1906, 5)
I am to speak in Oakland again, next Sabbath, October 20.
(21LtMs, Lt 342, 1906, 6)
W. C. White has been absent from home for about a month. This makes it necessary for me to be with my workers; for we are trying, while the Lord graciously spares my life, to prepare matter that will bear a living testimony of the working of God with me since the first manifestations of His Holy Spirit in my experience. I have a work to do that no other can do; and while the Lord spares my life, I will bear the testimonies that He gives me to bear.
(21LtMs, Lt 342, 1906, 7)
The spending of Sabbath and Sunday in Oakland breaks up my work. These frequent changes are not pleasant; but while the Lord gives me strength, I shall try to help in the work that is being done in Oakland. I am of good courage in the Lord, and I greatly desire that the precious message of truth shall go forth with power in Oakland. A good work is being done there. People of other nationalities come in to hear, and some have already taken their stand to obey the truth.
(21LtMs, Lt 342, 1906, 8)
Elder Rice and his wife have done all they possibly could to give these souls every advantage in learning the English language. The brother of one who has recently been converted is now deeply interested. These brothers understand several languages and are highly educated. Both will now work unitedly to impart the truth to others of different nationalities. Thus a good work is being carried forward.
(21LtMs, Lt 342, 1906, 9)
Recently, in a meeting held in the large tent, Elder Haskell said that he would give one hundred of his book Seer of Patmos to help in obtaining means to carry forward the work, if the brethren and sisters would do their best to sell them. After he sat down, a clean-looking, pleasant-faced man came forward and slipped some money into his half-closed hand, with the words, “You need it.” Elder Haskell opened his hand, and there lay one hundred dollars. He turned to thank the man, but he had gone. Several tried to follow, to see who he was, but there was no man to be seen. Was it one of the angels of God that did that?
(21LtMs, Lt 342, 1906, 10)
Another interesting circumstance occurred in connection with Sister Haskell’s Bible class. Sister Haskell had held only a few meetings on the ground, when, as she left the large tent to go to her small tent, a lady, finely dressed, followed her and placed in her hand some pieces of money, turning away immediately. On opening her hand, Sister Haskell found two twenty-dollar gold pieces. She hurried after the lady, and solicited her name, but the stranger refused to give it, saying, “It is all right,” and adding that circumstances made it best that her name should not be known. Afterward we learned that she was the wife of one of the members of the Assembly. These things show that the higher classes are interested.
(21LtMs, Lt 342, 1906, 11)
The last Sunday that I spoke in the tent before it was blown down two young men of excellent appearance were present. After the meeting, they went to Elder Haskell and made inquiries regarding our faith. Brother Haskell gave them a Bible reading on the spot. It was short, but right to the point. A good work is being done. There are many interested ones to be looked after. They must not be neglected. Elder Haskell and his wife are doing an excellent work. They make the truth stand out in its simplicity. Their lessons, given to educate canvassers and young Bible workers, are so interesting that grown people unite with the class to search the Word and become established in the Scriptures, that they may give a reason of the hope they cherish.
(21LtMs, Lt 342, 1906, 12)
Two weeks ago a contribution was taken up in the Oakland church for the work that is being carried on in different lines in Oakland. About thirty-three dollars was raised. At the close of the meeting a sister came forward and put eighty dollars into Elder Haskell’s hand. He protested against her giving so large a sum; for I learned that she is the wife of Elder Hansen from Europe, who died recently in San Francisco. This sister has supported herself and also laid by this amount for the cause. She would not take the money back. She knew what she was doing, she said. She had planned to give this sum.
(21LtMs, Lt 342, 1906, 13)
In the afternoon I stood before a tent full of people and told them of this widow’s gift. She had not house or land. She is a widow. Eighty dollars she had given, and nothing less should it be. Then I said, “She hath given more than they all.” After this another woman brought ten dollars to Elder Haskell.
(21LtMs, Lt 342, 1906, 14)
These are some of the evidences that we have that God is in the work being done. I see the hand of the Lord working on the right hand and on the left. I praise God with heart and soul and voice that souls are embracing the truth and are asking for baptism. We feel that God must work with us.
(21LtMs, Lt 342, 1906, 15)
I shall be seventy-nine years old the twenty-sixth of November. I am grateful to our heavenly Father for every evidence of His power. I see the necessity of a deeper work of grace in our hearts. We must have the power of the great I AM with us, or else we can accomplish nothing. My trust is not in myself, but in the One who has said, “All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:18-20.]
(21LtMs, Lt 342, 1906, 16)
It is our privilege to be united in Christ. The life that we live must be a genuine union with Christ. When the union of the branch to Christ, the Living Vine, is real, no human power can sever the connection. No storm can disturb the peace of the soul thus joined to the Saviour. Connected with Christ, the branch becomes a living branch, deriving all its nutriment from the parent stock. We need greater faith—a living, active faith. Then there will be a strong spiritual vitality supporting the branch. We must pray constantly with a humble mind and a meek and lowly spirit. We need not wait for an opportunity to kneel before God. We can pray and talk with the Lord wherever we may be.
(21LtMs, Lt 342, 1906, 17)
It is growing daylight. I have not slept since half-past two.
(21LtMs, Lt 342, 1906, 18)
In much love.
(21LtMs, Lt 342, 1906, 19)
Lt 344, 1906
Simpson, W. W. St. Helena, California October 27, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in 7MR 193-194. Elder W. W. Simpson Dear Brother:
Since coming home, I have thought of my conversation with you, and have feared that you might not have understood what I really meant to say in my caution to you. I may have been overanxious on your behalf. Please do not suppose that I question the power of God to protect you. I know that His angels are round about you. I am fully in sympathy with your efforts to make the Word your textbook and letting the Lord speak through His Word. I have no criticisms to offer on your method of calling for means. I think your success in this line is a sufficient justification of the plan, and the Lord will bless those who give of their means. I do not wish what I said to you to interfere with your regular line of work. My only fear was for your personal safety. I desired to caution you not to expose yourself unnecessarily. I wish you to act as the Lord directs, making Him your whole dependence.
(21LtMs, Lt 344, 1906, 1)
My brother, if you wish to rest for a few days at any time, I invite you to come to my home in St. Helena. If you become weary, come and rest as long as you think needful. I will see that you have a pleasant room, and Brother Crisler and Brother Robinson will do what they can to see that you have a good time.
(21LtMs, Lt 344, 1906, 2)
I know that the continuous speaking is trying to the organs of speech, and constant labor is a tax on one’s physical strength. The sanitarium is close by our place, and we will drive you up in our carriage if you desire to take treatment. I will see that this does not cost you anything—neither your fare nor any treatment you may desire. It may be that you would feel unwilling to leave the work, but I mention this that you may come if you feel you need a change.
(21LtMs, Lt 344, 1906, 3)
I am very thankful that you can be in Oakland at this time and give the messages you have to give. Last evening at the close of the Sabbath, I was drawn out in earnest prayer in your behalf. I believe that the Lord will be your present help in every time of need. I long to see our ministers feel a burden to take the Bible and read the very words of God to the people. Many of our people should now awaken to a sense of their duties in the neglected cities. Our people need to be thoroughly aroused and to put on the whole armor of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 344, 1906, 4)
Last night, and the night before, I felt a heavy burden resting on my soul. I seemed to be standing before a large congregation, reading the Scripture found in the sixth of Ephesians:
(21LtMs, Lt 344, 1906, 5)
“Finally, my brethren, be strong in the Lord, and in the power of His might. Put on the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil. For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. Wherefore take unto you the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand. Stand therefore, having your loins girt about with truth, and having on the breastplate of righteousness: and your feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace; above all, taking the shield of faith, wherewith ye shall be able to quench all the fiery darts of the wicked. And take the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the Spirit, which is the Word of God.” [Verses 10-17.]
(21LtMs, Lt 344, 1906, 6)
I tried to present before the people the promises of God, clear and strong. We need to pray much. “The Lord has given us a message,” I was saying to the people, “and He calls upon us who have received the light to preach the Word.” We have a world to save. I presented before the people that while they were catching up and dwelling upon words of faultfinding, they were disqualifying themselves for the service of God. There must be perfect fidelity in the discharge of every duty. We must urge upon souls the importance of the last work to be done for a perishing world. We have to contend with the forces of Satan—the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. The complete armor of God is to be found in His Word, the gospel of Jesus Christ.
(21LtMs, Lt 344, 1906, 7)
In the revelation of the course of leading men in San Francisco, the Lord is giving us an object lesson of the world as it now is. Our only safety is to have our loins girt about with truth. The Son of God bore every indignity possible for a human being to bear. He met the spiritual darkness, the power of the wicked in high places.
(21LtMs, Lt 344, 1906, 8)
“And He gave some, apostles; and some, prophets; and some, evangelists; and some, pastors and teachers; for the perfecting of the saints, for the work of the ministry, for the edifying of the body of Christ: till we all come in the unity of the faith, and of the knowledge of God, unto a perfect man, unto the measure of the stature of the fulness of Christ: that we henceforth should be no more children, tossed to and fro, and carried about with every wind of doctrine, by the sleight of men, and cunning craftiness, whereby they lie in wait to deceive; but speaking the truth in love, may grow up into Him in all things, which is the Head, even Christ.” [Ephesians 4:11-15.]
(21LtMs, Lt 344, 1906, 9)
I desire to do all I can to help in the conversion of souls. We have the same dangers to meet as had the apostles. There are men today who practice sleight and cunning craftiness, who lend themselves as instruments to do the work of the enemy; and when I see the enemy at work, I cannot hold my peace.
(21LtMs, Lt 344, 1906, 10)
To walk in all the truth means being truthful in word and in deed, constantly developing in the graces of a Christian character. The essential unity of believers, as set forth in the Word of God, is to be a standard to which we must all earnestly strive to attain.
(21LtMs, Lt 344, 1906, 11)
Christ has given His people an example, that they need make no mistake. We must ever be watchful, that we may imitate our Divine Pattern.
(21LtMs, Lt 344, 1906, 12)
I was sorry to disappoint our people in San Francisco last Sabbath, and I felt relieved when I received a letter from Sister Haskell, saying that it would be as well for me to wait till next Friday before coming down. I am not feeling well; I am suffering with the influenza, and I dare not expose myself. I am not sure that it will be best for me to go to San Francisco this week. But if the Lord indicates that I should go, I shall venture and not be afraid.
(21LtMs, Lt 344, 1906, 13)
Be of good courage, my brother. Do not keep on too great a strain. Remember we have a home to which you are welcome when you need a change. May the Lord bless and keep you and give you victories in Jesus Christ.
(21LtMs, Lt 344, 1906, 14)
Your sister in Christ.
(21LtMs, Lt 344, 1906, 15)
Lt 346, 1906
Cornell, M. E. St. Helena, California October 25, 1906 Previously unpublished. M. E. Cornell Dear Brother:
This morning I arose and began to write at two o’clock and wrote until breakfast time, at half-past seven. The Australian mail left this noon, and I wrote many pages to be sent to our brethren and sisters in Australia and New Zealand. Brother and Sister Stephen Belden are now in Norfolk Island, and he expects something from me by every mail. For many years, with but few exceptions, I have not disappointed him. The Lord has blessed me with strength, and I praise Him with heart and soul and voice. Many who know of my earnest labors are amazed that at my age I am still able to write so much.
(21LtMs, Lt 346, 1906, 1)
Brother Cornell, I have a message for you. You seemed to be wavering whether to acknowledge the truth or to give heed to seducing spirits. But God’s hand was stretched out toward you, and He was saying, “How long halt ye between two opinions? If the Lord be God, follow Him: but if Baal, then follow him. [1 Kings 18:21.] No longer remain in a position of uncertainty; for unless you fully accept the messages of the Lord, you will soon take your position with those who have refused to believe the testimonies that God has given.” I send you this caution, Stand firmly for the truth. Your feet are not on vantage ground. You should now do all in your power to exercise a decided influence for the truth.
(21LtMs, Lt 346, 1906, 2)
I have been forbidden to write more to Dr. Kellogg, because he misconstrues and places his own interpretations upon the testimonies. Many of the true statements he denies and is seeking to make of none effect the messages that God has sent to His people.
(21LtMs, Lt 346, 1906, 3)
But I have a message for you, Brother Cornell. I am instructed to say to you that it is high time for you to take your stand decidedly on the side of truth and righteousness. Why do you halt between two opinions? You should have power to discern where the light is shining and to distinguish it from darkness. How can you, my brother, cherish doubts in regard to the leading of God in our past experience?
(21LtMs, Lt 346, 1906, 4)
Your mind is becoming leavened by false statements that cause perplexity and doubt. When you are led by the Spirit of truth and righteousness, your discernment will be clear. The forces of good and evil are contending for your soul, and the Lord earnestly calls upon you to take your position firmly on His side. You need not enter into controversy with men, but how can you fail to discern where the true light now shines?
(21LtMs, Lt 346, 1906, 5)
Many warnings have been sent to Dr. Kellogg, but he has refused to receive those that were not in harmony with his own mind. Of him the words might be spoken, “He that being often reproved, hardeneth his neck, shall suddenly be destroyed, and that without remedy.” [Proverbs 29:1.] Had he received the reproofs and the warnings that the Lord has mercifully given him, he would have humbled his heart before God. He would have been reconverted and would today stand as the Lord’s chosen physician. But he seems to have made it his choice to cling to the scientific theories regarding which he has for so long time made a study. Our people cannot safely unite with him. Those who have been under his influence have lost their spiritual discernment.
(21LtMs, Lt 346, 1906, 6)
Brother Hiland Butler has been turned aside and is lost in a maze of perplexity and doubt. He cannot discern light from darkness. Brother Rhodes has resisted the Spirit of God, until he has well-nigh lost his connection with the Source of light. Some of the leading sanitarium physicians are under the influence of the Doctor and seem unable to break the spell. There are many others, whom I will not now name, who seem to be lost in the fog of skepticism; and unless they are thoroughly converted, they will go into infidelity.
(21LtMs, Lt 346, 1906, 7)
And I must say to you, my brother, that you are in imminent peril of losing your soul. You may think it a light matter to remain in indecision, but the Lord does not so regard it. Some who have been warned of their dangers felt themselves so secure from deception and refused to heed the warnings of God’s Spirit that would have kept them from remaining in an atmosphere that would becloud their spiritual senses.
(21LtMs, Lt 346, 1906, 8)
A. T. Jones was warned not to place himself under the influence of Dr. Kellogg, but he turned his ears away from the hearing of the messages that might have saved him.
(21LtMs, Lt 346, 1906, 9)
It is a terrible thing to remain in indecision. For Christ’s sake, and for your soul’s sake, I appeal to you to serve the Lord and to heed the messages of His Spirit that are given to save men from the snares of the enemy.
(21LtMs, Lt 346, 1906, 10)
Lt 348, 1906
Butler, G. I. St. Helena, California October 30, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in RY 62; 2MR 71; SpTB #11 18-19; PH116 19-24; PC 332-333. + Elder G. I. Butler My dear Brother:
Last night I could not sleep after one o’clock. I stayed in bed for two hours after waking, trying to get to sleep, but could not. I then got up, and on going into my office from my sleeping room, I found your letter. I have just finished reading it, and a letter from Edson.
(21LtMs, Lt 348, 1906, 1)
I shall not try to answer your letter now; for there are questions in it that require a thoughtful rereading. I am thankful that we have a divine Counsellor, One who understands the situation. He can give wisdom; and without His counsel, we should make grave blunders.
(21LtMs, Lt 348, 1906, 2)
I am suffering from another attack of influenza, and yet, in spite of the fact that I do not get half the amount of sleep that I should have, I wrote in two and a half days forty pages of letter paper for the Australian mail. I have to be instant in season and out of season. I knew that Brother Salisbury, who is in charge of the Echo office, needed words of caution in regard to showing special care as to who is taken into the Echo office. I advised that one brother, the former treasurer, be reinstated in his position. I advised that another brother should not be given a certain position; for he would make trouble for the work, because he is an easy subject for temptation and not an easy subject for correction. It is hard for him to change his course of action.
(21LtMs, Lt 348, 1906, 3)
In every mail that goes to Australia, I send a letter, with copies of letters that I have written to others, to Stephen Belden. If I happen to miss a mail, he feels this deeply. Just now I am sending him all that I can; for I fear that each mail that goes will be the last in which I can send him anything. Poor man, he is dying of cancer, and I am so far away that I cannot be near to help him. But I can write to him, and I can pray for him.
(21LtMs, Lt 348, 1906, 4)
Recently I have written letters to different ones who are in danger of being misled by the deceptive influence that prevails at Battle Creek. The disaffected ones will make every effort possible to secure the tabernacle, and to gain other advantages by which to disseminate their wrong theories and carry forward their apostasy. But the Lord lives and reigns. I am writing out the cautions He gives me. I will not give up. I must relieve my soul of its burdens. It may be that I shall have to visit Battle Creek.
(21LtMs, Lt 348, 1906, 5)
I have been pleading with the Lord to help His people on every point; for He alone can control the elements of wickedness in Battle Creek. He will shortly bring something to pass. What a privilege it is to be able to bring our perplexities to the Lord in prayer. He has invited us to do this, and why should we not avail ourselves of the privilege? “Ask, and it shall be given you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you.” [Matthew 7:7.] We need much more faith and much more earnest prayer. We need to humble our hearts before God and put all selfishness out of the way. We must have that strength, that wisdom, that cometh from our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. With the hand of faith we must grasp the hand of Infinite Power, and hold on, believing with the whole heart the promises God has given.
(21LtMs, Lt 348, 1906, 6)
Our will and way are to be submerged in the Lord’s will and way. Self must surrender, not to discouragement, though difficulties be piled mountain high, but to God. We must work in accordance with His will and His way. We are His children, and we must cut loose from our own devisings and let the Lord work out His will through us, although He may deny us the very thing that we feel we must have.
(21LtMs, Lt 348, 1906, 7)
I have tried to hang my helpless soul upon Jesus. We need more faith, more steady, unwavering, sanctified faith. We shall triumph in carrying out God’s wise will.
(21LtMs, Lt 348, 1906, 8)
I felt great sadness of heart on hearing that one of the Huntsville school buildings had been consumed by fire. I am so sorry that one life was lost. We must now do our very best to make the needed improvements at the school. I am not favorably impressed by what you say about all the buildings that are to be erected, being small. We must not let the work at Huntsville flag or be brought down to small dimensions. There is need of buildings, and there is need of larger buildings, but these must not be extravagantly large; for the work in other places in the South must be considered.
(21LtMs, Lt 348, 1906, 9)
The school at Madison must be treated fairly, yes, right loyally. If all will act a part to help this school, the Lord will bless them. I am determined to act my part, although my debt of thirty thousand dollars does not lessen. I feel so great an interest in these schools and in other lines of work that I must see what I can do. I have not lost one jot of my interest in the southern field. I want to act a part in helping all lines of the work. I especially desire that Brethren Magan and Sutherland shall have hearts of hope and courage, because they see that they have the sincere sympathy of all who have an understanding of the case. They must be encouraged by the true interest manifested in their behalf.
(21LtMs, Lt 348, 1906, 10)
Let us take all these burdens to the Lord God of Israel. Let us work in His name and for His glory. Our hearts need to be filled with veins of sympathy. We need to have courage and joy in the Lord. Never, never let words be spoken that will make the burden weigh heavier upon those who have struggled for so long to carry out the expressed will and purpose of God. I fully believe that those who are connected with the school at Madison are carrying out the will of God. I believe that this farm is the very place for the school. Provision must be made to aid this institution. Those who are struggling to establish this school must be helped.
(21LtMs, Lt 348, 1906, 11)
The Lord is good; let us trust in Him. I do love the Lord, but it makes my heart ache to see and feel the necessities that must be met. We will say, The Lord lives, and He is rich in resources.
(21LtMs, Lt 348, 1906, 12)
Let us have thankful hearts, and be of good courage in the Lord. Keeping our eyes fixed on Jesus, we may triumph in Him.
(21LtMs, Lt 348, 1906, 13)
May the Lord bless you, Elder Butler, and preserve you in health. May His Spirit and His grace be upon you.
(21LtMs, Lt 348, 1906, 14)
The question that you ask in regard to plates, I cannot answer now. After the death of my husband, I was for one year so afflicted that I felt that perhaps the Lord would let me rest in the grave. Night after night I was in deep sorrow. One night I had a special answer to my prayer. It was after the healing power of God came upon me at Healdsburg. At that time the Lord raised me up, and gave me special light, and I have never since felt so unreconciled. I was instructed that the Lord had mercifully raised me up because He had a special work for me to do, and I was assured that I should have the special protection and care of God. The Lord had spared my life and had saved me from that which was surely sapping my life forces.
(21LtMs, Lt 348, 1906, 15)
The Mighty Healer said, “Live. I have put my Spirit upon your son, W. C. White, that he may be your counsellor. I have given him the spirit of wisdom, and a discerning, perceptive mind. He will have wisdom in counsel; and if he walks in My way, and works out My will, he will be kept, and will be enabled to help you bring before My people the light I will give you for them. Let your light so shine before men that they may see and understand in a special manner that the Lord has given a message to meet the emergencies that will arise. As you speak the words I give you, angels of heaven will be with you, to make impressions on the minds of those who hear.
(21LtMs, Lt 348, 1906, 16)
“I will be with your son and will be his counsellor. He will respect the truth that comes through you to the people. He will have wisdom to defend the truth; for I will take charge of his mind and will give him sound judgment in the councils that he attends in connections with the work. The world in its wisdom knows not God. It does not behold the beauty and harmony of the special work that I have given you. Your son will be perplexed over many matters that are to come before My people, but he is to wait and watch and pray, and let the words of God come to the people, even though he cannot always immediately discern the purpose of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 348, 1906, 17)
“If you watch and wait and pray, Providence and revelation will guide you through all the perplexities that you will meet, so that you will not fail nor become discouraged. Time will outline the beauty and grandeur of heaven’s plan. It is difficult for human minds to comprehend that God in His providence is working for the world through a feeble instrument. To know God in the working out of His providence is true science. There is much knowledge among men, but to see the designs of heavenly wisdom in times of necessity, to see the simplicity of God’s plan revealing His justice and goodness and love, and searching out the hearts of men—this many fail to do. His plan seems too wonderful for them to accept, and thus they fail to be benefited. But Providence is still in our world, working among those who are grasping for the truth. These will recognize the hand of God. But His Word will not be revered by those who trust in their own wisdom.
(21LtMs, Lt 348, 1906, 18)
“The counsel and purposes of the Omnipotent One, and His great plan, are not recognized by selfish human beings. It is difficult for man, in his pride and self-sufficiency, to accept the plan that God is working out through the mediation of His Son. It is contrary to the mind of the self-deceived and self-important to receive God’s words of warning and reproof. They resist the light. But the promises of mercy and grace and love must still come through the lips of My messengers to those who are being led astray. If those reproved will heed, and understand, and be corrected, if they will change their wilful course of sin, God will grant pardon. But if they allow the enemy to stir up rebellion in their hearts, they in their turn will stir up rebellion in other hearts and in their stubbornness will fight against God.”
(21LtMs, Lt 348, 1906, 19)
“Ye are the light of the world. A city that is set on an hill cannot be hid. Neither do men light a candle, and put it under a bushel, but on a candlestick; and it giveth light unto all that are in the house. Let your light so shine before men that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.” [Matthew 5:14-16.]
(21LtMs, Lt 348, 1906, 20)
These words place a weighty responsibility upon Christ’s disciples. The followers of Jesus are under obligation to the world to reveal Him in pure, noble characters. What a light shone forth from Daniel. In the court of Babylon he made known the purposes of God, reflecting the light of heaven into this proud kingdom. What light shone forth from his three companions, as in steadfast integrity they stood before the proud monarch, declaring, “Be it known unto thee, O king, that we will not serve thy gods, nor worship the golden image which thou hast set up.” [Daniel 3:18.] What a demonstration of the power of truth was the example that Abraham set before the church in his home. And Mordecai, Ezra, Nehemiah, and many others were chosen messengers—men through whom the pure light of consecration shone brightly.
(21LtMs, Lt 348, 1906, 21)
“Let your light so shine before men that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.” [Matthew 5:16.] All who would be disciples of Christ are bound to make God and heaven manifest by good works. All who will walk humbly before God will surely recognize the workings of His providence.
(21LtMs, Lt 348, 1906, 22)
The messages that God sends are as light in a dark place. Through Christ, God is establishing a kingdom in this world. As God’s people reveal Him in good works, they become the light of the world. As they work under Christ’s counsel, and bear a living testimony to the truth, they will be sustained against the power and craft of Satan, which will increase as we near the time of Christ’s second appearing. God’s witnesses are to hold firmly to the Word of the Lord, which is to shine amidst the moral darkness till the very close of this earth’s history. There must be in this time of trial a dignified reliance upon the Word of God. We are to hold fast to past and present truth. The light is to shine forth with heavenly clearness. God will give an increase of light to those who walk in light received. Satan’s devising and his mysterious, deceiving power cannot put out the light which God bids shine. Every soul who is willing to be instructed by the Word has the precious treasure of strength of character and is enabled to glorify God in word and act. The followers of Christ increase in power to be good and do good; for the Sun of righteousness is shining upon them.
(21LtMs, Lt 348, 1906, 23)
Lt 349, 1906
Burden, J. A. St. Helena, California November 2, 1906 This letter is published in entirety in PC 223-224. Elder J. A. Burden Dear Brother:
I have words to speak to you. The Lord has laid upon you responsibilities of no ordinary nature. At the time of the meeting held before you were settled at Loma Linda, when I was so sick, the Lord showed me what was to be your work as director of the sanitarium, and that if you would connect yourself with divine wisdom, you would be taught of God. You need a clear mind in order to settle wisely the many questions that come to you for decision. The Lord would have you taught of Him.
(21LtMs, Lt 349, 1906, 1)
My brother, do not allow men of limited experience to come in, as Elder Reaser has done, and assume a controlling power. Brother Reaser has placed himself as teacher and adviser and ruler in many matters; and unless you work and watch carefully, such an influence will retard the work. Brother Reaser should learn that he is not qualified to do the work he supposes he is to do.
(21LtMs, Lt 349, 1906, 2)
Brother Reaser supposes that if it were not for his watching of the finances, there would be serious losses; whereas if he had nothing to do and say in these matters, it would save many perplexities. He has taken upon himself burdens that the Lord has not laid upon him. He has learned some of his lessons of Elder Healey, who has done much to retard the work in the South. If he would attend to his work of ministry, and keep his hands off the work of directing, he would save himself and others many burdens. From the light that has been given me, I know that it is a mistake for him to be connected with our sanitariums; he should not be a manager.
(21LtMs, Lt 349, 1906, 3)
In regard to the health food business, I would urge you to move slowly. Dr. Kellogg’s proposition to sell the corn flake rights to our people for twenty years has just been considered by our brethren here; and I fear, if I had not been on the round, this matter would have been carried through to the loss of our food business. When a thing is exalted, as the corn flakes has been, it would be unwise for our people to have anything to do with it. It is not necessary that we make the corn flakes an article of food.
(21LtMs, Lt 349, 1906, 4)
I would advise you, my brother, to keep away from the influence of Dr. Kellogg’s ingenious plans. Let us use our own ingenuity to invent the best kinds of food possible. We are living in the closing days of this earth’s history; souls are starving for a knowledge of the Word of God and of healthful living. Let us seek to carry our work solidly, giving all possible instruction regarding the principles of health reform, praying with the sick, and teaching the people how to care for themselves in sickness and health.
(21LtMs, Lt 349, 1906, 5)
The Lord has sent us valuable help in Dr. White, who is studying to know and to follow the way of the Lord. Let there be much earnest prayer on the part of the workers, each depending on the great Physician to carry the work according to His purposes. “For we are laborers together with God: ye are God’s husbandry; ye are God’s building.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] In our efforts to build up the cause of God in the earth, we are to make sure work for eternity.
(21LtMs, Lt 349, 1906, 6)
Many of the workers who are bearing responsibilities are embracing too much authority; and they will certainly confuse the human judgment by their dictatorial authority. I must warn my brethren to be on their guard against this. The cause of God is imperiled when the workers become self-confident and seek to embrace more than the Lord has laid upon them. Hindrance instead of advancement is the result of such a spirit.
(21LtMs, Lt 349, 1906, 7)
Brother Burden, carry your work intelligently, ever consulting the Word of God; for this Word is very precious to the worker in the cause. Study the messages that God has sent to His people for the last sixty years through the Spirit of prophecy. Do not seek the counsel of men, but by earnest prayer seek the wisdom of God. A mistake has been made in the past by leaning upon the guidance of men. Seek to correct this mistake.
(21LtMs, Lt 349, 1906, 8)
November 25, 1906
Yesterday was a strange day for me. I was compelled to leave letters and other writings unfinished.
(21LtMs, Lt 349, 1906, 9)
The Lord has been working with Elder Simpson, teaching him how to give to the people this last warning message. His method of making the words of the Bible prove the truth for this time, and his use of the symbols presented in Revelation and Daniel, are effective. Let the young men learn as for their lives what is truth and how it should be presented. We are living in the last days of the great conflict; the truth alone will hold us securely in this time of trouble. The way should be prepared for Elder Simpson to give the message, and our young men should attend his evening meetings.
(21LtMs, Lt 349, 1906, 10)
Those who have considered themselves qualified to bear responsibilities in the churches should seek to obtain light and a knowledge of how to prosecute their work at this time in the cities, north and south, east and west, that are calling for a knowledge of the truth for this time. Our camp-meetings should do a more thorough work in preparing the laborers for the work that is to be done in every place.
(21LtMs, Lt 349, 1906, 11)
The camp-meetings which my husband attended were made special seasons of seeking the Lord. Every morning at an early hour the minister assembled in the large tent, where we sought to become of one mind. The question would be asked, Have we any personal difficulties to settle? If so, let us settle them. Let us not pass one day on this ground, cherishing hard feelings against a brother. Let there be no evil speaking one of another; for this will greatly dishonor God. Let us by every means in our power seek to remove the alienation and differences that exist.
(21LtMs, Lt 349, 1906, 12)
Then we would have a season of prayer, and these were times of confession and breaking of heart before God. Often the workers, and especially the ministers, would state their true feelings, relating their temptations and confessing their loss of confidence in their brethren. These confessions tended to clear away any ill feeling that existed and brought in a very different atmosphere.
(21LtMs, Lt 349, 1906, 13)
At these camp-meetings no one man carried the burden of deciding who should speak, but those were chosen who were experienced in the message and in conducting camp-meetings. We used then the very arguments that are now given why the young men should not be brought to the front while the aged workers were passed by.
(21LtMs, Lt 349, 1906, 14)
God speaks through the men who understand the guiding of the Holy Spirit. When thousands come out to attend our meetings, they desire to get the greatest possible benefit; and it is poor policy to place as speakers men who are not fully adapted to meet the needs of the situation. The word should be spoken by men who have felt the deep moving of the Spirit upon their hearts and who feel the burden of the message that God has given them for the people. The old soldiers of the cross are not to be passed by.
(21LtMs, Lt 349, 1906, 15)
Men who have been placed in office for the first time, and who are just gaining their experience, need to move carefully and in humility of mind; for often they are not able to judge wisely. When Elder Reaser was placed in a position of responsibility, he did not see his need to learn all that he could from the experience of others who had a knowledge of the history of the work in Southern California and who had burdens laid upon them for that work by the Lord. At the first assuming of his new responsibilities, Elder Reaser should have considered that these persons understood the situation better than he did. By his officious attitude, he has made the work much more perplexing than it otherwise would have been. If he will be taught, the Lord will teach Elder Reaser that He has men on the ground who are fully as capable, yea, much more capable of planning and devising for the interests of the work as himself.
(21LtMs, Lt 349, 1906, 16)
The Lord has given you your work, Brother Burden. He has not appointed Elder Reaser to tell you what your duty is. As superintendent of the sanitarium, your work is an important one. Elder Reaser is not to intrude himself upon that which God has given you to do. That there shall be no more money in the sanitarium until the institution shall have earned that amount required is not for Elder Reaser to decide. Hire money, if this is necessary in order to perfect the work.
(21LtMs, Lt 349, 1906, 17)
Lt 350, 1906
Belden, F. E. St. Helena, California November 6, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 204-205; PM 359. F. E. Belden Dear nephew Frank Belden:
I am anxious to hear from Emma White. Is she still at your home in Battle Creek? I hope that she is improving, and that if she has not already gone home, she may soon be able to return to her husband, and to a milder climate than that of Battle Creek. I know that you will do all you possibly can for her, if she is still with you. The Lord is our trust. We may trust in Him, when every other hope is vain. I have faith to believe that God can restore her to health.
(21LtMs, Lt 350, 1906, 1)
I feel deeply grateful for the blessings I daily enjoy. I am still able to speak in public. Last Sabbath I spoke in the church in San Francisco. I feel so thankful that this building was spared through the earthquake and the fire. There was a fair-sized audience, but more might have been accommodated in the church. I spoke from the fifteenth of John: “I am the true Vine, and My Father is the Husbandman.” [Verse 1.] I felt refreshed and strengthened to speak words in season. The Lord gave me a distinct message to bear, and I know that the influence of the Holy Spirit attended the words spoken. All seemed to listen attentively and to receive the word.
(21LtMs, Lt 350, 1906, 2)
Elder Haskell and his wife, who for some time have been conducting Bible studies in connection with a tent effort in Oakland, have now moved over to San Francisco. They are doing an aggressive work. They conduct daily Bible studies and are educating a class of workers. They train these workers to labor from house to house, selling our publications and holding Bible readings.
(21LtMs, Lt 350, 1906, 3)
After the meeting last Sabbath, many desired to speak to me, and I spent some time in meeting these brethren and sisters. Then I went into a room in the same building which had been fitted up for me. Most of our brethren went over to Oakland to hear Elder Simpson. He has pitched a large tent in the business part of Oakland, near the Post Office, and conducts evening services. His meetings are well attended.
(21LtMs, Lt 350, 1906, 4)
The labors of Elder Simpson remind me of the labors put forth in 1842 to 1844. He uses the Bible, and the Bible alone, to prove the truth of his arguments. He presents a plain, “Thus saith the Lord.” Then if any oppose his words, he makes it plain that they must have their controversy not with him.
(21LtMs, Lt 350, 1906, 5)
He has large life-like representations of the beasts and symbols in Daniel and the Revelation, and these are brought forward at the proper time to illustrate his remarks. Not one careless or unnecessary word escapes his lips. He speaks forcibly and solemnly. Many of his hearers have never before heard discourses of so solemn a nature. They manifest no spirit of levity, but a solemn awe seems to rest upon them. He takes up a collection only once a week, but he receives sufficient to defray his expenses without being obliged to call upon the conference.
(21LtMs, Lt 350, 1906, 6)
Last Sabbath evening his discourse was on the Perpetuity of the Law. The ten commandments and our obligation to observe the seventh day as the Sabbath were forcibly presented, and for the first time he represented himself as a Seventh-day Adventist. The next morning we left for home, and I am still waiting to hear the result of this announcement upon the attendance at his next meeting.
(21LtMs, Lt 350, 1906, 7)
Thus the truth must be presented before large crowds of unbelievers. Armies of youth must be raised up and trained under the inspiration of the Holy Spirit to preach the Word.
(21LtMs, Lt 350, 1906, 8)
I have greatly desired to attend some of Elder Simpson’s meetings, but I have not been able to do so, as they have always been held in the evening. If I feel able, I will go to hear him the next time I go to San Francisco.
(21LtMs, Lt 350, 1906, 9)
Praise the Lord, is the language of my soul. Morning, noon, and night, I will praise His holy name. The Lord gives me strength continually to go straightforward. But my work is nearly completed. I am “only waiting till the shadows are a little longer grown.” But my books will testify when my voice shall no longer be heard. The truths committed to me, as the Lord’s messenger, stand immortalized, either to convict and to convert souls, or to condemn those who have departed from the faith and have given heed to seducing spirits.
(21LtMs, Lt 350, 1906, 10)
It is time for all who are loyal and true to lift up a standard against the enemy. Truth will bear away the victory. The light of heaven is to shine forth in our pathway, and we must all bear a straightforward message, with not one discordant note. The law of the Lord is perfect, converting the soul.
(21LtMs, Lt 350, 1906, 11)
Now is our day of opportunity. Now all may come and be converted. Now we may repent of sin. Never has there been a more solemn period in the history of those who have once heard the true song of the third angel’s message.
(21LtMs, Lt 350, 1906, 12)
Will you now, Frank Belden, seek the Lord earnestly with deep repentance, that you have not had a sound, straight-forward experience in the truth as it is in Jesus? In a little while the destiny of every soul will be eternally fixed. God will not be mocked by an empty profession. “Turn ye, turn ye; for why will ye die?” [Ezekiel 33:11.] It is high time to do a thorough work for eternity.
(21LtMs, Lt 350, 1906, 13)
You have a work to do that you have not yet done, a work that no one else can do for you. Do not, I beg of you, trifle longer. Now, while it is called Today, the voice of mercy is heard. Make a determined, sincere effort to press forward unto eternal life. Do not neglect or delay this work. The enemy is exerting his masterly power in an effort to keep you in darkness, that you and your family shall lose the present opportunity of obtaining life, eternal life.
(21LtMs, Lt 350, 1906, 14)
It may be that I shall once again visit Battle Creek, and bear a message for those who will hear and receive it.
(21LtMs, Lt 350, 1906, 15)
I feel so sorry to hear that your father is dying. Elder Starr writes that Brother Nobbs is dead, and that Brother Stephen Belden is only just alive. I shall write him again by the next mail, but I doubt if he receives my letter. I do not know as he has lived to receive my last letters, but his wife will be comforted in reading them. I have tried to comfort and help them in every way possible. I am sure that your father has had a precious experience. If his warfare is ended, I suppose I shall receive a message and learn his last words. I hope that you have recently written to your father. I know that he has felt keenly your neglect in not writing to him in the past. O Frank, this seems a strange experience! It seems to me hard and unnatural and unchristian. Is it not high time that you repent and be converted, before it is everlastingly too late. Every one will be judged according as his work shall be. Only those who are thoroughly converted will ever enter the kingdom of heaven.
(21LtMs, Lt 350, 1906, 16)
“Seek the Lord while He may be found, call upon Him while He is near.” [Isaiah 55:6.] Let your heart break in humility before God. I beseech of you to break the awful spell that has been upon you. It is not safe for you longer to delay.
(21LtMs, Lt 350, 1906, 17)
Your aunt.
(21LtMs, Lt 350, 1906, 18)
Lt 352, 1906
Washburn, J. S. St. Helena, California November 6, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 76, 577; SpTB #11 19-20. + Dear Brother Washburn:
I received the letter that you wrote me in response to the one I sent you not long ago. Thank you, my brother. I did not specify the use I desired to make of the money that you said you could borrow for me; for I feared that the object to which I should deem it wise to appropriate the means would not seem wisdom to my brethren. The case of the Madison school, and the good work that should be done there without let or hindrance, has been placed before me; and I designed that this sum of money, though only a small amount in comparison with what they actually need, should be invested in that enterprise. I could not feel at rest in my mind until this was done. The workers there could use double this amount with good results. It has been presented to me that our people should before this have provided this school with means and thus placed it on vantage ground. This is the way in which I still view the matter.
(21LtMs, Lt 352, 1906, 1)
Had I borrowed this money, not one dollar of it would have served me personally, only inasmuch as I am my brother’s keeper. I am willing that it should be appropriated by other hands; for perhaps it would have all round a better influence to cement hearts and give more encouragement to our workers in Madison, if the appropriation should come from those who are carrying responsibilities.
(21LtMs, Lt 352, 1906, 2)
Brethren Magan and Sutherland are men in whom I have confidence. They will act their part. Brother Sutherland needs to have fewer burdens to bear and more time to care for his health.
(21LtMs, Lt 352, 1906, 3)
I am not saying these things to reproach you or any one else. I write this in order that you may understand what it was my purpose to do with the money. I encouraged the purchasing of the farm on which the Madison school is established. Had it been still further from Nashville, this would have been no objection. It is well situated and will produce its treasures. Those who are carrying on the work of this school need and should have encouragement. The brethren bearing responsibilities of a different character in some respects should give freedom to those who have as good judgment as they themselves have in regard to what is needed on the farm in buildings for sanitarium purposes and for school purposes.
(21LtMs, Lt 352, 1906, 4)
The Madison school farm is to be an object lesson for the southern field. It is in an excellent location and fully as near Nashville as it should be.
(21LtMs, Lt 352, 1906, 5)
If the large food building in Edgefield can be utilized for the manufacture of foods of a simple kind, yet in every way as wholesome as the flake foods, this will be a great advantage. Simple foods, which do not cost so much to manufacture as corn flakes or wheat flakes, can be prepared. Neither of these foods should demand the enormous price that is asked for the privilege of manufacturing and handling them. If something could be set in operation to prepare simple, wholesome foods to be sold in the southern field, this would be a great blessing.
(21LtMs, Lt 352, 1906, 6)
Since W. C. White left home, I have been overworking; and recently I have been unable to sleep past twelve or one o’clock. But praise the Lord, this morning I slept until three o’clock. I have had a siege of influenza, but have not given up my work of writing and speaking, with the exception of a few times, when I did not think it prudent to speak.
(21LtMs, Lt 352, 1906, 7)
During the past week, we have had our first rain since June, but this morning I see from my window the clear, blue sky. I feel thankful for this; for the work going on in Oakland and San Francisco will be favored if the storms keep off a little longer. Elder Simpson has had the big camp-meeting tent pitched in Oakland. During the preparations, he was right on hand to direct and worked very hard to have the grounds approaching the tent as presentable as possible. The tent is an old one, and when the heavy rains come, it will not be secure.
(21LtMs, Lt 352, 1906, 8)
Elder Simpson is arousing a good interest by his meetings. People of all classes come out to hear and to see the life-size images that he has of the beasts of Revelation. A great many Catholics come to hear him. Much of his preaching is in words of the Bible. He uses as few of his own words as possible. So if his hearers war against what he says, they war against the Word of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 352, 1906, 9)
It is growing daylight, so I must close. This letter has been written by lamplight.
(21LtMs, Lt 352, 1906, 10)
Your sister in Christ.
(21LtMs, Lt 352, 1906, 11)
Lt 353, 1906
Harper, Walter San Francisco, California November 9, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in 5MR 287; 11MR 199. Brother Walter Harper:
I wish to say a few words to you. I placed the wrong copy of a special testimony in your hands. The one I supposed I had let you have, written to Elder Butler, was one that could be freely circulated anywhere. But special testimonies that deal in special subjects are not to be brought out before any and every party.
(21LtMs, Lt 353, 1906, 1)
I suppose this that is in your hands is my special, personal property and matter that mentions names should not go into your hands. Now please return that private copy to me, and let it not be made public. Some matters in it concern my son, W. C. White. I have not placed it in his hands yet. He knows it not. I have kept it [private] 25 years and it is not doing justice to myself or to him [to make it public]. I made a mistake and placed in your hands the letter I had written to Elder Butler which should not have been done. W. C. White has not had this matter placed before him and Elder Knox's name is mentioned in some writings. I did not suppose I put these into your hands.
(21LtMs, Lt 353, 1906, 2)
All I can say is, Enjoin on all who have read this matter or heard it read, that it is too sacred a matter to be treated as common property at this period of time. It may have to come, but it is not to be made known at present. Will you return these copies to me as soon as possible, and do not read this matter to anyone?
(21LtMs, Lt 353, 1906, 3)
A sister from Calistoga has sent to me for a letter written to Elder Butler. They wanted a copy of it. Please do not circulate that copy. Return it to me at once.
(21LtMs, Lt 353, 1906, 4)
There is a letter I will let you have which I supposed was the one you now have, but please to keep these letters to yourself. When I see them and understand what I have done in mistake, then I will send you letters that would not do any harm to be circulated. Now will you please to strictly heed my request?
(21LtMs, Lt 353, 1906, 5)
I can write no more now. It is near the Sabbath, and I must close up this matter. Brother Walter Harper, that discourse given in the Congregational church was free for you to read and let others read, but the personal letter to Elder Butler was not designed to be made public. Return it to me if you please and keep no copy of the same. I will expect this to be done.
(21LtMs, Lt 353, 1906, 6)
Lt 354, 1906
Amadon, G. W. St. Helena, California September 19, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in HFM 82-84; 10MR 62. G. W. Amadon Dear Brother Amadon:
I wish to say to you and to the leading men in the church and to the trustees of the tabernacle, that light has been given to me very distinctly that Elder A. T. Jones has taken a position that divorces him from the privileges of the use of the tabernacle. He does not know what spirit is leading him. Efforts are being made in an underhand way to get possession of the tabernacle.
(21LtMs, Lt 354, 1906, 1)
Brethren, be on guard. Keep burnished for action the weapons of your warfare, which is the Word of God. Pray, believe, and walk humbly with God; and let all your prayers be without ceasing, that God shall be glorified. Make a most earnest effort to call to Battle Creek the very best ministerial talent, men of experience in the early days of the message, men who will give the trumpet a certain sound. Hold the fort. Do not let it be taken by those who have placed themselves decidedly in a position of opposition to the truth which God has given us for these last days.
(21LtMs, Lt 354, 1906, 2)
Our call is, Come out from among them, and be ye separate, and the tabernacle should be set apart decidedly to those who are true and loyal.
(21LtMs, Lt 354, 1906, 3)
Those who have denied the faith, and who would now tear down that which in past years they have labored to build up, should understand that they have no lot nor part in the faith that has firmly held the people of God in unity. You do not know how earnestly they will work to get possession of the tabernacle. But this must not be permitted. In no case should a decidedly opposing element be permitted to hold forth in the tabernacle.
(21LtMs, Lt 354, 1906, 4)
Since daylight I have written eleven pages in regard to the manufacture and sale of flake foods on the Pacific Coast. Dr. Kellogg and his brother offer to sell for forty-five thousand dollars the right to manufacture and sell corn flakes in a certain section. The light given me is that we are not to accept this offer. Neither the territory nor the knowledge regarding health foods belongs to Dr. Kellogg. This is the Lord’s talent. He has not made it over to any man, to be handled as his own property and invention and to speculate upon for his own benefit. It has not been given to any man to be used to oppress his fellow men.
(21LtMs, Lt 354, 1906, 5)
“Thus speaketh the Lord of hosts, saying, Execute true judgment, and show mercy and compassion: every man to his brother; and oppress not the widow, nor the fatherless, the stranger, nor the poor; and let none of you imagine evil against his brother in your heart.” [Zechariah 7:9, 10.]
(21LtMs, Lt 354, 1906, 6)
The third and fourth chapters of Malachi teach many important lessons. They are full of weighty sentences. We are to consider these chapters carefully. The Lord is weighing character. Every chapter of the work carried on in Battle Creek has been recorded in the books of heaven, from the first action to the last. Our people are not to invest large sums of money in the production of health foods. It has been plainly stated that the light regarding health foods was not given for one man’s benefit alone. I have been given light on this subject. We are not to accept this offer. Our people can use the talent God has given them to prepare foods such as He would be pleased to have them prepare for the use of the common people. The Lord has given the sunshine and the rain, and has caused the fruit to grow, and the earth to produce that which may be prepared for the food of mankind. He requires His family diligently to till the soil, that it may produce those things that may be used as food. They are to plant the seed and care for it as it grows. This is the provision that He has made for man’s food. He has given genius and tact to man, that he may prepare from the fruit of the earth a great variety of foods. Grains, vegetables, and fruits are to be planted and cultivated. The ground is to be dressed and worked, and the earth will produce her treasures.
(21LtMs, Lt 354, 1906, 7)
The angels were the husbandmen who, under God, educated Adam and Eve to cultivate the soil and to care for the fruit trees provided in great variety for the use of mankind. God has given to man the great garden of the earth and knowledge and wisdom by which to produce the best results. The blessings of the field, the blessings of the orchard, and all other fruits of the soil are to be faithfully tithed, “that there may be meat in Mine house.” [Malachi 3:10.] Specified offerings and gifts were also to be made to help the poor and to sustain the work of God in its growth.
(21LtMs, Lt 354, 1906, 8)
Men and women are to be taught how to prepare food for the common people. This branch of education is to be given a place in every school established. The students are to be patiently taught how to cook, as well as how to read. The very best methods are to be employed in teaching the industries essential to every-day life. Instruction is to be faithfully given in simple methods of treating the sick.
(21LtMs, Lt 354, 1906, 9)
The Lord has given to us as a people great knowledge upon health reform. The work is to go forward. But God forbid that the food business should continue to take so large a place as it has taken. The capabilities and talents of valuable workers are not to be confined to the production of foods, while spiritual interests become secondary. This is a matter that must be dealt with upon a right basis, else it will become a great hindrance to us in our work of soul-saving.
(21LtMs, Lt 354, 1906, 10)
“Then came the word of the Lord of hosts unto me, saying, Speak unto the people of the land, and to the priests, saying, When ye fasted and mourned in the fifth and seventh month, even those seventy years, did ye at all fast unto Me, even to Me? And when ye did eat, and when ye did drink, did not ye eat for yourselves, and drink for yourselves? Should ye not hear the words which the Lord hath cried by the former prophets, when Jerusalem was inhabited and in prosperity, and the cities thereof round about her, when men inhabited the south and the plain?
(21LtMs, Lt 354, 1906, 11)
“And the word of the Lord came unto Zechariah, saying, Thus speaketh the Lord of hosts, saying, Execute true judgment, and show mercy and compassion every man to his brother; and oppress not the widow, nor the fatherless, the stranger, nor the poor; and let none of you imagine evil against his brother in your heart. But they refused to hearken, and pulled away the shoulder, and stopped their ears, that they should not hear. Yea, they made their hearts as an adamant stone, lest they should hear the law, and the words which the Lord of hosts hath sent in His Spirit by the former prophets; therefore came a great wrath from the Lord of hosts. Therefore it is come to pass, that as He cried, and they would not hear; so they cried, and I would not hear, saith the Lord of hosts; but I scattered them with the whirlwind among all the nations which they knew not. Thus the land was desolate after them, and no man passed through nor returned; for they laid the pleasant land desolate.” [Zechariah 7:4-14.]
(21LtMs, Lt 354, 1906, 12)
The judgments of the Lord will surely come upon our cities. Since the San Francisco earthquake, much wickedness has been seen in Oakland. Murders and violence and crime are breaking out on every side. We are now to give the last message of warning to Oakland. Brother and Sister Haskell are laboring there. Elder W. W. Simpson, from Los Angeles, is now in Oakland and will soon begin his labors. He has been very successful in his work in Los Angeles, and he will now labor for a time in Oakland.
(21LtMs, Lt 354, 1906, 13)
I have been helping in the work that is being done in Oakland. After the tent was taken down, I spoke in the church that our people are renting.
(21LtMs, Lt 354, 1906, 14)
The large tent is again pitched in Oakland, and I spoke there last Sabbath and Sunday. I am enjoying better health than I have for many years. During the Oakland camp-meeting I spoke several times. In spite of all this labor, I was not in the least wearied, but was refreshed. Our ministers say that it is a miracle that I can speak with such power.
(21LtMs, Lt 354, 1906, 15)
We must now wake up and take hold in earnest; for the people seem to be spiritually paralyzed. We need the converting power of God. We ask our brethren in Battle Creek to be wide-awake and to work for Him with all their energies. We need to watch on the right hand and on the left, and we must keep the armor on. We must not let the enemy steal upon us. The judgments of God will come all unexpectedly. I do hope that the Lord’s people in Battle Creek will not fall into the sleep of death.
(21LtMs, Lt 354, 1906, 16)
Lt 356, 1906
Olsen, O. A. St. Helena, California November 14, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 211. + Elder O. A. Olsen My dear Brother:
For the past few months we have had remarkably good weather. September, October, and the first half of November were clear and mild, with but few rainy days. This fine weather has been very favorable for the tent meetings that our workers have been carrying on in Oakland. Elder Simpson’s meetings are well attended. Every evening he has an audience of about five hundred. He bears a solemn message, and his hearers listen with great interest as he gives forcible presentations of the stirring subjects of prophecy. Every statement that he makes, he proves by the infallible Word. So far as possible, he speaks in the very words of the Scriptures themselves. Then if his hearers disagree with his conclusions, their controversy is with the Bible, not with him.
(21LtMs, Lt 356, 1906, 1)
Elder Simpson has spoken plainly regarding the work of the Papacy. To represent the four beasts of Daniel VII, he has had lifelike images made of papier-mâché.
(21LtMs, Lt 356, 1906, 2)
A few days ago, Brother Simpson told his congregation plainly that he is a Seventh-day Adventist and brought forth strong Scripture evidence to prove the obligation resting on men and women to keep holy the seventh day. He presented the Scripture evidence of the institution of the Sabbath at creation. Jesus Christ, the equal of the Father, wrought with Him in the work of creation. In six days the world was made, and then the seventh day was sanctified and set apart by God as the day of rest. This day is ever to stand as a memorial of the Creator of heaven and earth.
(21LtMs, Lt 356, 1906, 3)
Then Brother Simpson read to his hearers of “the man of sin,” who has arisen and has exalted a spurious rest day. [2 Thessalonians 2:3.] In doing this, he has exalted himself above God, the Creator. The facts regarding this work were clearly presented by Brother Simpson, and the observance of Sunday was shown to be the mark of the beast.
(21LtMs, Lt 356, 1906, 4)
Last Sabbath, in response to a call for those to rise who were convinced that the seventh day was set apart by God as a Sabbath of rest, and who would now endeavor to observe the day that Jehovah has blessed, about fifty rose to their feet. We thank the Lord for these results. The meetings are still in progress, and undoubtedly others will take their stand for the truth.
(21LtMs, Lt 356, 1906, 5)
Several times recently I have gone to Oakland to spend the Sabbath, but have not been able to attend Brother Simpson’s meetings, as they are held in the evening. Each Sabbath that I have been in Oakland, I have spoken in the Congregational church, which is used by our people for Sabbath services. The Lord has given me a decided testimony to bear to the churches in Oakland and San Francisco. Each one is to give diligent heed to his own soul’s salvation. Instead of investigating and sitting in judgment on the experience of others, each one should closely examine his own individual experience. To those who are looking for spot and stain in the experience of others, I am bidden to say, “He that is without sin among you, let him cast the first stone.” [John 8:7.]
(21LtMs, Lt 356, 1906, 6)
Our duty is to heed well the words of Christ, “If any man will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me.” [Matthew 16:24.] “So shall he be My disciple.” [See John 15:8.] I am charged with a solemn message to the churches in Oakland and San Francisco. I am instructed to tell them that they must present themselves before God, not boastingly, but with confession of sin and humiliation of heart. Many who have desires that lead them into wrong paths exalt their own supposed righteousness, while at the same time they seek to disparage some of their brethren and sisters. The work of unkind criticism is an effort of the enemy to thwart the efforts of the servants of God. The Lord will certainly judge for the sowing of seeds of suspicion and evil surmising. Such seeds will bring forth a harvest of wickedness.
(21LtMs, Lt 356, 1906, 7)
We are living in the time of the judgment. Every case is passing in review before God, and it is time for all to repent and be converted, that their sins may be blotted out, when the times of refreshing shall come from the presence of the Lord and the Father shall send Jesus. Read the fiftieth and fifty-first Psalms.
(21LtMs, Lt 356, 1906, 8)
A true record of character is now being taken in the heavenly courts. Let us seek to correct our own defects of character. Some need to repent of the hatred they have cherished against their brethren and the efforts they have put forth to injure their reputation. They have seemed to find delight in magnifying the supposed wrongs of others. Let these persons seek the Lord humbly, confess their own sins, and then remove the obstacles they themselves have placed in the way of harmony.
(21LtMs, Lt 356, 1906, 9)
Truth received into the heart will cleanse it of evil surmisings and bring in a spirit of unity and love. The Spirit of the Lord alone can make us clean and sweet and holy. Every one who professes to love and fear God should guard well the lips, that he speak no wicked things, and should keep the heart pure and holy.
(21LtMs, Lt 356, 1906, 10)
We see a great work to be done for our churches. On Sabbath, November 3, and again on Sabbath, November 10, and on the following day, the Lord gave me strength to speak to His people in San Francisco. The meeting for Sunday afternoon was well advertized, and there was a good outside attendance from the city. I told the people that since I was fifteen years old, the Lord had been giving me special messages for His people. He has given me light to give to His people to prepare them to receive the truth and be sanctified by its power, that the Holy Spirit may come into the life and transform the character. Then the Lord can use them as vessels unto honor—messengers to prepare the way before Him.
(21LtMs, Lt 356, 1906, 11)
The messages of truth are to be kept entirely free from cheap, common words of human devising. Thus forcible impressions will be made upon hearts. Let not our ministers cherish the idea that they must bring forth something new and strange, or that cheap, common expressions will give them influence. Ministers are to be the mouthpiece of God, and they must eradicate from their speech every expression that is cheap or common. Let them be careful lest by attempting during their discourse to cause laughter, they dishonor God. Our message is a solemn and sacred one, and we must watch unto prayer. The words uttered must be of such a character that through them God can make an impression on heart and mind. Let the ministers of the gospel be sanctified through the truth. Often self is interwoven with their discourses, and the angels cannot use their words to the glory of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 356, 1906, 12)
Jesus said to His disciples, “Ye are My friends, if ye do whatsoever I command you.” [John 15:14.] My greatest desire is that our people may reach a higher plane of Christian character. Let our ministers read the Word, talk of the Word, and practice the Word. Every weakness of character is the result of Satan’s efforts. We need men who are humble, yet who bear themselves with sacred dignity. Manners that are odd or uncouth should be overcome. We need refinement of manner. We are to represent Christ in deportment, in attitude, in gesture, in word.
(21LtMs, Lt 356, 1906, 13)
Our ministers should seek constantly to improve in their manner of utterance. The throat and lungs should be merely a channel for the voice. The abdominal muscles should be used. If this were done, many would decidedly improve in their utterance and their powers of endurance.
(21LtMs, Lt 356, 1906, 14)
Ministers of the gospel should give a solemn and well-chosen representation of the Lord Jesus; for they are His ambassadors. Let the lips speak words of knowledge. Let the tongue give utterance to clean, refined, and sanctified expressions of truth.
(21LtMs, Lt 356, 1906, 15)
Lt 358, 1906
Workers at the Madison School St. Helena, California November 15, 1906 This letter is published in entirety in SpM 393. + To the workers at the Madison School:
I write to you to be sure to bear in mind at this time that silence is eloquence. To open up all matters concerning the beginning of your work at Madison would not be wisdom. I have just received a letter regarding your work, but I cannot now deal with it as I wish. I wish to say to you, Be as wise as serpents and as harmless as doves. Some will depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of devils. It will not be well for you to open to every body all things concerning the work in Nashville and in Madison. There are those who are associated with us, and who occupy positions of trust, who may not stand the test. It will not be safe to try to make all understand everything. Those things that are of a private character you should not make public. Let them be kept within the knowledge of your special few.
(21LtMs, Lt 358, 1906, 1)
I shall try to write more on this point, but cannot now, as I must get things ready to go in the mail to Australia.
(21LtMs, Lt 358, 1906, 2)
I have just found a sermon that I gave at the San Jose came-meeting more than a year ago. I shall send copies of this to you and to others in Nashville. I think you will find that it contains timely instruction.
(21LtMs, Lt 358, 1906, 3)
Your sister in Christ.
(21LtMs, Lt 358, 1906, 4)
Lt 359, 1906
Burden, J.A. Duplicate of Lt 349, 1906.
Lt 360, 1906
Olsen, O. A. St. Helena, California November 15, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in 4BC 1178-1179. Elder O. A. Olsen My dear Brother:
I wish to write you that Brother Faulkhead should not be required to make a confession. There are men who cannot be trusted with any secrets. They might make bad use of any information you might give them; for they desire to hurt and destroy. Do not try to make your terms with Brother Faulkhead. He has reasons for keeping silent, and they are good reasons. You may trust him. For him to say any more than he has said would be unwise. You have need of his capabilities in the office. I have had no word from him, but I know of what I speak.
(21LtMs, Lt 360, 1906, 1)
“And he showed me Joshua, the high priest, standing before the Angel of the Lord, and Satan standing at His right hand to resist Him. And the Lord said unto Satan, The Lord rebuke thee, O Satan, even the Lord that hath chosen Jerusalem, rebuke thee. Is not this a brand plucked out of the fire? Now Joshua was clothed with filthy garments, and stood before the Angel.” [Verses 1-3.]
(21LtMs, Lt 360, 1906, 3)
The one termed Satan may have been one possessed with the spirit of Satan and speaking the words that Satan had put into his mouth. Christ knew the heart of the one before Him. He was no longer to bear the shame of filthy garments; for his sins had been repented of. He represented those who had been tempted by the enemy, and over whom Satan rejoiced, because of sins committed.
(21LtMs, Lt 360, 1906, 4)
“He answered and spake unto those who stood before Him, saying, Take away the filthy garments from him. And unto him He said, Behold, I have caused thine iniquity to pass from thee, and I will clothe thee with change of raiment. And I said, Let them set a fair mitre upon his head. So they set a fair mitre upon his head, and clothed him with garments. And the angels of the Lord stood by.
(21LtMs, Lt 360, 1906, 5)
“And the Angel of the Lord protested unto Joshua, saying, Thus saith the Lord of hosts, If thou wilt walk in My ways, and if thou wilt keep My charge, then thou shalt also judge My house, and shalt also keep My courts, and I will give thee places to walk among these that stand by.” [Verses 4-7.]
(21LtMs, Lt 360, 1906, 6)
The one who was clothed with filthy garments represents those who have committed wrongs, but who have come into so sincere a position of repentance that the Lord, who forgives all sins that are repented of, was satisfied. Satan seeks to place in a humiliating position those who have truly repented of their sins. And those who are continuing in a wrong course of action are prompted by Satan to tantalize the one who has repented.
(21LtMs, Lt 360, 1906, 7)
“Hear now, O Joshua, the high priest, and thy fellows that sit before thee; for they are men wondered at; for, behold, I will bring forth My Servant the BRANCH. For, behold, the stone that I have laid before Joshua; upon one stone shall be seven eyes; behold, I will engrave the graving thereof, saith the Lord of hosts; and I will remove the iniquity of that land in one day. In that day, saith the Lord of hosts, shall ye call every man his neighbor under the vine and under the fig tree.” [Verses 8-10.]
(21LtMs, Lt 360, 1906, 8)
Men who have gone to great lengths in transgression, and who have never confessed their sins, will seek to bring all the reproach possible upon those whom Satan has worked to destroy, but who have repented and humbled themselves before God, confessing their sins to the sin-pardoning Saviour and receiving pardon. Men who have not repented of their sins, and have not received pardon, will tantalize the truly repentant ones, repeating their wrongdoing to those who knew nothing of the wrong done. They accuse and condemn the repentant ones as if they themselves were guiltless.
(21LtMs, Lt 360, 1906, 10)
It has been shown me that the experience recorded in the third chapter of Zechariah is now being acted over, and will continue to be while men, making profession of cleanness, refuse to humble the heart and confess their sins.
(21LtMs, Lt 360, 1906, 11)
“And the word of the Lord came unto Zechariah, saying, ... Execute true judgment, and show mercy and compassions every man to his brother; and oppress not the widow, nor the fatherless, the stranger, nor the poor; and let none of you imagine evil against his brother in your heart.
(21LtMs, Lt 360, 1906, 12)
“But they refused to hearken, and pulled away the shoulder, and stopped their ears, that they should not hear. Yea, they made their hearts as an adamant stone, lest they should hear the law, and the words which the Lord of hosts had sent in His Spirit by the former prophets. Therefore came a great wrath from the Lord of hosts. Therefore it is come to pass, that as He cried, and they would not hear; so they cried, and I would not hear, saith the Lord of hosts.” [Zechariah 7:8-13.]
(21LtMs, Lt 360, 1906, 13)
I send this word to you, Elder Olsen. May the Lord give you wisdom to move discreetly. I am sorry that I cannot write more. But the work that I have tried to do in San Francisco has made it impossible for me to do this. Two people have just accepted the Sabbath truth in that city, and we believe that a good work has begun. In Oakland fifty have accepted the truth. No special effort has yet been made in San Francisco, although meetings are being held in the place of worship that my husband and I and about three others raised the means to build. This church was not hurt by the fire.
(21LtMs, Lt 360, 1906, 14)
I must now close. Since my last visit to San Francisco, I have been sick with influenza. The Spirit of the Lord was with us there. Be of good courage.
(21LtMs, Lt 360, 1906, 15)
Lt 362, 1906
Lane, Sister S. H. St. Helena, California November 15, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in DG 222-223. Mrs. S. H. Lane Dear Sister Lane:
I have been afflicted as you now are, and I know how to sympathize with you. I can understand your feeling that you have sustained a great loss.
(21LtMs, Lt 362, 1906, 1)
I want to tell you that we received a letter from your husband, written shortly before his death. At the time this letter was received, I was wrestling with the solution of many difficult problems and felt that I could not answer immediately. Latter, I began to write in reply; but before my letter was finished, I learned that he was dead.
(21LtMs, Lt 362, 1906, 2)
I prize this letter very highly; for in it Brother Lane gives an account of his personal experience and gives me confidence to believe that he was a true child of God. Some of our brethren had been a little fearful that our brother did not see all things clearly, but his letter to us seems to indicate that he was conscientiously striving to follow in the right course.
(21LtMs, Lt 362, 1906, 3)
My dear sister, I would be glad to receive a letter from you. I hope that you may be situated where you may be happy.
(21LtMs, Lt 362, 1906, 4)
I am so glad to know that Jesus our Saviour is soon to come and that then we may all meet around the great white throne. I mean to be there, and, if we are both true and faithful to the end, I believe that we shall meet your husband. We may have to pass through trying scenes, but we are safe as we hide our lives in Christ in God. Many will give heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of devils, and the only hope for every soul is to look constantly unto Jesus, the Author and the Finisher of our faith.
(21LtMs, Lt 362, 1906, 5)
We must now do our part, as servants of Jesus Christ, in bringing to the world a knowledge of the truth. A short work is to be done in the world, and we must watch and work diligently. We must be instant in season and out of season. To the church of Christ belong our talents, both original and acquired. We are servants of the Lord Jesus Christ.
(21LtMs, Lt 362, 1906, 6)
We are made sad as we see men and women lording it over those who should be the Lord’s free agencies. Christ is the supreme ruler of His church. Let no man come between our soul and Him. Let us labor entirely for the Lord, allowing nothing to interpose between the soul and its highest interest—overcoming by the blood of the Lamb and the word of our testimony.
(21LtMs, Lt 362, 1906, 7)
I have of late spoken several times in the church in Oakland and in San Francisco to large congregations. Inhaling so many breaths has poisoned me, and I have not been feeling very well for some time. But my general health is good, and I am still able to do a great amount of writing. For this I praise the Lord.
(21LtMs, Lt 362, 1906, 8)
Be of good courage in the Lord, my sister. Keep looking unto the Author and Finisher of our faith.
(21LtMs, Lt 362, 1906, 9)
In much love.
(21LtMs, Lt 362, 1906, 10)
Lt 364, 1906
Hopkins, Hannah Sawyer St. Helena, California November 16, 1906 Previously unpublished. Mrs. Hannah Sawyer-Hopkins Dear Sister:
I have received your letter and will write a brief reply today. I think your plan to secure a small piece of land to cultivate is a good one.
(21LtMs, Lt 364, 1906, 1)
I will make inquiry to see if a suitable piece of land can be found near here. How would you and Robert like to live near St. Helena? I think that there are pieces of land that could be purchased with the means you have at your disposal. You might cultivate a small piece of land, and raise much of your own produce, and at the same time be where you can help the church by your experience. I will gladly release your money that I now hold, if you desire it to use in purchasing a home.
(21LtMs, Lt 364, 1906, 2)
I have not had any evidence that Robert Sawyer should go to work at Loma Linda. He has worked hard where he now is, but his work has not been appreciated as it should be.
(21LtMs, Lt 364, 1906, 3)
I have been and am still suffering with influenza. Last Sabbath and Sunday I spoke in San Francisco to a large audience and was poisoned by the many breathes. I am now improving in health, but I must be careful on this point. I was much pleased to have the privilege of speaking in the church at San Francisco. My husband and I and a few others worked together to obtain the means to erect this building. It would have been a serious loss if this church had been destroyed, but it was not seriously injured by the earthquake.
(21LtMs, Lt 364, 1906, 4)
W. C. White has been away from home, visiting in the East, but we hope he will return next week.
(21LtMs, Lt 364, 1906, 5)
For the last three months we have had lovely weather. It rained two or three days about the first of November, and we had a small shower yesterday forenoon. This is all the rain we have had thus far this fall.
(21LtMs, Lt 364, 1906, 6)
Daylight is now coming on. I have had trouble with my cough, so I get up and dress, as I do not cough so much when I am sitting down. Sara has nearly as hard a cold as I. But I thank the Lord for His goodness to me in my old age.
(21LtMs, Lt 364, 1906, 7)
I would be pleased to visit the sanitarium at Paradise Valley, but the work at home is very pressing. It is important for me to be with my workers; for there is much that the people should have, and must have soon; and when I am away from home, the work of publishing my articles and books is delayed.
(21LtMs, Lt 364, 1906, 8)
I shall be very glad if you can find some suitable place to locate where you can have a little place all your own.
(21LtMs, Lt 364, 1906, 9)
Remember me kindly to Sister Gotzian and to other friends in the sanitarium. I am looking unto the Author and Finisher of our faith.
(21LtMs, Lt 364, 1906, 10)
With love.
(21LtMs, Lt 364, 1906, 11)
Lt 366, 1906
Hibbard, E. J. St. Helena, California December 3, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 184, 304. Elder E. J. Hibbard Dear Brother Hibbard:
The Lord has greatly blessed the efforts of Brother Simpson, as he has presented the simple truths of the Bible. This work must now go forward under the guidance of the Holy Spirit. The work must still bear the stamp of the divine impress.
(21LtMs, Lt 366, 1906, 1)
My brother, the Lord has given me a message for you. The gospel minister is engaged in a very solemn, sacred work. In every meeting where the Word of God is taught, angels are present; and those who conduct these meetings are to labor with such solemnity as Christ manifested in His teachings. The right mold must be placed upon every presentation of Bible truth.
(21LtMs, Lt 366, 1906, 2)
Often the words you employ are forceful and are such as would convict the hearers of their truth. But sometimes you give exhibitions of a theatrical nature. There is great danger that your violent gesticulations may divert the mind from the truths you present and spoil the impression the Lord would make upon the mind. The enemy is pleased when the impressiveness of sacred truth is spoiled and the mind diverted from the solemn message that means life or death to those who are listening with an intense interest.
(21LtMs, Lt 366, 1906, 3)
When in your discourses you denounce with bitter sarcasm that which you wish to condemn, you sometimes offend your hearers, and their ears are turned from hearing you further. Carefully avoid any severity of speech that might give offense to those you desire to save from error; for it will be difficult to overcome the feelings of antagonism thus aroused.
(21LtMs, Lt 366, 1906, 4)
These bitter denunciations and your theatrical manner have left on some minds impressions that tend to make of none effect the words of truth you have presented. I must say to you that this phase of your work grieves the Holy Spirit of God. It is presented to me that your manner does not always conform to the solemn message you have to bear. If you will weed out the tares from your discourses, your influence for good will be increased.
(21LtMs, Lt 366, 1906, 5)
When Christ sent forth His disciples, He said unto them:
(21LtMs, Lt 366, 1906, 6)
“Behold, I send you forth as sheep in the midst of wolves: be ye therefore wise as serpents, and harmless as doves. But beware of men; for they will deliver you up to the councils, and they will scourge you in their synagogues: and ye shall be brought before governors and kings for My sake, for a testimony against them and the Gentiles. But when they deliver you up take no thought how or what ye shall speak. For it is not ye that speak, but the spirit of your Father which speaketh in you. And the brother shall deliver up the brother to death, and the father the child: and the children shall rise up against their parents, and cause them to be put to death. And ye shall be hated of all men for My name’s sake: but he that endureth to the end shall be saved.” [Matthew 10:16-22.] Thank God for this promise.
(21LtMs, Lt 366, 1906, 7)
“But when they persecute you in this city, flee ye into another.” [Verse 23.]
(21LtMs, Lt 366, 1906, 8)
The Lord would not be pleased to have us imperil our lives, when there are ways and means of saving ourselves; and we may continue to bear the Bible message to other localities.
(21LtMs, Lt 366, 1906, 9)
“The disciple is not above his master, nor the servant above his lord. It is enough for the disciple that he be as his master, and the servant as his lord. If they have called the master of the house Beelzebub, how much more shall they call them of his household? Fear them not therefore: for there is nothing covered that shall not be revealed; and hid, that shall not be known. What I tell you in darkness, that speak ye in light: and what ye hear in the ear, that preach ye upon the housetops.” [Verses 24-27.] The whole of this tenth chapter of Matthew was brought to my attention and distinctly repeated.
(21LtMs, Lt 366, 1906, 10)
I am instructed, my brother, to say to you that you have reformations to make. Do not be self-confident. The Lord calls upon you to make decided improvement in your manner of presenting the truth. You need not be sensational. Preach the Word, as Christ, the Son of God, preached the Word. Violent gesticulations detract greatly from the impressions the truth would make upon human hearts and lessen the force of the demonstrations of the Spirit of God. They efface the solemn impressions regarding God’s Word that holy angels desire shall be made upon minds.
(21LtMs, Lt 366, 1906, 11)
I have written these words in the early morning, while suffering greatly from pain in my head and my eye. It is now becoming light, for which I am thankful. I have many things to write that will appear in due time; but I feel that I must not delay these words of caution; for the interest that has been awakened in Oakland must not be injured. May the Lord help you and give you of His blessing.
(21LtMs, Lt 366, 1906, 13)
Lt 368, 1906
Belden, Brother and Sister [S. T.] St. Helena, California December 4, 1906 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother and Sister Belden:
Your letter was received. I could not answer it sooner; for we have had to wait three weeks for a boat.
(21LtMs, Lt 368, 1906, 1)
Since the Oakland camp-meeting, I have had great burden of soul for the work in that city. Brother Simpson has been bolding tent meetings there in a large tent capable of seating more than a thousand persons, and it was generally well filled. After laboring for about three weeks, fifty souls took their stand for the truth; and since that time, fifty more have decided to keep the Sabbath.
(21LtMs, Lt 368, 1906, 2)
In presenting before the people the prophecies of Daniel and Revelation, Brother Simpson illustrates them by large images of the beasts of these prophecies; and this is creating a wonderful interest. He uses the Bible to prove every statement he makes and tells the people if they have any controversy with the truth he is teaching, their controversy must be with the Bible itself. This method of making the Bible prove the Bible makes a deep impression on the minds of those assembled. The Lord is impressing many minds.
(21LtMs, Lt 368, 1906, 3)
I can send only a short letter in this mail, as this must leave today. I have been sick with influenza for three weeks. I was not willing to give up my work in Oakland. I spoke seven times in the tent in which Elder Haskell was conducting meetings; and when that was taken down, I spoke several times in the Congregational church where our people meet for worship on Sabbath. The Lord gave me liberty and power in speaking. I will send you copies of some of these discourses if I can. I tried to do too much, and for three weeks I have been decidedly afflicted; but I think now, after taking good treatment, the difficulty is mastered, and I hope with the blessing of God to have relief.
(21LtMs, Lt 368, 1906, 4)
And now, my dear afflicted ones, I ask you for Christ’s sake to hold fast your faith. You are not left alone. We have true sympathy for you, and we will continue to present your case to our heavenly Father, that He may lighten your suffering; and let the grace of His great love be upon you. Hold fast to the Lord Jesus, and strengthen your heart with the thought that Christ will never leave to perish one soul who puts his trust in God. Farewell.
(21LtMs, Lt 368, 1906, 5)
Your sister.
(21LtMs, Lt 368, 1906, 6)
Lt 370, 1906
Belden, F. E. St. Helena, California December 6, 1906 Previously unpublished. F. E. Belden My dear Nephew Frank Belden:
In the last mail from Australia I received a letter from Vina Belden, a copy of which I am sending on to you. I will write but briefly to you now; for I must write important matter to the churches of the necessity of their thoroughly awakening to a realization of their needs individually.
(21LtMs, Lt 370, 1906, 1)
I think much of you and of your brother and sister. I feel so sorry to think that you are not in such a position that you can be a genuine help to them spiritually. Can it be that not one of my sister’s children now living will receive and live the truth, putting away self-confidence, and coming to Christ as a little child!
(21LtMs, Lt 370, 1906, 2)
Your father is, I confidently believe, a thoroughly converted man. Your mother died in faith, and I fully expect to meet them both again. But I greatly fear that none of the children now living will have a part with the father and mother, Byron, and Ella, in the kingdom of heaven; for they seem so reluctant to come to Christ and obey the truth. What a help you, Frank, might have been to the rest of the family, if you had been thoroughly converted and had followed daily in the footsteps of Christ.
(21LtMs, Lt 370, 1906, 3)
It is not, even now, too late for you to make a radical change; but unless you are genuinely converted, you will never hear the glad welcome from the Saviour, and the words, “Well done, thou good and faithful servant.... enter thou into the joy of thy Lord.” [Matthew 25:21.] I write you thus, because my soul hungers ad thirsts to see the salvation of my sister’s children. I have felt so sorrowful as I have thought of you.
(21LtMs, Lt 370, 1906, 4)
You have had abundant knowledge of the truth, and into your life has been woven some excellent experiences. But in your self-exaltation, you have not been able to see the necessity of a work of grace in your own heart. I entreat of you once more to put away your faultfinding. Do not brood over your supposed injuries. You have, it is true, suffered; but you yourself have done much to bring about the very condition of things of which you complain. But this you do not acknowledge. Will you now come to the light, humble your heart, and be converted? Now is your time and opportunity. Your present spiritual condition is the result of your own course in the past.
(21LtMs, Lt 370, 1906, 5)
In your connection with the Review and Herald office, your voice was heard advocating methods that were directly opposed to the light God was giving. Following your own erring human judgment, you have done much to counterwork the efforts of God. But you need not now add to your guilt; you may now make diligent work for eternity.
(21LtMs, Lt 370, 1906, 6)
I have been suffering from influenza, brought on by speaking in a crowded hall in San Francisco a few weeks ago. Last week I entered my eightieth year. I told the family that I did not wish to receive one present or to have any demonstration in honor of my birthday, and my wishes were acceded to.
(21LtMs, Lt 370, 1906, 7)
I was glad to receive from your brother a draft for thirty-five dollars to be sent to your father, and this, with what you have sent, will go forward on this boat to Norfolk Island. If your father is still living, I shall be very thankful that he can receive this token from his sons. I am glad indeed to see this expression of filial care from you.
(21LtMs, Lt 370, 1906, 8)
Lt 372, 1906
Olsen, O. A.; Kress, D. H. St. Helena, California December 4, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 283-284; TDG 347; MRmnt 110. Dear Elder Olsen and Dr. Kress:
I have been anxious to write a few words to you; but we have had to wait several weeks for a boat to take our mail to Australia. Since the earthquake there have many interruptions in the running of the mail boats.
(21LtMs, Lt 372, 1906, 1)
We are nearing the close of this earth’s history. There are some matters that will move very rapidly now. Determined efforts are being made to put the Sunday law in operation, and we have not a very flattering prospect before us. As a people, we must now be prepared in all our churches for the crisis.
(21LtMs, Lt 372, 1906, 2)
A deep work needs to be done for those who believe the truth. The state of the heart should be carefully criticized. Those who have had light and evidence are to awaken to a realization of the times in which we live.
(21LtMs, Lt 372, 1906, 3)
I have much to write. For several nights scenes have been opening before me. Yesterday morning, with one eye bandaged, I sat writing page after page hours before the other members of my family were awake. This matter was placed in Dores’s hands last night to copy and send. I thought then that we had another day before the mail should go. I find that all our letters must be in by noon today. So you will understand why you have received such a short letter this time.
(21LtMs, Lt 372, 1906, 4)
I have written a short letter to Brother and Sister Belden and have sent them copies of some of my writings.
(21LtMs, Lt 372, 1906, 5)
For several weeks, meetings have been held in Oakland in a large tent pitched close by the post office. Elder Simpson has had wonderful success in this series of meetings. His method has been to make Scripture explain Scripture; and the Holy Spirit has convinced many hearts of the truth. The people cannot but accept a plain “Thus saith the Lord.” The beasts used as symbols in the prophecies of Daniel and Revelation he has presented before the people in life-size images, and this has impressed the people strongly. He has lectured only in the evening, when men are released from their work and can come out to hear. After a few weeks of labor he presented the Sabbath, again making the Bible prove every statement.
(21LtMs, Lt 372, 1906, 6)
The first meeting on Sabbath was held in the large tent. After Elder Simpson had finished speaking, there was a social meeting; and then he asked all who were convinced of the truth and were determined to take their stand to obey the Word of God to rise to their feet. Fifty responded; their names were taken and a meeting appointed in which they should bear their testimony. Many had excellent words to speak. Elder Simpson’s meetings were continued; and after several weeks had passed, another call was made for those who had decided to obey the truth. Between twenty-five and thirty responded. Several ministers were present at this meeting and bore excellent testimonies.
(21LtMs, Lt 372, 1906, 7)
We are now coming to the place where there will be Sunday laws to be met. The test is fast coming upon the people of the world. We have a great work to do. Not all the strength and talent and ability of our workers are to be spent in conducting restaurants or in handling health foods. The Lord Jesus did not give light upon health foods in order that men might claim to be owners of the receipts for these foods. Those who know how to make these foods ought to give the impression that it is the Lord who is the donor of all our good. The health foods should not become a means of speculation for the greedy and the selfish. They should be looked upon as a means of helping the poor, not as a means of enriching a few parties. It is not the Lord’s purpose or His plan that the health foods should be so expensive that the poor cannot afford to use them. I have much to say upon this subject, but have not time now to write more than a few things.
(21LtMs, Lt 372, 1906, 8)
I expect to see sharp work in the future. Close and trying tests are coming. I am making an urgent appeal to the Lord’s people to bring His goods into the treasury that our work may broaden and increase, attaining a high degree of sanctification. I am calling for liberal contributions to be made in all countries, that the truth may be placed before the people. If, years ago, we had been more zealous, we should have forestalled the enemy in reference to the Sunday laws. In every country a work should be done similar to the work that elder Simpson is doing, but this work will require means. We must pray, brethren and sisters. We must work untiringly against the enemy. We must make plain the words of truth. The Bible explains the Bible, and fewer of men’s words and more of the words of Scripture will have tenfold greater influence. We need now, as a people, the sanctification of the Holy Spirit. We must walk humbly with God.
(21LtMs, Lt 372, 1906, 9)
Only the influence of the grace of God will lead men to take their stand on the self-denying liberal side. The cause of God must not in any case be hindered. The message “Repent and be converted” must go to all parts of the world. [Acts 3:19.] God has freely bestowed upon us His treasures of sunshine and shower to cause vegetation to flourish, and He expects every believer to show willing liberality in advancing the cause of truth. We need now to work as we have never worked before, that the gospel, which is the power of God unto salvation, may be proclaimed throughout the world. And those who are converted to the truth are to be the means, through their self-sacrifice, of keeping the treasury supplied, that there may be meat in the Lord’s house. The Spirit of the Lord, cherished, is a sure remedy for the disease of covetousness. Talk it, live it. Put on the whole of the gospel armor.
(21LtMs, Lt 372, 1906, 10)
We need more of the spirit of prayer and more faith. The first chapter of Colossians holds up before us our high responsibility. Paul says, “As ye also learned of Epaphras, our dear fellow servant, who is for you a faithful minister of Christ; who also declared unto us your love in the Spirit. For this cause we also, since the day we heard it, do not cease to pray for you, and to desire that ye might be filled with the knowledge of His will, in all wisdom and spiritual understanding, that ye might walk worthy of the Lord unto all pleasing, being fruitful unto every good work, and increasing in the knowledge of God; strengthened with all might, according to His glorious power, unto all patience and longsuffering with joyfulness; giving thanks unto the Father, which hath made us meet to be partakers of the inheritance of the saints in light; who hath delivered us from the power of darkness, and hath translated us into the kingdom of His dear Son, in whom we have redemption through His blood, even the forgiveness of sins.” [Verses 7-14.]
(21LtMs, Lt 372, 1906, 11)
We must rise to a higher and still higher spirituality. We must cease all complaining and cultivate the giving of thanks. We must work for the salvation of perishing souls. We must lay hold of the supreme Power and close our ears to complaint and faultfinding. Crush this inclination, and empty the soul-temple of evil thinking. Let not one unhappy thought remain within. Souls are perishing in their sins. Work to the glory of God. Work, work in the power and Spirit of God, and listen not to stories of discouragement. Say, “Brethren, let us pray,” and then take right hold of the power of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 372, 1906, 12)
I must now close this letter, or I shall not get it into the mail. May the Lord bless all His church is my prayer. May the Lord bless you abundantly.
(21LtMs, Lt 372, 1906, 13)
Lt 374, 1906
Haskell, Brother and Sister St. Helena, California December 9, 1906 Previously unpublished. Elder and Mrs. S. N. Haskell Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
I wish to know where you are. Things seem to be rather unsettled. Please keep me informed of any changes. When you move, please let me know, and tell me where to address you; for I feel a deep interest in your work.
(21LtMs, Lt 374, 1906, 1)
Last week I wrote a short letter to Elder Hibbard and have received a good letter in reply. I will send copy of my letter to him. I am now writing to Frank Belden and to others whom I hope to be able to help.
(21LtMs, Lt 374, 1906, 2)
I have just received a letter from a son of Brother and Sister Butcher of Vacaville. This letter contains a request for me to make them a visit, to see if I can help the family. Things have reached a terrible condition in their home. Their daughter Alice has been for years an invalid, and she is sometimes treated very harshly by both her parents.
(21LtMs, Lt 374, 1906, 3)
If I were well, I believe I should consider it my duty to visit this family. But I have not yet recovered from the influenza, and for me to take such a journey at this time is out of the question. But I wish you would go to Vacaville, and see what you can do for this family. If you can do so, I shall feel greatly relieved. Propose to the family that they send Alice to the sanitarium. The poor girl has a hard time at home.
(21LtMs, Lt 374, 1906, 4)
The letter I received from Mr. Butcher was marked “Private,” and I do not wish to mention this matter to any one else. Such things should be kept as quiet as possible. I hope and pray that we may be guided by the unerring Counselor.
(21LtMs, Lt 374, 1906, 5)
Lt 376, 1906
Simpson, W. W. St. Helena, California December 4, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 76, 438, 470; 13MR 304. Elder W. W. Simpson Dear Brother:
I am very grateful for what I have heard of the results of your meetings in Oakland. I am glad that you exalt the Word, allowing the Bible to speak for itself. This is the most effectual way. This is the way the truth was preached in the early days by our ministers.
(21LtMs, Lt 376, 1906, 1)
Be sure to take good care of your health. Be careful not to injure your throat and lungs. You should have a comfortable room and good board.
(21LtMs, Lt 376, 1906, 2)
In the seventh chapter of John we read of how Christ dealt with those who questioned His work and were seeking for an opportunity to entrap Him in His words.
(21LtMs, Lt 376, 1906, 3)
“Now about the midst of the feast, Jesus went up into the temple, and taught. And the Jews marveled, saying, How knoweth this man letters, having never learned? Jesus answered them, and said, My doctrine is not Mine, but His that sent Me. If any man will do His will, he shall know of the doctrine whether it be of God, or whether I speak of Myself. He that speaketh of himself seeketh his own glory: but He that seeketh His glory that sent Him, the same is true, and no unrighteousness is in Him. Did not Moses give you the law, and yet none of you keepeth the law? Why go ye about to kill Me? The people answered and said, Thou hast a devil: who goeth about to kill Thee? Jesus answered and said unto them, I have done one work, and ye all marvel. Moses therefore gave unto you circumcision; (not because it is of Moses, but of the fathers;) and ye on the sabbath day circumcise a man. If a man on the sabbath day receive circumcision, that the law of Moses be not broken; are ye angry at Me, because I have made a man every whit whole on the sabbath day? Judge not according to the appearance, but judge righteous judgment. Then said some of them of Jerusalem, Is not this He whom they seek to kill? But, lo, He speaketh boldly, and they say nothing unto Him. Do the rulers know indeed that this is the very Christ? Howbeit we know this man whence He is: but when Christ cometh, no man knoweth whence He is.
(21LtMs, Lt 376, 1906, 4)
“Then cried Jesus in the temple, as He taught, saying, Ye both know Me, and ye know whence I am: and I am not come of Myself, but He that sent Me is true, whom ye know not. But I know Him: for I am from Him, and He hath sent Me. Then they sought to take Him: but no man laid hands on Him, because His hour was not yet come. And many of the people believed on Him, and said, When Christ cometh, will He do more miracles than these which this man hath done?
(21LtMs, Lt 376, 1906, 5)
“The Pharisees heard that the people murmured such things concerning Him; and the Pharisees and the chief priests sent officers to take Him. Then said Jesus unto them, Yet a little while am I with you, and then I go unto Him that sent Me. Ye shall seek Me, and shall not find Me: and where I am, thither ye cannot come. Then said the Jews among themselves, Whither will He go, that we shall not find Him? will He go among the dispersed among the Gentiles, and teach the Gentiles? What manner of saying is this that He said, Ye shall seek Me, and shall not find Me: and where I am, thither ye cannot come?
(21LtMs, Lt 376, 1906, 6)
“In the last day, that great day of the feast, Jesus stood and cried, saying, If any man thirst, let him come unto Me, and drink. He that believeth on Me, as the Scripture hath said, out of his belly shall flow rivers of living water. (But this spake He of the Spirit, which they that believe on Him should receive: for the Holy Ghost was not yet given: because that Jesus was not yet glorified.) Many of the people therefore, when they heard this saying, said, Of a truth this is the Prophet. Others said, This is the Christ. But some said, Shall Christ come out of Galilee? Hath not the Scripture said, That Christ cometh of the seed of David, and out of the town of Bethlehem, where David was? So there was a division among the people because of Him. And some of them would have taken Him; but no man laid hands on Him.
(21LtMs, Lt 376, 1906, 7)
“Then came the officers to the chief priests and Pharisees; and they said unto them, Why have ye not brought Him? The officers answered, Never man spake like this man. Then answered them the Pharisees, Are ye also deceived? Have any of the rulers or of the Pharisees believed on Him? But this people who knoweth not the law are cursed. Nicodemus saith unto them, (he that came to Jesus by night, being one of them,) Doth our law judge any man before it hear him and know what he doeth? They answered and said unto him, Art thou also of Galilee? Search and look: for out of Galilee ariseth no prophet. And every man went unto his own house.” [Verses 14-53.] Some of God’s people in these days will be called upon to pass through experiences similar to these.
(21LtMs, Lt 376, 1906, 8)
“And when Jesus departed thence, two blind men followed Him, crying, and saying, Thou son of David, have mercy on us. And when He was come into the house, the blind men came to Him: and Jesus saith unto them, Believe ye that I am able to do this? They said unto Him, Yea, Lord. Then touched He their eyes, saying, According to your faith be it unto you. And their eyes were opened: and Jesus straitly charged them, saying, See that no man know it.”
(21LtMs, Lt 376, 1906, 10)
The words from the lips of the blind men fell upon the ears of the multitude with convincing power. These afflicted ones recognized in Christ the promised Messiah, but their words, “Thou son of David,” made a painful impression upon the priests and rabbis. [Verse 27.] And they, when they were healed, could not hold their peace. When they were departed, they “spread abroad His fame in all that country. [Verse 31.]
(21LtMs, Lt 376, 1906, 11)
“As they went out, behold, they brought to Him a dumb man possessed with a devil. And when the devil was cast out, the dumb spake: and the multitudes marveled saying, It was never so seen in Israel. But the Pharisees said, He casteth out devils through the prince of devils.
(21LtMs, Lt 376, 1906, 12)
“And Jesus went about all the cities and villages, teaching in their synagogues, and preaching the gospel of the kingdom, and healing every sickness and every disease, among the people. But when He saw the multitudes, He was moved with compassion on them, because they fainted, and were scattered abroad, as sheep having no shepherd. Then said He unto His disciples, The harvest truly is plenteous, but the laborers are few; pray ye therefore the Lord of the harvest that He will send forth laborers into His harvest.
(21LtMs, Lt 376, 1906, 13)
“And when He had called unto Him His twelve disciples, He gave them power against unclean spirits, to cast them out, and to heal all manner of sickness, and all manner of disease.” [Matthew 9:32-38; 10:1.]
(21LtMs, Lt 376, 1906, 14)
Here was the work of the Holy Spirit. The Lord gave to His disciples the special power to heal diseases, that the opposition of the Pharisees might not quench the Holy Spirit that was converting the people.
(21LtMs, Lt 376, 1906, 15)
I am more thankful than words can express that so many people in Oakland have had an opportunity to hear the truth of the Bible, presented with force and clearness. This is the manner with which it was proclaimed in 1842, 1843, and 1844. I remember one series of meetings, held in a large Baptist church. Many families would come every day from quite a distance, bringing their lunch, and remaining till after the evening service. No unnecessary words were uttered by the speaker, but the Scripture was clearly presented. Frequently a call would be made for those who believed the truths that were proved by the Word to rise to their feet, and large numbers would respond. Prayers were offered in behalf of those who wished special help.
(21LtMs, Lt 376, 1906, 16)
I am pleased with the manner in which you have used your ingenuity and tact to provide suitable illustrations for the subjects you have to present—representations that have a convincing power. Such methods will be used more and more in this closing work. I wish that you might have a portable meetinghouse. This would be much more favorable for your work than would a tent, especially in the rainy season.
(21LtMs, Lt 376, 1906, 17)
I trust that these meetings may continue until the warning message has been given through Oakland and the neighboring cities. Let the work be carried forward solidly, until many more souls shall come to a knowledge of what God requires of them.
(21LtMs, Lt 376, 1906, 18)
The work now being done in Oakland is such a work as should now be carried forward. This I have been instructed for a long time. This work must not now be left, while the Lord is striving with many souls who have never before heard the word of truth, but who are eagerly inquiring the way of salvation. Let the effort be continued to the praise and honor and glory of God. It would be a great mistake if the work were now interrupted and the workers taken away. Let us pray for strength and wisdom from above that the work may be advanced along right lines.
(21LtMs, Lt 376, 1906, 19)
I hope that your work may be of such a nature that there shall be no “binding off.” Every fresh display of the conviction of the grace of God upon the soul of unbelievers is divine. Everything that you can do to bring souls to a knowledge of the truth is a means of allowing the light to shine, the light of the glory of God, as it shines in the face of Jesus Christ. Direct the mind to Him who guides and controls all things. Christ will be the manna and the spiritual dew to these newly converted souls. In Him is no darkness at all.
(21LtMs, Lt 376, 1906, 20)
Some should now be in training, connected with you, so that if you should be called away to some other place, they might continue to exercise a gathering influence. Let us pray in regard to this matter. We must pray and work and believe. The Lord is our efficiency.
(21LtMs, Lt 376, 1906, 21)
Hearts have been impressed, and souls converted, as you have presented the grand, testing truths of the Bible, the truths of the grace of Christ. There should now be connected with you in your labors men of spiritual understanding who will co-operate with you, who will in the day time conduct Bible studies with the new converts, telling them how to yield to the power of the Holy Spirit, that these souls may be fully and firmly established in the truth. They need personal instruction upon many matters.
(21LtMs, Lt 376, 1906, 22)
In the discourses let nothing of a theatrical nature be introduced, no sharp thrusts be given. We cannot expect that eyes that have been blind will be at once opened to see all things clearly. Other studies should be taken up with those who are interested, but you should not bear this additional burden. If such ones as Elder Haskell and his wife could take up this work, and with much prayer show those who have seen the truth how to experience its power in their hearts, the work would then be as a nail driven in a sure place. Many are ignorant of vital godliness, which is the truth in practice. The Lord will work with power upon the hearts of all who seek Him. There must be a practical reception of Bible truth.
(21LtMs, Lt 376, 1906, 23)
The Lord Jesus sent a mighty angel to make plain to John by the use of symbols the things that were to transpire until the coming of Christ. He was bidden to write the instruction in a book for the benefit of the seven churches. This writing we now have preserved in the book of Revelation, but this book is understood by only a very few. It contains the message for the last days, and we are to dwell much upon these prophecies.
(21LtMs, Lt 376, 1906, 24)
The work of explaining the Bible by the Bible itself is the work that should be done by all our ministers, who are fully awake to the times in which we live. No man is authorized to dictate to the gospel workers, directing them to do this or to go here or there. Let the Lord guide His own workers. He will lead them in ways that they know not, and they will bear the lamp of life in such places as the Lord may direct.
(21LtMs, Lt 376, 1906, 25)
All who regard themselves as the Lord’s servants are to take up the work that He has appointed to them. It may not be the work they would have chosen, but if in the providence of God, this work has come to them, it is not the place of a servant to complain of the work that is assigned to him by his master.
(21LtMs, Lt 376, 1906, 26)
Instruction has been given me by One who cannot err. He was saying to a large gathering of church members: “The Lord’s workers are not to look to men for their orders, but they are to pray to God. They are not to be directed by men, who are weak as those they would direct, and who themselves need counsel from above.”
(21LtMs, Lt 376, 1906, 27)
“James, a servant of God, and of the Lord Jesus Christ, to the twelve tribes which are scattered abroad, greeting. My brethren, count it all joy when ye fall into divers temptations; knowing this, that the trial of your faith worketh patience: but let patience have her perfect work, that ye may be perfect, and entire, wanting nothing.
(21LtMs, Lt 376, 1906, 29)
“If any of you lack wisdom let him ask of God, that giveth to all men liberally, and upbraideth not, and it shall be given him. But let him ask in faith, nothing wavering. For he that wavereth is like a wave of the sea driven with the wind and tossed. For let not that man think that he shall receive anything of the Lord. A double-minded man is unstable in all his ways.
(21LtMs, Lt 376, 1906, 30)
“Let the brother of low degree rejoice in that he is exalted; but the rich, in that he is made low; because as the flower of the grass he shall pass away. For the sun is no sooner risen with a burning heat, but it withereth the grass, and the flower thereof falleth, and the grace of the fashion of it perisheth; so also shall the rich man fade away in his ways.
(21LtMs, Lt 376, 1906, 31)
“Blessed is the man that endureth temptation: for when he is tried, he shall receive the crown of life, which the Lord hath promised to them that love Him. Let no man say when he is tempted, I am tempted of God: for God cannot be tempted with evil, neither tempteth He any man; but every man is tempted when he is drawn away of his own lusts, and enticed. Then, when lust hath conceived, it bringeth forth sin; and sin, when it is finished, bringeth forth death. Do not err, my beloved brethren. Every good gift, and every perfect gift is from above, and cometh down from the Father of lights, with whom is no variableness, neither shadow of turning. Of His own will begat He us with the word of truth, that we should be a kind of firstfruits of His creatures. Wherefore, my beloved brethren, let every man be swift to hear, slow to speak, slow to wrath.” [Verses 1-19.] Study also the remaining portion of this chapter.
(21LtMs, Lt 376, 1906, 32)
Who will now pledge themselves to be “slow to speak, slow to wrath,” and in very deed, “doers of the word?” [Verses 19, 22.]
(21LtMs, Lt 376, 1906, 33)
If I have the necessary strength, I will try to come to Oakland next Sabbath. May the Lord guide you in all things.
(21LtMs, Lt 376, 1906, 34)
Lt 378, 1906
Butcher, Brother and Sister [William] St. Helena, California December 10, 1906 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother and Sister Butcher:
I wish that I were able to make you a visit; for I have words to speak to you as members of a home church. But I have been sick with influenza and would be unable to travel without increasing my difficulty. I have a message for you as father and mother of a family.
(21LtMs, Lt 378, 1906, 1)
Some representations have been given to me that reveal in you very objectionable traits of character; and unless there is a great change, you will be the means of bringing reproach upon the cause of God. Sister Butcher, you have but little control of your spirit. You allow the agencies of Satan to take control of your mind; and in your words and actions, you often act at their suggestion.
(21LtMs, Lt 378, 1906, 2)
Some years ago your case was presented to me. The Lord by a miracle wrought for Brother Butcher and gave him clear speech. But the enemy of souls has since been at work to spoil your religious experience. The more you give way to your feelings, and indulge your harsh spirit, the more fearful and vengeful you become. The Lord has been greatly dishonored by your course.
(21LtMs, Lt 378, 1906, 3)
Last night many things regarding your past course and your present condition were laid open before me. I will not specify all that was presented to me, but I would ask you to consider what it means to be a Christian. It is to be Christlike, but you are strengthening traits of character that are in marked contrast to the gentleness and meekness of Christ.
(21LtMs, Lt 378, 1906, 4)
Your course has made your daughter Alice very unhappy and wretched. There have been in your house words and deeds of anger and violence that should never be tolerated in a Christian home. My advice to you now would be to allow Alice to come for a time to the sanitarium, where she might receive treatment and be removed from the unpleasant scenes that take place in her own home.
(21LtMs, Lt 378, 1906, 5)
Brother and Sister Butcher, I greatly desire that you both may receive the reward of the faithful; but unless you become more kind, gentle, and Christlike, you will never enter the city of God. Remember that you are members of a home church. You may be overcomers, if you will learn to be humble, meek, and lowly of heart.
(21LtMs, Lt 378, 1906, 6)
“Let no corrupt communication proceed out of your mouth but that which is good to the use of edifying, that it may minister grace unto the hearers. And grieve not the Holy Spirit of God, whereby ye are sealed unto the day of redemption. Let all bitterness and wrath, and anger, and clamor, and evil speaking, be put away from you, with all malice: and be ye kind one to another, tender-hearted, forgiving one another, even as God for Christ’s sake hath forgiven you.” [Ephesians 4:29-32.]
(21LtMs, Lt 378, 1906, 7)
May the Lord help you to obey these injunctions, that you may be sealed by the Holy Spirit unto the day of redemption.
(21LtMs, Lt 378, 1906, 8)
Lt 380, 1906
Haskell, Brother and Sister St. Helena, California December 13, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 327; 6Bio 112-113. Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
This afternoon I am leaving my home for Oakland. I have received an invitation from Elder Simpson to speak to the church on Sabbath, and I feel that it is my duty to go. I am deeply convinced that it is time that there should be among the Lord’s people very decided changes. The spirit of domineering should be broken.
(21LtMs, Lt 380, 1906, 1)
Yesterday I sent quite a lengthy letter to Brother Simpson and sent a copy of the letter to you. You will see that I have written to him that the work in Oakland must be carried forward so long as the interest continues there. Some suitable place must be provided where meetings can be held. Let Elder Simpson conduct the evening services, but we need Brother and Sister Haskell’s help in carrying on an education in Bible lines during the day time. This is in harmony with the light that has been given me.
(21LtMs, Lt 380, 1906, 2)
I am sorry that I gave my consent to your leaving. A mistake has been made, and I feel that I am partially to blame. Precious golden opportunities have been lost that, had they been improved, might have advanced the work decidedly. You both would have been doing the very work that God has given you to do. But we will not now mourn over the past. Let us move intelligently in the future. If you will both unite with Elder Simpson, a more thorough work will be accomplished; for the work is larger than one man can successfully handle. The work in Oakland must not be cut short. For years I have pleaded that an earnest effort be put forth in this city, and now that this is being done, let us go straight forward in right lines. There is to be no variableness, neither shadow of turning in the presentation of truth to the people in Oakland.
(21LtMs, Lt 380, 1906, 3)
“I will make a way,” saith the Lord, “and a straight path. Let My messengers walk in My way, not after man’s devisings.”
(21LtMs, Lt 380, 1906, 4)
The Lord is good. I am glad that you have not gone a great distance.
(21LtMs, Lt 380, 1906, 5)
I have sent to Elder Reaser a copy of the letters I wrote to Brother Simpson. Tomorrow I expect to have a conversation with Brother Simpson and shall endeavor to lay these things clearly before him. I hope I may soon see you again. I would be glad to meet you either at Oakland or in my home, just as you choose. If I see that I can do good and am needed in Oakland, I may remain for a time. May the Lord help us all to look less at men for guidance and more to Him.
(21LtMs, Lt 380, 1906, 6)
Lt 382, 1906
Haskell, Brother and Sister Oakland, California December 14, 1906 Previously unpublished. Elder and Mrs. S. N. Haskell Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
I have just had a long interview with Elder Simpson, and he has told me that there is a call for him to come to Southern California to take up work in Los Angeles, Riverside, Redlands, and San Diego. He thinks that as this is the rainy season of the year, and our people cannot find a suitable place here to conduct meetings, and that as this is a time of the year when there are many tourists in these Southern California resorts, it would be better for Elder Simpson to go South now and to return to Oakland and San Francisco at a more favorable season of the year.
(21LtMs, Lt 382, 1906, 1)
I dare not say to him, Stay; for I see the situation. Here the rents are exceedingly high, and the rains have come on. I lay this before you, as he has presented it to me. I think if this plan is considered best, that you had better remain where you are, and work in these cities of Southern California. I would have been pleased if the work could be carried forward here longer; but Brother Simpson thinks he will return and settle for a time in this part of the state.
(21LtMs, Lt 382, 1906, 2)
Elder Simpson speaks tonight on some special subject. Tomorrow morning he will speak on the Spirit of Prophecy from a Bible standpoint, and in the afternoon I will speak. On Sunday there will be a baptism. Quite a number will be baptized at that time.
(21LtMs, Lt 382, 1906, 3)
I shall be glad to see the work carried forward in Los Angeles. I think the work can be carried on here for a time by other workers and that Elder Simpson is needed just now in the South more than here. I will write more after the meeting tomorrow.
(21LtMs, Lt 382, 1906, 4)
Lt 384, 1906
Leaders in the Oakland and Berkeley Churches Berkeley, California December 17, 1906 Previously unpublished. To the officers and leaders in the Oakland and Berkeley churches Dear Brethren and Sisters:
Last night a heavy burden rested upon my soul. The condition of some of the officers and members of the churches in Berkeley and in Oakland was opened before me, and I saw that the Lord would have in these members a decided change of heart. Let our brethren and sisters now seek the Lord earnestly for a spirit of unity. But few have an intelligent understanding of the situation.
(21LtMs, Lt 384, 1906, 1)
I am bidden by One of authority to say to our brethren and sisters that the matter of choosing officers for the coming term should be taken up only after prayerful consideration. It will be best, for the present, to leave matters as they are and to seek the Lord for counsel.
(21LtMs, Lt 384, 1906, 2)
I have further instruction from the Lord that I will write out. Please wait until this is received before taking steps to elect new officers.
(21LtMs, Lt 384, 1906, 3)
Lt 385, 1906
Haskell, Brother and Sister Berkeley, California December 17, 1906 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
I have a letter that I will send to you after I return home. I am convinced that you should be here during the Week of Prayer, for a great work must be done decidedly. The church in Berkeley needs just such help as you can give them, and I hope you will be here—right on hand. These new members in the church need careful instruction, just such as you can give them. I talked with Elder Simpson in regard to this matter, and he agreed with me that you ought to be here now.
(21LtMs, Lt 385, 1906, 1)
They have in view a location for the meetinghouse, and there is a good house on the lot, which you could use as soon as the work of the trade is fully accomplished. It is an upland residence. For now, you can find a place at Brother Brorsen’s. He has a two-story house and asked me to stay with them when I come down again. They have only three in the family, one son and himself and wife.
(21LtMs, Lt 385, 1906, 2)
You had better be here to look after these young converts, and now is the time to do much good. A letter will come to you. It is nearly finished, but not quite. I can send it after I get home.
(21LtMs, Lt 385, 1906, 3)
I have laid out the work that ought to be done, but the letter will tell you better when it is finished. I have talked with Brother Saunders who is one of the main men here. Whom do you think they thought of putting in as elder at Berkeley but Doctor Sanderson. Then Dr. Maxson and the whole of that party will have a clear swing. No, No, No. This church in Berkeley is in no better state of reform than before this great and good work was done by Elder Simpson. Now they need you here. These young converts need you now. Another baptism will take place in two weeks, and your instruction will help them right along. I have talked for one hour with Brother Brorsen. I am very sure no place needs you more just now than this place. There are many of the same mind.
(21LtMs, Lt 385, 1906, 4)
The crisis has come, and today I sent them a line to be sure and make no movement to appoint officers in the church until a work was done for the reformation of the church. Come right along. I will come down and help you in the name of the Lord. I must go this minute.
(21LtMs, Lt 385, 1906, 5)
Lt 386, 1906
Haskell, Brother and Sister Berkeley, California December 17, 1906 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
Last night some very plain things were presented to me for the Berkeley and Oakland churches. I was bidden to instruct them that they were not ready to act intelligently in the election of new officers. I have written this out and placed it in the hands of the nominating committees.
(21LtMs, Lt 386, 1906, 1)
The nominating committee for the Berkeley church had already chosen Dr. Sanderson as elder of that church. He has had a very questionable experience in the past. Dr. Maxson, one of the elders in Oakland, has opposed my work for many years. He has walked directly contrary to the instruction of the Holy Spirit. He has brought to the minds of some a spirit of unbelief. If he is re-elected, I fear that some may be indoctrinated to turn from the light that God may give.
(21LtMs, Lt 386, 1906, 2)
I wish that you might come to Oakland. I wish that you might be here during this Week of Prayer.
(21LtMs, Lt 386, 1906, 3)
Elder Simpson has carried on a work under the leadership of the Holy Spirit. Last Friday evening and also Sabbath forenoon he spoke upon the subject of the Spirit of Prophecy. Those who were present tell me that they were excellent discourses, straightforward and decided.
(21LtMs, Lt 386, 1906, 4)
In the afternoon of Sabbath I spoke in the Congregational church from the third chapter of First John. I did not think I would speak more than thirty minutes, but I spoke for an hour and fifteen minutes. The invigorating Spirit of God rested upon me, and I had freedom of speech. The room was crowded; the doors at the sides were thrown up, and many were accommodated in the adjoining room. I thank the Lord for the blessings received at this service.
(21LtMs, Lt 386, 1906, 5)
Sunday morning at the Piedmont Baths Elder Simpson baptized thirty-two candidates. Several children were baptized first, and then the older ones. It was a very impressive ceremony. There was no confusion, and occasionally a verse of praise was sung.
(21LtMs, Lt 386, 1906, 6)
The Oakland brethren have decided on a location for their new church building. This lot is on Thirty-fifth Street, between Telegraph Avenue and Grove Street. Five hundred dollars has been paid to hold the property, but our brethren cannot be absolutely certain that the property is secure until it has gone through the probate court. So it will be a week or ten days before we will know about it definitely.
(21LtMs, Lt 386, 1906, 7)
After the baptism, I drove with Brother and Sister Rice to see this property. It seems to be well located. We could not enter the house; for we had no key. There is a good cement walk around the house, and at the back is a large yard.
(21LtMs, Lt 386, 1906, 8)
I think that if you come, you might occupy the house on this property. But if this house could not be secured, you might stay in the house with Elder Brorsen, or at elder Rice’s. In Brother Brorsen’s house there are only three occupants.
(21LtMs, Lt 386, 1906, 9)
I believe that you are needed at once in Oakland. The new members who are coming in must be surrounded by the best influence. The church should now purge out the old leaven of evil speaking and hypocrisy, of jealousy and malice. Especially does the church in Berkeley need the help you can give them. The truth must be expressed in word and in spirit, every act an expression of true Christian refinement.
(21LtMs, Lt 386, 1906, 10)
Lt 388, 1906
White, J. E.; White, Emma Berkeley, California December 17, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 257. Dear children Edson and Emma:
For four weeks I have been suffering from the effects of breathing impure air in a insufficiently ventilated meetinghouse, and until a few days ago I have not felt able to travel. But last week I received an invitation from Elder Simpson to come to Oakland and speak to the people on Sabbath, and I ventured to come.
(21LtMs, Lt 388, 1906, 1)
Elder Simpson is a practical man, ready for hard work with his hands, as well as to preach. He has now been holding meetings in Oakland for about two months, and his labors have been greatly blessed. He has had to meet difficulties; for the tent has been blown down twice, and badly torn; and last week it rained for several days, and it was necessary to take the tent down and discontinue the meetings.
(21LtMs, Lt 388, 1906, 2)
The manner of Elder Simpson’s work reminds me of the efforts that were put forth in 1843 and 1844. He does not make prominent his own words, but reads the Bible, explaining one Scripture by another. He dwells largely on the prophecies of Daniel and Revelation and uses many illustrations and suitable figures to impress the truth. To represent the beasts of Daniel and Revelation, he has prepared life-like images of papier-mâché.
(21LtMs, Lt 388, 1906, 3)
Elder Simpson enters into no controversy with opponents. He presents the Bible so clearly that it is evident that any one who differs must do so in opposition to the Word of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 388, 1906, 4)
Friday evening and Sabbath forenoon he spoke upon the subject of Spiritual Gifts, dwelling especially upon the Spirit of Prophecy. Those who were present at these discourses say that he treated the subject in a clear, forceful manner.
(21LtMs, Lt 388, 1906, 5)
Sabbath forenoon I filled my appointment in the large Congregational church that is now being used by our people. The house was filled, there being, I am told, between five and six hundred people present. It was with fear and trembling that I went to the service; for I had been very poorly on Friday. But as I spoke, the invigorating power of the Spirit of God came upon me, and I was enabled to speak for one hour and fifteen minutes.
(21LtMs, Lt 388, 1906, 6)
Sunday forenoon, Elder Simpson baptized thirty-two candidates at the Piedmont Baths. There is to be another baptism about the middle of January, and it is hoped that there will be more than this number who will be ready then.
(21LtMs, Lt 388, 1906, 7)
Sunday night, December 16, Elder Simpson gave his last discourse in this series of meetings, and the following day the tent was taken down. At this service, there were fully one thousand persons present to listen to the subject of the United States in Prophecy. Those who would refuse to render homage to the beast and his image were asked to arise, and nearly all present responded.
(21LtMs, Lt 388, 1906, 8)
The expenses connected with these meetings have been fully one thousand dollars. Collections have been taken in the congregation only once a week; but these, with donations that some have given privately, have paid all these expenses, so the effort has cost the conference nothing except the salaries of workers.
(21LtMs, Lt 388, 1906, 9)
The liberality of many from the outside has been surprising. Elder and Mrs. Haskell, on several occasions, received liberal gifts from strangers. One afternoon, after I had spoken in the church, a man handed to Elder Haskell one hundred dollars and then left the building quickly and could not afterwards be found. On another occasion, a lady slipped two coins into Sister Haskell’s hand. These proved to be twenty-dollar gold pieces. Sister Haskell afterward met the lady, but she did not wish to tell Sister Haskell her name. It has since been learned that she is the wife of an influential man in Oakland. These things have greatly encouraged our workers.
(21LtMs, Lt 388, 1906, 10)
In these meetings we have seen evidences of the deep moving of the Spirit of God. Truly the Lord has wrought on minds. Our people need now to be aroused from the lethargy that has come upon them. The language of every heart should be: Speak, Lord, for Thy servant heareth.
(21LtMs, Lt 388, 1906, 11)
Elder Simpson has now returned to Los Angeles. During the winter months many tourists visit the cities in Southern California, and as the rainfall is not so heavy in the southern part of the state, it is thought that he can labor to better advantage there than in Oakland. As soon as possible, however, he expects to return to continue his labors in Oakland and San Francisco.
(21LtMs, Lt 388, 1906, 12)
Lt 390, 1906
White, J. E. St. Helena, California December 19, 1906 Previously unpublished. Elder J. E. White Dear Son Edson:
I have just returned from Oakland, where I spoke in the Congregational church last Sabbath. The day previous I felt very poorly, and I hardly thought it possible for me when I stood before the congregation to speak for over half an hour. But the invigorating Spirit of God rested upon me, and I was greatly strengthened. Such experiences remind me of what I passed through frequently in the earlier days of the message.
(21LtMs, Lt 390, 1906, 1)
For about a year after your father died, I suffered greatly from sorrow. At that time I seemed to be hovering between life and death. Your brother persuaded me to go a short distance in a phaeton to a camp-meeting, which was then being held in Healdsburg. A sofa had been brought on to the platform in the large tent. Here I lay down, thinking I would deliver my farewell address. My face was as the face of one dead, without a particle of color.
(21LtMs, Lt 390, 1906, 2)
After a few testimonies had been borne, I asked Willie to help me to arise to my feet, and let me lean on him. There I stood and began to tell the people that this was probably the last time they would ever hear my voice in camp-meeting. But after speaking a few words, I felt the Spirit and power of God thrilling through every nerve of my body. Those who saw me said that the blood could be seen as it came to my lips and my forehead, and my flesh took on its natural appearance. Mr. Montrose in great surprise remarked to one of his neighbors, “A miracle is being wrought in sight of this whole congregation.” I could not understand why all were looking so intently at me, some even arising to their feet. The Spirit of the Lord had healed me. During the remainder of the camp-meeting, I spoke several times. A large crowd was present on this occasion.
(21LtMs, Lt 390, 1906, 3)
Some one has mentioned to me, Edson, that you were thinking of going to Battle Creek to receive advice upon some matters connected with the writing and publication of your books. Please do not do this. Seek your wisdom from God, and not from men who have departed from the faith and who have given heed to seducing spirits. It is possible that some to whom you would go for advice would afterward make use of this action in a way that would be detrimental to your influence.
(21LtMs, Lt 390, 1906, 4)
I tell you, my son, that there is positive danger in your going to Battle Creek for counsel. You must be guarded, or you may be taken in a snare of the enemy. How Satan would exult if my own son should be led to depart from the faith, as has A. T. Jones and others who have been led astray. Your safety lies in walking in humility and meekness, looking unto Jesus, who is the author and the finisher of the faith of every one who will enter the pearly gates of the city of our God.
(21LtMs, Lt 390, 1906, 5)
It may be that the Lord will yet call me to bear a message in Battle Creek. I have words of comfort to speak to those who are holding the truth fast in righteousness.
(21LtMs, Lt 390, 1906, 6)
But I advise you, my son, to have no connection with any one in Battle Creek in the work of publishing your books. There are those there who are not partakers of the divine nature, who have been baptized with the delusive science of Satan. They have lost their spiritual eyesight. Should you become as one of them, I greatly fear it would be at the cost of your mother’s life.
(21LtMs, Lt 390, 1906, 7)
I feel impressed to express to you my hope that you may exercise your talent in the ministry. I long to see you in your allotted place, ministering the word of life and publishing books dealing upon present truth. But do not seek help from the mind of any man who, as Elder Tenney, is entangled in the delusions of the enemy. I hope that you may be kept from such influences.
(21LtMs, Lt 390, 1906, 8)
I hope and pray that you may soon work yourself out of debt. If I could help you in this, I would gladly do so; but this seems impossible. I often think of you and Emma, and would be very glad indeed if you could both visit us. I hope that Emma is improving in health.
(21LtMs, Lt 390, 1906, 9)
Lt 391, 1906
White, J. E. NP 1906 Portions of this letter are published in 6Bio 100-101. J. E. White My Son:
What kind of a move was it that you made in rushing to Battle Creek and saying to those there that W. C. White, your own brother, for whom you should have respect, manipulated my writings? This is just what they needed to use in their councils to confirm them in their position that the testimonies the Lord gives your mother are no longer reliable.
(21LtMs, Lt 391, 1906, 1)
If this is your position, then why do you ask me to sustain you? Must I have such a impression go out? It is false, and I am sorry that you stand as you do. I know not what Elder Irwin or Elder Daniells are contemplating doing, but I deny your position and nothing is done as you suppose. You have regarded your brother in a strange, false light and persist in doing this. This has been the grief of my life. Your stubborn persistence forces me to speak now. I will not keep silent.
(21LtMs, Lt 391, 1906, 2)
You are wrong in thus regarding your brother, but your regarding him thus reveals a dullness of comprehension. All that have a knowledge of his work appreciate it as consistent and sound. I know that he occupies a position appointed of God. Your sentiments are the prevailing sentiments of a deceived mind.
(21LtMs, Lt 391, 1906, 3)
If you can link up with Frank Belden and Dr. Kellogg, whose position I well understand, what kind of a position will our leading men find you in? Think you that I can depart from what I know to be light to vindicate your course of action at Berrien Springs, when at this very time the Lord is revealing to me the position of these men and you? If you have an impression that W. C. White can be made to appear as your enemy, you will present the same to these men. I am required to present their cases before them, and in warnings charge our people not to allow their children to go to Battle Creek.
(21LtMs, Lt 391, 1906, 4)
And when I am trying to save Frank Belden, you step in; and supposing W. C. White has said or done something that does not agree with your view of matters, you do a work to injure your mother’s influence and confirm the men for whom I have had reproofs for ten and fifteen years. It is through your own misjudging that you are led to insinuate that W. C. White is not true and reliable. I am placed where I cannot be of any use to you, for your bent of mind is contrary to the light God has given me. I will write you a few lines, but I cannot now speak as I would be only too glad to speak. The bent of your mind is such that I have not confidence in your spiritual discernment.
(21LtMs, Lt 391, 1906, 5)
There is Willie. For years he has been where if I spoke one word in his favor to you he has said, “Mother, take that out. Do not in any way mention my name to Edson to vindicate anything I may say or do.” But when it comes to saving you from shipwreck, he would do all he possibly could to give you advantage. He does not own his own house. His home was made larger than he designed, for there was no place where the workers in the food factory could board. His wife boarded and cared for her own children and boarded everyone she could find room for, so that the limited wages he received would not have to be increased. His buildings are not paid for. They would have been less expensive in creating if it had not been planned that he board the food factory hands.
(21LtMs, Lt 391, 1906, 6)
Ministry of Healing I have given to relieve the debts of the sanitariums. But the exceptions are those that are bound up with and sustaining Dr. Kellogg in his position of working against truth and righteousness. Those who bind up with him cannot be helped. To put means into their hands would be vindicating their course of action.
(21LtMs, Lt 391, 1906, 7)
I stand where I cannot vindicate your course any more, for God forbids. When you find your bearings, and will see things in a rational light, then I can present things more fully to you. Until then you will not receive the impressions I have had from the Lord, and I will not deviate from the light God has given me. If you and W. C. White should both turn from me, I should not turn from the counsels God has given me. I should pity your blindness, but to say or do anything that would be contrary to the light God has given me would be of no use or good to you in the end. So please do not think I will deviate from the straight course God has given.
(21LtMs, Lt 391, 1906, 8)
If the party of J. H. Kellogg and Frank Belden, and those who have been following their own course of action, is the party that you choose, I will not vindicate you or them. I have tried to state things to you. Your statements go away back to the time before Father died, and you tell others your grievances. Silence with you is eloquence.
(21LtMs, Lt 391, 1906, 9)
W. C. White had nought to do with your leaving the office [Pacific Press]. His father was not in his right mind, and in my presence W. C. White knelt before your father and begged him not to do the very thing he was purposing to do—to have you separated from the office. You could have helped matters had you been more spiritually minded, but when pleading in your behalf some things occurred which you will never know. You had better stop right where you are, for you are working in the fog. I think the very best thing you can do is to let the things that transpired before your conversion remain without being stirred up.
(21LtMs, Lt 391, 1906, 10)
God pity you, is my prayer, for I am unable to help you. I will not dare to encourage your sentiments in regard to W. C. White, for they are false and not true. He has worked with might and main to save you, and I have worked with him. When he knows how you regard your brother, he will act in your behalf just as though you were fully in harmony with him. Expressions in your letter of going back of that conversion, when the Lord wrought for you, are dishonoring to God; and I want that these things shall come to an end. Do not fear that W. C. White will injure you, for he is only seeking to save you from ruining yourself. I write this that you may not, in your imagination, let the enemy work you; for your prejudice against W. C. White is unjust and cruel, and I will not vindicate you in it.
(21LtMs, Lt 391, 1906, 11)
Must I be compelled to hold my peace while you are warring against your brother? Then your own injudicious course of action, taking the position you do against your own brother, is so strange, so unnatural, that it has been the very grief of my life. When you are converted, then you will see things in a different light. This is the hold Satan has upon you to carry out your own bitter hatred against your own brother. This will certainly require me to have something to say—to state the truth.
(21LtMs, Lt 391, 1906, 12)
If you had followed the Word of God just as it reads in reference to these things, I would not need to say a word, but you keep up your hatred against one whom God has chosen and set in his work, notwithstanding the Lord has blessed and sustained him. He is not your enemy, but you regard him as such. You have made many mistakes. Your defeat has come through your own course, but you charge it to W. C. White. I want to leave this now. Stop right where you are. I do not advise you to do anything until you come to your senses, for you will mar the work of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 391, 1906, 13)
Willie refuses to let me write a line such as I am now writing, but how can I die and leave you with this bitterness in your heart, so contrary to the Word of God? I would be relieved of a great burden to see you converted on these lines, because Satan rejoices. My heart is grieved. I shall not make any move to bring you in personal companionship. I address you as one deceived by the enemy for long years, and without any cause to justify your course of action. I know what I am writing about, and therefore I cannot vindicate your impressions.
(21LtMs, Lt 391, 1906, 14)
And how do you suppose God looks upon this matter? I know that your spirit will have to change decidedly before you can stand acquitted before God of your assumptions and your hatred. I present to you the scriptures: 1 John 2:7-11; chap. 3:11-15; chap. 4:7, 16-21.
(21LtMs, Lt 391, 1906, 15)
I hope and pray now that you will come to your senses and that you will not treasure up things against your brother, which I know to be untrue and displeasing to God. For your suppositions are not true but false; and if it need be, I shall have to leave statements to this effect before I shall die. I have the same sealed up, similar to this I have written. If you choose to harbor such sentiments as you express, it is to your present and eternal injury; and how can you expect those who are acquainted with W. C. White and his years of service to look upon your estrangement from him? It does not give them confidence in your good sense, in your discernment of what is righteous and what is unrighteous.
(21LtMs, Lt 391, 1906, 16)
Your position is a grievous thing to your mother and wears upon the life of your brother. He has declared he will not consent, but that my property of books shall be equally left to each. But I cannot have it, for I am charged before the Lord in reference to your future should I be removed by death. I have not one particle of confidence in your keeping up this hatred against your brother. Your mistakes have caused him sleepless nights. I have found him at times crying as if his heart would break, considering your case. He did not know I had opened the door, but I stepped back and he did not know I saw.
(21LtMs, Lt 391, 1906, 17)
But the grief to my soul is your keeping up this prejudice, when I know from the circumstances of the case he could not in justice vindicate your course and advise you to do certain things which you desired to do. I shall have to speak. I cannot and will not suffer reproach to come upon the cause of God and my work that God has given me to do, by your saying he manipulates my writings. It is falsehood—but what a charge is this! Not one soul manipulates my writings.
(21LtMs, Lt 391, 1906, 18)
He, W. C. White, has wished me to change a word that expressed the action of ministers so that it would not be too strong, so those who had judgment would not handle such men severely, and hurt them, because that is so easy to do—to exercise no mercy, but to be severe and overbearing—if they have an opportunity to show their authority. He has kept me from writing to you the burden of my soul lest someone would hear of it and make it an excuse to hurt you. He has wept like a child again and again over these things.
(21LtMs, Lt 391, 1906, 19)
I hope that you will see the injustice you are doing to your own brother and to Jesus Christ, who has ordained him for his work, to be one who would be used by the Lord to sustain me and the work God had given me to do. I now say that you grieve the Spirit of Christ. You have not any reason for the continuation of this matter, so that you cannot blend together in your work. The Lord will not justify any such course.
(21LtMs, Lt 391, 1906, 20)
I leave this with you. I take a copy of it.
(21LtMs, Lt 391, 1906, 21)
Lt 392, 1906
Beerman, Marie St. Helena, California December 16, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in 6Bio 117. My dear Sister:
I cannot express to you my heartfelt thankfulness to our heavenly Father that you can write such a beautiful letter, telling of your gratitude to God for your restoration. I praise the Lord with you for this blessed change—a miracle of the Lord’s loving-kindness. What a blessing your restoration to health will be to your family. The Lord will use you as His missionary.
(21LtMs, Lt 392, 1906, 1)
I should be pleased to know how you are situated as a family. Have you comfortable accommodations? I never want to feel again such sorrow as I have felt in your behalf. It seems to me that the Lord would have you in a field where you could use your capabilities and your knowledge of the truth in teaching the Bible to those who are ignorant. May the Lord guide you. I do not want to be your guide, because you have a higher Guide.
(21LtMs, Lt 392, 1906, 2)
I cannot write much. I have been sick, and am still sick, from the effects of colds caught while speaking in unventilated churches. Several weeks ago I went to San Francisco and spoke three times in our meetinghouse. While there I caught a very severe cold and was sick for a month. I had barely recovered from this attack when I consented to go to Oakland to spend Sabbath and Sunday. While there I spoke in the Congregational church, which our people are using for the present. I spoke in the afternoon. In the morning, Sabbath school and church service had been held, and the room had not been ventilated in the meantime. There were afterwards four hundred people present in the afternoon. I thought I could speak for only thirty minutes, but I spoke for an hour and a quarter. The Lord strengthened me wonderfully. But after a few days I began to suffer as I had after the trip to San Francisco, and I saw that I had again been poisoned by the unhealthful atmosphere. I have been sick for a week, but I am not suffering so much as I should if I did not have most thorough treatment every day.
(21LtMs, Lt 392, 1906, 3)
I am not discouraged. The Lord is my helper. The people in Oakland needed that which I gave them. Many bore testimony that the instruction was just what they needed.
(21LtMs, Lt 392, 1906, 4)
My sister, I have a desire to help you bear your burdens. Have you all my books? Tell me those that you have, so that I can send you those you have not. And which of our papers are you taking? Do you get the Review and Herald, the Signs of the Times, and the Youth’s Instructor? Let me hear from you soon after you receive this letter. Be of good courage in the Lord, and be joyful in God.
(21LtMs, Lt 392, 1906, 5)
Your sister.
(21LtMs, Lt 392, 1906, 6)
Lt 393, 1906
Belden, Vina St. Helena, California December 16, 1906 This letter is published in entirety in 10MR 145-146. Mrs. Vina Belden Dear Sister Belden:
We received your letter today and have had copies made and sent to the brothers Frank and Charlie Belden.
(21LtMs, Lt 393, 1906, 1)
By last mail we sent you a draft from Frank. This draft came several weeks before, but there was no boat until last week. The sailing of boats for Australia has of late been very uncertain.
(21LtMs, Lt 393, 1906, 2)
I know that poor Stephen must have suffered severely, but let us be thankful that the end came quietly. Of him the words apply:
(21LtMs, Lt 393, 1906, 3)
“Here is the patience of the saints: here are they that keep the commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus. And I heard a voice from heaven saying unto me, Write, Blessed are the dead which die in the Lord from henceforth: Yea, saith the Spirit, that they may rest from their labors; and their works do follow them.
(21LtMs, Lt 393, 1906, 4)
“And I looked and behold a white cloud, and upon the cloud one sat like unto the Son of man, having on His head a golden crown, and in His hand a sharp sickle. And another angel came out of the temple, crying with a loud voice to Him that sat on the cloud, Thrust in Thy sickle, and reap: for the time is come for Thee to reap; for the harvest of the earth is ripe.” [Revelation 14:12-15.]
(21LtMs, Lt 393, 1906, 5)
These scenes will soon transpire, and then we shall better understand the words, “Blessed are the dead which die in the Lord.” [Verse 13.]
(21LtMs, Lt 393, 1906, 6)
You may now rejoice in the thought that Stephen is free from all pain. There need be no more worry or anxiety on his account.
(21LtMs, Lt 393, 1906, 7)
I am glad to know that our brethren in Australia do not forget you, that they have promised that you shall be cared for, whether you remain on the island, or whether you go to friends elsewhere. May the Lord bless and strengthen you and help you to recover from the long strain that has been upon you. Please continue to write to me by every mail that leaves Norfolk Island.
(21LtMs, Lt 393, 1906, 8)
With love.
(21LtMs, Lt 393, 1906, 9)
Lt 394, 1906
Haskell, S. N. St. Helena, California December 21, 1906 Previously unpublished. Elder S. N. Haskell Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
I am glad that Elder Loughborough is in Southern California. I hope that in his labors he may be guided by the Lord, and not by feeble, erring men. It is not fitting that our aged brethren, who have had years of experience in the message, should be under control to those who are young and inexperienced. I would say to you and to elder Loughborough, Go forward, in the strength of God, and He will abundantly bless you.
(21LtMs, Lt 394, 1906, 1)
I hope that Elder Loughborough may bear his testimony in Los Angeles. In the name of the Lord, let him tell of the experience of the early days of the message. Our aged ministers are to be respected, and their testimony is of great value. The people need to be confirmed in the faith, by the experiences of the past and of the present.
(21LtMs, Lt 394, 1906, 2)
I trust that our brethren in Southern California will not carry the burden of the school at Fernando, to the neglect of other branches of the Lord’s work. Just as decided an effort should be put forth in behalf of our sanitariums and other schools as for the college at Fernando. Let wisdom and sound judgment be manifested in working for the health of the whole body.
(21LtMs, Lt 394, 1906, 3)
Last week I ventured to go to Oakland. I went down on Thursday afternoon, and the next day I was very sick. I had hardly strength sufficient to sit up. But Brother Simpson called to see me, and I had a long interview with him. On Sabbath morning Elder Simpson gave a clear, decided discourse on the subject of the Spirit of Prophecy. In the afternoon, the Lord greatly strengthened me, and I spoke to the people. Sunday morning I attended a baptismal service at the Piedmont Baths. This was a scene that angels of God witnessed with joy. Elder Simpson performed the ceremony. In a few weeks he will return to Oakland, and then there will be another baptism.
(21LtMs, Lt 394, 1906, 4)
Lt 395, 1906
Cobb, S. M. St. Helena, California December 25, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in 11MR 153. Elder S. M. Cobb
New Zealand My Brother in the Lord:
The Lord desires that you shall inquire of Him with a humble mind, that you may know and understand the mind and will of the Lord concerning you. He wants you to come to Him with the same simplicity that the little child manifests toward its earthly parents.
(21LtMs, Lt 395, 1906, 1)
You are in danger of planning for a variety of things that call for large capability and the outlay of much means. If you seek to carry out your plans in your own wisdom, you will be brought into trial and perplexity. The Lord would have His workers seek diligently for wisdom from God, and not move from impulse. You have tact and skill in some lines, and through much earnest prayer you can understand how to do more thoroughly the work you desire to accomplish. Do not fail through self-confidence, and by seeking to embrace too much in your work. Your finite judgment will lead you astray. At every new step you take, ask, Is this the way of the Lord?
(21LtMs, Lt 395, 1906, 2)
There is a dearth of laborers in your field. You are required to link up with others who have not the same traits of character as yourself, and who do not always look at matters in the same light as you view them. You must bear in mind that no one man’s mind is perfect or capable of guiding or controlling the whole work. Do not act so fully on your own ideas and judgments, but learn to weigh matters from all sides. The Lord is a safe counsellor. Come to the dear Lord, as a humble little child, and place your case before Him. Then continue to watch unto prayer. Carefully weigh every new move, and lay your plans before your brethren.
(21LtMs, Lt 395, 1906, 3)
It is on this point that great mistakes have been made in the work in America. The workers needed the sanctified wisdom that comes from God alone. But they were not bound about by difficulties, as you are in New Zealand, by a lack of means and workers.
(21LtMs, Lt 395, 1906, 4)
You cannot afford to make mistakes in the grand closing up of the work of God. You must walk humbly with God. The Prince of Life, the Son of God, in His earthly life prayed much in His human necessities with strong crying and tears. He says to you, “Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me, for I am meek and lowly in heart; and ye shall find rest unto your souls.” [Matthew 11:29.] Our rest comes in wearing the yoke of Christ.
(21LtMs, Lt 395, 1906, 5)
We would each do well to have seasons of self-examination, to see what our peculiar traits of character are, and then compare them with the life and teachings of Christ. This would prove a most precious season of communion with God. God’s word of truth would be revealed to us, and we would be truly learning of Christ.
(21LtMs, Lt 395, 1906, 6)
“He that will come after me,” Christ says, “let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me; so shall he be My disciple.” [See Mark 8:34; John 15:8.] Christ wants you to consider every step you take. Lay your plans before your brethren; counsel with them, and counsel with God, and you will make no mistakes. Then it will never be said of you that you followed your own way and will to the injury of the work.
(21LtMs, Lt 395, 1906, 7)
I write these things not only for you, Brother Cobb, but also for your associates in labor. In the night season I seemed to be trying to impress upon you the need of linking up with your brethren of experience, and they with you. I was very desirous that you should feel free to communicate with one another, to counsel together, that you might draw in even cords.
(21LtMs, Lt 395, 1906, 8)
The Lord would have Elder Cobb a reliable man. He wants you to prove a strength and blessing to the workers. Never let distrust of your brethren grow in your heart; for this will produce more mischief than you can possibly counteract. You need to follow closely in the footsteps of Christ and study the great and holy work He has appointed each soul to do. If you will look unto Jesus, the Author and Finisher of your faith, you will learn most precious lessons of faith and patience and true forbearance; and you will understand what it means to have true confidence in and love for your brethren.
(21LtMs, Lt 395, 1906, 9)
Teachers must be constant learners. Those who are in office to give counsel and instruction to others must not themselves be strangers to the practices of the great Teacher. They are to love as brethren, to be kind and courteous. When men are placed in office who have not on the gospel shoes, they will surely mislead; for they follow their own ways and plans instead of walking in the ways of the Lord.
(21LtMs, Lt 395, 1906, 10)
My brother, link up with Elder Olsen. Give him your confidence. Love as brethren, and be laborers together with God. Be not of that number who are ever learning, but never able to come to a knowledge of the truth. It is your privilege to know what is truth, because for more than half a century, we have been guided step by step by the counsels of the Spirit of God. At this time many efforts will be made to unsettle our faith in the Sanctuary question; but we must not waver. Not a pin is to be moved from the foundations of our faith. Truth is still truth. Those who become uncertain will drift into erroneous theories and will finally find themselves infidel in regard to the past evidence we have had of what is truth. The old waymarks must be preserved, that we lose not our bearings.
(21LtMs, Lt 395, 1906, 11)
Lt 396, 1906
Belden, Sister [S. T.] St. Helena, California December 26, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in RY 164-165. Dear Sister Belden:
I have received your letter; and of your husband, I can say, “Praise the Lord; for his sufferings are over.”“Here is the patience of the saints; here are they that keep the commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus. And I heard a voice from heaven, saying unto me, Write, Blessed are the dead which die in the Lord from henceforth; yea, saith the Spirit, that they may rest from their labors, and their works do follow them.” [Revelation 14:12, 13.]
(21LtMs, Lt 396, 1906, 1)
After my husband died, one of our brethren, who thought a great deal of him, said, “Do not let them bury him, but pray to the Lord, that He may bring him to life again.” I said, “No, no. Although I realize my great loss, I will not do this.” I felt that he had done his work. No one but myself knew how great a load he had carried in the efforts we had put forth to advance the truth. He had done the work of three men. Night after night, at the beginning of our work, when advancement seemed to be hindered on every hand, he would say, “Ellen, we must pray. We must not let go until we realize the power of God.” He would lie awake for hours, and say, “O Ellen, I am so afflicted. Will you pray for me, that I may not fail or be discouraged.” Together we offered up our prayers with strong crying and tears, until from his lips came the words, “Thank the Lord; He has spoken peace to me. I have light in the Lord. I will not fail. I will press the battle to the gates.” Would I have him suffer all this over again? No, no. I would in no case call him from his restful sleep to a life of toil and pain. He will rest until the morning of the resurrection.
(21LtMs, Lt 396, 1906, 2)
My husband died in 1881. During the time that has passed since then, I have missed him constantly. For one year after his death, I felt my loss keenly, until the Lord, when I was at the gates of death, healed me instantly. This was at a camp-meeting held at Healdsburg, about a year after my husband’s death. Since that time, I have been willing to live, or willing to die, just as the Lord sees that I can best glorify Him.
(21LtMs, Lt 396, 1906, 3)
Now, my dear sister, may the Lord bless and strengthen you and give you clear judgment concerning your future life. I cannot write much to you now, but will send you copies of articles that I have written. I have been sick from the effects of colds caught while speaking in unventilated churches. Several weeks ago I went to San Francisco and spoke three times in our meetinghouse. While there I caught a very severe cold and was sick for a month. I had barely recovered from this attack, when I consented to go to Oakland to spend Sabbath and Sunday. While there I spoke in the Congregational church, which our people are using for the present. I spoke in the afternoon. In the morning, Sabbath school and church service had been held, and in the meantime the room had not been ventilated. There were over four hundred people present in the afternoon. I thought I could speak for only thirty minutes, but I spoke for an hour and a quarter. The Lord strengthened me wonderfully. But after a few days I began to suffer as I had after the trip to San Francisco, and I saw that I had again been poisoned by the unhealthful atmosphere. I have been sick for over a week, but I am not suffering so much as I should if I did not have most thorough treatment every day.
(21LtMs, Lt 396, 1906, 4)
During my recent visit to Oakland, I witnessed the baptism of thirty-one candidates, by Elder Simpson, who has been holding meetings in Oakland for several weeks. These meetings have been largely attended, and good results have followed the work done. Besides those baptized at this time, there are a number of others who have accepted the Sabbath, but who were not quite ready for baptism. Elder Simpson is now in Los Angeles, and on his return these will be baptized also.
(21LtMs, Lt 396, 1906, 5)
The baptismal service was conducted with great calmness and solemnity. The hymns chosen for the occasion were well selected. Elder Simpson’s face was shining, and the countenances of the whole company reflected the light of cheerful obedience. On profession of faith, the willing candidates were baptized in the name of the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit—the three heavenly authorities who pledge themselves to help in times of necessity those who take part in this ordinance. Henceforth the candidates must show themselves dead to the world and alive unto God. “Ye are dead, and your life is hid with Christ in God.” [Colossians 3:3.] They are to seek God for the new life in Christ.
(21LtMs, Lt 396, 1906, 6)
I was greatly blessed, and others were blessed, in witnessing this ordinance.
(21LtMs, Lt 396, 1906, 7)
I returned to my home on Monday evening, feeling quite wearied, and soon came down with influenza. I have been confined to my room almost ever since. I wish to express my sincere thanks to the friends who have shown themselves so tenderly kind to you and Stephen. May the Lord bless them for their thoughtful attentions. I may not meet them in this life, but I hope to meet them where sickness and sorrow will be no more. Please keep us informed regarding your health; and if you should not be able to write yourself, please send word through others. May the Lord be pitiful and gracious unto you, is my prayer. Our time here is short. Be of good courage.
(21LtMs, Lt 396, 1906, 8)
Lt 397, 1906
Those Bearing Responsibilities in Washington, D. C. St. Helena, California December 27, 1906 Previously unpublished. To those bearing large responsibilities in Washington, D.C.:
It has been shown to me that it is very essential that wise judgment should be manifested by those in charge of our college at Takoma Park. The teachers in the school in Washington need more of the Holy Spirit and less of self-importance. “Walk before Me, and be thou perfect,” were the words I was instructed to speak. [Genesis 17:1.]
(21LtMs, Lt 397, 1906, 1)
In our schools, teachers and managers should bestow special labor upon men of low degree, that they may be brought to a full understanding of the truth. Our teachers are to seek out the men who have less self-esteem than others; for these are the ones who will not exalt themselves when given a work to do. They will look after the poor and friendless, the ignorant and erring, and will go aside with the discouraged to pray with them. Teach them that their conscientious convictions are to be preserved, and not sacrificed; for under God each has a special work to do.
(21LtMs, Lt 397, 1906, 2)
The leading men in the school and sanitarium in Washington should realize that their greatest need is to be daily taught of God how to lift up the erring and open the understanding of the ignorant. Principals and teachers, remember that in all your ministrations, you are liable to make mistakes. Let God correct your errors of judgment. Minister in Christ’s lines. Give an example of humility and dependence upon a higher authority than your own. Your greatest work is to seek and to save that which is lost. Walk humbly with God. Learn of the great Teacher. Study the Word with diligence and earnest prayer. And fear lest by your example you turn the lame and the weak out of the way. Christ came to seek and to save that which was lost. Pastors and teachers should strive very much more than they do to be faithful to their charge.
(21LtMs, Lt 397, 1906, 3)
Unless our teachers seek the things that are above, students will go from the school unprepared to stand the tests and trials of these last days. Christ is our pattern; study His ways and His methods. Do not think that your ways are perfect, and you have no need for reform; for unless the grace of Christ’s meekness is upon you, you will not know the way of the Lord. There is a lack of spirituality. Some have not been learning of Christ; they have not accepted the invitation, “Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls.” [Matthew 11:29.]
(21LtMs, Lt 397, 1906, 4)
There must be faithful instructors in our schools in Washington—faithful, humble, teachable men. The man who is seeking his own will and way is not a safe teacher and guardian of the flock. If those placed in the responsible position of teachers fail to keep their own souls in the love of God, they will leave the impression on the minds of students and church members that they are unfaithful shepherds. Teachers cannot neglect their responsibilities for their own pleasure or profit. They must not count their honor of the first importance.
(21LtMs, Lt 397, 1906, 5)
“Go and proclaim these words toward the north, and say, Return, thou backsliding Israel, saith the Lord; and I will not cause mine anger to fall upon you; for I am merciful, saith the Lord, and I will not keep anger forever. Only acknowledge thine iniquity, that thou hast transgressed against the Lord thy God, and hast scattered thy way to the strangers under every green tree, and ye have not obeyed My voice, saith the Lord. Turn, O backsliding children, saith the Lord; for I am married unto you; and I will take you one of a city and two of a family, and I will bring you to Zion: and I will give you pastors according to My heart, which shall feed you with knowledge and understanding, and it shall come to pass, when ye shall be multiplied and increased in the land, in those days, saith the Lord, they shall say no more, The ark of the covenant of the Lord; neither shall it come to mind; neither shall they remember it; neither shall they visit it; neither shall that be done any more. And at that time they shall call Jerusalem the throne of the Lord, and all the nations shall be gathered unto it, to the name of the Lord, to Jerusalem; neither shall they walk any more after the imagination of their evil heart. In those days the house of Jacob shall walk with the house of Israel, and they shall come together out of the land of the north, to the land that I have given for an inheritance for their fathers. But I said, How shall I put thee among the children, and give thee a pleasant land, a goodly heritage of the hosts of nations? and I said, Thou shalt call Me, My Father; and shalt not turn away from Me.” [Jeremiah 3:12-19.]
(21LtMs, Lt 397, 1906, 6)
These words were repeated very solemnly to me, “Return, ye backsliding children, and I will heal thy backslidings. Behold we come unto Thee; for Thou art the Lord our God. Truly in vain is salvation hoped for from the hills, and from the multitude of the mountains; truly in the Lord our God is the salvation of Israel. For shame hath devoured the labors of our fathers from their youth, their flocks and their herds, their sons and their daughters. We lie down in shame, and our confusion covereth us; for we have sinned against the Lord our God, we and our fathers, from our youth even to this day, and have not obeyed the voice of the Lord our God.” [Verses 22-25.]
(21LtMs, Lt 397, 1906, 7)
When men refuse to take warning, when counsel is turned from, the judgments of the Lord will come. God is waiting to be acknowledged in the calamities that He sends upon His people. All who return to Him with all the heart, and humble themselves before the Lord by confession and repentance, He will graciously accept and restore to their former prosperity. God would have the glory of the gospel dispensation appear. In the establishment of His church, the Lord began with one nation, but it was His plan that the transforming power of His grace should spread from nation to nation until all the world, Jew and Gentile alike, should receive the message of His grace.
(21LtMs, Lt 397, 1906, 8)
Lt 398, 1906
Kress, Brother and Sister [D. H.] St. Helena, California December 26, 1906 Portions of this letter are published in TDG 369. Dear Brother and Sister Kress:
I shall have to send you these few lines and ask you to excuse me for not answering your letter as I should like to. I have had two attacks of influenza, one lasting four weeks, and this last one has been upon me for two weeks. I love you both, and I wish to be prompt in responding to your letters. I have written a long letter to Elder Olsen and will send you a copy.
(21LtMs, Lt 398, 1906, 1)
In the night season I am speaking to you in your gatherings. I have been shown that you must draw together, just as you would clasp your fingers in prayer. Read the prayer that Christ offered for His people just before His trial and crucifixion. Christ in His human nature suffered disappointment and trials. When I read in the Bible of how many refused to believe that Christ was the Son of God, sadness fills my heart. We read that even His own brethren refused to believe in Him.
(21LtMs, Lt 398, 1906, 2)
We must present an unbroken front in union and in faith. We must be strong in the Lord and in the power of His grace. I want you and Elder Olsen to be determined to present continually before the church the last prayer of Christ before His crucifixion.
(21LtMs, Lt 398, 1906, 3)
We must consent to accept the invitation, “Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls.” [Matthew 11:29.] Urge upon the people the need of unity in Christ. It is through disunion that the enemy comes in and sows his seed. We need the truth on every point. We need less of our own words and more of the Word of God. We are near the close of time, and we cannot afford to make a mistake. Truth will bear away the victory. We must “love as brethren, be pitiful, be courteous.” [1 Peter 3:8.] We must practice Christian politeness. A soft answer to cruel thrusts turns away wrath.
(21LtMs, Lt 398, 1906, 4)
Dr. Kress, will not you and Elder Olsen, in speaking to the people, tell them in impressive Bible language that Christ is wounded by the differences that are so easily created and brought to the front. Turn to the seventeenth chapter of John, and read the prayer of Christ—His entreaty that His disciples may be one as He is one with the Father. We greatly dishonor God when we regard it as a light matter to make our differences apparent. This is sure to weaken our own souls and the souls of others.
(21LtMs, Lt 398, 1906, 5)
“I therefore, ... beseech you that ye walk worthy of the vocation wherewith ye are called, in all lowliness and meekness, with longsuffering, forbearing one another in love; endeavoring to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace. There is one body, and one Spirit, even as ye are called in one hope of your calling; one Lord, one faith, one baptism, one God and Father of all, who is above all, and through all, and in you all. But unto every one of us is given grace according to the measure of the gift of Christ.” [Ephesians 4:1-7.] Read this whole chapter, the fourth of Ephesians. This is a Bible lesson that needs to be more decidedly brought into the life practice. It is the Bible lived that makes us strong in the Lord. When we bring in our own ideas and opinions, we mislead others. Attach importance to a plain “Thus saith the Lord,” and then you will be laborers together with Christ.
(21LtMs, Lt 398, 1906, 6)
“Be ye therefore followers of God, as dear children; and walk in love, as Christ also hath loved us, and hath given Himself for us an offering and a sacrifice to God for a sweet-smelling savor.” [Ephesians 5:1, 2.] What grand and comprehensive truths are shining from the Word of God, molding hearts and minds after Christ’s order. In the night season I heard these words spoken to companies by the divine Teacher: “Blend your plans. Let there be no variance among you.”
(21LtMs, Lt 398, 1906, 7)
“But fornication, and all uncleanness, or covetousness, let it not be once named among you, as becometh saints.... Let no man deceive you with vain words; for because of these things cometh the wrath of God upon the children of disobedience.” [Verses 3, 6.]
(21LtMs, Lt 398, 1906, 8)
My workers are calling for this letter, that it may be put in the mail. I would say to you, my brother, Look up. Talk faith and hope. Do not look at the dark side. Let praise and songs of hope be in your heart and on your lips.
(21LtMs, Lt 398, 1906, 9)
Love to your whole family.
(21LtMs, Lt 398, 1906, 10)
Lt 400, 1906
Olsen, O. A. St. Helena, California December 26, 1906 This letter is published in entirety in PC 98-100. Dear Brother Olsen:
I am not in the best condition to write to you; for, for the past week I have been suffering from my third attack of influenza this winter. I have been having special treatment for this disease and am now improving.
(21LtMs, Lt 400, 1906, 1)
We see in our world confusion upon confusion. We hear of accidents by sea and by land. Crime is increasing—this we know from the reports of our daily newspapers. Political developments in San Francisco are of a character to show how little confidence can be placed in the men who occupy official positions. Many of these men, some even who profess to be religious, are being exposed before the public as guilty of various crimes. They are giving evidence that it is time for the Lord of heaven to destroy their property. The last great issue is soon to come. We must see, we must understand, that the spirit of God is being withdrawn from the wicked nations who have long discarded God’s Word and have formed false theories and false laws, exalting them above the commandments of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 400, 1906, 2)
The signs are certainly fulfilling that show that the end of this earth’s history is near; and we have an individual work to do in fitting ourselves to sound the last message of warning to our world and prepare it for the closing scenes, which according to the word of God, are soon to come. I feel deeply the need of every worker to stand as a faithful watchman to give this last note of warning, to prepare the church that those who have had the light may be awake, realizing the importance of keeping every piece of armor on.
(21LtMs, Lt 400, 1906, 3)
“This know also, that in the last days perilous times shall come. For men shall be lovers of their own selves, covetous, boasters, proud, blasphemers, disobedient to parents, unthankful, unholy, without natural affection, truce-breakers, false accusers, incontinent, fierce, despisers of those that are good, traitors, heady, highminded, lovers of pleasure more than lovers of God; from such turn away; having a form of godliness, but denying the power thereof.... Ever learning (ever presenting some new theory) but never able to come to a knowledge of the truth.” [2 Timothy 3:1-5, 7.]
(21LtMs, Lt 400, 1906, 4)
This whole chapter is being fulfilled in San Francisco and Oakland at the present time. These cities, through their newspapers, are daily opening to us their true condition, the iniquity of their high officials. The very men who are placed in office to suppress evil are themselves corrupted with all kind of evil works.
(21LtMs, Lt 400, 1906, 5)
“As Jannes and Jambres withstood Moses, so do these also resist the truth; men of corrupt minds; reprobate concerning the faith. But they shall proceed no farther; for their folly shall be manifest unto all men, as theirs also was.” [Verses 8, 9.] We have been given this example in Bible History to teach us that God will vindicate His Word and fulfil His holy purpose.
(21LtMs, Lt 400, 1906, 6)
By way of contrast the apostle presents the opposite condition of morals that will exist among those who are faithful in their service for God. “Thou hast fully known my doctrine, manner of life, purpose, faith, longsuffering, charity, patience, persecutions, afflictions, which came unto me at Antioch, at Iconium, at Lystra; what persecutions I endured.” Then for our encouragement he sounds the glad word, “Out of them all the Lord delivered me. Yea, and all that will live godly in Christ Jesus shall suffer persecution. But evil men and seducers shall wax worse and worse, deceiving and being deceived. But continue thou in the things which thou hast learned, and hast been assured of, knowing of whom thou hast learned them; and that from a child thou hast known the holy scriptures, which are able to make thee wise unto salvation through faith which is in Christ Jesus. All scripture is given by inspiration of God, and is profitable for doctrine, for reproof, for correction, for instruction in righteousness, that the man of God may be perfect, throughly furnished unto all good works.” [Verses 10-17.] Read also Paul’s solemn charge to Timothy in the fourth chapter of Second Timothy.
(21LtMs, Lt 400, 1906, 7)
The time spent by the officials of San Francisco in investigating the frauds of some of their officers has been, in the providence of God, a precious opportunity for Brethren Simpson and Hibbard to present the truth to large congregations in the city of Oakland. Before these brethren began their series of meetings, Elder Haskell and wife were holding meetings in the large tent in Oakland, following up the work of the camp-meeting and instructing some who wished to learn how to do Bible work. This was a successful meeting. The Lord manifested His power and grace. Elder Hibbard assisted Elder Haskell in his work, speaking at the evening meetings. This brought the truth before the people of Oakland in clear lines; and the work was continued until Elder Simpson commenced his tent effort.
(21LtMs, Lt 400, 1906, 8)
Brother Simpson’s meetings were largely attended, and the people listened to his words with spellbound interest; the interest continued from first to last. With his Bible in his hand, and basing all his arguments on the Word of God. Brother Simpson traced out before the prophecies of Daniel and Revelation. His own words were few; he made the Scriptures themselves explain the truth to the people. After giving them the truth, Elder Simpson would draw an expression of opinion from his congregation. “Now,” he would say, “those who see the truth of what I am saying, raise your hands;” and in response many hands would be raised. I can only poorly represent to you the interest his work has created.
(21LtMs, Lt 400, 1906, 9)
In his teaching, Elder Simpson showed that the Spirit of prophecy has an important part to act in the establishment of the truth. When binding off his work, he called for me to go to Oakland to speak to the people.
(21LtMs, Lt 400, 1906, 10)
When the call came, I had just begun to recover from an attack of influenza; but I said, I will go. This was the first time for four weeks that I had left my home premises. We left St. Helena on Thursday afternoon. On Friday I was very ill; nevertheless I spoke on the Sabbath in the Congregational church in which our people usually meet for their Sabbath worship. Between four and five hundred people were assembled. I was feeling weak from my illness; but I prayed that God would help me. As soon as I began to speak, the reviving influence of the Spirit of God came upon me, and I was strengthened. I spoke one hour and fifteen minutes with a clear voice; for the power of His grace was upon me. I was very thankful for this evidence of the power of the Spirit of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 400, 1906, 11)
On Sunday I rode several miles to the Baths, where Elder Simpson baptized thirty-one candidates. The service was beautifully conducted, and everything passed off with perfect order. The songs interspersed through the service seemed to be carrying the joyful news to heaven. As many more persons will be baptized in about four weeks’ time; for all were not fully prepared to go forward in this ordinance at that time. My heart is filled with gratitude for this representation of those who have received the truth under the teaching of Elder Simpson.
(21LtMs, Lt 400, 1906, 12)
I have also spoken in the meetinghouse in San Francisco which James White and I and a few others were the means of establishing there. The house was preserved through the San Francisco fire, and only slightly injured. The chimneys were thrown down and some of the plaster shaken off.
(21LtMs, Lt 400, 1906, 13)
The work is still being carried forward in San Francisco and Oakland; for souls must be warned. Now is our time and opportunity, while these revelations of dishonesty and fraudulent transactions are being made. While these people have these things brought daily before their notice, the reasonable arguments of the Word of God, its predictions that just such practices will be carried on in every city, will appeal to their minds and consciences better than would any language we should use to represent the existing evils and point out their meaning. Elder Simpson will take up his work again in about two weeks’ time, and after that he will labor in San Francisco. The truth is being proclaimed in these cities as it has never been before. We feel that now is our time to work, just now. We must unite, be united in the work, and press together.
(21LtMs, Lt 400, 1906, 14)
My workers are now engaged in preparing my diaries of my experience in Europe and Australia. We want to prepare this matter for book publication, that the people may understand the character of the work the Lord has given me to do for the last half century.
(21LtMs, Lt 400, 1906, 15)
I am of good courage in the Lord, and I praise His holy name for this.
(21LtMs, Lt 400, 1906, 16)
Lt 402, 1906
Brn-Srs. in Nashville and in Madison Duplicate of Lt 318, 1906.
Lt 403, 1906
Magan, P. T. St. Helena, California February 10, 1906 This letter is published in entirety in SpM 385-387.
The Madison Sanitarium
Dear Brother Magan:
I have this morning read your letter and have much interest in that which I read. I am glad this matter has come to a head, and I am sure the time has come for a change in the atmosphere in Nashville. I am pleased that the exhibition of prejudice did not extinguish the exercise of mercy. The Lord is for us and will be for us as long as are for Him. I think I will make an effort to raise some money. I will see what can be done. I found a long article in one of my diaries written some time ago in reference to the matters at Nashville—the location of the sanitarium. I am desirous that the work shall advance. I think we need not be discouraged in regard to the sanitarium in Nashville. Keep up good heart; have faith in God.
(21LtMs, Lt 403, 1906, 1)
I am not backward to encourage sanitariums. I want to see them progressing every place where schools are established. I have been searching for a matter that I wanted very much in regard to the establishing of sanitariums wherever schools should be located; but if I should hunt just now, I should lose my time to write this so important letter in response to your excellent letter. This must be prepared now as soon as finished.
(21LtMs, Lt 403, 1906, 2)
I am troubled much in regard to Brother Will Palmer. It has seemed he was working in an objectionable way for a man that is preparing for the test of the judgment. I feel deeply. We must be much more with God in earnest prayer. We must make God our only trust. The Lord is our God, the strength of our soul. We must take hold upon the Lord. The Lord is pleased when we importune Him for His grace and His favor, not only for ourselves, but for those who are in need of help. O let us put implicit confidence in our Lord Jesus. Now pray, and believe, and pray, and the Lord will certainly hear us.
(21LtMs, Lt 403, 1906, 3)
I shall believe that you will begin work on that sanitarium very soon, and every stroke must be a stroke of faith. Press the battle to the gate; do not be discouraged. Move just as far as you can go. Make every preparation as if you knew that building was going up. Mark out your grounds, and get every jot and inch of advance possible. The Lord knows you need that sanitarium. Cannot you make something with Object Lessons? We will hold up your hands, and prayer will reach the throne of grace. Trust in the Lord’s power; trust, and lean your whole weight upon the Lord Jesus, and the salvation of God will be revealed.
(21LtMs, Lt 403, 1906, 4)
We can move just as decidedly and fast as possible, for we have no time to lose. I wish to emphasize the importance of calling all who will be on the Lord’s side to take this position. We will draw nigh to God ourselves. We will be in true earnest, for the end is nearer than when we first believed. I can scarcely take in the many things upon my mind to produce, but our prayers must ascend to God; and let our faith cling to Him who is mighty to save to the uttermost all who will come to Him.
(21LtMs, Lt 403, 1906, 5)
I am writing letters to Battle Creek. Will send you copies. We had a telegram that the man W. C. White, in the place of going to Portland, Oregon, was to go to Southern California, and that is all that came to us yesterday. When we shall see him now I do not imagine. I may be with him at Loma Linda before he hangs up his hat in his own home. I have not seen Loma Linda since it first opened. We are to do all we can and then tell the Lord to open the way. I think the move we made for Loma Linda was in the right time, and they have had no embarrassment thus far in meeting their obligations. And I think the San Diego Sanitarium has no pressure except for furnishing, and they will be in this respect a little behind. They have an excellent school building in Fernando, and that school building is equal to any I have seen in this country, fully ahead of the school buildings in Battle Creek. Next, the Glendale Sanitarium: they say it is running over full all the time. We did not call for means for that sanitarium out of Southern California. And the Lord has favored us in the Loma Linda matter by the hiring of money at five per cent interest and paying in the five thousand before it was due. Two hundred dollars was allowed them on the payments, and there is no reason why the whole cannot be raised according to agreement. But I must be thankful for the advantages we have had; and we will be thankful for these three sanitariums; and the Fernando School is doing good work.
(21LtMs, Lt 403, 1906, 6)
I have been so hurried I have not done much writing personally. I have had so little sleep because of the heavy burden that comes rolling on from Battle Creek. Our only hope is in God. We trust not in man, nor make flesh our arm. Let us press together and walk humbly with God. I send you a copy of something I have written for Battle Creek. I wish I could be with you a little time, but my workers are right here. I know what matter should be sent here and there. I am sorry that Sister Druillard is suffering with poor health. I wish she were here for awhile and could remain here and get well.
(21LtMs, Lt 403, 1906, 7)
Now I say, keep up good courage. I was up at two o’clock, and slept not night before last, after twelve o’clock. Am falling asleep while I write. I cannot get this copied, so send it as it is.
(21LtMs, Lt 403, 1906, 8)
In much love to you all.
(21LtMs, Lt 403, 1906, 9)
Lt 404, 1906
Jones, A. T. St. Helena, California October 26, 1906 Previously unpublished. Elder A. T. Jones Dear Brother:
I have just been reading over again the confession you made and the prayer you offered in the meeting at Fresno. Before this meeting, some persons had told me that you were to be released from the presidency of the California Conference, and some one else would be chosen to take your place.
(21LtMs, Lt 404, 1906, 1)
To have set you aside would have been a great humiliation to you.
(21LtMs, Lt 404, 1906, 2)
I had before this time given you testimonies that you should bring more sweetness and gentleness into your work. Often when some one would ask you a perfectly proper question you would answer gruffly and even disrespectfully. But I felt grieved that these objectionable features of your character were so strong that it was thought best by some to release you from office. I knew that when you were under the influence of the Holy Spirit you were able to present the truth in a clear and dignified manner.
(21LtMs, Lt 404, 1906, 3)
Your dealings with the churches were not always characterized by the spirit of wisdom. If there was a difference of opinion with some one else, you made this difference prominent and emphasized your own position strongly. And often I know that your positions were wrong. It seemed not to matter to you whether or not you were in unity with others. You were in a position of authority and would do and say what you pleased.
(21LtMs, Lt 404, 1906, 4)
All these things had injured your injured your influence. I knew that a crisis was coming and was fearful of the results.
(21LtMs, Lt 404, 1906, 5)
In your relations to women outside of your own family, you brought unhappiness into your home. You permitted women to tell you of their home troubles and extended to them a hand of sympathy. Thus you gave occasion for others to speak disparagingly of your conduct. You did not realize the unhappiness that your course brought to your wife. I laid these matters before you and urged you to make a reformation on this point. If you ever have true happiness in your home life, it will be necessary for you to make decided changes in your disposition.
(21LtMs, Lt 404, 1906, 6)
The tirade you have made upon those who could not agree with you in your ideas regarding the situation in Battle Creek has revealed that you are not under the influence of the Holy Spirit. You need to cultivate grace and mercy and peace and the love of Christ.
(21LtMs, Lt 404, 1906, 7)
These things were all written and sent to you long before you became converted to Dr. Kellogg’s sentiments. The very things against which you were warned, you have done, until you are one with the Doctor in voice and spirit. In thus departing from the plain warnings of the Spirit of God, you have apostatized, and it becomes necessary to warn our people not to be influenced by your representations. You have been deceived by the great enemy of souls; and while you are thus led, how can we place confidence in your words? Before you went to Battle Creek, I gave you decided warnings, but you did not heed them. The Doctor extolled you, and you became easily brought under his influence.
(21LtMs, Lt 404, 1906, 8)
Lt 406, 1906
Sister NP 1906 Portions of this letter are published in TMK 174, 290; 6BC 1074. My sister:
“Commit thy works unto the Lord, and thy thoughts shall be established.” [Proverbs 16:3.] Let us feel thankful that we have the privilege of committing our works to God. We are to remember that we are not pieces of inanimate mechanism, but intelligent beings, able to choose the right and refuse the wrong, with a clear conscience and a pure purpose.
(21LtMs, Lt 406, 1906, 1)
We are to aim at consistency in all our works. We are to commit our way to the Lord, testing it by His searching laws.
(21LtMs, Lt 406, 1906, 2)
“Commit thy way unto the Lord; trust also in Him; and He shall bring it to pass.” [Psalm 37:5.]
(21LtMs, Lt 406, 1906, 3)
We cannot commit our way to God if we are working out deeds of injustice. “If I regard iniquity in my heart,” the Psalmist declares, “the Lord will not hear me.” [Psalm 66:18.] When we commit our way to the Lord, we are to search the heart through and through, casting out all evil, that Christ may fill it with His righteousness. We are to seek the Lord in prayer, putting at the beginning of our petitions repentance for sin. God declares, “A broken and a contrite spirit I will not despise.” [See Psalm 51:17.]
(21LtMs, Lt 406, 1906, 4)
There are things that are sincerely and deeply true. God’s law is the test of our actions. His eye sees every act, searches every chamber of the mind, detecting all lurking self-deception and all hypocrisy. All things are naked and open to the sight of Him with whom we have to do. But He will receive all who come to Him with contrite hearts and a true purpose to forsake every wrong
(21LtMs, Lt 406, 1906, 5)
The atonement of Christ is not a mere skilful way to have our sins pardoned; it is a divine remedy for the cure of transgression and the restoration of spiritual health. It is the heaven-ordained means by which the righteousness of Christ may be not only upon us, but in our hearts and characters.
(21LtMs, Lt 406, 1906, 6)
I urge upon all our people the need of charity and tenderness. In all our business transactions, in every word and deed, we are to maintain a pure purpose and a clear conscience. We are to commit our works to God and then leave them in his hands. Our work is to be done in the strictest integrity. Nothing is to be cherished that we cannot carry into the heavenly courts. As we labor, let us ask God’s help, realizing that this is the only thing that can keep our work free from selfishness. “Remember me, O God, for good.” [Nehemiah 13:31.] Thus Nehemiah prayed. Look upward with intense sincerity; for you need constant draughts of the refreshing air of heaven. We need to live in constant communion with our heavenly Father. Every day ask Him to cleanse your hearts from all defilement. Perform your duties as in the sight of a holy God.
(21LtMs, Lt 406, 1906, 7)
We are preparing for a city whose builder and maker is God, and it becomes us to do our work in this world in accordance with God’s will. Where eternal interests are at stake, we cannot afford to make any mistakes.
(21LtMs, Lt 406, 1906, 8)
“I have set the Lord always before me: Because He is at my right hand, I shall not be moved.” [Psalm 16:8.] Say to yourself, I believe in God. I will live sincerely before Him who knows my mind, who understands my every purpose. If in His sight I am true and clean, I shall be accepted in the heavenly courts. Reliance on God always brings a calmness and a balance of mind, steadying and controlling the actions.
(21LtMs, Lt 406, 1906, 9)
Those who are working for the Lord need to have self-control. They are not to allow the thought of worldly gain to elate them, because Satan will use this in playing the game of life for the soul, if it will serve his purpose. Thus he tries to unbalance minds that every moment should be under the stern discipline of Christian principles.
(21LtMs, Lt 406, 1906, 10)
“Beloved, I wish above all things that thou mayest prosper and be in health, even as thy soul prospereth.” [3 John 2.] Can we forget that God has chosen those who are poor in this world’s goods but rich in faith?
(21LtMs, Lt 406, 1906, 11)
We are judgment-bound. Let us never forget this. Let us ever remember that Christ desires us to make a success of our lifework by perfect obedience to every law God has given in His Word. If in this life we fail to obey, we shall fail to gain the life that measures with the life of God. What men may say, what their opinion of us may be, amounts to very little. The question that concerns us is, “What is God’s measurement of my character?” We are all on trial. The way in which we conduct ourselves in this world will decide our future destiny.
(21LtMs, Lt 406, 1906, 12)
A great crisis is upon us. A firm decision to stand on the side of God is now called for. We are to put on the whole armor. Each one has his own work to do, his own decisions to make. He who sustains another man in a wrong course of action is not on God’s side, but on the enemy’s. “So did not I,” Nehemiah says, “because of the fear of God.” [Nehemiah 5:15.] Every soul is to gird himself for the spiritual conflict before us. The world’s plans, the world’s customs, the world’s conniving are not for us. We are to say, “so did not I, because of the fear of the Lord.” Selfishness, dishonesty, craftiness are trying to intrude into hearts. Let us not give them room.
(21LtMs, Lt 406, 1906, 13)
Nehemiah kept his eye single to the glory of God. He has left an example of how ministers of the gospel and medical missionary workers may show a holy boldness for God. By the stability of his course of action, he gave evidence that he was a brave Christian. His conscience was cleansed, refined, and ennobled by obedience to God. He refused to depart from Christian principles.
(21LtMs, Lt 406, 1906, 14)
Upon all who believe in Christ is laid the obligation of walking worthy of the vocation wherewith they are called, to reveal the character of Christ. The cross will honor every Christian who honors it.
(21LtMs, Lt 406, 1906, 15)
But there are some who in their course are as unstable as water, as a reed shaken in the wind. Some have had their last entreaties. If they are now saved, it will be by obeying past warnings, which they have despised, thereby doing despite to the Spirit of grace.
(21LtMs, Lt 406, 1906, 16)
The end is near. The murders and thefts, the crimes and lawlessness show this. A great work is before us. We are to carry forward this work under the influence of the Spirit of God. The great Teacher calls for a different showing. One night when I could not sleep all through the night, these words seemed to ring out in clear tones: Live the light of truth. Close the door to Satan’s devising. Truth will triumph.
(21LtMs, Lt 406, 1906, 17)
Lt 407, 1906
Kress, Brother and Sister [D. H.] St. Helena, California January 22, 1906 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother and Sister Kress:
I must begin this morning to write to our friends in Australia. I will not write much because I have been writing so much to meet emergencies in Battle Creek. I have been doing solid, hard work and will now lay all that aside and say the writings that shall come with this mail mean very much to us; and as you read the copies sent to Battle Creek, you can understand all. I am as a cart beneath sheaves, worn and weary. I have great desire to go on to my next volume of Old Testament history and will preserve all the strength the Lord gives me to write the particulars that shall be brought into the book and be immortalized. You may copy that which you think is calculated to do good; and I say, Be on guard every moment. Let not a seed of these tares that are [being sown] come in to be entertained in your minds.
(21LtMs, Lt 407, 1906, 1)
I thank you, Brother Kress, for the copies sent me of your letters to Dr. Kellogg. I greatly fear that his stubborn resistance to the messages God has given will fasten him in the enemy’s power where relief will never come to him. You handled his case wisely. He seems the most determined man to carry out his own will, his own ways, that I have ever had to deal with. But I must leave him with the Lord. I have to carry a continuous load and burden. For a few days it has seemed my power was gone to labor longer, [to] save the flock from all these specious underhanded workings of the enemy. But Tuesday night the spell was broken, and I have written all day Tuesday as fast as my pen could go until the mail closed. I felt so thankful. The precious Scriptures came with such power to my soul that I knew positively that the power of God was working in my behalf, and I had clear brain and was greatly blessed of the Lord.
(21LtMs, Lt 407, 1906, 2)
Elder Haskell left us this morning. He has been with us one month. He had much work laid out for himself to do, but he did not do it. For weeks he had been afflicted with boils and he, by invitation, came to Loma Linda and San Diego and Paradise Valley. [He] tarried not long, but came to my retired home and took treatment for a time at the St. Helena Sanitarium; but the affliction was upon him so severely he had to take [to] his bed; and his wife has been his faithful nurse and given him treatment for four weeks. He tried to speak last Sabbath, but the windows were closed. He looked, they said, colorless as a dead man and had to sit on the sofa. They opened the windows, and he tried again, but could only stand about three minutes—gave it up. He has had much lameness in his limbs, but could get up and sit up betimes. Yesterday he was to go to his wife’s sister’s at Hanford, but he had to give up; and this morning, Wednesday, he left us. We have had a precious time calling up the experiences we have had together in the earlier part of our work. We [could] both [relate] much of the wonderful working of the grace of God which has confirmed us in every point of our faith under the Holy Spirit’s guidance, and we knew and could testify of the great working of the Lord in such wonderful power in the early period of this work, which has established, strengthened, settled us where not a pin or pillar can be moved in our experience in the great living, testing truths for this time. All the power and glory of God was revealed in the descent of the Holy Spirit as on the day of Pentecost, and we can never, no never lose our position in believing the facts of Bible truth. Notwithstanding specious, seducing sentiments are coming in, we hold the beginning of our confidence firm unto this time, and shall unto the end.
(21LtMs, Lt 407, 1906, 3)
Lt 408, 1906
Corliss, J. O. San Jose, California [?] [1906] Previously unpublished. Not sent. Elder [J. O. Corliss],
After you conversed with me that morning concerning Elder Rice and his wife, I had no conversation with them—Brother and Sister Rice. I have had the matter written but could not find it. February 8, looking over my writings, I found the matter, [dated] Sabbath evening, July [1], 1905. [See Ms 179, 1905.] There were matters laid before me that surprised me, for light had been given me that if some of our ministers could, husband and wife, surrender themselves wholly to the Lord and labor in such places as the suburbs of cities and take these places as their homes to do most earnest work, and if they had tact, they would be able to enter the homes and give Bible instruction to those who do not understand anything of the truth. This work should have been done.
(21LtMs, Lt 408, 1906, 1)
When one locality is becoming interested, take another settlement to work and form other parties to canvass in every way possible every settlement. Keep right to the point, keep within reach, so that your home may be opened to high or low. If the home is too small and there is land, then you can add to the small building a room where lessons can be given.
(21LtMs, Lt 408, 1906, 2)
I have spoken these things from time to time to Brother and Sister Rice. I have said to them, You have a little world outside the congested city of Oakland. We must institute some plan where both husband and wife, and their children, can all take up the work and become an object lesson. These outskirts are to be labored for. A place of worship may have to be secured and rooms rented to hold meetings. This, if done, will be a means of accomplishing the work that is so essential to be done. If a few can be saved in these colonies, they can do a blessed, good work for others in having meeting places, then branch out still farther into the country settlements and do home-to-home labor. I have had presented to me the many settlements around Oakland that have not been worked. Oakland, East Oakland, and a variety of places can be worked. I have talked this and felt so grateful that something could be done, that our tithe money could be accomplishing a much greater work in the towns near our cities which have not been worked. I have looked for others to take the burden of this kind of work. Those who work in these places must learn how to adapt themselves to do this work.
(21LtMs, Lt 408, 1906, 3)
I was solicited to have an interview with Brother and Sister Rice to convince them it was best to change because their influence was not right. Some things were mentioned that some had taken up. This is the light that was given me: “Bear your testimony as My messenger. We have not one genuine laborer to uproot.” We all have an individuality and we cannot exchange our personal individuality to become something we are not, but we have the whole instruction of the Word of God to conform our characters after the divine similitude—sanctified soul, body, and spirit, having that faith that works by love and sanctifies the soul.
(21LtMs, Lt 408, 1906, 4)
We are not required to work in any other person’s character but the one we have. The Lord will mould and fashion every soul committed to Him, but let not the stamp of another’s character be made to appear. If this move was made to another place, the man and woman would carry their own personality to the next place, and if that personality is offensive in one locality, it will not change the character to place them elsewhere. If wrongs have been done to unfit them for service, then let these things be put before them and they answer for themselves. This dealing with men and women is a very delicate matter. Moving them to another place and changing the location does not change the persons. If men in office do a bad job in accordance with their own ideas and judgments, supposing the ones they are trying to put in another place are to accept another man’s mind, another man’s conscience, and go because someone says, “Go,” that man or that woman may make a wrong move and go contrary to the mind of God.
(21LtMs, Lt 408, 1906, 5)
Let every man and woman be sure to have a good, sweet, wholesome conscience, for this is the will of the Lord; and then take up the work, advising with their brethren who have excellent judgment and pure, unbiased influence, and pray over the matter, and then follow the conviction of the Holy Spirit’s guidance. But the will and mind must be in harmony with God’s will. I cannot sanction this movement. There should be a very careful investigation by others beside those who have undertaken to unsettle Brother and Sister Rice. Have they done good? Have they influenced souls to come onto the Bible foundation? Then is there not plenty of work to do in this line in adjoining districts to exert their influence? These are things to be considered.
(21LtMs, Lt 408, 1906, 6)
Because the proposition has been made, it is not to be considered that it will be correct without taking the matter to the One wise in counsel and who will not make one mistake. Our Lord knows the frailties of every human agency. God in His providence will work to give the places to be worked to one adapted to the situation. If one is supposed to have committed errors, then those who feel pained over these errors are to go to the ones who are in error and follow Christ’s prescription to cure difficulties. Our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ understands every case. Take hold of those cases with all due respect as the Great Physician would do and follow His rule, not as men who are rough and inconsiderate. And then, if wrongs have been done, with humble hearts draw nigh to God, humble your hearts before God and correct mistakes right where they are. Do not make the case the worst possible to others until you go to the very one and open your heart to them. We need now to dwell on that point. Christ has given the recipe to cure all such difficulties. The very ones who have these difficulties and depart from a plain “Thus saith the Lord” are the ones who need church discipline. It would be a great surprise if you can find persons who cannot be criticized, but keep their fault between him and thee alone. We are all in need of more grace and more humility. If our hearts are softened and subdued by the Holy Spirit, and the Bible is followed, then on the plan of the righteousness of Christ there is hope for a reform according to His Word. If evil surmising has been at work, then cut it away out of the church, for if not seen and its evil corrected, the thing will appear again and again. Let all become well-informed and not indulge in evil surmising.
(21LtMs, Lt 408, 1906, 7)
I have many pages written on this subject, but I am so perplexed over many things now coming in that I cannot handle all things at once. But on this point I have to say, for years there have been grave mistakes made by men in office being dictatorial and acting a part in oppressing others when they have grave mistakes to correct in their own spirit and manner of speech and the exercise of authority, which is condemned of God. Begin at yourself, for it is surely your need to just as severely question your own individual selves before you shall be competent to deal with others. Unless you are under the Holy Spirit of God you will do great harm to God’s heritage.
(21LtMs, Lt 408, 1906, 8)
The truth stands out clear and distinct in its native purity, and all who have the truth in the heart will reveal the truth in their character. They will be just as jealous of themselves, lest they shall not labor in the spirit of meekness and true holiness. [They] will weave in their unamiable traits of character unless they are daily under the ministration of the Holy Spirit of God. No haphazard work will the Lord vindicate to be acted toward His heritage—cutting up, slashing out here and there. Every soul should be afraid to assume responsibilities they have not been given wisdom from God to undertake.
(21LtMs, Lt 408, 1906, 9)